PAES 2015 Master-Catalog PDF

2015
MASTER CATALOG
GLOBAL SOLUTIONS FOR THE

FUTURE OF AQUACULTURE
ORDERS AND ADVICE: 877.347.4788 SHOP ONLINE: PentairAES.com
INTRODUCTION
Table of Contents/How to Order/Symbol Legend

EASY WAYS TO ORDER
1
Introduction/About Us
Online
Email
Mail
Complete Systems
PAES.General@Pentair.com
21
Aquaponics
PentairAES.com
Enjoy the convenience of
online shopping on our
secure website.
Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems, Inc.
2395 Apopka Blvd.
Apopka, FL 32703
39
Aeration
Phone
113
Filtration
186
Pumps
407-886-3939 (Local)
877-347-4788 (Toll Free)
407-886-6787 (Fax)
212
Tanks
226
Water Quality
266
Controllers/Monitors
283
Heaters/Chillers
304
Conditioners/Additives/Treatments
329
Hatchery Supplies
338
Lab Equipment
369
Feeds/Feeders/Live Feed/Live Organisms
405
Plumbing
438
Nets
453
Field Supplies
472
Predator Control
For International Orders
Paint and Repair
480
Electrical
484
Cleaning
492
Lighting
496
Reference
502
Information Resources/Index/Disclaimer
516
Terms and Conditions of Sale
Mail your order to the

address above or:
Phone: 407-886-3939
Fax: 407-886-4884
NOW ENJOY FREE SHIPPING!
Free shipping for orders over $50

on all ground shipments*.
*See page 514 for more details and restrictions.
FIND US ON
SYMBOL LEGEND
DESIGNED HERE
AES Number
AES will help you estimate aerator sizing
(see Tech Talk 84 on page 47).
SW
Fresh Water or Salt Water

Indicates products that are compatible with fresh water or
salt water.
KOI
Koi
Indicates products that are ideal for Koi Keepers.
FW
HAZMAT A
HAZMAT AG
TECH FAV
CHEMICAL
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
Designed Here
Our expertise backs these items, so you can
expect better performance and reliability than
from similar products.
AES
AQUACULTURE DUTY
476
Call from 8:00 AM7:00 PM

Monday to Thursday,
8:00 AM5:00 PM Friday.
Waiver Form Required
Aquaculture Duty
Ultra reliable and tough enough to withstand
constant use.
Hazmat Air
Hazardous Material: Air Fees Only.
Hazmat AG
Hazardous Material: Air and Ground Fees.
Tech Favorite
These products are highly recommended by
our technicians.
Chemical Waiver Form
Products with this symbol require a Chemical Waiver form
(see p. 547). These products are not FDA approved and may not
be used with fish that could be used for human consumption.
INTRODUCTION 1
As a unified company for over two years now, we have expanded rapidly
worldwide and accomplished a tremendous amount after blending Aquatic
Eco-Systems, Point Four and Pentairs aquaculture division in 2012. During
this past year, weve added Emperor Aquatics, Inc. (EAI) products to our
portfolio. These products deliver high quality UV disinfection and water
filtering solutions to a variety of applications. Emperor Aquatics products are
a perfect complement to our existing commercial sanitization products.
PAES has also acquired the product offerings of HE Group, Inc. (HGI), a
leader in fiberglass design and manufacturing, specializing in aquaculture
and water treatment systems. The technology and fiberglass design
capability from HGI will enhance our solutions capability in a broad range of
Aquaculture applications.
At Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, it is important to us that our daily work
reflects Pentairs values. These values are centered in a Customer First
approach. We work hard each day to continuously improve in everything we
do. Our goal is to always exceed your expectations. If your expectations are
not met, we want to know about it. We have recently incorporated a
Customer Feedback Form function into our web site; you can find it at the
bottom of every web page or at this link: Pentairaes.com/customer-service/
customer-feedback-form. We would like to hear your objections,
suggestions, or praise, and we appreciate those who take the time to share
that information with us.
Just as Customer First is important to us, we want our customers to Think
Pentair First! Whatever your product or service needs, for Commercial
Aquaculture, Aquaponics, Laboratory Animal Housing, Lake and Pond
Management, Aquatic Life Support or workshops and training, we urge you
to think of us first. Be assured that we will always work to keep you as a
valued customer. While working hard to please our customers, we do our
absolute best to make this catalog as comprehensive as possible. We also
deliver our wide-range of new products in specific categories to create a
more user-friendly resource.
Our work and dedication to the aquaculture industry has helped to ensure a
more stable, sustainable food source for the growing global population. We
have and will continue to develop innovative solutions to complex challenges
that our customers are facing; enabling their operations to increase yields
and profits by improving efficiencies in key input costs such as water, energy
as well as labor. Our teams of industry experts have taught hundreds of
students in our Aquaponics Technology and Design Workshop as well as our
Recirculating Aquaculture Systems training courses held in our on-site
training center; at industry events from Dubai to Nicaragua and everywhere

in between. We are excited to share that we have broken ground on a
state-of-the-art research and development facility at our Florida location.
The PAESWATER facility will be 12,000 square feet and will be accessible to
our aquaculture industry visitors to learn and observe new technology under
development in early 2015.
This past year, weve completed our largest commercial aquaculture
projects in the history of Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, as well as consulting
and providing equipment to some of the most significant aquaculture
projects in the world. With these achievements, we are better prepared than
ever to meet your complete aquatic needs. Our field service and sales teams
have circled the globe, many times over, providing insight, expertise and
critical services to customers in dozens of countries. Our global reach has
grown substantially with now 19 operating locations worldwide, filled with
experienced professionals, all focused on providing excellent service to our
customers as we continue to push technology forward.
There have been many changes over the years, but our commitment to
ensuring your success and satisfaction has always been our top priority.
Speaking of change, we are excited to bring you our new website,
PentairAES.com; launched in March of 2014. Our new website offers a
complete e-commerce experience, interactive features for our products and
solutions, an enhanced information resource portal, and expert advice and
technical content. Of course, we continue to offer the same expert advice via
our customer contact center at +1 407-886-3939 or toll free 877-347-4788.
The aquaculture and aquaponics industries are quickly evolving, and Pentair
Aquatic Eco-Systems is ready to be your partner in success as we head
toward a bright future together. We appreciate your loyalty, and we look
forward to continuing to serve you.
Sincerely,
Bob Miller
Vice President
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.
WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc., has served over 150 countries worldwide. Now with additional corporate offices in North America, Chile and China, our
global sales and service support increases immensely. This includes multi-language catalogs and international customer service representatives, which will
bring you a better customer experience.
Corporate offices in Sanford, NC
Operations and sales office in Suzhou City, China
Sales office in U.P, India
Operations and sales office in Apopka, FL
Operations and sales office in Brisbane, Australia
Sales office in Herentals, Belgium
Operations and sales office in Beverly, MA
Sales office in Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Sales office in Singapore
Operations and sales office in Vancouver, Canada
Sales office in Dandenong South, Australia
Sales office in Rome, Italy
Operations and sales office in Puerto Montt, Chile
Sales office in Milperra, Australia
Customers served worldwide

COMMERCIAL
AQUACULTURE
GLOBAL SOLUTIONS FOR THE
FUTURE OF AQUACULTURE
With depleting food stocks unable to keep up with rising
demand, the commercial aquaculture industry is ready
to explode. The potential for commercial aquaculture is
enormous, but the industry is also highly complex. The need
for advanced equipment, high-level support and precise
engineering has never been greater, and the many economic
and ecological challenges of fish production must be solved.
Which is why were here. Our mission is to offer symbiotic

biological and engineering solutions to support any
aquaculture need. For you, this means everything from
designing a complete facility to engineering solutions for
existing production systems. Our commercial aquaculture
team can also help you with equipment upgrades,
troubleshooting and technical support. With Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems as your partner, the future has arrived.
COMMERCIAL AQUACULTURE 3
About Us
TAP INTO SERIOUS POTENTIAL
YOUR SINGLE-SOURCE SOLUTION
A LEADER NEVER STANDS STILL
2011 was a momentous year for the evolution

of the human diet, when world farmed fish
production topped beef production for the first
time in recorded history. Fish and shellfish
farmingalso known as aquacultureincreased
its lead in 2012, with output reaching a record
66 million tons, compared with 63 million tons
of beef. And 2013 became the first year that
people consume more farmed fish than those
caught in the wild.
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is your single

source for complete system design, equipment
supply and advice. We can enhance your ability
to produce the premium quality products you
need to thrive in expanding and increasingly
competitive local, regional and global markets.
Our complete line of innovative and energyefficient products are engineered to maximize
the performance of your aquatic systems,
maintain water quality parameters, minimize
investments in feed, energy and oxygen and
reduce stress within your systems.
With 35 years of aquaculture leadership,

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems has the knowledge
and experience to help you succeed. Weve
leveraged our expertise to become pioneers
of technological innovation and develop the
infrastructure necessary to support your
aquaculture business globally. From concept
design through harvest, were with you every
step of the wayno matter the size of your
business or species produced.
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is ideally and

strategically placed, has extensive in-house
experience and expertise with proven products
and the know-how that allows our team to help
you to design, install and maintain the worldclass systems you need to be successful in
todays aquaculture industry.
Our mission is to help growers navigate this
dynamic industry with innovative, high-quality
aquaculture products, and the skills and
knowledge that build a strong business and
meet your expectations for growth and profit.
MORE WAYS TO HELP YOU

As your business evolves and grows, were ready
to help you gain and maintain momentum. Youll
have access to our teams of in-house experts
including designers, engineers, aquaculturists,
biologists and technicianseach dedicated to
your business growth and long-term sustainability.
With Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, youll have
a partner who understands and knows your
business and industry. We anticipate challenges
before they arise and offer extraordinary solutions
that no one else can match. Our extensive and
unmatched product offering is what separates
us from the competition and has established
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems as the global
leader in all aspects of commercial aquaculture.
STABILITY AND INNOVATION

YOU CAN COUNT ON
Pentair is the global leader in the design,
manufacture and distribution of equipment,
technology and engineered solutions for the
aquaculture industry. Our global reach ensures
that innovative products will remain at the
forefront of aquatic research technology for
years to come.
Proud Manufacturer Of:
Point Four, Arias Filter,
Eco-Trap/Flow, Sparus Pump
Proud Distributor Of:
Sweetwater Blower and Pumps, ProLine Algae Food
AQUATIC LIFE
SUPPORT
LIFE-DRIVEN SOLUTIONS
Aquatic life support demands nothing short of state-of-theart solutions. For this reason, we offer a team of designers,
engineers and biologists dedicated to helping animals
thrive in zoos, public aquariums and other large facilities.
Backed by more than a century of scientific and field expertise,
our experts meet and exceed the needs of owners, curators,
architects, engineers and contractors.
Because Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems features the worlds

widest selection of products and resources, each of our
solutions is backed by unparalleled service support.
Whether youre seeking to optimize an established system
or design one from scratch, we share your passion for life.
AQUATIC LIFE SUPPORT 5

About Us
DESIGN, BUILD AND CONSULT

WITH THE GLOBAL LEADER
EXCEPTIONAL SOLUTIONS
FOR EVERY NEED

YOU CAN COUNT ON
Aquatic life support systems, whether for zoos

or aquariums, demand cutting-edge equipment
and state-of-the-art design solutions. Pentair
Aquatic Eco-Systems provides the unmatched
and total capability you require.
We collaborate with owners, curators,

architects, engineers and contractors to
create aquatic life support systems that set
new standards for design and performance.
Whether youre housing fish, aquatic mammals,
coral, plants or all of the abovein fresh or salt
waterwe have the imagination and expertise
required to design, build and optimize
your system.

handling and treatment of water. Our global
reach ensures that aquatic life systems will
remain at the forefront of aquatic research
technology for years to come.
Were driven by innovation and a deep knowledge

of aquatic science. Whether you need assistance
with concept development, project management,
installation, retrofitting, turnkey systems,
training or troubleshooting, we have the vision
and expertise to bring your aquatic system to life.
EXPERTISE ALWAYS BY YOUR SIDE

Around the world and at all stages of system
development, youll have access to our worldclass team of designers, engineers, biologists
and consultants. With over 100 years of combined
academic and field experience, we know
first-hand what it takes to keep aquatic species
thriving in any system configuration. With Pentair
at your side, youll have a dedicated and
experienced partner who shares your passion
for sustaining aquatic life and systems that
operate with optimum reliability and efficiency.
Our service model is flexible, allowing us to

customize the solution that meets your specific
needs. We collaborate closely so you obtain a
seamless and economical solution that aligns
with your unique goals. Included are the most
advanced and energy-efficient equipment
choices available from Pentair, the global leader
in equipment for aquatic life support.

Commercial Skid Packages, Verus Pump,
IntelliZone Ozone Generator, Arias Filter
Sweetwater Blower and Pumps,
ProLine Algae Food
AQUATIC LIFE IS MORE THAN

A PROFESSION. ITS OUR PASSION.
Find out what hundreds of facilities around the
world have already learned. No matter the
scope, Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems has what it
takes to bring the aquatic environment you
envision to life with the best possible solutions
for your system.
6 LAKE AND POND MANAGEMENT

About Us
LAKE AND POND MANAGEMENT

INNOVATIVE SOLUTIONS FOR EVERY BODY OF WATER
MORE THAN A QUARTER-MILLION
ACRES AERATED
NO MATTER THE SIZE,

YOUR PROJECT MATTERS TO US

YOU CAN COUNT ON
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is the world

leader in lake and pond management systems.
Since 1978, we have improved the quality of
more than 250,000 acres of lakes and ponds.
All told, our staff of biologists, technicians and
specialists has more than 50 years of field
experience in pond and lake management.
Whether you are looking to have a large reservoir

aeration system designed and quoted, or youre
simply troubleshooting a backyard pond, youre
in qualified hands. With true customer service
support and attention to every technical detail,
we provide the following services:

reach ensures that lake and pond management
systems will remain at the forefront of aquatic
research technology for years to come.
A DEEP PROBLEM
At their deepest depths, bodies of water depend
on oxygen. When water warms up during the
summer months, oxygen is often consumed
faster than it can be replenished. This reverses
the purification process and nutrients that
would normally be unavailable or locked in
the sediment are recycled into the water column.
These excess nutrients are just as harmful to
a lake or pond as those that come from the
surrounding watershed. Dont wait until you
experience a fishkill to realize theres a problem.
Aeration system design and installation

Lake and pond management consulting
Stormwater nutrient load reduction
Chemical injection systems
Sediment inactivation treatments
Hydrologic/Nutrient budget studies
Custom fountain design
OUR EXPERT SOLUTIONS

Our Great Lakes Synergistic Airlift
Diffuser Assembly delivers up to 10 lbs of
dissolved oxygen per horsepower per hour.
Our Sweetwater Compressor delivers
8,000 gpm/hp of circulationby far the
highest in the industryguaranteed.

Great Lakes Diffuser Assembly, Desert Rain Water
Fountain, MAID Nutrient Reduction Equipment
HeavySet Air Tubing, Sweetwater Compressor
LABORATORY ANIMAL HOUSING 7

About Us
LABORATORY ANIMAL HOUSING

THE MODEL ENVIRONMENT FOR AQUATIC RESEARCH
THE MODEL ENVIRONMENT
FOR AQUATIC RESEARCH
As biologists and engineers, we understand
and appreciate the complexity of aquatic life.
As a result you can expect optimized laboratory
systems to meet the needs of individual species,
including zebrafish and Xenopus. Our goal is to
equip you with the finest systems and support
available for engineering, project management,
system commissioning, training, husbandry and
more. With any research project, it is essential
for habitats to promote animal health, while being
flexible enough to meet a variety of requirements.
For this reason, our Aquatic Habitats turnkey
systems are secure, efficient and virtually
fail-safe. Depend on Pentair Aquatic EcoSystems for state-of-the-art aquatic housing
thats easy to use.
MULTI-RACK FACILITY DESIGN

The Multi-Rack system is configured to your
specifications, with as many racks as your
research needs. We have been designing
large-scale aquatic research facilities since
1997 and continue to lead the industry in quality
of equipment and service. Couple our industry
pioneering rack designs with our new cutting
filtration packages you will enjoy a robust,
user-friendly system for many years to come.
EFFICIENT SYSTEM DESIGN

Aquatic Habitats systems require minimal
upkeepour multi-rack system designs dont
require daily, weekly or even monthly service.
Youll save money on labor and replacement
consumables, and you wont have to worry about
constant maintenance. We want you to focus on
your research; you can leave the rest to us.
Zero Consumables
HERE FOR YOU IN WAYS

YOU MIGHT NOT EXPECT
To protect you from any possible manufacturer
defects, we offer a standard 24-month warranty on
all system components at no additional cost. We
also provide 24-hour phone technical support.
Plus, any consumables, replacement parts,
chemicals or lab equipment you need can be
ordered from our advanced warehousing facility.
Minimal Maintenance
Automated Monitoring/Control
CARE PLAN
DISCOVER OUR WINNING LINEUP
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems wants you to

optimize the performance and life of your aquatic
holding system. The Aquatic Habitats Care
Plan is available to all of our customers and
focuses on the preventative maintenance,
repairs and upgrades to existing systems.
Choose between three packages to find the
right one for your facility.
Our aquaria rack systems set the global

standard. This includes unparalleled customer
support for our worldwide customer base.
After installation, we make sure youre
thoroughly trained using a detailed walkthrough
checklist. You can also count on an informative
Use and Care manual for step-by-step
instructions for all procedures of system
operation. The manual provides replacement
order information, recommendations for
system start-up and guidance on water quality
management. All manufacturers literature on
system components is also included.

YOU CAN COUNT ON
reach ensures that laboratory systems will
remain at the forefront of aquatic research
technology for years to come.

C-Series Controllers, Z-Hab Habitat Systems, X-Hab Habitat Systems, G-Hab Habitat Systems, Mini Z-Hab Habitat Systems and Z-Hab Duo Habitat Systems
8 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Product
9 Multi-Rack Facility Design/

Filtration Packages
11 MEPS/Mini MEPS
12 Z-Hab Duo
13 Z-Hab Mini
17 Fish Farm, Automated
14 Z-Hab
18 Fish Farm II/Holding Systems
15 X-Hab
19 Mini Fish Farm
16 G-Hab
20 Quarantine & Holding Systems
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 9
Multi-Rack Facility Design/Filtration Packages
MULTI-RACK FACILITY DESIGN

The Multi-Rack system is configured to your specifications, with as many
racks as your research needs. We have been designing large-scale aquatic
research facilities since 1997 and continue to lead the industry in quality of
equipment and service. Couple our industry pioneering rack designs with our
new cutting-edge filtration packages you will benefit from a robust,
user-friendly system for many years to come.
Z-Hab, X-Hab and G-Hab system are all available for multi-rack facility
design
Heavy-duty, powder coated 316L stainless steel construction provides
corrosion resistance, durability and ease of maintenance.
State-of-the-art Aquatic Habitats Filtration Packages
CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
AQUATIC HABITATS FILTRATION PACKAGES

Pentair introduces its next generation filtration packages, innovative solutions designed to
address the needs of the modern day aquatic lab. We have married our intimate knowledge
of aquatic husbandry and state-of-the-art technology to deliver robust, flexible, userfriendly systems capable of providing the model environment for aquatic research.
Optimal water quality is maintained using an oversized 5-stage filtration process featuring
the most cutting edge technology on the market. Which includes Sparus Pumps with
Constant Flow Technology, rotary micro-screen drum filters and a programmable
logic controller (PLC) customized to your specific system requirements. The modular
design is flexible enough to be ramped up or down for situations like multi-phase projects
or daisy-chained with additional packages for lab expansions.
Low cost of ownership and labor savings provided by zero consumable filtration and
minimal maintenance requirements. Say good-bye to changing filter pads and cartridges!
Each PLC is equipped with SMS or email alarm capabilities and remote access via the web.
All of this contained within a small footprint configured for easy access to all the system
components.
Automated Monitoring and Control
Water Quality
Drum Filter Backwash
Carbon Filter Backwash
Zero Consumables
Minimal Maintenance (6 month service intervals)
SDDF-A
Supports up to 35,000 zebrafish
Supports up to 1,440 Xenopus laevis
MDDF-A
10 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Multi-Rack Facility Design/Filtration Packages
LDDF-A
FEATURES
SPARUS PUMP WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Quiet, Energy Efficient and Smart
Sparus Pumps with Constant Flow Technology(CFT) manage water
circulation quietly and efficiently. The integrated Variable Frequency Drive
automatically calculates and self-adjusts the speed of the motor to deliver
the programmed flow rate
Each Sparus with CFT pump features a digital communication port that
allows for monitoring/control by PLC systems
By utilizing the unique feature set of the Sparus with CFT and by
monitoring pressure, the PLC system controller adjusts the speed of the
pump to maintain a constant pressure. The result is consistent flow is
maintained to aquaria when the flow to other racks of aquaria is shut off.
Eliminates unexpected sharp increases in flow and provides consistent
flow to aquaria as flow elsewhere on the system is adjusted.
MECHANICAL FILTRATION
Zero Consumables
High-quality, self-cleaning rotary drum filter(s) provide highly efficient solids
removal without the need for consumables. Say good-bye to replacing filter
pads, cartridges or bags.
BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION
Self-Cleaning
Moving bed bioreactors use a continuous flow action achieved by aeration
and high density polyethylene biofilm carrier elements. The continuous flow
action makes the media self-cleaning!
CHEMICAL FILTRATION
Polishing
Activated carbon captures smaller suspended solids and adsorbs dissolved
solids and other contaminants that may make their way into the system,
ensuring optimal water quality and transmission of UV light
UV DISINFECTION
Eliminate Pathogens
NSF UV Sterilizer outfitted with over temperature, lamp out, and UV intensity
alarming capabilities are sized to provide a minimum UV dose of 110 mJ/cm,
EOU. UV Lamp service interval of 12,000 hrs. Choose between stainless steel
or heavy-wall UV-resistant polymer vessel.
AERATION AND DEGASSING

Optimize Dissolved Oxygen Levels
Quiet linear piston pumps supply air through Sweetwater diffusers to strip
CO2 and maintain dissolved oxygen levels of the supply water to aquaria at
optimal.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Maintain Consistent Water Temperature for Animals
Heater (Standard)- Submersible titanium heaters and automatic controller
maintain system water temperature at set point + - 1C (Ambient +5C)
Chiller (Optional)- Multiple options including chillers, heat exchangers
and heat pumps are available for a variety of applications
WATER QUALITY CONTROL

Automated Monitoring and Dosing
Conductivity and pH levels are continuously monitored by precise high-grade
sensors. Buffer and salt solutions are automatically dosed using peristaltic
pumps to maintain steady-state pH and conductivity
PLC system controller automatically opens a solenoid valve to bleed off a user
programmable percentage of system water per day to keep nitrates at
non-stressful levels. System water is automatically replaced with virgin
make-up water
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER

Versatile and Dependable
Pentair PLCs operate with reliability, precision and responsiveness.
Examples of water quality and system parameters you can control or
monitor include dissolved oxygen, system temperature, pH conductivity,
level, supply line pressure, carbon filter vessel pressure, total dissolved gas
pressure (TGP) and pump speed. Each model has an easy-to-read touchscreen
interface that will tell your system status at a glance. If an alarm condition is
detected, the device will text or email multiple cellphones to alert
staffhelping prevent catastrophic failures and loss of animals.
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 11
MEPS/Mini MEPS
MEPS MASS EMBRYO PRODUCTION SYSTEM

Designed specifically for the production of large numbers of zebrafish embryos
for drug screening, toxicology assays/experiments or propagation of fish.
FEATURES
Allows for the housing and maintenance of thousands of fish in a single tank,
reducing labor required for husbandry and system maintenance
Multiple spawning sites, adjustable to optimal depths and locations within
the tank, maximize embryo production
Optional light cycle dome with dimmable light cycle timer allows for the
collection of embryos at any time of the day
Carbon filter on incoming water line ensures optimal water quality,
reduces possibility of chemical inhibition affecting spawning success
and enhances embryo production
Easily removable egg collection chambers facilitate accurate timing of
fertilization with minimal disturbance to fish
Available in two tank sizes that will fit in the footprint of any rack system
Each Mass Embryo Production System includes an unconditional 2-year
warranty and 24/7 emergency support
With the MEPS, thousands of embryos per day can be attainable and
sustainable. Factors affecting embryo production include line, age of fish,
sex ratio, degree and quality of broodstock conditioning and management
and system maintenance.
Flexibility
Can be incorporated into any multiple rack system
Can be connected to a filtration unit to operate as an independent system.
Can be set up as a flow-through system
Options
Light cycle dome for photoperiod control
MEPS SPECIFICATIONS
Volume: 295 L (78 gal) flooded & 242 L (64 gal) operating
Total weight: 328 kg (723 lbs) flooded & 275 kg (610 lbs) operating
Recommended stocking density of 1-g adult zebrafish: 2,000
Recommended flowrates of 19 Lpm (5.0 gpm) for recirculating system
applications & 7.6 Lpm (2.0 gpm) for flow-through applications
Electrical: 120/240V, 50/60 Hz
MINI MEPS SPECIFICATIONS

Volume: 100 L (26.4 gal) flooded & 80 L (21.1 gal) operating
Total weight: 123 kg (271 lbs) flooded & 103 kg (227 lbs) operating
Recommended stocking density of 1-g adult zebrafish: 660
Recommended flowrates of 6.3 Lpm (1.66 gpm) for recirculating system
applications & 2.52 Lpm (0.67 gpm) for flow-through applications
Electrical: 120/240V, 50/60 Hz
MEPS with optional light cycle dome.
Close-up of spawning sites.
12 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Z-Hab Duo
Z-HAB DUO SYSTEMS

Double the capacity of the Z-Hab system while minimizing maintenance.
Ask about our competitive lead times today.
FEATURES
Superior Design and Engineering
Oversized, 5-stage, state-of-the-art filtration ensures optimal water quality
C351 programmable logic controller (PLC) control panel with low water level
safety shut-off and alarm
Convenience
Filter and UV bypass allow service while system runs
Automatic water exchange saves time and reduces labor
Flexibility
Choose from five-shelf and six-shelf systems
Ergonomic, autoclavable polycarbonate tanks (1.5-, 3.0- and 10.0-liter sizes),
lids and baffles
Space Efficiency
Housing life support and filtration, monitoring, controlling and alarming
all in 16 ft2
Redundancy
Two water pumps ensure flow to tanks should one fail
Two UV reactors ensure disinfection of system water should one fail
Each Z-Hab Duo System includes an unconditional 2-year warranty and
24/7 emergency support
SPECIFICATIONS
Water
Culture volume 600 liters (158 gal)576 liters (152 gal) as shown
Zebrafish holding capacity @ 10 adult fish/liter: 6,000 fish5,760 fish
as shown
Total water volume: 827 liters (218 gal)804 liters (212 gal) as shown
6 culture tank water exchanges per hour
Electrical
120V/10.25 A/50 or 60 Hz
240V/5.1 A/50 or 60 Hz
Filtration
1st Stage: 120-micron filter pad
2nd Stage: Moving bed biological filtration (over 42 m2 of surface area)
3rd Stage: 50-micron filter cartridge
4th Stage: Activated carbon adsorbs volatile organics and other contaminants
5th Stage: UV disinfection dose of 110 mJ/cm2 at end of lamp life
Other
Air pump and manifold provide supplemental aeration and degassing
Titanium heater maintains temperature differential of 5 C
Weight with water: 1,134 kg (2,500 lbs)
Options
Automated water quality monitor/control/alarm system
Breeder tanks
Baby baffles for larval rearing
Powder-coating
Danio rerio
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 13
Z-Hab Mini
Z-HAB MINI SYSTEMS

The Z-Hab Mini benchtop system is ideal for labs that have no floor space and
limited counter space. Each shelf holds six 10-liter, twelve 3-liter or twenty
1.5-liter tanks. Mix and match for added versatility! Ask about our competitive
lead times today.
FEATURES
Superior Design
Low water level safety shut-off and alarm with optional programmable logic
controller (PLC) control panel
Convenience
Central PLC control panel (optional)
Flexibility
Two- to three-shelf models available
lids and baffles
Each Z-Hab Mini System includes an unconditional 2-year warranty and
SPECIFICATIONS
Water
Culture volume: 180 liters (48 gal)126 liters (33 gal) as shown
Zebrafish holding capacity @ 10 adult fish/liter: 1,800 fish1,260 as shown
Total water volume: 252.5 liters (67 gal)98 liters (52 gal) as shown
6 tank water exchanges per hour
Electrical
120V/10.25 A/50 or 60 Hz
240V/5.1 A/50 or 60 Hz
Filtration
2nd Stage: Combined moving and submerged-bed biological filtration
(over 32 m2 of surface area)
Other
Air diffusers in biofilter provide supplemental aeration and degassing
Weight with water: 195 kg (430 lbs)
Options
Danio rerio
Oryzias latipes

Individual photoperiod control for each shelf
Total gas pressure monitor/controller
14 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Z-Hab
Z-HAB SYSTEMS
The Z-Hab is one of our proven, time-tested zebrafish housing systems.
Save time setting up and keeping track of your experiments compared with
conventional fish-keeping systems. In fact, you can fit up to 120 tanks in the
same footprint as three conventional 10-gallon glass aquaria! Ask about our
competitive lead times today.
FEATURES
Superior Design and Engineering
Standard controller with low water level safety shut-off and alarm
(optional C351 programmable logic controller)
Convenience
Flexibility
Choose from five-shelf and six-shelf systems
lids and baffles
Each Z-Hab System includes an unconditional 2-year warranty and
SPECIFICATIONS
Water
Culture volume 300 liters (79 gal)222 liters (58.6 gal) as shown
Zebrafish holding capacity @ 10 adult fish/liter: 3,000 fish2,200 fish
as shown
Total water volume: 340 liters (90 gal)285 liters (75 gal) as shown
Electrical
120V/10.25 A/50 or 60 Hz
240V/5.1 A/50 or 60 Hz
Filtration
Other
Air diffusers in biofilter provide supplemental aeration and degassing
Weight with water: 544 kg (1,200 lbs)
Options
Individual photoperiod control for each shelf (5-shelf tall systems only)
Breeder tanks
Danio rerio
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 15
X-Hab
X-HAB SYSTEMS
The X-Hab line is designed for Xenopus applications and accommodates a wide
variety of tank sizes for various applications. Ask about our competitive lead
times today.
FEATURES
Ideal for Xenopus sp. frogs or other mid-sized aquatic animals
Polycarbonate 40-liter tanks can be easily cage-washed or autoclaved
Shelving improves overall environment, providing contrast for feeding,
reducing algae growth, improving biosecurity and reducing
maintenance time
UV disinfection rate is among the highest in the industry, designed for
a 12-month service interval
Lab-grade racks are manufactured to conform to ASTM standards and
include barrier protection for wet environments
Low water level safety shut-off and alarm with optional programmable
logic controller (PLC) control panel
NEW! Custom standpipe solution for automatic water cleaning
(flood and flush)
Each X-Hab System includes an unconditional 2-year warranty and
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical
120V/12.2 A/50 or 60 Hz
240V/6.1 A/50 or 60 Hz
Filtration
1st Stage: 120 microns
3rd Stage: 50-micron cartridge filter
4th Stage: Activated carbon adsorbs volatile organics and
other contaminants
(e.g., 12 months)
XR3
4-tier system with 16-L or 23-L tank options (twenty or sixteen tanks)
Xenopus laevis capacity (1 adult/3 L): 100 (16-L tanks) or 112 (23-L tanks)
Xenopus tropicalis capacity (1 adult/0.75 L): 420 (16-L tanks) or 480
(23-L tanks)
XR4
WE CAN DESIGN AND
BUILD MULTI-RACK
XENOPUS SYSTEMS.
3-tier system with 40-liter tanks

Xenopus tropicalis holding capacity @ 1 adult/0.75 liter: 477 frogs
Xenopus laevis holding capacity @ 1 adult/3 liters: 117 frogs
XR5
2-tier system with 74-liter or 189-liter tank options (eight or four tanks)
Xenopus laevis
Xenopus laevis capacity (1 adult/3 L): 192 with 74-liter tanks or 252 with
189-liter tanks
Options
Heating and chilling options are available
16 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
G-Hab
G-HAB SYSTEMS
With bigger tanks than the Z-Hab system, the G-Hab system is a nice fit for labs
where larger species of fish are being used. Also a great choice for toxicology
related studies in which plastic tanks may not be ideal. Ask about our competitive
lead times today.
FEATURES
Superior Design
Low water level safety shut-off and alarm with optional programmable logic
controller (PLC) control panel
Aeration provided to each individual tank
Convenience
Filtration bypass allows service while system runs
Flexibility
3-tier rack can accommodate 10-, 30- or 55-gallon glass tanks
Central PLC control panel (optional)
Each G-Hab System includes an unconditional 2-year warranty and
SPECIFICATIONS
Water
Culture volume: 680 liters (180 gal) as shown
Total water volume: 870 liters (230 gal) as shown
Weight with water: 1,182 kg (2,600 lbs)
Electrical
115V/10 A/60 Hz
230V/5.1 A/50 Hz
Filtration
2nd Stage: Submerged-bed biological filtration
4th Stage: Activated carbon adsorbs volatile organics and contaminants
Options
Temperature control (heating and chilling)
Astyanax mexicanus
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 17
Fish Farm, Automated
Float Valve
Mount on a
Post or Wall
Post
Not Included
Bioreactor Option
FISH FARM, AUTOMATED

Simple, reliable, low-maintenance
This Fish Farm can automatically remove fish
waste every few hours, day and night, maintaining
excellent water quality. You dont have any fish
waste to handle or waste water to haul. In the basic
system (FF50MA) the filter is washed by opening a
valve for 20 seconds. The Pulse Auto Control Panel
(FF50ACP) can be added at any time to automate
filter cleaning and fish feeding and is recommended
for heavy fish and feed loading. The basic system
supports up to 50 lbs of fed fish; order the
Bioreactor (SL94 air pump included, add a SL56
if ordering as a retrofit) to support up to 125 lbs of
fish. The Precision AutoFeeder (FF50AF) coupled
with the Auto Control Panel make a complete,
self-sustaining life support system (five days at
heavy feeding). A single energy-efficient, ultraquiet air pump recirculates the water, delivers air
to the diffuser and cleans the filter.
The innovative Pulse BioClarifier gently settles out
fish waste, captures suspended particles and acts
as a biofilter. Select the automatic Pulse wash cycle
using two dialsone for time on, one for time off.
Its simple! The 400-gallon tank self-cleans through
a center drain and is equipped with a float valve
that maintains tank water level. Request the UV
sterilizer (FF50AUV) to keep water and filter clear
of algae and to reduce fish pathogens.
Window Included
Air Pump
Filter Waste Flush Line
Manual Controls (Standard)
FF50MA
BASIC SYSTEM W/MANUAL CONTROLS
FF50AUV
SHIP WT
(LBS)
290
5
FF50AB3 BIOREACTOR
75
FF50AF
10
405.15
15
378.91
FF50AUV UV STERILIZER
FF50AF
EACH
$4,308.48
FF50ACP PULSE AUTO CONTROL PANEL

PRECISION AUTOFEEDER
Operate several Fish Farm systems with one

Pulse controller and large air pump.
Pulse BioClarifier
FF50ACP Automation Option

MODEL
The Fish Farm comes with a sturdy dome frame for

hanging the Precision AutoFeeder and for supporting
the net cover (included). Secure a tarp to the frame
to exclude light or airborne pollutants. All options
are easy to install as retrofits. Components
assemble in about 1 hour. Made in USA. Note:
All plumbing will be underground w/out stands.
556.65
1,239.43
Our Auto Fish Farm has been a great learning experience. Mike Hosford has been a readily
available resource to help us with our Auto Fish Farm installation and operation. The trout we are
raising in our basement are healthy and amazingly fast growing. The Auto Fish Farm is a balanced,
easy-to-maintain system, and we are excited about adding another tank to our existing system.
Mike and Charlotte Henderson
18
COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Fish Farm II / Holding System

FISH FARM II
The ultimate in a Fish Farm
Our Fish Farm II is a perfect system for producing up to 300 pounds of

fish at one time. Avoid the usual high costs and problems associated
with designing an untested system. It is perfectly suited for schools
and individuals who wish to get their feet wet prior to going into the fish
farming business.
Assembly of the system is easy. Most components come preassembled,

requiring only a screwdriver and less than 4 hours of labor. Flexible pipe joins
the tanks to the filter. This allows some options for tank position to fit a variety
of layouts. Complete instructions and a setup/operation video are included.
Tanks are 70 D x 30 H. Weighs 620 lbs, ships via motor freight.
The Fish Farm II features two 500-gallon polyethylene tanks with viewing
windows and support stands, a complete filtration unit using a double-drain
system to separate and remove solids and a moving bed bioreactor. An efficient
compressor provides aeration and circulation. This eliminates electrical
devices in the water for safety. With two tanks, it is possible to culture
two species or two sizes of fish at the same time. Isolation valves allow
separation of one or both of the tanks from the filter for cleaning
or treatment. Maintenance requires as few as 15 minutes a day and
40 gallons of makeup/exchange water.
All accessories packages are available for various species, climate conditions
and special applications. One-year warranty.
FF400
FISH FARM II
ALR15
REPLACEMENT DIFFUSERS
$6,345.65
13.50
PF2
REPLACEMENT FILTER MEDIA
29.00
SL88
REPLACEMENT AIR PUMP
508.99
HOLDING SYSTEM, 1,500-GALLON

Produce up to 700 pounds of fish at one time
You dont have to guess about equipment sizing or worry about losing fish
with this system. Weve designed and tested it to ensure that it is complete,
easy to maintain and flexible; just supply water and a place for drainage! Our
commercial system includes three 500-gal tanks, bead filter, biofilter, air and
water pumps, UV sterilizer, sump, plumbing, feeders and mesh tank covers.
This system is great for quarantine or for holding fish for retail. Each tank has
valves for adjusting its water level to full, half-full or empty. For example, you
may want to lower a tanks level to half-full when treating diseased fish with
medicine, halving the volume of water so that you only need half the medicine
as a full tank. Because the plumbing is already in place underneath the tanks,
you dont need to build it into your flooring.
Other features include a bottom center drain, baffle to help create a circular
water flow inside the tanks and mesh netting to cover each tank. Each tank has
a vibratory feeder (holds 1.75 liters of up to 6-mm food), digital timer, controller
and adapters. Set up to 24 feedings per 24 hours from 159 seconds each.
We use top-quality, reliable components for each commercial system. You get
a Sweetwater air pump (SL190), AquaDyne Bead Filter 2.2 and Sweetwater
Low-Space Bioreactor (handles 49 lbs feed/day). The bead filter has its own air
pump for backwashing. You can bypass the UV sterilizer (120 W, puts out 30,000
Ws/cm2) for service. We recommend operating the supplied water pump at
3045 gpm. System is 115V/60 Hz or 230V/50 Hz (for export) and requires a
minimum space of 25 L x 8 W x 5.3 H. Call us to learn more about our
commercial system or for a quote on a larger package.
NOTE: THIS SYSTEM IS BUILT TO ORDER.
FHS $13,654.74
Biofilter (49 lbs of

Feed per Day)
Sweetwater
Air Pump
Filter Return Line
Mechanical Filtration with

Backwash Assist Pump
COMPLETE SYSTEMS
19
The Mini Fish Farm
THE MINI FISH FARM

#1 in the classroom
DESIGNED HERE
Complete
The beauty of the Mini Fish Farm is its simplicity. It is simple to set up, simple
to maintain and simple for a novice to successfully bring 100 pounds of tilapia to
market size under standard conditions.
Exceptional quality
Made entirely of professional quality, aquaculture-duty components, the Mini
Fish Farm is not a toy. With minor maintenance all components have a life
expectancy exceeding fifteen years. All electrical components are UL-approved
and power consumption is a mere 60 watts. Thats under $4 per month!
The Mini Fish Farm is a complete fish raising system. It includes a quiet,
oilless air pump, a state-of-the-art clarifier and a biological filter employing
moving bed technology. The entire system contains only 400 gallons of water,
making heating, water changes and overall size and weight minimal. Included
is an operational manual and a video that gives step-by-step set-up instructions
and maintenance procedures. And remember, personal assistance is only a
phone call away. Ships motor freight. One-year warranty. Made in USA.

FF50-3
Safe and easy to maintain

Maintenance takes less than ten minutes per day and only two 5-gallon pails
of water need to be emptied and replaced. The entire system fits in a 6 x 8
area and can fit through a 36 door. Extremely safe, there is no electricity in
the water, and the system is virtually leakproof. The 54 diameter x 35 high
polyethylene tank is shown here with an optional viewing window. FF50W
is 1 x 2 with an actual viewing area of 93/4 x 213/4. A larger window, FW22,
is 2 x 2 with a viewing area of 213/4 x 213/4. Order extra windows and we
will automatically install them in your Mini Fish Farm.
SHIP WT
230 LBS
$2,772.43
FF50-3W1 MINI FISH FARM W/FF50W 230 LBS
2,929.25
FF50-3W2 MINI FISH FARM W/FW22
2,977.70
MINI FISH FARM
230 LBS
FF50W
SMALL WINDOW, EACH
155.27
FW22
LARGE WINDOW, EACH
203.24
ZPF2
REPLACEMENT FILTER PADS
8.09 6.88/6+
ALR15
13.50 12.15/10+
SL88
508.99
Stand-Alone
Aquaponics Kit
(Optional)
SEE OUR
The Mini Fish Farm

FF50-3W1
CHANNEL TO LEARN MORE!
THE MINI FISH FARM

STAND-ALONE AQUAPONICS OPTION KIT
DESIGNED HERE
Use this aquaponics kit with our Mini Fish Farm (FF50-3) to utilize fish effluent
as fertilizer, all while supplementing biofiltration with plant uptake. Eighteen
lettuce, herb or other leafy plants are partially suspended in the recirculated
water, providing optimal nutrient uptake and aeration of roots without the use of
gravel or perlite. This unit is modeled after a commercial aquaponics unit that
produces 45,000 heads of lettuce per day. It requires no additional power. Kit
includes black ABS tray with removable top for root inspection and harvesting
(measures 4 long x 2 wide x 6 deep), aluminum stand, 18 net pots (2) with
growing cubes and all plumbing/fittings for hookup to the Mini Fish Farm,
plus a comprehensive hydroponics manual. Weighs 60 lbs, ships Ground.
FF50HT
STAND ALONE AQUAPONICS OPTION KIT
CK50R
AQUAPONICS REFILL KIT
$698.58
23.46
20 COMPLETE SYSTEMS
Quarantine and Holding Systems
QUARANTINE AND HOLDING SYSTEMS

New, thicker gel coat and stronger than ever
A complete tank and filter system that can be
used for a multitude of applications. Use it for
holding sick fish, for retailing koi and goldfish
in a pond shop, etc.the applications are endless.
Each system includes an imported fiberglass tank,
a top-mounting filter with multiple filtration
chambers and a UL-listed submersible pump.
The top filter chamber includes brushes and filter
pads for removing debris and two biological
chambers filled with ceramic biorings for high
surface area. The chambers can also be filled
with carbon or other chemical media. Tanks are
nestable and ship via motor freight. Air pumps
sold separately.
HS81A
MODEL
EACH 4+
HS81A
HOLDING SYSTEM, 81 GAL
$638.40
HS122A
HS235A
1,275.38
HS523A
2,050.33
PF2
REPLACEMENT PARTICULATE FILTER
AZ16027
REPLACEMENT BIO-FILTER, 24
769.23
29.00
26.69
7.70 7.25
Crating charges not included in price.
IN
Overhead view of top filter chamber.
OUT
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Marco G. Pistrin,
MSc, R.P.Bio, PMP
Marco holds a bachelors degree
in agricultural science from the
University of British Columbia,
Canada, and a masters degree
in aquaculture from Wageningen
University, The Netherlands.
His graduate work focused
primarily on intensive RAS
technology, membrane and
periphyton filtration, with direct
application to salmonid, cichlid,
cyprinid and clariid aquaculture.
He is also a Registered
Professional Biologist and
a Project Management
Professional with a strong
environmental consultancy
and OH&S background.
Top View
Side View
HS81A
48
30
15
21
HS235A
72
36
24
33
HS122A
60
30
18
33
HS523A
96
48
30
36
AQUAPONICS
Product
22 Backyard Aquaponics System
30 Media
37 Ties/Super Salt
23 The Mini Fish Farm
33 Heat Mats/Pest Control/Sprayer
38 pH Control/Supplements
27 Bags/Pots/Lid
34 Clips/Nets/Shade Cloth
28 Cleaning Kits/Monitor/Meter
35 Fertilizer/Stands
29 Induction Grow Lights
36 Trays
21
22 AQUAPONICS
Backyard Aquaponics System
BACKYARD AQUAPONICS SYSTEM

The perfect aquaponics system for everyone
from the advancing hobbyist to the beginning
commercial grower. We have successfully grown
over one hundred varieties of produce in this
system throughout our initial testing period and it
has proven itself to be robust and problem-free.
The kit includes all major components needed to
construct the aquaponics system as shown*.
System uses 747 total watts ($53.78/mo @ $0.10/
kWh). Provides 1,176 planting sites on 6" centers,
and 864 planting sites on 8" centers. System size
can be even be doubled to better suit your needs.
System includes:
4 x 830-gal fish culture tanks.
Complete filtration system.
All major plumbing.
Aeration equipment.
Energy-efficient centrifugal water pump.
Enough liner to build four 24' x 4' x 12"
growing troughs.
You can grow a variety of produce at one time in the grow beds.
Visit YouTube.com/AquaticEcoTV and see the

system in action.
*Excluding wood boards and brackets used to build
the plant troughs and polystyrene rafts (found at
your local hardware store). Net cup and media
choices will depend on the customer and are also
not included.
Water is filtered before being delivered to grow beds.
Nutrients for the system are provided by fish in these tanks.

AQUAPONICS
The Mini Fish Farm
THE MINI FISH FARM
Stand-Alone
Aquaponics Kit
(Optional)
DESIGNED HERE
The Mini Fish Farm is a complete fish raising system, including an oilless air
pump, a state-of-the-art clarifier and a biological filter. It is easy to set up, easy
to maintain and easy for a novice to successfully bring 100 lbs of tilapia to
market size under standard conditions. And nutrient-rich water from this
enclosed system can be used in your garden or greenhouse or to run an
aquaponics system!
Made entirely of professional quality, aquaculture-duty components, the Mini
Fish Farm is not a toy. With minor maintenanceless than ten minutes per
dayall components have a life expectancy exceeding fifteen years. All
electrical components are UL-approved and away from the water, and power
consumption is a mere 60 watts. Thats under $4 per month!

MODEL
SEE OUR
CHANNEL TO
LEARN MORE!
FF50-3
The Mini Fish

Farm
FF50-3W1
THE MINI FISH FARM STAND-ALONE AQUAPONICS OPTION KIT
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
230
$2,772.43
FF50-3W1 MINI FISH FARM W/FF50W
230
2,929.25
FF50-3W2 MINI FISH FARM W/FW22
230
2,977.70
MINI FISH FARM
FF50W
SMALL WINDOW, EACH
155.27
FW22
LARGE WINDOW, EACH
203.24
ZPF2
REPLACEMENT FILTER PADS
8.09 6.88/6+
ALR15
12.86 11.57/10+
SL88
508.99
DESIGNED HERE
Use this aquaponics kit with our Mini Fish Farm (FF50-3) to utilize fish effluent as fertilizer, all
while supplementing biofiltration with plant uptake.
Eighteen lettuce, herb or other leafy plants are partially suspended in the recirculated water,
providing optimal nutrient uptake and aeration of roots without the use of gravel or perlite. This
unit is modeled after a commercial aquaponics unit that produces 45,000 heads of lettuce per day.
It requires no additional power.
MODEL
EACH
FF50HT
STAND ALONE AQUAPONICS OPTION KIT
CK50R
$698.58
22.00
THE MINI FISH FARM FLOATING AQUAPONICS OPTION KIT

Would you like a low-cost addition to your Mini Fish Farm that could greatly
enhance its use as a teaching tool while making it even more exciting to your
students? The aquaponics option is a unique aquaponics tray that allows the
growth of lettuce, herbs, flowers and other crops in the same tank as the fish!
This interaction between animals and plants provides students with the
opportunity to study and observe a more natural eco-system.
The kit is constructed of heavy-duty ABS plastic and designed to float within
The Mini Fish Farm, covering one half of the waters surface. It weighs 30 lbs
and is capable of growing up to 24 plants. Special screening protects plant
roots from foraging fish and the design provides proper tray height above the
water. Includes twenty-four 2" net pots, twenty-four 31/4" net pots, zip ties,
twenty-four Rockwool cubes, two trays and complete instructions. Ships
Oversize. Made in the USA.
MODEL
CK50
CK50
AQUAPONICS OPTIONS
CK50R
EACH
$181.32
22.00
23
24
AQUAPONICS
Common Aquatic Species
Common Aquatic Species Used in Aquaponics

Tilapia sp.
There is little documentation through research as to which aquatic species work best in aquaponic
systems. Tilapia have the most results as they are very hardy and adaptable to poor water quality,
temperature and poor handling by farmers. They also have a large market value and have developed a
niche as a good-tasting white fish. The most common tilapia used are Nile tilapia (Oreochromis
niloticus), Mozambique tilapia (Oreochromis mossambicus), blue tilapia (Tilapia aureus) or some
crossbred variety of a wide number of tilapia species. They are ideal for our system here in Florida, as
we have a longer warm season here than many US states, and their ideal water temperature is in the
range of 7590F. There are a number of hatcheries in our geographic area that can supply us with
fresh, affordable fingerlings. For colder temperatures, the blue tilapia has shown a wider tolerance
than the other species of tilapia and will continue feeding in the 60s. However, once the water
temperature starts to dip into the 50s and lower for a significant period of time, the fish will not survive
for very long. If you live in a cooler climate and do not have the capability to heat the water, then
perhaps tilapia is not the ideal species for you. Again, this will all go back to market demand and your
own cost analysis.
Koi
Koi are ornamental varieties of the common carp (Cyprinus carpio) and have a large market in the
United States as a decorative water feature or small pond fish for many homes and businesses. They
are cultured in many states and can tolerate a wide range of temperatures and water quality
parameters similar to tilapia. However, their ranges are most ideal in between 6075F. Similar to the
tilapia, once temperatures drop below their ideal range, they will stop feeding and can eventually die.
Below 50F, they will cease feeding and their immune system will begin to shut down, so they too can
suffer mortality after prolonged periods of time in those temperatures. Fortunately, in Florida we dont
experience too many days with an average temperature below 50F.
Other Common Aquaponics Species

Ictalurus punctatus is North Americas most common catfish and is easily procured through the web of aquaculture hatchery suppliers in the country. It is
popular in aquaculture due to its rapid growth and wide temperature tolerance of 6885F.
Hybrid-striped bass (Morone saxatilis and Morone chrysops cross) do well in a wide range of environmental conditions, including a temperature range of
4090F, but grow best in between 75 and 80F.
Barramundi (Lates calcarifer) is already a fish of large commercial importance throughout the world, especially in the Indo-Pacific area. It has proven to be
useful in aquaculture and aquaponic systems since its temperature ranges are similar to that of tilapia.
Jade perch (Scortum barcoo) is being considered more and more for aquaponic systems due to its wide tolerance for temperature fluctuations, 5095F. It is
originally found in Australia and, like tilapia, is omnivorous.
Crappie and other sunfishes exist in almost every single US state, making access easy to farmers. Their temperature ranges are ideally between 5868F,
but they have been located in waters much cooler and warmer than that.
Malaysian prawn (Macrobrachium rosenbergii) is a freshwater shrimp native to the Indo-Pacific area and is a common aquaculture food species.
Temperature ranges for this shrimp are ideally between 6880F. One thing to note is that shrimp dont typically occupy the same space in the water column
that a school of fish will occupy. They are found on the riverbed in nature as detritivores, but in an aquaculture system, their surface area can be increased
with the addition of high surface area structures within the tanks or ponds.
NOTE:
It is important to understand that while these are the most commonly used aquatic species used in aquaponics, there is only limited documented information regarding their performance and production data. Should you choose to use a
species outside of this list, we recommend that you contact your local aquaculture extension agent or a hatchery/farm operator to discuss the feasibility. As with any other aspect of this operation, you need to determine your market and
what would work best for you. If your ambient temperature is within 6878F on average throughout the growing season, perhaps you should stick with a species best suited to that temperature to minimize system shock and avoid
possible loss of crop. It is true that the warmer the temperature, the more the fish will eat and the more nutrients they will excrete. However, high temperatures can also inhibit the growth and nutrient uptake of the plants, so it is
important to try to find a happy medium for all of your water quality parameters.
TECH TALK 134

Pest Management
Vigilance is the key to successful pest management. Make sure to inspect plants and crops on a
regular basis to ensure that an outbreak does not occur. You should look for holes, speckling,
browning and other damage from the bottom of the stem to the tip of the leaves and all sides of
any fruit. Inspections should be increased around high-threat areas such as doors, vents and
lights. Yellow sticky cards can also be hung throughout the greenhouse to help in identification of
any insects. Records should be kept in order to keep track of past infestations as well as how
successful prior treatments were. This will allow you to trend the occurrence of certain problems
and can therefore predict future outbreaks.
The easiest way to manage pests in your greenhouse is to keep them out. While double door systems,
screens around ventilation ducts and plastic sheeting to cover greenhouses help in keeping pests out,
they will not keep all insects at bay. Cleaning should be performed on each plot in between plantings.
Footbaths and hand sinks will also assist in deterring transfer of pests from one area to another.
If a mild infestation has occurred and it is contained in one area, a solution of water and liquid
dishwashing soap can be used to dislodge insects from your plants. When a large infestation
occurs, biological controls can be used to eliminate the pest population. This means that
beneficial insects (parasitic wasps, ladybugs, predator mites, etc.) are released into the
greenhouse to destroy the pests. Biological control requires a lot of time dedicated to monitoring
and releasing predators, as well as knowledge of pest identification and biology. Environmental
factors and any previous insecticide or pesticide use also need to be taken into account.
If pesticides need to be used, make sure you are using the correct pesticide for the application
and following the labeled instructions. Spraying pesticides in the early evening is the best
practice, since this method allows adequate time for the area to ventilate before people will be
returning to the greenhouse.
AQUAPONICS
Seeding and Planting
Seeding and Planting Systems

Seed Germination
Germinating seeds can be extremely easy or extremely difficult depending on the type of plant and method
used. There are several ways to do this and we will describe a few below:
1. Directly into starter cubes: This is where you use a starter cube (Rockwool, coco fiber, composted pine bark,
etc.) with a small hole in the center to start your seeds. You simply wet the media, drop the seeds in the hole
(or widen it a bit with a pencil for larger seeds) and then place them in a tray (with or without a humidity dome,
depending on your local humidity). Make sure to read up on your starter media as some media should presoak
in a mildly acidic solution for better sprouting results. Some seeds will do better when placed directly out in
the sun; some will do better if left in the dark for a few days then moved into the sunlight; and some will do
better with a bottom heat pad placed under the tray of starter cubes. One thing to remember is that you want
to get them in the same intensity of light that you will be growing them to maturity in as soon as possible. In
lower light conditions, plants stretch looking for light and become thinner/weaker and more prone to breaking.
Then when you move them into more intense light, they have a tendency to get leaf burn and growth slows as
the plant adjusts to the stronger light. If youre trying a new variety for the first time, plant a few test cubes, put
them in direct to partial sun for a few days and watch what happens. Most seeds will sprout just fine this way
as long as the temperatures are in the correct range for the plant species being grown (look on the seed
packet as most of the timeall of the zone/planting times are listed on the packaging), but if you arent having
any luck or you see them sprout and start to get a bit burned, try one of the other methods until you see what
works best for that particular seed. Just remember, the quicker you get the plant used to the final light
intensity, the quicker it will grow.
2. Paper towel/plastic wrap method: Another popular way of sprouting seeds is by dampening a paper towel
with water and placing it on a plate. You then place your seeds on the damp paper towel and cover the plate
with plastic wrap. Place this in a dark place such as a cabinet and check it daily while also lifting the plastic
wrap to exchange the air inside. As soon as you see the seed crack open, remove the seed from the plate
and place the seed cracked end down into the starter cube. It will then shoot the tap root down into the
starter cube and the seed will rise out of the cube and fall off of the sprout. This method works extremely
well for all types of larger seeds such as beans, peas, sunflowers, cucumbers, etc. Using smaller seeds is
not advisable, since it would be extremely difficult to pick them up and place them into starter cubes without
hurting the sprouts.
3. Cuttings: Some plants take an extremely long time to grow from seeds, but their cuttings will readily root when cared for properly, eliminating a lot of
valuable time spent by the grower. The procedure is fairly simple. First you want to make sure you sterilize your scissors, knife or whatever tool you
plan to use to take the cuttings and also make sure to wash your hands well (especially if you are a smoker). Once you have sterilized the cutting tool,
take your cuttings and remove all of the fruit from the plant (if there is any) along with the bottom 50% of the leaves/stems. Dip the cut end into either
a rooting hormone powder or gel, then place directly into a presoaked starter cube. Some plants such as tomatoes will start to root within a day or
two, while other plants such as rosemary may take as long as a month to show any signs of roots. You want to keep the cuttings in a humid
environment by using a humidity dome or plastic wrap, and you want to make sure to exchange the air inside several times a day. Some plants will
look pretty bad before looking better, but that is because you are stressing the plant and basically forcing it to either grow roots or die. You want the
media moist, but not wet or waterlogged. You can also mist the plants to let the leaves take up water. Riding that fine line of wet/dry media tells the
harder-to-root plants that they need to sprout roots. Once you have done it a few times you will be able to look at the plants and tell when they have
started to root, then take the dome off until the plants get strong enough to move them to your main system. Where to germinate: Seeds can either be
germinated directly in your system, on sprouting tables, in individual sprouting trays or by many other means. It really comes down to what works
best for the area you have, labor involved and finances available.
TECH TALK 124

Compost Tea
Compost tea is exactly what it sounds likea liquid extract prepared by steeping compost in water.
Sounds delicious, right? Dont worry, its for your plants. Just spray it on and watch them grow healthier
and less susceptible to disease. Compost tea can be used on trees, shrubs, houseplants, vegetables,
flowers and lawns. It can also help with seed germination and starting new plants.
Compost tea has been shown to be a source of beneficial microorganisms that protect plants and
provide better nutrient availability to the plants while also improving soil condition. Several types of
compost teas can be made, and they vary in the method of preparation and in the ways they are used.
Examples include anaerobic compost teas, aerobic compost tea, compost leachate, manure tea and
Bokashi tea, among others.
One of the most popular of the compost teas is aerobic compost tea (no, it has nothing to do with
jumping jacks). Aerobic compost tea is made by using an air pump or blower to supply your mixture with
oxygen while brewing. The process enhances the production of beneficial bacteria, protozoa, fungi and
other microbes. You can even add food and/or other additives to further encourage the growth of
microorganisms in the tea. For example, add molasses for bacteria growth; kelp and humic acid for
fungi; and peat moss and hay for protozoa.
Brewing aerobic compost tea is easy. Many commercial compost tea brewers are available, but if you
take pride in your DIY ethic you can easily build your own brewer. All you need is a bucket, an air pump or
blower, an air hose with check valve and a diffuser. Simply wrap the compost in cheesecloth or place it
in a mesh bag (avoid fine meshit may keep some beneficial fungi from the tea). Fill a bucket with
clean water and drop the bag in (one part compost to four parts water). Then throw in your choice of
additives. Aerate the liquid for several hours.
While it brews, make sure you provide enough aeration to maintain dissolved oxygen (D.O.) content
around 6 ppm. This will support the growth of aerobic microorganisms that enhance plant growth.
Aerate the extract between 12 and 48 hours, depending on the type of microbes that are desired.
A period of around 12 hours will favor the growth of fungi, while a 24-hour period of aeration will favor the
growth of bacteria. Longer periods (3648 hours) will favor the growth of protozoa and other microorganisms.
After aerating, pour the liquid through a strainer or cheesecloth to filter. Then dilute the concentrated
tea with clean water at a ratio of 1 to 10 before dispensing in sprayers or spray bottles. One gallon of
your diluted mixture will cover 800 ft 2 of planted area. For best results, apply the tea to plants and soil
once every week. The whole plant and surrounding soil may be thoroughly wetted. Tea may be stored up
to two weeks in a closed container before applying
to plants.
To consistently make great compost tea, consider the following:
A erate or chemically treat clean water to remove chlorine or chloramines from water prior to adding
compost.
Keep the brewer between 70 and 75F while brewing tea.
The pH should be near neutral (6.5 to 7.5).
Maintain the D.O. concentration around 6 ppm throughout the
brewing cycle.
Using these methods, you can routinely make tea with high numbers of beneficial bacteria, fungi,
protozoa and nematodes, time after time. The result will ensure healthier plants and better growth.
Sources of additional information on compost tea:
The National Sustainable Agriculture Information Service (ATTRA)
website: http://www.attra.org/attra-pub/compost-tea-notes.html
The Compost Tea Brewing Manual, 5th Ed., 2005. Dr. Elaine Ingham,
Soil Foodweb Inc., Corvallis, Oregon 97333.
25
AQUAPONICS
TECHNOLOGY AND
DESIGN WORKSHOP
Spring and Fall 2015, Apopka, FL
Topics that will be covered during this 41/2-day workshop:
UVI AQUAPONIC SYSTEM & UVI-BASED
SYSTEM AT AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS
System design and management
Aeration
Blower selection and sizing
Plumbing
Pump Selection
Total Dynamic Head (TDH)
Components
Construction techniques
Operation
Electric Cost
FISH PRODUCTION
Stocking rates
Feeding, growth and survival
Harvesting and processing
MARKETING AND ECONOMICS

PLANT PRODUCTION
Seedling production
Importance of pest identification
Disease and insect control
Nutrient dynamics
HANDS-ON INSTRUCTION
PVC work
Pump setup and plumbing
Plant grow tray construction
Fish handling
Water quality testing
GREEN SKY GROWERS

ROOFTOP GREENHOUSE TOUR
BEHIND THE SEEDS TOUR
AT THE LAND AT EPCOT
Water quality
Brood stock management
Breeding
Fry sex reversal
For more information about educational

courses offered by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems,
please email PAES.General@Pentair.com.
Web: PentairAES.com
Email: PAES.General@Pentair.com
2395 Apopka Blvd., Apopka, FL 32703
AQUAPONICS 27
Bags/Pots/Lids
SUNLEAVES GROW BAGS

Black on the inside and white on the outside. Bags are fluted, stand upright
when filled with growing medium and have prepunched bottom holes for
thorough drainage. Sold in packs of 10.
MODEL EACH
SBG302
.5 GAL
$1.50
SBG312
1 GAL
2.50
SBG322
3 GAL
3.50
SBG332
5 GAL
6.50
SBG342
7 GAL
7.00
STACKABLE GRO UPS

Stackable Gro UPs are hydroponic grow pots that provide maximum growth
results with minimal effort. These high-quality decorative plastic pots are
designed to last a lifetime while serving as an attractive display for the plants
growing inside. Whether they're used indoors or out, they provide a spacesaving alternative to traditional horizontally oriented tray setups.
MODEL
TGP200
STACKABLE GRO UPS
EACH
$15.50
NET POTS
These plastic net pots have slits in the sides and
bottom to allow root development and promote
oxygen transfer. Ideal for ebb and flow systems
and NFT systems, pots can be used for starting
seedlings and propagation. The 2 size is ideal for
use with Rockwool and oasis cubes or Hydroton
to start seedlings which will then be transplanted
to the growing system. Plants are left in the net pot
when transferred, which avoids transplant shock.
Larger size net pots are perfect for use with
Hydroton media.
These pots are excellent for classroom science
projects and experiments, as the root system is
visible when lifted out of the nutrient solution.
MODEL
NP12NL
EACH
2 H X 2 DIA., 25/PK, NO LIP
$3.00
BUCKET LID
Perfect for customized hydroponic systems,
these sturdy Bucket Lids fit any standard
5-gallon bucket.
MODEL EACH
BL306 6'' $3.50
BL310 10" 4.00
BL306
28 AQUAPONICS
Cleaning Kits/Monitor/Meter
BLUELAB CLEANING KITS

Conductivity and pH readings are only accurate if the probe is kept clean.
These kits contain everything you need to clean probes and get the most out of
your investment. Each kit comes with detailed instructions, decanter vessels,
probe cleaner, solutions and more to keep probes working right.
MODEL
BCK510
CONDUCTIVITY CLEANING KIT
EACH
$27.00
BLUELAB GUARDIAN MONITOR

A constant indicator of the desired levels of EC, pH and temperature, enabling
you to optimize these parameters as the crop progresses through each
growing phase. A flashing display lets you know if one parameter moves away
from the desired level, allowing them to make the required adjustments
quickly. It monitors crops 24 hours a day with a built-in alarm system, and
also features large, easy-to-read displays with adjustable "Plant Safe" green
LED lights, adjustable conductivity and temperature values, pushbutton pH
calibration, a silent alarm for both high and low settings, setting retention
even during power failure, automatic temperature compensation and a
water-resistant design.
Meter ranges: pH from 0 to 14.0 with a 0.1 resolution; EC from 0 to 5.00 with
0.01 resolution; temperature from 0 to 50C (32122F) with 1 resolution.
The accuracy is 0.1 for pH and EC, 1C (2F) for temperature. Two-year
warranty.
MODEL EACH
BGM500 $364.00
2-YEAR WARRANTY
BLUELAB COMBO METER

Conductivity, pH and temperature all in one portable meter. Pushbutton pH
calibration and auto-off function to extend battery life. Meter will display
temperature (C or F), pH 014, and conductivity as EC, CF or ppm 500.
Includes probes, pH calibration solution and two AAA batteries. Five-year
warranty on the meter, six months on the probe.
MODEL
BCM500
BLUELAB COMBO METER
EACH
$308.00
TECH TALK 130

Hydroponics vs Aquaponics
Hydroponics refers to using a nutrient solution to grow plants in a recirculating (closed) system. Open nutrient systems were used in the past but not much anymore. Two different ways hydroponic
systems work are:
A ggregate, which uses a solid medium (sand, Rockwool, gravel, perlite, vermiculite, peat moss, coconut husks, etc.) for support of plant roots.
L iquid, which uses no supporting medium for plant roots.
Aquaponics refers to growing a fish (or any aquatic animal) and plant crop together in a recirculating system. So aquaponics is really the marriage of aquaculture and hydroponics, aggregate or liquid, in
a closed system.
5-YEAR WARRANTY
Hydroponics and aquaponics offer these advantages over traditional farming: high productivity for the space used, conservative water usage, low environmental impact and the ability to grow plants out
of season. The primary disadvantage to both is the high startup cost involved.
AQUAPONICS 29
Induction Grow Lights
INDUCTION GROW LIGHTS

Energy saving, full spectrum lighting ideal for aquaponics!
Introducing Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems new line of induction grow lights.
Induction lighting is an emerging technology that is replacing metal halide
and high pressure sodium lighting in aquaponics. Induction lighting offers
many benefits to crop production including a broad spectrum, greater canopy
penetration and lower operating temperatures.
Consumes up to 70% less power than traditional HID lamps
One lamp from vegetative thru flowering reduces plant stress
PAR rated spectrums: 90% UV 95% Carotenoid 80% R/FR/IR
98% specular reflectance for greater canopy penetration
Low operating temperatures reduce cooling costs
Longer lamp life (100,000 hour rated)
10 year lamp and driver warranty
PNR-400-PAR
40W PONTOON ACCESSORY

Designed to work as an enhancement accessory to the induction lamps broad
spectrum phosphor blend. They are a low wattage addition to our induction
lamps spectrums and should be considered when the gardener is seeking
optimized quality, yield and reduced time to harvest.
Flowering enhancement accessory
Comes fully assembled No Tools Required for Easy Installation
5 Year Warranty
PNR-400-PON
LIGHTING CONVERSION REFERENCE
PNR-100-PAR (100W) REPLACES 200W METAL HALIDE OR HP SODIUM LIGHTS
PNR-400-PAR (420W) REPLACES 1,000W METAL HALIDE OR 750W HP SODIUM LIGHTS
PNR-400-PAR-PON
Grow Lights

COVERAGE AREA
DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
MODEL
VOLTS
HZ WATTS L W
L W H (LBS)
EACH
PNR-100-PAR
100W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
100
24
24
19
141/2
63/4
PNR-200-PAR
200W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
200
36
36
261/2
141/2
63/4
11
$480.00
610.00
PNR-400-PAR
420W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
420
48
48
41
141/2
63/4
15
795.00
PNR-400-PON
120-277
50/60
40
40
20
51/2
745.00
Combo Light Kit

COVERAGE AREA
DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
MODEL
VOLTS
HZ WATTS L W
L W H (LBS)
PNR-400-PAR-PON
420W LIGHT & 40W PONTOON
120-277
50/60
420+40
48
48
41
20
63/4
19
EACH
$1,510.00
30 AQUAPONICS
Media
COCOTEK
This organic growing medium consists of three
different types of compressed coco coir. A
high-quality, low-sodium, environmentally friendly
alternative to sphagnum peat moss. When hydrated
with water, CocoTek rapidly expands, saving time
and effort. Use by themselves or mix with expanded
clay pellets, perlite or topsoil.
MODEL
EACH
CB300
FINE COIR BRICK, 1.4 LBS
$2.25
CB310
COIR BALE, 5 KG
11.00
CB300
CB310
CocoTek is a registered trademark of General Hydroponics, Inc. and Cocogro is a registered trademark of American Agritech, LLC.
COCOGRO SUBSTRATE
This premium coir fiber has a low salt content and
no chemical treatment. Its doublesleeved 3/4 long
fibers provide an optimal air to water ratio and
reduced dust, which means stronger root
development. Cocogro fiber is aged at least
18 months, so it has longer usability. And it has
excellent drainage properties. 100% recyclable.
EACH
MODEL
COCOB COCOGRO BRICK COIR FIBER
$4.20
SUNLEAVES ROCKS
A reusable growing medium with serious
H2O-holding power for use in any kind of garden.
Both the small (.25" to .5") and large (.5" to 1.5")
varieties are made by superheating shale to
temperatures up to 2,000F, rendering them
pH-neutral and chemically inert. Make your life
a little easier, take care of your plants and take it
easy on the planet. Mined and manufactured in
the United States.
MODEL
EACH
SR333
.5"1.5", 33 LBS
$15.00
SR334
.25".5", 33 LBS
15.00
PERLITE
Coarse perlite (siliceous rock) is one of the best
hydroponic media commonly used. It has high
water-holding capacity and fertilizer retention. It
has neutral pH, is sterile and weed-free. Ideal for
tray systems, bag systems and deep nutrient
trough systems. Sold in four cubic foot bags.
Weighs 20 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH
4+
PR40
$15.95
13.69
AQUAPONICS 31
Media
ROCKWOOL PROPAGATION CUBES

These small cubes are ideal for starting seedlings
and cuttings and fit nicely into 2" net pots, seedling
trays or directly into a growing media. Cubes are
11/2" square and have a small hole in the center for
seed placement. Sold in a slab of 98 cubes.
MODEL
PC112
ROCKWOOL PROPAGATION BLOCKS

Once seedlings have developed in the propagation
cubes, the entire cube can then be transferred
to these propagation blocks. Propagation blocks
have a hole in the center that will accept the 11/2"
propagation cubes. The 3" blocks are sold in
strips of 8. The 4" blocks are sold in strips of 6.
Larger quantities and sizes available.

EACH 10+
$12.00 $10.80
PB4
PB3
EACH 10+
PB3
3" X 3" X 21/2" STRIP
$6.05 $5.43
PB4
4" X 4" X 21/2" STRIP
6.15 5.54
ROCKWOOL MINI BLOCKS

These small blocks are ideal for both seed and
cutting propagation. They are designed to be
transplanted directly to other media and not
intended to be used with larger Rockwool blocks.
Blocks are 11/2" square and sold in strips of 15.
MODEL
RMB1
EACH 10+
$3.45/STRIP $3.17
GOLD LABEL HYDROCORN

This lightweight clay aggregate is an excellent growing medium for any
hydroponic system. Clay aggregates are heated at high temperatures, creating
an inner pore structure and ceramic shell that holds moisture for roots and
helps minimize the buildup of salts and nutrients. The aggregate wicks the
water/nutrient solution upward, pebble by pebble, releasing it to the plant roots
as needed. The uneven shape is an ideal surface for roots and beneficial
bacteria. Pebbles range from 816 mm.
Clay aggregate is chemically inert, odorless, will not degrade and has a neutral
pH of 7.0. It's easily washed, completely reusable and will last indefinitely.
Excellent in systems with potted plants and in ebb and flow system trays. It
readily accepts transplanted seedlings started in oasis cubes, Hortifiber
Rockwool or other planting media.
CA2A
HYDROCORN, 5-LITER BOX
$14.36
CA4A
HYDROCORN, 36-LITER BOX
38.50
32 AQUAPONICS
Media
SUNLEAVES SUPER STARTER PLUGS

Pre-formed plugs maintain a perfect air-to-water
ratio and retain water incredibly well. These
bioactive plugs are made of composted tree bark
using a proprietary composting process and are
just the thing seedlings love. Use in soil or
hydroponics.
MODEL EACH
SSSP306 6/PK
$3.00
SSSP355 55/PK
16.50
SSSP372 72/PK
21.00
OASIS HORTICUBES
Start seeds and root cuttings right with OASIS
Horticubes! Because cubes are pH neutral and
extremely porous, they are multi-purpose and work
especially well in hydroponics systems. OASIS
Horticubes are designed to drain off excess water
from the base of the germinating seed or cutting
while maintaining a proper air/water balance. This
is a two-pack of 276-count sheets.
MODEL EACH
OHO300 $24.00
OASIS ROOTCUBES PLUS

OASIS Rootcubes Plus propagation foam was
created for slower-rooting cuttings. Charged with
just the right amount of starter nutrient, this
higher-density, lower-drainage foam gives hydro
hobbyists healthy, robust plants sooner than ever
before, shaving entire days off the propagation
process. 1.25 medium and tray, sheet of 104.
MODEL EACH
OROPT325 $18.00
SUPER STARTER PLANT LABEL WHITE

Super Starter Plant Labels facilitate the identification of plants in the garden.
Their textured surfaces hold pencil, ink or marker without smudging. Pencil
marks can be erased, so the labels are reusable. Super Starter Plant Labels
can be staked into growing media or tied directly to plants. 6, 20/pack.
MODEL EACH
SSSPW320 $1.50
AQUAPONICS 33
Heat Mats/Pest Control/Sprayer

SEEDLING HEAT MATS
Seedling Heat Mats provide the ideal, constant rooting temperature for
sensitive seedlings and cuttings. The 10 x 20 mat fits perfectly in our TY1
trays. Available in 17-watt and 45-watt sizes. Optional Heat Mat Thermostat
provides a 7090F control range. Mats are 115V/60 Hz.
MODEL
HM10
HM20
EACH
HM10
10 X 20 HEAT MAT, 17 WATTS
HM18
18 X 20 HEAT MAT, 45 WATTS
HM20 THERMOSTAT
$31.30
47.00
43.00
HOUSEPLANT STICKY STAKES

Houseplant Sticky Stakes are great tools for early detection of flying insect
infestations. Insects are attracted to the bright yellow Houseplant Sticky
Stakes and then get caught on the surface. The stakes conveniently fold to
stick in the soil and can even hang from the plant itself. To clean up, simply
wrap the stake in paper and throw away. A safe, mess-free way to take care
of houseplant pests. Seven strips per pack.
MODEL EACH
HSS707 $6.00
INSECT KILLING SOAP CONCENTRATE

Safer Insect Killing Soap is a good solution for tough insect pest infestations.
It works as a contact insecticide and has no residual effect. Thoroughly spray
a diluted mixture onto your plant every 7-10 days and apply at least three
times to break the pests reproductive cycle.
MODEL EACH
IKSC716 $12.00
SAFER GARDEN DUST

OMRI Listed and compliant for use in organic gardening, Garden Dust
effectively kills caterpillars, corn earworm, bollworm, and more than a
dozen other types of worms. Once ingested by the wayward pests, the active
ingredient, Bacillus thuringiensis, kills them within a few days. Gardeners
are recommended to apply late in the afternoon or on cloudy days, as
Bacillus thuringiensis breaks down in the sunlight. 8-oz bottle.
MODEL EACH
SGD708 $8.50
MONDI DELUXE MIST N SPRAY

Constructed from heavy-duty plastic and ergonomically designed for safe and
comfortable extended use, these sprayers has an all-metal pump and nozzle
for durability and long life. The 1.2-liter sprayer has an extra-long nozzle
and extension, and both versions have convenient swivel nozzles that
effortlessly switch from spray to mist. Two-year warranty.
MODEL
MDMS800
1.2 L
MDMS810
2 L
EACH
$12.50
13.05
34 AQUAPONICS
Clips/Nets/Shade Cloth
VINE CLIP
These vine clips are commonly used for growing tomatoes, cucumbers,
peppers and other tall plants. Clips easily attach plants and vines to strings
or trellis support wires. Sold in packs of 500.
MODEL EACH
PC2 $12.15
HORTI-TRELLIS
The simple solution to horizontal and vertical
trellising problems. For use indoors or out,
in aesthetic or purely practical applications.
They're durable but flexible, and you can
reuse them over and over again without
worrying about tangling.
MODEL EACH
HOR810
HOR810
4' X 16'
HOR820
4' X 50'
$17.00
37.00
HOR830
4' X 100'
65.00
POLYCLIPS
These unique fasteners are ideal for attaching
predator netting and shade cloth to support rope
and wires. Constructed of tough polypropylene,
they can be used over and over again. Simply snap
over the edge of the material and attach to 3/8
support wire. Recommended spacing is one
polyclip per 2 (depending on load). Bulk quantity
available.
MODEL EACH
PC1 EACH
$.60
PC125 25-PK 9.90
SHADE CLOTH
Our premium shade cloth is the knitted type, which
will last over 15 years in the tropical sun. This cloth
is useful for shading tanks to reduce algae, prevent
sun damage to fish and reduce water temperature.
It is also useful for predator control, visibility
screening and, of course, shading plants.
SC30
SC50
Offered in 3 densities to block 30, 50 or 70% of the

sun. Made of UV-resistant plastic. We stock 12'
wide rolls that are sold in 10' L increments or full
300' rolls only. 10' and 20' widths are also available
in full rolls.
SC70

FULL ROLL

SHADE LENGTH WIDTH
SC30
30%
SHIP WT
(LBS)
12'
2.8/120 FT2
SC30R
30%
300'
12'
83/3,600 FT2
SC50
50%
12'
2.8/120 FT2
SC50R
50%
300'
12'
83/3,600 FT2
SC70
70%
12'
4.6/120 FT2
SC70R
70%
300'
12'
138/3,600 FT2
EACH
$36.00/10'
720.00/ROLL 647.86/2+
42.00/10'
948.00/ROLL 852.30/2+
54.00/10'
1,265.00/ROLL 1,201.75/2+
AQUAPONICS 35
Fertilizer/Stands
FISH RICH ORGANIC FERTILIZER

Fish have been used as soil fertilizer since the Native Americans first began
farming the land centuries ago. Fish Rich is made from the remains of the
Yellow Perch raised and processed at the Bell Perch fish facility. Because the
fish are raised in a pristine environment, you can be sure thats whats going
into the fertilizerand your soilis pure and free of contaminants.
Fish Rich 2-2-2 (Organic)

Fish Rich is OMRI listed and is allowed for use in organic crop production
under the USDA National Organic Program rules. It is completely garden
and human safe.
Fish Rich fertilizer is good for any soil and has three major nutrients
Nitrogen to promote green leaves, and quicker growth response.
Phosphorous for root growth, disease resistance, promoting seed and fruit
growth and for blooming and flowering.
Potassium to increase root growth and offer disease and drought resistance.
Fish Rich is also a good source of calcium, which plants need for cell wall
development and growth. Pathogens attack weak cell walls to invade a
plant, and a stronger cell wall structure will play a big part in avoiding this
potential problem. Larger sizes available; call for information.
MODEL EACH
FR1Q
1 QUART
$9.99
FR1G
1 GALLON
29.99
BOTANICARE BENCHES
These sturdy benches are constructed from 1" square powder-coated
aluminum bars. Ship motor freight.
MODEL EACH
BB250K
$380.00
4' X 8'
SNAPTURE TRAY STAND AND FITTINGS

Uses specially designed connection pieces to turn regular 1.25" PVC tubing into
a sturdy stand for a 4' x 4' tray. Each tray stand kit contains: feet/bases (4),
cross fittings (4), 90 dovetails (4), 50" long 1.25" PVC support bars (2), 32" long
1.25" PVC cross bars (2), and 17" tall 1.25" PVC support legs (4). Additional
fittings (available separately) provide you with expansion capabilities, or you can
combine these fittings and convert standard 1.25" PVC tubing into its own
customized set up.
MODEL
SNA200
TRAY STAND, 4' X 4'
SNA201
CROSS FITTING
EACH
$90.00
5.00
SNA202 FOOT/BASE
5.00
SNA203 DOVETAIL
4.00
SNA200
36 AQUAPONICS
Trays
WHITE TRAYS, LIDS AND RESERVOIRS

Great, sturdy additions to any hydrogarden. Trays have raised interior channels
for superior drainage. The basin of the Eazy Drain Reservoir also features a
gradual slope and can be modified with bulkhead fittings for simple hose
connection and reservoir change-outs. Made of durable, UV-resistant plastic.
Ship motor freight.
WPT221
MODEL
WPT200
WPT210
WPT220
WPT230
WPT240
WPT250
WPT221
WPT231
WGT200
WGT210
WGT220
PDO200
WRE210
WRE220
WRE240
WRE250
WER250
WER299
WREP200
WER299
WREP200
L X W X D
PROPAGATION TRAY
22" X 22" X 7"
PROPAGATION TRAY
44" X 24" X 7"
PROPAGATION TRAY
36" X 36" X 7"
PROPAGATION TRAY
48" X 48" X 7"
PROPAGATION TRAY
72" X 36" X 7"
PROPAGATION TRAY
96" X 48" X 7"
PROPAGATION TRAY LID
36" X 36" X 7"
PROPAGATION TRAY LID
48" X 48" X 7"
GROW TRAY
44" X 6" X 4"
GROW TRAY
42" X 8" X 4"
GROW TRAY
24" X 92" X 4"
PROPAGATION DOME
22" X 22" X 7"
RESERVOIR, 10 GAL W/LID
EAZY DRAIN RESERVOIR W/LID, 50 GAL
EAZY DRAIN RESERVOIR W/LID, 100 GAL
RESERVOIR PORTHOLE COVER
EACH
$50.00
75.00
105.00
143.00
185.00
267.00
100.00
135.00
26.00
33.00
135.00
77.50
90.00
98.00
140.00
264.00
244.00
418.00
9.00
FIBERGLASS TROUGHS
Rectangular troughs are used for hatching fish eggs, coral propagation,
baitfish, larval rearing (use with McDonald-type hatching jars), invertebrate
holding and many other culture applications. Although not as thick as our
reinforced fiberglass tanks, they are still quite durable. Inside gel coat is light
blue. Troughs are stackable and ship via motor freight, FOB Orlando. Custom
sizes available in quantity. Crating charges apply.
MODEL
FT120L2
120 GAL
L X W X H
EACH
4+
96" X 24" X 12"
$282.72 $262.93
FT180L2
180 GAL
96" X 36" X 12"
489.30 455.05
FT240L2
240 GAL
96" X 48" X 12"
661.50 615.20
FT320L2
320 GAL
96" X 48" X 16"
917.70
FT120L2
NEW THICKER GEL COAT
SPEEDLING TRANSPLANT TRAYS

Keep your plants' roots safe from damage, pests and diseases during
transplant. These polystyrene trays are reusable and drastically reduce
transplant shock. The angled sides of the cells encourage roots to grow
downward, rather than spiraling as they would in a square cell. This allows
plants to begin growing immediately after transplant. Plants and soil are
easily removed, completely intact.
Trays are 265/8" L x 135/8" W. Ship weight 1.5 lbs.
MODEL
TR128A
128 CELLS @ 1.5 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP
TR200A
200 CELLS @ 1 SQ.IN., 3" DEEP
TR242HC
242 CELLS @ 1 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP
TR72A
72 CELLS @ 1.75 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP
EACH
$10.03
12.63
8.22
12.92
AQUAPONICS 37
Ties/Super Salt
HEAVY-DUTY SOFT TWIST TIE

Holds anything that needs to be bunched, grouped, tied together, tied up, tied
down or organized, but it doesnt damage like traditional unsheathed wire twist
ties. Package contains 16 of cushioned heavy-duty wire.
MODEL EACH
STT310 $7.00
PLANT TWIST TIE

This 164 roll of strong wire tie includes a handy cutter. 0.4 mm thick.
MODEL EACH
PTT310 $3.50
PLANT YO-YO
If youre dealing with droopy plants, youll love the plant yo-yo! When
attached to an area above the plant, its line lightly hooks to a stem or branch
to prevent it from falling or leaning. As the plant grows taller, the line
retracts while continuing to gently hold it up. Alternately, you can use the
included plastic stopper to keep the 60 line at a static length.
MODEL EACH
PYY200 $1.75
PROLINE SUPER SALT CONCENTRATE

Contains everything but the saltsave on shipping!
This synthetic salt mixture contains all the necessary elements and buffers
(except sodium chloride) required to make up to 4,400 gallons of synthetic
seawater. Each phosphate- and nitrate-free batch is individually tested to
generate consistency and high quality. Because sodium chloride is a major
component of most synthetic sea salt mixtures, it is also responsible for a large
amount of the weight. This concentrated mixture contains everything but the
sodium chloride, which you can add locally to save money on freight charges.
APPLICATIONS
Public aquariums.
Saltwater fish holding systems.
Aquarium stores.
ProLine Super Salt Concentrate is packaged in a semiliquid form and

sold in resealable buckets. One bucket mixes with 80 lbs of noniodized,
high-purity sodium chloride to make 400 gallons (1,514 liters) of salt water.
Pallet quantities available.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
Recirculating systems.
Seafood holding systems.
Research labs.
4+
239500
400 GALLONS
63
$75.50 $68.79
239510*
4,400 GALLONS
600
638.00
239500
*Ships by motor freight.

38 AQUAPONICS
pH Control/Supplements
GENERAL HYDROPONICS PH UP AND PH DOWN
MODEL
High-quality pH solutions specifically designed for hydroponics. Solutions are

formulated from nutrients that plants can use. Super-concentrated.
PH UP
GPU502
pH Up is base formulated using Potassium Hydroxide and Potassium

Carbonate. Add a little at a time if your nutrient pH is too low in order to raise
the pH to the proper level. pH Down will lower the pH of nutrient
solution and plant fertilizers.
TYPE SIZE EACH

LIQUID
8 OZ $7.50
HAZMAT A
PHR1
LIQUID QUART 11.00
HAZMAT A
PHR2
LIQUID GALLON 27.00
HAZMAT A
GPUD500
DRY POWDER
1.5 LBS 14.00
GPUD510
DRY POWDER
16 LBS 98.00
PH DOWN
GPD502
LIQUID
$7.50
HAZMAT A
PHL1
LIQUID QUART 11.00
HAZMAT A
PHL2
LIQUID GALLON 27.00
HAZMAT A
8 OZ
GPDD500
DRY POWDER
1.5 LBS 14.00
GPDD510
DRY POWDER
16 LBS 98.00
General Hydroponics is a registered trademark of General Hydroponics, Inc.

PHR2
GPUD500
GPDD510
PHL1
CHELATED LIQUID IRON SUPPLEMENT FOR PLANTS

Prevents or cures iron deficiency in plants
Ideal for turf, ornamental shrubs and trees
Makes iron immediately available to plants
If you have alkaline soil, then iron chlorosis may be causing new growth to have a pale green or yellow
color. Iron chlorosis is caused by the lack of iron in the soil, or because iron is unavailable for uptake by
your plants. This liquid iron supplement provides iron that is immediately available to your plants and
remains in the soil for extended feeding. Liquid iron for plants is compatible with most tank mixes of
fertilizers or pesticides. Mix 5 to 10 gals. of liquid iron for plants with enough water to cover one acre for
turf application. For root feeding trees and shrubs, mix 4 oz. per inch of trunk diameter with 5 to 10 gals.
of water and pour or inject around the drip line. Use 1 gal. in 64 gals. water for foliar applications. 1-gal.
container. 4.7% iron oxide. Made in USA.
MODEL EACH
LIG2
$21.15
#10 WHITE CALCIUM CARBONATE DUST

Due to the nitrification process that occurs in the biofilter of a healthy
aquaponics system, pH of the system tends to steadily decrease over time as
the nitrifying bacteria create acid. Regularly adding calcium carbonate
increases pH, and adds beneficial nutrients for plant uptake as well.
MODEL
MD
50 LB BAG
EACH
$49.99
GREENCURE
A potassium bicarbonate-based fungicide used to control powdery mildew,
black spot and other common plant diseases. Recommended as a foliar
treatment for more than 85 different plant varieties including vegetables, trees,
ornamentals and houseplants. One tablespoon of powdered GreenCure to
one gallon of water will cover approximately 450 ft2. GreenCure is registered
"for organic production" by the USDA's National Organic Program (NOP).
MODEL EACH
GC700
8 OZ
$17.00
AERATION 39
Product
40 Sweetwater Regenerative
Blowers
56 Surface Aerators
86 Lake Aeration Systems
42 Valves/Air Filters/Assemblies
57 Paddle Wheel
94 Compressor Cabinets
58 Aire-02 Aerator
95 Rotary Vane Compressors
60 Diffusers
96 Compressor Accessories
70 Disc Diffusers/Tubing
97 Rocking Piston Compressors
71 Venturi
98 Valve Manifolds/Check Valves
73 Oxygen Saturators
99 Tubing
74 Oxygen/Ozone Cones
101 Diffusers
76 Pressurized Column
102 De-Icing
77 Oxygen Concentration Systems
105 Fountains
43 Regenerative Blowers/Heat
Dissipating Pipe
45 High-Pressure Blowers
46 Remote Drive Regenerative
Blowers
49 Air Pumps
50 Linear Air Pumps
52 12V Pumps
53 Bait Bucket Aerator
55 Agitators/Aspirators
78 Oxygen Generators
81 Flow Meters/Manifolds/
Accessories
40 AERATION
Sweetwater Regenerative Blowers
SWEETWATER REGENERATIVE
BLOWERS AQUACULTURE DUTY
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater
regenerative blowers reach higher pressures,
operate in more corrosive environments and
operate at lower noise levels than industry
standard commercial blowers. They are
inexpensive to operate, and the air they deliver
is oil-free. They are extremely energy-efficient
and quiet.
Automatic Thermal Overload Protection*

Should a power brownout occur and trip
the motor, the Sweetwater blower
will automatically restart after cooling
(*except S631).
Air Filter
Low-restriction inlet, washable
filter that removes particulates
to 50 microns included in price.
Sweetwater blowers are simple. And simplicity

means reliability. They have only one moving part:
a dynamically balanced impeller that is attached
directly to the motor shaft. The rotating impeller
doesn't touch a thing, so there's no wear,
no vibration, no seals and no lubrication. Just wash
the inlet air filters as needed and replace the motor
bearings after three years of continuous operation.
All Sweetwater blowers come with internal
mufflers and low- restriction, washable inlet filters
as standard equipment. Outlet flex hoses, which
simplify installation, are also standard equipment.
The Sweetwater blower's electric motor is a
high-efficiency type motor that will run cool and
handle a wide range of power variations so often
found in rural locations. All models will operate on
both 50 and 60 cycle (Hz) power except S631 and
S651, which are 60 Hz only. 60-Hz curves shown
(pressure and volume at 50 Hz will be about
30% less).
Automatic thermal overload protection is standard
(except S631). Should a power brownout occur and
trip the motor, the Sweetwater blower will restart
automatically after cooling. Motors are completely
enclosed and fan cooled for the highest reliability in
a humid aquaculture environment. Each blower is
assembled with antiseize compound, performance
tested prior to shipment and guaranteed for three
years! All are UL-listed, CSA-certified and
CE-compliant.
High altitude will affect blower performance.
Deduct 4% of volume and pressure for every
1,000' (300 m) above sea level. The 3,450-rpm
motors used on these regenerative blowers
require about ten seconds to reach full speed.
Use starting watts to size generators and use
full load amps to size breakers.
19.95
80
2.49
10
KPA
Volume (CFM)
m3/H
9
S6
20
4.98
S7
3
)
1(C
S4 1/S313
S3
30
S21
A
S11
A(B)
S11
7.48
53
/S 4
40
S6
5
S4
9.97
50
S4
1/S
43
3
S6
12.46
60
53
1/S
S5
14.96
70
100
We highly recommend using protective devices with all

3-phase equipment. Motor starters, phase monitors
and phase protectors are not included in the sale and
should be sourced locally. Failure to install protective
devices will void most warranties. We also recommend
that a certified electrician perform the installation.
50
Combination starters are not included with

Sweetwater blowers, but are strongly recommended.
NEC and local electrical codes prevail.
S56
17.45
3-Phase Equipment:
200
150
50
HZ
25
50
75
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350
42.25 84.5 126.75 169 211.25 253.5 295.75 338 380.25 422.5 464.75 507 549.25 591.5
mbars
90
Pressure, Inches H2O
22.44
250
HZ
60
100
Flexible outlet hose

simplifies installation.
24.93
High-Efficiency Premium Motor

Runs cool, is completely enclosed and
fan cooled for the utmost reliability in
humid environments. Universal 50/60 Hz,
UL-, CSA- and CE-compliant.
3
S7
110
2S41
27.43
S41
Antiseize Compound
Sweetwater is the only blower
we know of that is assembled
with antiseize compound to
ensure easy disassembly when
it becomes necessary years
down the road.
AERATION 41
Sweetwater Regenerative Blowers
SWEETWATER REGENERATIVE BLOWERS
AQUACULTURE DUTY
S63
S56
S51
S21
S11A
S41
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Blower Specifications (at Sea Level, 68F, 60 Hz)

OUTLET
PRICE

RUNNING WATTS RATED
HOSE (INCLUDING
CFM FREE AIR @ INCHES WATER
MAX
NO.
INPUT @
STARTING
MAX
FULL LOAD
W/O
FILTER
PIPE
WEIGHT
FILTER)
MODEL
20"
30"
40"
50"
DUTY
HP
PHASE FILTERS INCHES WATER
WATTS
VOLTAGE
AMPS
HEIGHT WIDTH SIZE
(LBS)
EACH
S11A 1 2 13 3 34" 1/8 1
1 198/20"
900 115/230 2.0/115 10" 8" 1" 23 $528.40
S21 1 2 27 19 7 43" 1/3 1 1 377/30"
1,800 115/230 3.8/115 10" 9" 1" 28
589.19
S31 1 2 34 28 21 16 56" 1/2 1
1 471/30"
2,000 115/230 5.6/115 10" 10" 11/2" 36
625.81
S313 1 34 28 21 16 56" 1/2 3
4,000 230/460 2.0/230 10" 10" 11/2" 36
645.90
410/30"
S41 1 2
70
65
53
36
58"
1 1 1 971/40" 4,000
115/230
9.8/115
12"
12"
11/2"
50 762.06
S43 2 70
65
53
36
58"
1 3 1 860/40" 5,000
230/460
3.2/230
12"
12"
11/2"
50 764.37
S45 2
110 100 90 80 65" 11/2 1
S453-AQ 2 110
100
90
80
65"
11/2
2 1,430/40"
9,000 115/230 10.4/230 14" 15" 2"
77 1,021.86
12,000
85
1,500/40"
230/460
4.9/230
14"
15"
2"
1,042.30
S51 1 2 135 120 110 100 65" 21/2 1
2 1,760/40" 14,000 115/230 11.9/230 14" 15" 2"
87 1,106.46
S53-AQ 2 135 120 110 100 65" 21/2
1,750/40"
17,000 230/460 6.9/230
14"
15"
2"
100
S61-AQ 3 190 180 165
2,600/40"
14,000 115/230 11.8/230 16"
17"
3"
100 1,492.83
S63 3
45" 21/2
190 180 165 160 80" 31/2 3
S631 3 4 190 180 165 160 75" 31/2 1
1,063.63
2 3,260/60" 28,000 230/460 8.8/230 16" 17" 3" 115 1,394.48

2 3,400/60" 21,000
230
19.0/230 16" 17" 3" 115 1,516.29
S651 3
190
180
165
160
100"
5 1 2
3,710/80"
29,000 230 22.3/230
16"
17"
3" 150
1,554.26
S653 3
190
180
165
160
110"
5 3 2
3,520/80"
36,000
230/460
12.0/230
16"
17"
3" 150
1,562.03
S56 3 120 120 118 117 280" 6
2 4,000/150" 38,000 230/460 18.2/230 19" 22" 3" 215 2,917.40
S69 3
250 245 230 210 110" 51/2 3
2 4,190/60" 48,000 230/460 18.2/230 22" 22" 3" 250 2,185.43
S73 3
390 375 350 330 125" 10
4 7,640/80" 75,000 230/460 25.0/230 24" 22" 3" 245 2,647.51
S15
650 640 630 610 125" 15
1 11,000/80" 70,000 230/460 50/230 23" 21" 3" 452 5,677.21
S18P
720 710 690 650 105" 18
2 12,000/80" 90,000 230/460 52/230 20" 28" 4" 438 5,230.66
S18S
410 405 400 395 200" 18
1 12,000/80" 90,000 230/460 52/230 22" 28" 4" 431 5,230.66
S30P
S30S
1,275 1,230 1,200 1,190 125" 30

650 640 630 625 225" 30
20,000/80" 140,000 230/460
98/230
23"
32"
5"
630 11,823.49
1 20,000/80" 140,000 230/460 98/230 23" 33" 5" 606 11,823.49
1 Standard with 115V or 230V 8' power cord (230V models are also rated for 208V). Add "230" to part number for 230V.
2 S453 and smaller ship Ground. 3 S51 and larger ship via motor freight only. 4 No thermal overload protection.
42 AERATION
Valves/Air Filters/Assemblies
CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLIES

For Multiple Blower Assemblies
Air Filter
Pressure Relief
Valve Assembly
Inlet check valves can be plastic, but outlet check valves are subject to high
temperatures requiring steel.
MODEL
TYPE
BCVA1
INLET (PLASTIC)
FITS BLOWER MODEL

S11, S21
$16.77
EACH
22.66
BCVA2
INLET (PLASTIC)
S31
BCVA3
INLET (PLASTIC)
S41
25.38
BCVA4
INLET/OUTLET (STEEL)
S5 SERIES
149.61
BCVA5
S6 SERIES
208.20
BCVA6
S7 SERIES
216.21
Inlet Muffler
Assembly
Check Valve Assembly

(Steel)
Bleed Valve
Assembly
EXTERNAL INLET MUFFLER ASSEMBLIES

For Blower Inlet
MODEL
INLET/OUTLET (NPT)
FITS BLOWER MODEL
EACH
BM20
BM30
1 1/4
S31, S313
$28.07
29.39
BM40-2
1 1/2
S41, S43, S45, S453-AQ, S51, S53-AQ, SD4, SD5
99.84
BM60-2
S61-AQ, S63, S631, S651, S56, S69, SD6
107.54
BM70-2
S15, S18P, S18S, S73
352.57
S11, S21
AIR FILTERS
Air Filter
If youre not getting the air you need out of your blower, perhaps a dirty air filter
is keeping air from getting into the blower. Keep a spare on hand, change out as
needed, then wash and dry the dirty one when you have time. Both filters have
23/8 I.D.
MODEL
Bleed Valve
Assembly
SIZE
FITS BLOWER MODEL
BF4 4 FOR S11, S21

BF6 6 FOR S31 AND LARGER
EACH
4+
$18.25 $16.25
22.98 20.51
Note: 2 or more BF6 filters required for S45 and larger blowers.
BLEED VALVE ASSEMBLIES

Check Valve Assembly
(Plastic)
Inlet Muffler
Assembly
Regenerative blowers are quieter, run cooler and use less power when excess
air is vented or bled off. Weighs 3 lbs.
MODEL
FITS BLOWER MODEL
EACH
BV1
S11, S21 WITH ALR15 SILENCER
$28.52
BV2
S31 WITH ALR15 SILENCER
43.24
BV3
S41 WITH ALR15 SILENCER
44.67
BV4
S45 AND S51

60.55
BV5
S6 SERIES
87.58
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY

Designed for low-pressure blowers, these valves will automatically protect
blowers from over-pressurization by discharging air to the outside. The valve
assembly is easy to install and calibrate. Pressure relief valves can be noisy
when dumping air, so add a muffler assembly if you plan to use it as a normally
open bleed valve. Both sides are FNTP. One-year warranty.
MODEL
SIZE
FITS BLOWER MODEL
PRV20
2
PR VALVE ASSEMBLY FOR S45, S453,

S51, S553, SD5
EACH
$236.11
PRV30
3
PR VALVE ASSEMBLY FOR S61, S63, S631,

S651, S653, S56, S69, S73, S15, SD6, SD69 358.89
AERATION 43
Regenerative Blowers/Heat Dissipating Pipe
WHITEWATER REGENERATIVE
BLOWERS, LOW COST
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Whitewater
blowers are a very good value for aquariums, pet
stores, bait systems and seafood holding systems.
They are smaller, lighter and quieter than most
blowers and very energy-efficient. They feature a
"cupped" impeller for reduced noise. The
specially designed motor
is low in power consumption and excellent in
performance. Blowers are 115V/60 Hz and
include a 6' power cord. One-year warranty.
Pricing includes filter, filter connections and
a flexible outlet.
All Whitewater blowers include:
Inlet filter
Filter connections
Flexible outlet
WW80
Power cord
WW10
CFM @ INCHES WATER
MODEL
10"
20"
30"
40"
50"
AQUARIUM OUTLETS
@ 10" DEPTH
MAX DUTY
NOISE, DB
RUNNING WATTS
WW10 4 2
WW18
40
25"
48
OUTLET HOSE
FOR PIPE SIZE
170
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
3/4" 15 $227.27
60
28"
48
190
3/4"
16
252.34
WW29 15 8
100
35"
52
260
3/4"
18
280.45
WW39 25 15
300
40"
54
330
3/4"
19
282.36
WW60 33 21 13 3.5
460
43"
60
410
1"
21
318.86
WW80 55 43 31 20
860
56"
64
687
11/4" 23 366.09
HEAT DISSIPATING PIPE

Elbow
Clamp
When air is compressed it gives off heat. This heat of

compression, plus the heat from friction, can make a blower's
outlet air temperature high enough to fry an egg. When the inlet
air is 100F and the blower pressure is just 55" H2O (2 psi),
the resulting 150F discharge air can soften plastic PVC pipe.
Straight Pipe
This 8" diameter thin wall galvanized steel pipe can be used to
cool the compressed air before it reaches the plastic pipe.
Rated to 4 psi (110"). Each clamp includes one gasket. Flex
hoses are listed by pipe size and include clamps. Seal
connections with silicone to prevent air leaks. Made in USA.
Flange w/Nipple
Flex Hose
MODEL
SHIP WT
EACH
4+
DH8
STRAIGHT PIPE, 58"
13
$82.91 $78.76
DH45
ELBOW, 45
128.18 121.77
DH90
ELBOW, 90
237.80 225.91
DH19
CLAMP W/GASKET, 190F
28.30 26.89
DH20
CLAMP W/GASKET, 1,100F
52.00 49.40
PFG1
FLANGE WITH 11/2" NIPPLE
65.80 60.55
PFG2
FLANGE WITH 2" NIPPLE
77.45 67.27
PFG3
FLANGE WITH 3" NIPPLE
87.35 80.34
FH1
FLEX HOSE, 11/2" X 8"
11.62 10.92
FH2
FLEX HOSE, 2" X 8"
14.96 14.06
28.27 26.57
FH3
FLEX HOSE, 3" X 8"
FH4
FLEX HOSE, 4" X 12"
39.59 37.21
FH5
FLEX HOSE, 5" X 16"
83.48 78.47
44 AERATION
Regenerative Blowers
SWEETWATER SERIES 2
REGENERATIVE BLOWERS
AQUACULTURE DUTY
Get more performance per hp!

Series 2 regenerative blowers operate at a higher
efficiency than traditional regenerative blowers.
The cool-running outboard bearing design allows
these units to achieve higher differential
pressures, provide more cfm per horsepower and
extend service life. The rugged die-cast aluminum
build is lightweight, compact and extremely quiet.
Easy-to-install, close-coupled design means you
can quickly add them to your system. And their
internal silencers, washable inlet filter and outlet
flex hose further simplify installation. Oilless and
virtually maintenance-free. CE- and UL-listed TEFC
motors operate at both 50 and 60 Hz. Three-year
warranty. SST45 and larger ship motor freight.
SST10
3-YEAR WARRANTY

CFM FREE AIR @ INCHES WATER
MAX

MODEL
20" 30" 40" 50" DUTY HP PHASE VOLTAGE
RATED HEIGHT OUTLET

FULL LOAD
W/O
HOSE
AMPS FILTERS WIDTH SIZE
SST10 16 9 32" .3 1 115/230 2.6/1.3 8.4" 7.8" 1"
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
13
$473.15
SST15 40 33 26 20 56 .6 1 115/230 6.0/3.0 9.8 9.6 1.25
22
533.51
SST20 50 43 35 28 64 .67 3 230/460 2.6/1.5 9.8 9.6 1.25
23
646.92
SST25 85 76 67 60 64" 1.3 3 230/460 4.0/2.3 11.9" 11.3" 1.5"
33
715.96
SST30 85 76 67 60 76 1.75 1 115/230 14.0/7.0 11.9 11.3 1.5
35
700.15
SST35 85 76 67 60 88" 2 3 230/460 5.5/3.2 11.9" 11.3" 1.5"
35
746.73
SST40 132 122 112 105 72 2.35 1
35
958.03
230
12.0
11.9 11.3 1.5
SST45 132
122
112
105 84" 2.75
3 230/460 7.5/4.4 13.3" 13.1" 2"
46
SST50 200 190 180 170
76" 3.4 3 230/460 9.0/5.3 16.6" 15"
2"
64
SST55 200 190 180 170
967.17
1,417.72
92" 4.6 3 230/460 12.0/6.5 16.6" 15"
2"
75
1,514.13
SST60 200 190 180 170 124" 6.2 3 230/460 15.2/8.5 16.6" 15"
2"
93
1,569.72
SST65 260 245 230 215 112" 6.2 3 230/460 15.2/8.5 16.6" 15"
2"
95
1,836.95
SST70 340 327 312 300 112" 8.4 3 230/460 20.0/11.2 20.1" 17.6" 2.5"
143
2,653.94
SST75 340 327 312 300 161" 11.5 3 230/460 27.5/15.0 20.1" 17.6" 2.5"
150
2,686.55
SST80 450 430 410 395 104" 11.5 3 230/460 27.5/15.0 20.1" 17.6" 2.5"
160
3,318.28
TECH TALK 11
Motor Too Hot?
My motor is running too hot to touch. Is this a problem?
The old Too-Hot-To-Touch test no longer applies due to the improved materials now used in
motor manufacturing.
The best way to determine if a motor is operating properly is to check the ampere (amp) draw.
Each motor has a nameplate listing full-load amps (FLA). If the tested amp draw does not
exceed the nameplate rating, its internal or external cooling fan is working (if so equipped) and
the ambient air temperature around the motor is below 104F (40C), the motor is probably not
running hot, even though it is too hot to touch.
AERATION 45
High-Pressure Blowers
HIGH-PRESSURE BLOWERS
The ideal replacement for rotary lobe blowers
and dry rotary vane vacuum pumps. While
delivering comparable (or better) air pressure,
these high-pressure blowers do not require the
maintenance typically associated with traditional
types of blowers and vacuum pumps.
The cool-running outboard bearing design allows
these units to achieve higher differential pressures
and extend service life. The rugged die-cast
aluminum build is lightweight, compact and super
quiet. Easy-to-install, close-coupled design means
you can quickly add them to your system. And their
internal silencers, washable inlet filter and outlet
flex hose further simplify installation. Virtually
maintenance-free. Fin-cooled TEFC motors
operate at 50 and 60 Hz. Three-year warranty.
AHPB05
3-YEAR WARRANTY
3-Phase Motor Testing

A common mistake in the field is to wire a 3-phase
motor and bump it to test the rotation. (Keep in mind,
only certified electricians should be installing
electrical equipment!). A phase tester should always be
used to test the rotation. When a motor is bumped
and the rotation is incorrect, the impeller canand
willspin off. When the impeller spins off, it will not
only break the impeller but also damage the volute.
This can be a costly mistake.

CFM FREE AIR @ INCHES WATER*
MAX
MODEL
54" 108" 162" 190" 212" 244" 271" 298" 325"
DUTY
HP PHASE VOLTAGE
AHPB05 23 12
RATED
FULL LOAD
AMPS
HEIGHT
OUTLET
W/O
HOSE SHIP WT
FILTERS WIDTH SIZE (LBS)
EACH
128" 1.1
3 230/460 3.8/2.2 12.5" 11.6" 1.25" 35 $1,008.41

3 230/460 4.0/2.3 12.8" 11.6" 1.25" 53 1,540.61
AHPB15 28 20 17 15
193" 1.25
AHPB20 28 20 17 15 13
11
298" 2.75
3 230/460 7.5/4.4 12.8" 11.6" 1.25" 62 1,622.04
AHPB25 28 20 17 15 13
11
265 2.35
AHPB30 32 20
145" 1.25
3 230/460 4.0/2.3 13.4" 12.3" 1.25" 37 1,839.80
230
10.3
12.8 11.6 1.25 66 1,764.70
AHPB35 32 20
157 1.47
1 115/230 18.0/9.0 13.4 12.3 1.25 40 1,380.95
AHPB40 37 30 25 21 20
241" 2.75
3 230/460 7.5/4.4 13.6" 12.3" 1.25" 66 1,914.90
AHPB50 41 30
149"
AHPB60 52 42 35
165" 2.75
AHPB65 52 42 35 32 30
28 25 23
20
341" 5.1
3 230/460 13.5/7.8 14.9" 13.6" 1.25" 86 2,249.19
AHPB70 63 48 30
193" 3.4
3 230/460 9.0/5.3 15.6" 14.4" 1.25" 64 2,084.90
AHPB75 72 65 56
181" 3.4
3 230/460 9.0/5.3 15.7" 14.4" 1.25" 88 2,361.84
AHPB80 72 65 56 52 49
46 42 38
35
325" 6.2
3 230/460 16.5/9.5 15.7" 14.4" 1.25" 112 2,661.84
3 230/460 5.5/3.2 14.8" 13.6" 1.25" 51 1,600.61

3 230/460 7.5/4.4 14.9" 13.6" 1.25" 73 2,087.76
AHPB85 90 72 55 46 40
213" 5.1
3 230/460 13.5/7.8 17.9" 16.4" 1.25" 77 2,353.26
AHPB90 110 90 80 76 72
68
260"
3 230/460 16.3/9.5 17.9" 16.4" 1.25" 129 3,046.11
6.2
AHPB95 110 90 80 76 72
68
65 60
55
337"
8.8
3 230/460 22.5/12.6 17.9" 16.4" 1.25" 143 3,478.19
AHPB100 195 170 150 142
201"
8.4
3 230/460 20.0/11.2 16.3"
25.1"
2"
154
AHPB105 195 170 150 142 135
123
110
265"
11.5
3 230/460 27.5/15.0 16.3"
25.1"
2"
170
3,951.43
AHPB110 320 290 260 250 240
241"
16.8
3 230/460 50.2/29.0 20.1"
31.4"
2.5"
316
6,088.57
341
6,774.29
AHPB115 320 290 260 250 240

AHPB120 730 680 610
AHPB125 730 680 610 580 550
225 210
3,564.71
301"
23.2
3 230/460 60.0/34.5 20.1"
31.4"
2.5"
173"
31
3 230/460 72.0/42.0 24.6"
42.4"
4"
455 11,754.29
217"
39
3 230/460 90.0/52.0 24.6"
42.4"
4"
500 12,185.71
*For complete CFM Air @ Inches Water specs see PentairAES.com.

46 AERATION
Regenerative Blowers
SWEETWATER REMOTE-DRIVE
REGENERATIVE BLOWERS
remote-drive regenerative blowers are as reliable
as Sweetwater motor-mounted electric blowers,
and they offer the added benefits of variable
performance and nonelectric drives. They are
designed to be bolted to a base and
driven by belts.
The power source can be an electric motor,
gasoline engine, diesel engine or even hydro
power. They are perfect for use in electrical
emergencies or anywhere electric power is not
available. Remote-drive blowers allow the user
to vary performance by simply changing the
engine speed or the pulley size. Ask a Pentair AES
technician to calculate the pulley size for your
application. Inlet air filters, flexible outlet hoses
and double groove blower pulleys (sheaves) are
included. Rotation is clockwise as you face the
blower shaft. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
SD4
SD6
180
SD5
160
80
120
4
4 HP
HP
3
3 HP
HP
100
5500
5500
2 HP
HP
2
60
40
1
1 HP
HP
4500
4500
20
100
150
HP
77 HP
3
3 HP
HP
40
20
3450
3450
50
CFM
100
4 HP
HP
4
80
60
120
HP
99 HP
4500
100
CFM
80
10 HP
HP
10
5500
5500
4500
4500
120
40
3450
3450
20
100
200
300
CFM
3500
3500
100
5
5 HP
HP
60
3500
3500
4500
4500
140
120
160
140
140
SD4
SD69
15 HP
HP
15
160
5500
5500
11
11 HP
HP
80
60
2850
2850
40
4 HP
HP
4
20
100
200
300
100
CFM
200
300
7 HP
HP
7
400

MODEL
PULLEY
DIA.**
NO. OF
FILTERS
OUTLET HOSE
FOR PIPE SIZE
SHIP WT
(LBS)
SD4
BELT-DRIVE BLOWER
2.4"
11/2"
30
SD5
BELT-DRIVE BLOWER
3.0"
2"
40
1,103.78
SD6*
BELT-DRIVE BLOWER
4.0"
3"
80
1,292.62
SD69*
BELT-DRIVE BLOWER
4.0"
3"
155
1,752.19
BF6
REPL. INLET FILTER
EACH
$782.41
22.98
*Ships motor freight. **Pulley diameters are pitch diameters using "A" section belts. Shaft diameter is 7/8" (.875") on all models.
PRESSURE SWITCH
A low-cost method of starting backup equipment or tripping an alarm.
Airwater line hose barb is 1/8". Can be used for either normally open or
normally closed. Will carry up to 3 amps at 115V. Moistureproof. Preset to
switch on/off at 30" H2O, but is adjustable from 27" to 33" H2O. 2" L x 11/2" H.
MODEL EACH
B601
$ 31.15
AERATION 47
TECH TALK 84
TECH TALK 35
AES Number
How much oxygen will aeration devices deliver?
AES stands for aeration efficiency standard. AES Numbers ( AES ) indicate how many pounds of
fish an aeration device can support. They are a quick reference for sizing aeration systems. If your
system parameters differ significantly from the AES Number standard conditions listed below or
if you are designing an aeration system for a commercial facility, call our Technical Department at
407-598-1401 for assistance.
Numbers may seem overly conservative because they are based on heavy oxygen demand
conditions. AES Numbers assume the following conditions: half-pound catfish or tilapia in tanks
(nonsoil bottoms) at 80F (27C) at sea level, stocking densities from .1 to .7 pounds of fish per
gallon of water (12 to 84 kg/m3), recirculating system with a .82 alpha factor, 5.2 mg/L (67 percent
of saturation) dissolved oxygen (D.O.) concentration, feeding rate at 3 percent of standing crop
weight per day, pelleted feed at 40 percent protein, continuous solids removal, under 3 ppt salinity
and a low algal population. If you stock at or below the rate indicated by the AES Number, your
D.O. level will remain above 5.2 mg/L under these water quality conditions.
Weve chosen warm water for our AES Number standard conditions because the oxygen
consumption rate goes up with the water temperature. Keeping your fish weight below the AES
Number value will ensure a D.O. above 67 percent of saturation, which is generally considered
adequate (while being very cost effective) for most species raised in recirculating systems.
If 50 percent of saturation were acceptable, you could support about 50 percent more fish with
your aerator than the AES Number indicates. At 82 percent of saturation, you could support about
50 percent less (see aeration Tech Talks for details). AES Numbers are not practical to use where
heavy algal populations are present because algae oxygen consumption (plant respiration) at
night has not been taken into account.
Air and Oxygen Diffusers

Submerged diffuser AES Numbers assume diffuser placement at a depth of 3 and that air or
oxygen flows to the diffuser at the average recommended rate. Oxygen transfer is proportional
to bubble size and contact time. Small bubbles have a greater air-to-water contact surface area
than the same volume of gas in fewer large bubbles. Although fine pore diffusers may produce
finer bubbles, they will require more pressure and they must be cleaned much more frequently.
Regenerative blowers work best with medium pore diffusers. Medium-sized bubbles (13 mm
diameter) rise at about one foot per second in water, which means that a bubble released at a
depth of 3 will exchange gas with the water for 3 seconds. So, if you are operating your diffusers
at 1.5 instead of 3, divide the AES number by 2your diffusion system can only support half as
many fish. If your diffusers are 4 deep, you can support 33 percent more than the AES Number
shown. When using air with a diffuser that is rated for pure oxygen, divide the pure oxygen AES
Number by twelve.
None at all if the oxygen level in your water is at saturation!

Many commercially made aerators have been tested for their standard oxygen transfer rate,
but that much oxygen can almost never be expected. Because the rate of oxygen transfer is
concentration- and temperature-dependent, an aerator will only provide its measured (advertised
maximum) oxygen transfer rate when the oxygen level in the water is close to zero. Use this chart
to estimate the oxygen transfer an aerator will give when there is already oxygen in the water.
Example: if the water temperature is 68F and the oxygen level is 5 mg/L, an aerator that is rated
at 3 lbs of oxygen per hour will really only provide under 1.3 lbs per hour (3 lbs x 41% = 1.23 lbs).
Actual Oxygen Transfer Rate As a Percentage of the Maximum Advertised Transfer Rate*

D.O. LEVEL
IN WATER
BEING AERATED
50F (10C)
59F (15C)
68F (20C)
77F (25C)
86F (30C)
89% 90% 91% 92% 96%
82% 82% 82% 82% 82%
75% 73% 72% 72% 67%
67% 64% 62% 58% 56%
58% 55% 51% 47% 44%
52% 46% 41% 35% 31%
41% 36% 30% 24% 17%
34% 27% 19% 10% 3%
8 25% 17% 8% 2%
9 17% 8% 0 0
10 9% 0 0 0 0
*These percentages are approximate for fresh water at sea level.
TECH TALK 39
Pure Oxygen
208V vs 230V Motors
Pure oxygen AES Numbers are rated at 100 percent saturation (7.9 mg/L D.O.) rather than 5.2 mg/L
(67 percent saturation). Oxygen purity near 100 percent, as you would get from a liquid or gas
oxygen cylinder, is also assumed. For oxygen generators, multiply the AES Number by the oxygen
content of your generator gas output. For example, if your oxygen generator delivers 90 percent
pure oxygen, multiply the AES number by .90. If you are using pure oxygen with diffusers that are
rated for air, multiply the AES Number by twelve.
A motor that is rated for 230 or 240 volts is not compatible with 208V power. The motor will fail
and will not be covered by warranty. When it fails depends on how well the motor was built,
how hard it is working and the actual voltage that is getting to the motor. If you only have 208V
power and cant find a motor that is rated for it, you can install a buck-boost transformer to
raise your voltage.
Splash Type Aerators

Surface aerator AES Numbers assume that the water is being circulated efficiently from the point
of aeration to where the fish are located and back to the aeration device; that is, the device is not
re-aerating the same water.
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Huy Tran
Huy received his Bachelor of Science degree from the University
of Hawaii in aquaculture sciences. He has a wide range of
aquatic experience including hatchery and grow-out techniques
for production of freshwater and marine finfish, prawns, and
shrimp; bioassays and aquatic toxicology; and aquaculture and
aquarium system design.
Mostbut not allAC motors are built to tolerate a 10% up or down voltage variation from
what is shown on the motor nameplate. A motor labeled as 120V can operate reliably between
108 and 132V. The range for 208V motor is 187 to 229V. The range for 230V is 207 to 253V. After
reading these ranges you might think, A 230V motor can work at 208V. That would be true if
your service always gave a minimum of 208V. But it will not because of voltage variation. For
instance, if your service is 208V, you will experience normal voltage variations as low as 187.
This is why some 230V motors operate on 208V service for a while, then, when other
equipment starts up, the voltage drops below 207 and the motor draws more amps, overheats
and fails.
Buck-boost transformers reduce (buck) or raise (boost) supply voltage to the required level.
A common application is boosting 208V to 230V.
If your motor is a long distance from your power meter you will also incur line losses. These
will show as lower voltage and higher amperage at the motor. To be sure your installation is
correct, always measure the volts and amps at the motor location, while it and everything else
on that line is operating. Both must be within the motor labels specifications. See Tech Talks
5, 10, and 11 for more information.
48 AERATION
TECH TALK 1
TECH TALK 3
Switch Location for Auto-On Backup Blower
Typical Daily Oxygen Curve for Outdoor Ponds
Air Pipeline
Oxygen
Saturation
Check Valve
Air Connection
Minimum Safe
Level of Oxygen
Zero
Oxygen
8
AM
10
12
2
PM
8
PM
Check Valve
10
12
2
AM
8
AM
More Aeration than RequiredWasting Energy

Just Right Aeration
No AerationStress & Possible Fishkill at Times
Dissolved Oxygen in Aquaculture

The First Limiting Factor of Water Quality
"Normal On" Blower
Standby Blower
(+)
(-)
Normally Closed Pressure

Switch (B601)
Contacter (Relay)
From Power Supply
The two blowers on this system work off of different circuit breakers.
In the event that the "normal on" blower shuts down, the standby blower will start.
For illustration only. Not to be used for wiring or plumbing.
Air breathing animals are used to air containing about 21 percent oxygen, whereas aquaculture
is conducted in water containing less than .0001 percent oxygen (10 mg/L). With so little
oxygen available in the best of conditions, it is apparent that knowledge of dissolved oxygen
(D.O.), oxygen measuring and aeration equipment is very important to the aquaculturist.
Backup Blower Setup
If the oxygen level is too high, oxygen supersaturation can cause gas embolism, depress
metabolism and inhibit respiratory enzymes, all of which can kill fish. If it is too low, the fish
may not eat and may expend additional energy seeking oxygen. If lower yet, they can
experience severe stress and, of course, death.
The most crucial of life support requirements is maintaining an adequate oxygen level because
it can be used up so quickly.
The diurnal oxygen cycle in outdoor ponds is show below. The delicate balance of dissolved
oxygen vs the rate of oxygen consumption can shift rapidly with changing algal, temperature
and wind conditions. In outdoor ponds, lower D.O. levels will occur in the summer because the
rate of oxygen consumption increases as the temperature increases. Oxygen is THE MOST
IMPORTANT thing to monitor. Monitoring and record-keeping will provide predictive knowledge.
Measure oxygen after altering water flowrates, feed rates, etc., and when developing new
growing systems. No one can just look at the water and know the oxygen level. Oxygen can
only be measured with a test kit or, more conveniently, with an oxygen meter.
Anyone who has worked with fish for a while knows that if you dont plan ahead, you wont be in
business for long. When it comes to life support, a backup blower could save your business.
We always recommend having a second blower attached to the main air supply line, wired to
come on if the primary blower fails for any reason. Both blowers must have check valves on
them. A pressure switch is located between the primary blower and its check valve. When this
pressure switch senses a loss of air pressure, it closes, causing an electric relay to start the
backup blower (see diagram). The check valves keep air from being lost through the
nonrunning unit.
Check valves must be able to tolerate high temperatures. Be sure the stand-by unit is on a
different electrical circuit breaker.
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
After more than 20 years of dependable service I found the contact info and phone number on
the gold label affixed to the manifold, called, and was able to get the information and parts I
needed within minutes. Each spring the start-up was uneventful other than the glee we had in
watching the ice disappear and the blue water emerge. Aerator was always turned off to allow
ice skating in Jan and Feb, turned back on March 15 each year. I couldnt be more pleased with
the performance and service provided. Keep up the good work!
Les Fregie
Franksville, WI
Genny West
Genny has worked in the aquaculture industry for
20 years. She received her Mechanical Engineering
Technology diploma from Camosun College in Victoria,
BC, and worked in the design end of the industry for
10 years before moving into technical sales. Genny
specializes in water treatment equipment for largescale aquaculture and public aquarium facilities.
AERATION 49
Air Pumps
LOW-COST OUTDOOR AIR PUMPS

These large-size air pumps have aluminum covers
and internal noise-absorbers. Although the pump
housings are waterproof and designed for outdoor
use, the pump is not UL-listed. Pumps include 6'
power cord, 3/8" hose barb, flexible outlet adapter,
and outlet adapter to aquarium tubing (3/16").
Six-month warranty, 115V/60 Hz. Imported.
5.8
973
0
97
2.9
20
PSI
4.4
1.5
.3
CFM
.7
1.1
1.4
1.8
2.1
2.5
2.8
9720

MODEL
9720
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
PUMP W/6-OUTLET ADAPTER, 25 W
10
$71.00
105.04
9730
PUMP W/10-OUTLET ADAPTER, 50 W
12
9720D
REPL. DIAPHRAGMS FOR 9720 (SET OF 2)
8.19
9730D
REPL. DIAPHRAGMS FOR 9730 (SET OF 2)
10.92
WHITEWATER SILENT PUMPS
Need an air pump for deep water? These inexpensive

pumps work well in deep applications. They are
virtually silent and feature a rugged, weatherproof,
aluminum housing. Pumps have a 3/8" outlet and a
4' power cord. 115V/60 Hz. Not UL-listed, imported.
Six-month warranty.
V3
01
PSI
4
V20
1
3
2
1
CFM
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7

MODEL WATTS
SHIP WT
(LBS)
V201 15
$ 70.25 $64.30
V301 25
82.12 74.98
.8
V201
EACH
4+
TECH TALK 64
Airflow/Volume
Pressure
Air Pump/Compressor Comparison

For the safety of our aquaculture customers we only offer oilless type air pumps and compressors.
To select the one that is right for you first determine the volume of air you require in cubic feet per
minute (cfm) and the pressure in pounds per square inch (psi) to get it there (Hint: It takes 1 psi to
push an air bubble 28 below the surface of the water).
These quick guides will help you decide what type of air pump for which to look. Consider the cost,
physical size, noise level, etc., then pick the type most efficient for your situation.
cfm x 1.699 = m3h
m3h x .588 = cfm
inches H2O x .036 = psi
inches H2O x .074 = 1" Hg
inches H2O x 1.868 = mmHg
inches H2O x 2.49 = mbar

mbar x .40 = "H2O
psi x 27.68 = "H2O
inches Hg x 13.59 = "H2O
cfm x 28.32 = Lpm
Linear
Diaphragm
7.5
6.5
1.5
50
Rotary Vane
50
Piston
50
9.5
Rotary Lobe
to 400
Regenerative Blower
to 650
CFM
15
10
20
40
60
12
5
80
PSI
10
20
40
60
80
50 AERATION
Linear Air Pumps
WHITEWATER LINEAR AIR PUMPS

Indoor rated
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Whitewater air
compressors are designed for indoor use only.
Outlet is 3/8" barb; 115V/60 Hz with 6' power cord.
Diaphragms typically last one year at the highest
pressures, longer at lower pressures. Add "D" to
the part number of the pump for a replacement
diaphragm set (2). Imported. Six-month warranty.

MODEL
LT19
PSI
LT24
WATTS @
2 PSI
SHIP WT
(LBS)
DIAPHRAGMS
ONLY
EACH
4+
LT15 34
7.12 107.00 99.51
LT19 51 14
7.70 144.45 134.34
LT24 60
16
8.24 200.09 186.06
LT26A 190
18
8.93 236.47 219.92
LT28A 200
19
9.42 291.04 270.67
4
LT2
9
LT1
5
LT1
LT11 16
LT11
$5.94 $74.90 $69.66
CFM
LINEAR PISTON AIR PUMPS
SL44B
These are not linear "diaphragm," but true linear

"piston" type pumps. Since the only moving part
the pistonfloats on a bed of air, a exceptionally
long service life can be expected (8 years of
continuous life is not uncommon). These Medo
pumps will provide exceptionally quiet, energyefficient operation and clean, oil-free air. An
outdoor-rated housing, a grounded power cord,
3/4" hose barb are all standard. UL-listed.
One-year warranty.
SL88
SL22
Extremely quiet.
Outdoor-rated housing.
True linear piston.
Exceptionally long service life.
Outstanding energy efficiency.
60-Hz performance at sea level is shown.

50-Hz performance is the same 10%.
CFM 1
LPM 28
2
57
3
85
SL
8
B
44
SL
22
SL
PSI
4
5
6
113 141 170
Note: To power any linear air pumps with inverters

(square wave), oversize the inverter at least 200%.
MAX DEPTH
(IN.)
WATTS
(L X W X H)
R. Ramjeawan
7 X 7 X 8
SL22 $272.65
SL22H
$272.65
81
100
92
11 X 8 X 8
16
SL44B
362.83
SL44BH
362.83
100
64
15 X 8 X 9
23.5
SL88
498.00
SL88H
498.00
Its hardly ever that you run across an individual quite like him. The first time I met him, at your
warehouse, he shook my hand and made sure we were taken care of. Every time after that, it
was the same, always helping us with a smile. The last time, we needed a fitting and he
brought us to his office while he researched the part and made sure we got what we needed.
As a small customer to a huge, multimillion dollar corporation, its very nice to feel valued.
Mento really does signify customer service.
48
SHIP WT
115V 60 HZ
230V 50 HZ
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
Q: Do I need an expensive air pump?

A: Maybe not. It all depends on your need for reliability. If an air pump failure will
cause a significant disruption and/or jeopardize the health of your fish, you not only
need a reliable air pump (i.e., expensive) but also a redundant system and a backup.
Every air pump will fail eventually and when it does you will want something in place
to automatically prevent catastrophe. It could be two air pumps installed on separate
breakers so that when one failed the other would do the job.
An inexpensive air pump will do for low-value, low-risk and/or temporary
applications of less than 9 months duration; for instance, summer aeration in
a koi pond where a water pump/splash is the primary aerator. They can also
be used as economical backup air pumps.
AERATION 51
Diaphragm Air Pumps
DIAPHRAGM AIR PUMPS

PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS SWEETWATER LINEAR II
These air pumps are designed for maximum
efficiency, permit continuous operation, and are
quiet. Applications include school rooms, pet
stores and laboratories. Heavy-duty castaluminum housing, 6 ft. power cords. Models
SL56A, SL94A and SL190 include reset safety
switches. UL listed and CE approved. Made in
USA. Three-year warranty (does not include
filters nor diaphragms).
SL190
Standard features include:

Oilless compressors require no lubrication
Operate at 40-104F (4.4-40C)
Available in 60 and 50 HZ models
60-Hz performance at sea level is shown.

50-Hz performance is the same 10%.
PSI
SL1
SL
94
4
SL1
CFM
LPM
A
56
SL
4
SL2
1
28
3-YEAR WARRANTY
SL14/SL24
90
3
85
2
57
MAX DEPTH
(IN)
WATTS
SL56A/SL94A
4
113
5
141
6
170
7
198
8
226
1 Lpm = .035 cfm

1 cfm = 28.3 Lpm
1 inch = 2.54 cm
1 psi = 27.7 H2O
9
255
OUTLET
60HZ
(IN)
CFM@1 PSI CFM@2 PSI
SOUND
(DB)
DIMENSIONS
(L x W x H)
SHIP WT 115V 60HZ 230V 50HZ

(LBS)
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
Airpumps for Indoor Use

85
1/4
0.5
0.2
40
6 X 5 X 5
SL14 $223.68 SL14H $223.68
120
15
1/4
0.85
0.56
40
6 X 5 X 5
SL24 244.68 SL24H 244.44
Airpumps for Outdoor Use

150
50
3/4
1.5
40
8 X 5 X 9
15
SL56A $351.84 SL56AH $351.84
180
90
3/4
3.7
50
8 X 5 X 9
16
SL94A 437.12 SL94AH 437.12
190
190
3/4
8.8
8.1
48
11 X 8.5 X 10
30
SL190 991.48 SL190H 991.48
For 50 HZ performance, deduct 17% from CFM ratings.

REPAIR KITS
Includes diaphragms, heads and valves.
MODEL
SL1424RK
REPLACEMENT AIR FILTERS
FOR AIR PUMP MODELS
EACH
SL14, SL24
$46.81

MODEL
SL5694A
FOR AIR PUMP MODELS
EACH
SL14, SL24, SL56, SL94
$6.10
SL56RK SL56
82.90
SL56AA SL56A
5.62
SL56ARK SL56A
84.48
SL94AA SL94A
5.62
SL94RK SL94
86.94
SL170A SL170 13.38
SL94ARK SL94A
132.92
SL190A SL190 12.84
SL170RK SL170
165.85
SL190RK SL190
230.35
SEE OUR
CHANNEL TO LEARN HOW TO
REPLACE THE DIAPHRAGMS IN THESE PUMPS!
52 AERATION
12V Pumps
12V AIR PUMPS

Each pump comes with 12 pigtails, 6 of 1/4 I.D.
outlet hose and a plastic manifold for aquarium
tubing. Designed without an air inlet filter.
Not recommended for saltwater environment.
Three-month warranty. Imported.

SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH 3+
DC8
25 WATTS
$101.65 $91.49
DC15
80 WATTS
128.40 118.00
Flowrate vs Pressure
0
CFM
DC15
DC8
DC
1
DC
PSI
12V DIAPHRAGM COMPRESSOR

Specially designed for aquaculture, providing
high volume at low pressure (10 psi max). Oilless
operation, ball bearing construction and low amp
draw with replaceable diaphragms and brushes
for extended life. Runs for over six hours on a
typical car battery. Comes with 9" pigtail wires,
two feet of 3/8" I.D. outlet hose and inlet filter. We
recommend additional housing for outdoor use.
Six-month warranty.

SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH 3+
DC20 9
$327.75 $311.36
DC20
Pressure vs Amps
12
10
16
8
PSI
18
12
8
Flowrate vs Pressure
0
DC2
AMPS
20
6
4
DC20
0
PSI
10
12
14
16
0
CFM
AERATION 53
Bait Bucket
BAIT BUCKET AERATOR

This high-quality air pump is designed for 5-gallon
buckets and insulated chests. Output is .03 cfm at
12"that's enough for 1/2 lb of minnows. Its low amp
draw provides over 100 hours of operation on two
alkaline D cell batteries (not included). This great
little aerator comes with an air diffuser, 30" of
tubing and a clip for attachment to a bucket.
Six-month warranty.
TECH TALK 85
Bait Counts Per Pound
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Doug Downing
Doug has a B.S. in
biochemistry and a B.A.S.
in mechanical engineering,
both from the University of
British Columbia. His past
work experience includes
pond and lake remediation,
pressurized gas engineering,
on-site commissioning and
front line sales. He currently
heads Point Four Systems
gas management designs
and installations.
To estimate the carrying capacity of a bait aeration system,

approximate the total weight of fish based on length and body
depth of species. The following numbers are based on the
average condition factor of the fish. The carrying capacity of
aerators is rated in lbs of fish.
MINNOW
Small Fathead
Large Fathead
X-Large Fathead
Small Shiner
Large Shiner
Rosy
Large Rosy
SIZE
1.52.5
23
2.53.5
1.53
2.54
1.52.5
23.5
MODEL
DC5
EACH 12+
$29.98 $27.88
QUANTITY PER LB
2530 Dozen
1215 Dozen
912 Dozen
2530 Dozen
915 Dozen
2530 Dozen
1015 Dozen
TECH TALK 50
Aeration Requirements
Bait Tanks
It is best to hold and transport bait at lower water temperatures, if possible, and at a minimum
of 6 ppm dissolved oxygen (D.O.) to minimize stress. The fish consume less oxygen when they
are cold, and cold water holds more oxygen than warm water. Oxygen consumption rates of fish
at 80F (27C) can be double those at 63F (17C). Twice the lbs of fish can be supported in 63F
water than at 80F with the same aeration system. Note that aeration systems cannot bring D.O.
concentrations above saturation (9.65 ppm at 63F). If the oxygen level were higher than
saturation, an aeration system would drive oxygen out of the water, bringing it down to the
saturation point.
How many lbs of fish will a bait aeration system support?
The following chart is based on test results with minnows in 63F (17C) fresh water. Note that
the tests were done at two depthsone foot and two feetand that air induced at greater depths
will result in greater oxygen transfer. However, low-pressure compressors give less air deeper in
the water, resulting in less oxygen transfer. Air by itself (20.9% oxygen) cannot get the D.O. above
the saturation point.
PPM DISSOLVED OXYGEN

TO BE MAINTAINED
TEST DEPTH
TEST DEPTH
1 foot
2 feet
4.1
5.1
1 foot
2 feet
2.2
3.1
10
1 foot
2 feet
Not Possible
12
1 foot
2 feet
Not Possible
Note: Reduce lbs of fish supported by 50% for a 18F (10C) increase in water temperature.
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Kristin Riddle
Kristin has a B.S. degrees in Marine Biology and
Environmental Science, and a minor in Forensic Science
from the University of North Carolina at Wilmington.
Her undergraduate honors research focused on oyster
recruitment rates in the Eastern Oyster. Her interests
are in environmental marine research and wildlife
rehabilitation.
Lilies can provide shade for koi and other fish in a pond.
54 AERATION
Bait/Vertical Pump
BAIT TANK AERATION SYSTEM

DESIGNED HERE
Imagine walking into your bait shop and not hearing

the splashing sound of the agitators. Bait store
owners are discovering what aquarium shops and
fish farmers have already learned: it's much better
and quieter to use air than to use agitators!
The only thing in the water is an air diffuser
and a flexible 1/4" air supply line. PVC plumbing is
overhead or along the tank wall and air is supplied
by a single, quiet Sweetwater linear air pump.
We offer three complete, ready-to-install systems.
All you supply is 1/2" PVC pipe. Each is designed to
aerate 3 tanks (or compartments) with one diffuser
in each. If divider screens are used, one diffuser
per compartment is needed.
CBS10
Air flow to each diffuser is controlled with valves

(included). A smaller, fourth diffuser on each
system is used to aerate your customer's bait
bucket while waiting. All have a one-year warranty.
CBS10 Supports up to 10 lbs of minnows per
diffuser (3" long). Air pump is for indoor use only.
TECH TALK 8
CBS20 Supports up to 20 lbs of minnows per

diffuser (6" long).
Aspirators vs Agitators
CBS3 Supports up to 30 lbs of fish per diffuser

(9" long).

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
CBS10 30-LB BAIT SYSTEM
16
CBS20 60-LB BAIT SYSTEM
23
415.43
CBS3
30
450.03
90-LB BAIT SYSTEM
$305.89
Aspirators and agitators are the aeration devices most commonly used on hauling tanks when the stocking densities do not
require the use of pure oxygen. Agitators use a small motor (normally 12V) to spin a paddle that is in the water. The paddle
splashes the water, which adds oxygen and removes carbon dioxide. Aspirators also use a small motor, which spins a small venturi
device. Air is pulled down through the shaft and exits the venturi underwater, causing a draft of bubbles. Agitators are the best
choice for heavy stocking loads because they transfer more oxygen than aspirators. Aspirators are a good choice for smaller
stocking densities, and they are much quieter than agitators.
VERTICAL PUMP AERATORS

These aerators have changed little in the
last 25 years because they work so well!
The design uses a propeller inside
the lift tube, increasing the pumping efficiency.
Low-restriction slots spray the lifted water,
providing excellent aeration.
Models V1 and V1S are 12VDC, 10-amp units
that are very popular for live fish transport.
V2S is a 115/230V, 60-Hz.
Power cords not included. Models V1S and V2S
use a stainless steel bearing, tube, propeller and
fasteners for salt water compatibility. One-year
warranty. Made in USA.
V1

MODEL
V1 AERATOR
PUMPING
RATE (GPM)
75
POWER
(V)
AMPS
12
V2S
TUBE
LENGTH
10@12V 20"
SHIP WT
(LBS)
17
Vertical pump aerators are ideal for hauling tanks.
EACH
$541.13
V1S
AERATOR (SALTWATER)
75
12
10@12V
20"
17
613.39
V2S
AERATOR (SALTWATER)
115
115/230
3.2@115V
20"
35
693.32
AERATION 55
Agitators/Aspirators
AGITATORS AND ASPIRATORS

We offer both the traditional agitators and the
bubble aspirator style. Each has a high-impact
nylon basket and continuous-duty motor.
A7
A5
A5 This heavy-duty 12VDC agitator draws 5 amps

and is often used on hauling trucks by installing
it in a 4" hole in the tank top. A shaft spinner on the
top shows the driver it's working. The A5 is also
available in the bubble aspirating style (A6).
A7 This 115V AC (60 Hz) agitator is normally
suspended above the water by its hanging ring.
It's a heavy-duty unit with automatic thermal
overload protection and an 8' power cord. A9
uses the same motor but is the aspirator style.
Use of a GFCI is recommended with 115V units.
One-year warranty. Made in USA.

MODEL
POWER
AMP DRAW
"H"
LBS OF FISH
A5 AGITATOR
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
3+
$207.49 $197.12
50
281.34 267.27
90
10
207.49 197.12
A9 ASPIRATOR 115V 1.5 143/4" 45
281.34 267.27
12V
5.0 9"
90
A6 ASPIRATOR 12V
4.0 15"
A7 AGITATOR
1.5
115V
9"
TECH TALK 82
Blowers, Air Pumps or Compressors
Blowers
Blowers are designed to provide large volumes of air at low pressure (under 4 psi). They are
commonly used in conjunction with air diffusers and airlifts. This combination adds oxygen and
removes carbon dioxide with low power consumption. Typical applications include recirculating
fish tank and aquarium systems, bait fish and lobster holding facilities and shallow pond aeration.
Regenerative blowers are preferred in the aquaculture industry because they are the most reliable
and economical in this pressure range.
Compressors
Sweetwater oilless rotary vane and piston compressors are used in applications where water
depths are greater, such as with lake aeration, algae culture and lobster pounds. These
compressors allow air lines to be run thousands of feet when electricity is not near the water. A
compressor with as little as 3/4 hp can be used to aerate and destratify a 10-acre lake.
Compressors used for aquaculture should always be oilless.
Air Pumps
Fractional horsepower Sweetwater Linear Piston Air Pumps fill the gap between aquarium air
pumps and blowers. These units supply up to 4 cfm at depths to 8 feet. Air pumps provide long
service life, very quiet operation and very low energy use. They are a perfect fit for koi ponds,
bait shop tanks, classrooms, laboratories, etc.
System Sizing
To size a system, first determine the pressure required. Enough pressure is needed to overcome
the water pressure at the diffusers depth, the piping friction loss and the diffusers resistance
to airflow.
Example: For a water depth of 36, a low-restriction piping system of 4 of water and a
low-resistance air diffuser of 10 of water (just prior to cleaning) will require an air pressure of at
least 50 of water (36 + 4 + 10). This is equal to about 2 psi.
The next consideration is the volume of air needed to accomplish the job. If there is only one
fish room, one linear air pump compressor with an additional one for emergency back up may be
sufficient. In a larger facility, two or more primary blowers or compressors and one emergency
back up may be required. When using low-pressure air, its important that the air piping system
and diffusers offer little resistance to air flow (request our bulletin Air Distribution Systems for
Sweetwater Blowers).
Performance charts and tables are available for all of our blowers and compressors. Selecting the
right system for your application is accomplished simply by comparing your pressure and airflow
requirements with manufacturers performance charts.
If you need help, call a Pentair AES technician at 877-347-4788.
PRICE
If you find an advertised price lower
MATCH than ours, well match it. See p. 517 for
PROMISE complete details.
56 AERATION
Surface Aerators
KASCO SURFACE AERATORS
FW
SW
Kasco aerators are ideal for aquaculture and wastewater applications. They
are lightweight, easy to install, simple to operate and backed by a two-year
warranty, 3-year on 2HP or larger. Made in USA and you won't find them for
less than at Pentair AES!
H
igh oxygen transfer at an
affordable price
W
ater circulation with little or no
bottom turbulence
P
ortable for fast response to
emergencies
E
xcellent shallow water operation
Ideal for supplemental aeration

Salt water compatible and fitted
with a zinc anode
SAE rating of 3.0 (see Tech Talk 4)
Two mooring ropes, 50' each, are
include
Call a Pentair AES technician for help with sizing aeration devices (877-347-4788).
Kasco motors are specially designed, energy-efficient, permanent-split
capacitor type, continuous duty and single-phase with automatic reset, thermal
overload protection. They are fitted in an oil-filled, stainless steel housing with
a stainless steel prop guard. ETL-approved to UL and CSA standards.
Testing at Pentair Aquatic

Eco-Systems' R&D facility
1/2 HP W/50' CORD

600
1/2 HP W/100' CORD
600
1/2 HP W/150' CORD
600
1/2 HP W/200' CORD
600
3/4 HP W/50' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/100' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/150' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/200' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/50' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/100' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/150' CORD
800
3/4 HP W/200' CORD
800
1 HP W/50' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/100' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/150' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/200' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/50' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/100' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/150' CORD
1,100
1 HP W/200' CORD
1,100
2 HP W/50' CORD
2,100
2 HP W/100' CORD
2,100
2 HP W/150' CORD
2,100
2 HP W/200' CORD
2,100
3 HP W/50' CORD
3,200
3 HP W/100' CORD
3,200
3 HP W/150' CORD
3,200
3 HP W/200' CORD
3,200
DOCK MOUNT KIT, (1" DIA. STEEL PIPE NOT INCLUDED)
MOTOR ONLY, 1/2 HP W/50' CORD
MOTOR ONLY, 2 HP W/50' CORD
REPL. PROP FOR 1/2 HP
REPL. PROP FOR 3/4 HP
REPL. PROP FOR 2 HP
REPL. FLOAT FOR 1/2 AND 3/4 HP
REPL. FLOAT FOR 2 HP
AERATOR TIMER CONTROL W/GFCI
5
5
5
5
6.7
6.7
6.7
6.7
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
11.3
11.3
11.3
11.3
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
9
9
9
9
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7

5
6.7
3.3
10

*Aerators ship Ground in multiple boxes. Other cord lengths available. Kasco is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.
Easy to installjust 4 bolts!
2-YEAR WARRANTY
CERTIFIED KASCO REPAIR CENTER

AES
MODEL
RUNNING AMPS
VOLTAGE
KA501-50
KA501-100
KA501-150
KA501-200
KA751-50
KA751-100
KA751-150
KA751-200
KA752-50
KA752-100
KA752-150
KA752-200
KA101-50
KA101-100
KA101-150
KA101-200
KA102-50
KA102-100
KA102-150
KA102-200
KA202-50
KA202-100
KA202-150
KA202-200
KA303-50
KA303-100
KA303-150
KA303-200
KD
KM501-50
KM751-50
KM752-50
KM202-50
KPROP12
KPROP34
KPROP2
KF34
KF2
RC-15
Dock Mount Kit (KD)
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
230
230
230
230
115
115
115
115
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230

115
115
230
230

115
SHIP WT
(LBS)
32+30*
38+30*
27+24+30*
27+30+30*
40+30*
45+30*
36+24+30*
36+30+30*
40+30*
45+30*
36+30+30*
36+38+30*
45+55*
38+17+55*
38+38+55*
38+49+55*
45+55*
38+20+55*
38+32+55*
38+55+55*
56+55*
53+20+55*
53+35+55*
53+42+55*
76+60*
70+17+60*
70+34+60*
70+53+60*
22
22
33
33
46
1
1
1
23
49
2
EACH
$747.90
851.85
1,129.90
1,288.35
818.10
920.25
1,228.95
1,330.20
854.55
923.40
1,251.00
1,348.20
1,179.00
1,456.20
1,872.90
2,063.70
1,190.70
1,256.40
1,574.55
1,676.70
1,963.80
2,286.22
2,364.30
2,475.90
2,438.55
2,749.50
2,839.05
3,015.00
207.00
607.70
667.50
701.55
1,395.90
28.50
29.00
101.14
249.25
828.28
211.05
AES This is the lbs of fish supported. See Tech Talk Index for Tech Talk 84.
AERATION 57
Paddle Wheel
PADDLE WHEEL AERATORS,

FOR AQUACULTURE & WASTE WATER
4.1 SAE
FW
SW
Excellent oxygen transfer and circulation.

Asian-made paddle wheels have become the most
popular, even in North America, because of their
low cost.
But be careful, they are not all the same. Gear
reducers, motors, bearings, paddles and seals
are all problematic components. The availability of
repair parts, warranty replacements and efficiency
ratings must be considered over low price!
We offer only high-quality, Taiwanese-made paddle
wheels featuring high-efficiency TEFC motors and
the high-quality gear reducer to ensure a long
service life. The entire unit, including gear reducer
and motor, has a one-year warranty. The frame,
drive shafts and hardware are 304 stainless
steelall compatible with salt water. The SAE is
approximately 4.1 on all models (see Tech Talk 4).
Power cable not included.
Other features include fiber-reinforced nylon
paddles (8 blade) and one-piece, molded,
polyethylene floats.
PW11
We will be happy to provide quotations for

larger quantities shipped directly to you from
the factory. 50-Hz models are available in
quantity by special order.
Note: Warranty requires the gear oil be changed
after the first 3 months. Use SAE 90 oil.
Ship motor freight only.

RUNNING
SHIP WT
AES PHASE AMPS (LBS)
MODEL
EACH
3-Phase Equipment:
PW11-AQ
1 HP, 115/230V, 60 HZ
1,450
8.0
400
$1,086.52
We highly recommend
using protective devices
with all 3-phase
equipment. Motor
starters, phase monitors
and phase protectors are
not included in the sale
and should be sourced
locally. Failure to install
protective devices will
void most warranties.
We also recommend that
a certified electrician
perform the installation.
PW21
2 HP, 230V, 60 HZ
2,900
13.0
430
1,251.53
PW23
2 HP, 230/460V, 60 HZ
2,900
6/3
430
1,048.57
PW333
3 HP, 230/460V, 60 HZ
4,350
9/4.5
460
2,940.00
PW11M
REPLACEMENT MOTOR, 1 HP
132
574.63
PW21M
143
620.46
504.30
PW23M
143
PW33M
152
572.67
PW11G
REPLACEMENT GEAR BOX, 1 & 2 HP
47
286.79
PW33G
REPLACEMENT GEAR BOX, 3 HP
53
315.32
PW23-5
PILLOW BLOCK (FITS ALL)
19.16
PW23-3
MOTOR COVER (FITS ALL)
27.37
PW11-5
PADDLE WHEEL (FITS ALL)
63.82
PW23-8
FLOAT (FITS ALL)
63.06
TECH TALK 5
Why Watts
You know how you can tell what people know by the questions they ask? Well, we know that
most people dont know about watts. They ask, How many amps does this motor use? instead of,
How many watts does this motor use? Watts are what you pay for, not amps; amps are used
to size wire, breakers, etc.
The direct current formula we all learned (volts x amps = watts) is correct for incandescent light
bulbs and electric heaters, but it is not correct for motors. When dealing with power loads that
involve inductance magnetic devices such as motor windings, solenoids, transformers, lamp
ballasts, etc., the formula for single-phase loads is volts x amps x power factor = watts.
In many cases, especially with linear air compressors and mag drive pumps, the actual watts used
are significantly less than what is calculated by multiplying volts x amps. The only way to
determine the watt consumption is to test it using a wattmeter.
58 AERATION
Aire-02
THE AIRE-O2 SERIES II AERATOR

FW
SW
For aeration and circulation

The AIRE-O2 is the original aspirating aerator first
developed over 25 years ago. The AIRE-O2 Series
II is a surface mounted, electric motor-driven,
adjustable, aspirating aerator. It is lightweight and
portable and can be adjusted from 25 to 45 degrees
to optimize mixing and oxygen dispersion for
various depths and applications.
The design features floatation built to withstand
harsh conditions. It consists of a pontoon made of
molded polyethylene with a UVinhibitor. The shaft
housing is nonmetallic, noncorroding and flanged
for mounting to the aerator. It forms a guard
around the 316 stainless steel hollow shaft and
supports a field replaceable, water-lubricated
bearing press-fitted into the housing's lower end.
The propeller/diffuser can be replaced easily in
the field.
All models are salt water compatible.
The motor is a premium quality USA motor

designed for tough environments and years of
trouble-free operation. It is totally enclosed and
fan-cooled with a service factor of 1.15.
The motor is connected to a hollow shaft within a
protective housing that is angled into the water.
The shaft is connected to and drives a propeller/
diffuser that draws air through intake holes above
the water surface and down through the propeller/
diffuser. The AIRE-O2 system distributes and
mixes oxygen throughout the pond, producing
bubbles smaller than 2.2 mm in diameter.
Each aerator arrives fully assembled, ready for
attachment to the floatation assembly. Two- and
three-hp models are available in various voltage
and phase options, including 50 Hz. Larger hp
models are also available for export. Underwater
power cable and mooring cable not included.
Ships by motor freight from factory. Weighs
approximately 70 lbs. One-year warranty.
Made in USA.
View from underwater.
MODEL
MOTOR VOLTS
HZ PHASE
5101197
2 HP
230/460
60
$1,111.43
5101226
2 HP
208/230
60
1,252.86
5101198
3 HP
230/460
60
1,081.43
5101227
3 HP
208/230
60
1,397.14
Aquaculture farm in Hawaii.
EACH
Note: For aquaculture use onlyNOT intended for wastewater.
AIRE-02 is a registered trademark of Aeration Industries International LLC.
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Greg Trusso
As always, [Pentair] AES customer service remains the most exemplary of ANY company that I have ever dealt with. I have the
misfortune of running into many people from various supply companies that view it almost as an inconvenience to help with tech
information, shipping quotes or just plain old advice. That is not an issue with [Pentair] AESnever has been and I am sure never
will be. The technician replied within a very brief time, answered my question and provided me with more information than I could
have ever dreamed. If all of your employees follow his lead, one can see why this is a fantastic company!
With deepest gratitude,
Michael H. Comet
Greg received a B.S. in

marine biology from the
University of North Carolina
at Wilmington. He has
worked with recirculating
aquaculture systems and
in retail aquarium sales,
and he has performed
research on fish nutrition.
AERATION 59
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 62
Diffuser Comparison Chart
ANNUALIZED

FISH
SYSTEM COST

DIFFUSER
SUPPORTED
PER LB OF FISH

GAS
DEPTH
BY SYSTEM
SUPPORTED

USED
(FT WATER**)
(LBS)
($/LB/YEAR*)
DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS
De-Icing and Algae Tank Circulation

Linear Compressor (SL44B), Pipe: 8 holes/LF
3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7), Pipe: 8 holes/LF
1-hp Regenerative Blower (S41), Pipe: 8 holes/LF
$4.67
2.47
1.80
Flowrate:
.015 cfm/hole
Hole Size:
1/16
Pressure Loss: <6
962
13,172
1.06
.51
Flowrate:
.01.1 cfm/ft
pressure loss: 2-5 psi
95
159
952
4,760
15,223
2.36
2.43
.85
.78
.37
Flowrate:
up to 10 cfm
Pressure Loss: 15
311
1,864
8,736
734
1.23
.46
.37
6.70
Flowrate:
.2.6 cfm/ft
Pressure Loss: 20
5.67
7.97
Flowrate:
1 cfm/ft
Pressure Loss: 15
.39
.50
5.04
Flowrate:
.01.2 cfm/ft
Pressure Loss: 4 psi
Oxygen Generator (SOG84 w/1DMBDC100 diffusers)

O 2 , 90%
3
3,624
1.83

Note: Values reflect efficient farming practices, but should be used for comparison rather than budgetary purposes.
Flowrate:
.1 Lpm/sq.in.
Pressure Loss: 25 psi
Air
Air
Air
8
8
3
45
299
560
Air
Air
10
10
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
3
10
10
3
10
Drilled PVC (DIY)
De-Icing and Wastewater Treatment

3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7 w/ WD50 diffuser)
5-hp rotary blower (RB32A , 3,600 rpm w/ WD50 diffuser)
WD50
Wastewater Treatment
ED224
Linear Compressor (SL44 w/ED224 diffuser)

1/3-hp Diaphragm Compressor ( AQ10 w/ED224 diffuser)
3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7 w/ED224 diffuser)
31/2-hp Regenerative Blower (S63 w/ED224 diffuser)
5-hp Rotary Lobe Blower (RB32A w/ED224 diffuser)
Hauling: Algae Tanks
BWD10
1/3-hp Diaphragm Compressor ( AQ10)

Air 10
3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7)
Air 10
31/2-hp Regenerative Blower (S63)
Air 3
Oxygen Generator (SOG84) O 2 , 90%
3
Pure Gas (Oxygen), Hauling Tanks, Degassing Towers, Protein Skimmers

1/3-hp Diaphragm Compressor ( AQ10)
Air 3 66
Oxygen Generator (SOG84) O 2 , 90%
3
615
AS230
Pure Gas (Oxygen), Hauling Tanks, Aquariums, Hatcheries, Back-Up Aeration

3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7 w/fine-pore diffuser)
5-hp Rotary Lobe Blower (RB32A , w/fine-pore diffuser)
Oxygen Generator (SOG84 w/fine-pore diffuser)
Air
Air
O 2 , 90%
10
3
3
2,457
10,192
1,025
DT12R
Pure Gas (Oxygen, Carbon Dioxide), High-Density Hauling, Holding/Grow-Out Tanks, Emergency Aeration
1DMBDC600
*Air compression unit, diffusers, electricity (at 10/kWh) and annual maintenance. Analysis Method: Equivalent Uniform Annual Cost (EUAC), 5-year time period.
**For depths greater than 4 feet there is a risk of gas bubble disease in intensive systems.
60 AERATION
Diffusers
SWEETWATER AIR DIFFUSERS

As close to perfect as diffusers get!
DESIGNED HERE
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater diffusers are the highest-quality

ceramic-type air diffusers on the market today. They're machined from a solid
block of glass-bonded silica. Because dust and dirt particles up to 30 microns
in size will pass right through these diffusers, there's no need for expensive air
filters. And with an air resistance of less than .25 psi, Sweetwater glassbonded diffusers are compatible with economical low-pressure blowers.
AES This is the lbs of fish

supported. See Tech Talk
Index for Tech Talk 84.
They produce a uniform medium/fine bubble and are very resistant to clogging.
And when cleaning does become necessary because of a buildup of calcium
precipitate or bacteria, an acid bath restores them to like-new performance.
Note that water pH in excess of 9.0 will shorten the diffuser life. Self-weighting
when used with typical tubing lengths.
Beware of imitations.
Sweetwater diffusers are the original 2,000F glass-bonded silica diffusers
introduced by us in 1984. You may come across other diffusers that copy our
sizes, descriptions and even our photos, but it takes more than flattering
imitation to compete with the best. Look for the name and
the two-year warranty. Made in USA.
SWEETWATER MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS

BODY
FITTING

MAXIMUM PORE SIZE
BUBBLE SIZE
NOMINAL PARTICLE RETENTION
SERVICE LIFE AT PH BELOW 8.0
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
2,000F GLASS-BONDED SILICA

ABS (AS1 & AS2) LINEAR
POLYETHYLENE OR SPECIAL ORDER
140 MICRONS (.0055 INCHES)
13 MM (.04.15 INCHES)
50 MICRONS
UNLIMITED
2,500 PSI
2-YEAR WARRANTY

LENGTH*
WIDTH*
SUGGESTED
MODEL
IN CM IN CM CFM AES
AIR SUPPLY CONNECTION
AS1
1.5
.50
1.3
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
.05
1.5
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), ABS
.03
$1.80 $1.62/20+ $1.26/100+

2.53 2.28/20+ 1.77/100+
AS2
1.5
.75
.10
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), ABS
.06
AS3
2.0
1.0
2.5
.20
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE
.10
3.51 3.16/20+ 2.46/100+
ALS3
2.0
1.0
2.5
.20
1/4" NPT, PE
.10
4.27 3.63/20+ 2.99/100+
AS4
1.5
1.5
.25
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE
.21
4.01 3.41/20+ 2.81/100+
AS5S
3.0
1.0
2.5
.30
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE
.16
5.16 4.64/20+ 3.61/100+
AS5L
3.0
1.0
2.5
.30
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
.16
5.16 4.64/20+ 3.61/100+
ALS5
3.0
1.0
2.5
.30
1/4" NPT, PE
.16
5.36 4.82/20+ 3.75/100+
AS8S
3.0
1.5
.35
10
3/16" O.D. (4 MM), PE
.39
6.76 6.08/10+ 5.41/50+
AS8L
3.0
1.5
.35
10
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
.39
6.76 6.08/10+ 5.41/50+
ALS8
3.0
1.5
.35
10
1/4" NPT, PE
.39
7.56 6.80/10+ 6.43/50+
ALR8
3.0
1.5
.35
10
1/2" NPT, PE
.39
7.86 7.07/10+ 6.68/50+
AS15S
6.0
15
1.5
.50
14
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
.75
11.29 10.16/20+ 9.60/50+
AS15L
6.0
15
1.5
.50
14
3/8" O.D. (9 MM), PE
.75
11.29 10.16/20+ 9.60/50+
ALR15
6.0
15
1.5
.50
14
1/2" NPT, PE
.75
13.50 12.15/10+ 11.48/50+
AS23S
9.0
23
1.5
.75
20
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
1.35
15.80 14.22/10+ 13.43/25+
AS23L
9.0
23
1.5
.75
20
3/8" O.D. (9 MM), PE
1.35
15.80 14.22/10+ 13.43/25+
ALR23
9.0
23
1.5
.75
20
1/2" NPT, PE
1.35
19.24 17.32/10+ 16.35/25+
AS30S
12.0
30
1.5
1.00
27
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
1.50
19.06 17.15/10+ 16.20/25+
AS30L
12.0
30
1.5
1.00
27
3/8" O.D. (9 MM), PE
1.50
19.06 17.15/10+ 16.20/25+
ALR30
12.0
30
1.5
1.00
27
1/2" NPT, PE
1.50
22.77 20.49/10+ 19.35/25+
ASW88S**
3.0
3.0
.70
19
1/4" O.D. (6 MM), PE
.70
22.62 20.36/10+ 19.23/25+
ASW88L**
3.0
3.0
.70
19
3/8" O.D. (6 MM), PE
.70
22.62 20.36/10+ 19.23/25+
*Dimensions of length and width are 1/8" (3 mm). **Fitting is in center of 3" x 3" dimension. The suggested cfm shown above is typical for aquaculture; higher cfm amounts will create larger bubbles.
Nonstandard fittings are available on request. PE is high-density linear polyethylene. ABS is green plastic.
AERATION 61
Diffusers/Diffuser Bumpers
SWEETWATER GENERATION II DIFFUSERS

Perfect for custom manufacturing
DESIGNED HERE
Sweetwater diffusers manufactured by Pentair AES quickly became and still

remain the standard of the aquaculture industry for diffused air aeration. The
Generation II series is the same glass-bonded diffuser that is so resistant to
clogging. Generation II diffusers give the added flexibility of changing the air
diffuser fittings in the field. All diffusers have 1/8" FNPT threads that accept
MNPT fittings, either straight or elbows.
AES This is the lbs of fish

supported. See Tech Talk
Index for Tech Talk 84.
Use tubing with a smaller I.D. to act as a valve, restricting the volume of air
delivered to the diffuser. Use a larger I.D. tubing in applications where the
tubing is long and/or too restrictive. To make the diffuser lie flat in deep water,
use an elbow fitting and put a weight on the tubing to counteract its buoyancy.

LENGTH WIDTH AVG.
MODEL IN CM IN CM AES CFM
EACH
20+ 100+
ASI-3
2 5 1
2.5 5 .2 $3.31 $2.98 $2.48
ASI-5
3 7.6 1 2.5 8 .3 4.51 4.06 3.38
ASI-8 3 7.6 1.5 3.8 10 .35
6.45 5.81 4.84
ASI-15 6
15 1.5 3.8 14
.5
11.20 10.08 8.40
ASI-23 9
23 1.5 3.8 20 .75
15.75 14.18 11.81
ASI-30 12
30
21.72 19.55 16.29
1.5 3.8
27
1.0
All above do not include air supply connections, which must be ordered separately.
TECH TALK 53
Cleaning Diffusers
Sweetwater air diffusers, made of glass-bonded silica, are virtually indestructible and will
give many years of service.
The only maintenance normally required is periodic cleaning. The frequency of cleaning will be
determined by the mineral and organic content of the water in which the air diffusers are used.
In clean, cold, soft water, cleaning may only be necessary every 2 or 3 years. In very hard water
or water high in organics, it could be necessary as often as every 2 months.
DIFFUSER BUMPERS
Protect diffusers from abrasives or protect a tank from abrasive diffusers.
Use two bumpers for each diffuser. Made of Buna 70 for an easy stretch over
11/2" square diffusers. Sold in packs of 10.
MODEL
DB10
EACH 5+ 10+
$4.92/PK $4.43 $3.94
1. R emove from service and blow out excess water. If fouled with barnacles or other gross
foreign material, scrape or hose off.
2. If you have a 1/2 NPT white fitting on the end of your diffuser, immerse the diffuser portion,
not the fitting, completely in undiluted muriatic acid for a sufficient time to dissolve the
clogging material. This may take from one minute to eight hours in the most extreme cases.
Be very careful when using acid! Wear eye, face and hand protection and have clean water
available for rinsing and acid diluting in the case of an acid splash or spill.
3. A fter the clogging material has been dissolved, rinse thoroughly before reuse.
ALR8 with Bumpers
4. Discard the used acid after reducing its strength to a neutral pH by diluting with at least
ten times as much water as acid. Add acid to water; never add water to acid.
62 AERATION
Diffusers
SWEETWATER FINE-PORE DIFFUSERS

DESIGNED HERE
FOR OZONE AND PURE OXYGEN
The CP part numbers are fitted with CPVC for use with mild ozone
concentrations. The SS part numbers are fitted with stainless steel for
use with the strongest ozone and carry a 1-year warranty. Made in USA.
SWEETWATER FINE-PORE DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS
BODY
FITTING
MAXIMUM PORE SIZE
BUBBLE SIZE
NOMINAL PARTICLE RETENTION
SERVICE LIFE AT PH BELOW 8.0
FLEXURAL STRENGTH

MODEL
Inches Water
Pressure
Sweetwater fine-pore diffusers are the same high quality as our regular
Sweetwater diffusers. The difference is in the smaller pore size, which
produces finer bubbles. Sweetwater fine-pore diffusers do require higher
pressure (about 5" H2O more) and more frequent cleaning than our regular
pore diffusers, so they are not typically recommended for regular aeration.
The bubble uniformity is excellent.
20
10
Fine
Typical Range
CFM
2,000 HEAT-BONDED SILICA

ABS, PE, CPVC OR SS
80 MICRONS
0.52 MM
25 MICRONS
UNLIMITED
3,500 PSI
0)
(AS15
S15L)
Pore
r Pore (A
Regula
.25
.50
.75
1.0
LENGTH
WIDTH
SUGGESTED
AIR SUPPLY
(IN.) (CM) (IN.) (CM) CFM AES *
CONNECTION
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
AS10
1.5
.50
1.3
.05
15
3/16" O.D., ABS
.03
$2.40 $2.04/20+
AS20-AQ
1.5
.75
2.0
.10
30
3/16" O.D., ABS
.06
2.91 2.47/20+
AS3F
2.0
1.00
2.5
.20
60
3/16" O.D., PE
.10
4.17 3.75/20+
AS40
1.5
1.50
4.0
.25
75
3/16" O.D., PE
.21
6.62 5.96/20+
AS50
3.0
1.00
2.5
.30
90
1/4" O.D., PE
.16
5.72 5.15/10+
AS80
3.0
1.50
4.0
.35
100
1/4" O.D., PE
.39
8.07 7.26/10+
ALR80
3.0
1.50
4.0
.35
100
1/2" NPT, PE
.39
10.45 9.41/10+
ALR80SS
3.0
1.50
4.0
.35
100
1/2" NPT, SS
.39
29.30 26.37/10+
ALR80SS4
3.0
1.50
4.0
.35
100
1/4" NPT, SS
.39
25.13 22.62/10+
AS150
6.0
15
1.50
4.0
.50
150
1/4" O.D., PE
.75
13.84 12.46/10+
ALR150
6.0
15
1.50
4.0
.50
150
1/2" NPT, PE
.75
15.62 14.06/10+
ALR150CP
6.0
15
1.50
4.0
.50
150
1/2" NPT, CPVC
.78
18.81 16.93/10+
ALR150SS
6.0
15
1.50
4.0
.50
150
1/2" NPT, SS
.875
47.15 42.44/10+
AS230
9.0
23
1.50
4.0
.75
220
1/4" O.D., PE
1.35
21.95 19.76/10+
22.55 20.30/10+
ALR230
9.0
23
1.50
4.0
.75
220
1/2" NPT, PE
1.35
ALR230CP
9.0
23
1.50
4.0
.75
220
1/2" NPT, CPVC
1.38
25.63 23.07/10+
ALR230SS
9.0
23
1.50
4.0
.75
220
1/2" NPT SS
1.48
50.20 45.18/10+
AS300
12.0
30
1.50
4.0
1.00
300
1/4" O.D., PE
1.50
24.78 22.30/10+
ALR300CP
12.0
30
1.50
4.0
1.00
300
1/2" NPT, CPVC
1.56
30.86 27.77/10+
ALR300SS
12.0
30
1.50
4.0
1.00
300
1/2" NPT, SS
1.68
58.91 53.02/10+
*Note: 100% pure O2.
UNIVERSAL DIFFUSER MOUNT

Provides 3/4" FNPT threaded connection
Engineered for 28" metal or plastic, thick or thin wall pipe
Can be glued to PVC or ABS pipe
Easy to install
MODEL
ED328
EACH 10+
$ 4.70
$4.23
The universal diffuser mount for disc diffusers is designed to accept a 3/4" MNPT
diffuser connection. Installation simply requires drilling a 11/4" diameter hole,
deburring the hole, installing the diffuser mount and screwing in the diffuser.
The universal diffuser mount may be used for mounting on the top or bottom of
the lateral but is not recommended for sidewall diffuser mounting.
AERATION 63
Micro Bubble Oxygen Diffusers
POINT FOUR MICRO BUBBLE OXYGEN DIFFUSERS (MBD)
OXYGEN
REGULATOR
AQUACULTURE DUTY
The original ... since 1988
Adjustable or Preset
FLOW
DISTRIBUTION
MANIFOLD
One of the simplest ways to dissolve gases, such as oxygen or carbon

dioxide, in water is to introduce the gas as small bubbles - the smaller the
bubbles the more efficient the absorption of the gas.
Pressure
Relief
Valve
OXYGEN
SUPPLY
Point Four diffusers use a specially developed, ultra fine pore ceramic plate
that produces a cloud of extremely fine bubbles of approximately 100500
microns; far superior to airstones, porous hose or membrane type designs.
The flat plate design ensures uniform bubbles across the entire surface and
minimizes bubble coalescence to achieve an absorption rate in excess of
80%, depending on depth and flowrate. Bubbling Pressure is 25 to 35 psi.
(1.7 to 2.4 bar).
One of the most efficient diffusers available
Robust constructionceramic plates set in a rigid aluminum base with
solidbrass connection fittings
To Tank 3
To Tank 2
To Tank 1
FLOWMETERS
Pressure
Gauge
0-60 psig
0-4 bar
These aquaculture-duty diffusers are among the most efficient diffusers

available, allowing you to increase yield while controlling the cost of
expensive gases. Made from premium materials and subject to rigorous
testing, MBD diffusers provide the kind of performance and reliability our
reputation is built on.
Easy to install and usetrouble-free operation

Flexible, modular design lets you easily add or subtract diffusers as your
needs change
Simple ceramic plate maintenance - provides reliable bubbling performance
1DMBDC600
1DMBDC300
1DMBDC100

REC. OPERATING
MAX FLOWRATE @

OVERALL SIZE
SHIP WT
RANGE
50 PSI (3.5 BAR)
GAS INLET
MODEL
(IN/CM)
(LBS/KG) (LPM/SCFH) (LPM/SCFH) CONNECTION
1DMBDC100
UP TO 1.5/3.2
4.5/9.5
1/4" HOSE BARB
EACH
$65.00
141/2" X 13/4"/37 X 4.5
1.2/0.535
1DMBDC300
151/4" X 31/4"/39 X 8.3
2.8/1.3
UP TO 3/6.5
9/19
1/4" FEMALE
149.00
1DMBDC600
271/2" X 31/4"/70 X 8.3
5/2.3
UP TO 6/12.7
18/38
1/4" FEMALE
229.00
1DMBDC900
393/4" X 31/4"/102 X 8.3
7.3/3.3
UP TO 9/19.5
27/58
1/4" FEMALE
390.00
1DMBDC120
52" X 31/4"/132 X 8.3
9.5/4.3
UP TO 12/26
36/78
1/4" FEMALE
512.00
64 AERATION
Plastic Micro Bubble Oxygen Diffusers
POINT FOUR PLASTIC MICRO BUBBLE

OXYGEN DIFFUSERS AQUACULTURE DUTY
Point Four Plastic Micro Bubble Diffusers (PMBD)
are one of the most efficient diffusers available,
allowing you to increase yield while controlling the
cost of expensive gases. Made from premium
materials and subject to rigorous testing, PMBDs
provide the kind of performance and reliability our
reputation is built on.
Point Four diffusers use a specially developed, ultra
fine pore ceramic plate that produces a cloud of
extremely fine bubbles of approximately 100500
microns; far superior to airstones, porous hose or
membrane type designs. The flat plate design
ensures uniform bubbles across the entire surface
and minimizes bubble coalescence to achieve an
absorption rate in excess of 80%, depending on
depth and flowrate.
One of the most efficient diffusers available.
Robust constructionceramic plates set in an
injection molded plastic base with solid brass
connection fittings.
Simple ceramic plate maintenance - provides
reliable bubbling performance.
Flexible, modular design lets you easily add or
subtract diffusers as your
needs change.
Overall size (with fitting) is 85/8" x 23/4" x 3/4" (22 cm x
7 cm x 1.9 cm). Weighs 1 lb (0.45 kg).
Recommended operating range is up to 0.75 Lpm (1.6
scfh). Maximum flowrate @ 50 psi (3.5 bar) is 2.2 Lpm
(9.5 scfh). 1/4" hose barb gas inlet.
Bubbling pressure is 25 to 35 psi (1.7 to 2.4 bar).
MODEL EACH
1PMBD075 $54.00
SWEETWATER AIR DIFFUSERS,

FLAT CERAMIC
Economical price, cost-effective performance
These ultra-fine pore diffusers are ideal for
pure gas applications (oxygen, carbon dioxide),
high-density hauling, holding/growout tanks and
emergency aeration. Choose from aluminum or
nylon 6/glass composite (plastic) base. Aluminum
models are best for long-term, heavy-duty use.
Plastic models are tested at -20C to ensure
performance and integrity. They also give you the
convenience of two 1/4" barb positions to choose
from, and their preinstalled check valve prevents
damage. Dual barb position feature only available
with plastic base diffusers.
DYFP16

MODEL
DYPFP4
Dual Position Barb
DIFFUSING AREA MAX FLOW

(L X W)
CFM LPM
PLASTIC BASE, 4" X 2.5"
.04
1.13
SHIP WT
(LBS)
1
EACH
$34.01 $30.61/10+
DYPFP8
.08 2.25
1.8
DYPFP12
.13
3.5
2.2
63.18 56.86/6+
DYPFP24
.25
4.4
104.79 94.31/6+
DYFP12
ALUMINUM BASE, 12" X 2.5"
.13
3.5
2.2
94.43 84.99/10+
DYFP16
ALUMINUM BASE, 16" X 2.5"
.18
3.1
112.62 101.36/6+
48.61 43.75/10+
AERATION 65
Trac-Lock Micro Bubble Oxygen Diffusers
POINT FOUR TRAC-LOCK MICRO BUBBLE

OXYGEN DIFFUSERS AQUACULTURE DUTY
Maximum versatility for increasing your
dissolved oxygen
Point Four Trac-Lock Diffusers are an economical
alternative to the Point Four Micro Bubble Diffusers
(MDBs). Like the MDBs, they are good for use with
pure oxygen and/or carbon dioxide. However,
their module design allows for greater flexibility, and
their plastic base eliminates the possibility
of corrosion.
A Simple Design
The flat plate design ensures bubbles across the
entire surface. The slim design will not hinder
fish netting and will accommodate most fish
transportation systems. The "twist and lock" design
allows for easy diffusing area adjustment,
or for simple removal of sections for cleaning/
servicing. We recommend using a support when
locking three or more bases together.
High Absorption Efficiency

Depends on submerged depth, flowrate and
dissolved oxygen concentration. Typically 40%
to 50% at 1 m depth; can be as high as 80% or
even 100% at depths of 6 m or more.
Features and Benefits

Plastic frame will not rust or degrade over time.
1DTLC010
1DTLC001
Easy to install and usetrouble-free operation.

Efficient design minimizes rising air
bubble coalescence.
reliable bubbling performance

MODEL
1DTLC001
BASE
1DTLC010
END SET
DIFFUSING AREA
LXW (IN/CM)
OPTIMUM FLOW
(CFH/LPM)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
121/4 X 21/2/31 X 6
6.5/3
$99.00
28.00
EACH
TECH TALK 7
Pure Oxygen vs Diffused Air
Cost is one of the biggest considerations. This generalized chart should help to quantify the
difference between using an air blower with diffusers and using pure oxygen with a water pump
and oxygen saturator (oxygen cone). Also see Tech Talk 80.
This generalized chart is based on:
Water temperature 80F (27C), sea level.
1 ppm
Dissolved Oxygen, MG/L (PPM)
Fresh water @ 24 lbs/day oxygen concentrator.
Sweetwater standard diffusers at 40 H2O. 4 0-gpm pump using 5 amps @ 115V.
Cost of pure oxygen is fixed at this

cost regardless of saturation level.
Water saturation point (this example).
Electric cost of 8 per kWh.
Example: cost/100 lbs
10
ter
etwa
Swe
&
Blower
ting C
Diffuser Opera
ost
Oxygen generator running cost.

pressures,
and therefore cost, go up beyond
high supersaturation levels.
4
AERATION
OXYGEN
$1
$7
5 ppm
$7
$7
7 ppm
$18
$7
10 ppm
No Way
$7
This cost comparison illustrates that blowers are more efficient at lower D.O. saturation values
and pure oxygen is more efficient at higher D.O. saturation values. Note that the cost of adding
pure oxygen remains almost the same until reaching higher supersaturation levels. Pumping
Oxygen generator running cost including

water pump cost, maintenance & depriciation.
Cost
Using a
Blower
2
1
2
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
Cost Per 100 Pounds of Oxygen (Dollars)
66 AERATION
WEDGE-LOCK MICRO BUBBLE OXYGEN DIFFUSER
POINT FOUR WEDGE-LOCK MICRO

BUBBLE OXYGEN DIFFUSER
AQUACULTURE DUTY
WEDGE-LOCK is a modular system of diffusers

and end sets that fit together to form a bank of up to
eight units. Oxygenation capacity can be increased
(or decreased) as your needs demand by simply
changing the number of diffusers used for greater
flexibility and minimal downtime.
Designed for total ease of use, WEDGE-LOCK
modules "twist and lock" together to form an
airtight seal without the use of tools. Hose with
push-in fittings connects the diffuser banks to
the gas supply, significantly reducing set-up
time and effort.
Manufactured from tough plastic, WEDGE-LOCK
will not corrode and is resistant to the sun's
ultraviolet rays. The diffuser's streamlined wedge
shape improves stability in tanks with high water
flow and offers less resistance in self-cleaning
tank systems.
1DWLC001
1DWLC010
The streamlined wedge shape is more stable

in tanks with high water flow. Single base
(unassembled) diffusers measure 5.4" x 6.6" x
1.25" and weigh 1.8 lbs. Recommended flow
1.6 cfh (.75 Lpm), maximum flow 3.4 cfh (1.6 Lpm).
Recommended operating pressure is 2235 psi,
maximum pressure is 50 psi*. UV-resistant plastic.
Inlet is 1/4" barb fitting. One-year warranty.

Flexible, modular design lets you easily add or
subtract diffusers to match your changing needs.
Simple "twist and lock" installationdiffuser
modules and hose connect in minutes without
the use of tools.
Rugged thermoplastic build is corrosion-free and
UV-resistant.
Streamlined wedge shape improves stability in
tanks with high water velocity.
reliable bubbling performance
*Above 50 psi (3.4 bars) the diffuser can break.

MODEL
1DWLC001 BASE
1DWLC010 END SET
DIFFUSING AREA
LXW (IN/CM)
OPTIMUM FLOW
(CFH/LPM)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
5 X 1/12.7 X 2.5
3.4/1.6
$74
30
TECH TALK 80
Pure Oxygen or Aeration?
Aerators that spray water through the air or put bubbles in the water can typically compete with
the economics of pure oxygen up to about 70% of saturation. Pure oxygen becomes more
economical when raising oxygen to levels above 70%.
Is a water pump or other energy source required? A 1-horsepower water pump by itself can burn
another 10 cents per hour. However, if your operation is large enough or intensive enough to
warrant aerating with pure oxygen, it can be a great tool when used wisely. Here are a few tips:
Pure oxygen can be a very cost-effective tool for raising fish. It can unclutter the culture tank,
reduce suspended solids, improve feed-conversion ratios and reduce stress. When used in large
intensive culture systems, liquid oxygen can be purchased at a low price. Its especially
cost-effective when used to raise the ambient dissolved oxygen a few parts per million to or
above the saturation level.
Be sure to total all pure oxygen costs when figuring cost effectiveness, including storage vessel
rent, water pumping cost and oxygen loss. If youre thinking about making your own oxygen,
include the actual cost of compressed air, back-up compressor and increased generator size,
plus repairs.
But a high-tech approach is not necessary if a low-tech one will do. Simple old-fashioned aeration
(done correctly) will provide 1 lb of dissolved oxygen (at 75% of saturation) for about one kilowatt
of energy. Thats about 10 cents per lb. Can you buy pure oxygen that cheap? If you can buy it that
cheap, will 100% of it be absorbed, or will you lose some through escaping bubbles, leaks, etc.?
Use a saturation technique that is at least 80% efficient.

Inject supersaturated water over a wide area to prevent large oxygen gradients in the fish tank.
In a recirculating system you will need to aerate (de-gas), in addition to oxygenation, to
remove carbon dioxide.
AERATION 67
Diffusers
CERAMIC AND ALUMINUM OXIDE AIR DIFFUSERS

Keep any system aerated with this line of air diffusers. These offer great
efficiency at an affordable price, and with our wide selection, you'll find the right
fit for any application. Bubble sizes from 3 mm down to 100 microns. One-year
warranty.
DYCHP12
Two different styles:

Ceramic diffusers are ideal for pure gas applications (oxygen, carbon dioxide),
high-density hauling, holding/growout tanks and emergency aeration
Aluminum diffusers are intended for general aeration: hatchery, growout,
bait, ponds, lakes, wastewater and low-density hauling
See PentairAES.com for complete specs!
DYCD9SM
DYCBB
MODEL
DYCD9SM
(4 diffusers + DYCBB).
EACH
DYCBB
HDPE CONNECTOR BLOCK, 1/4" FNPT
$22.54
DYCD7SM
ALUMINUM OXIDE, 6.7" X 1.6" (X 4) + DYCBB
82.56
DYCD9SM
ALUMINUM OXIDE, 8.7" X 1.6" (X 4) + DYCBB
95.19
41.06
DYCHP4
CYLINDER, CERAMIC, 4" X 2"
DYCHP6
47.70
DYCHP8
53.52
DYCHP12
69.39
RUBBER AIR DIFFUSERS

Keep any system aerated with this line of air diffusers.
These offer great efficiency at an affordable price, and
with our wide selection, you'll find the right fit for any
application. Bubble sizes from 3 mm down to 100
microns. One-year warranty.
Two different styles:
Rubber poly (EPDM) diffusers perform best in pure
gas applications (oxygen), hauling tanks, aquariums,
hatcheries and backup aeration
DYRD16
Rubber diffusers are best employed in wastewater

treatment
MODEL EACH
DYCBB
HDPE CONNECTOR BLOCK, 1/4" FNPT
DYMD15
EPDM MEMBRANE, 15" X 1"
DYMD20
EPDM MEMBRANE, 20" X 1"
DYMD20M
EPDM MEMBRANE, 20" X 1" (X 4)
$22.54
18.55
24.94
DYRD8
RUBBER POLY, 8" X 1.5"
13.18
DYRD12
18.79
DYRD16
24.45
DYRD20
29.83
See PentairAES.com for complete specs!
DYMD15
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
117.55
DYCBB
Richard D. Jones, EIT

Rick received his M.S. in
biological and agricultural
engineering from North Carolina
State University. His graduate
work included extensive
research on filtration and water
recirculation. He has also
participated in the design,
construction and maintenance
of commercial-scale
aquaculture facilities and public
aquariums. Rick is a certified
Engineer-in-Training (EIT).
68 AERATION
Diffusers
DIFFUSER HOSE
DESIGNED HERE
Self-weighted Bio-Weave diffuser hose is for introducing air and oxygen into
hauling tanks, culture tanks, lakes or wherever long flexible diffusion is
needed. It's made of a strong, woven polyester fiber material that will last for
years. Operating range is .2.6 cfm per foot.
The diffuser surface is a soft fiber that flexes easily. Because Bio-Weave
is self-weighted, placement and removal of these large diffusers is simple.
We make these medium-bubble diffusers with 3/4" garden hose fittings (a
cap on the male end and a 1/4" male barb adapter on the female fitting).
Bio-Weave has about a 20" H2O resistance to air flow, so it is marginally
compatible with regenerative blowers. Ship weight is about 1 lb/foot.
See Index for garden hose adapters.
MODEL LENGTH
AES
BWD10 1'
15
$37.00 $33.30 $29.02
BWD20 2'
29
41.13 37.02 32.41
BWD30 3'
44
56.98 51.28 45.11
BWD40 4'
58
70.76 63.68 56.61
BWD50 5'
73
86.52 77.87 69.93
BWD60 6'
87
98.99 89.09 80.13
BWD100 10'
146
155.52 139.97 123.59
BWD150 15'
218
220.43 198.39 178.00
BSS38
BRASS 3/8" BARB X MGHT
EACH 6+ 24+
4.08 3.76 3.55
BWD10
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Steve Oh
Steve graduated from Royal Roads University with a B.S.
in environmental science. He has extensive experience
designing water quality systems and marine electronic
monitoring equipment. Steve has a strong background in
research and development, production management and
project implementation. His technical experience includes
IT coordination and Windows embedded development.
AIR DIFFUSERS, IN QUANTITY

These inexpensive molded diffusers are sold in bulk
quantity only, by the pack. 3/16" barb inlets. Made for
hobbyists and aquarium use.
MODEL
LENGTH
PACK QTY
CFM
AA4
AA12
AES EACH 12+
AA1 1" 120 .05 1 $20.93 $17.94

AA4 4" 24 .2 3
15.01 12.76
AA6 6" 24 .3 4
21.29 18.45
AA8 8" 24 .4 6
26.31 23.54
AA12 12" 24 .6 8
37.68 31.67
AA8
AA1
AA6
DIFFUSERS, CYLINDRICAL
These diffusers are made from fused alumina. They produce a bubble size of
12 mm and require a higher pressure than Sweetwater medium-pore
diffusers. They have a molded square rubber support on each end that
supports and protects them from tank bottoms and protects the tank or liner
from the diffuser. They fit both 3/16" and 1/4" tubing and are 1.2" in diameter.
MODEL LENGTH CFM AES
AD32
AD42
AD52
EACH 12+
AD32 3.2" .3 5.0
$4.51 $4.28
AD42 4.2" .4 6.5
8.57 8.14
AD52 5.2" .5 8.2
9.41 8.94
AERATION 69
Tubing/Fittings
WEIGHTED DIFFUSER TUBING
WD55
This 1/2" I.D. weighted diffuser tubing is useful in applications where long
lengths are required. Equal bubble distribution is possible with lengths as long
as 25' for WD50 and 200' for WD55. On the WD50, unique die cut slits
located in sets of three every 11/2"flex open with air pressure and close when
air is stopped. On the WD55 ice-melting diffuser tubing, single die cuts are
located every 24". The feeder tubing (WD0) has no slits. See Index for less
expensive, HeavySet feeder tubing.
WD50
This weighted tubing requires WD fittings. Full rolls are 250' long (60 meters).
This diffuser tubing is not compatible with most regenerative blowers as
25 psi is required. Also note that this coarse bubble diffuser tubing will
only provide about 1/3 as much oxygen transfer per cfm of air when used for
aeration with diffusers.
THE BEST FOR DE-ICING
WD FITTINGS
These black plastic fittings are required for the weighted diffuser tubing. The
PIOU couples 1/2 tubing. The PIOM is a 1/2 male adapter. The tee union (PIOT)
connects two lengths of tubing to a 1/2 MNPT male adapter. Tube insert
supports included. Made in USA.
PIOM
PIOT

AES I.D. O.D. CFM/FT
MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
WD50
DIFFUSER, WEIGHTED, 3 CUT
WD55
DIFFUSER, WEIGHTED, DE-ICE
EACH
$ 4.25/FT
10+
1/2"
5/8"
.1
24/100'
.04
1/2"
5/8"
.01
24/100'
4.00/FT
24/100'
3.40/FT
WD0
FEEDER TUBING, WEIGHTED
1/2"
5/8"
PIOU
WD COUPLING
4.15 3.75
PIOM
WD MALE ADAPTER, 1/2" MNPT
2.95 2.66
PIOT
WD TEE UNION, 1/2" MNPT
6.75 6.06
TEE ELIMINATORS
Here is a hard-to-find, cost-saving fitting. A PVC
3" x 3/4" reducing tee costs about $10. These tee
eliminators can do the same thing for under
a buck! Just drill a hole, press in a tee eliminator,
then thread in the connection. Made of flexible
PVC with female pipe threads. Work in all rigid pipe
materials with pipe walls between 1/8" and 1/4" thick.
Made in USA.

MODEL
FNPT
SIZE
MIN PIPE
DIAMETER
HOLE SIZE
FC32 1/2"
1"
1"
FC34 3/4"
11/4"
13/16"
FC36 1"
11/2" 17/16"11/2"
EACH
50+
$ 0.70
$0.63
FC32
FC36
0.84 0.76
1.09 0.98
Cant find what youre looking for? See it all at PentairAES.com.
70 AERATION
Disc Diffusers/Tubing/FlexAir
COARSE BUBBLE DIFFUSERS
DISC DIFFUSER, 9"

Engineered for maximum performance.
5 diameter coarse bubble diffusers

Upgrade for smaller diameter diffusers
FlexAir disc diffuser bodies are made of high-strength polypropylene with

3/4" MNPT connections. Each diffuser has a minimum of 6,600 engineered air
release orifices, which is up to 20% more than comparable models. The special
design of the EPDM membrane, with its engineered thickness taper, results in
full utilization of the membrane surface, even at low airflow operations. This
results in improved oxygen transfer efficiency, along with maximum operational
flexibility. The disc diffuser has an integral "triple" check valve to prevent fluid
backflow. Normal airflow range is 05 cfm. Resistance is about 10" H2O when
clean. FlexAir disc diffusers in stock have EPDM membranes installed and
weigh 2 lbs. Made in USA.
Designed to prevent blowout

High-capacity airflow ranges to 20 cfm
Environmental Dynamics PermaCap 5 diffuser design offers greater unit
capacity over small diameter diaphragm, coarse bubble diffusers. The body
is ABS, and diffusers are available with both 3/4 and 3/8 MNPT connections.
The EPDM membrane is mechanically locked in place to prevent blowout.
Airflow range is 020 cfm. Made in USA.
MODEL MNPT
EACH 10+
ED325 3/4
$11.05 $9.95
ED501 3/8
11.05 9.95
MODEL
EACH 10+
ED327
$24.73 $22.26
ED325
EDI FLEXAIR DIFFUSERS
SNAP-CAP DIFFUSER, 3"
Airflow ranges from 040 cfm
This coarse bubble diffuser is very clog resistant.

It uses a snap-on flexible diaphragm with built-in
check valve. Handles flowrates up to 10 cfm @ 12"
H2O loss. About 2" high x 35/32" diameter with a 3/8"
MNPT and a 1/2" MNPT adapter included.
Largest capacity airflow with greatest membrane area for fewer

units required
3 /4" MNPT 304 SS thread connection
EDI FlexAir diffusers are durable. The special inlet is molded from
high-strength ABS and is permanently bonded to a PVC membrane support
tube to create an integral diffuser body. Manufactured utilizing the most
advanced technology, tests have shown that EDI membrane diffusers deliver
increases of 15 to 50% over competitive products. EPDM elastomer membrane
was specifically developed for municipal and industrial applications. For
applications with high concentrations of oils and solvents, specially engineered
urethane membranes are available (please inquire).

AIRFLOW
MODEL LENGTH DIAMETER (CFM)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
MODEL
AD15
6+
2.44
08
ED226 26
2.44
08
$41.42 $37.28
40.31 36.28
ED220 20
3.5
020
43.40 39.06
ED230 30
3.5
030
55.20 49.68
ED240 40
3.5
040
61.38 55.24
FlexAir is a registered trademark of Environmental Dynamics International, Inc.

$18.21
HIGH-EFFICIENCY DIFFUSER TUBING

Perfect for high-psi or oxygen uses
ED224 24
ED224
EACH 6+
$ 20.23
This low-pressure, high-efficiency rubber diffuser hose is made for

aquaculture. Diffuser lengths of up to 20' per inlet are possible at low airflow
rates. Tubing has a good oxygen transfer rate (average 2.5% per foot of water
depth) with a head loss of only about 1 psi. This tubing is compatible with both
regenerative blowers and linear air pumps. The gas flowrate is an average of
.1.6 cfm/ft; higher and lower flows are possible. Produces a strong volume of
medium-size bubbles (approximately 3 mm). For connections, use barb fittings
with clamps. Hose ends may be heat-sealed or fitted with a plug and clamp. To
counteract buoyancy, hold-downs or weights are required. No warranty due to
individual clogging and fouling possibilities. Sold by the foot (F) or 50-m roll (R).
MODEL I.D. O.D. EACH-F EACH-R
DT12
1/2 I.D.
1 O.D.
$1.89 $271.81
DT14
1/4 I.D.
1 O.D.
1.64 289.78
DT12R
AERATION 71
Venturi
VENTURI, ECONOMY
Air In
3/16" Male Barb
4738
4734
MODEL
Water & Air Out
H2O Flow (gpm)
8
6
8
6
4738 Venturi Tee Depth Limits
Pump Pressure
Required (psi)
3/4" Male Slip
2
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Our venturi fittings were engineered to entrain the

greatest amount of air with the least resistance to
water pressure. When pumping water, these may
be used to draw in liquids or gases, including
low-strength ozone. 4738 and 4732 are made of
PVC with standard slip connections. Venturi 4734
is fiber-reinforced plastic and has female slip ends.
Made in USA.
EACH
4738
VENTURI, PVC
4732
VENTURI, PVC
$9.03
11.57
4734
VENTURI, PLASTIC
14.57
4738: 3/4" in x 1" out

4732: 11/2" in and out
Both are female slip with 3/4"
air inlet.
100
Vacuum - Inches H2O*

*This is the greatest depth at which the Venturi may be located.
The shallower the depth, the greater the air volume.
TECH TALK 4
Choosing an Aerator
Efficiency Versus Type ... Select the right type of aerator for the application
An aerators standard aeration efficiency (SAE) is an important consideration when comparing one
aerator with another.
The SAE can be calculated by measuring the aerators oxygen transfer and the amount of energy
used per horsepower, per hour, under standard conditions.
An SAE of 2.1, for example, means that 2.1 lbs of oxygen per horsepower, per hour, are transferred
to the water under standard conditions. The higher the SAE, the higher the oxygen transfer, the
higher the efficiency.
However, SAE numbers are a fair comparison only when comparing aeration equipment of the
same exact type. You cannot use the SAE as your only tool in the selection of an aeration system.
Before looking at the SAE numbers, choose the right type aerator or oxygenator for the job.
Here are some examples (analyze the differences):
Water-moving aeration devices like the AIRE-02 Series II aerator and paddle wheel type
aerators are excellent choices for medium and large ponds where movement of oxygenated
water away from the aerator is most important.
If destratification alone will solve a bottom oxygen problem, only a few air diffusers may
be needed to accomplish this. For instance, a 10-acre lake, 15 deep, may need only 3/4 hp.
Only 1 cfm of air may be needed to aerate a 1/20-acre pool when raising tropical fish,
compared to 6 cfm per pool using airlifts.
A destratification system, such as our Great Lakes aeration system, should not be used as an
emergency aerator because it very quickly mixes the water. Its rate of oxygen transfer is
excellent; however, it cannot raise the oxygen level of such a large volume quickly enough to
avoid a fishkill. It can actually aggravate the problem.
A surface aerator like the Kasco 3/4 hp aerator (with an SAE rating of 2.9) may be a good choice
where the volume of water is small and the stocking density is high, such as in a culture tank or
small pond. It may be a poor choice, however, if cold water temperatures are required when air
temperatures are warm (summer trout culture), because both the motor and the airborne water
droplets will add unwanted heat.
Even noise is a consideration above and below the water surface. Pentair AES diffused air
systems are preferred over agitators in bait stores, improving conditions for both the fish and
the employees. As more of our research is conducted under water, we are increasingly aware of
underwater noise produced by devices such as paddle wheels, agitators, airlifts and drilled pipe
spargers (our Sweetwater air diffusers have a barely audible hiss). Some fish breeders have
reported that diffused air is the only aeration method they can use that will not disrupt breeding.
A surface aerator would be a poor choice for a large or deep pond. Without moving water away
from the aerator, it will continue to pump the same water over and over again, adding no oxygen
where it is needed.
The situations and considerations are virtually endless, so take some time to research the best
aeration method for your particular application. Through a phone call, you can discuss your
application with an aquaculture technician and get an expert opinion (877-347-4788).
A surface aerator may be excellent in emergencies because it quickly raises the oxygen level in
a small area. If trained, the fish will move to that location. Again, it will not be a good choice for
full-time aeration because it will not disperse oxygen throughout the pond.
Standard aeration efficiency tests conducted at Auburn University showed that the Pentair
AES Sweetwater diffuser and 1-hp blower combination yielded a 2.71 SAE. Prior to rating our
diffusers, Auburn gave air diffusers in general an SAE rating of only 1.6. That 70% increase
illustrates how much efficiency can change when the right combination is used.
A diffused air system (with an SAE rating of 2.7) may be the best choice for multiple tanks and
ponds because the energy source (blower) can be centralized and just the right amount of
energy (compressed air) can be easily directed where it is needed. What appears to be lower SAE
efficiency (2.7) is more than offset by comparative application efficiency.
Kasco is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.

AIRE-02 is a registered trademark of Aeration Industries International, LLC.
72 AERATION
Venturi Injectors/Mixing Eductors
MAZZEI VENTURI INJECTORS

Widely used for the injection of air, oxygen, and ozone. Also compatible with
liquids. Tests have shown that when installed properly, injectors can transfer
ozone into water with efficiencies as high as 99%. These are constructed of
PVDF Kynar and are ozone compatible. Mazzei venturis have no moving
parts and provide trouble-free operation. All except V514 include a 1/4" barbed
ozone-safe check valve. Maximum operating pressure at 100F (38C) is
400 psi. Made in USA.
FLOW THRU INJECTOR
AIR SUCTION
@15 PSI IN/5 PSI OUT @15 PSI IN/5 PSI OUT
V1584

MODEL
INLET/OUTLET
MNPT
V384
1/2" MNPT
1 GPM
1 CFH
$67.00 $60.00
V584
3/4" BARB
4 GPM
5 CFH
54.00 48.60
EACH
4+
V978
1" MNPT
7 GPM
9 CFH
129.00 115.00
V1584
11/2" MNPT
31 GPM
72 CFH
177.00 159.00
V514
2" MNPT
57 GPM
394 CFH
370.00 348.00
Flow
Venturis offer an efficient and reliable way to inject

virtually any gas or liquid into water.
MIXING EDUCTORS
It's easy to multiply the mixing force of pumped water. This nozzle requires as
little as 7.5 gpm to draw in five times more. Molded of glass-filled polypropylene
with smooth surfaces. Recommended flowrates shown are for between 10 and
50 psi.
MODEL MNPT OAL GPM
ED2 3/8" 4.5" 717
EACH 10+
ED3
$34.20 $31.81
ED1 3/4" 4.5" 1330
25.13 23.37
ED3 11/2" 10" 3375
68.29 63.51
Two Gallons In
One Gallon
Pumped
Five Gallons Circulated
TECH TALK 63
Venturis
A well-designed venturi working in shallow water to aspirate air may cause as little as 15%
additional head pressure and as little as 10% reduction in volume pumped. Therefore, a venturi
can be a very economical device to operate, especially when it completely eliminates another
piece of equipment, such as a chemical metering pump, an air pump or an ozone units air
pump. They are particularly useful when injecting chemicals and gases that are aggressive in
nature and would require special materials for the pumping device.
As a venturi draws air into a depth of about 2 feet, there will be increased water pressure
resistance and a reduction in volume pumped. When used with low-pressure pumps, the
increase in head causes such a large reduction in volume that the venturi application becomes
impractical. When sucking air the deeper the depth, the greater the pressure needed.
Mazzei is a registered trademark of Mazzei Injector Corp.
When installed properly, venturi injectors can transfer ozone into water with efficiencies as
high as 99%. Venturis have no moving parts and provide trouble-free operation.
AERATION 73
Oxygen Saturators
OXYGEN SATURATORS
DESIGNED HERE
In 1989, we developed the 3-part oxygen saturator,

which performs like an oxygen cone, but with these
added benefits:
OY75
1. Comes apart for cleaning.
OY35
2. Has a smaller footprint.

OY10
OY400
3. Rated at 80 psi for greater supersaturation.
OY35P
4. Top half bolts inside the bottom half for Ground

shipment (small units).
Like the oxygen cones, our saturators feature 100
percent oxygen absorbing capability. The water and
oxygen enter the top of the column, where agitation
and shear occurs. As the water and oxygen move
downward, their velocity is reduced by the increasing
diameters. This allows time and space for any oxygen
bubbles that have not dissolved to float. No bubbles
escape from the saturator. These saturators are
made of thick, high-density, black, linear
polyethylene with fusion-bonded flanges, except
OY35P, which is a low-priced PVC model that
features two clear sections so the bubbles can be
observed. It is rated at 40 psi maximum.
A valve (not included) is required on the outlet side
of all cones and saturators to control the pressure
within. When assembling the center flange, we
suggest using either a bead of silicone or a Neoprene
gasket. Center flange bolts and pressure gauge
(030 psi) are included. Inlet and outlet fittings and
flow meters not included. Overall height is to flange
face. Two-year guarantee. OY110 and smaller ship
Ground. Made in USA. Please contact a Pentair AES
technician for assistance with sizing and complete
skid systems.
OZONE COMPATIBLE

MODEL
FLOW
RANGE (GPM)*
CENTER
FLANGE SIZE
OY10
812
21/2"
OY18
1525
OY35
3565
OY35P
OY75
RECOMMENDED
FLOW METER*
OVERALL
HEIGHT
INLET/
OUTLET
SHIP WT
(LBS)
MFR410
56"
1/2" MNPT
12
$835.00
3"
MFR410
62"
3/4" MNPT
15
934.00
4"
MFR410
86"
11/4" MNPT
35
987.00
3565
6"
MFR410
88"
11/4" MNPT
55
839.00
6590
6"
MFR440
90"
11/2" MNPT
50
2,646.00
EACH
OY110
90130
8"
MFR440
90"
2" FLANGE
65
2,585.00
OY160
130200
12"
MFR4150
90"
3" FLANGE
80
3,500.00
OY250
220300
12"
MFR4150
90"
3" FLANGE
105
3,667.00
OY400
300500
14"
MFR4150**
90"
4" FLANGE
125
5,850.00
Need design or
engineering assistance?
We give our customers
free advice over the
telephone. Just call our
Technical Department at
877-347-4788.
Note: To convert pounds of oxygen per hour to grams, multiply pounds x 454.
*See Index for flow meters, flanges and valves. **Two required.
COMMITMENT TO CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

Our customers are our first priority.
We will provide extraordinary service to satisfy the needs of our customers.
We will deliver our products and services on time and error free, conforming to the requirements
of our customers.
We strive to do it right the first time and eliminate any problem that prevents us from achieving
complete customer satisfaction.
We thank you for your patronage.
74 AERATION
Oxygen/Ozone Contact Cone
OXYGEN/OZONE CONTACT CONE

Pentair Aquatic-Eco Systems Oxygen/Ozone Contact Cone
Formerly HE Group
100% Utilization of gas
Designed for maximum utilization of gas transfer area
Provided with 25 psi pressure relief valve
Available in many sizes for various flow requirements
Designed for containerized shipping anywhere in the world
Top inlets allow for multiple inputs

MODEL
DIAMETER
HEIGHT
SHIP WEIGHT
(IN.) (IN.) (LBS)
EACH
O2C-025-012 12 31 54 $1,137.00
O2C-025-018 18 42 71 1,197.00
O2C-025-024 24 56 106 1,422.00
O2C-025-027 27 64 126 1,434.00
O2C-025-030 30 69 142 1,775.00
O2C-025-033 33 76 182 1,977.00
O2C-025-036 36 82 219 2,392.00
O2C-025-042
42
96
309
3,103.00
O2C-025-048 48 111 414 3,932.00

O2C-025-054 54 118 462 4,618.00
O2C-025-060 60 133 695 5,648.00
O2C-025-072
72 159 1110 8,206.00
O3C-025-012
12 31 54 1,172.00
O3C-025-018
18 42 71 1,243.00
O3C-025-024
24 56 106 1,515.00
O3C-025-027
27 64 126 1,588.00
O3C-025-030
30 69 142 1,894.00
O3C-025-033
33 76 182
2,072.00
O3C-025-036
36 82 219
2,534.00
O3C-025-042
42 96 309
3,268.00
O3C-025-048
48 111 414 4,169.00
O3C-025-054
54 118 462 4,891.00
O3C-025-060
60 133 695 5,992.00
O3C-025-072
72 159 1110 8,703.00
Oxygen/Ozone Contact Cone
Available in other pressure ratings. Contact PAES for more information
AERATION 75
Oxygen/Ozone Cone
SWEETWATER CONES FOR OXYGEN OR OZONE

100% efficiency potential
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater cones are designed to optimize the
saturation of gases in water, and gas transfer efficiencies of up to 100% are
possible. Operation of the cone is simple: as water and gas (either pure oxygen,
ozone or other gas) enter from the top at a relatively high velocity, the water
shears and moves the bubbles downward. As the cone widens the velocity is
reduced. The undissolved bubbles keep returning to the top, so only water
without bubbles can exit the bottom. At higher pressures, the dissolved oxygen
concentration may be increased significantly above saturation. For example, a
Sweetwater cone operating at only 10 psi can deliver water with a dissolved
oxygen concentration above 25 mg/L. Sweetwater cones may be operated at a
pressure of up to 21 psi. No matter what concentration of dissolved oxygen is
needed, Pentair AES has the right cone for your application. Please contact a
Pentair AES technician for assistance with sizing and complete skid systems.
Water Inlet
OY30S
(Complete System Using
OY30F-1Call for Info)
B
D

MODEL
FLOW
RANGE
SUGGESTED
FLOW METER*
GALLONS
(APPROX.)
INLET/
OUTLET
SHIP WT
(LBS)
45
3"
65
OY30F-1 73130 MFR440
EACH
$1,421.00
OY60F-1 150260 MFR4150 110 4" 100 1,849.35

OY110F-1 280480 MFR4150** 195 5" 245 2,920.72
OY140F-1 350600 MFR4150** 335 6" 290 3,672.55
Oxygenated Water
Outlet
*See Index for flow meters, flanges and valves. **Two required.
DIMENSIONS
OZONE
COMPATIBLE
OY30F-1
OY60F-1
OY110F-1
OY140F-1
68
85
107
129
24
34
40
48
16
16.5
19.5
22
3.5
5.5
10
11.5
OXYGEN CAPACITY AT MAXIMUM FLOWRATES, VARIOUS TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES, SALINITY 0, SEA LEVEL, INFLOW SAT. 100%, CONTACTOR SAT. 60%
Gauge
Pressure
OY30F-1
130 gpm
OY60F-1
260 gpm
OY110F-1
480 gpm
OY140F-1
600 gpm
OY10
12 gpm
OY18
25 gpm
OY35
65 gpm
TEMP 50F (10)
TEMP 68F (20)
Oxygen
Capacity
Oxygen
Capacity
TEMP 86F (30)

Oxygen
Capacity
psi
bars
lbs/hr
kg/hr
D.O.
mg/L
lbs/hr
kg/hr
D.O.
mg/L
lbs/hr
kg/hr
D.O.
mg/L
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
3.2
3.8
4.4
1.5
1.7
2.0
61
70
80
2.6
3.1
3.5
1.2
1.4
1.6
49
56
64
2.1
2.5
2.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
39
45
51
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
6.6
7.8
9.1
3.0
3.6
4.1
62
72
81
5.3
6.3
7.3
2.4
2.8
3.3
50
57
65
4.2
5.0
5.8
1.9
2.3
2.6
40
46
52
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
12.3
14.6
16.9
5.6
6.6
7.7
63
72
82
9.8
11.7
13.5
4.5
5.3
6.1
50
58
65
7.9
9.3
10.8
3.6
4.2
4.9
40
47
53
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
15.4
18.3
21.2
7.0
8.3
9.6
63
72
82
12.3
14.6
17.0
5.6
6.6
7.7
50
58
66
9.9
11.7
13.6
4.5
5.3
6.1
40
47
53
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
0.17
0.20
0.23
0.08
0.09
0.10
39
44
49
0.13
0.16
0.18
0.06
0.07
0.08
31
35
40
0.11
0.13
0.15
0.05
0.06
0.07
25
29
32
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
0.50
0.60
0.69
0.23
0.27
0.31
52
59
67
0.40
0.48
0.55
0.18
0.22
0.25
41
47
53
0.32
0.38
0.44
0.15
0.17
0.20
33
38
43
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.5
1.8
2.1
0.7
0.8
1.0
59
68
76
1.2
1.5
1.7
0.6
0.7
0.8
47
54
61
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.4
0.5
0.6
39
44
49
Gauge
Pressure
OY35P
65 gpm
OY75
90 gpm
OY110
130 gpm
OY160
200 gpm
OY250
300 gpm
OY400
500 gpm
TEMP 50F (10)
TEMP 68F (20)
Oxygen
Capacity
Oxygen
Capacity
TEMP 86F (30)

Oxygen
Capacity
psi
bars
lbs/hr
kg/hr
D.O.
mg/L
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.5
1.8
2.1
0.7
0.8
1.0
59
68
76
1.2
1.5
1.7
0.6
0.7
0.8
47
54
61
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.4
0.5
0.6
38
44
49
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
2.2
2.6
3.0
1.0
1.2
1.4
60
69
78
1.8
2.1
2.4
0.8
0.9
1.1
48
55
63
1.4
1.7
1.9
0.6
0.8
0.9
39
45
50
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
3.2
3.8
4.4
1.5
1.7
2.0
61
70
80
2.6
3.1
3.5
1.2
1.4
1.6
49
56
64
2.1
2.5
2.8
0.9
1.1
1.3
39
45
51
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
5.0
6.0
6.9
2.3
2.7
3.1
62
71
81
4.0
4.8
5.5
1.8
2.2
2.5
49
57
65
3.2
3.8
4.4
1.5
1.7
2.0
40
46
52
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
7.6
9.1
10.5
3.5
4.1
4.8
62
72
81
6.1
7.3
8.4
2.8
3.3
3.8
50
57
65
4.9
5.8
6.7
2.2
2.6
3.0
40
46
52
10
15
20
0.7
1.0
1.4
12.8
15.2
17.6
5.8
6.9
8.0
63
72
82
10.3
12.2
14.1
4.7
5.5
6.4
50
57
65
8.2
9.7
11.3
3.7
4.4
5.1
40
47
53
lbs/hr
kg/hr
D.O.
mg/L
lbs/hr
kg/hr
D.O.
mg/L
AES Multiply lbs/hr D.O. by 1,500 to estimate the lbs of fish that can be supported at
3% bodyweight (bw) feed per day (assumes oxygen/feed ratio of 0.5). 1 lb O2= 12.08 ft3
@ STP; 28 liters = 1 cubic foot; 1 kPa= .145 psi
76 AERATION
Gas Injection System
POINT FOUR PRESSURIZED COLUMN

High-performance gas injection systemflexible with low operating costs
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Point Four Pressurized Column has
applications in aquaculture, horticulture, wastewater and effluent treatment,
and mining. In a typical system, pressurized water is side-streamed to the
column, where it is supersaturated with dissolved gas and then re-integrated to
the mainstream.
The system can be controlled manually, semi-automatically, or automatically.
An automatic system consists of a level or oxygen controller, water flow meters,
pressure gauge, and control valves.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS

100% gas utilization
No gas losses from the system. 100% of the oxygen is dissolved into the water
with no bubbles.
High absorption capacity

Packs the most gas into a given volume of water; e.g., 200 mg/L of dissolved
oxygen at 60 psi and 15C.
Custom engineered system

Each system is designed to meet your specific needs.
Low operating costs

Only a small side-stream is required (typically 5% of the main flow) to achieve
desired D.O. levels. If the system has adequate line pressure, integrating the
column into the main flow requires no additional pumping.
Optional automatic control

Simply enter the desired oxygen level into the controller.
Oxygen concentration, and column water level are continuously
monitored and controlled.
Flexibility
The system is designed to accommodate varying water flows.
Retrofit
The system is easily installed into any pre-existing facility with minimal
disruption or down time.
SYSTEM SPECS
COLUMN HEIGHT
109 (2.8 M)
COLUMN DIAMETER
6 TO 42 (0.15 TO 1.05 M)
MAXIMUM OUTLET OXYGEN CONCENTRATION
230 MG/L @ 60 PSI AND 10C
OPERATING PRESSURE
UP TO 45 PSI (3.0 BAR) WITH A PSA OXYGEN GENERATOR
AS THE GAS SOURCE.
UP TO 100 PSI (6.9 BAR) WITH LIQUID OR HIGH-PRESSURE
GAS AS THE SOURCE.
OPTIONAL CONTROL SYSTEM
PT4 MONITOR WITH FULLY AUTOMATED PID CONTROL OF OXYGEN
CONCENTRATION.
Point Four PPC System

AERATION 77
Oxygen Concentration Systems
PCI DEPLOYABLE OXYGEN CONCENTRATION SYSTEMS
DOCS 80-55 (Deployable

Oxygen Concentration System)
is capable of producing 80 liters
per minute of 93% oxygen
at 10-100.
PCI is a manufacturer of on-site oxygen generation systems using a proprietary

reversible blower Vacuum Swing Absorption (VSA) technology. The DOCS
(Deployable Oxygen Concentrator System) uses half the power of equivalent
Pressure Swing Absorption (PSA) systems along with a significant reduction
in footprint. Superior turndown and load following characteristics further
enhance energy efficiencies not provided by PSAs.
Uses an oilless blower.
Lower operating pressure minimizes the potential for water condensation.
Not as susceptible to humid environments.
Single-bed process eliminates all process valves and required manifolds.
Low operating pressure minimizes sieve dusting because the pressure
swing is an order of magnitude lower.
VSA adsorber vessel has a much longer service life than PSA vessels.
Shows significantly less degradation of performance at high altitudes.
Needs no feed air compressor (> 50% saving vs. conventional systems)
Meets the USP 93% standard and can be as high as 95%.
Turnkey integrated solutionno need to size and source air compressors,
dryer systems and product or feed buffer tanks.
DOCS 500-55 (Deployable Oxygen Concentration System) is capable

of producing 500 liters per minute of 93% oxygen at 10-100 psig
DOCS 500-55 (Deployable Oxygen Concentration System) is capable of

producing 500 liters per minute of 93% oxygen at 10-100 psig

FLOW RATE
FLOW RATE
FLOW RATE
MODEL
PURITY (LPM) (SCFH) (M3/HR)
OUTPUT
PRESSURE (PSIG)
AVERAGE
POWER USE (KW)
OPERATING
POWER
BASE
DIMENSIONS
BASE UNIT
WEIGHT (LBS)
DOCS 80-55
93%
80
170
4.8
10 TO 100
4.2
460V OR 380V
52L X 42W X 56H
1,500
DOCS 200-55
93%
200
435
12
10 TO 100
9.5
460V OR 380V
74L X 74W X 72H
3,050
DOCS 500-5
93%
500
1,060
30
5 TO 8
18
460V OR 380V
114L X 72 W X 83H
5,400
DOCS 500-55
93%
500
1,060
30
10 TO 100
21
460V OR 380V
114L X 72 W X 83H
5,700
78 AERATION
Oxygen Generator
AIRSEP PSA OXYGEN GENERATOR ONYX SERIES

Specifically designed for reliability, energy efficiency, and ease-of-use,
there are thousands of Onyx PSA Oxygen Generators currently in use
throughout the world. The Onyxs reliability, low noise level, and ability
to deliver up to 95.5% oxygen concentration make it a perfect fit for many
aquaculture applications.
Features
Self-contained (includes air compressor)
Transportable roller base design
Easy to install and maintain
Low operating cost
Time-proven reliability
High-impact polystyrene enclosure
1 Year Parts and Factory Labor Warranty*

* An unprotected or inadequately ventilated environment, or improper control
power may cause damage to the oxygen generator not covered under warranty.
Onyx
All performance ratings based on an ambient temperature up to 100F (38C),

up to 1,000 feet elevation, and 80% relative humidity.
Specifications

Onyx
DESCRIPTION
PRODUCT PRODUCT PRODUCT DIMENSIONS SHIP WT

FLOW*
PRESSURE
CONCENTRATION
(W X D X H)
(LBS)
AS016-1
ONYX
120V/60 HZ, STAND ALONE
6 LPM
9 PSIG
93%
16 X 15 X 29
60
$1,349
AS016-2
ONYX
6 LPM
9 PSIG
93%
16 X 15 X 29
60
1,363
AS016-6
ONYX
6 LPM
9 PSIG
93%
16 X 15 X 29
60
1,367
2,017
EACH
Onyx Plus
AS017-1
ONYX PLUS
8 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
16 X 15 X 29
63
AS017-2
ONYX PLUS
8 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
16 X 15 X 29
63
2,139
AS017-6
ONYX PLUS
8 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
16 X 15 X 29
63
2,018
Onyx Ultra
AS121-1
ONYX ULTRA
10 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
16 X 15 X 29
66
2,117
AS121-2
ONYX ULTRA
10 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
16 X 15 X 29
66
2,192
*LPM (Liters per minute) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 21C / SCF (Standard cubic foot) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 70F.
Product Dew Point: -100F (-73C). Physical Connection Product Gas Outlet: 14 FNPT JIC-8. Ambient Operating Conditions: Locate the oxygen generator in a well-ventilated area that is protected from weather elements
and remains between 40F (4C) and 120F (44C).
PRICE
AirSep is a registered trademark of AirSep Corp.

AERATION 79
Oxygen Generator
AIRSEP PSA OXYGEN GENERATOR TOPAZ SERIES

there are thousands of Topaz PSA Oxygen Generators currently in use
throughout the world. The Topazs ability to deliver up to 95.5% oxygen
concentration make it a great fit for a wide range of commercial
aquaculture applications.
Features
Self-contained (includes air compressor)
Heavy duty metal enclosure
Wall or rack-mount design
Ozone/high temperature process tubing
Quick release fittings for ease
of maintenance
Optional oxygen concentration monitor

Topaz
Specifications

Topaz
DESCRIPTION
PRODUCT
FLOW*
PRODUCT
PRESSURE
PRODUCT
CONCENTRATION
DIMENSIONS
(W X D X H)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
AS013-105
TOPAZ
120V/60 HZ, WALL MOUNT ALUMINUM
6 LPM
9 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
61
$1,834
OG12-220
TOPAZ
6 LPM
9 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
65
2,017
AS013-107
TOPAZ
6 LPM
9 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
65
1,932
AS013-115
TOPAZ
120V/60 HZ, WALL MOUNT STAINLESS STEEL
6 LPM
9 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
81
2,086
AS013-120
TOPAZ
6 LPM
9 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
85
2,174
AS013-124
TOPAZ, O2 MONITOR
120V/60HZ, WALL MOUNT
6 LPM
9 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
61
1,999
AS013-125
TOPAZ, O2 MONITOR
220V/60HZ, WALL MOUNT
6 LPM
9 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
65
2,024
EACH
Topaz Plus
AS018-101
TOPAZ PLUS
8 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
64
2,889
AS018-102
TOPAZ PLUS
8 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
68
3,001
AS018-110
TOPAZ PLUS
8 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
68
3,001
AS018-111
TOPAZ PLUS
8 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
84
3,114
AS018-115
TOPAZ PLUS
8 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
88
3,342
3,218
Topaz Ultra
AS123-1
TOPAZ ULTRA
10 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
66
AS123-2
TOPAZ ULTRA
10 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
70
3,313
AS123-3
TOPAZ ULTRA
10 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
90
3,654
AS123-4
TOPAZ ULTRA
10 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
19 X 10 X 27
86
3,559
Product Dew Point: -100F (-73C). Physical Connection Product Gas Outlet: 14 NPT-M/B-M size oxygen adapter. Ambient Operating Conditions: Locate the oxygen generator in a well-ventilated area that is protected
from weather elements and remains between 40F (4C) and 104F (40C).

80 AERATION
Oxygen Generator
AIRSEP PSA OXYGEN GENERATOR DUAL TOPAZ PLUS

there are thousands of Topaz PSA Oxygen Generators currently in use
throughout the world. Generating up to 18 LPM (38 SCFH), at up to 95.5%
oxygen concentration, depending on the unit, the Dual Topaz is a great
fit for a wide range of commercial aquaculture applications.
Features
Self-contained (includes air compressors)
Heavy duty metal enclosure
Tank-mount design
Ozone/high temperature process tubing
Quick release fittings for
ease ofmaintenance

Dual Topaz Plus
Specifications

MODEL
DESCRIPTION
PRODUCT
FLOW*
PRODUCT
PRESSURE
PRODUCT
CONCENTRATION
DIMENSIONS
(W X D X H)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
AS116-1
DUAL TOPAZ PLUS
120V-50/60 HZ, TANK MOUNT
18 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
45 X 20 X 48
318
$7,370
AS116-2
DUAL TOPAZ PLUS
120V-50/60 HZ, TANK MOUNT
18 LPM
20 PSIG
93%
45 X 20 X 48
318
7,503
EACH
Product Dew Point: -100F (-73C), Physical Connection Product Gas Outlet: 18 FPT at pressure regulator, Ambient Operating Conditions: Locate the oxygen generator in a climate-controlled area that remains between
40F (4C) and 111F (44C).
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS (RAS) TECHNOLOGY WORKSHOP

An introduction to recirculating systems
Critical considerations before designing
recirculating systems
Component options for use in recirculating
production systems
Developing an appropriate design for your
aquaculture application
The management of recirculating systems
Dr. Losordo has provided consulting services

on aquaculture projects around the world for
over 20 years, and is a past president of both
the World Aquaculture
Society and the
Aquacultural
Engineering Society.
Dr. Thomas M. Losordo
For more information about educational courses

offered by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, please
email PAES.General@Pentair.com.

AERATION 81
Flow Meters/Manifolds
MODEL
AIR/OXYGEN FLOW METERS, ACRYLIC
CFH OAL EACH 5+
MFR1
.11.0 4.5" $66.02 $61.83
MFR5
.55.0 4.5" 66.02 61.83
These acrylic, block style flow meters are clear

and one piece, with built-in, brass, flow-regulating
valves suitable for air or oxygen. The scale reads in
cfh, cubic feet per hour at standard pressure (sea
level) and temperature (68F, 20C). Connections
are 1/8" NPT female. Price includes 1/4" barbed
brass inlet and outlet adapter fittings. Approximate
shipping weight of a single flow meter is 1 lb.
Calibrated at 0 psi. See Tech Talk 13.
MFR410 110 6.5" 78.44 73.29

MFR440 440 6.5" 78.44 73.29
MFR4150 15150 6.5" 78.44 73.29
MFR4200 20200 6.5"
78.44 73.29
MFR5
MFR4200
FLOW METER SYSTEMS

Manifolds are constructed from stainless steel and use our popular MFR
series oxygen flow meters. They are easily mounted to hauling tanks or
trucks and can be connected to form larger configurations. Manifolds are
fully assembled, leak tested and include inlet/outlet barb fittings. Available
in three flow ranges (add letter after part number to designate flow range):
A (.125 to 3.5 Lpm), B (.25 to 8.0 Lpm) and C (.5 to 15 Lpm).
MODEL
MFR228

MODEL
MFM2
EACH
$454.94
3-WAY MANIFOLD
2-METER MANIFOLD
SHIP WT
(LBS)

EACH
FLOW METER MANIFOLDS

These flow meter manifolds are
designed for use with pure oxygen.
The manifolds and adjustable valves
are chrome-plated. Flow meters
measure from 0 to 6 Lpm and have 3/8"
barb inlet/outlet connections. Pressure
gauge included. One-year warranty.
Imported. Not recommended for use
with ultra-fine bubble diffusers.
5+
$72.49 $65.24
108.53 97.68
MFM3
3-METER MANIFOLD
MFM4
4-METER MANIFOLD
138.10 124.29
MFM5
5-METER MANIFOLD
171.38 154.24
MFM3
TECH TALK 13
Flow Meters
We carry both the solid acrylic block style flow
meters and the polycarbonate resin thermoplastic
round tube style. Both have a precision flow-adjusting
valve with positive shut-off and a 100-psi maximum
rating (when used in high-pressure systems,
a pressure regulator is required).
Flow Meters
Most flow meters, including all Pentair AES meters, are calibrated with no back pressure on the outlet side (unless specified). Rarely,
however, are flow meters used without some back pressure. Because pressure compresses the gas being measured, the measured
volume will change depending on the pressure at which it is being used. At high pressure, the meter may read 5 cfh, but the flow may
actually be 10 cfh. When used in vacuum applications, flow meters are off even further. Therefore, you should never expect the meter
to provide an accurate reading, unless it has been calibrated for the same gas at the pressure and back pressure at which it is to be
used. As inaccurate as these meters may be, they are good tools for relative flow adjustments and for resetting the same flow used
in the past.
82 AERATION
Oxygen Manifolds/Accessories
OXYGEN MANIFOLDS
MODEL
These manifolds can be used for hauling tanks,

bait stores, hatcheries, etc. Brass mount is
powder-coated to prevent rusting and has
smooth-turning knobs and 1/4" barbed
inlet/outlets. Knobs and barbs are plastic.
One-year warranty. Imported.
EACH
5+
MFV3
3-VALVE MANIFOLD
$33.05 $29.75
MFV4
4-VALVE MANIFOLD 36.92 33.23
MFV5
5-VALVE MANIFOLD
45.02 40.52
MFV3
SAFETY CAP
Safety cap protects high-pressure oxygen cylinders
even when in use. Rugged heavy-duty construction
meets DOT, OSHA and MSHA requirements.
Lockable design protects against theft (key lock
included). Cap fits US standard oxygen bottles.
UL-listed. 4-lb ship weight.
MODEL EACH
OX10 $85.80
OXYGEN HOSE
Single-braid construction for conveying low
pressure (to 200 psi) oxygen. Sold in 10' lengths
with brass female oxygen threaded connections
(flared is standard for oxygen connections). Also
available by the foot with no connections. Add "F"
to the part number. Made in USA.
MODEL EACH
OX4 $21.63
OXYGEN REGULATOR
A single-stage, medium-duty regulator rated at
0100 psi with 540 CGA connections. Use where
slight pressure changes won't affect the job.
MODEL EACH
OX3 $86.97
OXYGEN ACCESSORIES
MODEL
EACH
OX5
Y W/O VALVES
$29.87
OX6
Y WITH VALVES
OX7
COUPLER FXF
1.34
OX8
1/4 BARB FXF
3.04
46.35
OX7
OX5
OX6
OX8
AERATION 83
Valves/Accessories
BRASS VALVE
SCREW CLAMPS
PLASTIC VALVE
For use with 5/32" I.D. tubing, 1/8" MNPT. Max 10 psi.
These autoclavable screw clamps provide fine

control that can replace stopcocks. Hinged sides
allow for installation without disconnecting the
tubing. Accepts air line up to 1/2" (13 mm) O.D.
An inexpensive valve that will not corrode. For use

with 3/16" I.D. tubing, 1/8" MNPT. Max 5 psi.
MODEL
VBR12
EACH 50+
$2.89 $2.46
MODEL EACH
MODEL
VPL12-B
EACH 10+
$1.07 $.96
SC212 $7.50
DRIP EMITTER
OZONE-SAFE CHECK VALVES
TUBING VALVES, CLAMP TYPE
Can be used in almost any flow application.

They have an infinite adjustment up to 2 gph and
will screw into a 10-32 thread, 3/16" tubing or into
the open end of a riser tube.
These clear, duckbill check valves work great for

preventing water from back siphoning into ozone
generators. Cracking pressure is 21/2" H2O. Inlet/
outlet accepts 1/8" and 3/16" I.D. tubing.
Manufactured of tough plastic without sharp edges.

DC9 is an on/off valve only. The DC10 and DC11
have a 12-position ratchet control.
MODEL
MODEL
MODEL
EACH 25+
DC9
UP TO 1/4
$.22 $.20
DC10
1/8 TO 3/8
.87 .78
DC11
UP TO 3/4
2.69 2.42
42115-AQ
EACH 25+
$1.60 $1.44
EACH 10+
CKV55
3/16" TUBING
CKV60
1/4" TUBING
$6.35 $5.72
8.56 7.70
CKV60
DC9
MINIATURE STOPCOCKS
For low-pressure air and water.
MODEL
FOR TUBING
EACH
10+
MSK558 5/16"
$2.03 $1.73
MSK610 3/8"
2.07 1.76
MSK714 1/2"
2.44 2.07
MSK816 5/8"
2.44 2.07
MSK558
MSK610
MSK714
MSK816
HOSE VALVE
This all-plastic hose valve fits 1/2" and 3/4" I.D. tubing. Handle turns easily.
MODEL
70012
EACH 12+
$6.75 $6.07
84 AERATION
Tech Talks
TECH TALK 36
TECH TALK 2
Lake Aeration
It takes a lot more than bubbles to do it right...
Pipe Sizing, Air
It takes know-how and a properly-sized Great Lakes aeration/destratification system.
Most lakes cover vast areas and contain millions of gallons of water with a biochemical oxygen
demand (BOD) of 10 mg/l or less. So a few random air bubbles rising from the bottom just arent
enough to satisfy a lakes need for oxygen. But, use that same small volume of air to induce a
significant rising current, and you have an extremely efficient lake aerator!
Pentair AES synergistic airlift diffusers are designed to lift and circulate huge volumes of water,
bringing life-giving oxygen from the surface to the bottom. These unique air diffusers were
specifically engineered to cause an upwelling current without turbulence or bottom erosion.
The 4-sq.ft. diffuser assembly creates a vertical current using the rising force of air, moving low
oxygen water up from the bottom and eliminating stratification. Hundreds of man-hours have
gone into the development of this technique, including underwater dye-flow studies and
destratification experiments.
The system is simple, safe and virtually maintenance free. Its the most effective lake aerator
made! As little as 3/4 horsepower can be used to properly aerate a eutrophic 10-acre lake!
Technically Speaking
W hen oxygen levels are low, you can expect transfer performance of more than 10 lbs of
dissolved oxygen per horsepower per hour! (Pumps, fountains and air bubblers are typically
less than 2 lbs per horsepower per hour.)
Incorrect pipe sizing all too often causes unsatisfactory performance. Friction is the culprit.
As the volume of air passing through the piping increases, the pressure required to deliver the air
also increases due to friction (think of it as wind resistance). Since most aquaculture type aeration
systems utilize low-pressure blowers, it is critical that nonrestrictive piping be used.
Pressure loss in air systems can be measured in inches of water (H2O). The resistance to airflow
caused by friction will decrease both the pressure to the air outlet (typically an air diffuser) and
the volume of air delivered.
When designing the air system, it is important to add together all of the following: the maximum
water depth to which the air is driven, the resistance in the air piping system and the resistance
caused by the air diffuser. Our simplified chart can be used as a guide in determining the pressure
loss caused by the piping. The blower pressure and air diffuser resistances are published in this
catalog. If you are confused, dont worry. Call a Pentair AES technician at 877-347-4788 for help.
Example: 4 cfm need to be delivered a distance of 200 feet from a rotary lobe blower. The average
line pressure is 3 psi. There are no odd twists or elbows that need to be considered. The minimum
diameter of plastic pipe will be 3/4, causing 7.4 H2O resistance or pressure loss. The smaller 1/2
pipe would cause 24.6 of loss, which would probably be unacceptable. A 1 pipe, costing little
more than the 3/4, might be an even better choice if there is the possibility of using more air
in the future.
FRICTION LOSSES FOR AIR AS A FUNCTION OF FLOW AND PIPE SIZE
(LOSS EXPRESSED IN INCHES H2O PER 100 OF PIPE)
Bubbles expand and spread out as they rise. The column of water entrained within the
bubbles from a synergistic diffuser rises at about a foot per second, moving 2,000 gpm from
the area above the diffuser (a drilled pipe diffuser with the same air volume would move only
about 200 gpm).
SCHEDULE 40 PIPE
NOMINAL DIAMETER (INCHES)
The surface boilcreated by the kinetic energy of the rising waterrises approximately two
inches above the surrounding water level. From there, the water rushes outward until its energy
has dissipated, sometimes traveling more than 100 feet, depending upon temperature, surface
tension and wind.
Cubic Feet Per Minute
Every lake is different. A Pentair AES aeration specialist will be happy to assist with equipment
selection and system design. Well need to know the lakes shape, size, depths, history, bottom
type, water source, flow, etc. Call for a sizing form or youll find one online at PentairAES.com.
Roland Fortner
.80
8.3
.50
25.0
15.8
20.4
1.25
1.5
1.03
1.36
1.59
2.05
3.04
4.00
6.03
26.1
34.5
40.4
52.0
77.3
101.5
153.2
.39
1.0
1.2
2.0
3.8
3.0
7.6
2.3
4.0
12.3
3.7
5.0
19.0
5.0
1.7
10.0
17.0
5.3
1.5
15.0
32.0
11.0
3.0
1.4
20.0
19.0
5.0
2.2
30.0
39.0
10.0
4.7
1.4
50.0
12.0
3.6
.54
75.0
25.0
7.5
1.1
100.0
43.0
13.0
1.8
.5
19.0
2.7
.7
25.0
150.0
26.0
3.8
1.0
200.0
45.0
6.3
1.7
.25
9.3
2.5
.35
250.0
After
.62
.25
125.0
Before
.25
6.3
Its best to install the system prior to stratification. If the volume of anaerobic bottom water is
greater than 1/6 of the lakes total volume, contact Pentair AES for start-up instructions.
Appreciate your advice. I would be glad to recommend your company and products to anyone
who asks.
.75
INSIDE DIAMETER (MM)
Theres no danger to swimmers, boaters or aquatic lifeeven a marking buoy is unnecessary.

And, like hundreds of others, youll enjoy watching the surface spring boils. There is no
electricity in the water.
A quick note from your customer in Michigan again. Attached are before and after pictures of our
pond. Your recommendations worked! It took about 45 weeks for the pond to completely clear up,
but we are very pleased with the results and appreciate all your help. Our bog garden was only
mildly impacted by the Sonar product. All the ponds beyond ours are covered in scum and
duckweed while ours is clear and beautiful. I should have contacted you guys years ago.
.5
ACTUAL INSIDE DIAMETER (INCHES)
The lake surface tension is ruptured in the boil area. Supersaturated gases, including carbon
dioxide and hydrogen sulfide, escape from the bottom water, and oxygen is absorbed.
John,
.25
Calculations based on average pressure of 3 psi, average air temperature of 90F and an air
kinematic viscosity of 1.7 x 10-4 ft 2/sec. Under this temperature and pressure, the scfm
(standard cubic feet per minute) volume is 13% greater than actual.
AERATION 85
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 101

Lake Destratification System Evaluation
Measuring Performance
Over the years, we have seen a lot of lake aeration companies come and go. One thing they had in
common was that they all exaggerated their performance. It is no different today! We see others
with superior claims who have not measured or dont know how to measure their performance. Its
not easy, but the following is the background you will need to evaluate manufacturers claims.
The performance of systems can be quantified, either by measuring the time required to destratify
a large lake-like impoundment or by taking direct measurements of their flowrate. You can use
either a dye or a flow grid (along with a diver and underwater camera) for in-place measurements.
The goal is to identify and measure the uprising column of waters minimum diameter and speed,
then estimate and subtract losses due to eddy currents (dye will provide a good visual).
Lakes have a very low BOD to volume ratio, as opposed to aquaculture or wastewater. This
difference makes the standard aeration techniques ineffective or impractical. Realizing this
problem early on, we developed the air-driven, unconfined, destratification technique, which is
very efficient at moving bottom water to the surface. The goal of our technique is to move enough
water to keep the lake bottom above 5 mg/L dissolved oxygen, in keeping with the US Clean Water
Act of 1972.
During our research and development, we naturally began with a draft tube because of its
chimney effect, high efficiency and lack of a requirement for a sophisticated air diffuser (for an
explanation of how ducted airlifts work, see Tech Talk 68Airlift Notes). The draft tubes worked
very well; however, we had to discontinue their use for most lake destratification jobs because of
their high capital, installation and maintenance costs. Pentair AES then developed the synergistic
airlifts as the best nonducted or unconfined airlifts. We estimate their efficiency at 90%.
Unfortunately, you cannot use a draft tube measuring device (A), as the confining tube will
increase the velocity and flowrate (chimney effect). It will also cause all of the tested devices
that have the same airflow rate to have the same water flowrate, making comparisons
impossible. That would be like comparing the rise rate of free-floating helium balloons to that of
a chimney full of helium balloons.
The method we used in our R&D, and the one that we feel is the most accurate, is the flow grid,
as illustrated by drawing B. It can be used for diffused air, propeller or venturi type destratification
devices. It will require a wire rack with 2 x 2 grid, with 12 long negatively buoyant ribbons attached
at each intersection and adjustable legs. It is important that this be done in a large lake-like
impoundment with very clear water (much of our testing was done in clear ocean waters). The flow
rack should be fixed at the minimum column diameter in the upwelling stream, measurements
recorded, then flows calculated by the diameter of the current and rise rate. Subtract losses from
eddy currents and express results in gallons per minute per kilowatt hour.
B
If you are managing a municipal lake or
reservoir, or other important water body,
we recommend that you join the North
American Lake Management Society
(608-233-2836), www.nalms.org.
HOW AERATION WORKS

Without Aeration
Fish try to catch food
on its way to bottom.
Blue-green algae bloom shuts

out sunlight, excretes toxins.
Floating scum of
decaying algae.
Decaying septic sludge of decomposing

fish, animals, plants, fertilizer, fish food.
Dead algae, fish, insects and
food to settle to bottom.
Thin layer of water with

oxygen suitable for fish life.
Dead water. No living
fish or animal life.
Toxic zone.
Septic water. No oxygen. Loaded with

toxic gases from decaying animal matter.
With Aeration
Artificial circulation removes toxic gases from bottom water.
Oxygen enables benthic
organisms and fish to
live on bottom.
Benthic organisms feed on fish and
water fowl droppings, dead leaves
and other plant and animal matter.
Fish feed on benthic

organisms; they are
healthier from natural
foods, abundant oxygen,
lack of toxins and of
disease organisms.
86 AERATION
Aeration Systems
GREAT LAKES AERATION SYSTEMS
DESIGNED HERE
TECH FAV
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Great Lakes Aeration Systems are complete
and ready-to-go packages that include everything you need: lockable
heavy-duty aluminum cabinet, efficient rocking piston air compressor and
synergistic diffuser manifolds. DA1B and DA2B come with ALA4GLB
4-diffuser manifold (DA2B includes two) and unweighted or easy-to-install
weighted tubing (see item descriptions
below for which is included). Also available is the DA3B aeration system,
which provides extra air in larger, deeper impoundments. In keeping with the
benefits of the original systems, the DA3B is install-ready with all-weather
cabinet, rocking piston air compressor and larger ALA6GLB 6-diffuser
manifold. Weighted 5/8" tubing (WD1R, required for DA3B) is sold separately.
8 Feet of HeatDissipating Hose

Included
Open Top Cabinet

Design Allows for
Easy Maintenance
Pressure Relief
Valve Included
High-Flow, Noise- Sound-Reducing

Foam
Reducing Air Filter
Great Lakes systems with self-weighted tubing do not require bricks or ties
and install much easier and faster than systems with unweighted tubing.
To keep from bringing electricity to the lake, the compressor can be located
up to 1,000' away with additional P200S tubing.
The sound-reducing, ventilated, weatherproof, heavy-duty cabinet is easily
installed on a post, pier or boathouse. Or install on the ground with an
additional base (DABASE). Instructions are included, and the entire unit can
be shipped Ground. 115V/60 Hz. 230V systems require longer lead time.
One-year warranty.
Louvered Design
Allows for Optimal
Air Flow
Efficient, Reliable
Rocking Piston
Compressor
Rubber Shock
Mounts Reduce
Vibration
Hinged Cover for

Easy Access
DA1B
DA2B
up to 1/8 acre, 35' deep

up to 1 acre, 1215' deep
up to 11/2 acres, 1520' deep

up to 1 acre, 912' deep
up to 2 acres, 1215' deep
DA1B System
DA2B System

MODEL
CABINET
UNWEIGHTED
TUBING (100')
WEIGHTED
TUBING (100')
DA1B
DA1BW
DA1BWNC
High-Flow, 105-cfm
Cooling Fan
EACH
P 45+12
$1,100.52
DA1BNC
SHIP WT
(LBS)

MODEL
CABINET
UNWEIGHTED
TUBING (200')
WEIGHTED
TUBING (200')
DA2B
P 59+12
1,184.23
DA2BW
P 38+12
877.29
DA2BWNC
P 24+12
850.32
EACH
P 56+12+12
$1,578.57
DA2BNC
SHIP WT
(LBS)
P 85+12+12
1,656.88
P 63+12+12
1,504.19
P 35+12+12
1,387.00
AERATION 87
Aeration Systems
DA3B

DA3B System

SHIP WT
MODEL CABINET (LBS)
DA3B
EACH
P 52+15 $1,615.79
DA3BNC 31+15 1,451.68

DA3B-230*
P 52+15 1,615.79
DA3BNC-230*
31+15
1,451.68
*230V models have additional lead time.

*Tubing sold separately.
Accessories
MODEL
WD2R-100
ALR23MB
DFAN
ALR15MB
EACH
WD2R
50' 3/8" WEIGHTED AIR TUBING
$45.69 $43.01/4+
WD2R-100
91.39 86.02/4+
WD1R
75.26 69.99/4+
37.80 34.02/4+
P200S
100' 1/2" UNWEIGHTED AIR TUBING
62071
3/8" X 3/8" ADAPTER, BARB X BARB
101A
COUPLING, 5/8 FOR WD1, P200-AQ
ZB3858
3/8" X 5/8" BRASS ADAPTER, BARB X BARB
DFAN
REPLACEMENT COOLING FAN
41.51
ALR15MB
6 REPLACEMENT DIFFUSER
13.32 12.52/10+
19.00 17.86/10+
ALR23MB
9" REPL. DIFFUSER
AB300B
REPLACEMENT AIR FILTER
AQ101RK
DA1B COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT
.52 .47/10+
.88 .93/10+
4.05 3.65/10+
1.39 1.32/10+
137.25
AQ201RK-2 DA2B & DA3B COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT
120.23
DABASE
GROUND MOUNT W/24" X 24" PAD
121.15
AQRK

MINOR REPAIR KIT

(1 KIT PER COMPRESSOR HEAD)
CABKEY
REPLACEMENT CABINET KEY (FITS ALL)
61.47
6.95
Lockable lid shown

on ground mount
(DABASE).
For easiest installation, remove the lid
from underlay and fill it with gravel
or other weighting material.
88 AERATION
Aeration Systems
GREAT LAKES AERATION SYSTEMS
DESIGNED HERE
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Great Lakes aeration/destratification

system is guaranteed to be the lowest cost method of inducing circulation to
remove stratification, add oxygen and deliver the many benefits that result
from sufficient bottom oxygen. These systems feature Sweetwater
unconfined synergistic airlift (USA) diffusers that have proven their
effectiveness in over 500,000 acres of lakes worldwide. Install a Great Lakes
system and be confident that you have the most efficient and effective system
available. We have more experience than anybody. For system sizing see the
Average Sizing Guides below, then contact us to double-check before ordering.
One-year warranty. Installation available.
FOR SHALLOW LAKES:

Systems come factory wired for either 115V or 230V single-phase (add "-230"
after part number for 230V). Three-phase models, not wired, are also available.
Great Lakes systems feature Sweetwater oilless rotary vane compressors
that include a muffler, inlet check valve, control valves, 030 psi liquid-filled
pressure gauge and pressure relief valve. Our shallow lake systems,
which use the ALA4GLB diffuser manifold(s), are recommended when the
majority of the lake is 415 feet deep. Tubing is not included; we recommend
P200S polyethylene tubing on the land and WD1 weighted tubing underwater.
Maintenance kits include four sacrificial carbon vanes, gasket and two inlet
filter elements.
4GL32
FOR SHALLOW LAKES
up to 1/2 acre,
46' deep
up to 1
acre, 69' deep
up to 11/
p
2 acres, 912' dee

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
4GL32 1/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM

+ 2 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET
127
$2,400.13
4GL32NC SAME, W/O CABINET
67
1,604.06
SL3MK
104.50
MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1/4-HP SYSTEM
4GL53
4GL54
up to 1 acre,
46' deep
up to 2
acres, 69' deep
up to 3 a
cres, 912' deep
up to 3/4 acre,
46' deep
up to 11/
ep
2 acres, 69' de

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH

147
$2,489.57
87
1,818.08
SL5MK
122.62

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH

150
$2,924.88
4GL54NC
SAME, W/O CABINET
90
2,132.09
SL5MK
122.62
Note: Maintenance kits include four sacrificial carbon vanes, gasket and two inlet filter elements.
AERATION 89
Aeration Systems
4GL96
4GL75
FOR SHALLOW LAKES
up to 2 acres,
46' deep
up to 11/2 acres,
46' deep
up to 21/
ep
2 acres, 69' de

MODEL
up to 31/
ep
2 acres, 69' de
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH

157
$3,089.72
4GL75NC
97
2,298.59
SL5MK
SAME, W/O CABINET

122.62

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
4GL96 1-HP AERATION SYSTEM

165
$3,458.00
105
2,707.93
SL9MK
MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1-HP SYSTEM
247.02
TECH TALK 121

Diffuser Maintenance
Just as maintenance is important for your home and your car, your aeration system requires some
upkeep. Your diffusers are constantly exposed to an organically rich environment and are going to
have buildup or growth known as biofouling. Unfortunately, they cant be expected to clean
themselves. The good news: An annual inspection plan is all it takes for you to rest assured your
system is running optimally.
Rubber diffuser membranes consist of many tiny holes that open as air passes through and close
when airflow ceases. This process prevents water from entering the unit. However, when
compressed air is introduced into water, as in aeration, calcium carbonate (CaCO3) forms a hard
crust on the diffuser surface. The calcium buildup on these small openings forces the rubber to
stretch in order to continue to diffuse air, leading to an inability to go back to its original size for
the rubber (called memory loss). This results in larger bubble size and a less efficient diffuser.
Glass-bonded silica diffusers may become infused with bacteria, other organics and mineral
deposits such as calcium carbonate, causing unnecessary back pressure on the compressor or
blower over time. If this back pressure persists, it can dramatically increase wear and tear and,
in turn, shorten the life of the compressor.
Whether or not a diffuser is operating unobstructed is impossible to tell by simply looking at the
bubble plume. It may be apparent if the rising bubbles are noticeably larger, but this is not always
the case. There is only one way to be sure the diffusers are free of obstructionsremove them
from the water and take a look. Whether you
use glass-bonded silica or rubber
membranes, it is imperative they are
checked at least once a year to determine if
cleaning is necessary. If needed, undiluted
muriatic acid can be used for both kinds of
diffusers. See Tech Talk 53 for more
information.
Rubber membrane diffusers need help too.
PRICE
90 AERATION
Aeration Systems
FOR DEEP LAKES

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems compressors are factory wired for either 115V or
230V single-phase (add "-230" after part number for 230V). Three-phase
models, not wired, are also available. Deep lake systems use our ALA6GLB
diffuser manifold(s) intended for lakes deeper than 8'. The compressors can
be mounted in an optional vandalproof, lockable cabinet. The cabinet is made
of 1/8" thick galvanized steel and powder-coated avocado green to blend into the
landscape. Cabinets include built-in cooling fan(s), lock(s) and soundproofing
that keeps the noise level below 55 dB (normal conversation) at 10' and
virtually inaudible at 50'. Cabinets come mounted on a lightweight equipment
pad that is suitable for private installations. The cabinet can be bolted to a
concrete base (for public installations). Tubing sold separately due to the
variation in lake sizes.
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Clarke DeWitt
Choose either a 100' (P200S) or 400' (P200-AQ) roll of unweighted tubing on

land. If used in the water, the unweighted tubing requires tie wraps (T120R)
and three-hole bricks (purchased locally) attached every 58' for weight.
Self-weighted tubing (WD1) takes much less time to install and eliminates the
bricks and tie wraps. Both types of tubing can be connected using couplings
(101A) and clamps (use SSA for P200-AQ tubing and SSB for WD1 tubing).
One coupling and two clamps per connection will be needed. Cabinets can be
located a long distance from the lake shore (call and ask us for guidance or
see the friction loss chart with HeavySet tubing). See page 116 for tubing.
Clarke graduated from

Brunswick Community College
in Supply, NC, with an A.S.
degree in aquaculture
technology. His technical
experience includes hatchery
management, aquatic weed
control and aquarium supplies.
FOR DEEP LAKES
SL3
SL5
up to 4 acres,
1012' deep
up to 6
p
acres, 1215' dee
up to 8 ac
res, 1520' deep
up to 1 acre,
810' deep
up to
2 acres, 1012' deep
up to 3 a
cres, 1215' deep

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
SL3 1/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ3)

+ DIFFUSERS W/CABINET
120
$2,049.10
SL3NC
SAME, W/O CABINET
60
SL3MK

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH

140
$2,527.16
1,293.94
SL5NC
SAME, W/O CABINET
80
1,745.28
104.50
SL5MK
122.62
AERATION 91
Aeration Systems/Diffuser Comparison
FOR DEEP LAKES
SL7
SL9
up to 5 acres,
810' deep
up to 8 acres,
810' deep
up to
10 acres, 1012' deep
up to 13
acres, 1215' deep
up to 7
p
acres, 1012' dee
up to 9 ac
res, 1215' deep

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH

142
$2,858.47
SL7NC
SAME, W/O CABINET
82
SL5MK

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
SL9 1-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ9)

150
$3,216.05
2,090.92
SL9NC
SAME, W/O CABINET
90
2,811.95
122.62
SL9MK
MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1-HP SYSTEM
247.02
THIRD-PARTY COMPARISON OF LAKE DIFFUSERS
3,000
The results show that, when tested in the same environment, the Sweetwater
synergistic airlift diffuser manifold has a greater pumping rate as airflow
increases than that of the rubber membrane-based competition. After testing
was completed, the following conclusions were offered:
1. Pumping rates increase as airflow increases.
2. The 6 x 9 glass-bonded silica 6-diffuser manifold (ALA6GLB) configuration
produces the maximum pumping rate at flowrates over 2.2 cfm, while the
4-diffuser manifold (ALA4GLB) produces the maximum pumping rate at
flowrates below 2.2 cfm.
Synergistic lift occurs when individual air diffusers arranged in an array create
a bubble plume that renders the whole diffuser assembly greater than the sum
of its individual air diffusers. This phenomenon is depicted in the graph. At
flowrates up to 2.2 cfm, the 4-diffuser manifold is the most efficient method of
aeration; however, flowrates greater than 2.2 cfm indicate the 6-diffuser
manifold is most efficient. It is important to note these differences in efficiency
are a direct result of air diffuser size and proven arrangements.
Pumping Rate (GPM)
This experiment was performed in a 21 Dia. x 30 H tank. Diffusers were placed

in 7 of water but raised 3.5 off the bottom.
2,500
2,000
1,500
6-Diffuser
4-Diffuser
4-Disc
2-Disc
1,000
500
0
0
6
8
10 12
Gas Flowrate (SCFM)
14
16
18
Study by Gerald L. Shell @ GSEE, Inc.

Evaluation of Fine Bubble Diffuser Pumping Rates
92 AERATION
Pond/Solar
POND AERATION SYSTEMS

Perfect for large koi ponds
KOI
This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems aeraton system

is the best way to aerate a pond! It is the most
economical, energy-efficient way to circulate,
destratify and aerate because so much water is
moved by so little energy. And there is no noise
or electricity in the water. You can read about the
method in Tech Talk 101.
These aeration systems use all-weather linear
compressors that deliver air via easy-to-install
self-weighted tubing to the diffuser assembly.
Systems are complete with the appropriate
couplings, valves (on larger system), self-weighted
tubing (dark blue for low visibility) and diffuser(s).
Just drop the tubing and diffuser in the water and
plug into a 115V power source.
The small system will provide oxygen for up to
100 lbs of fish (when diffuser is at a 48" water depth;
less fish weight at a shallower depth) and circulate
water in ponds of up to 8,000 gallons while using
only 50 watts! The compressors and air diffusers
have two-year warranties. See Index for poly tubing
(use part no. P200) in order to pipe air up to 1,000'
from the compressor in place of running electricity
to the pond.
KPA3-A
MAX MAX

SYSTEM DIFFUSER
POND DIFFUSER WEIGHTED
MODEL SIZE
DEPTH WATTS
SIZE ASSEMBLIES TUBING
EACH
KPA3-A
SMALL
8 FT
50
8,000 GAL
25'
$343.30
KPA4
LARGE
10 FT
90
11,000 GAL
50'
578.00
SOLAR AERATION SYSTEMS

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems solar-powered
aeration systems utilize the sun's energy to add
oxygen to your pond. It's an environmentally friendly
way to take care of your pond and save money on
electricity! The solar panels convert photons from
sunlight into usable energy, which is then stored
in a battery and used to power a highly efficient air
compressor. Systems can be retrofitted to power
LED pond or landscaping lights, small decorative
fountains and 12V water pumps. All systems include
photovoltaic solar panel(s); industrial battery(s)
enclosed in a weatherproof, ventilated steel
cabinet; linear air compressor; bottom-mounted
air diffuser assemblies; tubing; and stainless steel
clamps. SPAS includes 100' of 3/8" tubing; SPAM
and SPAL include 200' of 5/8".
MODEL PANELS BATTERIES KW
SPAS
EACH
SPAS 2
1 $4,502.28
SPAM 2
SPAL 4
4 2 8,270.77
5,062.91
AERATION 93
Compressor Comparison
COMPRESSOR COMPARISON
COMPRESSOR
TYPE
HP
PHASE
VOLTAGE
60/50 HZ
MAX PSI
5 PSI
60/50 HZ
10 PSI 60/50
HZ
15 PSI
20 PSI
25 PSI
30 PSI
SHIP WT
(LBS)
REPAIR KIT/VANE
SET
AQ101
Rocking
Piston
1/3
115V, 60 Hz
20
1.85
1.8
1.7
1.6
19
AQ101RK
AQ201
Rocking
Piston
1/3
115V, 60 Hz
20
3.3
3.2
2.9
21
AQ201RK-2
AQ401
Rocking
Piston
1/3
115/230V, 60 Hz
20
4.75
4.6
4.5
4.2
17
AQ201RK-2
AQ501
Rocking
Piston
1/3
115/230V, 60 Hz
30
4.4
4.2
4.1
3.9
3.8
17
AQ201RK-2
AQ3-2
Rotary Vane
1/4
115230V/100
240V
10
4.0/3.5
3.6/3.0
34
SL3MK
AQ5
Rotary Vane
3/4
115230V/100
240V
15
7.2/6.2
6.8/5.7
6.2
53
SL5MK
AQ5-2*
Rotary Vane
3/4
115230V/100
240V
15
7.5/6.0
6.8/5.5
6.2
58
SL5MK
AQ7
Rotary Vane
3/4
115230V/100
240V
10
9.5/7.8
8.8/7.6
53
SL5MK
AQ73
Rotary Vane
3/4
208440V/208
440V
10
9.5/7.8
8.8/7.6
60
SL5MK
AQ9
Rotary Vane
115230V/100
240V
10
11.8/10.2
10.1/8.8
62
SL9MK
AQ93
Rotary Vane
208440V/208
440V
10
11.8/10.2
10.1/8.8
62
SL9MK
AQ21
Rotary Vane
11/2
230V, 60 Hz
19.5
90
AQ2V
19.5
85
AQ2V
AQ23
Rotary Vane
11/2
208/230/460V,
60 Hz
AQ31-2
Rotary Vane
230V, 60 Hz
10
19.5
17.9
95
AQ2V
AQ33
Rotary Vane
208/230/460V,
60 Hz
10
19.5
17.9
90
AQ2V
AQ61
Rotary Vane
208/230/460V,
50/60 Hz
10
53
50.5
175
AQ6V
AQ63
Rotary Vane
208/230/460V,
50/60 Hz
10
53
50.5
155
AQ6V
Standard frequency in the US is 60 Hz. *High-efficiency, energy-saving model.
REPLACEMENT VANE REFERENCE LIST
PRICE
COMPRESSOR
MODEL
VANE
SET
COMPRESSOR
MODEL
VANE
SET
COMPRESSOR
MODEL
VANE
SET
0522
AF109C
1022
AB992B
AQ93
AQ9V
0522Q
AQ3V
1022Q
AQ5V
AQ20
AQ2V
0523
AQ3V
1022Q3
AQ5V
AQ21
AQ2V
0822
AB992B
1023
AQ5V
AQ23
AQ2V
0822Q
AQ5V
AQ3
AQ3V
AQ31
AQ2V
0822HP
AB992B
AQ5
AQ5V
AQ33
AQ2V
0822HPQ
AQ5V
AQ7
AQ5V
AQ60
AQ6V
0823
AQ5V
AQ73
AQ5V
AQ61
AQ6V
0823HP
AQ5V
AQ9
AQ9V
94 AERATION
Compressor Cabinets
COMPRESSOR CABINETS DESIGNED HERE

Soundproofing included with all cabinets
The most durable cabinets in the industry. These heavy steel cabinets are
almost 1/8" thick and virtually vandalproof. They're equipped with cooling fan(s),
soundproofing, electric receptacles, built-in locks and bottom outlet holes (air
compressors and valve outlets not included). The sound level is typically
below 55 dB at 10' and inaudible at 50'. Add "-230" for cabinets with 230V
receptacles. CABS2Q ships Ground, others ship by motor freight.
CABS2Q
Protects one compressor up to 1 hp with up to 6 diffusers. One cooling fan. 24"
x 15" x 16" H. Weighs 70 lbs.
CABL2
Protects two vane compressors up to 1 hp each. 8 diffuser outlets. One
cooling fan. 24" x 24" x 18" H. Weighs 105 lbs.
CABL2
CABXL
CABXL
CABS2Q
Protects up to four vane compressors up to 1 hp. 16 diffuser outlets. Three

cooling fans. 44" x 24" x 22" H. Weighs 245 lbs.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
CABS2Q
24" X 15" X 16" H CABINET
70
$744.37
CABL2
120
944.51
CABXL
205
2,149.61
FANS AND EQUIPMENT PADS

CF1
115V, REPLACEMENT FAN
$123.03
CF2
133.90
CF3
72.10
CF4
74.91
PAD24
24" X 24" X 2" EQUIPMENT PAD
55.49
PAD36
71.00
PAD3648-3
10
161.00
CF1/CF2
Compare picture with your fan to ensure you order the correct style.
Ice jacking (dock damage) can be prevented by installing a Great Lakes de-icing system. See page 102.
CF3/CF4
AERATION 95
Rotary Vane Compressors
SWEETWATER ROTARY VANE COMPRESSORS, 1/4 TO 1 HP
Inlet Filter and Check

Valve Included
Heat Expansion
Bearings
Customized End Plate
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater motor-mounted, oilless vane

compressors are compact, easy-to-service and excellent for moderatepressure, continuous-duty applications. They more than double the air output
of reciprocating compressors with better longevity. Sacrificial oilless carbon
vanes automatically adjust as they wear to maintain efficiency.
Thermal overload protection, air filter, inlet check valve and 8' power cord are
included on single-phase units. Ten-psi models work to a water depth of 18 feet
and 15-psi models work to 27 feet, depending on tubing diameter and distance.
The only wearing parts are carbon vanes, which can be replaced in about 15
minutes using common tools. In continuous operation, vanes last 918 months,
depending on pressure.
All Sweetwater compressors are performance tested before shipping and
covered by a one-year warranty (not including air filters, vanes, water or
lightning damage). Although all models can be rewired in the field, it's best if you
specify your voltage when ordering, so we can supply the correct power cord (all
single-phase models will be wired 115V if not specified). Check valves are
recommended where air tubing can fill with water when the compressor is off.
Three-phase models ship with vanes removed. Three-phase compressors do
not have a power cord and must be wired by an electrician. Pentair AES highly
recommends using protective devices with all 3-phase equipment. Failure to
install protective devices will void most warranties.
AQ5-2
THE ONLY COMPRESSOR MADE FOR THE AQUATIC INDUSTRY
Rust-Resistant Bolts

MODEL
HP
PHASE
REPLACEMENT
VANE PART NO.
MAX
PSI
CFM @ 5 PSI
60 HZ/50 HZ
CFM @ 10 PSI
60 HZ/50 HZ
RUNNING AMPS @ 10 PSI, 115V

60 HZ
50HZ
VOLTAGE
60 HZ/50 HZ
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
AQ3-2* 1/4 1
AQ3V 10 4.0/3.5 3.6/3.0
5.0 4.4
115230/100240 34
$602.20
AQ5
AQ5V 15 7.2/6.2 6.8/5.7
10.2 9.6
115230/100240 53
857.49
3/4 1
AQ5-2* 3/4 1
AQ5V 15 7.5/6.0 6.8/5.5
8.2 7.6
115230/208240 58
1,001.29
AQ7
3/4 1
AQ5V 10 9.5/7.8 8.8/7.6
10.7 10.1
115230/100240 53
895.85
AQ73
3/4
AQ5V
10
9.5/7.8
8.8/7.6
208440/208440
60
919.95
AQ9
AQ9V
10
11.8/10.2
10.1/8.8
115230/100240
62
997.16
AQ93
AQ9V
10
11.8/10.2
10.1/8.8
208440/208440
62
1,011.43
2.1 @ 230V 1.7 @ 230V

11.2
10.6
2.2 @ 230V 1.9 @ 230V
*High-efficiency, energy-saving models. Note: See compressor comparison table on page 93 for more info.
SWEETWATER ROTARY VANE COMPRESSORS, 2 HP

This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater oilless vane compressor can
be powered by an electric motor (as shown) or by belts and pulleys. The vane
life is 9 to 18 months, depending on rpm and pressure. The shaft is 7/8" diameter,
41/2" H and rotates counter clockwise (facing shaft).
Operating range is 8001,800 rpm. Motor horsepower depends on rpm and
pressure. All vane compressors are equipped with an inlet muffler and 3/4" NPT
ports. Motors listed are 1,725 rpm ODP, but others are available. Power cords
are not included. These vane compressors are guaranteed for one year (not
including vanes [AQ2V] or filters [AQ14]). Three-phase vane compressors ship
with the motor coupling removed. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
AQ20

MODEL
REPLACEMENT CFM @ 1,725 RPM

VANE PART NO.
MOTOR
5 PSI
10 PSI
MAX PSI
RUNNING AMPS
@ 8 PSI (230V, 60 HZ)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
AQ20
COMPRESSOR HEAD ONLY
AQ2V
NONE
19.5
17.9
15
50
$888.09
AQ33*
COMPRESSOR, 2 HP
AQ2V
3-PH, 208/230/460V, 60 HZ
19.5
17.9
15
5.5
50+40
1,148.84
*Compressors with motors shipped in two boxes when shipping Ground.

96 AERATION
Rotary Vane
Valve Compressor
Compressor Accessories
Accessories
ROTARY VANE COMPRESSOR ACCESSORIES

Miscellaneous Parts

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
AQ3V
VANE SET FOR AQ3
$80.00
AQ5V
VANE SET FOR AQ5, AQ7, AQ73
104.44
AQ9V
VANE SET FOR AQ9 AND AQ93
219.96
AQ11
END CAP, FELT HOLDER FOR ALL QUIET MODELS 1
AQ14
FILTER ELEMENT, 1/41 HP MODELS
AQ255
FLUSHING SOLVENT, 16-OZ AEROSOL
AQ16
MUFFLER ASSEMBLY (FITS 1/4, 3/4 OR 1 HP)
77.78
AQ13
PRESSURE RELIEF, 3/4" NPT (1/42 HP)
59.95
AQ1301
PRESSURE RELIEF, 1" NPT (25 HP)
96.67
AQ13OR
REPLACEMENT O-RING FOR AQ13
1.95
ZBN54
BRASS MALE ADAPTER 1/2" NPT X 5/8" BARB
3.35
7.19
12.84
HAZMAT A 1
31.01
AQ3V (Vane sets

include gaskets.)
AQ16
AQ13
Gauges
BG15
GAUGE, 015 PSI, 1/4" NPT
$16.37
LPG30
GAUGE, 030 PSI, 1/4" NPT, LIQUID-FILLED
27.14
BG61
12.29
AQ14
Outlet Valve Assemblies

AOV1
SINGLE OUTLET FOR 5/8 I.D. HOSE
$31.65
AOV1PR*
SINGLE-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
62.65
AOV2
TWO-VALVE OUTLET
73.78
AM2PR-G* TWO-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
155.27
AM3PR-G* THREE-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
191.04
AM4PR-G* FOUR-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
216.67
AM5PR-G* FIVE-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
253.34
AM6PR-G* SIX-VALVE OUTLET W/PRESSURE RELIEF
273.00
LPG30
ZBN54
AM5PR-G
*All include gauge.

Brass hose barb adapters are supplied on all outlet assemblies, together with galvanized steel fittings and
2 of heat-resistant flexible hose, clamps and a hose barb fitting for 5/8 hose.
TECH TALK 6
Carbon Vane Replacement
Sweetwater models AQ3, AQ5, AQ7, AQ73, AQ9 & AQ93
DO NOT REMOVE THE ROTOR OR LOOSEN ANY OF THE ELECTRIC

MOTOR-THROUGH BOLTS.
We recommend carbon vane replacement at nine-month intervals to ensure trouble-free operation
of your compressor. The following tools are required: 3/8 or 7/16 socket/wrench, small hammer
and antiseize compound.
1. R emove the two end caps from the front of the muffler box (if applicable) and the five
muffler box bolts, being careful not to damage the gasket. If the gasket is torn, scrape it off
with a sharp knife and replace.
2. T ap the box with a small hammer to loosen it. Do not pry with a screwdriver.
3. R emove the six bolts holding the end plate to the body. Remove the end plate. Do not remove
the rotor or loosen any of the electric motor through bolts.
4. C heck that vanes are moving freely in and out of vane slots. Replace any vane if more
than 50% extends past the vane slot. Top clearance (between rotor and body) may be
adjusted by loosening body bolts and lightly tapping on the compressor body while
turning the rotor. About 0.004 inchthe thickness of a sheet of paperworks well.
5. Remove vanes and clean both sides with fine emery cloth. Clean the end plate with fine
emery cloth.
6. Flush vanes, body, rotor and end plate with solvent (part no. AQ255), and remove all solvent
from each part.
7. C heck the body, rotor and end plate for scoring. If each part is clean and showsno signs of
scoring, reinstall parts. If scoring is present, replace with new part(s) or contact Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems for service.
8. Insert new vanes.
Reassemble by reversing the previous directions. We always recommend using an antiseize
lubricant on each bolt to ensure its easy removal for the next vane replacement. Bolts should be
reinstalled and tightened in a similar manner to replacing the lug nuts on a vehicle wheel. Start
with one bolt and move to the right, skipping one and tightening the next.
When reinstalling the muffler box (if applicable), be certain to install the center bolt first to
ensure proper gasket alignment. Before replacing the muffler box, plug your compressor in for a
quick sound check of the valve rotation. If an unusual sound or stopping of the rotor takes place,
disconnect and recheck the vane replacement.
If you have any problems, contact Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems at 877-347-4788 for assistance.
AERATION 97
Rocking Piston/Valve Manifolds
SWEETWATER ROCKING PISTON AIR COMPRESSORS

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sweetwater continuous-duty oil-free
rocking piston air compressors are the highest performing piston compressors
available. They are the perfect choice for aerating small ponds or deep water
applications. They come equipped with noise reducing intake air filter, pressure
relief valve, 6-foot power cord and thermal overload protection. 1/3 hp, 20 psi
max continuous duty, 1/4 FNPT outlets.
AQ101, AQ201 and AQ401 are 115V/60 Hz. AQ201 has dual outlets. Clean air
filters quarterly and replace the piston cup and valves (included in repair kit)
every two years. Optional outlet hose assembly is 2 feet long with brass 5/8"
barb (compatible with 1/2" nominal tubing); two are required for the AQ201.
One-year warranty on compressors. Minor repair kit (AQRK) includes O-ring,
piston cup and cylinder, one kit per head (AQ201 and AQ401 require two). See
DA1B or DA2B for complete pond aeration systems.
AQ101

MODEL
AQ401
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
AQ101
1.6 CFM @ 20 PSI, 4.4 FLA
14
$352.52
AQ201
2.9 CFM @ 20 PSI, 5.3 FLA
18
469.91
AQ401
4.2 CFM @ 20 PSI, 115V, 5.4 FLA
20
581.80
AQRK

MINOR REPAIR KIT

(1 KIT PER COMPRESSOR HEAD)
61.47
AQ101RK
COMPLETE REPAIR KIT FOR AQ101
137.25
AQ201RK-2
COMPLETE REPAIR KIT FOR AQ201
120.23
HA109
OPTIONAL OUTLET HOSE
13.54
VALVE MANIFOLDS, SMALL

These 1/2" PVC air manifolds are made with your choice of valves. The air supply
inlet is a 1/2" FNPT with 1/4" barb (62014) which fits 1/4" I.D. tubing. Type P is
made with plastic (VPL12-B), B with brass (VBR12), which fit 3/16" I.D. tubing
(see Index to locate valve descriptions). Each manifold includes two 1/2" Clic
fittings for mounting to a flat surface.

MODEL
# VALVES
VALVE
TYPE
APPROX. OVERALL
LENGTH (OAL)
VMP4-B 4
VPL12-B*
11"
VMB4 4
VBR12**
11"
EACH
VMP4-B
4+
$20.23 $19.22
VMB4
20.75 19.71
VMP6-B 6
VPL12-B*
13"
28.89 27.45
VMB6 6
VBR12**
13"
30.20 28.69
VMP8-B 8
VPL12-B*
15"
32.44 30.82
VMB8 8
VBR12**
15"
41.00 38.95
*Plastic **Brass
VALVE MANIFOLDS, MEDIUM

Our valve manifolds will save you time and aggravation. They are made with
quarter-turn valves (BV25). The manifold ports are 1/2" FNPT and a 1/2" FNPT
plug is included. Each valve is 1/4" FNPT (see Index for tubing adapters).
Each valve will pass .5 gpm with less than 1 psi pressure loss. They also make
excellent manifolds for air distribution. The 1/2" threaded plug may be removed
for another connection.
MV4
MODEL
OAL
MV2 2-VALVE 81/4"
137/8"
EACH
4+
$24.74 $22.27
MV3 3-VALVE 101/2"
28.73 25.86
MV4 4-VALVE 137/8"
35.68 32.11
MV5 5-VALVE 151/4"
45.35 40.82
MV6
52.36 47.12
6-VALVE
151/4"
98 AERATION
Valve Manifolds/Check Valves
167/8"
VALVE MANIFOLDS, LARGE

These PVC globe valves are glued together as
manifolds to save time. Each valve will pass 2 gpm
with less than 1 psi pressure loss. The valves have
1/2" FNPT outlets. The manifold ports are 1/2" FNPT
and a threaded plug is included (see Index for tubing
adapters). Made in USA.
MODEL
OAL
EACH
4+
PV2 2-VALVE 71/2" $27.49 $25.57

PV3 3-VALVE 101/2" 42.52 39.54
PV4 4-VALVE 135/8" 48.26 44.88
PV5
PV5 5-VALVE 167/8" 58.92 54.80

PV6
6-VALVE
20"
71.09 66.11
ROUND MANIFOLDS
We make these solid PVC manifolds for use as top
inlet air diffuser manifolds, but you'll find many
other applications for them. The center port is
3/4" NPT. The side holes are 1/2" NPT and have
1/8" diameter flow restrictors that can be easily
drilled as needed for higher flow applications.
M6B has 6 side holes, M08 has 8. Weighs 1/2 lb.
Made in USA.
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Sydney Anderson
MODEL EACH
M6B $49.23
Sydney graduated from

Auburn University with a
Bachelor of Science degree
in aquatic resource
management. She has
experience working with
marine mammals, including
a dolphin research project in
Key Largo.
M6B
M08 25.00
NONMETALLIC CHECK VALVES
CHECK VALVES
These polymer check valves have no springs.

Use for fresh water, salt water or air. Make excellent
foot valves with low pressure loss. 1/2-lb stainless
steel springs (about 20 H2O resistance) available
for more positive closure for 25 more per valve.
Add 85 to end of part number. Made in USA.
Quick and positive action in any position.

Polypropylene valve is highly resistant to chemicals
and temperatures up to 100C (212F). Use for any
pressure or vacuum system. 228225 will fit tubing
8/9/10 mm (1/43/8 I.D.). Overall length 21/2.
228215 fits tubing 11/13/15 mm (7/165/8 I.D.).
Overall length 23/4.
MODEL NPT
EACH 10+
CV1 3/4
$10.09 $9.08
CV2 1
10.35 9.30
CV3 11/4
15.36 13.79
CV4 11/2
18.27 16.45
CV5 2
22.33 20.10
CV1
228225
OVERALL
MODEL LENGTH
228225
2 3/4
228215
2 3/4
EACH 50+
$3.88 $3.49
5.07 4.56
AERATION 99
Tubing
WD3
WD2
WD1
WD4
WD5
HEAVY-DUTY POLYETHYLENE TUBING
P200-AQ
This heavy-duty, high-density polyethylene tubing is

kink-resistant and durable. Each coil of this unique
tubing has sealed ends and is factory pressurized at
10 psi. Contains 2% carbon black for UV protection.
Uses insert fittings with hose clamps.
Note: Actual I.D. differs from nominal size.
P300-AQ ships by motor freight. 20-year warranty.
Made in USA.
1/4" Actual
1/2" O.D.
2 oz/ft
Use SSA Clamps
Use 62069 Barb

MODEL
P200S
5/8" I.D.
11/8" O.D.
8 oz/ft
Use SSB Clamps
Use 101A Barb
3/8" Actual
5/8" O.D.
3 oz/ft
Use SSA Clamps
Use 62071 Barb
SHIPS
GROUND
NOMINAL
I.D.
YES
5/8"
.625"
1" I.D.
111/16" O.D.
18 oz/ft
Use SSE Clamps
Use 101C Barb
3/4" I.D.
17/16" O.D.
12 oz/ft
Use SSC Clamps
Use 101B Barb
ACTUAL
I.D.
WALL
.060"
COIL
LENGTH
MAX PSI
@73.4F
100
100
20-YEAR WARRANTY
5/8" I.D.
1 oz/ft
Use SSA Clamps
Use 101A Barb
WEIGHT
PER 100
EACH
6 LBS
4+
$37.80 $34.02
P200-AQ
YES
5/8"
.625"
.060"
400
100
6 LBS
132.11 118.90
P250-AQ
YES
3/4"
.824"
.060"
400
100
7 LBS
130.34 117.30
P300-AQ
NO
1"
1.049"
.070"
400
100
11 LBS
148.44 133.60
Lake de-icing can create a waterfowl habitat in the winter months.

100 AERATION
Weighted Tubing
HEAVYSET WEIGHTED AIR TUBING
DESIGNED HERE
WD1R
Our HeavySet tubing remains on the bottom when filled with air. The dark blue color
makes it easy to hide. Installation is fast, clean and neat. For long distances and large
bodies of water use 3/4" or 1". Use 1/4" or 3/8" for smaller volumes of air, shorter distances
or where line loss is not important. Compatible with 1/2" "nominal" insert fittings and
"shoreside" tubing. Requires clamps (or solvent weld the couplings). Call for large
quantity discounts. Ships exposed. Made in USA.

MODEL
I.D.
SHIP WT
(LBS)
P200S
EACH
WD1
PER FOOT
5/8"
WD1R
50' COIL
5/8"
27
$1.61/FT
75.26 69.99/4+
WD1R-100
100' COIL
5/8"
54
150.53 140.00/4+
WD2
PER FOOT
3/8"
1.07/FT
WD2R
50' COIL
3/8"
10
45.69 42.50/4+
WD2R-100
100' COIL
3/8"
20
91.39 86.02/4+
WD3
PER FOOT
1/4"
.80/FT
WD3R
50' COIL
1/4"
6.5
37.63 35.00/4+
WD4
PER FOOT
3/4"
2.98/FT
WD4R
50' COIL
3/4"
39
119.60 111.23/4+
WD5
PER FOOT
1"
3.71/FT
1"
59
145.88 135.67/4+
WD5R
50' COIL
101A
COUPLING, 5/8" FOR WD1, P200-AQ
.88 .79/10+
101B
COUPLING, 3/4" FOR WD4
1.06 .95/10+
ZBBS3838
BRASS COUPLING, 3/8" FOR WD2
1.25
SSA
1/2" SS CLAMPS FOR WD2, P250-AQ
1.25 1.16/10+
SSB
3/4" SS CLAMPS FOR WD1, P250-AQ
1.30 1.22/10+
SSC
1" SS CLAMPS FOR WD4
1.40 1.34/10+
SSE
11/2" SS CLAMPS FOR WD5
1.45 1.37/10+
T120R
TIE WRAPS, 50/PKG, 15" LONG
12.24
KT100
TUBING CUTTER
16.67
N516
5/16" NUT DRIVER FOR CLAMPS
14.30
HEAVYSET 3/8 TUBING AIR FRICTION LOSS

CFM
DISTANCE
100'
1.5
100'
INCHES H2O
PSI
CFM
DISTANCE
INCHES H2O
PSI
18
.63
100'
.29
35
1.26
100'
.47
100'
57
2.06
100'
13
.63
100'
115
4.15
100'
19
.70
100'
190
6.85
100'
27
.96
100'
280
10.12
100'
44
1.58
1/4" Actual
1/2" O.D.
2 oz/ft
Use SSA Clamps
Use 62069 Barb
WD2
3/8" Actual
5/8" O.D.
3 oz/ft
Use SSA Clamps
Use 62071 Barb
SSB
KT100
HEAVYSET 5/8 TUBING AIR FRICTION LOSS
WD3
101A
WD1
WD4
5/8" I.D.
3/4" I.D.
11/8" O.D.
17/16" O.D.
8 oz/ft
12 oz/ft
Use SSB Clamps Use SSC Clamps
Use 101A Barb
Use 101B Barb
WD5
1" I.D.
111/16" O.D.
18 oz/ft
Use SSE Clamps
Use 101C Barb
P200-AQ
5/8" I.D.
1 oz/ft
Use SSA Clamps
Use 101A Barb
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Fernando Borja
Fernando graduated from the
Escuela Politcnica Nacional in
Ecuador with a Bachelor of
Science degree in electrical
engineering. He also has an MBA
from the Universit du Qubec
Montral. Fernando has
experience in production
management in different
manufacturing industries. His
recent experience in aquaculture
has been primarily focused
on water quality monitoring
and control.
AERATION 101
Diffusers
GREAT LAKES AERATION SYNERGISTIC AIRLIFT DIFFUSERS

All are self-weighted and include a plastic underlay that prevents sediment erosion

MODEL
DESIGNED HERE
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
ALP4
SMALL POND DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 1.2 CFM, 3/8" BARB
$57.73
ALR8MB
3" REPLACEMENT DIFFUSER
7.74 7.28/10+
ALP4MU
REPL. UNDERLAY
ALA4GLB
4-DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 1.52.4 CFM, 5/8" BARB
ALR15MB
6" REPL. DIFFUSER
ALA6GLB
6-DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 37 CFM, 5/8" BARB
12*
3.50
149.86
13.32 12.52/10+
16*
198.36
S1B
REPL. UNDERLAY
26.18
S2
BASE FOR MANIFOLD UNDERLAY
53.55
ALA8GL
8-DIFFUSER MANIFOLD, 610 CFM, 5/8" BARB
16*
252.28
ALR23MB
9" REPL. DIFFUSER
AD11GL
CV1
19.00 17.86/10+
DE-ICING DIFFUSER, 2 CFM, 5/8" BARB
159.36
CHECK VALVE, 3/4" FNPT
10.09 9.08/6+
*Ships in 2 boxes.
Note: See the third party diffuser comparison study in this section.
ALA4GLB
ALA6GLB
ALP4
AD11GL
DIFFUSER COMPARISON
DIFFUSER
TYPE
RECOMMENDED CFM
INLET FITTING
SHIP WT (LBS)
REPLACEMENT DIFFUSER
APPLICATION
ALP4
4 x 3" Medium-Pore
1.2
3/8" barb
ALR8M
Koi Pond
ALA4GLB
4 x 6" Medium-Pore
1.52.4
5/8" barb
10
ALR15M
Lakes <11' Deep
ALA6GLB
6 x 9" Medium-Pore
3.07.0
5/8" barb
13
ALR23M
Lakes >11' Deep
ALA8GL
8 x 9" Medium-Pore
6.010.0
5/8" barb
16
ALR23M
Very Large, Deep Lakes

Organically Rich Water*
Organically Rich Water*
AFM4GL
4 x 6" EPDM Membrane
1.52.4
5/8" barb
10
DYMD6
AFM6GL
6 x 10" EPDM Membrane
3.07.0
5/8" barb
13
DYMD10
De-Icing
AD11GL
Rubber Membrane
2.0
5/8" barb
AD11
WBT2-105
Perforated Weighted Tubing 10 Section
.15-.6
5/8 barb
WBT2
De-Icing/Bubblewall
WBT2-205
Perforated Weighted Tubing 20 Section
15-.6
5/8 barb
10
WBT2
De-Icing/Bubblewall
*EPDM rubber membrane diffusers are designed for lakes with high levels of organics and/or salinity as well as wastewater lagoons.
Use item number 62021 for 3/4 NPT x 3/8 barbed male adapter if using 3/8 I.D. tubing.

102 AERATION
De-Icing
GREAT LAKES AERATION

DESIGNED HERE
DE-ICING SYSTEM
This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems aerator will do
a fine job keeping water open. The heart of the
aerator is the reliable Sweetwater compressor,
which uses only 253 watts at 115V. The compressor
is mounted in a cabinet with an exhaust fan to
provide cool compressor operation. Air is
delivered from the shore-mounted compressor
to the air diffuser assembly. This is done via 100'
of HeavySet self-weighted tubing (included) to
ensure that the tubing and the diffuser assembly
stay securely on the bottom (HeavySet tubing
does not contain lead or other metals).
The special de-icing diffuser assembly (AD11GL) is
a 10" diameter flexible membrane that moves less
water than our standard diffuser and is ideal for
de-icing applications. The diffuser is mounted on
a weighted plastic support. To prevent any possible
bottom erosion and to give the assembly a stable
platform, a 24" x 24" polyethylene underlay is
included. Weighs 63 lbs. One-year warranty on
all parts, five-year warranty on diffuser.
MODEL EACH
AD11GL
WD2R-100
Suitable for ponds from 1/4 to 5 acres. Call for placement suggestions.
LPA3-2 $933.91
Note: If used for summer aeration/destratification, switch to our

standard diffuser assembly (not included).
TECH TALK 56
De-Icing Lakes
Most of us are aware that aeration systems are primarily
required in summer, when the oxygen consumption rate is
highest and stratification is most severe. In some lakes and
ponds, winter fishkills are also quite common.
When ice covers a lake, oxygen transfer from the atmosphere
is eliminated. If there is a significant accumulation of snow on
top of the ice, the photosynthetic oxygen production can also
be virtually eliminated. If the ice and snow cover persists long
enough and the oxygen consumption rate underneath the ice is
great enough, there will be a fishkill. Clean lakesthose with
a low trophic state indexmay not require winter aeration.
During the summer, thermal stratification occurs when warmer water floats above cooler, heavier water. Near freezing, the
situation is reversed. As water approaches the freezing point, it expands and floats on top of warmer water.
The oxygen consumption that takes place in a lake is the result of biological and chemical reactions. Since the rate of these
reactions is related to temperature, the winter aeration system needs to be only about 20% of the size of a summer aeration
system.
If it is acceptable to have an open hole in the ice, the simplest way to prevent a winter fishkill is to keep a small area ice free,
either by using air or an electric de-icer. The electric de-icer may work best at the shoreline, perhaps mounted on a dock, while
air-powered systems seem to be preferred where longer distances are involved.
When the air compressor is mounted on the shore, the air line is buried below the frost line into the lake and directed to the area
that is to remain ice-free. Caution must be taken due to the hazards of open water in the winter, where people or animals may be
on the ice. Also, be careful not to open too large a hole in the ice, which can result in the loss of too much of the lakes heat.
Experience is necessary when designing de-icing systems, so we recommend contacting the Pentair AES Lakes Department for
assistance.
FLOATING POND DE-ICER

Perfect for small fish ponds
This 1,250-watt floating heater is designed to
prevent your pond surface from freezing over
during the winter months. The heater turns
on/off automatically during times of freezing
temperatures (approximately 40F water
temperature), and it can be safely positioned
around plants or other objects in the pond.
115V/60 Hz, 10' power cord, UL-listed. Ship
weight 4 lbs. Three-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
P418 $42.49
AERATION 103
De-Icing
DE-ICERS
FW
SW
Kasco de-icers are designed to be suspended from a dock or boat. They may
also be attached to an optional horizontal float or universal dock mount (sold
separately). Mounted either vertically or horizontally, the de-icer circulates
water to the surface, causing turbulence that reduces or eliminates ice
formation. The motor assembly is sealed in an oil bath for long life and has ball
bearings for smooth operation. The guard and motor case are made of
stainless steel. The 1/2-hp model keeps a 3050' diameter area from freezing,
the 3/4-hp model keeps a 5075' diameter area from freezing. Each unit includes
a motor, propeller, 20' of suspension rope, guard assembly, zinc anode and 25'
of low-temperature-rated power cable. ETL-approved to UL standards.
Two-year warranty.
Optional Universal Dock Mount dock mount kit allows the de-icer to be mounted
in a vertical position or several other angles. The de-icer can be adjusted to a
maximum of 10' away from the mounting bracket.
D100
Optional Horizontal Float allows an elongated circulation pattern. Well suited

for shallow water or where water/ice levels may fluctuate, like tidal waters.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
C20 Timer/Thermostat Control: Designed for outdoor use, controls how long
the de-icer will operate when temperatures demand. One C20 controller will
control one de-icer.

MODEL
C20 timer.
Horizontal float (HF) with D100.
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
D100
1/2-HP DE-ICER, 115V
26
$643.00
D101
3/4-HP DE-ICER, 115V
36
729.50
D102-50
3/4-HP DE-ICER, 230V 50 CORD
36
756.00
C20
CONTROL UNIT
175.50
KD
UNIVERSAL DOCK MOUNT
22
207.00
HF
HORIZONTAL FLOAT
214.65
T10
TWIST LOCK ELECTRIC PLUG, 30 A
37.00
Dock mount kit (KD) With D100.

104 AERATION
TECH TALK 122
Water Flow and Turnover Rates in Bubble Plume Aeration Systems
Bubble plumes, unconfined airlifts or non-ducted aeration systems have been studied for
many years in a variety of applications. These systems have been used for lake and reservoir
destratification, gas transfer and reaeration, bubble curtains for prevention of ice formation,
containment of water quality contaminants (phytoplankton and suspended solids) and ocean
sequestration of carbon dioxide.
Common to all of these applications is the difficulty in predicting water flowrates and lake or
pond turnover rates. This is because of the complex interaction of limnological and climatological
conditions. Weakly stratified conditions will affect water flow differently than strongly stratified
conditions. The temperature, solar radiation and wind speed also affect the water flow patterns in
bubble plumes.
The flowrate of unconfined systems can be quantified, either by measuring the time required to
destratify a large lake-like impoundment or by taking direct measurements of their flowrate.
Researchers have shown that water flowrates in bubble plumes will vary depending on gas flowrate,
lake stratification and weather conditions. There are several types of flow patterns generated, which
can be described as Types 1, 2 and 3. The figure below shows the three flow patterns.
Subsurface
Peel
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
In unconfined bubble columns, air is forced through diffusers at the lake bottom. As the bubbles
rise to the water surface, water is entrained (carried with the bubbles) in a mixture of bubbles and
water. This rising bubble plume carries deeper water that is colder and heavier than the water
above. The plume will rise until the negatively buoyant water is no longer entrained. At this level,
water within the bubble plume is detrained (ejected) or peels off. The bubbles continue to rise and
entrain more water. The detrained water will sink to a level of neutral density and then spread out
horizontally away from the bubble plume.
In the case of a stratified lake, the buoyant plume will rise to different levels before water is
detrained and moves out horizontally. This will vary depending on the degree of stratification as
shown in the figure.
Because of these complications, it is difficult to describe water flowrates from bubble plumes
without complex limnological and climatological input data. Several researchers have used
sophisticated water quality models to describe bubble plume behavior in different applications.
Some manufacturers have placed their diffusers in a draft tube to determine the water flowrate.
However, using a confining tube will affect the velocity and flowrate (causing a chimney effect),
making the diffuser appear to perform better than it does. Others have completed flowrate testing
in tanks or containers where walls and boundaries affect the results. These methods of testing
are so unlike the actual conditions of unconfined bubble plumes that the results should not be
used to predict flowrates in an open water body and should not be used in making comparisons
between diffuser systems.
At present, there is no way to accurately compare different unconfined bubble systems because there
is no standardized method of testing to evaluate water flowrates. Turnover rates are especially
difficult to calculate and, until a standard measurement is established, should never be used as a
basis for system sizing. Without a standard method, there is no way of comparing water flow and
turnover rates for competing systems. What is clear is using confined flow or flow in a ducted system
is not an accurate method of describing flowrates in unconfined bubble plume systems.
TECH TALK 94
Lake Aeration Diffusers
The air diffusers used will determine the overall efficiency of a lake aeration/ destratification
system. The two most common styles are the synergistic airlift assembly (developed by Pentair
AES) and the rubber membrane diffuser. Each was designed for different tasks. The synergistic
airlift assembly (SAM) is made to lift a large volume of bottom water, thus removing stratification.
The rubber membrane type (RM) was designed to aerate waste water.
Destratification is the most economical form of lake aeration. This is only accomplished by
moving large volumes of water. SAMs were developed through extensive underwater flow testing
to lift the maximum amount of water from above the diffuser to the surface of the lake with a
minimum amount of air (8,000 gpm/hp). This technique requires a specific spacing of the
individual diffuser fingers to provide nonturbulent entrainment of the bottom water into the
column of rising bubbles. For that reason, they must take on the odd shape of the ALA4GLB ,
6GLB and 8GL diffuser manifolds. Each is optimized for a specific depth range.
The smaller ALA4GLB manifold is designed for shallow lakes from 4 to 8 feet in depth. These
shallow depths cause short circuiting of the lifted water back to the diffuser, which limits their
effectiveness. Therefore, more diffuser manifolds per surface acre of water are required than for
a deeper lake of the same size.
The ALA6GLB diffuser manifolds are best used in water 8 to 40 feet deep. The deeper the water,
however, the greater volume of air that needs to be used by each diffuser. This is true for all
diffusers. The ALA8GLB diffuser manifold is typically used in water deeper than 30 feet.
RM diffusers are not designed to lift water for destratification, so they are not recommended for
lake aeration. If used for lake aeration, many more of them must be used to achieve the same
result as a single synergistic airlift assembly.
When the rubber membrane diffusers are used in salt water or waste water, they may operate for
as long as one year without excessive clogging. After that, remote cleaning can be accomplished
by doubling or tripling the amount of air delivered to a diffuser. This will blow up the rubber, as in
a balloon, dislodging the fouling matter. Wastewater treatment plants are designed for this, but
it may be impractical for lake applications where
there is only one compressor.
Sometimes, RM diffusers will tear, greatly reducing
their oxygen transfer ability. If detected, retrieve the
diffuser and replace the rubber membrane.
The ceramic diffusers used on SAMs should be
inspected every year. Clogging can be detected by
recording the air pressure when new, then annually
checking the pressure to see if it has increased.
Diffusers can be cleaned by pouring muriatic acid into
the air lines and turning on the compressor. The original
pressure will be quickly restored and the small amount
of acid will be diluted with no effect on the lake.
All diffusers need maintenance,

even ones with rubber membranes.
AERATION 105
Fountains
DESERT RAIN FLOATING FOUNTAINS

We like to do things differently, and it shows in our
fountains as well as our name. We offer fountain
designs you wont find anywhere else, and our
level of service is unmatched. Desert Rain is your
oasis for affordable, easy to maintain fountains
that are sure to provide a vibrant centerpiece for
your community.
Whether youd like to create a majestic new focal
point for your lake or enhance its existing natural
beauty, a floating fountain is the perfect solution.
Desert Rain fountains are built to last in the USA
using the finest materials and workmanship
available. We use durable components, including
stainless steel motors and pumps, rotocast
polyethylene float assemblies and solid brass
nozzles. Cast bronze submersible light fixtures
are also available. Your investment will be
rewarded with years of service from a reliable,
beautiful fountain display.
A vibrant centerpiece for your community.
Enhance existing natural beauty.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Customize your ideal Desert Rain

fountain in four easy steps. Just select
your system type, nozzle, lighting
assembly and cable length, and well
build your fountain for you.
106 AERATION
Fountains
DESERT RAIN FLOATING FOUNTAINS

Available in Three Different Operating Systems
1. CLASSIC FOUNTAINS
The Classic floating fountain is a stainless steel submersible pump
mounted on the float frame. This system offers simple installation and
the most display options.
Classic fountains include a prewired control panel, mooring rope, float system,
display nozzle, submersible pump, stainless steel frame and 100 of PVC
double-jacketed power cable.
Optional light kits are matched to fountain size. Light kits include stainless
steel brackets, submersible cast bronze fixtures with clear lenses and 250or 500-watt quartz lamps, timer and GFCI. Photo cell controls are prewired into
control panel if lights are ordered with the fountain.
Several nozzle options are available, and additional power cords for pumps and
lights are also available in even 50 increments starting at 100 feet. Add nozzle
suffix and power cord length to part number (e.g., TFF1SC-100). Nozzles are on
page 108. Please allow 26 weeks for delivery. All fountains ship motor
freight, FOB Orlando.
MODEL
HP
AMPS@230V
BASE PRICE*
TFF1 1
$5,274.22
TFF2 2
10.5
5,891.67
TFF3 3
16.3
6,419.00
TFF5 5
Control Panel
Pump
7,497.00
TLK2250
500-WATT LIGHT KIT FOR 1 HP
1,227.33
TLK2500
1,000-WATT LIGHT KIT FOR 2 & 3 HP
1,656.57
TLK4500
2,380.00
Float
Cord
Intake
*Base price includes 100-ft power cord.

Diagram of Classic fountain system.
2. STREAMLINE FOUNTAINS
The StreamLine fountain is used on irrigation or fill lines and is a cost effective
way to add an aesthetic improvement to your lake. There is no need for a control
panel or electrical cable. Simply connect the supplied 2 hose to your existing
pumps discharge. Install and anchor the float and nozzle assembly in your
pond and enjoy the beauty of your new fountain.
Float
Flexible Hose
Irrigation or
Fill Line
Diagram of StreamLine fountain system.
LIGHTING KITS
Lighting assemblies are sold individually and in pairs. Composed of versatile,
low-profile and energy-efficient underwater fixtures. A parabolic reflector
provides a controlled beam projection.
StreamLine fountains include a dual compartment float, stainless steel

hardware and nozzle holder, display nozzle, mooring rope and 100 of 2 fire
hose. Add nozzle suffix to part number (e.g., DLF1SC).
These systems usually ship in 5 to 10 business days. All fountains ship motor
freight, FOB Orlando.
MODEL
REQUIRED FLOW
BASE PRICE
DLF1
30130 GPM @ 510 PSI
$998.46
AERATION 107
Fountains
3. ONSHORE FOUNTAINS
The Onshore fountain system is a good choice for fishing lakes, brackish water
or any body of water in need of both circulation and aeration. The pump is
mounted on dry land close to the shoreline, allowing for easy installation and
maintenance. The intake for the pump can be placed anywhere in the pond but
is usually located at the deepest point. Water drawn from the bottom of the
pond is then aerated as it is discharged through the fountain. No electricity is
in the water unless the optional light kit is installed.
Onshore systems include a prewired control panel, dual compartment float,
pump, brass display nozzle, mooring rope, stainless steel intake frame, 100'
of fire hose for discharge, and 25' of suction hose for intake.
Optional light kits are matched to fountain size. Light kits include stainless steel
adjustable brackets, two or four submersible cast bronze fixtures with clear
lenses and 250-watt or 500-watt quartz lamps, timer and GFCI. Photo cell
controls are prewired into control panel if lights are ordered with the fountain.
Please specify your nozzle choice and desired cable/hose length when
ordering. Add nozzle suffix to part number for fountains (e.g., OSF1T). Nozzles
are on page 108. Lighting power cords are available in even 50' increments
starting at 100 feet. Add the power cord length to the end of the part number
(e.g., LK2250-150). Additional power cable for lights and additional suction and
discharge hose also available.
Allow 1014 days for delivery. All fountains ship motor freight, FOB Orlando.
Operate up to three fountains with one pump.
MODEL
HP
OSF1
1.5 (115/230V)
AMPS @230V
BASE PRICE
$3,847.83
OSF2 2
10.5
4,039.87
OSF3 3
16.3
4,757.98
OSF5 5
4,757.98
LK2250
500-WATT LIGHT KIT FOR 1 HP
1,170.00
LK2500
1,000-WATT LIGHT KIT 2 & 3 HP
1,470.00
LK4500
2,690.00
No electricity in the water (unless light kit is installed).
DUO AND TRIO

Custom fountains
Float
Valve
Duo and Trio fountain packages offer the flexibility to run

multiple fountains off one pump. Duos incorporate two nozzle
heads, while the Trio package can power up to three nozzles.
You can use any combination of nozzles. Since these multinozzle
packages use our Onshore fountain technology, all pump
maintenance can be performed on dry land. Unless a light kit
is incorporated, no electrical parts are installed in the pond.
Due to the potential improvement in water quality and additional
atmosphere that fountains provide, Duo and Trio fountains can
even add value to your property.

MODEL
HP V
NOZZLE
OSF5TT-TWIN 5
OSF5C-TWIN 5
OSF5SC-TWIN 5
OSF5TT-TRIP
5
OSF5C-TRIP 5
230
BLAZING STAR
230
CIRRUS
230
ALTO
230
BLAZING STAR
230
CIRRUS
Control
Panel
Pump
Flexible Hose
Rigid Pipe
Diagram of Duo Onshore fountain system.
DISPLAY SPRAY
CONFIG.
H W
DUO
DUO
DUO
TRIO
TRIO
21 16
9 5
15 3
15 12
7 4
All Duo and Trio fountains are fully adjustable since each nozzle runs on its own discharge line. A valve
connects to each individual discharge line at the pump and can increase or decrease flow to each nozzle.
Intake
Float
Valve
Control
Panel
Pump
Flexible Hose
Rigid Pipe
Intake
Diagram of Trio Onshore fountain system.
108 AERATION
Fountains
DESERT RAIN FOUNTAIN NOZZLES

STAR-VINE PATTERN
SUN SHOWER PATTERN
Customize your own majestic fountain

spray with our tallest, most aweinspiring option! What better way to
improve the look of your large lake?
The Star-Vine gives you two individual
nozzles for fully adjustable spray
heights and widths.
As tranquil as the light rain its named

for. Detailed and sophisticated, it will
add a touch of class to any setting.
Reaches heights of up to 26 feet before
falling in a wide mist.
MODEL
A
MODEL
SRJ
SUN SHOWER NOZZLE
STAR-VINE NOZZLE
HP
HEIGHT (FT)
DIAMETER (FT)
MINIMUM DEPTH (IN)
HP
30
50
36
1
2
HEIGHT (FT)
DIAMETER (FT)
MINIMUM DEPTH (IN)
18
24
29
22
28
29
26
32
29
34
40
29
CIRRUS PATTERN
ALTO PATTERN
A low-flying cousin of the Alto.

Its gushing flow has the aural effect
of a waterfall. A soothing, noisecanceling centerpiece for public
parks and other areas where
relaxation is a primary pastime.
Rockets into the sky with a

burst of intense beauty, creating
a dramatic landmark in your
lake. Its towering height is perfect
for municipal lakes, golf courses
and residential communities.
MODEL
MODEL
SC
CIRRUS NOZZLE
ALTO NOZZLE
HP
HEIGHT (FT)
DIAMETER (FT)
MINIMUM DEPTH (IN)
HP
HEIGHT (FT)
DIAMETER (FT)
MINIMUM DEPTH (IN)
29
18
29
10
29
25
29
15
29
35
29
25
12
29
55
29
BLAZING STAR PATTERN
ZEPHYR PATTERN
Flickers and dances in a multilayered

display. Our most popular nozzle and a
welcome embellishment to any body
of water. Its center spray reaches up
to three stories high.
The quintessential fountain pattern. A

sensible, stylish option for covering an
expansive area without attracting too
much attention. Subtle yet effective.
MODEL
TT
MODEL
BLAZING STAR NOZZLE
ZEPHYR NOZZLE
HP
HEIGHT (FT)
DIAMETER (FT)
MINIMUM DEPTH (IN)
HP
HEIGHT (FT)
DIAMETER (FT)
MINIMUM DEPTH (IN)
10
12
29
10
29
20
15
29
15
29
30
20
29
26
20
29
50
30
29
14
30
29
AERATION 109
Fountains
FLOATING FOUNTAINS
FW
SW
These Kasco fountains are built for larger ponds and more decorative applications. Look under the
pictures to see what nozzles are included with different models (except Cypress, which is 3/4-hp only).
Each fountain includes float with screens, power control center with GFCI and 50' mooring ropes. Call
our Lakes Dept. for other power cord lengths. Three-year warranty for 2 hp and up, 2-year warranty
otherwise. ETL-approved to UL and CSA standards. Made in USA.
MODEL
Redwood
2 hp (22' H x 7' W)
3 hp (24' H x 8' W)
5 hp (26' H x 8' W)
Sequoia
3/4 hp (7' H x 4' W)
5 hp (21' H x 10' W)
HP
VOLTAGE
RUNNING AMPS
CORD LENGTH*
KFJ751-100
3/4 HP
115
6.5
100'
EACH
KFJ751-200
3/4 HP
115
6.5
200'
1,919.25
KFJ752-100
3/4 HP
230
2.9
100'
2,326.50
KFJ752-200
3/4 HP
230
2.9
200'
2,782.35
KF202-100
2 HP
230
10
100'
4,026.15
KF202-200
2 HP
230
10
200'
4,203.90
KF303-100
3 HP
230
13.4
100'
4,567.05
KF303-200
3 HP
230
13.4
200'
5,023.35
KF505-100
5 HP
230
20
100'
5,079.15
KF505-200
5 HP
230
20
200'
5,663.70
$1,414.35
*Other cord lengths available.
Willow
3/4 hp (4.5' H x 15' W)
2 hp (12.5' H x 28' W)
3 hp (13' H x 35' W)
5 hp (14' H x 36' W)
Juniper
3/4 hp (3' H x 20' W)
2 hp (8' H x 46' W)
3 hp (9' H x 48' W)
5 hp (10' H x 50' W)
Birch
2 hp (12' H x 11' W)
3 hp (14.5' H x 10' W)
5 hp (14' H x 12' W)
Spruce
2 hp (19' H x 10' W)
3 hp (21' H x 13' W)
5 hp (24' H x 15' W)
Cypress
3/4 hp (6' H x 16' W)
Linden
3/4 hp (6' H x 18' W)
2 hp (18' H x 30' W)
3 hp (19' H x 35' W)
5 hp (20' H x 35' W)
KASCO XSTREAM FOUNTAIN

An exciting new addition to the Kasco line of fountains. Taking
advantage of high-RPM technology, the xStream provides over
30 beautiful and unique laminar displays, including a V-shape
pattern, all with a single nozzle! With easily customizable displays
and a maximum height of 8.5', this 1/2-hp fountain is perfect for
virtually any small decorative pond.
The innovative design allows for quick and easy customization of the
display simply by plugging holes in the nozzle with the included plugs,
allowing you to design your own display. The elegant displays are
beautiful day or night (LED lights are optional).
Available with 50', 100', 150' or 200' power cord. 115V, 6.6 amps. Includes
GFCI-protected control box, 115V control with timer, and photo eye for
light operation. Electrician not required for installation if an existing 115V,
15-amp receptacle is available. ETL-listed to UL and CSA safety
standards. Includes two 50' braided nylon mooring ropes.
MODEL
EACH
2400SF-50
XSTREAM FOUNTAIN W/50' POWER CORD
$1,282.05
2400SF-100
1,393.65
2400SF-150
1,756.35
2400SF-200
1,896.75
LED3125-100
3-LIGHT LED FIXTURE
592.20

110 AERATION
Fountains
KASCO LOW-COST FLOATING FOUNTAINS

Floating fountains offering very good quality at a low price and delivering an
effective mix of aeration and display. These models have a V-shaped display.
Include float with screening, power control center with GFCI protection and
two 50' mooring ropes. Call our Lakes Dept. for other power cord lengths.
Three-year warranty for 2 hp and up, 2-year warranty otherwise.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
(1/2-1 HP MODELS)
3-YEAR WARRANTY
(2 & 5 HP MODELS)
RUNNING CORD
MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE
AMPS
LENGTH*
KFX501-50
1/2 HP
KFX501-100
KFX751-50
50'
5.5' H X 15' W
1/2 HP
115
5.6
100'
5' H X 15' W
1,191.15
3/4 HP
115
7.3
50'
6' H X 21' W
1,174.05
KFX751-100
3/4 HP
115
7.3
100'
6' H X 21' W
1,284.75
KFX752-50
3/4 HP
230
3.7
50'
6' H X 21' W
2,062.35
KFX752-100
3/4 HP
230
3.7
100'
6' H X 21' W
2,133.00
4400VX-100
1 HP
115
11.3
100'
8' H X 26' W
1,886.40
4400VXH-100
1 HP
230
5.7
100'
8' H X 26' W
2,450.70
8400VX-100
2 HP
230
11
100'
8' H X 32' W
3,931.20
5100VX-100
5 HP
230
20
100'
9' H X 34' W
4,956.30
SACRIFICIAL ANODE, ZINC

These zinc anodes are cheap insurance that will reduce or eliminate corrosion
of underwater equipment. Simply attach this 3/4-lb zinc anode to a submerged
metal part of the equipment and electrolysis will corrode the zinc first. Each
unit has two wires molded in to make attachment easy. Anodes should be
changed when they have reduced to 1/4 their original size. 1 x 5. Useful in
both fresh and salt water and wet earth.
ZA34
EACH
$1,084.95
5.6
*Other cord lengths available.
MODEL
DISPLAY DIMENSIONS
115
EACH 6+
$7.45 $6.71
Pentair AES has aerated hundreds of thousands of acres of lakes around the world
AERATION 111
Fountains
AQUA SERIES AERATING FOUNTAINS

These floating aerating fountains are designed for beauty and aerating small, shallow ponds.
The motors are made with marine-grade aluminum with a polyester coating for high corrosion
resistance. Each aerator includes an oil-cooled motor (with thermal overload protection), float,
power cable, now includes five interchangable configurations of fountain nozzles (AquaGem and
AquaBlast patterns), debris screen and mini power panel with GFCI and timer. ETL- and CE-listed.
Units are 115V/60 Hz (230V/50 Hz available on special order). The deluxe series includes the
Fountain Glo low-voltage light settwo 12V, high-intensity MR16 halogen lights. Add a "D" to part
number for deluxe units. Fountains have a two-year warranty, lights have a one-year warranty.
Ship in 1 box. Made in USA.
1/2 hp AquaGem Nozzle

Spray Height: 4 ft
Spray Diameter: 9.5 ft
Flowrate: 200 gpm
Operate in as little as 14 of water

1/2 HP, 2.04 SAE* rating
Two fountain patterns in one unit

MODEL
21115
SHIP WT
(STANDARD/DELUXE) AMPS
1/2 HP AERATOR, 100-FT CORD
49/74 LBS
5.5
EACH
"D"
$1,343.12 1,722.29
*SAE is "Standard Aeration Efficiency."
2-YEAR WARRANTY
1/2 hp AquaBlast Nozzle

Spray Height: 2 ft
Spray Diameter: 5.5 ft
Flowrate: 260 gpm
DECORATIVE FOUNTAIN
KOI
This 1/4-hp floating fountain includes five

interchangeable nozzles and is a good choice for
use in smaller ponds. The fountain includes a
50-ft waterproof power cord, two 15-ft mooring
ropes and RC-15 timer box with photoeye and GFCI
protection. The fountain is also available with an
LED underwater light ring that includes a
50-ft waterproof power cord and low-voltage
transformer. Fountain is 115V/60 Hz, draws 3.1
amps and has a minimum operating depth of 12".
ETL-listed, one-year warranty.
Falcon (4' H x 4' W)

MODEL
Condor (Inner Tier: 4' H x 4' W;

Outer Tier: 2' H x 10' W) With Lights
Eagle's Nest (3.5' H x 10' W)
Hawk's Nest (3' H x 7' W)
Osprey (3.5' H x 7' W) With Lights
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
1400J
FOUNTAIN KIT
35
$868.05
1400F
FOUNTAIN KIT WITH LED LIGHT KIT
43
1,148.85
1401L
LIGHT KIT ONLY
329.85
112 AERATION
Fountains
AQUA CONTROL FLOATING FOUNTAINS

The Evolution series fountain is shipped fully assembled and includes a HP,
120V single phase floating fountain with suction screen, motor cord, float,
controller, 24 hour mechanical timer, photo sensor for optional lighting,
Tornado spray pattern, 100 mooring rope and two mooring stakes. Optional
stainless steel LED light sets are .01 amp and includes four cool white bulbs.
CSA-listed controller is housed in a weatherproof enclosure, 15 amp Class A
Human Rated GFCI, 24 hour mechanical timer, photo sensor for optional
lighting. 15-amp circuit breaker is required for proper fountain operation.
2-year warranty. Made in USA.
Height: 6
Width: 15
GPM: 134
Tornado
Simple plug-in and go operation

Low operating costs
One person installation
Operates in 20 of water
Height: 6
Width: 21
Aerates up to acre ponds

Stainless steel motor is maintenance free
Arum
2-YEAR WARRANTY
HP, 120V FOUNTAINS

MODEL
EACH
EV650
FOUNTAIN W/50 CORD $1,310.00
EV6100
FOUNTAIN W/100 CORD 1,415.00
EV6175
FOUNTAIN W/175 CORD 1,675.00
OPTIONAL 3W LIGHTING SETS (COOL WHIITE BULBS STANDARD)

EV6LED50
4 LIGHT 120V SET W/50 CORD 787.00
EV6LED100
EV6LED175
Cluster Arch
Height: 6
Width: 16
OPTIONAL SPRAY NOZZLES

EV6ARU
ARUM SPR AY PATTERN 104.00
EV6CL A
CLUSTER ARCH SPR AY PATTERN 104.00
EV6FLE
FLEUR DE LIS SPR AY PATTERN 104.00
EV6SAR
SPIDER & ARCH SPR AY PATTERN
EV6TIA
TIAR A SPR AY PATTERN 104.00
104.00
Fleur de Lis
Height: 7
Width: 18
REPLACEMENT BULBS
EV6RED
RED
30.00
EV6BLU
BLUE
30.00
EV6GRE
GREEN
30.00
EV6YEL
YELLOW 30.00
Spider & Arch
Height: 5.5
Width: 18
I must tell you, I deal with a lot of suppliers of pond and koi equipment, and you are by far the
most prompt in shipping and customer service.
Stephen Scott
Hampstead, KY
Height: 7
Width: 15
Tiara
FILTRATION 113
Product
114 Filter Media
136 Bead Filters
158 Gas Control Tower
116 Screening/Netting
139 Commercial System Packages
160 Spray Nozzles
117 Filter Bags
141 Vortex/Skimmers/MultiCyclone
161 Protein Skimmers
119 Bag Filters
142 Radial Flow Settlers
162 Protein Fractionators
121 Arias Sand Filters
144 Reverse Osmosis Systems/

Accessories
164 Emperor SafeGUARD UV Systems

Vertical Open Channel UV
147 Calcium Reactors/Accessories

Low-Head UV Reactor
124 Beads/Sand Filter Media

125 Mixed Media/Geotube
126 Canister Filters
127 Cartridge Filters/Accessories
129 Sedna 1000 Filters
130 Carbon/Pond Filter Brushes
131 Parabolic Screen Filters
132 Rotary Drum Filters
148 Sponge Filters
149 Media
153 Low-Space Bioreactor
154 Cyclonic Bioreactor
155 Degassing Columns
156 Gas Control Column
175 Emperor Smart UV Sterilizers/

Replacement Parts
178 UV254 Field Meter
179 Ozone System Generators/
Accessories
114 MECHANICAL FILTRATION

Filter Media
WASHABLE FILTER MATERIAL

Washable polyester for repeated use. Measured by
the yard (91.4 cm).
Enkamat Poly (PF12/PF13)

Polyethylene fibers can be used to construct DLS
media for biofiltration, for soil erosion control,
splash control, etc.
PF12 has 0.025 diameter fibers bonded to a felt
underlay. PF13 has 0.030 diameter fibers and is
1 thick
Not UV-resistant
Disposable Filter Media (PF8)
Enkamat Nylon (PF4/PF5)
Carbon Filter Material (PF3)
Fine polyester fiber material offers high quality

at a low price
A matrix of semirigid nylon monofilaments fused

at their intersections
It will sustain one or two cleanings before

disposal
The best reusable egg-laying material
PF3 filter material features polyester fibers

heavily coated with activated carbon
With no fire retardants or dyes, it is safe for fish
Useful for filter media support, biofiltration

material, soil erosion control, etc.
PF4 has 0.020 dia. fibers, PF5 has 0.025 dia.
fibers
Provides an ideal mechanical, chemical and

biological filtering media
A fine pore material suitable for clear water
applications.
Enkamat is a registered trademark of Bonar, B.V. Corp.

MODEL
FILTER
THICKNESS WIDTH
LENGTH
(YDS)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
PF11A FINE
.30"
29"
PF11C FINE
EACH
4+
$24.16

MODEL
FILTER
THICKNESS
WIDTH
LENGTH
(YDS)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
PF3 CARBON .40" 29" 2 4
$33.39
.30"
29"
10
11
86.14 80.11
PF3C CARBON .40" 29"
10
121.90
PF17A MEDIUM
1"
28"
30.44
PF4A ENKAMAT .25" 39"
31.62
PF17C MEDIUM
1"
28"
107.57
49.03 45.60
PF4C ENKAMAT .25" 39"
PF2A COARSE 1.25" 28"
32.68
PF5 ENKAMAT .50" 39"
35.14
PF2C COARSE 1.25" 28"
10 *
111.54 103.73
PF5C ENKAMAT .50" 39"
82.52
PF16 COARSE 2"
28" 2
4*
39.14
PF12A ENKAMAT .40"
39"
4*
26.39
PF16C COARSE
2"
28"
71.99 66.95
PF12C ENKAMAT .40"
39"
65.14
PF8A
FINE DSP
1"
36"
17.00
PF13A ENKAMAT
1"
39"
31.27
PF8C
FINE DSP
1"
36"
10
11*
68.65 63.84
PF13C ENKAMAT
1"
39"
*Ships Oversize at 30-lb rate.
JUST ASK AND WE WILL INCLUDE A SMALL SAMPLE ALONG WITH YOUR NEXT ORDER
11*
94.29
Filter Media
BLUE BONDED FILTER PADS

Precut for small trickle filters, plate filters or for use in canister filters. Each
pad measures 13" x 24" x 1" thick.
MODEL
BBFP
EACH 6+
$4.75
$4.28
BLOCKSOM FILTER MATERIAL

This high-quality 1" thick filter material is constructed of all natural coconut
fibers and a latex binder on a polyester net backing. Durable and reusable, it
withstands frequent cleaning. Often used in garden pond filters. Sold in 24"
widths by the linear yard (2 lbs) or in full rolls of 12 yds (30 lbs). Made in USA.
MODEL EACH
SPAWNTEX SPAWNING MAT
SM1
24" X 36"
$12.63
SM1R
24" X 12-YD ROLL
113.58
KOI
Spawntex is the spawning mat material specifically asked for by breeders of shiners,
goldfish and similar shore-spawning fish. Made in USA.
Constructed of all natural coconut fibers with a latex binder on a polyester net backing
11/2" thickness ensures more strength for easy cleaning and exceptional durability.
Pond installation is easy cut the media to size, attach a wire mesh backing and place
in the pond
Another method is to simply stake the mats along the pond bank
SM2 sold in 24" widths, SM3 sold in 18 widths
Available by the linear yard or in full rolls* 11 yards long

SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS)
EACH 2+
SM2 3 $13.65/Linear Yd
SM2R 30
98.70/Roll 92.78
SM3 3 10.95/Linear Yd
SM3R 30
77.54/Roll 72.11
*Rolls ship Oversize at 70-lb rate.
FILTER FOAM, RETICULATED

A great biofilter media!
This 1" thick foam is true "fish grade," long-life, reticulated foam with a pore
size of 20 ppi (pores per inch). It contains no fire retardants or germicides (be
careful with low-cost, air filter foam, as it can be toxic). Sold in 2' x 6' sheets
(rolled) only (equal to 1 cu.ft.). Weighs 5 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL
PF7
EACH 6+
$49.44 $45.98
115
116
Screening/Netting
GRATING, 1/2" THICK

This food-grade polypropylene is molded to support filters, false tank bottoms
or media. It can be used as benchtops in greenhouses. It is very easy to clean
and disinfect. Each plate measures 36" L x 18" W x 1/2" H and is composed of
1" x 1" grid squares. Each piece weighs 2 lbs. Ships Oversize.
18"
Will hold 200 lbs if supported every 18

Durable, lightweight and very resistant to sagging
36"
Interlocking assembly is convenient for connecting grates together

Grates are UV resistant
MODEL
SPG1
EACH 12+
$17.26 $14.66
STAINLESS STEEL SCREENING

304 stainless steel screening can be used for the same applications as nylon
but offers better rigidity and durability. All stainless screening is
48" (121 cm) wide and sold in increments of 1 foot (30.4 cm). Each foot
increment equals 4 sq.ft. (.37 m2).
MODEL
MICRONS
MS105 105
INCHES
% OPEN AREA
.0041
37
PER FOOT
10+ FEET
$25.12 $22.61
MS125 125
.0049
31
24.15
MS180 180
.008
32
18.11 16.30
21.74
MS250 250
.010
30
19.77 17.80
MS500 500
.020
37
19.77 17.80
MS1000 1,000
.039
48
18.65 16.79
MS500
MS105
MS1000
POLYESTER MESH NETTING

High-quality, polyester mesh netting is commonly used for shrimp culture,
larval fish and fish nets. It has excellent chemical, UV and bleaching resistance
and works great in applications where the netting must be sterilized often.
Mesh size is 1/32" (approximately equal to 800 microns), sold per yard of length.
Call for free samples of micron

screening with your next order.
MODEL
PER YARD
M8844
$18.00 $16.15
100" WIDE
10+
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Edward D. Aneshansley
Ed earned his B.S. degree in natural resources from the University

of Maine, and his M.S. from Cornell University in Agricultural
Engineering. He has been working in aquaculture ever since,
designing systems for the live seafood holding and commercial
aquaculture industries as well as rack systems for the biomedical
research industry. Ed is a registered Professional Engineer in
Massachusetts and is serving as President of the Aquaculture
Engineering Society Board of Directors.
Screening/Filter Bags
NYLON SCREENING
Nylon screening material is an excellent choice for many aquaculture and laboratory
uses, including filtration of unwanted organisms; brine shrimp culture; larval fish
and clam culture; pipe screens, filter bags and nets. Nylon is resistant to bacteria,
cleaners, acids and insects. This screening is 36" wide and is sold by the yard
length (1 yard = 36" = 91 cm). 1 linear yard = 9 ft2 = 1 yd2. Contains no UV inhibitors!
MODEL
MESH (MICRONS)
OPENING
% OPEN AREA
3-20/14 20 .0008" 14
M35
35 .0015" 27
M46
41 .0016" 31
M55
55 .0022" 29
M64
64 .0025" 32
M75
75 .0029" 45
M105
105
.0041"
36
M125 125 .0049" 41
M150 150 .0059" 51
M200 200 .0079" 35
M250 250 .0098" 37
M300* 300 .0118" 46
M335 335 .0132" 46
M400 400 .0157" 47
M500 500 .0197" 49
M600 600 .0236" 51
M670 670 .0264" 53
M750 750 .0295" 54
M800 800 .0315" 55
M1000 1,000 .0394" 58
M2000 2,000 .0787" 53
M5000 5,000 .1969" 72
PER YARD
10+
$52.52 $47.27
55.18 49.66
65.00 58.50
37.63 33.87
36.54 32.89
29.26 26.33
24.07 21.66
25.06 22.55
22.36 20.37
20.63 18.57
19.34 17.41
20.83 18.75
17.43 15.69
18.60 16.74
18.51 16.66
36.86 33.17
27.69 24.92
19.23 17.31
22.68 20.42
18.74 16.87
36.86 33.17
40.98 36.88
M200
M500
M1000
M5000
*Similar to the 52 x 52 twill Saran filter cloth used in fine mesh nets
and inlet water filters.
FILTER BAGS WITH POLY RING MOUTH

Bag filters are very effective at removing organic particulate matter.
FB10
The MONOFILAMENT type is single-ply nylon resembling a piece of cloth or window screen. The FELT
TYPE is polypropylene, thick and fluffy, giving it three-dimensional filtering ability. Both are washable, but
the felt type should be washed gently.
Direct overflow back to tank in

case bag filter becomes clogged.
All bags are 32" long with a 7" diameter mouth and polypropylene ring that fits the optional highperformance acetal resin adapter (FBH) perfectly. Made in USA.
Nylon Monofilament Bags, 32" x 7"

MODEL
Water to
Be Filtered
Adjust length
of pipe as necessary
to have filter bag at
correct water level.
Male
Adapter
Part FBH
Filter Bag
Adapter
Water Level
FB1N
1 MICRON
FB5N
Felt Bags, Polypropylene, 32" x 7"

EACH 10+
MODEL
EACH 10+
$61.35 $55.22
FB1
1 MICRON
5 MICRONS
49.86 44.87
FB5
5 MICRONS
FB10N
10 MICRONS
49.09 44.18
FB10
10 MICRONS
6.29 5.66
FB20N
20 MICRONS
19.69 17.72
FB25
25 MICRONS
5.86 5.27
FB40N
40 MICRONS
18.60 16.74
FB50
50 MICRONS
FB75
75 MICRONS
9.49 8.54
FB100 100 MICRONS

FBH
FB100N
100 MICRONS
8.38 7.54
FB200
200 MICRONS
8.86 7.97
FB300
300 MICRONS
8.48 7.63
FB800
800 MICRONS
7.77 6.99
FILTER BAG ADAPTER
$7.42 $6.68
5.86 5.27
5.86 5.27
6.12 5.51
24.45 20.01
Felt Filter
Bag
117
118
Filter Bags
POLYESTER MESH BAGS

Pre-filters water
Zooplankton collector
Ideal for collecting rotifers, Artemia, fish eggs and other small organisms
Polyester mesh bags are available in 18" and 31" (46 and 79 cm) lengths
and a variety of mesh sizes
PMB1L
Can be used for filtering particulate matter from tank inlets and overflows
Equipped with a stainless steel ring 7" in diameter and a cotton handle
MODEL
EACH 10+
MODEL
EACH 10+
PMB1
75 X 18"
$13.34 $11.34
PMB6
250 X 18"
$6.25 $5.31
PMB1L
75 X 31"
20.18 17.15
PMB6L
250 X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB2
100 X 18"
10.40 8.84
PMB7
300 X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB2L
100 X 31"
16.54 14.06
PMB7L
300 X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB3
125 X 18"
10.40 8.84
PMB8
400 X 16"
6.25 5.31
PMB3L
125 X 31"
16.18 13.75
PMB8L
400 X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB4
150 X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB9
800 X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB4L
150 X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB9L
800 X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB5
200 X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB10
1,500 X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB5L
200 X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB10L 1,500 X 31"
8.51 7.23
FILTER BAGS WITH DRAWSTRING

Nylon monofilament bags with a drawstring top If you are
presently using adapterheads, these bags will also fit over them.
Bags are 32" long with a 7" diameter mouth. Made in USA.
Pump bags, to increase filter area
Removable inlet screen filters
Discharge strainers, to prevent fish or fish egg migration
Allows attachment directly to any open water line
MODEL
BAG1
BAG5
BAG10
BAG20
BAG40
BAG75
BAG100
BAG200
BAG300
BAG800
1 MICRON
5 MICRONS
10 MICRONS
20 MICRONS
40 MICRONS
75 MICRONS
100 MICRONS
200 MICRONS
300 MICRONS
800 MICRONS
EACH 10+
$61.60 $55.44
49.86 44.87
49.09 44.18
22.00 19.80
20.91 18.82
9.49 8.54
8.26 7.43
8.71 7.84
8.48 7.63
7.77 6.99
MODEL
BAG800
FILTER BAGS
EACH
MB01
250 MICRONS, 3" X 4"
$10.70
MB02
800 MICRONS, 3" X 4"
10.70
MB1
250 MICRONS, 6" X 10"
18.72
MB2
800 MICRONS, 6" X 10"
14.98
MB3
250 MICRONS, 8" X 12"
16.53
MB4
800 MICRONS, 8" X 12"
16.53
MB5
250 MICRONS, 12" X 15"
21.28
MB6
800 MICRONS, 12" X 15"
21.28
MB7
250 MICRONS, 12" X 18"
25.09
MB8
800 MICRONS, 12" X 18"
23.78
MB9
250 MICRONS, 16" X 24"
31.27
MB10-AQ
800 MICRONS, 16" X 24"
31.27
These polyester monofilament filter bags are

excellent for retaining carbon, zeolite and
other media. They are perfect for placing in
sumps, trickle filters, pond filters and many
other uses. Bags feature drawstringclosing
tops. Select 250- or 800-micron mesh size.
Sold in packs of 10.
MB1
Bag Filters
BAG FILTER VESSEL AND FILTERS
TECH FAV
This polypropylene filter vessel is designed to allow high flowrates through a single reusable bag filter. It is
rated at 75 gpm for clean water (for particulate- laden water and/or to extend time between cleanings, we
recommend a design flowrate below 40 gpm). For higher flows, use two or more in parallel. To further
extend time between cleaning, place a larger micron filter before a smaller micron filter in series. The
vessel is made of UV-inhibited polypropylene with a threaded lid, O-ring and removable internal basket for
easy bag removal. This vessel has 2" FNPT inlet and outlet and 1/4" FNPT lid vent and weighs 10 lbs. 38 H
with legs x 11 D at the widest point. Optional pressure gauges for lid vent are below.
Choose from 10 levels of filtration

Bag filters are 6" dia. x 20" length with 2 ft2 of surface area. They are fitted with a ring that seals directly
against the filter housing, eliminating any chance of bypass. Vessels include housing, lid, retainer basket
and 2 plastic leg/foot assemblies, easily cut to required height. Conical base (36049) highly recommended.
Maximum pressure is 100 psi @ 110F. Made in USA. One-year warranty.
Differential pressure gauge
Designed exclusively to supplement pressure gauges used on our FV1 bag filter. It mounts on the mounting
pad's bag vessel located on the opposite side of the inlet port. The window turns red, indicating "time to
change." Requires a 3/16" drill to install portholes; use only screws provided. 2" long.
MODEL
EACH
FV1
BAG FILTER VESSEL
$306.78 $276.11/6+
36049
CONICAL BASE
110.95
BG15
16.37
LPG30
GAUGE, 030 PSI, 1/4" NPT, LIQUID-FILLED
27.14
BG61
12.29
VF65
GAUGE ADAPTER & AIR BLEED
8.25
DPG20
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE, 1520 PSI
26.27
REPLACEMENT PARTS
FV1S
8.19 7.70/6+
REPLACEMENT LID O-RING
FVV1L
REPLACEMENT THREADED LID
81.00 76.14/6+
36002
REPLACEMENT INTERNAL BASKET
86.68 81.48/6+
FV1F
REPLACEMENT LEGS (2)
36.87
VB1
FV1 BAG FILTER (FELT), 1
FV1 w/FV1F
34.66/6+
6.89 6.20/10+
VB5
6.89 6.20/10+
VB10
6.89 6.20/10+
VB25
6.89 6.20/10+
VB50
6.89 6.20/10+
VB100
6.89 6.20/10+
VB200
FV1 BAG FILTER (MESH), 200
6.89 6.20/10+
VB300
6.89 6.20/10+
VB600
6.89 6.20/10+
VB800
6.89 6.20/10+
FV1 w/Optional Base (36049)

and Pressure Gauge
36002
Internal Basket
w/Bag Filter
DPG20
FV1S
VB800
119

Bag Filter/Filter Bags
XL234 BAG FILTER

Filter Bags
The XL234 is a highly durable bag filter system.

The vessel, constructed of glass-filled
polypropylene with UV inhibitors, comes with a
100% polypropylene basket and Viton gasket. The
filter is rated up to 85 psi @ 110F and provides
flowrates up to 160 gpm. The filter bag allows for
extra dirt holding with its 5.3 ft2 surface that is 20%
larger than a standard size two-filter bag.
In addition to the durability and broad range
capability, the XL234 is simple to use. The twist-off
lid requires no tools and the EZ Loc ring on the
filter bag easily snaps into the sealing groove to
prevent bypass. The tripod filter legs are integrally
molded to the filter body for ease of installation.
A sacrificial vent grommet on the filter will vent if
the lid is not closed securely, providing extra safety
in operation.
POLYPROPYLENE FELT
MODEL
XL1
FV234
The filter is available with 2" NPT inlet/outlet

connections in-line side in/side out. The filter bags
are available in a variety of microns and materials
including polypropylene felt, polypropylene
monofilament felt and polypropylene microfiber.
Ship weight 38 lbs. Made in USA.
Designed for simplicity, safety and service life
85 psi filter, 160 gpm flow rate
Twist-off cap and EZ Loc ring
53 1/2H x 17 1/2 D at widest point
Variety of filter bags available
FILTER VESSEL
FV234B BASKET
8.62
XL5 5-MICRON
7.42
XL10 10-MICRON
7.42
XL25 25-MICRON
7.42
XL50 50-MICRON
7.42
XL100 100-MICRON
7.71
POLYPROPYLENE MONOFILAMENT FELT

M100XL 100-MICRON
18.38
M150XL 150-MICRON
16.57
M200XL 200-MICRON
15.83
M300XL 300-MICRON
15.03
M600XL 600-MICRON
14.74
M800XL 800-MICRON
13.71
AXL1 1-MICRON
26.69
AXL2 2-MICRON
28.29
AXL10 10-MICRON
21.34
$1,382.46
AXL25 25-MICRON
20.22
212.18
AXL90 90-MICRON
19.20
F234G GASKET
33.69
FV24GK
22.58
SAFETY GROMMET KIT
$8.62
XL2 2-MICRON
POLYPROPYLENE MICROFIBER
2 NPT inlet/outlet
FV234
1-MICRON
EACH
TECH TALK 99
Mechanical Filtration and Biofiltration
In the world of aquaculture, mechanical filtration and biofiltration are very distinct and separate
entities, and they must be treated as such. Mechanical filtration is the removal of solid waste,
whereas biofiltration is the biological process that converts toxic nitrogenous wastes to low
toxicity nitrate.
Solid waste is typically categorized by its size and specific gravity. Settleable solids are those
solids which have a relatively high specific gravity compared to the water in which they exist.
They will settle to the bottom. Suspended solids are those in a category that have a specific
gravity the same as, or slightly higher than, the water. They tend to stay in suspension and will
only drop-out over a long period of time. Dissolved solids are those which actually become a
part of the water. The dissolved solids are eliminated by reverse osmosis, anion and cation resins,
activated carbon, etc.
Suspended solids can also be removed by mechanical means such as bag filters, drum filters and
vegetative filters.
Biofiltration is the aerobic (with oxygen) breakdown of dissolved nitrogenous fish waste. The
process is accomplished by two or more strains of autotrophic bacteria. These bacteria are
naturally occurring and will ultimately colonize the biomedia in the biofilter as well as the tank
and pipe walls. The speed of this process is dependent on temperature, pH, salinity, surface area,
flowrate, etc.
One method of removing solid waste from a round fish tank is to use a double drain. It will direct
the settled solids to a separate area from the main flow. The settled solids can be directed into
a small clarifier, much smaller than one sized to handle the entire flow of recirculating water.
The other drain takes the suspended solids along with the nitrogenous waste.
The autotrophic bacteria use oxygen in a two-step process to first convert the ammonia (NH3
or NH4+) to nitrite (NO2-). Another strain of bacteria converts nitrite (NO2-) to nitrate (NO3-).
Nitrate is much less toxic and typically tolerated by most cultured species until it reaches very
high levels. Controlling nitrate is accomplished by diluting with clean water or by using a
denitrification chamber that converts nitrate into nitrogen gas (this is an anaerobic process
that uses a group of heterotrophic bacteria). A third method to keep nitrate levels in check is
the use of plants. You can have a green water system (using algae), a vegetative filter or even
use a hydroponic plant system to remove nitrate.
Suspended solids can be removed by several methods. One is the bead filter, which incorporates
the use of small polyethylene beads that have a positive electrostatic charge. These beads have an
affinity for the negatively charged suspended solids. As the particles pass these beads, they are
statically drawn to them. When the beads are loaded with solids, it is time to backwash them.
Regardless of which type of filtering equipment you decide to use, the one thing to keep in mind
is to stage the filtration. It is a common mistake to design a system that relies too heavily on
a single filtering device to provide all of the filtering requirements of a recirculating system.
By staging filtration components, the system will perform at or near its peak.
MECHANICAL FILTRATION 121

Arias 4000
ARIAS 4000 FILTERS

Thermoplastic sand filter with multiport valve
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Arias 4000 Top Mount Filters are the perfect
high performance sand filters. They're incredibly simple to operate and
maintain, and they're built with long-term reliability in mind. Plus, their highly
efficient design provides all the filtration your system requires, year after year.
Sand filters are one of the most popular and cheap ways to filter water,
and for good reason. They are simple, effective and require very little attention.
Water is routed through a sand-filled pressure vessel. In this method,
impurities are extracted from the water using sand to collect and attract
the debris as small as 20 to 40 microns. Over time, dirt accumulates in the
spaces between the sand particles causing the pressure in the vessel to
rise as water finds it harder to pass through. This signals you to "backwash"
the filter. Simply reverse the water flow and "knock out" the dirt.
The top-mount, 6-function 112" multiport valve of the Arias 4000 puts all
filter functions right at your fingertipsjust rotate the handle to the desired
position and the Arias 4000 does the rest for sure and simple operation.
Features a pressure gauge and manual air relief for optimum filtration
efficiency. Its internal design ensures that water is exposed to maximum sand
surface area for superior filtration performance and efficient backwashing.
Features:
One-piece thermoplastic tank for exceptional strength, corrosion resistance
and long life
Combination water and sand drain makes servicing fast and easy
Special internal design maintains sand bed level for consistent performance
and extended time between cleaning cycles
A4000-40-AQ

MODEL
EFFECTIVE
MAX
ALL SAND
FILTRATION
PRESSURE
FLOWRATE
REQUIRED DIMENSIONS
2
AREA (FT ) (PSI) (GPM) (LBS)
A. B. C.
A4000-35-AQ
1.4
30
35 100
A4000-40-AQ
1.8
35
40
150
46.25 37.75 19.5
A4000-60-AQ
2.3
40
60
250
A4000-70-AQ
3.15
50
70 300
A4000-80-AQ*
3.5
50
75
350
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
22
$228.12
24
273.87
52.5 43.75 22.5
28
309.66
57 46.25 24
58
319.56
76
344.16
37 33.5 16.5
65.75 48.75 26
*With 2" valve.

Arias 6000
ARIAS 6000 FILTERS

Fiberglass tank with multiport valve, clamp style
These Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems sand filters have been a favorite of
aquaculturists for yearsa testament to their performance, value and ease
of use. But not all sand filters are equal. Arias 6000 sand filters include
design features that give you consistent performance and quicker cleaning
cycles to keep pump operating costs low. Arias 6000 provide years of service
with only periodic backwashing
to remove trapped debris from the sand.
A special diffuser creates a uniform sand bed that consistently traps more
dirt without impeding the water flow or letting it race through too fastthe
result is more effective filtration and longer times between backwashing.
The six-position valve has a manual air relief valve and a sight glass to make
inspection, routine maintenance and operation fast and easy. Pressure gauge
also included.
Features
The Arias 6000 tank is constructed in one piece from fiberglass reinforced
material to deliver unmatched strength and durability
Special lateral design provides superior flow characteristics and long
filter cycles for economical operation
Combination water and sand drain makes servicing fast and easy
A6000-60-AQ
A6000-40-AQ, A6000-60-AQ and A6000-100-AQ are standard with

plastic clamp

MODEL
EFFECTIVE FILTRATION
AREA (FT 2)
FLOW RATE
(GPM)
MAX
PRESSURE (PSI)
A6000-40-AQ
1.8
40
50
175
47
37
19.5
30
$405.14
A6000-60-AQ*
3.1
60
50
325
57
42.5
24.5
38
425.80
A6000-100-AQ
4.9
50
600
78
652.62
100
ALL SAND
REQUIRED (LBS)
A.
DIMENSIONS
B.
C.
65.5 47.25 30.5
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
*With 2" valve. Note: Operating limitsmaximum continual operating pressure of pressure of 50 psi. Maximum operating water temperature (internal filter) is 104 F (40 C).
TECH TALK 45
Sand Filters
Sand filters may not be practical when filtering water containing organic material (fish waste,
dissolved and solid, is organic) because bacteria grow on the sand grains, causing them to stick
together. The bacteria will adhere so strongly that the sand bed will not expand when put in a
backflush mode. The backflush water will channel in one place only, leaving a hard clump or
cake composed of a mixture of sand, waste material and bacteria on the top of the sand bed.
This can take as little as one week to form in a new sand filter and must then either be broken up
or the sand must be replaced.
If backflushing can be done as many as three times per day (either manually or automatically) to
avoid the caking problem, then a sand filter may indeed be a good choice for your fishkeeping
situation. The bacteria floc that forms on the sand can provide additional biofiltration.
Note: Discharge a minimum of two tank volumes of water with each backflush cycle to achieve
90% waste removal.
Do not exceed manufacturers rated maximum filter pressure.
This chart shows head loss (a measure of flow resistance) for clean filters as a function of
flowrate through them. Refer to this chart when sizing pumps as follows: using the design flow
rate and filter, find your head loss on the vertical axis. Realize that as your filter collects material,
the head loss will increase and your flow rate will diminish. Add the filter head loss to the lift and
other flow resistances to compute your total dynamic head (TDH). Select a pump that will provide
the design flow at the TDH.

Arias 8000
ARIAS 8000 FILTERS

Fiberglass sand filter w/o valves
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Arias 8000 sand filters feature a process
that creates a one-piece, reinforced fiberglass shell with a UV-resistant
surface finish. Compatible multi-port valve available separately, refer below to
part number VLVMPA-AQ. 10-year tank warranty, one-year standard warranty.
Ship via motor freight. Made in USA.
10 YEAR TANK WARRANTY

MODEL
EFFECTIVE
FILTRATION FLOW RATE
AREA (FT 2)
(GPM)1
MAX
PRESSURE
(PSI)
PEA GRAVEL
REQUIRED
(LBS)
SAND
REQUIRED
(LBS)
FILTER MEDIA
ALL SAND
REQUIRED (LBS)
A.
B.
DIMENSIONS
C.
D.
E.
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
A8000-100-AQ
4.91
98
50
150
450
600
39.75
30.5
16.50
43.75
7.5
70
$730.56
A8000-140-AQ
7.06
141
50
275
650
925
45.25
36.5
18.75
49.25
7.5
82
1,065.23
OPTIONAL VALVE
VLVMPA-AQ
MULTIPORT VALVE, 2" SIDE MOUNT
150.00
Based on 20 gpm per ft .
TECH TALK 46
Iron Removal
If iron is in your water, you can either move to another location or spend some effort to remove it.
The presence of iron above .1 ppm is considered detrimental to most freshwater fish-keeping
(.5 is lethal). Iron-bearing water, when fresh out of the ground, is usually clear because iron is in
the soluble ferrous iron form. As soon as it reacts with a little oxygen (.14 ppm per part of iron),
the iron is changed to the ferric state and turns brown or orange. Then, it either drops out
(precipitates) or remains suspended as a colloid.
There are three general classes of iron-bearing ground water:
Those that precipitate immediately after aeration.
To remove iron that precipitates readily, simply aerate or spray water into the air using the well
pumps pressure. Hold the water in a settling basin, followed by a slow rate sand filter of about
two gallons per square foot per minute.
For removing more difficult iron, the aerated water may be passed over coarse contact media
(lava, stones, coke, etc.) in a multilevel tray. The media soon becomes coated with iron hydroxide,
which promotes catalytic precipitation of iron and manganese from the water.
All three classes of iron can be removed by the lime-softening process and/or the zeolite process,
sometimes called greensand.
Those that do not precipitate (acid waters)

Those that precipitate only part of the iron.

Beads/Sand Filter Media
SINKING BEADS
Use these sinking beads as a replacement for sand in sand filters, or use them
in a fluidized bed or as inert hydroponics media. Colors may vary, sold per cubic
foot. Weight is 52 lbs. Dimensions are typically 1/16" x 1/8" in an oval shape. When
used in sand filters, backwash water flow should be reduced, as beads fluidize
easier than sand. Beads have a specific gravity of 1.7 (sand is 2.0 to 2.8).
MODEL
AB145
EACH 4+
$109.00 $98.10
FLOATING BEADS
Similar to above but they float! These elliptical, polyethylene beads are about
3/16" in diameter, with a .92 density. Sold in 55-lb (1.65 cubic feet) packages.
Not recommended for sand filters.
MODEL
AB1
EACH 4+
$111.67 $100.50
LIGHTWEIGHT SAND FILTER MEDIA

Particulate removal down to the 2040 micron range
Backflush channeling occurs when heavy sand media doesn't fluff up (bed
expansion) as it should because organics and bacteria make it stick together.
Our lightweight media minimizes the problem because it expands 3050%
with only 810 gpm per square foot backflush (if the flowrate is in excess of
10 gpm per square foot of area, a restricting valve on the backflush drain may
be needed to prevent the loss of media). Weighs only 25 lbs/ft3 (sand is about
100 lbs per cu.ft.) and comes in bags. The irregular shape of the lightweight
media provides more void space, resulting in less pressure loss. Made of
anhydrous silicon dioxide and approved for potable water.

MODEL
JF1
1 FT 3
SHIP WT
(LBS)
25
EACH
$42.81
TECH TALK 43
Sand Filter Media
There are numerous choices of media for sand filter vessels other than sand. For instance, you can use
plastic beads, granular media of mixed size or lightweight filter media for particulate removal.
Activated carbon can be useful for the removal of dissolved organics, chlorine, antibiotics, ozone, etc.
Be sure care to replace carbon before it becomes saturated with the material it had previously
adsorbed. Sand filters can also be used with zeolite, which is an ionic exchange mineral with the ability
to adsorb ammonium ions from fresh water. Regardless of the media chosen, always backwash or rinse
new material prior to operation to remove dust and fines that could irritate fish or cloud the water.
Sand filter housings can also hold biofilter media and perform as pressurized biofilters. This
works well when using only one pump to cycle water from the culture tank through the filters to a
height appropriate for spraying or degassing and then back. Filters can be put in series where two
4+
$39.38
or more are used: one for particulates, one for dissolved organics, one for biofiltration, one for
carbon, etc.
Be aware that the published maximum clean water flowrate through a sand filter is typically
much too high for aquaculture sizing. A flowrate less than half of the filters maximum is what
we recommend when selecting a vessel. In aquaculture, particular attention must be paid to
backflushing frequency and volume. Recirculating aquaculture waters high organic content
makes most media (especially sand) stick together and usually requires backwashing two or
more times per day. Remember that sand filters are designed for sand media, which has a small
grain size and heavy specific gravity. The use of any other media will require experimentation to
find the best backflush water volume.

Mixed Media/Geotube
MM1 MIXED MEDIA

Our mixed media contains 4 sizes of media that will greatly enhance a filters
performance, reduce backflush frequency and prevent channeling. The coarse
top layer is carbonite with sizes between 2.0 and 2.2 mm. This material can
remove iron and manganese that adhere loosely to the angular carbonite
particles and backwashes easily. Ratios of each media are based on years of
use in other industries. Our media is premixed in 1-ft3 containers, which weigh
approximately 80 lbs each.
The specific gravity of mixed media is between 1.6 and 4.2 (sand is 2 to 2.8),
so the backwash pressure or volume may have to be adjusted.
MODEL
MM1
EACH 4+
$67.20 $61.15
Mixed Media
Different grain sizes segregate solids throughout the bed
Out
In
Mixed media filtration greatly surpasses the performance of single media

filters. The drawback to a single media filter is that the first one inch of
media is trapping most of the solids and the bottom portion is just wasted
space. A sand filter that uses a single size sand grain will have an average
size space between the grains that varies only slightly.
A mixed media filter uses different grain sizes to segregate solids
throughout the bed. A large media is used first to "pre-filter" large
solids. Beneath that is a finer size and then a very fine media on the bottom.
Each media used is a different specific gravity, designed so that it will
return to the ideal stratified layer after backwash. During backwash the
entire media bed is expanded, "fluidized" and rinsed. Upon return to normal
operation, the media that is the smallest and heaviest settles first to the
bottom. The largest is the lightest and settles on top.
Waste
Out
In
Mixed Media
Waste
Single Media
GEOTUBE DEWATERING TECHNOLOGY

Geotube containers have been used for removal of solids from aquaculture
waste, industrial waste, municipal sludge and dredged materials, thus
eliminating the need for mechanical dewatering. They have also been used in
breakwater applications to protect and enhance beachfronts and coastlines or
as dikes to preserve and reconstruct eroding embankments.
Geotube systems are fabricated from a strong, woven geotextile material with
special high-strength sewing techniques. The geotextile fabric is permeable
to water while retaining solids, sludge or dredged materials. Excess water
drains from the Geotube container through small pores, resulting in effective
dewatering of the contained material. This volume reduction allows for
repeated addition of solids to the Geotube system. After dewatering, the dried
solids can be used to fertilize crops, burned or disposed of in a landfill.
Three standard sizes of Geotube systems are available: Mobile Dewatering
System (MDS) tube and two MuniTube containers. Custom sizes are also
available based on flowrates and/or volume. Please call for more information.
The MDS tube fits in a 30-yard, roll-off container or can be placed on the
ground. If used in a roll-off container, the weight limit is about 1415 tons to
be legally hauled over highways(check with your local authorities for more
information). The tube has standard 4" flange fittings, can be moved from
location to location in the roll-off container and can serve as a temporary
onsite dewatering system.
The MuniTube dewatering container is delivered to the jobsite on a
wooden pallet. It can be placed on an existing drying bed, in a dewatering
basin or on a layer of sand with an underdrain system for collection of the
effluent water.

MODEL
DIMENSIONS
CU
YDS
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
GE01
MDS TUBE
11' X 26'
30
155
$1,584.62
GE05
MUNITUBE CONTAINER
5' X 50'
100
175
2,289.23
GE09
MUNITUBE CONTAINER
15' X 90'
180
325
4,251.92
Geotube is a registered trademark of Nicolon Corp.

Canister Filters
MECHANICAL FILTERS WITH UV STERILIZER

This filter comes in two styles. Both include a built-in 18-W ultraviolet sterilizer.
J375 uses a 25-micron pleated cartridge to mechanically filter water. J380
includes polystrand filter pads for both mechanical and biofiltration. Both units
are 22 H x 14 diameter, with 6 power cords.
FILTERS

MODEL
MAX PRESSURE
16 GPM
MAX FLOW RATE
16 PSI
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
J375
FILTER W/25-MICRON CARTRIDGE
13
$337.00
J380
FILTER W/POLYSTRAND FILTER PADS
13
350.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS
J2325
REPLACEMENT CARTRIDGE FOR J375
49.00
J2480
REPLACEMENT POLY PADS FOR J380
21.00
82380
UV LAMP REPLACEMENT
78.00
82381
QUARTZ SLEEVE
49.00
J380
82380
CANISTER FILTERS
The canister filter J319 includes 205 ft2 of polystrand dual filter pads
and 1.25 lbs of activated carbon in a reusable nylon mesh bag. The top
100-micron pad pre-filters incoming water and the 50-micron pad provides
particulate and biological filtration. Pads may be cleaned and used many times.
A very cost-effective filter, suitable for ponds to 1,000 gallons or aquariums up
to 150 gallons. The J318 has 205 ft2 of filter pads and no carbon.
MAX PRESSURE
16 GPM
MAX FLOW RATE
16 PSI
J318
FILTERS

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
J318
POLYSTRAND FILTER
12
$154.00
J319
POLYSTRAND FILTER WITH CARBON
12
154.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS
J2318
J2319
REPLACEMENT FILTER PADS FOR J318
22.80
J2319
REPLACEMENT FILTER PADS FOR J319
19.25
82301
REPLACEMENT LID
25.00
J2354
ACTIVATED CARBON, IN MESH BAG, 1.25 LBS
13.15
J2354
POLY-BEAD FILTER
This poly-bead filter traps particulates and provides surface area for
nitrifying bacteria. It will handle small fish loads, so it is suitable for small
koi ponds, recirculating systems, quarantine systems, etc. A grid- and
funnel-shaped bottom evenly distributes water through 7 lbs (31 ft 2) of
polyethylene beads. The filter is self-cleaning by backwashing through the
drain valve. Dimensions are 15" H x 15" W.

MODEL
J354
POLY-BEAD FILTER

REPLACEMENT PART
AB1
REPL. BEADS
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
13
$211.00
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
55
111.67
MAX PRESSURE
16 GPM
MAX FLOW RATE
16 PSI

Cartridge Filters
CHEMICAL FILTER
This chemical filter is designed to hold media that removes chemicals
from water. The filter includes 7.5 lbs of premium activated carbon
and a reusable nylon mesh bag. The filter can also be used with zeolite,
desiccants, etc.

SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS)
J320
EACH
10 $179.00
CARTRIDGE FILTERS
These cartridge filters come in two styles. J325 has a 25-micron pleated filter
cartridge with a core of activated carbon (1.25 lbs included). The filter has 25 ft2
of surface area. J340 has a 40-ft2 filter cartridge with a core of polystrand
biomedia. Shipping weight is 11 lbs.
FILTERS

MODEL
MAX PRESSURE
16 GPM
MAX FLOW RATE
16 PSI
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
J325
J325
MICRON FILTER, 25 FT2
J340
MICRON FILTER, 40 FT 2 11
209.00
11
$200.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS
J2325
49.00
J2340
62.00
J2354
ACTIVATED CARBON, IN MESH BAG, 1.25 LBS
13.15
J2325
Red Sea Ocean Clear Canister Filters

Ocean Clear filters have become popular because they are so welldesigned. They don't leak, they are easy to clean and, of course, you can
see what's going on inside. The Ocean Clear filters on this page all share
the same clear, PVC, plastic canister. They are rated to a maximum of 16
psi. (Note: Exceeding 16 psi will void warranty and result in damage). They
use a screw-off locking ring, with O-ring, as shown. They have 3/4" FPT in/
out and on the bottom center-mounted drain. The drain also has a valve
with MGHT and a cap. 1" and 3/4" barb elbow adapters are also included.
The minimum dimensions are 11" diameter x 11" high, but with fittings in
place the maximum diameter is 14". They are all suitable for fresh and
salt water. We rate them at 16 gpm maximum flow. The inlet is near the
top on the right side and the outlet near the bottom on the left side. The air
vent (in lid) and gauge port (top center) are 1/4" FPT with plugs included.
Made in USA.

Cartridge Filters/Accessories
CARTRIDGE FILTERS, LARGE

Here is a very good value on 75-sq.ft. cartridge filters using 2" female in/
outlets. The outside diameter is 81/2", has an easy on/off lid, a free-standing
base, a bypass option should the filter (included) become clogged, and a 100-ft2,
20 (micron) pleated, polyester filter cartridge.

SHIP WT
MODEL
HEIGHT (LBS)
VFL75
CARTRIDGE FILTER ASSEMBLY, 75 SQ.FT.
25
EACH
$179.00
CARTRIDGE FILTERS
These tall Lifegard Cartridge Filters were designed to pre-filter water for UV sterilizers, but they
can be used anywhere. Each comes with a replaceable, 20-micron pleated filter, cartridges, 30-psi
pressure gauge w/adapter, air bleed and four female ports ( VF11 and VF12 have two slip female
ports). All PVC construction.

MODEL
VF125
MAX
FLOW
(GPM)
REPL.
FILTER
LENGTH
NO.
CART
REQ'D
APPROX.
DIMENSIONS
(H X W X D)*
PORT
SIZES
SHIP WT
(LBS)
12
291/4"
391/2" X 81/2" X 51/2"
11/4" FPT
EACH
$98.90
*Height is w/o gauge, which adds approx. 4". Width and depth are base dimensions.
CARTRIDGE FILTER ACCESSORIES

VF65
MODEL
12+
CANISTER CAP O-RING
$2.55
BG15
15-PSI GAUGE
16.37
VF2
35-PSI GAUGE
12.49
VF65
GAUGE ADAPTER & AIR BLEED
8.25
VF11R
REPL. FILTER CARTRIDGE FOR VF11
9.40
VF11R
VF12
EACH
UV0
VF2
$2.30

Sedna 1000
SEDNA 1000 FILTERS

Fiberglass-reinforced cartridge filter
Get top-end filter performance with low maintenance! The single-piece
base/tank is constructed of fiberglass-reinforced polypropylene for
improved strength and chemical resistance. The manual air relief valve
and continuous internal air relief work together to maintain optimum
filtration efficiency at all times. The unit's innovative clamp ring design
makes it easy to remove and rinse thecartridge, and the cartridge's surface
is designed to block and trap as many solids as possible. 11/2" drain and
washout allow quick and convenient maintenance, and 2" plumbing provides
maximum flow. One-year limited warranty.
S1000-100-AQ
S1000-75-AQ

MODEL
EFFECTIVE FILTRATION
AREA (FT 2)
Replacement
Cartridge
S1000-50-AQ
FLOWRATE
(GPM)
A. DIM.
B. DIM.
SHIP WEIGHT
(LBS)
EACH
S1000-50-AQ
50
19-50
S1000-75-AQ
75
28-75
S1000-100-AQ
100
38-100
S1000-150-AQ
150
56-150
40.5 76
35
459.35
S1000-200-AQ
200
75-200
40.5 76
35
535.00
18 30
25.5 39
33 61
15
$210.86
26
270.00
33
344.55
S1000-50C-AQ
REPL. CARTRIDGE FOR S1000-50-AQ
3
43.22
S1000-75C-AQ
5
56.01
S1000-100C-AQ
7
68.70
S1000-150C-AQ
10
90.52
S1000-200C-AQ
12
112.97
Note: In 2015, these filters are migrating to black. Color may vary.
OPEN BLUE
We are excited to be a part of The Open Blue Revolution and support our sustainable
open ocean aquaculture friends. Open Blue is dedicated to fulfilling a major void in the
seafood industry and supplying a reliable, sustainable source of healthy, premium fish,
raised in an open ocean natural and regulated environment. When it came time to
expand Open Blues integrated farming platform with a new hatchery, Pentair was
chosen as the primary equipment provider based on our extensive product portfolio,
technical expertise, field service offering and customer first philosophy.
Pentairs relationship with Open Blue extends beyond that of just an equipment
provider. Kurt Lang, Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Technical Services Supervisor,
traveled to Panama to assist with the installation and to ensure it ran smoothly. As it
often goes with large projects there were some setbacks. Kurt explained, There were
a few issues to be sorted-out, but Pentairs response to these challenges has been
exemplary, and our customer first approach goes a long way to satisfy our customers.
Functionality and production had a few glitches in the beginning, but with their trust,
we have been able to resolve these issues. Dan Farkas, Open Blue Hatchery Manager
expressed his satisfaction by saying To be able to work with one company with such a
comprehensive equipment and service offering benefitted our project tremendously.
Pentair has proven to be a great partner.
Read the full article on our blog at PentairAES.com.

Carbon/Pond Filter Brushes
TECHNO CARBON
FW
SW
This pellet-shaped carbon adsorbs ammonia and nitrite in addition

to what normal activated carbon adsorbs. Not to be used in place
of a biological filter but as a supplemental method for removing
nitrogenous waste. Can be used in both marine and fresh water.

SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS/KG) EACH 4+
238200 18/8 $39.00 $35.10
PROLINE ACTIVATED CARBON
MODEL
AC412A
1.5-LB JAR
AC412
15-LB BUCKET
AC55
55-LB BAG
EACH 4+
$11.50
79.95 71.96
156.00 140.40
AC412A
A superior, high-purity, bituminous coal-based activated

carbon preferred by public aquariums, research centers and
government fisheries departments. The small particle size of
1/16 to 1/8" (1.7 to 4.7 mm) exposes more adsorption surfaces for
maximum utilization. Keeps water crystal clear. Adsorbs full
range of organic contaminants, pesticides, odors, colors,
chlorine, dissolved organics, ozone and many heavy metals.
Carbon is dry packed. Can be retained using window screen size
screening. The 15-lb plastic bucket has a resealable lid.
Approximately .625 m2 of surface area per gram. Bulk density is
approximately 24 lbs/ft3. Cannot be shipped by air. Made in USA.
POND FILTER BRUSHES

Used in the ornamental pond industry for particulate filtration, biofiltration
and even as substrate for egg laying. The plastic bristles are attached to
thestainless steel wire core, creating a 4 diameter brush with a 7/8
diameter wire loop at one end for hanging. A brush filter media is desirable
because it is easy to clean and the plastic bristles attract solids. The other
end is capped with a plastic knob for safety. Used in filtration systems in fish
farms, hatcheries, public aquaria, domestic fish ponds and research
institutes. They last indefinitely and are the easiest to use, most efficient
and most cost-effective pond filter medium you can buy.
If you are using them as a pre-filter to remove the bulk of the coarse waste,
a system of single interlocked hanging brushes is best. If you want to trap
an even greater proportion of the waste, the brushes need to be either
vertically or horizontally double interlocked
Lightweight and easy to use
Non-toxic and very easy to clean
Never wear out
Best medium for removing suspended particles of waste
TECH TALK 44
System Flowrate
When people say that they exchange 100% of the water in a tank every hour, they typically are
not doing that at all. If a tank holds 120 gallons, they are probably pumping 2 gpm into the
tank. Their math is correct, but their English is not. To exchange all of the water suggests
that none of the original water is still there after one hour. That would only be true if all the
water were drained (dry) and then refilled; otherwise, it is constantly being mixed and only
about 60% is being exchanged with each equal volume of water.
MODEL
EACH
4+
AZ16026
4 ROUND X 18 L
AZ16027
4 ROUND X 24 L
7.70 6.96
AZ16028
4 ROUND X 30 L
9.05 8.16
$7.15 $6.45

Parabolic Screen Filters
FIAP PARABOLIC SCREEN FILTERS
FW
KOI
These semi-self-cleaning filters are designed to remove solids from water with
only occasional cleaning attention. They use a wedge wire, 304 stainless steel
screen set in a parabolic shape to take advantage of the Coanda effect*. This
wedge wire shape encourages solids-free water to drop between the screens
and solids to be left on the surface. The solids are then pushed toward the
waste trough and washed into a waste tank automatically. This filter is ideally
suited for a gravity-flow system. It has a 200-micron, removable screen.
Rubber couplings with clamps are included. Not recommended for use with
salt water. Made in Germany.
Inlet

MODEL GPM
DIMENSIONS
INLET/ WASTE
OUTLET PORT
EACH
2875
70
25" X 10" X 32" + FITTINGS
$1,876.55
2873
150
25" X 20" X 32" + FITTINGS
2,226.71
Liquid
Waste
Stream
Outlet
Liquids
2873
Inside of 2873.
Waste Port
Liquids
Cover
Weir
Deflector
Solids
The parabolic shape promotes the
Coanda effect*, stripping liquid
from the bottom of the waste stream.
200-micron Screen
Overflow
Protection
(Weir)
Inlet
Filtering out algae.
*Coanda effect: the tendency of a stream of fluid to follow a curved surface (if the angle is not too sharp)
rather than follow a straight line in the original direction of flow.
UV
Skimmer
Waste
Stopper
Bottom
Drain
Clean
Water
Float (2873 only)
Water Level
Controller
Outlet
Waste
Sump
Pump
Operation: Slurry is gravity fed or pumped into headbox. It overflows weir,

starts downward on screen. Most free fluid is stripped from bottom of stream
on the 25 slope. More fluid is removed on the 35 slope, and solids roll
downward, stopping on the 45 slope. With free draining material, practically all
free fluid is removed in one pass. As the solids build up, water pushes them into
the waste channel.

Rotary Drum Filters
DSF SERIES
DRUM SCREEN FILTERS
ROTARY MICRO FILTER
In demanding aquaculture applications, drum
screen filters have proven to be highly efficient and
reliable in removing solids from volumes of water
large and small. Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is
proud to offer our DSF Series line of drum screen
filters, with a wide range of models, sizes and
micron ratings to meet the specific needs of nearly
any field application.
Featuring a field-proven design and the highest
quality materials available, the DSF Series follow
the simple, robust and time-tested principles of
drum screen filter operation. Water containing
solids enters the rotary drum in the front of the
system. Water passes through the micro-mesh
filter, which filters out solids (for increased
durability, stainless steel wedge-wire filtration
material is also available). As the filter mesh or
wedge-wire material becomes increasingly loaded
with solids, the water level within the drum
increases to the point that it triggers the cleaning
process. As the drum starts to rotate, the spraybar
nozzles scour the filter mesh or wedge wire with
high-pressure water, returning the screen to its
original permeability. This allows the internal
water level to drop and stop the cleaning process.
Solids that are cleaned from the water are collected
in a trough and transported away from the drum
screen filter.
PC Filter in a channel installation.
View of spraybar with top cover removed.

Rotary Drum Filters
PC FILTER
Channel Installed
CE FILTER
Integrated Tank with Pipe Inlet and Outlet
PE FILTER
Hybrid Models with Pipe Inlet and Channel Outlet
PC models are installed directly into a concrete

water channel. Water flows into the center of the
drum and passes through the screen material.
After filtration, the water is discharged into
the downstream channel. This configuration
is commonly is used in high-throughput,
large installations, often with multiple systems
in parallel.
CE models offer integrated tanks and inlet/outlet

ports for connecting directly to pipes. Water flows
through a pipe as it approaches the filter, then flows
into the drum where it passes through screen
material. After filtration, the water is discharged
into a downstream pipe. These models rest on an
integrated framework, and they do not require
construction of concrete channels for installation.
The flexibility of these models makes them suitable
for a range of applications.
Models with pipe inlet ports and channel outlets

are like a hybrid: they feature an inlet port for
connecting directly to pipes, while water leaves the
filter by pouring into a channel. Water flows through
a pipe as it approaches the filter, then flows into the
drum and passes through the screen material.
After filtration, the water is discharged into the
downstream channel.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Liquid containing solids enters the rotary drum in
the front of the system. Water passes through the
micro-mesh filter, which filters out solids. As the
mesh clogs with solids and sludge, the water
level within the drum increases to the point that
triggers the cleaning process. As the drum starts
to rotate, nozzles scour the screen with highpressure water, returning the screen to its original
permeability. This allows the internal water level
to drop and stop the cleaning process. Solids that
are cleaned from the screen are collected in a
trough and transported from the system for
further processing.
Our exclusive Wedge Wire technology uses precision-fabricted laserwelded mesh to capture particles. The all-stainless design of the
Wedge Wire screens is much more robust than standard poly mesh
screens. For demanding applications, ask us about Wedge Wire
technology for enhanced reliability and extended service life.

Rotary Drum Filters
DSF SERIES HYDRAULIC CAPACITY

PC FILTER
CE FILTER
PE FILTER
G
A
E
H
A-Water inlet filter
C-Filtered water
E-Filtered water outlet
G-Top cover
B-Wash water outlet
D-Wash water inlet
F-Inspection cover
H-Water overflow
CE Filter incorporates a an overflow (H) which allows the exit of the water if
the internal water level exceeds the maximum level. The PC and PE Filters
are designed to be installed into concrete channel or into a pond.
HYDRAULIC CAPACITY - M3/H

APPLICATION
Water collected from a river or
lake, containing a maximum of
10 mg/L suspended solids.
Polished urban waste water,

containing a maximum of
40 mg/L suspended solids.
Recirculation water in
aquaculture containing a
maximum of 25 mg/L
suspended solids.
MICRON RATING
m
CE FILTER
4/1
4/2
CE / PE / PC FILTER
6/2
6/3
8/3
PC / PE FILTER
8/4
8/5
8/6
10/5
10/6
10/7
10/9
10/10
10/12
18
47
94
141
211
282
376
469
563
587
704
821
1056
1174
1408
30
78
156
234
351
468
624
780
936
976
1171
1366
1756
1951
2341
60
116
233
349
524
699
932
1165
1398
1456
1747
2038
2621
2912
3494
90
215
429
644
965
1287
1716
2145
2574
2681
3218
3754
4827
5363
6435
120
286
572
858
1287
1716
2288
2860
3432
3575
4290
5005
6435
7150
8581
150
358
715
1073
1609
2145
2680
3575
4290
4469
5363
6257
8044
8938
10726
20
18
27
40
54
71
89
107
111
134
156
201
223
268
25
14
27
41
61
82
109
136
163
170
204
238
306
340
408
30
16
32
48
71
95
127
158
190
198
238
277
356
396
475
60
30
61
91
137
182
243
304
364
379
455
531
683
759
911
90
46
91
137
205
273
364
455
546
569
683
797
1025
1138
1366
120
61
121
182
273
364
486
607
729
759
911
1063
1366
1518
1821
40
62
124
187
280
373
498
622
746
777
933
1088
1399
1555
1866
60
85
171
256
384
512
683
854
1024
1067
1281
1494
1921
2134
2561
90
109
218
327
491
655
873
1091
1310
1364
1637
1910
2456
2728
3274
120
168
335
503
754
106
1341
1676
2011
2095
2514
2933
3771
4190
5029
140
196
391
587
880
1173
1564
1956
2347
2444
2933
3422
4400
4889
5867
160
223
447
670
1006
1341
1788
2235
2682
2794
3352
3911
5029
5587
6705
113
177
177
281
452
707
707
707
1122
1122
1122
1122
1122
1122
RESTRICTION OF CAPACITY. CE and PE FILTER

Rotary Drum Filters
FAIVRE ROTARY DRUM FILTERS

All stainless steel or high-density polyethylene (HDPE) sump.
Replaceable multipiece 20- to 100-micron () screens.
Self-cleaning to 12,000 gpm.
These high-quality, self-cleaning rotary drum filters are an excellent choice for
high-volume solids removal. They are especially well-suited for low-head and
high-volume applications common to aquaculture and industry. System water
flows by gravity to the drum filter and then through the screen. Solids removed
by the screen can be directed to the sludge drain with a water washbar. Filter
also includes an overflow drain. Complete models include power backwash,
water level switch, stainless steel screens and lid. We recommend 304L SS for
freshwater and 316L SS for saltwater applications.
Allow 8 weeks for delivery.
We are now combining the Faivre mechanical drum and Pentair AES control
panels for more complete capabilities and faster customer service.
The state-of-the-art control panels include a programmable logic control (PLC)
device that enhances the functionality of the system and provides extended
capabilities for control, data collection, monitoring and alarming.
These new systems are UL- and CSA-certified and highly serviceable anywhere
in the world.
Applications include:
Recirculating aquaculture
Flow-through aquaculture
Zoological exhibits/Large aquariums
Industrial filtering
Waste water
Drum Filter Controller
Filtration of inlet water at 60.
Drum Drive Motor
Sprayjet Pump
Cleaning Unit
Rinse Water Spray
Discharge
of Solids
Model 1-40
Filtered Water Out
Model 12-160
Inlet
Filter Model
20 Screen
30 Screen
40 Screen
60 Screen
80 Screen
100 Screen
1-40
55
103
111
174
158
190
2-60
127
222
238
317
349
428
2-80
206
365
412
539
602
713
4-80
412
729
824
1,078
1,205
1,427
Filter Model
30 Screen
40 Screen
60 Screen
80 Screen
1-40
48
71
111
174
2-60
111
159
238
301
2-80
206
285
396
507
4-80
412
571
793
1,015
WATER FLOW (GPM) WITH MAXIMUM 10 MG/L OF WASTE.

6-120
9-120
4-160
8-160
634
983
444
872
1,110
1,617
713
1,490
1,300
1,950
888
1,775
1,664
2,457
1,110
2,219
1,760
2,853
1,268
2,600
2,061
3,329
1,506
3,091
WATER FLOW (GPM) WITH MAXIMUM 25 MG/L OF WASTE.
3-120
6-120
9-120
4-160
8-160
285
650
951
428
872
380
856
1,300
587
1,173
523
1,205
1,839
793
1,617
666
1,458
2,283
1,030
2,457
3-120
317
555
666
808
935
1,110
12-160
1,300
2,219
2,695
3,329
3,868
4,597
16-160
1,744
2,917
3,519
4,439
4,914
5,865
20-160
2,156
3,646
4,439
5,548
6,182
7,292
24-160
2,600
4,439
5,231
6,658
7,450
8,719
28-160
3,012
5,231
6,182
7,609
8,719
10,304
32-160
3,487
6,024
7,133
8,719
10,145
11,889
12-160
1,268
2,314
3,170
3,963
16-160
1,775
2,933
4,042
5,073
20-160
2,140
3,567
4,756
6,103
24-160
2,616
4,439
5,231
6,658
28-160
3,012
4,042
5,548
7,133
32-160
3,408
4,597
6,341
8,085

Bead Filters
BUBBLE BEAD FILTERS
FW
SW
KOI
Constructed of heavy-duty plastic (HDPE) (BBF1, BBF2P) or food grade fiberglass (BBF6, BBF10).
Both will give dependable fresh or saltwater service for many years. They are well suited for koi ponds
and the smaller recirculating system. They are easy to clean and require very little energy to operate.
Ship from factory. Made in USA. Price includes crating/boxing fee.

BEAD
BACKWASH

MAXIMUM MAX PRESSURE CAPACITY
INLET
OUTLET
WATER LOSS
SHIP WT
MODEL
FLOWRATE (PSI)* (FT 3) HEIGHT DIAMETER PIPE PIPE
(GAL) (LBS) EACH
BBF1
16 GPM
10
BBF2P
30 GPM
BBF6
90 GPM
BBF10
150 GPM
45"
10
15
15
10
12
$1,070.00
17"
1.5"
1.5"
65
59"
24"
1.5"
1.5"
25
129
1,331.00
76"
361/2"
3"
3"
60
490
4,506.00
82"
421/2"
3"
3"
150
576
5,505.00
*Do not exceed maximum pressure.
BBF2P
Clean
Water Out
Clean
Water Out
POLYGEYSER PNEUMATIC DROP BEAD FILTERS

Automatically backwashno moving parts or electronics!
Water In
Designed as bioclarifiers these filters are capable of handling biological loads

50 to 100% higher than bubble or propeller-washed bead filters. Very resistant
to clogging and caking-they backwash automatically every few hours using a
burst of air from the charge chamber. PR Series filters (pump inlet/pressurized
discharge) come with plumbing to accommodate a water pump (10 psi max).
AL Series filters (gravity inlet/airlift discharge) are set up for airlift pumping.
Water In
One ft3 of beads has
approximately 400 ft 2
of surface area.
Water and air flow into the vessel continuously. Water goes in the lower pipe,
up through the media and back to the fish. Air is pumped into the charge
chamber where it accumulates to a critical volume and releases the air
in a burst, knocking the debris off the media. The debris then settles to the
bottom and is removed through the 2 sludge drain every 23 days. Nitrotech
media (included) gives 50100% better nitrification rates than standard round
bead media.
Charge
Chamber
Air In
Hose Barb
DF3P
Sludge Drain

DISCHARGE
MAXIMUM
MODEL
TYPE
FLOW RATE
An air pump is required but is not included; it must produce more pressure
than the water pump/system head. A check valve (228225) must be used
in the air line. Max pressure 10 psi. Ship via motor freight, FOB factory.
One-year warranty.
MAX BEAD BACKWASH

PRESSURE
CAPACITY
INLET
OUTLET
WATER
(PSI)*
(FT 3)
HEIGHT
DIAMETER
PIPE
PIPE
LOSS (GAL)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
CRATING
CHARGE**
DF3P
PUMP
45 GPM
10
36"
34"
3"
3"
40
175
$3,218.50 $47.00
DF3A
AIRLIFT
45 GPM
10
36"
34"
3"
3"
40
175
3,218.50 47.00
DF3-FLOWKIT-CFH
FLOW METER, .2-2 LPM
114.00
AB1
REPLACEMENT BEADS, OVAL, APPROXIMATELY 1/32 X 3/16 DIA., 1.65 CU.F.T
55
111.67

**Crating charge not included in price.

Bead Filters
PROPELLER-WASHED BEAD FILTER

Improve the capture of small particles
FW
SW
KOI
Solids capture is one of the most important processes in a recirculating

system. Although sedimentation/settling basins are generally effective for
settleable solids larger than 80 microns, space constraints may render them
impractical.
If this is your situation, then an expanded granular biofilter (EGB), specifically,
a bead filter, may be the best alternative, as it reduces the retention time and
improves the capture of small particles.
These bead filters can provide both filtration and biofiltration in a single device.
These bead filters employ low-density polyethylene beads (included) for their
filter media in a pressurized up-flow configuration. The filter physically traps
suspended solids while providing a large surface area for the growth of
bacteria. Titanium-enhanced screens and automated backwash controllers
available by quote.
PBF3

MODEL
PBF10
Made from heavy-duty food-grade fiberglass, this filter will give dependable
fresh or saltwater service for many years. Designed for larger recirculating
aquaculture systems, the propeller-washed bead filters are easy to clean,
easily automated, compact and very energy-efficient. Internal beads are
cleaned by a motor-driven propeller. Prop wash models available with higher
pressure capacity. Please inquire. Ships from factory. Made in USA. One-year
warranty.
MAXIMUM
BACKWASH
FLOWRATE MAX BEAD INLET
OUTLET
WATER LOSS
(GPM) PRESSURE CAPACITY HEIGHT DIAMETER PIPE PIPE
(GAL)
SHIP WT
CRATING
(LBS)
EACH CHARGE**
PBF3
30
10
3 63 33 1.5 2 5-10 425 $4,080.00 $80.00
PBF10
100
20
10 87 42 1.5 3 10-30 750
9,130.00 110.00
PBF25
200
20
25 107 60 2 3 30-60 1,750 13,585.00 190.00
PBF50
300
20
50 110 72 3 4 50-150 3,250 23,227.00 495.00
AB1
REPLACEMENT BEADS, OVAL, APPROXIMATELY 1/32 X 3/16 DIA., 1.65 CU.FT.
55
111.67

**Crating charge not included in price.
PRICE
Remember to inspect and change filters regularly.

Bead Filters
BEAD FILTER SYSTEMS
Blower
KOI
Aquadyne Bead Filter Systems are specifically engineered to host a multitude

of aquatic inhabitants in both fresh and salt water. They offer high efficiency,
low maintenance, mechanical and biological filtration in one package with up
to 5300 ft2 of biological contact surface area in a small footprint. Aquadyne
filtration systems are widely used in aquatic environments from ponds, public
aquariums, zoos, hatcheries, research facilities, academics, aquaponics,
quarantine and environmental biological recovery systems. The Dynamax
blower aggressively agitates the debris collected in the media bed and
suspends it in the water column which is easily backwashed to waste. Model
BF22BHE includes a 2 high efficiency control head with 2 plumbing in and
out. This is the same control head and column as used in the Model BF44B.
The only difference is that the column is just 4 inches shorter in length, while
maintaining the flow efficiency of the BF44B. This model accommodates
customers who want to use a very energy-efficient pump and not have to
sacrifice too much water flow.
Inlet
Backwash
Systems include pressurized bead filter, 115V 60 Hz blower, three each 1-1/2
or 2 self-sealing union valves and filter bead media. Ships Ground in multiple
boxes (BF44B & BF88B ship by motor freight). One-year warranty.
Water Flow Control System protects against friction loss, eliminating 90 turns
inside the system allowing a more natural unrestricted water flow.
Outlet
Air Wash System fluidizes and pre-washes media prior to backwash, reducing the amount
of water needed to clean the system, which increases biological efficiency.
Bottom Mounted Sludge Drain discharges heavy solids without media interference
Filter Media Bypass isolates beneficial bacteria and media without disturbing normal water flow.
Ideal for medicating the aquatic environment without killing the beneficial bacteria.
BF60BL
Micro Sediment Removal of smaller particulates than other filters, yielding greater water clarity.
BF11B
MAXIMUM FISH BEAD

INLET/
SYSTEM SIZE
SUPPORTED
MEDIA
DIMENSIONS
MODEL
OUTLET
GAL/LITERS
(LBS)
CAPACITY
(DIA X HEIGHT)
RECOMMENDED
FLOW RATE
(GPM)
SHIP
WT (LBS)
50
70
EACH
BEAD FILTER SYSTEMS WITH BLOWER

BF60BL
11/2
BF11B
11/2
4,000/15,141
75
1.1 FT3
18 X 34
65
100
1666.00
BF22B
11/2
8,000/30,283
165
2.2 FT3
24 X 42
80 - 100
175
2448.00
2,000/7,570
50
.60 FT3
16 X 33
$1315.00
BF22BHE
8,000/30,283
165
2.2 FT3
24 X 42
80 - 100
178
2638.00
BF44B
16,000/60,566
330
4.4 FT3
30 X 46
80 - 120
310
3432.00
BF88B
30,000/113,562
660
8.8 FT3
36 X 48
80 135
485
5784.00
BEAD FILTER REPLACEMENT PARTS

AB2LB
REPLACEMENT FILTER BEAD MEDIA, 1.4 FT
50
282.50
BF11BLOWER
REPLACEMENT 1HP BLOWER FITS MODELS BF60BL, BF11B, BF22B, BF22BHE
11
233.85
BF44BLOWER
REPLACEMENT 1.5HP BLOWER - FITS MODELS BF44B & BF88B
11
272.58

Commercial System Packages
COMMERCIAL FILTRATION PACKAGES
SW
KOI
These prepackaged filtration systems are perfect for koi ponds, water gardens
and multitank fish culture systems. They are self-contained filtration units that
provide everything needed for a complete life support system. Each provides
mechanical and biological filtration as well as UV sterilization for crystal clear
water. Made in USA.
Outlet
to Tank
Emperor Smart UV
Sterilizer
FW
Blower
Details
Every component is salt water compatible
No hassle installation; simply plumb the inlet, outlet and backwash
AquaDyne bead filter provides mechanical and biological filtration
Emperor Smart UV sterilizer, mounted vertically for easy lamp replacement
Backwash
Energy-efficient centrifugal pump with strainer basket

Each component is properly sized, eliminating guesswork
All equipment is premounted on a plastic base plate
Fits in a small footprint
Energy-Efficient
Centrifugal Pump
Model CSK3-CFT features the Pentair Sparus Pump with Constant Flow
Technology and True Union Ball Valves
AquaDyne
Bead Filter
All are 115V/60 Hz, with UL-listed components, and ship via motor freight
(crating charge not includedwhen applicable). One-year warranty.
COMPLETE, SELF-CONTAINED FILTRATION SYSTEMS

Inlet
CSK2
Outdoor-Rated Plastic Skid

FLOWRATE
FILTER SIZE
MODEL (GPM) (FT 3)
UV
(WATTS)
POND SIZE
SHIP WT
(GAL)
LBS OF FISH
INLET
OUTLET
(LBS)
CSK1
30
CSK2
60
2.2
120
5 ,000
120
CSK3
90
4.4
150
10,000
240
CSK3-CFT
90
4.4
150
10,000
240
2.0
.6
50
1,200
30
1.5"
L X W X H
36" X 24" X 35"
EACH
$3,264.59
1.5"
375
1.5"
1.5"
503
48" X 36" X 56"
4,779.47
2.0"
2.0"
423
48" X 36" X 70"
5,950.00
2.0
440
48 X 36 X 70
6,450.00
TECH TALK 106

Biofilter Performance Standards
"AES/B" stands for absolute efficiency standard for biofilters.
AES/B numbers indicate how many lbs of fish a biological filter
can support in an exemplary recirculating system. They are only
a quick reference for comparing our biological filters. Note that
as much as 50% additional ammonia conversion occurs on other
wetted surfaces like tank walls and pipes but, since these
nitrification surfaces are often eliminated by cleaning and
chemical therapeutants, it is unwise to count on them
(see Tech Talk 95biofilter sizing).
AES/B numbers take into account the biofilm diffusion and
oxygen availability characteristics specific to the biofilter type
(bead filter vs rotating biological contactor, for example). Be
aware that feed rate, feed protein content, pH, ammonia

concentration, temperature, solids pre-filtration and other
variables have a pronounced effect on biofilter performance.
Actual field performance can stray from the AES/B number by a
factor of 3 or more, based on these factors alone. Management
skill and even timing are other variables, particularly for bead
filters used for nitrification rather than solids removal.
Recirculation rate of at least one system volume per hour.

7.2 pH.
3 mg/L total ammonia-nitrogen (TAN) concentration.
2% body weight per day feed rate, pelleted feed at 40%
protein.
Effective solids pre-filtration (except for bead filters).
AES/B numbers hold for the following conditions only:

1/2-lb tilapia or catfish in indoor tanks.
Nonsoil bottoms, low algae concentrations.
Warm water (80F, 27C).

Commercial System Paks
COMMERCIAL SYSTEM PAKS

Applications:
FW
SW
DESIGNED HERE
Public aquariums. Multitank rack systems.

Retail holding systems.
Seafood holding systems.
Research systems.
Residential systems.
Aquaculture systems.
Koi ponds.
These skid-mounted filtration systems provide complete filtration and
circulation for larger recirculating systems. Each system is completely
assembled and water-tested before shipping. Systems ship on plastic
pallets via motor freight, FOB Orlando.
Pumps
Supplied with magnetic drive pumps or centrifugal pumps. All pumps are
suitable for use in fresh and saltwater applications.
Filters
Pentair AES systems at Tropicana Field, home of the Tampa Bay Rays.
Supplied with a combination of mechanical and chemical filters that are

specifically sized for the system and flow rate of the pumps. The mechanical
filter is available in a pleated 20-micron cartridge, in-line bag with sizes from
1 to 800 microns (bags not included) or sand filter. Chemical filters hold
carbon, zeolite or other chemical-removing media. UV sterilizer providing a
minimum of 33,000 Ws/cm2 included on each model.
Fittings
Systems are plumbed with Schedule 40 pipe (Schedule 80 available at
added cost). Heavy-duty, true union and single union ball valves are
plumbed throughout the system for easy disassembly. All filters and UV
sterilizers have bypass lines to facilitate filter or lamp replacement.
Power
Standard systems are 115/208230V, 60 Hz (CSK6 series is 208230V only).
Optional Features
Can be used with in-line heaters, water chillers, protein skimmers, stands and
monitoring/control systems.
You must add a B-2 for bag, C-2 for cartridge or S-2 for sand filter to the
part number. Pricing shown below is for B-2 option. Call our tech support for
sizing assistance, options, etc.

MODEL
CSK4
MAXIMUM
FLOW INLET/
(GPM) OUTLET
30
2"
AMPS @
115V/230V
9.4
DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
(L X W X H)
(LBS)
48" X 40" X 54"
365
CSK4S-40-SU-A
EACH
$4,858.14
CSK4.5
45
2"
8.8/4.4
48" X 40" X 54"
397
4,906.10
CSK5
60
2"
16.8/8.4
48" X 40" X 68"
520
5,492.24
CSK6
100
2"
21/10.5
48" X 40" X 68"
570
7,834.00
Note: In 2015, these systems are migrating to black filters. Color may vary.
CSK6B-2
CSK6C-2

Vortex/Skimmer/Multicyclone
Lid
WAVE VORTEX CHAMBERS

Filters up to 150 gpm
KOI
Vortex swirl separators are popular solids filters for use with koi ponds and
fish tanks. They are very good at removing heavy particles and wastes. You can
gravity-flow water from a bottom drain or pump it to the vortex chamber.
These stand about 51/2 ft high with the 2-ft high base. All connections are 3 slip.
Sturdy double-wall base support.
Three outlet ports allow body to be connected in any direction.
Body
Domed lid keeps it clean.

Coned bottom allows complete drainage.
Rubber connections eliminate the need to precisely align filter with pipes.
Comes with drain valve, rubber couplings, bulkhead, lid, body and base.
Stand
We recommend using the WLS2 pump trap listed below if pumping to the filter.
Ship motor freight or Ground (at 70-lb rate each) in two packages from factory.
One-year warranty on body.
WLS2

SHIP WT
MODEL
DIA. (LBS)
WLT24
SURFACE SKIMMERS
Great for ornamental ponds
EACH
WLT24
VORTEX TANK
24
130 $664.00
WLF36
VORTEX TANK
36
140
WLF36F
VORTEX TANK (BODY & LID ONLY)
36
120
898.95
WLF48F
VORTEX TANK
48
100
1,098.00
WLS2
PUMP TRAP
1,297.92
75.00
KOI
A simple method of removing leaves, scum and other surface debris while
reducing surface tension. Inlet weir always floats just below the surface,
so fluctuating water levels of up to 5 will not affect performance.
S750 skimmers are made from black or white ABS plastic. Internal catch
basket holds about two handfuls of leaves and lifts out easily for cleaning.
Skimmers work between 20 and 55 gpm. 11/2 female pipe thread in the
base (not included) allows for easy installation when building or retrofitting.
Made in USA.
MODEL
ABS PLASTIC
DIA.
HEIGHT
S750B
BLACK
8 1/2
10
$93.44
EACH
S750W
WHITE
8 1/2
10
68.80
S750RB
REPLACEMENT BASKET
18.37
MULTICYCLONE PRE-FILTER
Revolutionary design greatly reduces filter backwashing and maintenance by capturing particles before
they reach the filter. Easily installed on any existing filtration systemideal as a pre-filter to extend the life
of your existing filter.
The MultiCyclone works on the basis of centrifugal water filtration. There are no moving parts to wear out
and no filter media to clean. Reduces backwash frequency for sand filters and extends media life. Also
reduces maintenance and extends the life of the cartridge in cartridge filtration systems. Traps sediments
between 10 to 100 microns. UV-resistant and corrosionproof. 2" unions, 1" purge valve.

MIN FLOW
MAX FLOW
MAX PRESSURE
SHIP WT
MODEL (GPM) (GPM) (PSI) (LBS)
WC200370 13
132
58
EACH
25.5 $380.00
2-YEAR WARRANTY

Radial Flow Settler
RADIAL FLOW SETTLER 45

Pentair Aquatic-Eco Systems RFS 45
The Radial Flow Settler (RFS) is used to remove particulates from effluent water.
Effluent water enters the RFS Liquid Inlet, flows upward through the adjustable
Standpipe Assembly, and back down through the Stilling Well. Solid particulates
settle to the cone bottom for removal through a Solids Outlet. The filtered water
flows upwards over a V-Notch Weir into the Launder, exiting though the Liquid Outlet.
Features
Greatly reduces solids loading in a system
Passive piece of equipment and requires no additional energy to operate
Requires routine cleaning only - no additional maintenance or servicing required

MODEL
RFS-045-012
DIAMETER
HEIGHT
SHIP WT
(IN.) (IN.) (LBS)
EACH
12 36 124
$928.0
RFS-045-018
18 39 141 1,125.00
RFS-045-024
24 42 188 1,628.00
RFS-045-030
30 45 240 2,515.00
RFS-045-036
36 48 297 2,863.00
RFS-045-042
42 51 380 3,366.00
RFS-045-048
48 54 474 3,943.00
RFS-045-060
60
60
597
4,994.00
RFS-045-072
72
66
719
6,051.00
RFS-045-084
84 75 851 7,181.00
RFS-045-096
96 81 1004 9,034.00
RFS-045-108-5PNL
108 87 1009 13,593.00
RFS-045-144-6PNL
144
108 1165 18,203.00
Radial Flow Settler 45
RFS-45
RFS-45-PNL
(Space saving panel design)

Radial Flow Settler
RADIAL FLOW SETTLER 60

Pentair Aquatic-Eco Systems RFS 60
The Radial Flow Settler (RFS) is used to remove particulates from effluent water.
Effluent water enters the RFS Liquid Inlet, flows upward through the adjustable
Standpipe Assembly, and back down through the Stilling Well. Solid particulates
settle to the cone bottom for removal through a Solids Outlet. The filtered water
flows upwards over a V-Notch Weir into the Launder, exiting though the Liquid Outlet.
Features:
Greatly reduces solids loading in a system
Passive piece of equipment and requires no additional energy to operate
Requires routine cleaning only - no additional maintenance or servicing required

MODEL
RFS-060-012
RFS-60
DIAMETER
HEIGHT
SHIP WT
(IN.) (IN.) (LBS)
PRICE
12 41 141
$1,266.00
1,486.00
RFS-060-018
18 46 197
RFS-060-024
24 51 272
1,954.00
RFS-060-030
30 55 343
2,280.00
2,605.00
RFS-060-036
36 59 441
RFS-060-042
42 64 630
2,934.00
RFS-060-048
48 68 751
3,455.00
RFS-060-060
60
77
910
4,811.00
RFS-060-072
72
85
1225
6,329.00
RFS-060-084
84 98 1489
8,045.00
RFS-060-096
96 107 1704
9,295.00
Radial Flow Settler 60
144 CHEMICAL FILTRATION

Reverse Osmosis Systems
REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEMS, 3-STAGE
REVERSE OSMOSIS DI SYSTEMS, 5-STAGE
High-efficiency 1-micron sediment pre-filter,

2-micron carbon block pre-filter
High-efficiency 1-micron sediment pre-filter, 2-micron carbon

block for VOC reduction
High-flow/high-rejection R/O membrane

providing excellent water purification
High-flow/high-rejection R/O
membrane and two colorchanging deionization resins
for the highest water purity
160-psi pressure gauge and clear 10 filter

cartridge housings allow full system
monitoring
160-psi pressure gauge and

clear 10 filter cartridge
housings allow full system
monitoring
Quick disconnect fittings, filter wrench and

hose bib attachment are included
In-line TDS meter and shut-off valve optional
Quick disconnect fittings, filter

wrench and hose bib attachment
are included
Plus models with Chloramine Blaster filters

Ship weight is 15 lbs
In-line TDS meter and shut-off

valve optional
Dolphin Series
AF3300
Plus models with Chloramine

Blaster filters
AFX51

Mako Series
MAX
FLOW (GPD)
STD MODEL
EACH
PLUS MODEL
EACH
50
AFX350
$145.00
AFX350C
$209.00
100 AF3100 159.00 AF3100C 229.00
MAX
FLOW (GPD)
STD MODEL
50
AFX51 $275.00 AFX51C $339.00
100
AFX101 260.00 AFX101C 349.00
EACH
PLUS MODEL
EACH
200 AF3200 218.00 AF3200C 278.00
200
AFX201 337.00 AFX201C 408.00
300 AF3300 287.00 AF3300C 347.00
300
AFX301 395.00 AFX301C 477.00
REVERSE OSMOSIS DI SYSTEMS, 4-STAGE
REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEMS, 4-STAGE
High-efficiency 1-micron sediment

pre-filter, 2-micron carbon block for
VOC reduction
High-efficiency 1-micron sediment pre-filter and Chloramine Blaster filters
High-flow/high-rejection R/O
membrane and color-indicating
deionization resin for lab grade water
Microprocessor-controlled 1:1 waste-to-water ratio helps conserve water
High-flow/high-rejection R/O membrane and two color-changing

deionization resins for the highest water purity
Booster pump increases pressure to maximize filter efficiency
Cyclic membrane flush upon startup and shutdown prolongs DI life and
prevents scaling
160-psi pressure gauge and clear 10

filter cartridge housings allow full
system monitoring
160-psi pressure gauge

and clear 10 filter
cartridge housings allow
full system monitoring
Quick disconnect fittings, filter wrench

and hose bib attachment are included
In-line TDS meter and shut-off valve
optional
Plus models with Chloramine Blaster
filters
Quick disconnect
fittings, filter wrench
and hose bib attachment
are included
AFX50
In-line TDS meter and

high- and low-pressure
kill switches optional
Barracuda Series

Octopus Series
AFXOCT50
MAX
FLOW (GPD)
STD MODEL
50
AFX50 $219.00 AFX50C $279.00
AFXOCT50
50 $459.00
100
AFX100 232.00 AFX100C 299.00
AFXOCT100
100 469.00
200
AFX200 284.00 AFX200C 349.00
AFXOCT150
150 479.00
300
AFX300 337.00 AFX300C 417.00
EACH
PLUS MODEL
EACH
MODEL
MAX FLOW (GPD)
EACH
AquaFX the Leaders in Reverse Osmosis is a registered trademark of Aqua Engineering & Equipment, Inc.
CHEMICAL FILTRATION 14508

Reverse Osmosis Accessories
REVERSE OSMOSIS ACCESSORIES
MODEL
EACH
AFXWR
FILTER WRENCH
$3.15
AFXASO
AFXPG
AFXPG
AFXTDS
GAUGE & TEE, 1/8" MNPT, 160 PSI

19.00
AFXASO
AFXBLCART
SHUT-OFF VALVE
54.45
TDS METER
45.00
FILTER REFILL (+ MODELS)
18.50
REPLACEMENT CANISTER
21.00
AFX10C
AFXDI
REPLACEMENT DEIONIZATION CARTRIDGE
AFXCF
CARBON CARTRIDGE
8.00
21.10
Reverse Osmosis Booster Pump

Designed specifically for reverse osmosis systems, this in-line pump boosts incoming tap water
pressure that is too low for optimal R/O performance. The pump adds about 50 psi to your line pressure.
Pump comes with sound dampening material for quiet operation. It is 36VDC and includes a 115VAC
power transformer, 1/4 quick disconnect fitting and adjustable pressure switch. Weighs 6 lbs.

MODEL
BP8800
MAX FLOW
(GPD)
EACH
BP8800
R/O PRESSURE PUMP
200
$147.00
ZG439052
3/8 X 1/4 BUSHING
200
3.35
Filters, 10
Our FXC filter housing tops are made of polypropylene with 3/4 FNPT ports and feature acrylonitrile,
shatter-resistant filter housings. FXB has a unique bypass valve built into its top, which allows the
cartridge to be changed without interrupting the flow. Both models are rated to 150 psi, accept all
standard 10 filter cartridges and weigh 5 lbs each.
The canister cartridge (FX6) is sold empty for filling with your own media (zeolite, resin or carbon, etc.)
and includes gaskets, pre-filter and post-filter. Most made in USA.
AFX10C
AFXBLCART
AFXDI
AFXCF
EACH 6+
FXC
10 FILTER HOUSING, 3/4 FNPT WITH ADAPTERS AND GASKETS
FX6
CANISTER, EMPTY, 10
FXB
BYPASS FILTER HOUSING
$29.95 $26.96
9.35 8.42
45.31 40.78
Polymicro Filters, 10
These cartridges are made through an exclusive process that thermally bonds 100% pure polypropylene
microfibers with lower density at the outside surface and progressivelyhigher density towards the
center. Made from FDA-compliant, NSF-certified materials, they are ideal as pre-filters. Fit standard
10 filter cartridges.
FXC
FX6
FXB
AFX50M
PFCM
MODEL
EACH 4+
PFCM
1 MICRON
$3.66 $3.30
PFC5M
5 MICRONS
3.66 3.30
PFC10M
10 MICRONS
3.66 3.30
PFC25M
25 MICRONS
3.66 3.30
PFC50M
50 MICRONS
3.66 3.30
PFC75M
75 MICRONS
3.66 3.30
PFC100M
100 MICRONS
3.66 3.30
Replacement TFC Membrances

MODEL
EACH
AFX50M
50 GPD
PFC5M
100 GPD
$45.90
49.90
AquaFX the Leaders in Reverse Osmosis is a registered trademark of Aqua Engineering & Equipment, Inc.
146 CHEMICAL FILTRATION

Reverse Osmosis Accessories
ACCESSORIES
For R/O units & deionization canisters
Faucet Adapter
RV2
EACH
FAUCET TO 1/4 HOSE BARB
$13.50
RV2
Garden Adapter
RV3
GARDEN HOSE FITTING TO 1/4 TUBE
Wound Polypropylene
$8.00
EACH 12+
FX1
1 MICRON
$6.75 $6.08
FX5
5 MICRONS
6.75 6.08
FX10
10 MICRONS
6.75 6.08
FX25
25 MICRONS
6.75 6.08
FX50
50 MICRONS
6.75 6.08
RV3
R/O Accessories
FXC
10 FILTER HOUSING, 3/4 FNPT WITH ADAPTERS AND GASKETS
$29.95
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Reymond Janssen
Reymond graduated from North Island College in Campbell River B.C., receiving a diploma in
industrial automation and an Electronics Technician Certificate. Prior to attending school his work
experience was installing, maintaining and repairing pools and spas. He is currently working to
become a Journeyman Industrial Instrumentation Technician.
TECH TALK 18
Reverse Osmosis
There are two general categories of reverse osmosis (R/O): low-pressure R/O for fresh water
(less than 100 psi) and high-pressure R/O for making drinking water from seawater (over 1,000
psi). This Tech Talk discusses only the low-pressure category, which uses thin film composite
(TFC) membranes.
R/O removes dissolved ions by forcing water through a semipermeable membrane. As water flows
over the membrane under pressure, about 33% passes through and exits the center as purified water,
permeate or R/O water. The remaining 67% rinses the outside of the membrane and removes
contaminants as concentrate. Rejection of dissolved ions is about 92% efficient if the system is in
good condition. For additional filtering, the permeate can then be sent through a deionizing filter (DI)
for another 6% or 7% polishing of the water. R/O is not recommended for removing viruses or bacteria
since a cut in a seal or membrane could allow the organisms to pass. In addition, very small organic
compounds such as trichloroethylene or trihalomethane will not be removed by this process.
Performance Checks
Source water should be at least 50F (10C) and 40 psi. Do not connect to hot water or pressure over
100 psi. If the pressure is below 40 psi, a booster pump is required.
A pressure gauge is essential to monitor the backpressure from your membrane and will indicate
clogging. The gauge will also indicate prefilter loading, as the pressure will decrease as the prefilter
becomes clogged.
Total dissolved solids (TDS) levels will affect performance of R/O units. R/O membranes require more
pressure to overcome the osmotic pressure as the TDS increases. The higher the level of TDS, the
shorter the membrane life.
The R/O unit is engineered to receive potable municipal water. In areas with very hard source water, a
household water softener should be added to extend membrane life because the membrane rejects
sodium better than either calcium or magnesium. Measure TDS to determine if the membrane has
failed. Use a TDS or conductivity meter to monitor your permeate water. For example, if the tap water
reading is 100 ppm and the permeate water is 8 ppm, you know all is working well.
Maintenance
Membranes will clog quickly and stop producing permeate water without proper protection;
usually a 1- or 5-micron () pre-filter is used to remove solids and activated carbon is used to
adsorb chlorine (specialty carbons must be used for chloramine removal). When the carbon filter
is exhausted, chlorine will pass through and destroy the TFC membrane. The sediment and
carbon pre-filters should be replaced every 3 months or after production of every 1,000 gallons
of purified water. The TFC membrane should be changed every 13 years or when TDS readings
in the permeate water are above 30 ppm. After installing a new membrane, discard all permeate
for the first two hours (a new membrane is coated with a solution to prevent microbiological
growth and must be rinsed thoroughly). Until it is fully hydrated, a new membrane may take up
to 10 days for full production. DO NOT allow it to dry out. If you are not going to use the filter for
more than 4 weeks, remove the membrane, place it in a sealed bag with 2 tablespoons of filtered
water and store it in the refrigerator. Membranes and pre-filters are usually interchangeable
between brands.
Use and Storage
Your R/O water should be stored in food-grade containers. R/O water is so pure that it acts
as a solvent and will dissolve metals like copper or brass. If it is not stored in a food-grade container,
the purified water will leach the chemicals out of the container within 24 hours.
R/O water is too pure to be used by itself for fish and plants. Additives are needed to replace
essential minerals. Most marine mixes contain these minerals. For freshwater systems, use an
additive such as R/O Right (see PentairAES.com). The average cost to produce R/O water is 5 to 10
cents per gallon. This includes the cost of the filter and maintenance.
CHEMICAL FILTRATION 14708

Calcium Reactors/Accessories
CALCIUM REACTORS
Jetstream Pico
Suitable for aquariums up to 158 gallons (600 liters). The reaction
chamber holds .8 liters of calcium media (not included) and has a max
output of 60 mL/min. Includes bubble counter. Pump required but not
includedwe recommend PU181. Two-year limited warranty.
Jetstream 1
Suitable for systems up to 800 gallons (3,000 liters). Vertically mounted
on an ABS board. Reaction chamber holds 2.5 liters of coral sand (not
included) and has a max output of 120 mL/min. Includes bubble counter
and 115V/60 Hz pump. Two-year limited warranty.
Jetstream 2
Suitable for systems from 800 to 2,500 gallons (3,000 to 9,400 liters). Reaction
chamber holds 7.5 liters of coral sand (not included). Includes bubble counter
and 115V/60 Hz pump mounted on board. Two-year limited warranty.
SC2452
SC2453
SC2454
2YEAR WARRANTY

MODEL
L W H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
SC2452
JETSTREAM PICO
6 16
SC2453
JETSTREAM 1
13 6 24
14
$615.00
850.00
SC2454
JETSTREAM 2
18 8 36
20
1,230.00
PROFESSIONAL CALCIUM REACTORS

Calcium reactors provide invertebrates in marine systems with a
constant supply of calcium hydrogen carbonate, which plays a
critical role in seawater buffering and coral growth. Made in
Germany, the Schuran calcium reactors are considered to be the
most advanced and efficient in the market today. A water pump
(included) circulates water within a reactor that is filled with
calcium media and saturated with carbon dioxide. The carbon
dioxide creates an acidic environment that dissolves the coral
media into calcium hydrogen carbonate.
CO2 REGULATOR W/BUBBLE COUNTER

Dual gauges show psi and kg/cm2. The left gauge measures tank capacity and
the right gauge indicates flow. Package includes a flow regulator, needle valve,
electric solenoid and bubble counter. Needle valve control allows precise
measurement. Solenoid valve has 5-ft power cord. CO2 bottle not included.
Six-month warranty (no warranty on right-side gauge).

SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
PR957
JETSTREAM SERIES
The Jetstream Series of calcium reactors sets a new
standard of functionality and efficiency. The gas/
water separator offers the optimum use of carbon
dioxide: not a single bubble of gas can leave the
reactor unused. The residual gases are also dissolved,
accelerating turbulence within the reaction chamber.
This highly efficient reactor makes it possible to
dissolve coral media with equal amounts of carbon
dioxide; i.e., one kg coral sand with one kg CO2!
2 $113
Calcium media before (left) and after

(right) use of 2 kg CO2.
CALCIUM REACTOR MEDIA

Specially made for calcium reactors, ReBorn dissolves completelyit will not
break down and clog your system. Also a safe, natural way to stabilize pH and
increase calcium in reef aquariums. Made of fossilized coral harvested from
the Western Pacific Ocean, ReBorn replenishes calcium, carbonate alkalinity,
strontium and trace elements.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
TLRB8
8.8
$31.35
TLRB44
44
130.79
148 BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION

Sponge Filters
FILTER FOAM, RETICULATED

Also a great biofilter media!
This 1 thick foam is true fish grade, long-life, reticulated foam with
a pore size of 20 ppi (pores per inch). It contains no fire retardants or
germicides. Sold in 2 x 6 sheets (rolled) only (equals 1 cu.ft.).
Made in USA.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
PF7
EACH
$49.44
TUBING VALVES, ROLL TYPE

Made of a polyester (PBT) that offers permanent rigidity. Autoclavable to
320F (160C).
MODEL
EACH
25+
RC9
1/8 TO 7/6
$7.58 $6.82
RC10
1/4 TO 9/6
8.43 7.59
RC10
SPONGE FILTER, EXTRA LARGE

This extra large sponge filter works as a biological filter and clarifies water through solids capture.
A nice filter for small ponds, water gardens and fish holding tanks. The reticulated sponge is easily
cleaned or replaced without tools. The 20 tall PVC chimney is sealed at the bottom and can be
shortened if needed. Requires .25 cfm of air to operate and 1 lb of weight to submerge it (pour a cup
of sand or gravel down the chimney). Includes 20 of 1/4 I.D. tubing and a Sweetwater AS3 air diffuser.
MODEL
FP3
SPONGE FILTER
FP3F
REPL. SPONGE
9 X 9 X 9
EACH 6+
$55.25
43.98 39.59
SPONGE FILTERS
HydroSponge filters are perfect for aquarium and small tank filtration.
They are capable of moving more water than other sponge filters, are
self-weighting and act as mechanical and biological filters. Simply attach
to aquarium air line tubing, supply .05 cfm and filtering begins. For
higher filtration rates, a powerhead pump may be attached. Stacking
doubles filtering capacity. Easy to clean. 1 diameter tube. Overall height
may be shortened by cutting tube.
TECH TALK 29
Sponge Filters
Air-powered sponge filters operate on the airlift principle to induce flow, so the taller the
chimney, or lift pipe, the greater the vacuum and the flow of water.
Sponge filters do an excellent job of capturing solids. Unfortunately, a lot of these collected
solids drain out of the sponge when it is lifted out of the water for cleaning.
An easy way to avoid this is to use a sponge-sized plastic bag or bucket. Gently place the sponge
in it while under water, then remove the entire package. Squeeze out the fouling material, but do
not clean too thoroughly because that will eliminate too much of the good, nitrifying bacteria.
HF5

APPROXIMATE
TANK SIZE (GAL)
SPONGE
DIAMETER
OAH
EACH
6+
HF1
10
HF3
80
33/4" 9" $7.30 $6.57

41/2" 111/2" 10.15 9.14
HF5
125
53/4" 111/2" 10.85 9.77
HF1R
SPONGE REFILL/HF1
33/4" 2.15
HF3R
SPONGE REFILL/HF3
41/2" 3.10
HF5R
SPONGE REFILL/HF5
53/4" 4.55
BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION 14908

Media
BIO STRATA
Black PVC sheets glued in a block form 12 x 12 x 48 long (longer when
ordered in 96+ ft3 quantities). It is negatively buoyant and preferred where
loose media is not acceptable. Choose 68 or 110 ft2 /ft3 and 8- or 10-mil PVC
thickness. Made in USA. See prices on the next page. Custom cuts available.
Low cost
Submerged or trickling applications
Degassing applications

MODEL
PVC
SURFACE AREA
THICKNESS (FT 2/FT 3)
SIZE
LS688A
8 MIL
68
LS110A
8 MIL
LS688
8 MIL
LS68
LS110
SHIP WT
MIN ORDER
(LBS/FT 3) (FT 3)
EACH/ FT 3
$23.81 $22.38/12+
47.83 44.96/12+
96
14.46/FT3 (96+)
4 SECTIONS ONLY
96
15.21/FT3 (96+)
4 SECTIONS ONLY
96
25.78/FT3 (96+)
4 LENGTH
110
4 LENGTH
68
4 SECTIONS ONLY
10 MIL
68
8 MIL
110
BIO-FILL
A PVC ribbon with a high surface area, Bio-Fill is our lowest cost media. It is
negatively buoyant, very easy to clean and easily rinsed. Sold in 1 ft3 bags
(BF250) and 12 ft3 (BF250B) boxes only. Made in USA.

SURFACE AREA
SHIP WT
MIN ORDER
MODEL (FT 2/FT 3) (LBS/FT 3) (FT 3)
EACH/ FT 3 4+
BF250
250 4 1 $49.00 $42.63
BF250B
250 35 12
$367.00/BOX
BIO-BALLS
A compact polyethylene media. Select either 98 ft2 (CBB15) or 160 ft2 (CBB1)
of surface area per ft3. Round shape with positive buoyancy. These balls, with
their small void spaces, are popular for clean water applications like tropical
fish aquariums. Add an -F for floating or -S for sinking.

SURFACE AREA
SHIP WT
MIN ORDER
MODEL SIZE (FT 2/FT 3) (LBS/FT 3) (FT 3)
EACH/ FT 3 4+
CBB15
11/2 98
CBB1
1 160 12 1 61.72 52.46
12 1 $54.00 $46.20
These items are sold in large quantities for commercial purposes; most ship motor freight. Note the minimum order quantities.

Media
BIO BARRELS
A polypropylene media available in five sizes. Remember the importance of
void space with both heterotrophic fouling and degassing applications. The
12 barrels are natural in color, the 31/2 are black. Positive in buoyancy.
Made in USA.
BF33A

SURFACE AREA
MODEL SIZE (FT 2/FT 3)
BF64
BF44
BF33
BF26
BF64A
BF44A
BF33A
SHIP WT
MIN ORDER
(LBS/FT 3) (FT 3)
1" 64 6
11/2" 44 5
2" 33 4
31/2" 26 4
1 64 6
11/2 44 5
2 33 4
BF64
EACH/ FT 3
20
30
30.80/FT3 (30+)
40
22.00/FT3 (40+)
16.67/FT3 (50+)
50
1
$44.00/FT3 (20+)
51.17 46.05/4+
39.56 35.60/4+
29.56 26.87/4+
TECH TALK 95
Biofilter Sizing
Biofilters consist of surface-providing media for attachment of microorganisms that remove
wastes from the water. The media can be commercial products like Bio Barrels, Bio Balls, Bio
Strata, Bio-Fill, Biofilm Carrier Elements and Siporax among others. Sand, rock, shells and
other natural material can be used as biofilter media. The relative amount of usable surface area
(square feet surface area/cubic foot of media) and their weight are important.
In aquaculture, biofilters are used to convert ammonia to nitrite, and ultimately nitrate, through an
oxidation process called nitrification. The bacteria attach to the media surfaces where they use
ammonia and nitrite as energy sources and carbon dioxide as a carbon source. These bacteria are
aerobic, requiring oxygen for the conversion process.
The biofilter sizing process can be roughly summarized as follows:
1. D etermine the maximum expected ammonia loading rate and the allowable total ammonianitrogen (TAN) concentration. Ammonia loading is a function of feed loading, protein content
and digestion efficiency. The TAN limit is primarily a function of culture water pH and fish
tolerance for un-ionized ammonia (see Tech Talk 47).
High water replacement rates dilute culture water ammonia while impacting pH and other water
quality parameters. Mass balance analysis is essential for determining the biofilter load, if any,
for these partial recirculating and flow-through systems.
2. S elect the best kind of biofilter for the application. Many types of biofilters have been used in
aquaculture, including rotating biological contactors (RBCs), trickling filters, submerged filters,
fluidized beds, bead filters and low-space bioreactors (LSBs). One may be better than another
for a given application.
3. C alibrate the biofilter standard nitrification rate to the field water quality conditions. These
conditions include hydraulic loading rate, TAN concentration, oxygen availability and temperature.
Poor solid waste pre-filtration will reduce biofilter performance and require a larger biofilter.
4. Calculate the biofilter size based on the biofilter surface area, projected field nitrification rate
and the maximum expected ammonia load.
Biofilter surface area requirements can range from 3 to 30 square feet per lb of fish depending on
the biofilter type and the factors described above. For this reason, we recommend that the AES/B
Numbers (lbs of fish supported, Tech Talk 106) as well as the feed and TAN limits listed in this
catalog be used for comparison purposes only and not for biofilter sizing.
TECH TALK 112

Fluidized Sand Biofilters
The purpose of a biological filter is to convert ammonia to nitrate. Fish excrete ammonia in proportion to the amount of food they eat. In our catalog, you will see a "Feed per Day" rating based on a 40%
protein content, 10% moisture content feed, with typical digestibility. Fluidized bed biofilters using sand media are extremely compact and very inexpensive compared to other biofilters because the media
is sand. Water flows upward through the sand causing the sand grains to float or "fluidize." When the water flow is too low to fluidize the bed it is called a "collapsed bed." When the proper amount of
water is flowing, the sand expands upward, a condition referred to as an "expanded bed." If too much water is flowing, the bed will over expand and the smaller grains will be carried out of the biofilter in
the outflow water. There are three important aspects of fluidized sand biofilters. The first is the water inflow diffuser at the bottom. The diffuser creates a uniform, low-turbulence sand flow pattern.
Excessive turbulence can erode the biofilter vessel and scour nitrifying bacteria from the sand grains. The second aspect is water flow velocity. A narrow water flow range must be maintained to keep the
sand properly fluidized. Flow variations caused by pre-filters can result in collapsed or "blown-out" sand beds. The third aspect is refluidization. At start-up, a little extra pump pressure and an effective
water diffuser design are required for initial fluidization.

TECH TALK 128
Biological Filters: Pros and Cons of Different Types
In aquariums and fish farms biological filtration is required to prevent the build up of toxic
ammonia excreted by the animals. Ammonia can be lethal to some species in concentrations less
than .5 mg/L. It's well known that certain bacteria can oxidize ammonia first to nitrite and finally
to nitrate under the proper conditions (called nitrification, where each compound gets converted
to something less toxic). Setting up these ideal conditions is the main focus of biological filtration
design. In simplest terms, all that is needed for biological filtration is an appropriate material
(substrate) for the nitrifying bacteria to grow on. Creative people have used everything from hair
curlers to lava rock to plastic army men for homemade biofilters. The real science of biofilter
design is optimizing the process to get the biggest usable surface area for bacterial growth in the
smallest possible space (footprint). Other considerations are choice of substrate, oxygen
utilization, biofouling and flowrates.
There are two general classes of biofilters: moving beds and static beds. The static bed is the
traditional "trickle filter" where water is sprayed over a bed of stationary substrate. Moving bed
filters have the media suspended in the water column inside a container, and the media is kept in
constant motion by air, water or a combination of both. The pros and cons of both types:
Static Bed Filters
Pros
Cost. Static bed filters can be made out of lengths of pipe, garbage cans, buckets or almost
anything to hold the media.
Gas exchange. Typically, static bed filters use media with a lot of empty space for oxygen and
carbon dioxide (CO2) exchange. While the empty space reduces the surface area available for
bacterial growth, it does promote gas exchange for CO2 and supersaturated gas stripping.
Simplicity of design. There's really not much to break or go wrong with a filter that can be as
simple as a Rubbermaid garbage can filled with lava rock.
Cons
Optimization. The empty spaces in static bed filters that are great for gas exchange give them
less than ideal usable surface area. Also, spraying water randomly over the media typically
leaves some of the surface area dry (the water evaporates) and therefore unused.
Biofouling. Because the media doesn't move,
layers of bacteria (biofilms) will tend to build up
on the media. These can result in lost usable
surface area. If pockets of anaerobic bacterial
activity form in the thicker biofilms where
oxygen exchange is low, you'll have to clean the
media occasionally, which can stress or even kill
the bacteria in the filter.
Flowrates. Trickle filters are named that for a
reason. If water goes into a static bed filter at
too high of a speed, the bacteria can actually be
blown right off the media.
Moving Bed Filters
Pros
Optimization. Moving bed filters tend to use
smaller media (to keep it in motion) with better
surface area to volume ratios. Since the media is
submerged, all available surface area can be
colonizeda much more compact footprint than
for static bed filters.
Resistance to biofouling. Moving media is constantly bumping into itself, a natural

"scouring" action that causes the older, thicker biofilms to slough off. This sloughing also
removes the older bacteria, which get rid of ammonia and nitrite slower than younger
bacteria. So you don't have to clean the media, which could stress or kill the bacteria, and
the biofilter runs at higher efficiency.
Flowrates. Moving bed filters can typically handle higher flowrates than similarly sized
static biofilters.
Cons
Capital cost. Being more complex, moving bed filters are usually more expensive, but this cost
must be weighed against the added efficiency of the filter.
Oxygen depletion. Since they are so efficient and contain higher densities of bacteria, moving
bed filters tend to use more oxygen and generate more CO2, which can require additional gas
balancing in the water after it passes through the biofilter.
Substrate selection is very important in
biofilters. To get the most bacteria in the
smallest volume, the surface area to volume
ratio of the media needs to be optimized.
Smaller particles have more surface area
for their volume than larger particles and will
support more bacteria in a given container.
In addition to size, surface profile of the
media is a consideration. Bacteria stick more
easily to rough media with lots of nooks and
crannies than smooth media, but only to a
point. Some media manufacturers make
claims of huge surface areas on their media
by giving it many openings and lots of
internal structure. However, once this type of media is covered and filled with bacteria, much
of this internal structure can be plugged up by the mucus that the bacteria make and therefore
lost as usable surface area.
Common Biofilters
Static Bed
M
ost static bed filters are variations of the packed column (trickle filter)simply an open
container filled with biomedia, bio balls or barrels, lava rock, crushed shell or corrugated
media (Brentwood). Water enters at the top and drips down over the media. Plenty of
gas exchange but relatively low available surface area to volume ratio (SA/V) for its size
(30150 ft 2 /ft 3).
Moving Bed
Fluidized bed sand filter. An up-flow filter that fluidizes a bed of silica sand, keeping it
suspended. Extremely high SA/V ratio (1,500 ft 2/ft3). The largest amount of nitrification in the
smallest package. Also the biggest oxygen user. Unlike static bed filters, can be pressurized.
Bead filter. A hybrid mechanical/biological filter. Bed is not constantly moving but can be
backwashed like a sand filter to scour media. Can also be pressurized. Good SA/V ratio (400
ft 2 /ft 3).
Low Space Bioreactor. Intermediate SA/V ratio (260 ft 2/ft3) between the static bed and fluidized
sand filters. Air is introduced into the media bed, preventing the low oxygen conditions common
in fluidized bed filters. The aeration also strips CO2 from the treated water, which is a real
innovation in biological filtration. Unlike in a fluidized bed sand filter, the bioreactor's aeration
will keep the filter from crashing if the pump fails.

Media
MATALA FILTRATION MEDIA
KOI
Made of flexible fiber compounds, this filtration media is used in many

applications in the aquaculture and koi pond markets. It is excellent for
removing solid wastes and, unlike other filter padding, totally resists
compression! The solid fibers are very resistant to sludge build-up and
clogging, making cleaning easy. It also features a lot of surface area,
so it is very good for biological filtration. Great for low-pressure, gravityfed filters and skimmers, Matala is positively buoyant and may require
anchoring in submersed applications. Sold in 391/2 L x 24 W x 11/2 H
sheets only. Ships Oversize.
SURFACE AREA
(SQ.FT/CU.FT.)

MODEL
FM97
FIBER DIA. (MM)
EACH
FM97 (LOW DENSITY)
5+
FM96 (MEDIUM DENSITY)
BLACK 62 1.65
$31.00 $28.52
FM96
GREEN
FM98
BLUE 124 .56 33.00 30.36
FM99
DARK GREY
96
170
.81
.51
32.00 29.44
38.00 34.96
FM98 (HIGH DENSITY)
FM99 (SUPER HIGH DENSITY)
SWEETWATER SWX BIO-MEDIA

Successful biofiltration using moving bed technology requires the use of the
right media. Pentairs Sweetwater SWX Bio-Media is the ideal choice at a
great price. These biofilm carrier elements are made from 100% virgin
high-density polyethylene. With a surface area of 274 ft2/ft3 this proven
geometric design provides an abundant amount of surface area for bacteria
to colonize. Robust bacteria colonization is essential to the nitrification
process of converting ammonia to nitrite and ultimately nitrate. Pentairs
Sweetwater SWX Bio-Medias positively buoyant characteristic allows for
continuous movement in a bio-filtration tank with the use of an air pump or
blower. The constant circulating action exfoliates the older, less active
bacterial layer; which eliminates the need for backwashing and allows the
media to be self-cleaning.
MODEL
SURFACE AREA
DIAMETER
LENGTH
QUANTITY
BF150A
274 FT/FT
7/16
9/32
ONE CUBIC FOOT
$39.50
EACH
BF150B
274 FT/FT
7/16
9/32
ONE CUBIC METER
1255.00
BIOFILTER MEDIA BAGS

You will appreciate media bags after you have to clean or relocate your
biofilter! Just pour loose biofilter media into the bag and tie it off. When
it is time to clean, lift them all out at once. Large bag has drawstring and
measures 35 L x 23 W when flat. Small bag measures 18 x 2. Both are
1/4 mesh nylon. Made in USA.
MODEL
BF165
1/4 FT
BF167
1 FT 3
EACH 10+
$4.05 $3.65
11.00 9.53
Media not included

Low-Space Bioreactor
SWEETWATER LOW-SPACE BIOREACTOR FILTER

Fully automatic, self-adjusting and continuously self-cleaning
KOI
This is a robust, nonpressurized biofilter that is much less sensitive to flow

rate variations and power interruptions than fluidized bed sand biofilters.
When operated in low-head recirculating systems, it can easily be sunk into
the floor to reduce the pump pressure. When installed this way, only a few
inches of head loss will occur across the LSB. Because air is used to circulate
the media, the LSB both adds oxygen and strips carbon dioxide! A hood can
be placed over the bioreactor to vent the CO2 outdoors. We have colored them
blue/green to prevent algae growth inside and provide the dark environment
preferred by the Nitrobacter bacteria.
Air diffuser depth can be adjusted for compatibility with your blower/
compressor. LSBs are complete with media. Compressed air connections
are 1/2 slip. Air pump not included. All you need are male-threaded pipe
connections. We can also custom build larger sizes. Ship motor freight.
Up to 12 kg feed/m3 media (35.3 ft3)
Non-pressurized, gravity drain
Low head
CO2 stripping
PACKS A HUGE AMOUNT OF USABLE SURFACE INTO A SMALL VOLUME.
MEDIA WITH NO FLOW
MEDIA WITH WATER FLOW
MEDIA IN BIOREACTOR
TANK VOL
(GAL)
D X H
(INCHES)
MEDIA
MAX. (FT3)
FLOWRATE
(GPM)
LSB2.5
35
18 X 33
2.5
39
1 1.25 119 1.53 40
LSB3
40
18 X 36
310
1 1.25 142
LSB5
70
23 X 43
720 1.5 2 236 36 140
988.38
LSB7
94
21.5 X 62
1030 2 3 339 49 170
1,218.90
LSB8
105
31 X 37
1030 2 3 376 510 175
1,269.90
LSB12
170
31 X 57
12
1750 3 3 576 715 280
1,716.66

MODEL
BF150A
REQD AIR
FLOW (CFM)
IN/OUT
(INCHES)
AES/B*
FEED
(LBS/DAY)
2-4
SHIP WT
(LBS)
55
EACH
$569.16
637.50
LSB25
323
47 X 50
25
2590 4.5 4 1173 1530 380
2,824.38
LSB35-2
480
47 X 71
35
40200 4.5 6 1730 2045 535
4,382.94
BF150A
BIO-MEDIA, 1 FT3 10
39.50
*AES/B Number is a conservative amount of fish (lbs) supported. See tech talk 106.
PRICE

Cyclonic Bioreactor
CYCLONIC BIOREACTOR
Pentair Aquatic-Eco Systems Cyclonic Bioreactor
Formerly HE Group, the Pentair Aquatic-Eco Systems Cyclonic BioReactor
(CBR) is a Fluidized Sand BioReactor (FSB) otherwise known as a Fluidized
Sand Bio-Filter. The purpose of the CBR is to provide a vehicle for the
Nitrification of Ammonia by fluidizing (or suspending in water) silica sand
media. This is a two stage process where the Nitrifying Bacteria form a biofilm
on the surface of the silica sand media that oxidizes Ammonia into Nitrite
(Nitrosomonas) and Nitrite into Nitrate (Nitrobacter).
Features:
Designed to maintain the highest level of system water quality with the lowest
operating and maintenance cost
A small footprint, ideal for confined spaces
Available in many sizes for various flow requirement
Diameters up through 84 (2134 mm) designed for containerized shipping
anywhere in the world
Multiple units can be connected in parallel for a larger flow rate

DIAMETER
HEIGHT
SHIP WEIGHT
(IN.) (IN.) (LBS)
CBR-012-084
CBR-018-096
CBR-024-096
CBR-030-120
CBR-036-144
CBR-042-156
CBR-048-159
CBR-060-162
CBR-072-168
CBR-084-192
CBR-096-234
12 84 165
18 96 237
24 96 311
30 120 441
36 144 566
42 156 795
48 159 924
60
162
1311
72
168
1640
84 192 2320
96 234 2726
EACH*
$2,871.00
3,854.00
4,543.00
5,612.00
6,554.00
8,112.00
9,997.00
14,255.00
16,391.00
20,609.00
23,474.00
*Pricing is for standard models. Customization available.
Cyclonic Bioreactor
DEGASSING 155
Columns
DEGASSING COLUMNS
Nitrogen gas can kill fish at only 3% above saturation!
Degassing columns are used for removing nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide or other gases
from water. They also add oxygen to undersaturated water. In most areas, well water (ground water) is
low in oxygen and too high in nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide.
Each segment is made of heavy-duty, UV-resistant polyethylene for outdoor use. They are engineered
to produce the ideal flow pattern to prevent wall channelization while exchanging air at each segment.
Install just the number of segments to give the water quality needed. Each segment can receive as
much as 150 gpm with excellent aeration and gas stripping results.
Each segment (16 D x 18 H) has a molded bracket that fits onto an optional hanger. The 6 H x 4 W
hanger is a fiberglass I-beam, predrilled for 4 segments (bolts included). Snap the segments onto the
hanger and either hang it from the ceiling, attach it to the tank wall, or to a post, so the water goes in
the top and exits directly into the tank. Each segment should be filled with 0.6 cubic feet of biomedia
(sold separately, see Index). We recommend BF44A.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
6+
AB12
PACKED COLUMN SEGMENT
$58.17 $52.35
AB12A
OPTIONAL HANGER
15
150.00
% Oxygen
% Nitrogen
Inlet Water
57
110
Outlet Water After 1 Segment
76
106
Outlet Water After 2 Segments
84
104
89
103
92
102
94
101
% refers to % of saturation. Nitrogen varies with season, so we suggest designing for the worst case.
As low as 103% nitrogen can kill fish. AB12 results are from a formal study conducted by the Canadian
government.
DSF SERIES DRUM SCREEN FILTERS

DSF SERIES
DRUM SCREEN FILTERS
ROTARY MICRO FILTER
screen filters have proven to be highly efficient
and reliable in removing solids from volumes of
water large and small. Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems is proud to offer our DSF Series
line of drum screen filters, with a wide range of
models, sizes and micron ratings to meet the
specific needs of nearly any field application.
See page 132 for more info.
156 SPECIALTY FILTRATION

Gas Control Column
GAS CONTROL COLUMN

Pentair Aquatic-Eco Systems Gas Control Column
Formerly a product of HE Group, the Pentair Aquatic-Eco Systems the Gas
Control Column (GCC) is used to maintain proper balance of dissolved gases in
reuse process water. The GCT is comprised of three sections: the CO Stripper
(CO2) and the Low Head Oxygenator (LHO) and the LHO Sump (LHOS).
Features:
operating and maintenance costs
Customized configurations with optional components available to meet
specific site requirements
Easy access for cleaning and maintenance

HEIGHT
SHIP WT
MODEL
GPM (IN.) (LBS)
EACH
GCC-024-018 157 156 754 $7,052.00

GCC-030-024 245 159 888
8,046.00
GCC-036-030 353 162 1029
9,136.00
GCC-042-036 421 168 1179 10,294.00

GCC-048-042 628 192 1499 12,089.00
GCC-060-048 982 234 1891 14,670.00
GCC-072-054 1,414 234 2463 16,823.00
GCC-084-060
1,924
264
2914
20,257.00
TECH TALK 125

Biological Filtration Basics
Biological filtration is one of the most important aspects of filtration design for aquatic animal
welfare. There are actually 3 distinct processes that fall under the heading of biological
filtration: mineralization, nitrification and denitrification. Nitrification is typically the most
commonly discussed and widely known facet of biological filtration and is undoubtedly the most
critical since it deals with the breakdown of strongly toxic animal wastes, but all aspects of
biological filtration are important and must be considered when designing a functional life
support system for aquatic habitats.
Mineralization is a fancy word for decomposition, where complex organic material is degraded by
bacteria into its simplest parts. In aquariums and aquaculture, this organic material is typically
derived from fecal material and uneaten food from the animals. Heterotrophic bacteria digest
this material, preventing it from building up to unsafe levels in displays or farms. The end
products of mineralization are mostly inorganic nitrogen and phosphorus. Mineralization is not
the only source of nitrogen in aquatic systems. The direct production of ammonia as a waste
product from fish (urine) also contributes to the nitrogen load in aquatic systems. Ammonia
nitrogen can be toxic to aquatic life (some species will die at levels as low as .5 mg/L). This is
why nitrification is so critical. It's important to understand that it is the un-ionized form of
ammonia, NH3, that is so toxic. By dropping the pH of a tank, it's possible to convert toxic
ammonia, NH3, to NH4+, ammonium, a much less toxic compound. This is easier to do in
freshwater systems with pH near or below neutral than it is in marine systems with pH in the 8 to
8.2 range. It's important to realize that pH manipulations are just a "band aid" fix for ammonia
management, and a well-designed biofilter is still essential.
Several strains of bacteria can use the ammonia nitrogen for food. Nitrosomonas, Nitrosococcus
and Nitrobacter are the best-known organisms responsible for this process. Ammonia is the
most toxic end product of mineralization and fish metabolism. Nitrosomonas and Nitrosococcus
convert the ammonia (NH3) to a less toxic compound, nitrite (NO2). While less toxic than the
ammonia, nitrite can still be lethal to fish in very small amounts (in the 15 mg/L range).
Finally, Nitrobacter converts the nitrite to nitrate, the least toxic form of nitrogen.
Each of these forms of nitrogenNH3, NO2 and NO3is progressively less toxic to the animals.
The final end product, NO3, is well tolerated by fish but, unless managed, will tend to build up.
This brings us to the last biological filtration process, denitrification, where bacteria remove
nitrate from the system water.
While nitrate is not strongly toxic, animals don't live with elevated nitrate levels in nature, so
keeping nitrate levels low is important in reproducing natural conditions for aquatic life.
Historically this was done with periodic water changes in closed systems, but more recently this
practice has been frowned upon by local municipalities wanting to limit the discharge of excess
nitrogen into natural waterways and sanitary sewer systems.
Instead of water changes, there are two primary methods for denitrification, the carbon fed
digester and the sulfur bed digester. Some strains of bacteria known as facultative anaerobes
can use the oxygen in the nitrate (NO3) for energy, converting NO3 into atmospheric nitrogen (N2).
The carbon digesters require the addition of an organic carbon source to feed the bacteria,
typically a short chain alcohol (methanol or ethanol) or a simple sugar. This method has the
drawback of having to measure the addition of the carbon compound. Over- or under-dosing can
upset the balance of the process or, worse yet, carry unreacted alcohol back to the tank. The
sulfur-based method relies on the activity of several bacteria strains that consume sulfur and
nitrate without adding other chemicals. Thiobacillis denitrificans and other similar bacteria can
use the oxygen in nitrate for energy. The trend in the industry is the sulfur bed digester because
of its simplicity.
The NO3 to N2 reaction (called "reduction") consumes alkalinity, so the sulfur is typically mixed
with crushed oyster shell or aragonite (a source of carbonate for buffering) to keep the pH stable.
Monitoring D.O. is especially important since the environment inside the filter should be
oxygen-poor, but not oxygen-free. If too much oxygen is present, the bacteria will respire
aerobically (with oxygen) and no nitrate reduction will occur, but if too little oxygen is present,
the filter can go anaerobic (without oxygen) and produce toxic hydrogen sulfide.
SPECIALTY FILTRATION 157

Gas Control Column
Gas Control Column

Gas Control Tower
GAS CONTROL TOWER

Pentair Aquatic-Eco Systems Gas Control Tower
Formerly a product of HE Group, the Pentair Aquatic-Eco Systems Gas Control
Tower (GCT) is used to maintain proper balance of dissolved gases in reuse
process water. The GCT is comprised of three sections: the CO Stripper (CO2)
and the Low Head Oxygenator (LHO) and the LHO Sump (LHOS).
Features
operating and maintenance costs
Customized configurations with optional components available to meet
specific site requirements
Easy access for cleaning and maintenance

HEIGHT
SHIP WT
MODEL
GPM (IN.) (LBS)
GCT-024-018
EACH
200 159 827 $10,871.00
GCT-030-024
313 162 987 12,439.00
GCT-036-029
450 168 1131 14,006.00
GCT-042-033
613 192 1498 15,409.00
GCT-048-039
800 234 1865 18,593.00
GCT-060-048
1250 234 2304 23,631.00
GCT-072-054
1800 264 2916 29,711.00
GCT-084-060
2450
264
3335
33,831.00
PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS WORLD AQUACULTURE TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING & RESEARCH CENTER
(PAES WATER) Coming Soon
PAES WATER is our center for research and demonstration of

Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) technology. This facility
will be located on the existing campus of PAES, Apopka, Florida and
we anticipate completion during the second half of February 2015.
The purpose of PAES WATER is to establish leadership in RAS, as
well as serve as a research, training, and demonstration center for
this technology. It will house the Center of Excellence for UV
treatment within Pentair. We plan to showcase our products and
suppliers products in a modern, controlled environment where our
staff, workshop students and visitors will have a first-hand look at
the overall aquaculture process.
We want to demonstrate RAS technologies because RAS is a type of
aquaculture that is equipment intensive. The culture conditions are
more intensive and densities are higher than in traditional pond
aquaculture (about eight times the production capacity per acre).
PAES has significant product offerings for RAS including pumps,
filters, controllers, UV treatment units, etc. RAS as an aquaculture
type is growing at a fast rate. It requires less water and land
resources, facilities can be located nearer to markets and can be
located in wider range of areas than traditional pond aquaculture
operations. Think in concept of food miles; how far did your meal
travel today? RAS production systems are favored by Seafood Watch
and Food & Water Watch organizations because they are proven to
be more sustainable and environmentally friendly.
For more information, visit PentairAES.com

Gas Control Tower
Gas Control Tower

Spray Nozzles
SPINFREE SQUARE ROTARY SPRAY NOZZLE
100
A new way to deliver water to static bed biofilters and degassing columns.
Originally designed for the cooling tower industry, this all-plastic spray nozzle
is extremely efficient for uniform water distribution over packed columns. Its
capable of delivering a square pattern of water, so dry spots in the media bed
can be eliminated in square or rectangular filter vessels. This will maximize
usable surface area for gas exchange or nitrification.
99
88
N2
Gallons per Minute
77
Other Benefits
Low-pressure operation
Can be fitted with three different inserts to maintain velocity at a variety of
different flowrates and delivery pressures (RSN2 has 2 outer thread and a
1.5 orifice)
RS
66
NOZ
55
NOZ
44
NOZ
33
22
Rotating distribution element minimizes biofouling
11
Very little freeboard required. At recommended flows and pressures,

only 3 of space is required between the nozzle and the media bed to
obtain a 3 x 3 throwout
0
.5
Shearing action of the rotating element ensures a minimal dead zone directly
beneath the nozzle
MODEL
RSN2
.78 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00

Pressure (PSIG) at Nozzle
EACH
SPRAY NOZZLE
$40.00
NOZG
1 ORIFICE INSERT
NOZW
1.1 ORIFICE INSERT 5.00
5.00
NOZY
1.2 ORIFICE INSERT
5.00
SPRAY NOZZLES, HIGH FLOW

These high-flow, low-pressure nozzles distribute water uniformly and are
clog-resistant. They are used in cooling towers, trickle biofilters, spray
aeration and foam knockdown. CES15 models have 1-1/2 MNPT inlet, and
CES2 models have
2 MNPT inlet.
ORIFICE
ROUND CONE PATTERN
SQUARE CONE PATTERN
DIA.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
CES15
CES2
ORIFICE DIAMETER (IN.)

HEAD PRESSURE
(FT WATER)
CES15 (GPM)
CES2 (GPM)
CES15A $6.25
CES2A $19.74
CES15B
6.25
CES2B 19.74
CES15C
6.25
CES2C 19.74
CES15D
6.25
CES2D 19.74
CES15E
6.25
CES2E 19.74
CES15F
6.25
CES2F 19.74
3/4
7/8
11/8
11/4
11/2
7
10
17
23
10
12
25
27
13
15
33
35
17
19
42
46
22
24
52
58
35
86
BELL AQUACULTURE
The dream of Bell Aquaculture has the support of many companies like Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems as well as organizations and individual fish farmers all working toward the
same goal, including immeasurable amounts of research and implementation. Bell
Aquaculture relies on our DSF series Drum Filter for their filtration needs. The Drum
Screen Filter has proven to be highly efficient and reliable in removing solids from volumes
of water large or small, playing an important role in the filtration process at Bell Aquaculture.
For the full article, please visit our blog at PentairAES.com or BellAquaculture.com

Protein Skimmers
EV SERIES PROTEIN SKIMMERS

The AquaC protein skimmers employ a spray
injection system that draws in much more air
than any other on the market. The more air, the
more work that gets done. This injection system
is coupled with a compact mixing box that has an
internal baffling systemincreasing contact time
and removing more waste from the water. The
skimmers are designed to run in sumps without
being raised, and the output valve is at a height of
9 (EV120EV180 models), which means that as
long as the sump level is 9 or lower it will
eliminate water level fluctuation effects on
skimming. EV240EV2000 can sit in water as
deep as 10. The Twist-Lock collection cup and
cap creates a secure, quick-release connection.
Skimmers are very quiet and include precision
airflow valves. All skimmers come with a JG Guest
fitting for ozone or to bleed off excess CO2 from a
calcium reactor. Units also have outlet gate valves.
Pump is not included.
EV400
EV180
EV240
EV120
OUTLET

HOSE
GATE
MODEL
INLET
VALVE
TANKS
SIZE (GAL)
DIMENSIONS
L X W X H
FLOW @ 2 PSI
(GPM)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
OPTIONAL PUMP
MODEL
EV120
3/4"
40150
8.5" X 5" X 18"
10 $324.00
MD5
EV180
3/4"
60200
9" X 6" X 20"
11 374.00
MD7
EV240
3/4"
1 1/2
80350
11" X 7" X 26"
12
16 429.00
MD12
EV400
3/4"
1 1/2
100450
11" X 7" X 32"
16
18 499.00 PM26
EV1000
1"
1 1/2
3001,000
12" X 9" X 32"
24
28 699.00
PM27
EV2000
1"
1 1/2
5002,000
12" X 9" X 42"
34
32 839.00
PM28
TECH TALK 72
Protein Skimmer/Foam Fractionator
Ammonia, feces and carbon dioxide are not the only waste products in a recirculating fish
system. There are also complex organic substances from decomposing feed, urea, fish slime
and metabolic by-products. Added to that are algae, phenols and saprophytic bacteria that
irritate the fish's gills, affect growth rate and increase disease susceptibility. These dissolved
and suspended materials make up the biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), color, odor, taste,
turbidity, etc., that a foam fractionator can remove.
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Ryan Kilmartin
Ryan graduated from the University of Rhode Island with a B.S. in
aquaculture and fishery technology. He worked for the university,
maintaining a number of small fresh and saltwater recirculation
and flow-through systems of larval and adult finfish. He also
works with zoo and aquarium facilities.
Foam fractionation (also referred to as protein skimming and protein fractionation) works best
in salt water where foam production is easier, but it can be done and is becoming more popular
in freshwater systems (call for details).
The process uses air bubbles from a fine bubble diffuser or venturi to create the foam. The
foam adsorbs and entraps the above pollutants, along with the surface active compounds that
make foam production possible, all of which are then expelled through a discharge tube or into
a holding chamber.
The use of ozone can enhance this process. It will also aid in the control of bacteria, protozoa
and viruses. In general, a protein skimmer should be sized to give a time of residence between
thirty seconds and two minutes in the contact chamber. Longer periods are needed to remove
smaller particles.
In general, the higher the pH and salt level, the better they work. We offer no guarantee on
these and they are not returnable because we have no control over your water's ability to
produce foam. Learn a lot more from the book Recirculating Aquaculture (WQB109).

Protein Fractionators
SALTWATER PROTEIN FRACTIONATORS

All RK2 fractionators are built of high-quality, long-lasting, salt water and
ozone compatible materials. They feature dedicated venturi pumps,
ozone-resistant PVDF injectors, washdown sprayers with electronic interval
timers, EPDM flange gaskets, level control valves and unions or flanges at all
ports. Motors available with any electrical configuration. AC models have
clear bodies. PE models have high-density polyethylene (HDPE) bodies. All
have clear acrylic collecton chambers. Ozone systems (with air dryers and
oxygen generators) are sold separately. Ship motor freight, FOB California.
Crating charge is included in price. One-year limited warranty. Made in USA.
RK10AC, RK25PE,
RK50PE, RK75PE
& RK75PE-HF
ARE IN STOCK
RECOMMENDED OZONE GENERATORS

Part No.
Compatible Protein
Fractionator(s)
Technical Info
Includes
6004
300 mg/hr @ 1.3% by weight at 6 scfh.

115V/60 Hz, 2.7 amps.
ORP controller with probe and mount.

No air prep.
RK10AC, RK25PE
6009
1,000 mg/hr @ 1.3% by weight at 4 scfh.

115V/60 Hz, 2.7 amps.
ORP, temperature and pH controller, probes

and mounts. Built-in air dryer.
RK50PE, RK75PE
6014
2,500 mg/hr @ 3% by weight at 8 scfh.

115V/60Hz, 3.1 amps
ORP, temperature and pH controller, probes

and mounts. Built-in air dryer.
RK75PE-HF,RK300PE,
RK300PE-HF
6016
4 g/hr @ 3% by weight at 4 scfh through external

oxygen concentrator (included).
115V/60 Hz, 4.6 amps.
ORP, temperature and pH controller, probes,

mounts and oxygen concentrator.
RK150PE-HF, RK300PE,
RK300PE-HF
6017

115V/60 Hz, 5.0 amps.

RK600PE
6024

oxygen concentrator. (included).
115V/60 Hz, 7.6 amps.

RK1000PE
6030

115V/60 Hz, 13.3 amps.

RK2000PE
Pump on the left

is the culture water pump
and is not included in price.
RK75PE
The flowrates shown are the rates at which culture water can move through
a foam fractionator with a two-minute residence, or dwell time.
PROTEIN
FRACTIONATORS
FLOW AT 2-MIN
DWELL (GPM)
AMPS @
230V/60 HZ/1PH
HEIGHT*
DIAMETER
BASE
DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
OPTIONAL
OZONE GENERATOR
EACH
RK10AC
10
.95
85"
10"
15" X 36"
200
$3,910.00 6004 $755.00
RK25PE
25
.95
85"
14"
24" X 30"
200
3,985.00 6004 755.00
RK50PE
40
1.3
99"
20"
24" X 42"
250
6,485.00 6009 3,815.00
RK75PE
70
4.3
102"
24"
24 X 42"
300
7,325.00 6009 3,815.00
105**
5.75
102"
24"
24 X 42"
300
8,305.00 6014 4,845.00
155
6.9
101"
36"
36" X 54"
550
9,390.00 6014 4,845.00
210**
8.3
101"
36"
36 X 54"
550
10,900.00 6016 6,275.00
290
8.3
110"
48"
48" X 66"
650
11,640.00 6016 6,275.00
375**
7.8
110"
48"
48" X 66"
650
12,915.00 6016 6,275.00
600
8.3 (X2)
144"
60"
60" X 78"
1,000
21,825.00 6017 6,030.00
RK75PE-HF
RK150PE
RK150PE-HF
RK300PE
RK300PE-HF
RK600PE
RK1000PE
1,100
8.3 (X4)
144"
84"
92" X 114"
1,500
36,360.00 6024 CALL
RK2000PE
1,500
7.88 (X4)
168"
84"
92" X 114"
1,800
50,760.00 6030 CALL
*Minimum clearance. Additional clearance for servicing is highly recommended. **Flow at 90 second dwell.

Tech Talk
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS (RAS) TECHNOLOGY WORKSHOP

Dr. Losordo has provided consulting services
on aquaculture projects around the world for
over 20 years, and is a past president of both
the World Aquaculture Society and the
Aquacultural Engineering Society.
Pentair AESs newest workshop covers

recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS),
a self-contained method of raising fish that
uses filtration to minimize the use of water.
This workshop is taught by Dr. Thomas Losordo
and Dr. Dennis DeLong.
Course topics include:
C
omponent options for use in recirculating
production systems
Waste management issues
Economic considerations in creating, evaluating
and operating recirculating systems
Courses will be held in spring and late fall.
TECH TALK 33
Removing Carbon Dioxide
Did you know that for every 1 lb of oxygen consumed by fish they exhale 1.38 lbs of carbon dioxide? Carbon dioxide does cause problems in recirculating systems without aeration or degassing. This can
be the case, for example, where pure oxygen is used in place of aeration. Carbon dioxide must be removed, or it can build up to dangerous levelsdangerous to the fish and to humans if the fish are
raised in a closed building.
Here are some numbers to keep in mind. Oxygen is about 20.9% of the air and, because it is only slightly soluble in water, it becomes saturated at a level of about 9 ppm at 68F (20C). Carbon dioxide
is .033% of the air and is saturated in water at about .5 ppm (the ratio is higher because it is more soluble than oxygen). The comparative concentration of these two gases in blood is similar to that of
water. Therefore, a lot of carbon dioxide in the water means there will also be a lot of carbon dioxide in the blood of the fish. An excess of 5 ppm carbon dioxide in the water will affect the ability of the
fish to breathe.
If intensive aquaculture operations are being conducted outdoors, a splash aerator or aeration with air diffusers will drive the carbon dioxide into the air. If the operations are in a closed building, very
high levels of carbon dioxide can accumulate in the air (we've seen levels exceeding 4,000 ppm in the air in closed aquaculture facilities!). It then has to be removed from the building. Air ventilators can
also remove a lot of heat along with the carbon dioxide.
We suggest that carbon dioxide be stripped with a degassing column that is ventilated to the outdoors. Outdoor air can be drawn directly into the bottom of the degassing tower, forced up through the
downflowing liquid, then directed back outdoors separate from the inlet. In cold weather, there will be a significant cooling effect on the water because it is being degassed through cold, dry air. A
simple air-to-air heat exchanger will help.

Emperor Safeguard UV Systems
EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS VERTICAL OPEN CHANNEL

EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS VERTICAL OPEN CHANNEL UV
SafeGUARD UV Systems offers the most cost-effective germicidal disinfection solution for high-flow/high-fluence applications, ideal for use in hatcheries
and raceways. An exclusive operator-friendly and easy-to-service design reduces labor and costly breakage. The vertical lamp field utilizes turbulent flow
which achieves better hydraulic mixing compared to the laminar-flow created by less-efficient horizontal rack style open channel UV systems.
VERTICAL CHANNEL POLYMER PLATE (VCPP)

The design simplicity of the SafeGUARD UV Systems VCPP increases its
versatility, making it adaptable for use in a number of applications. Just
supply us with the applications existing water conditions, desired fluence,
water flow rate, channel dimensions and power requirements (mechanical
drawing). The entire system consists of a power enclosure, quartz ware
module plates (upper & lower), quartz sleeves and lamps. A water level
control weir maintains the correct water depth inside the channel, within
the UV lamp field. The weir is equipped with a drain for easy channel
cleaning and available in stainless steel or Schedule-80 Modified Polymer.
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems will work with you to customize a VCPP system to
best suit your application. Due to the flexible design of the SafeGUARD UV
Systems Vertical Open Channel UV configuration possibilities are endless.
Quartz ware module plates are engineered to specific application parameters,
such as lamp array and plate dimensions. Servicing is easy and labor is
minimized with the single end access to your UV lamps and quartz sleeves.
VERTICAL CHANNEL POLYMER FRAME (VCPF)

The SafeGUARD UV Systems VCPF is very similar to the VCPP. Instead of
using plates to orient the lamp field, a frame is used. The frame is designed
to be lowered into the channel and anchored down.

Emperor Safeguard UV Systems
EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS VERTICAL OPEN CHANNEL UV
Operator-Friendly, Cost Effective, Reliable UV Solution
WALKWAYS ARE CUSTOMER-SUPPLIED
3
3
System Features
1. Remote-Mounted Power Supply Enclosure with Control Package (Basic Included. PLC Optional)
2. Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure High-Output UV Lamps and Quartz Sleeves
3. Easy-Access through quick disconnect to UV Lamps and Quartz Sleeves for maintenance
4. Custom Designed Module Plates or Channel Frame
5. UV Transmittance Meter (Optional)

Low-Head UV Reactor
EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS LOW-HEAD UV REACTOR

High Flow/High UV Dose Applications
Our Low-Head UV Reactors provide a cost-savings alternative to shell & tube style UV
systems for large applications (flow rates exceeding 2,000 GPM). Our Low-Head UV
Reactors do not require an on-site channel. The Low-Head Reactor is designed to
minimize pressure-loss while providing high-flow UV dose performance. We use the
latest UV technologyenergy-efficient, high-intensity Amalgam lampsfor optimal
performance and efficacy. Routine servicing is simple with our easy-access lamp/quartz
sleeve modules. All external UV components are corrosion-resistant.
Our corrosion-resistant NEMA Type 12 Power Supply Enclosure is operator-friendly and
designed for in-field service capability. Our simple, yet efficient, lamp/quartz sleeve module
design eliminates the need for expensive and troublesome quartz sleeve wiping systems.
This single factor carries significant cost savings.
Low-Head UV Reactors minimize electrical consumption because they do not require
high-head (high RPM) pumps. In many situations they can operate by gravity. Our reactors
are constructed of either Schedule-80 Modified Polymer or fiber glass, depending upon the
application. They are equipped with an internal baffling system that controls the water-flow
through the lamp field to achieve reliable UV dose delivery.
Reactors feature a mid-section flange for easy assembly and maintenance. Single-end, UV
lamp and quartz sleeve access allows for quick and easy change-outs, resulting in reduced
maintenance times.
We offer a variety of lamp configurations to address the unique requirements of your
specific application. Made in USA.
System Features
Basic Control Package included. (Optional PLC package is available)
Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast sized precisely to the lamps power
requirement to ensure optimal UV-C output and useful lamp life
American-Made Low-Pressure High-Output UV lamps offer 12,000 hours of continuous
operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours)**
Extremely versatile design addresses the requirements of high-flow applications without
requiring an on-site channel
More cost-effective than shell & tube style UV systems when applied to high-flow
applications
Constructed of durable, heavy-wall, Schedule-80 Modified PVC* or fiberglass
Multi-lamp array optimizes UV-C intensity distribution
Single-End UV lamp and quartz sleeve access for easy servicing.
Watertight design protects all electrical hardware from water damage
Individual lamp and quartz sleeve servicing simplifies maintenance and reduces labor
6-foot power cord and 20-foot lamp cables
*Limited 3 Year Warranty
**Limited 12,000 hr warranty on all lamps
LARGEST ORDER FOR UV SYSTEMS HEADED TO CHILE

TThe Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems team in Apopka, Florida, recently completed the largest
order ever received for its SafeGUARD UV (ultraviolet) water treatment systems. The
systems will be installed in a large commercial Aquaculture facility in Chile. As UV fluid
treatment continues to expand in many markets, Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is wellpositioned to grow. Key representatives from every department were closely involved from
start to finish ensuring this project was a success. With the successful build of these five
large systems behind them, the Apopka team took a well-deserved moment to celebrate
and now they are starting the process all over again - the same Chilean customer placed a
new order for an additional seven large UV systems! We are poised for significant growth
in UV and our expanding capabilities and expertise are helping to shape our team into
Pentairs Global Center of Excellence for UV Systems, said UV Systems Product Manager
Jim Fraser.
To read more about our UV Systems project install or products used, visit our blog at
PentairAES.com

UV Tech Talk
TECH TALK 135

How does UV Sterilize the Organisms in my water?
So, How Does a UV System Work?
When you hear UV, tanning on the beach may come to mind, but the UV light that water
treatment systems emit is not the same UV that turns your skin to that golden brown, or red!
Light is divided into wavelengths; for example red light and blue light are emitted at different
wavelengths. Similarly there are 3 principal bands or wavelengths of UV that are of interest here.
The three bands are called UV-A (long wavelength), UV-B, (mid wavelength) and UV-C (short
wavelength). Sunlight that reaches the surface of the earth is comprised primarily of UV-A and
has some UV-B. These wavelengths are what reach your skin when you go outside on a sunny day.
UV-C is emitted by our sun, but is blocked by our atmosphere. UV-C is very natural!
UV-C is emitted at a wavelength range of 200nm (or nanometers) to 280nm.
The lamps used for disinfection are very similar to the lamps used in the fluorescent fixtures in
your home. The primary difference is that the lamps in your home convert ALL of the UV-C
generated by the lamp into visible light. The UV lamps in your water treatment system have no
visible light converting phosphor (that white stuff on the inside of the fluorescent lamps), and
special quartz envelopes that allow the UV-C to transmit outside of the bulb. The lamps in your
home use a special glass envelope that totally blocks UV at any wavelength be it UV-A, UV-B, or
UV-C.
UV treatment systems are comprised of a highly efficient UV lamp that is situated within a high
quality UV-C transmitting quartz sleeve, and in turn that lamp and sleeve are placed within a flow
chamber or vessel. The quartz sleeve is the boundary between the water and the lamp; we dont
want our lamps to get wet!
Water flows through the chamber, and around the lamp/sleeve assembly. The UV-C generated by
the lamp emits through the water, hits the organisms we want sterilized, and does its job.
So, What Do We Need to Know to Ensure Successful Installation of a UV Treatment

System?
-Target organism What dose do we need?
- Flow Rate so we can get you the right dose at your flow rate
- UVT or Ultra Violet Water Transmission What is that???
UVT or Ultra Violet Transmittance

Light emitted in the UV-C range is very effective at sterilizing very small organisms such as
bacteria, fungi, algae, spores, viruses, etc. UV-B and UV-A do as well, just with much lower
effectiveness. The peak effective wavelength for micro-organism sterilization is right near the
middle of the UV-C wavelength band and found at 262nm. Keep that number in mind! That is
where the biology and lamps meet; UV lamps primarily emit UV-C light at 254nm. This
wavelength, which happens to be very close to the peak effective sterilization wavelength of
262nm!
It should be also noted that different organisms require different levels of exposure to UV-C in
order to be sterilized; some organisms are tougher than others! This level of exposure is called
UV dose. In basic terms dose is the intensity of the emitted UV light multiplied by the exposure
time. For example when using the same UV treatment system for an application, doubling the
flow rate through the reactor would halve the dose value. A doubled flow rate means that the
water was exposed to the light from the UV lamp for half the time it had been before.
Harmful Pathogens associated with Aquaculture
Water as a fluid allows light to pass through it, we all know that. We also know that water
attenuates or absorbs light as you go deeper and deeper into it, i.e. a lake or an ocean. Many
people that scuba dive know that water absorbs red light faster than blue light; when you dive
down the reds disappear or get absorbed before the blue light does. What this demonstrates is
that water absorbs light at different rates, dependent on the wavelengths.
UVT is not a common term, in fact many do not even know that this parameter is one of the most
important aspects with regards to ensuring that a UV treatment system works well. UVT is the
amount of light, ONLY at 254nm (or the wavelength that the lamp emits) that can go through 1cm,
or about 2/5s of an inch of water. For example a UVT of say 90% means that 90% of the UV-C
light will still be there, and not absorbed, after travelling through 1cm of water. The lower the
UVT, the more the UV-C light is absorbed by the water, and generally that means that we have to
pick a system with more lamp power. Ineffective UV treatment can be attributed to improper
consideration of UVT when sizing a system.
Now UV-C light gets absorbed very quickly by water, even in very pure water. Even our atmosphere
absorbs it. If you add things to the water, i.e. anything, the amount of UV-C that gets absorbed
goes even higher and effectively the UVT value drops. At microscopic levels minerals, chemicals,
tannins, biological debris, etc., can reduce the UVT value of your water. Some typical UVT values
are:
- Pools: 85% to 95% UVT
- Aquaculture: 70% to 98%
- Public aquariums & zoo displays: 70% to 98%.
As the water UVT drops, UV systems need more lamp power to reach the same
target dose!
Did you know that a system for 90% UVT water can sometimes require as much as 20% to 30%
more lamp power than that of a system for water with a 95% UVT, even though they have the same
flow rates and dose level requirements? UVT is very important! If you were to use 95% UVT as
your criteria when you purchased your system, and your water was actually 90% UVT, your system
would not treat your water appropriately; it would be undersized, and perhaps drastically
undersized! This is a reason many people have trouble getting UV to work for them. They dont
take the actual UVT of their water into account. If you need assistance calculating your UVT
please do not hesitate to contact a Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems representative today!

CLP Series UV Systems
EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS CLP SERIES

Commercial L-Vessel Polymer
CLP Series SafeGUARD UV Systems offer efficient operation, ensuring proper hydraulic mixing
inside the UV vessel. This optimizes UV light intensity distribution throughout the lamp field for
reliable fluence (UV dose) delivery. CLP models feature Schedule-80 Modified Polymer construction**,
ideally suited for corrosive and saltwater conditions. CLP vessels are extremely durable
(models NSF-50 Certified/operating pressures up to 150 PSI) and deliver a cost savings of up to
50% when compared to more expensive and corrosion-prone 316 stainless steel.
CLP Series SafeGUARD UV Systems feature single-end UV lamp and Quartz Sleeve assembly,
remote NEMA Type 12 thermoplastic power supply enclosure, and are available with Basic or
optional PLC(shown) Control packages with either LPHO or Amalgam UV lamps (available in
sizes to treat up to 5,000 GPM/18,925 LPM). UL listed. Made in USA.
System Features
Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast, sized precisely to the lamps power requirement, ensures
optimal UV-C output and maximum useful-lamp-life
Schedule-80 Modified Polymer construction is stronger and can handle higher internal pressures than
polypropylene and HDPE vessels*
Single-end UV lamp and quartz sleeve access for easy servicing
Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure High-Output UV lamps offer 12,000 hours** of
continuous operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours)
Choice of inlet/outlet port styles
Power supply is 50/60 Hz capable

LAMPS/ INPUT
MODEL
WATTS WATTS
CLP4160HO6-XFB
CLP4240HO6-XFB
CLP4320HO6-XFB
CLP6300HO6-XFB
CLP6450HO6-XFB
CLP6600HO6-XFB
UV-C
OUTPUT
WATTS
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS
(L X D)
POWER ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS
(H X W X D)
AVAILABLE
INLET/OUTLET
PORT(S) (FLANGE)

AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 MJ/CM2
@ 120/230 VAC
PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM
180 MJ/CM2
GPM/LPM
2/80
160
54
56 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.0/1.5
150/10.3
81/314
13/52
3/80
240
81
56 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
4.0/2.0
150/10.3
119/461
20/77
4/80
320
108
56 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.0/2.5
150/10.3
155/600
26/100
2/150
300
114
85 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.75/1.8
150/10.3
174/675
29/113
3/150
450
171
85 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.5/2.7
150/10.3
250/969
41/162
4/150
600
228
85 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
7.5/3.7
150/10.3
331/1283
55/214
CLP Low-Pressure Amalgam UV Systems

CLP4130A6-XFB
1/130
130
40
56 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
2.1/1.0
150/10.3
CLP4260A6-XFB
2/130
260
80
56 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.9/2.0
150/10.3
CLP4390A6-XFB
3/130
390
120
56 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.8/2.9
150/10.3
CLP4390A8-XFB
3/130
390
120
62 X 8
16 X 14 X 8.4
3, 4 6
5.8/2.9
150/10.3
CLP4520A8-XFB
4/130
520
160
62 X 8
20.2 X 16.3 X 8.4
3, 4 6
7.5/3.7
150/10.3
CLP4650A8-XFB
5/130
650
200
62 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
9.4/4.7
150/10.3
CLP4780A10-XFB
6/130
780
240
64 X 10
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
4, 6, 8
11.2/5.6
120/8.3
CLP4910A10-XFB
7/130
910
280
64 X 10
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
4, 6, 8
13.3/6.5
120/8.3
CLP4910A12-XFB
7/130
910
280
69 X 12
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
6, 8
13.3/6.5
90/6.2
CLP41040A12-XFB
8/130 1,040
320
69 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8
15.0/7.5
90/6.2
CLP6320A6-XFB
1/320
320
98
85 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
3.2/1.6
150/10.3
CLP6640A6-XFB
2/320
640
196
85 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
6.0/3.0
150/10.3
CLP6960A6-XFB
3/320
960
294
85 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
9.0/4.5
150/10.3
CLP6960A8-XFB
3/320
960
294
86 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
9.0/4.5
150/10.3
CLP61280A8-XFB
4/320 1,280
392
86 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
12.0/6.0
150/10.3
CLP61600A8-XFB
5/320 1,600
490
86 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
15.0/7.5
150/10.3
CLP61920A10-XFB
6/320 1,920
588
88 X 10
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
4, 6, 8
18.0/9.0
120/8.3
CLP62240A10-XFB
7/320 2,240
686
88 X 10
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
4, 6, 8
11 AMPS *
120/8.3
CLP62240A12-XFB
7/320 2,240
686
90 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8
11 AMPS *
90/6.2
CLP62560A12-XFB
8/320 2,560
784
90 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8
13 AMPS *
90/6.2
CLP62880A14-XFB
9/320 2,880
882
92 X 14
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6 8, 10, 12
14 AMPS *
50/3.4
CLP63200A16-XFB
10/320 3,200
980
94 X 16
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6 10, 12, 14
16 AMPS *
50/3.4
20218 UV VESSEL OVER-TEMP PROTECTION (RECOMMENDED FOR PLASTIC VESSELS)
20218-EXTCABLE 12 EXTENSION CABLE FOR OVER-TEMP PROTECTION SENSOR (WORKS WITH BASIC CONTROL OPTION)
When ordering: Replace X in part number with requested flange size; e.g., 2 for two-inch flange. Basic or Optional PLC Control Package available. *230 VAC.
66/255
11/42
112/434
18/72
161/624
27/104
228/883
38/147
296/1147
49/191
346/1341
58/223
480/1860
80/310
564/2185
94/364
648/2511
108/418
763/2956
127/493
165/639
27/106
276/1070
46/178
392/1519
65/253
587/2275
98/379
744/2883
124/480
848/3286
141/548
1,198/4642
200/773
1,405/5442
234/907
1,611/6243
268/1040
1,839/7126
306/1188
2183/8461
364/1410
2,544/9858
424/1643

CLS Series UV Systems
EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS CLS SERIES

Commercial L-Vessel Stainless Steel
For applications requiring Stainless Steel, Pentairs CLS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems
316L Stainless Steel Vessels*, with an electropolish finish, provide reliable operation.
Vessels are equipped with sensor ports. SafeGUARD UV Systems CLS models are available
with LPHO or High-Intensity Amalgam UV Lamps. CLS UV systems provide the benefit of a
compact, space-saving design allowing for in-line horizontal or vertical mounting.
CLS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems feature a single-ended quartz assembly, remote
NEMA Type 12 thermoplastic power supply enclosure, and are available with Basic or
optional PLC (shown) Control packages and either LP HO or Amalgam UV lamps. Available
in sizes to treat up to 5,000 GPM (18,925 LPM). UL listed. Made in USA.
System Features
Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast-sized precisely to the lamps power
requirement ensures optimal UV-C output and maximum lamp life
316L stainless steel vessel has removable faceplate for internal inspection and cleaning
Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure High-Output UV lamps offer 12,000
hours** of continuous operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours)
6 power cord and 20 lamp cables


LAMPS/
INPUT
MODEL
WATTS
WATTS
CLS4160HO6-XFB
CLS4240HO6-XFB
CLS4320HO6-XFB
CLS6300HO6-XFB
CLS6450HO6-XFB
CLS6600HO6-XFB
UV-C
OUTPUT
WATTS
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS
(L X D)
POWER ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS
(H X W X D)
AVAILABLE
INLET/OUTLET
PORT(S) (FLANGE)
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 MJ/CM2
@ 120/230 VAC
PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM
180 MJ/CM2
GPM/LPM
2/80
160
54
56 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.0/1.5
150/10.3
81/314
13/52
3/80
240
81
56 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
4.0/2.0
150/10.3
119/461
20/77
4/80
320
108
56 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.0/2.5
150/10.3
155/600
26/100
2/150
300
114
85 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.75/1.8
150/10.3
174/675
29/113
3/150
450
171
85 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.5/2.7
150/10.3
250/969
41/162
4/150
600
228
85 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
7.5/3.7
150/10.3
331/1283
55/214
CLS Low-Pressure Amalgam UV Systems

CLS4130A6-XFB
CLS4260A6-XFB
CLS4390A6-XFB
CLS4390A8-XFB
CLS4520A8-XFB
CLS4650A8-XFB
CLS4780A10-XFB
CLS4910A10-XFB
CLS4910A12-XFB
CLS41040A12-XFB
CLS6320A6-XFB
CLS6640A6-XFB
CLS6960A6-XFB
CLS6960A8-XFB
CLS61280A8-XFB
CLS61600A8-XFB
CLS61920A10-XFB
CLS62240A10-XFB
CLS62240A12-XFB
CLS62560A12-XFB
CLS62880A14-XFB
CLS63200A16-XFB
CLS63520A18-XFB
CLS63840A20-XFB
CLS64160A24-XFB
1/130
130
40
56 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
2.1/1.0
150/10.3
66/255
11/42
2/130
260
80
56 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.9/2.0
150/10.3
112/434
18/72
3/130
390
120
56 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.8/2.9
150/10.3
161/624
27/104
3/130
390
120
62 X 8
16 X 14 X 8.4
3, 4 6
5.8/2.9
150/10.3
228/883
38/147
4/130
520
160
62 X 8
20.2 X 16.3 X 8.4
3, 4 6
7.5/3.7
150/10.3
296/1147
49/191
5/130
650
200
62 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
9.4/4.7
150/10.3
346/1341
58/223
6/130
780
240
64 X 10
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
4, 6, 8
11.2/5.6
150/10.3
480/1860
80/310
7/130
910
280
64 X 10
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
4, 6, 8
13.3/6.5
150/10.3
564/2185
94/364
7/130
910
280
69 X 12
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
6, 8, 10
13.3/6.5
150/10.3
648/2511
108/418
8/130
1,040
320
69 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8, 10
15.0/7.5
150/10.3
763/2956
127/493
1/320
320
98
85 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
3.2/1.6
150/10.3
165/639
27/106
2/320
640
196
85 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
6.0/3.0
150/10.3
276/1070
46/178
65/253
3/320
960
294
85 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
9.0/4.5
150/10.3
392/1519
3/320
960
294
86 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
9.0/4.5
150/10.3
587/2275
98/379
4/320
1,280
392
86 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
12.0/6.0
150/10.3
744/2883
124/480
5/320
1,600
490
86 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
15.0/7.5
150/10.3
848/3286
141/548
6/320
1,920
588
88 X 10
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
4, 6, 8
18.0/9.0
150/10.3
1,198/4642
200/773
7/320
2,240
686
88 X 10
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
4, 6, 8
11 AMPS*
150/10.3
1,405/5442
234/907
7/320
2,240
686
90 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8, 10
11 AMPS*
150/10.3
1,611/6243
268/1040
306/1188
8/320
2,560
784
90 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8, 10
13 AMPS*
150/10.3
1,839/7126
9/320
2,880
882
92 X 14
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
8, 10, 12
14 AMPS*
130/8.9
2183/8461
364/1410
10/320
3,200
980
94 X 16
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
10, 12, 14
16 AMPS*
100/6.8
2,544/9858
424/1643
11/320
3,520
1,078
96 X 18
40.4 X 32.5 X 12.6
12, 14, 16
17 AMPS*
80/5.5
2,904/11,253 484/1876
12/320
3,840
1,176
98 X 20
40.4 X 32.5 X 12.6
14, 16, 18
19 AMPS*
65/4.4
3,434/13308 572/2218
13/320
4,160
1,274
102 X 24
40.4 X 32.5 X 12.6
16, 18, 20
20 AMPS*
50/3.4
3,821/14807
636/2468

CUP Series UV Systems
EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS CUP SERIES

Commercial U-Shaped Polymer
The Emperor SafeGUARD CUP UV systems replace the successful COM UV series introduced
in 1992. The CUP Series UVs carry on the 23-year tradition of quality, but with innovative
improvements which include single-end quartz sleeves. Schedule-80 Modified Polymer
construction ideally suited for corrosive saltwater conditions and a compact U vessel port
orientation that reduces footprint. The CUP power supply enclosure is available in either a NEMA12
or NEMA 4X rating. Basic control package included (optional PLC package shown). Choose between
either Low Pressure (LP) High Output (HO) or Amalgam UV lamps. UL listed. Made in USA.
System Features

Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast, sized precisely to the lamps power

requirement, ensures optimal UV-C output and maximum useful-lamp-life
Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure High-Output UV lamps offer 12,000
hours* of continuous operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours)
Schedule-80 Modified Polymer** construction is stronger and can handle higher
internal pressures than polypropylene and HDPE vessels
Available in sizes to treat up to 5,000 gpm (18,925 lpm)
Choice of inlet/outlet port styles.

LAMPS/ INPUT
MODEL
WATTS WATTS
UV-C
OUTPUT
WATTS
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS
(L X D)
POWER ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS
(H X W X D)

*Limited 12,000 hr warranty on all lamps
**Limited 3 Year Warranty
AVAILABLE
INLET/OUTLET
PORT(S) (FLANGE)
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 MJ/CM2
@ 120/230 VAC
PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM
180 MJ/CM2
GPM/LPM
CUP4160HO6-XFB
2 / 80
160
54
52 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.0/1.5
50 / 3.4
81 / 314
13 / 52
CUP4240HO6-XFB
3 / 80
240
81
52 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
4.0/2.0
50 / 3.4
119 / 461
20 / 77
CUP4320HO6-XFB
4 / 80
320
108
52 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.0/2.5
50 / 3.4
155 / 600
26 / 100
CUP6300HO6-XFB
2/150
300
114
70 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.75/1.8
50 / 3.4
174 / 675
29 / 113
CUP6450HO6-XFB
3/150
450
171
70 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.5/2.7
50 / 3.4
250 / 969
41 / 162
CUP6600HO6-XFB
4/150
600
228
70 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
7.5/3.7
50 / 3.4
331 / 1283
55 / 214
Safeguard UV System CUP Series Low-Pressure Amalgam

CUP4130A6-XFB
1/130
130
40
52 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
2.1/1.0
50/3.4
66/255
11/42
CUP4260A6-XFB
2/130
260
80
52 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.9/2.0
50/3.4
112/434
18/72
CUP4390A6-XFB
3/130
390
120
52 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.8/2.9
50/3.4
161/624
27/104
CUP4390A8-XFB
3/130
390
120
54 X 8
16 X 14 X 8.4
3, 4 6
5.8/2.9
50/3.4
228/883
38/147
CUP4520A8-XFB
4/130
520
160
54 X 8
20.2 X 16.3 X 8.4
3, 4 6
7.5/3.7
50/3.4
296/1147
49/191
CUP4650A8-XFB
5/130
650
200
54 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
9.4/4.7
50/3.4
346/1341
58/223
CUP4780A10-XFB
6/130
780
240
60 X 10
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
4, 6, 8
11.2/5.6
50/3.4
480/1860
80/310
CUP4910A10-XFB
7/130
910
280
60 X 10
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
4, 6, 8
13.3/6.5
50/3.4
564/2185
94/364
CUP4910A12-XFB
7/130
910
280
62 X 12
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
6, 8
13.3/6.5
50/3.4
648/2511
108/418
CUP41040A12-XFB
8/130
1,040
320
62 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8
15.0/7.5
50/3.4
763/2956
127/493
CUP6320A6-XFB
1/320
320
98
75 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
3.2/1.6
50/3.4
165/639
27/106
CUP6640A6-XFB
2/320
640
196
75 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
6.0/3.0
50/3.4
276/1070
46/178
CUP6960A6-XFB
3/320
960
294
75 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
9.0/4.5
50/3.4
392/1519
65/253
CUP6960A8-XFB
3/320
960
294
77 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
9.0/4.5
50/3.4
587/2275
98/379
CUP61280A8-XFB
4/320
1,280
392
77 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
12.0/6.0
50/3.4
744/2883
124/480
CUP61600A8-XFB
5/320
1,600
490
77 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
15.0/7.5
50/3.4
848/3286
141/548
CUP61920A10-XFB
6/320
1,920
588
79 X 10
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
4, 6, 8
18.0/9.0
50/3.4
1,198/4642
200/773
CUP62240A10-XFB
7/320
2,240
686
79 X 10
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
4, 6, 8
50/3.4
1,405/5442
234/907
20218 UV VESSEL OVER-TEMP PROTECTION (RECOMMENDED FOR PLASTIC VESSELS)

20218-EXTCABLE 12 EXTENSION CABLE FOR OVER-TEMP PROTECTION SENSOR (WORKS WITH BASIC CONTROL OPTION)
When ordering: Replace X in part number with requested flange size; e.g., 2 for two-inch flange. Basic or Optional PLC Control Package available. *230 VAC/11 AMPS.

CUS Series UV Systems
EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS CUS SERIES

Commercial U-Shaped Stainless Steel
Emperor SafeGUARD UV Systems CUS Series provides reliable protection against harmful
waterborne pathogens. The U style UV vessel allows for space-saving horizontal mounting. CUS
Series use either LPHO or Amalgam UV lamps and are available in various models suitable for a
wide variety of application sizes.
CUS Series UV feature single-end lamp and quartz sleeve access for easy servicing. The CUS power
supply enclosure is available in either a NEMA12 or NEMA 4X rating. Basic control package included
(optional PLC package shown). UL listed. Made in USA.
System Features

*Limited 12,000 hr warranty on all lamps
**Limited 3 Year Warranty

LAMPS/
INPUT
MODEL
WATTS
WATTS
CUS4160HO6-XFB
CUS4240HO6-XFB
CUS4320HO6-XFB
CUS6300HO6-XFB
CUS6450HO6-XFB
CUS6600HO6-XFB
Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast, sized precisely to the lamps power requirement,
ensures optimal UV-C output and maximum useful-lamp-life
Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure High-Output UV lamps offer 12,000 hours* of
continuous operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours)
316L Stainless Steel** vessels with an electropolish finish and removable ends for internal
inspection and cleaning
Available in sizes to treat up to 5,000 gpm (18,925 lpm)
UV-C
OUTPUT
WATTS
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS
(L X D)
POWER ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS
(H X W X D)
AVAILABLE
AMPS
INLET/OUTLET
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 MJ/CM2
PORT(S) (FLANGE) @ 120/230 VAC PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM
180 MJ/CM2
GPM/LPM
2/80
160
54
52 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.0/1.5
150/10.3
85/322
3/80
240
81
52 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
4.0/2.0
150/10.3
115/435
14/53
19/72
4/80
320
108
52 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.0/2.5
150/10.3
158/598
26/98
2/150
300
114
70 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.75/1.8
150/10.3
178/674
29/110
3/150
450
171
70 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.5/2.7
150/10.3
250/946
41/155
4/150
600
228
70 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
7.5/3.7
150/10.3
346/1310
57/216
SafeGUARD CUS-Series Amalgam UV System

CUS4130A6-XFB
CUS4260A6-XFB
CUS4390A6-XFB
CUS4390A8-XFB
CUS4520A8-XFB
CUS4650A8-XFB
CUS4780A10-XFB
CUS4910A10-XFB
CUS4910A12-XFBX
CUS41040A12-XFB
CUS6320A6-XFB
CUS6640A6-XFB
CUS6960A6-XFB
CUS6960A8-XFB
CUS61280A8-XFB
CUS61600A8-XFB
CUS61920A10-XFB
CUS62240A10-XFB
CUS62240A12-XFB
CUS62560A12-XFB
CUS62880A14-XFB
CUS63200A16-XFB
CUS63520A18-XFB
CUS63840A20-XFB
CUS64160A24-XFB
1/130
130
40
55 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
2.1/1.0
150/10.3
66/255
11/42
2/130
260
80
55 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.9/2.0
150/10.3
112/434
18/72
3/130
390
120
55 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.8/2.9
150/10.3
161/624
27/104
3/130
390
120
57 X 8
16 X 14 X 8.4
3, 4 6
5.8/2.9
150/10.3
228/883
38/147
4/130
520
160
57 X 8
20.2 X 16.3 X 8.4
3, 4 6
7.5/3.7
150/10.3
296/1147
49/191
5/130
650
200
57 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
9.4/4.7
150/10.3
346/1341
58/223
6/130
780
240
60 X 10
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
4, 6, 8
11.2/5.6
150/10.3
480/1860
80/310
7/130
910
280
60 X 10
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
4, 6, 8
13.3/6.5
150/10.3
564/2185
94/364
7/130
910
280
62 X 12
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
6, 8, 10
13.3/6.5
150/10.3
648/2511
108/418
8/130
1,040
320
62 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8, 10
15.0/7.5
150/10.3
763/2956
127/493
1/320
320
98
75 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
3.2/1.6
150/10.3
165/639
27/106
2/320
640
196
75 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
6.0/3.0
150/10.3
276/1070
46/178
65/253
3/320
960
294
75 X 6
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
2, 3, 4
9.0/4.5
150/10.3
392/1519
3/320
960
294
77 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
9.0/4.5
150/10.3
587/2275
98/379
4/320
1,280
392
77 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
12.0/6.0
150/10.3
744/2883
124/480
5/320
1,600
490
77 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
15.0/7.5
150/10.3
848/3286
141/548
6/320
1,920
588
79 X 10
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
4, 6, 8
18.0/9.0
150/10.3
1,198/4642
200/773
7/320
2,240
686
79 X 10
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
4, 6, 8
11 AMPS* 150/10.3 1,405/5442 234/907
7/320
2,240
686
81 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8, 10
11 AMPS* 150/10.3 1,611/6243 268/1040
8/320
2,560
784
81 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8, 10
13 AMPS* 150/10.3 1,839/7126 306/1188
9/320
2,880
882
83 X 14
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
8, 10, 12
14 AMPS* 130/8.9 2183/8461 364/1410
10/320
3,200
980
85 X 16
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
10, 12, 14
16 AMPS* 100/6.8 2,544/9858 424/1643
11/320
3,520
1078
87 X 18
40.4 X 32.5 X 12.6
12, 14, 16
17 AMPS* 80/5.5 2,904/11,253 484/1876
12/320
3,840
1176
89 X 20
40.4 X 32.5 X 12.6
14, 16, 18
19 AMPS* 65/4.4 3,434/13308 572/2218
13/320
4,160
1274
91 X 24
40.4 X 32.5 X 12.6
16, 18, 20
20 AMPS* 50/3.4 3,821/14807 636/2468

HOSS Series UV Systems
EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS HOSS SERIES

High-Output Stainless Steel
Quality craftsmanship meets superior design to deliver years of dependable and trouble-free operation.
HOSS Series SafeGUARD UV Systems combine the latest, most efficient Low-Pressure (LP) UV lamp
technology with robust stainless steel UV vessel construction to create a versatile, high-quality UV system
suited for freshwater Aquaculture and light-Industrial applications. HOSS UV Systems feature a
thermoplastic NEMA 4X or Type 12 power supply enclosure mounted to the UV vessel brackets, allowing
4-way orientation for either horizontal or vertical system mounting. HOSS controls consist of analog
re-settable hour meter, lamp-status LEDs, input power LED, and external on/off switch. Single-end UV
lamps and quartz sleeve access allows for quick-easy servicing. Cable hardware protects lamp
connections from water damage and is durable and inexpensive to replace.
HOSS UV systems are available with LP high-output or high-intensity Amalgam UV lamps. The systems
design (lamp array) yields efficient and cost-effective UV lamp performance. The Highest-Quality
American-Made Low-Pressure High-Output UV Lamps offer 80% efficiency after 12,000 hours** of
continuous operation. All HOSS UV vessels feature stainless steel threaded ports and flanges. UL listed.
Made in USA.
System Features
Housing Material*: Stainless Steel (316L or 316L with Electropolished Finish)
UV Lamp: Low-Pressure High-Output, T-6 style
Control Enclosure: NEMA 4X or Type 12
Monitoring System:
Main Power Indicator Light
Elapsed Run-Time Hour Meter
UV Lamp Status Indicator
POWER

UV-C
UV VESSEL
ENCLOSURE
AVAILABLE
AMPS
316L 316L-EP

LAMPS/
OUTPUT DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
INLET/OUTLET
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 MJ/CM2* 180 MJ/CM2**
MODEL
WATTS
WATTS
(H X D)
(H X W X D)
PORT(S) (FLANGE) @ 115/230 VAC PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM GPM/LPM
EACH
EACH
COM480HOSS
1/80
27
42 X 11 12.5 X 10.5 X 7.7
2 MNPT
1.25/0.75
50/3.4
47/182
8/30
$3,888.77 $4,794.44
COM4160HOSS
2/80
54
42 X 11 12.5 X 10.5 X 7.7
2 MNPT
2.5/1.25
50/3.4
75/290
12/48
4,301.21 5,206.88
COM4240HOSS
3/80
81
42 X 11 12.5 X 10.5 X 7.7
2 MNPT
3.5/1.75
50/3.4
112/434
18/72
4,761.68 5,667.35
COM4320HOSS
4/80
108
42 X 11 12.5 X 10.5 X 7.7
2 MNPT
5.0/2.5
50/3.4
146/566
27/94
5,173.28 6,078.94
*Recommended flowrate for algae and bacteria.

**Calculated using UVT factors of 9095% transmittance and UV lamps at end of useful lamp life.
WARNING
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems does not recommend using 316L stainless steel in corrosive
environments that include, but are not limited to, saltwater aquaculture (includes aquaria)
and other corrosive applications. 316L stainless steel is subject to pitting and crevice
corrosion in warm chloride (salts) environments, and to stress corrosion cracking with
water temperatures above 60C, approximately.
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Abby Walker
Abby received her B.S. in environmental science from Springfield
College in Massachusetts and her M.S. in zoology from the
University of New Hampshire. She specializes in recirculating
systems for aquaculture and has done research on fish nutrition
and larvaculture.

CVP Series UV Systems
EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS CVP SERIES

Commercial Vertical Polymer
When operating space is restricted, our CVP (Vertical) Series SafeGUARD UV Systems provide the small
footprint you need. CVP models feature single-end, top-loading quartz ware to minimize space required
and maximize serviceability! Each model is extremely durable and features a corrosion-resistant remote
power supply enclosure and UV vessel. All models are designed to deliver optimum UV performance by
utilizing their UV lamps UV-C output to its maximum potential. CVP LPHO and Amalgam SafeGUARD UV
Systems are watertight and designed for indoor/outdoor use. Each model is equipped with a flanged base
for easy installation. UL Listed. Made in the USA.
System Features
Control Package included (optional PLC Package shown).
Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast, sized precisely to the lamps power requirement,
ensures optimal UV-C output and maximum useful lamp life
Small footprint: vertical operation reduces required horizontal space
Schedule-80 Modified Polymer construction is stronger and can handle higher internal pressures
than polypropylene and HDPE vessels*
Single-End UV lamp and quartz sleeve access for easy servicing
Highest-quality American-made low-pressure high-output UV lamps offer 12,000 hours of continuous
operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours)**
Over-Temp System Shutdown Sensor shuts down the lamp field to avoid damage when water
temperature inside the vessel exceeds 120 F
6-foot power cord and 20-foot lamp cables
VESSEL OVER-TEMP PROTECTION

INCLUDED FOR THIS SERIES.

UV-C
UV VESSEL

LAMPS/
INPUT
OUTPUT DIMENSIONS
MODEL
WATTS
WATTS
WATTS
(H X D)
POWER
ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS
(H X W X D)
AVAILABLE
INLET/OUTLET
PORT(S) (FLANGE)
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 MJ/CM2
@ 120/230 VAC
PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM
180 MJ/CM2
GPM/LPM
CVP4160HO6-XFB
2/80
160
54
57 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.0/1.5
50/3.4
81/314
13/52
CVP4240HO6-XFB
3/80
240
81
57 X 6
14 X 12 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
4.0/2.0
50/3.4
119/461
20/77
CVP4320HO6-XFB
4/80
320
108
57 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.0/2.5
50/3.4
155/600
26/100
CVP Low-Pressure Amalgam UV Systems

CVP4130A6-XFB
1/130
130
40
57 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
2.1/1.0
50/3.4
66/255
11/42
CVP4260A6-XFB
2/130
260
80
57 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
3.9/2.0
50/3.4
112/434
18/72
CVP4390A6-XFB
3/130
390
120
57 X 6
16 X 14 X 8.4
2, 3, 4
5.8/2.9
50/3.4
161/624
27/104
CVP4390A8-XFB
3/130
390
120
63 X 8
16 X 14 X 8.4
3, 4 6
5.8/2.9
50/3.4
228/883
38/147
CVP4520A8-XFB
4/130
520
160
63 X 8
20.2 X 16.3 X 8.4
3, 4 6
7.5/3.7
50/3.4
296/1147
49/191
CVP4650A8-XFB
5/130
650
200
63 X 8
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
3, 4 6
9.4/4.7
50/3.4
346/1341
58/223
CVP4780A10-XFB
6/130
780
240
68 X 10
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
4, 6, 8
11.2/5.6
50/3.4
480/1860
80/310
CVP4910A10-XFB
7/130
910
280
68 X 10
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
4, 6, 8
13.3/6.5
50/3.4
564/2185
94/364
CVP4910A12-XFB
7/130
910
280
75 X 12
24.6 X 20.2 X 10.6
6, 8
13.3/6.5
50/3.4
648/2511
108/418
CVP41040A12-XFB
8/130
1,040
320
75 X 12
30.5 X 24.1 X 12.6
6, 8
15.0/7.5
50/3.4
763/2956
127/493
When ordering: Replace X in part number with requested flange size; e.g., 2 for two-inch flange. Basic or Optional PLC Control Package available.

High-Output UV Sterilizers
EMPEROR SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMS HIGH-OUTPUT SINGLE-LAMP UV STERILIZERS

Research facility staff and other aquatic husbandry personnel will find our Emperor SafeGUARD HO UV
Sterilizers are easy to install, operate and maintain. Single-end access allows for time saving
serviceability of the lamp and quartz sleeve. The Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure
High-Output UV Lamps offer 80% efficiency after 12,000 hours of continuous
operation. Units are 115V/60 Hz and have a one-year warranty on ballasts, limited
lifetime warranty on the housing and 90-day warranty on lamps. Made in USA.
System Features
Housing Material: Heavy-Wall UV Resistant High-Density Polymer
Housing Pressure (Max.): 20 psi / 1.378 bar
Housing Inlet/Outlet Port Size: 2 Union
UV Lamp(s): Low-Pressure High-Output, T6-Style
Optional Monitoring System

Control Enclosure: NEMA 4X
VESSEL OVER-TEMP PROTECTION

NOT AVAILABLE FOR THIS SERIES.
Control Enclosure Size: 14 H x 12 W x 8.4 D

Main Power Indicator Light
Elapsed Run-Time Hour Meter
UV Lamp Status Indicator
PLC package optional

LAMPS/
MODEL
WATTS
UV-C
OUTPUT
WATTS
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS
(L X D)
1/50
15
28 X 6
1.15/0.57
COM480HO-2UB
1/80
27
43 X 6
1.15/0.57
45/170
7/26
2,995.00
COM5120HO-2UB
1/120
37
56 X 6
1.15/0.57
64/242
10/38
3,048.00
COM6150HO-2UB
1/150
150
70 X 6
1.85/0.85
100/387
17/65
3,099.00
COM250HO-2UB
AMPS
MAX LOAD
30 MJ/CM2
180 MJ/CM2
@ 120/230 VAC
GPM/LPM
GPM/LPM
25/97
EACH
$2,949.00
4/16
EMPEROR SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT (HO) MULTI-LAMP UV STERILIZERS
Research facility staff and other aquatic husbandry personnel will find our Smart HO
Multi-Lamp UV Systems are easy to install, operate and maintain. Single-end access allows
for time saving serviceability of the lamp and quartz sleeve. The Highest-Quality
American-Made Low-Pressure High-Output UV Lamps offer 80% efficiency after 12,000
hours** of continuous operation. One-year warranty on ballasts. Made in USA.
System Specifications:
Housing Material*: Heavy-Wall UV Resistant High-Density Polymer
Housing Size: Refer to Chart Below (UV Vessel Dimensions)
UV Lamp(s): Low-Pressure High-Output, T6-style
Each lamp will require its own outlet
**Limited 12,000 hour warranty on all lamps

LAMPS/
INPUT
MODEL
WATTS
WATTS
UV-C
OUTPUT
WATTS
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS
INLET/OUTLET
(L X D)
PORT(S)
AMPS
MAX LOAD
MAX
30 MJ/CM2
@ 120/230 VAC
PSI/BAR
GPM/LPM
180 MJ/CM2
GPM/LPM
EACH
0250100
2/50
100
30
35 X 6
3 UNION
1.15/0.57
150/10.3
43/166
7/28
$3,281.87
0250160
2/80
160
54
50 X 6
3 UNION
1.15/0.57
150/10.3
81/314
14/52
3,436.03
0250240
2/120
240
74
62 X 6
3 UNION
2.0/1.0
150/10.3
110/426
18/71
3,502.46
0250300
2/150
300
114
76 X 6
3 UNION
2.6/1.3
150/10.3
174/675
29/113
3,883.12
0250450
3/150
450
171
85 X 6
3 UNION
5.5/2.7
150/10.3
250/946
41/155
CALL
0250600
4/150
600
228
85 X 6
3 UNION
7.5/3.7
150/10.3
331/1,253
55/208
CALL

Smart UV Sterilizer
EMPEROR SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT STERILIZERS
These commercial sterilizers feature high-output (HO), T6-style lamps that

offer approximately twice the UV output of standard with the same arc length.
UV vessels are built of a UV-resistant, high density polymer with a removable
end cap to provide easy access. Internal viewing ports allow visual indication of
lamp status. Units have 2 slip unions and 5 diameter housings. 10 cable to
ballast and 6 cord to plug. 115V/60 Hz. 230V, 50/60 Hz available for export: add
-230 to the part number.
Models include an in-line, sealed watertight power supply for wet applications.
One-year warranty on ballasts, limited lifetime warranty on the housing and
90-day warranty on lamps. Made in USA.
System Features
Housing Material: Heavy-Wall UV Resistant High-Density Polymer
Housing Size: Refer to Chart Below (UV Vessel Dimensions)
Housing Pressure (Max.): 20 psi / 1.378 bar
Housing Inlet/Outlet Port Size: 2 Union
UV Lamp(s): Low-Pressure High-Output, T6-style

MODEL
INPUT
WATTS
U-C OUTPUT
WATTS
UV VESSEL
DIMENSIONS
AMPS MAX LOAD

@ 115/230 VAC
30 MJ/CM2
GPM/LPM
180 MJ/CM2
GPM/LPM EACH
E50S
50
15
30" X 6"
1.15/0.57
25/97
4/16 $724.00
E80S
80
27
45" X 6"
1.15/0.57
45/170
7/26 735.00
E120S
120
37
57" X 6"
1.15/0.57
64/242
10/38 852.00
E150S
150
57
71" X 6"
1.85/0.85
100/387
17/65 1,015.18
Fluence (UV dose) calculated using UVT factors of 9095%T and UV lamps at end of useful lamp life.
EMPEROR SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT STERILIZER REPLACEMENT PARTS

WATTS
SEAL KITS
EACH
BALLAST
EACH
50
4-PIN LAMP
CONNECTOR
EACH
$27.21
20105-MV $125.95 709-1S $7.00
80 20375-2 27.21
20105-MV 125.95 709-1S 7.00
120 20375-2 27.21
20105-MV 125.95 709-1S 7.00
150 20375-2 27.21
20105-MV 125.95 709-1S 7.00
20375-2
QUARTZ
WATTS
LAMP
EACH
4 +
SLEEVE
EACH
50 FL-2538-IP
$69.89 $62.90 FL-QZ175-IP $40.08
80 FL-2997-IP 79.85 71.60 FL-QZ176-IP 44.59
120 FL-2998-IP 100.17 90.15 FL-QZ165 54.37
150 FL-2999 128.27 115.44 FL-QZ167 89.24
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Darryl E. Jory
Darryl received his Ph.D. in marine biology and living aquatic
resources from the University of Miami. He has 28 years of
experience in aquaculture, agriculture and environmental
business development and management, R&D and teaching in
the US, Latin America, Europe, SE Asia and Africa. He is
Adjunct Professor of Aquaculture at the Rosenstiel Graduate
School of Marine and Atmospheric Science at UM and is
certified as a Professional Animal Scientist (PAS).

Smart UV Sterilizers
EMPEROR SMART UV LITE STERILIZERS

The SMART UV Lite features the same durable UV-resistant construction as
the SMART UV, but utilizes a smaller diameter body (2). They are watertight
and can be used indoors or outdoors in any position. Units include standard
GPH/T5 style UV lamps, remote power supply and instructions.
All UV lights have 11/2 slip inlets/outlets. Units are 115V/60 Hz and have a oneyear warranty on ballasts, limited lifetime warranty on the housing and
90-day warranty on lamps. Made in USA.

MODEL
GPM @ 30,000
WS/CM2*
WATTS/ #
LAMPS
MAX SIZE
AQUARIUM (GAL)
OVERALL
LENGTH
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
EU18-2 4
18/1
75
22"
$290
EU25-2 6
25/1
110
30"
14
300
EU40-2
10 40/1 200 45" 22 346
EU80-2 20
80/2
350
45"
56*
630
*Ships Oversize.
EMPEROR SMART UV STERILIZERS

These high-quality ultraviolet sterilizers feature a watertight sealed design
and can be used safely both indoors and outdoors. They are UL-listed and
compact, making them an excellent choice for everything from small koi
ponds to large recirculating systems. Units can be operated in any position
and feature GPH/T5 lamps with 9,000 hours (375 days) of effective life. These
SMART UV units feature remote-style ballasts with 16 power cords. Units are
115V/60 Hz and have a one-year warranty on ballasts, limited lifetime warranty
on the housing and 90-day warranty on lamps. Made in USA.

MODEL
GPM @ 30,000
WS/CM2*
WATTS/
# LAMPS
INLET/OUTLET
OVERALL
SIZE
ACTUAL
WT (LBS)
EACH
EU25-U
25/1
11/2" SLIP UNION
29"
14
$365.00
EU40
17
40/1
11/2" SLIP UNION
44"
22
397.00
EU65P
32
65/1
11/2" SLIP UNION
71"
28**
510.00
*Calculated using UVT factors of 90-95% transmittance and UV lamps at end of useful lamp life.
**Ships Oversize. ***Ships motor freight.
UV Light Transmittance
UV transmittance (UVT) is not turbidity! The waters clarity is not an effective indicator, because both solid and dissolved material can absorb UV light. For
example: metals (iron) in water are not visible to the human eye but absorb UV light and have a negative impact on UVT.
UVT is the transmission of UV light (254 nm) through water. Regarding Aquaculture applications, flow-through fish-culture systems requiring influent
disinfection typically test at 90-95%T. In contrast, RAS recirculating aquaculture systems typically test lower at 70-85%T. Application conditions vary and,
therefore, must be evaluated individually.
UVT must be considered when sizing any UV system. Using a meter is the only method of determining an applications true %T. It is important to mention that
UVT is not linear. The UVT Chart below reveals actual fluence (UV dose) loss based on % UV transmittance (%T).

Smart UV Sterilizers Replacement Parts
UV Lamp 4-Pin connector (cable)
Lamp
Quartz Sleeve
Ballast
EMPEROR SMART UV LITE STERILIZER REPLACEMENT PARTS

WATTS
SEAL KITS
EACH
BALLAST
EACH
18
4-PIN LAMP
CONNECTOR
EACH
$27.08
20100 $95.95
20078 $15.75
25 20624-AQ 27.08
20100 95.95
20078 15.75
40 20624-AQ 27.08
20100 95.95
709-1S 7.00
80 20625-AQ 27.08
20100 X 2* 95.95 709-1S X 2* 7.00
20624-AQ
QUARTZ
WATTS
LAMP
EACH
4 +
SLEEVE
18
FL-2536-IP
EACH
$60.83 $54.75 FL-QZ173-IP $35.51
25 FL-2542-IP 63.75 57.38 FL-QZ175-IP 38.95
4+
$33.73
37.00
40 FL-1957-IP 64.65 58.19 FL-QZ176-IP 44.58
42.35
80
42.35
FL-1957-IP X 2*
63.75 57.38 FL-QZ176-IPX2* 44.58
*Requires 2 EA
EMPEROR SMART UV STERILIZER REPLACEMENT PARTS

WATTS
SEAL KITS
EACH
BALLAST
EACH
25
4-PIN LAMP
CONNECTOR
EACH
$27.08
20100 $95.95
20078 $15.75
40 20375 27.08
20100 95.95
709-1S 7.00
65 20375 27.08
20100 95.95
709-1S 7.00
80 20374-AQ 30.25
20100 X 2* 95.95 709-1S X 2* 7.00
130
20100 X 2*
20375
20374-AQ
30.25
95.95
QUARTZ
WATTS
LAMP
EACH
4 +
SLEEVE
25
FL-2542-IP
709-1S X 2*
EACH
$63.75 $57.38 FL-QZ175-IP $38.95
40 FL-1957-IP 64.65 58.19 FL-QZ176-IP 44.58
7.00
4+
37.00
42.35
65 FL-2529
103.71 57.38 FL-QZ167 86.77 82.43
80
FL-1957-IP X 2*
130
FL-2529 X 2*
64.65 58.19 FL-QZ176-IP
44.58 42.35
103.71 93.34 FL-QZ167 86.77 82.43
*Requires 2 EA

UV254 Meter
REAL TECH UV254 FIELD METER

With innovative Split-Sense technology
UV 254nm wavelength
Memory calibrationno field zeroing needed
Performs both UV Transmittance and UV Absorbance measurements
Portable and easy to use
Battery powered option
1 minute warm-up time
Extreme accuracy
The RealTech UV254 P200 field meter with exclusive Split-Sense technology is the worlds most
advanced and affordable portable UV254 testing meter, guaranteed. The portable Real UVT meter
can quickly and accurately test UV254 in the field within minutes. The Real UVT meter utilizes Real
Tech Inc.s patented Split-Sense technology to give it many advantages such as its fast 1 minute
warm-up time and extreme accuracy.
Split-Sense technology works by using a single beam of UV light to take continuous readings before
and after the insertion of the quartz cuvette allowing for compensation of the effects of UV lamp drift
and fluctuations.
The Real UVT meters new calibration memory feature allows testing to be performed without the need
to zero the meter with 100% DI water even if the meter has been powered off.
Measuring Organics
UV254 provides an indication of the amount of natural organic matter (NOM) in water and wastewaterMore specifically,
UV254 is the best detector of aromatic organics or reactive NOM.
Aromatic organics are problematic, having several negative effects. For example, when combined with chlorine, aromatic
organics readily form disinfection by-products (DBPs).
The Real UVT field meter is the ideal solution for testing UV254 anywhere, anytime. The Real UVT can also be used as a
practical alternative or supplement to measuring other more expensive and complicated organic test parameters such as
TOC, DOC, BOD and COD.
2-YEAR WARRANTY

MODEL
REAL UVT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
253.7 nm
P200UV254
REAL TECH UV254 P200 METER
SOURCE
Low pressure germicidal UV lamp
1UVT060020
REPLACEMENT LAMP, P SERIES
99.00
RANGE
0 - 100 % Transmittance, 0 2 Absorbance
1UVT045010
REPLACEMENT CUVETTE, QUARTZ, 10MM
115.00
ACCURACY
0.5% UV Transmittance
RESOLUTION
0.1% Transmittance, 0.001 Absorbance
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
UV Percent Transmittance (%), UV Absorbance per cm (cm-1)
BUILT-IN FAULT DETECTION SYSTEM
Notication of a system failure
DISPLAY
32 character back-lit LCD digital display provides easy on

screen instructions and system messages
CALIBRATION MEMORY
Calibration memory technology. Calibration with DI water

required only periodically.
RESPONSE TIME
Warm-up Time ~ 1 minute, Calibration ~ 2 seconds,

Computation ~ 2 seconds
OPERATING TEMPERATURES
0 50 C (32 122 F)
CASE
Rugged, Compact, Watertight, and Dustproof with

convenient carrying handle
SAMPLE CELL
10 mm x 10 mm quartz cuvette
PATH LENGTH
1 cm
POWER SUPPLY
Wall Adapter 110 VAC (UL approved) or 220 VAC,

Car Adapter 12 VDC
Battery power pack option
DIMENSIONS
8.7 L x 7.5 W x 3.9 H (254 cu in)
WEIGHT
4 lbs
UV WAVELENGTH

%T
mJ/cm3
End of Lamp Life
Total %
Loss
100 151.8 0
95 120.8 -20.42
90 97.4 -35.84
85 79.6 -47.56
80 65.9 -56.59
75 55.1 -63.70
70 46.5 -69.37
65 39.6 -73.91
60 34 -77.60
55 29.3 -80.70
50 25.4 -83.27
45 22 -85.51
40 19.2 -87.35
35 16.7 -89.00
30 14.6 -90.38
25 12.7` -91.63
20 11 -92.75
15 9.4 -93.81
10 7.9 -94.80
5 6.4 -95.78
4 $1,695.00

Ozone System/PSAG
INTERNATIONAL OZONE 8 GRAM PER HOUR

OZONE SYSTEM
Wall mounted, single point electrical.
120 VAC, 60 Hz, 1 phase, 20 amp service.
Dimensions: 36 x 38, 139 pounds.
One year warranty on parts only.
Includes:
OZ8 Ozone Generator
Variable output, 0-8 grams per hour of ozone. Manual output control with
reference meter. Air cooled.
12 SCFH Oxygen Concentrator
Up to 12 SCFH oxygen flow at 10 PSIG.
Backflow Prevention Device
Power to open, spring to close actuator with drain and manual outlet valve.
Interlocked to stop system if back flow event should occur.
Inline Oxygen Monitor
Measures gas flow, gas pressure and oxygen concentration Interlocked to stop
ozone production on alarm.
Ambient Ozone Monitor
0-2 parts per million, two alarm levels.
Please allow 23 weeks lead time.
Interlocked to stop ozone production on high ambient ozone alarm.

ORP Monitor and Sensor with 3 Meter Cable
Integrated to stop ozone production on high ORP alarm.
10 of 14 PTFE Tubing to Process
MODEL
VOLTAGE
PHASE AMPS
IOSYS1
OZONE SKID SYSTEM 8G/HR
120V/60HZ
1PHS
OWS-OM2
AMBIENT OZONE MONITOR
2 SENS0RS, W/POWER SUPPLY & HORN
20A
EACH
$12,135.00
2,828.60
TOROSOLEIL SENTINEL PSAG

Using its patented technology, the Sentinel PSAG continuously monitors
oxygen concentration, gas flow, and pressure, and will isolate equipment
and alarm to minimize costly repairs and downtime.
The Sentinel PSAG now features a serial data output to allow remote
monitoring and control via SCADA, RCK Controls, Inc, or PLC
communication. The outputs include gas flow, pressure, concentration,
run status, fault status, and if failsafe bypass mode is enabled. All that is
required to remotely start/stop the unit is a dry digital output. This feature
greatly enhances the capabilities of the Sentinel PSAG!
MODEL
PSAG1 O 2 CONCENTRATION MONITOR
EACH
$1,350.00
How does it work?

If the Sentinel PSAG senses a high flow-low pressure, low flow, or low O2 condition, it will begin an alarm sequence and countdown to
isolation. Once the countdown is completed, the Sentinel will remove power from the PSA and isolate, as well as disable the output
relay to shut down the supplied process. It will remain in this condition until an operator investigates the cause of the alarm and resets
the system.
In aquaculture the oxygen is introduced in the process and is responsible for keeping the stock alive and enhancing crop growth rates.
In a failed oxygen supply system, the dissolved oxygen levels will drop while the nitrogen level increases. This will cause the fish to
suffer from nitrogen toxicity resulting in gill embolism and total crop loss.
In an ozone system the lower oxygen concentration will lead to a rise in dew point that will cause fouling due to the creation of nitric
acid. This also puts major stress on electronic components that lead to costly repairs, and under dosing ozone to the system.

Ozone Generators
INTELLIZONE SERIES GENESIS OZONE GENERATORS

Fully integrated wall mount ozone systems designed
for simple installation in small spaces
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Genesis ozone generators are fully integrated
wall mount ozone systems. They are designed for installation into new or
pre-existing aquatic operations without equipment modification. Systems
generate 2 to 45 grams of ozone per hour with on-board oxygen
concentrators, and all operate under vacuum for safety and include
integrated DEL Ozone Safety Management System. UL- and NSF-listed.

Ozone Generators/Ozone Tubing
OZONE GENERATORS
The DEL OZONE Next Generation Eclipse Ozone Systems are compact and provide
dependable, low- maintenance operation. Cabinets are made of extruded
aluminum with molded plastic end caps and are wall-mountable. Electrodes are
rated for 15,000 hours of operation at over 80% capacity. Power supplies are rated
to operate for the life of the generator under normal conditions. Generators may be
operated in a vacuum or with positive pressure.
When using O2 as feed gas, you can expect approximately twice the concentration
than with air as feed gas. Air compressor not included. All models require .25 cfm
feed gas (air or oxygen). 1/4 hose inlet and outlet. UL- and cUL-listed. 115V/60 Hz.
One-year warranty.
Improved water quality and clarity
Kills up to 99.99% of harmful microorganisms
Minimized operating and maintenance cost
No unpleasant chemical odors
High ozone output, low energy cost
No Air Dryer required
ECL10
ECL20
ECL40

MODEL
AVG O 3 CONC. O 3 OUTPUT

(PPM)
(GRAMS/HR)
ECL10
450
.25
ECL20
700
.5
ECL40
1,350
90150E
ACCESSORY PACKAGE W/O MAZZEI INJECTOR
27
90210E
ACCESSORY PACKAGE W/MAZZEI INJECTOR
138
AMPS
@ 115V
DIMENSIONS
(W X H X D)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
.06
7.8 X 8 X 2.5
$389
.12
7.8 X 14 X 2.5
599
.24
7.8 X 24 X 2.5
14
899
EACH
DEL Zone and Eclipse is a trademark and/or registered trademark of DEL Zone Industries, Inc., Mazzei is
a registered trademark of Mazzei Injector Corp.
PTFE TUBING
Ozone resistance is the reason most people select
PTFE tubing. It is a flexible thermoplastic, highly
resistant to oxidizing agents. A nearly complete
resistance to alcohols, acids, bases and chlorinated
solvents makes it excellent for the delivery of ozone.
It remains flexible at extreme temperatures and is
nontoxic. We recommend using brass or stainless
steel fittings with this tubing. Add an R to the end
of the part number for full roll lengths. Made in USA.
8069
MODEL I.D.
EACH ROLL
8069 1/4
$3.74 $137.27
8135 1/2
19.40 804.58
OZONE TUBING
MODEL
I.D. O.D.
EACH
TN8
8' COIL
3/16
3/8
$16.15
TN25
25' ROLL
3/16
3/8
42.63
TN50
50' ROLL
3/16
3/8
67.80
This ozone-resistant
plastic tubing will not
crack or harden and
is much more flexible
than PVDF tubing and
PTFE.

Venturi Injectors
VENTURI INJECTORS
Widely used for the injection of air, oxygen, and ozone. Also compatible with
liquids. Tests have shown that when installed properly, injectors can transfer
ozone into water with efficiencies as high as 99%. These are constructed of
PVDF and are ozone compatible. Mazzei venturis have no moving parts and
provide trouble-free operation. All except V514 include a 1/4 barbed ozonesafe check valve. Maximum operating pressure at 100F (38C) is 400 psi.
Made in USA.

MODEL
INLET/OUTLET
FLOW (GPM)
@ 15 PSI IN/
5 PSI OUT
AIR SUCTION (CFH)

@ 15 PSI IN/
5 PSI OUT
EACH
V1584
4+
V384
1/2" MNPT
$67.00 $60.00
V584
3/4" BARB
44.58 40.12
V584-2
3/4" MNPT
60.00 54.00
V978
1" MNPT
129.00 115.00
V1584
11/2" MNPT
31
72
177.00 159.00
V514
2" MNPT
57
394
370.00 348.00
VENTURIS OFFER AN EFFICIENT AND RELIABLE WAY

TO INJECT VIRTUALLY ANY GAS OR LIQUID INTO WATER
Mazzei is a registered trademark of Mazzei Injector Corp.,

Turbo-Venturi is a registered trademark of United Pet Group, Inc.
AIR DRYER
These dryers offer a low-cost alternative for ozone experiments and
applications with very low flowrates. The desiccant (included) changes color
from blue to pink when regeneration is due. Both ends have 1/2 NPT with 1/4
barb adapters. Made in USA.
OZD2
MODEL
OZD2
2" X 12"
17"
38
$62.25
OZD3
3" X 24"
32"
170
14
125.00
OVERALL LENGTH
VOLUME (IN3)
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
TECH TALK 72
Ozone Sizing:
Know Your
Goal @ 5%
OWS10
4.2 SCFH,
10G/HR
$8,884.62
In sizing an8.5
ozone
system20
theG/HR
most important
factor is getting the correct ozone dose for
OWS20
SCFH,
@ 5% design9,815.38
your specific application. Ozone is used mainly to achieve two different goals: sterilization/
OWS30
15microflocculation.
SCFH, 30 G/HR
@ 5% mass 10,746.15
oxidation and
Maximizing
transfer (getting the ozone from the gas phase
into the water) is of primary importance for both. The most efficient method of dissolving ozone
(or any gas) is achieved by using a venturi eductor, a device that passively pulls in ozone under a
vacuum using the physical (motive) force of the water flowing in a pipe. The water enters the
venturi where the velocity rapidly increases due to a cone-shaped restriction in the venturi
throat. This increase in velocity causes a low pressure area to form at the point of maximum
restriction (see diagram below), generating suction that pulls the ozone into the water stream.
The venturi then rapidly expands in diameter, slowing the water down instantaneously, causing
the water and gas to crash into each other at very high velocity and driving the gas into solution.
The higher the pressure in the venturi and downstream piping, the more gas can be driven into
Water
Flow
Suction
solution. Air diffusers and pressurized injectors are also sometimes used but have lower transfer
efficiencies. The real advantage in using a venturi from a safety standpoint is that with positive
pressure ozone delivery systems (where the ozone is pumped into the system under pressure) a
leak in the delivery hoses or piping can let ozone leak into the environment. With a properly sized
venturi, if a leak occurs under vacuum, surrounding (ambient) air will be drawn into the delivery
tubing, so there's no chance of affecting nearby people with ozone.
Ozone has long been known to be a very efficient oxidant. In typical aquarium/aquaculture
applications ozone can greatly reduce total organic carbon (TOC) levels by direct oxidation of the
organics or indirect oxidation by other powerful oxidants that naturally occurs when ozone reacts
with water (free radical oxidation). Applied ozone doses for oxidation and disinfection are similar
and fall witin .1 to 1.0 mg/L. Another rule of thumb for ozone sizing for oxidation is based on food
loading. An ozone dose of 1520 grams of ozone per kg of food fed is recommended by Doctors
Timmons and Ebling for aquaculture systems.
The other use of ozone not nearly as well known in aquatic systems is as a microflocculent.
When dosed at rates roughly 1/10 of the oxidation dose (.01.1 mg/L), ozone can act as a
flocculent, causing very small particulates that normally pass through mechanical filters to
clump into larger particles that mechanical filters can capture. The ozone does this by causing
electrical charges on the surface of the particles so that they become attracted to each other
like microscopic magnets. This type of ozone dose is typically used in foam fractionators
(protein skimmers), so the flocculated particulates are carried out of the system water
in the foam column.
SPECIATY FILTRATION 183

Ozone Check Valves/Desiccant
OZONE-SAFE CHECK VALVES

These clear, duckbill check valves work great for preventing water from back
siphoning into ozone generators. Cracking pressure is 21/2 H2 O. Inlet/outlet
accepts 1/8 and 3/16 I.D. tubing.

MODEL
EACH 10+
CKV55
3/16" TUBING
$6.35
$5.72
CKV60
1/4" TUBING
8.56
7.70
DESICCANT
When stored, desiccant media should be placed in an airtight container.
It changes color from blue to pink when regeneration is due. To recharge,
simply place desiccant on a baking sheet and heat at 350F (176 C) for
approximately 20 minutes. Replace after 25 rechargings.
MODEL LBS
EACH 10+
DR2
11/4
$15.00 $13.50
DR3
51/2
38.30 34.47
DR3
Before
After
TECH TALK 71
Ozone Notes
We have offered ozone generators to the aquaculture industry for well over 20 years. Slow to
catch on, ozonization is gaining in popularity for the following reasons:
It is highly effective in removing organics, pesticides, color and nitrates.
It reverts back to oxygen quickly. Unlike chlorine, there are no detrimental residuals (except in
salt water).
It is produced on site, with no electricity near the water.
It is economical and nonpolluting, when used correctly.
It can be used as a sterilizer before, during and after water is used for aquaculture.
Ozonization improves biological filtration and particulate filtration.
It can remove the biological oxygen demand in the water.
It oxidizes long chain molecules, which biofiltration cannot do.
Basic Ozone Information
Ozone is very unstable. It will revert back to oxygen within 24 hours, even if there are no
organics in the water for it to oxidize.
Temperature, pressure and shear cause it to revert back to oxygen. When ozone (O3) molecules
collide, they recombine as oxygen (O2), so it is virtually impossible to get ozone to the tank
above 10% (by weight). When under pressure or traveling a long distance in the tubing, it can
revert considerably.
U se dry air or oxygen to produce ozone. Humidity can reduce ozone production by 70%, form
scale in the corona discharge (CD) reactor and produce nitric acid.
T o ensure sterile (germ free) water, there is nothing better than ozone. For sterilization,
pre-filter to 5 microns and maintain ozone levels above 600 mV for a minimum of 8 minutes.
O SHA says that it is harmful to breathe ozone above .1 ppm in the air (most people can smell
ozone above .05 ppm). Vent gas outdoors or into an ozone destruction device, such a UV light
or activated charcoal. Downflow bubble contactors such as cones and saturators are
recommended so the gas cannot escape. High levels of ozone may cause a single species
biofilter to develop, due to the ozone oxidizing the nitrite. This is not bad unless something
goes wrong with the ozone system, causing nitrite to spike!
How It Works
Ozone is generated by passing air or oxygen through a reaction vessel, where either an electric
arc, CD or an ultraviolet (UV) lamp "excites" the oxygen. In this reaction, oxygen molecules
separate into atoms of oxygen, which then temporarily recombine with each other to form ozone.
When ozone oxidizes organics only one atom of oxygen is used, leaving one molecule of oxygen.
Types of Ozone Generators

Ultraviolet lights with a specific ozone-generating wavelength are generally used to produce low levels
of ozone. The slower the gas moves through the UV-reaction vessel, the higher the percent of ozone.
The corona discharge (CD) type uses an electric arc similar to sparks or lightning to produce
higher percentages of ozone by weight. A small CD reaction vessel can produce a relatively
large volume of ozone. The greater the percentage of ozone, the faster the oxidizing
reactions take place.
Where to Use It
Ozone can be used in a protein skimmer (foam fractionation device), where it helps the process,
while the vessel allows capture of the off gas for venting or ozone destruction. Ozone works very
well in oxygen saturators for the same reasons. We do not recommend its use in lakes or ponds,
unless the water is pre-filtered and treated in a reaction vessel. Just bubbling it into the water is
not effective.
How Much to Use
In a small home aquarium, .1 mg/L may be used (300400 mV). A sterilizing system for drinking
water may need 1 mg/L+ with a 10-minute contact time. In recirculating aquaculture, with high
BOD and COD loads, the ozone requirement can be more than 20 mg/L. The dosage is impossible
to determine because aquaculture conditions are always changing. Therefore, we recommend
either the use of a side stream, where the water is treated as much as possible with ozone
before it is mixed back into the main water body, or the use of a redox controller, which will
automatically adjust to the changing conditions.
How to Handle It
Ozone is a very strong oxidizer and must be handled with special materials. The best is stainless
steel for tubing, valves and other components (certain Sweetwater air diffusers are made for
use with ozone). The second best material is pure PTFE, then PVDF, CPVC and HDLPE, in that
order. Be careful using vinyl air tubing, as the ozone will leach out the potentially toxic plasticizer
(it will look like oil on the inside of the tubing).
Safety
A whiff of low concentration ozone will not kill you. If you smell ozone in the air in your building,
turn off the ozone generator and vent the air space. Note that OSHA requires an ambient ozone
monitor on any generator that produces over 5 g/hr.
Ozone System Design Service
Due to the complex nature of custom ozone system design, please call the Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems team at 877-347-4788 for engineering services.

Ozone Generators
PRIMOZONE GM-SERIES
HIGH CONCENTRATION OZONE GENERATORS
The Primozone GM-series ozone generators are built on patented cuttingedge technology that enables ozone production with a very high concentration
and at a very high outlet pressure. The GM ozone generators are energy
efficient, leakage-free and have a low life-cycle cost.
Main Features
High production capacitysingle units from 0.15,4kg O3 /h (5287 lbs/day),
built-to-fit systems for higher output up to 25 kg O3 /h (1,440 lbs/day).
Highest ozone concentrationwith up to 20 wt% .

Easy to use.
Highest gas pressurean absolute gas pressure of up to 3.2 bars (44 psi)
with maintained ozone concentration enables for efficient dissolution and
distribution of the ozone.
Lowest oxygen consumptionuses up to half the amount of oxygen which

means a low energy consumption.
Easy maintenancestainless steel and aluminum construction.

Built-in redundancymodular design of the reactor blocks ensures a built in
redundancy. No need to oversize.
Small footprintsaves space and enables easy retrofitting.
Quiet and EMC-approvedcan be placed anywhere.
Precise dosingintegrated control system with unique features that will vary
the dosing provide the desired ozone level at any given time.
Energy Consumption
One of the key advantages with the Primozone GM-series ozone generator
technology is its energy saving capability. A GM ozone generator can save up
to 70% energy compared to a traditional ozone generator. In comparison it also
uses less oxygen and will vary the oxygen consumption according to the
capacity used.
Primozone GM6
TOTAL ENERGY CONSUMPTION/kg O3=

OXYGEN GENERATION + OZONE GENERATION + CAPACITY
30
25
20
Total energy
consumption
traditional
Total energy
consumption
Primozone
kW 15
10
5
0
100%
50%
Capacity
Features

Ozone pressure at outlet (absolute): Up to 3.2 bar (44 psi)

Noise level: Less than 55 dB
Conformity: CE
Material: Stainless steel and aluminium
10%
With the Primozone ozone technology the consumption of oxygen varies according to the capacity.
This means large energy savings at periods of lower capacity or when the capacity varies over the day.
Primozone and Clean Water. The natural way are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Primozone Production AB Limited Stock Co.

Ozone Generators
PRIMOZONE GM-SERIES
HIGH CONCENTRATION OZONE GENERATORS
TECHNICAL DATA

OZONE
OZONE
OXYGEN
GM ENERGY
CONCENTRATION PRODUCTION
CONSUMPTION CONSUMPTION
3
3
WT/WT GO 3 /HOUR LBS/DAY NM /HOUR FT /HOUR KW
PAESGM1

PAESGM2

PAESGM3

PAESGM6

PAESGM12

PAESGM18

PAESGM48

PAESGM96

Height
Depth
Width
PAESGMOD *
10% 55 2.9 0.38 13.4 0.6

13% 50 2.6 0.27 9.4 0.6
17% 39 2.0 0.16 5.5 0.6
10% 110 5.8 0.76 26.9 1.2
13% 100 5.3 0.53 18.7 1.2
17% 77 4.1 0.31 11.0 1.2
10% 165 8.7 1.14 40.3 1.8
13% 150 7.9 0.80 28.1 1.8
17% 116 6.1 0.47 16.5 1.8
10% 340 17.9 2.3 81.2 3.6
13% 300 15.8 1.5 52.9 3.6
17% 245 12.9 1.0 35.3 3.6
20% 170 8.9 0.6 21.2 3.6
10% 680 35.9 4.5 158.9 7.2
13% 600 31.7 3.0 105.9 7.2
17% 490 25.9 2.0 70.6 7.2
20% 341 18.0 1.1 38.8 7.2
10% 1020 53.9 6.8 240.0 10.8
13% 900 47.6 4.5 158.9 10.8
17% 740 39.1 3.0 105.9 10.8
20% 520 27.5 1.7 60.0 10.8
10% 2720 143.9 18.4 649.8 28.8
13% 2400 126.9 12.0 423.8 28.8
17% 1960 103.7 8.0 282.5 28.8
20% 1360 71.9 4.8 169.5 28.8
10% 5440 287.8 36.8 1300.0 57.6
13% 4800 253.9 24.0 847.6 57.6
17% 3920 207.4 16.0 565.0 57.6
20% 2720 143.9 9.6 339.0 57.6
10-20%
Inside of PAESGM48 capacity 2.4kg O 3 /h (127 lbs/day)

shows the modular design and the robust aluminium reactors.
PAESGM1
PAESGM2
PAESGM3
PAESGM6
PAESGM12
PAESGM18
PAESGM48
PAESGM96
PAESGMOD
UP TO 25000
UP TO 1440
UP TO 184
UP TO 6498
UP TO 288
*GM-On Demand: The GM-series can be produced on-demand to meet specific ozone production needs and other customer requirements.
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
WEIGHT
450 MM/18
450 MM/18
450 MM/18
1,100 MM/43
1,500 MM/59
1,900 MM/75
2,100 MM/83
2,100 MM/83
2,100 MM/83
580 MM/23
580 MM/23
580 MM/23
700 MM/28
700 MM/28
700 MM/28
900 MM/35
2,000 MM/79
CUSTOMIZED ASSEMBLY
415 MM/16
415 MM/16
415 MM/16
446 MM/18
446 MM/18
446 MM/18
732 MM/29
732 MM/29
CUSTOMIZED ASSEMBLY
40 KG/88 LBS
50 KG/110 LBS
60 KG/132 LBS
125 KG/276 LBS
230 KG/507 LBS
280 KG/617 LBS
640 KG/1,411 LBS
1,250 KG/2,756 LBS
UP TO 6,250 KG/13,780 LBS
186 PUMPS
Product
187 Powerheads
196 Centrifugal/Accessories
188 Submersible
205 Vertical Multi-Stage
189 Magnetic Drive/Waterfall
206 Self-Priming
191 Submersible
207 Peristaltic/Metering/Dosing
194 Magnetic Drive/Pump Filter Bags 208 Flow Meters/Alarms
210 Switches/Airlifts
PUMPS 187
Powerheads/Aquarium
POWERHEADS
FW
ECONOMY PUMPS
SW
These Maxi-Jet Pro powerhead pumps are useful in hatching tanks, aquariums,
trickle and undergravel filters, etc. The sealed pumps can be used either
submerged or external (with flooded suction). Suitable for salt and freshwater
systems. 115V/60 Hz only.
MODEL
WATTS
FLOWRATE
(GPM)
MAXIMUM
PUMPING HEIGHT
EACH
PU151
400 PRO
1.8
29"
$ 19.95
PU161
600 PRO
2.7
53"
21.95
PU171
900 PRO
3.8
46"
25.95
PU181
1200 PRO
20
4.9
69"
27.95
FW
SW
A great value, these powerful submersible water pumps feature an alumina

ceramic shaft. Suction cup mounting, 3/4 outlet and venturi assemblies for
aeration are included. 115V/60 Hz, 6 power cord, six-month warranty.
FLOWRATE
(GPM)
WATTS
ACTUAL WT
(LBS)
HX2500
22
$19.45
HX4500
10
70
2.2
32.00
MODEL
HX2500
EACH
HX4500
PU181
8
7
WATTS
INLET/OUTLET
MAX HEAD
MAX FLOW
WP22
20
1/2" & 3/4"
6 (180 CM)
265 GAL
(1,000 L)/HR
$23.08
WP33
35
1/2 & 3/4
7.8
(238 CM)
635 GAL
(2,400 L)/HR
45.88
1,270 GAL
(4,800 L)/HR
65.83
1,630 GAL
(6,170 L)/HR
66.34
3/4" & 1
WP5
130
3/4" & 1
12.5
(381 CM)
WP22
WP4
EACH
SHIP WT
(LBS)
MODEL
90
250
These magnetic drive pumps can be used submersed or in-line by removing

the integrated prefilter with sponge (flooded suction only). They include
bottom-mounting brackets, barbed fittings and suction cups. Pumps are
115/ 2 3 0V, 50/ 60 Hz (Models WP4 and WP5 are 115V, 60 Hz ONLY), CE/ LVDapproved. Six-month warranty.
WP4
3
2
FW
14.8
(451 CM)
HX
4
HX
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
0
50
Head (Feet)
GPM
1.67
MINI FOUNTAIN PUMPS
3.3
5.0
FW
6.7
8.3
10.0
11.7
SW
This mini water pump is excellent for tabletop fountains, aquariums or other
applications that require a compact pump. Completely submersible and
UL-listed! Features: 1/4 outlets, 115V/60 Hz, 3 power cords and a six-month
warranty.
The SP800 maximum flow is 1.2 gpm, max head is 18 and draws only 5 watts.
SP985 max flow is 2.4 gpm, max head is 36 and draws 9 watts.
MODEL
SP800
MINI PUMP, 2 X 2.2
SP985
MINI PUMP, 2.4 X 2.7
EACH
6+
$9.25
$7.08
9.65
7.44
SP985
WP33
188 PUMPS
Submersible
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
FW
SW
Tank dewatering.
Hauling truck use.
Harvesting options.
Pit/Basement dewatering. Livewell recirculating.
Boat bilge pumping.
Emergency pumping. Collecting operations.

These Rule 12V pumps have brush type motors that will typically run for
2,000 hours or more, making them suitable and reliable for many temporary
applications.
Rule pumps feature snap-off strainers for easy cleaning; double-insulated,
water- cooled motors for longer life; PTFE seals; and an antiairlock plastic
impeller. They will not burn out when run dry. Rule pumps are silent-running,
energy-efficient and maintenance-free. Float switch (R35): 12VDC, up to 14
amps. Turns on pump when water is 21/2, turns off at 1. One-year warranty.
R24
R20A
R02
R55 (12VDC)
A computerized brain checks for the presence of water and turns on the
pump only when necessary, making it perfect for brief and/or unattended
dewatering applications.
Eco-Switch
Featuring a nonmercury design, this float switch is made to work with
12V water pumps. The switch operates with simple air pressure. As the
water level rises, air rises in the air tube attached to the switch. This air
pressure activates the switch that controls the pump. All wiring is out of
the water. Switch can be mounted up to 10 away from the air tube.

MODEL
FLOW RATE
GPM
AMPS
OUTLET O.D.
R10
EACH
R24
PUMP, 12VDC 6
21/2
3/4"
R20A
PUMP, 12VDC 17
4
11/8"
39.99
R02
PUMP, 12VDC 25
7
11/8"
71.52
27
R10
PUMP, 12VDC 33
12
11/8"
104.56
24
R14
PUMP, 12VDC 61
15
11/2"
157.17
21
R55
PUMP, 12VDC 61
19
11/2"
261.26
18
R80
HOSE, PLASTIC, 11/8" I.D.
1.65/FT
R88
HOSE, PLASTIC, 11/2" I.D.
3.11/FT
R35
FLOAT SWITCH W/O FUSE, 12VDC
14
40.35
V1239
ECO-SWITCH, 12VDC
72.49
$18.79
0
R1
3+
Rule is a registered trademark of Rule Industries, Inc.
R
A
20
R24
14
12
R
5+
R5
15
R5
Head (Feet)
V 1239
R0
R35
R14
GPH
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
SHURFLO 9300 SERIES SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

Fits wells 4 (10.2 cm) in diameter and larger
A ccepts a variety of jacketed cables from your power source
Includes boot
Runs dry without damage
C orrosion-proof housing with stainless steel fasteners
Long-life, 24VDC operation. 4.6 amps
Q uick disconnect for easy installation and service
The SHURflo 9300 series pump offers a solution to your remote water
pumping needs. Its rugged, durable and built to last. This pump delivers
a steady 1.0 gpm (3.8 L/min) operating at 100 psi (6.9 bar) maximum at 230
feet (70.1 m). It incorporates a unique, waterblocked cable connector that
is impervious to water leakage and condensation problems preventing
waterwicking. Corrosion-proof housing with stainless steel fasteners and
inlet screen. Runs dry without damage. Great for applications in livestock
watering, irrigation and ponds. 1/2 hose barb outlet. 33/4 L x 33/4 W x 12 H.
PUMPS 189
Magnetic Drive
FW
MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS
Low maintenance and energy-efficient
MD7
MD3
SW
These Danner Supreme robust, epoxy-sealed,

low-head, magnetic drive pumps can be used
either in-line (above water) or submersed! A foam
pre-filter is included with pumps MD2MD18 only.
A plastic pre-filter is included with MD24. A 10
power cord is standard; 18 is available (see note
under price block). UL-listed. 115V/60 Hz (will
pump ~25% less with 50 Hz).
MD9
Fresh and salt water

Positions for vertical or horizontal discharge
Three-year warranty on pump body and cover
One-year warranty on impeller
MD12
FRP12
FRP2
MD3

MODEL
MD22
MD24PF
IMD3
IMD2
IMD5
IMD4
FLOW RATE FIPT INLET/

GPM
MNPT OUTLET WATTS
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
MD2* PUMP 4.2
1/2
24
$58.35 $54.85
MD3* PUMP 5.8
1/2
35
62.00 58.28
MD5* PUMP 8.3
1/2
45
74.00 69.56
MD7* PUMP 11.7
1/2
60
79.95 75.15
MD9* PUMP 15.8
3/4
93
103.95 97.71
MD12* PUMP 20
3/4
110
143.55 134.94
MD18* PUMP 30
3/4
145
11
162.00 152.28
MD24* PUMP 40 1 265
11
190.25 178.84
FRP2
FOAM PRE-FILTER FOR MD2MD7
7.00
FRP12
FOAM PRE-FILTER FOR MD9MD18
11.25
MD24PF PLASTIC STRAINER FOR MD9MD24
IMD6B
IMD6
VOL2
20
MD
24
12
M
D
MD
5
MD
Head (Feet)
15
MD
MD
18
D2
MD3
GPM
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
28
9.25
REPLACEMENT PARTS
3-YEAR WARRANTY ON PUMP BODY & COVER
10
6+
32
36
40
44
IMD2
REPLACEMENT IMPELLER FOR MD2
11.60
IMD3
REPLACEMENT IMPELLER FOR MD3 & MD5
13.75
IMD4
13.75
12746
21.75
21.25
IMD5
IMD5B
REPLACEMENT IMPELLER FOR MD12 (AFTER 2001) 21.25
IMD6
33.25
IMD6B
REPLACEMENT IMPELLER FOR MD18 (AFTER 2001) 38.25
12780
43.45
12790
51.15
VOL2
VOLUTE FOR MD2 & MD3
5.75
VOL3
5.75
VOL4
VOLUTE FOR MD9, MD12 & MD18
7.25
VOL5
8.60
*10 power cord is standard. to order an 18 power cord add 2 to the part no. (e.g, MD2 = MD22) and call
for price.
Supreme is a registered trademark of Eugene G. Danner Manufacturing, Inc.

190 PUMPS
Magnetic Drive/Waterfall
FW
SW
Quiet operation
Energy-efficient
External or submersible
Small footprint, high flowrate
Quiet One pumps have a noise level less than 45 decibels and can be used
in either above-water or submersible applications, except QP11, which is
for submerged use only. A unidirectional impeller with ceramic bearing
ensures longer life. Fins provide air cooling and/or water cooling. The 6
power cord pumps are excellent for aquariums and fountains close to a
receptacle. Pond pumps include a spray nozzle assortment and have a 20
power cord. 115V/60 Hz (available in 230V/50 Hz in quantity by special order).
UL, C-UL, C
E, TUV-GS listed. One-year warranty.
30
QP16P
60 Hz
25
QP
21
20
15
10
Feet
14
1
QP
QP
18
QP
12
QP
1
QP
QP
19
QP
17
QP
1
GPM 5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
STD.
WATTS IN/OUT
MODELS EACH
60
POND
MODELS EACH
14
1/2 BARB
QP11
$22.56
QP11P
$34.34
26
1/2 MNPT
QP12
30.68
QP12P
44.29
40
1 MNPT
QP13
79.31
QP13P
95.02
41
1 MNPT
QP18
75.57
QP18P
91.61
50
1 MNPT
QP14
84.35
QP14P
98.07
110
1 MNPT
QP16
137.22
QP16P
154.68
140
1 MNPT
QP17
144.17
QP17P
158.91
QP19
182.52
QP19P
278.76
145 1 1/2 MNPT
Quiet One is a registered trademark of Lifegard Aquatics, Inc.
FW
These pumps are oil-free and use a water-cooled, energy-efficient motor.

Each has a 2 MPT/11/2 FPT outlet. Underwater use only, will pass 3/16 solids.
115V/60 Hz with 16 power cords. UL-listed. Two-year warranty.
Pump Sizing for Waterfalls

Desired Waterfall
Width @ 1" Depth
QP19
QP17
WATERFALL PUMPS
Low head
TECH TALK 87
QP18P
QP11P
Flowrate
Required (gph)
Flowrate
Required (gpm)

SHIP WT
MODEL AMPS (LBS)
4 11 $156.54 $147.95
VP5000
7 12
1,200
20
2,400
40
18"
3,600
60
25
24"
4,800
80
20
30"
6,000
100
36"
7,200
120
length (ft) x width (ft) x depth (ft) x 7.5 = volume in gallons.
Head (Feet)
6"
12"
Calculating the volume of a pond (square or rectangular):
EACH 4+
VP3500
15
VP3
10
VP5
500
174.00 139.00
000
5
GPM 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
VP5000
2-YEAR WARRANTY
PUMPS 191
Submersible
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
FW
The Pro-Drainer has a 304 stainless steel case and an automatic float switch,
thermal overload protection with automatic reset and a double mechanical
shaft seal. 11/4 FNPT outlet and a 3/8 diameter strainer. 115V/60 Hz with 20
power cord. 4 amps @ 5. 1/3 HP. 20 overall height x 11, 7 max dia. Weighs
11 lbs. One-year warranty. .
MODEL EACH
30
PU7
20
Head (Feet)
$370.29
10
GPM
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
Medium head
10
20
30
40
50
FW
These top discharge pumps are built for long life and high performancethey
use only 4.8 amps but are rated up to 6.2! The highly efficient has a. Both have a
multidirectional discharge connector that lets you easily switch from vertical to
horizontal discharge. Outlets are 2 MPT. Thermally protected, 115V/60 Hz and
include 32 power cords.
60
PLB2400
50
Aluminum motor frame
40
Head (Feet)
Special urethane rubber impeller

Synthetic rubber casing
Suction cover and wear ring
PLB2750
Cast iron impeller
20
20
30
PLB2750
1 11.5 81/2 39 636.67
6.8
9.1
11.4
13.6
15.9
18.2
40
50
60
70
80
PLB2400
TITANIUM PUMPS FOR SALT WATER

Super corrosion resistance!
20.4 22.7
@60Hz
50
PLB2750
40
20
10
30
40
50
SW
KOI
All parts in contact with water are either titanium or FRP resin, including the
motor shaft and the screws! Model 4TM is 115V/60 Hz, single-phase. Model
8TMT is 230V, three-phase. Both models have built-in thermal protectors
and 19 power cord. Pumps fit inside a 10 pipe. Pumps have 2 FPT outlets,
1 strainer inlets. They might seem expensive, but theyre worth it for their
long-term reliability in salt water. Two-year warranty.
4TM
30
FW
Designed specifically for continuous duty in salt water, these high-quality,

Japanese-made, very efficient pumps will provide a long service life.
8TM
T
20
40
0
2-YEAR WARRANTY
EACH
2/3
GPM 10
50
6.2 7 1/2 25
$416.67
PLB2400
Head (Feet)
PL
B2
GPM 10
SHIP WT
MODEL
HP AMPS DIAMETER (LBS)
4.5
30
27
10
Galvanized steel housing
m3/h 2.3
60
PL
B
60
2-YEAR WARRANTY
70
80
90
100
Note: Like most submersible pumps, these should have their motors
underwater (for cooling) when in continuous duty applications.
4TM
SHIP WT
MODEL HP PHASE VOLTS AMPS HEIGHT (LBS)
4TM
8TMT
1/2
115 5.8 14 3/16" 18
1 3 230 3.1 14 3/4" 20
EACH
$ 1,085.00
3+
$967.50
1,193.33 1,073.70
192 PUMPS
Submersible
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
FW
KOI
ShinMaywa Norus submersible pumps are efficient, reliable and durable,

with a unique hardware design made of fiberglass in addition to their cast
aluminum bearing housing. Superior heat dissipation and structural integrity
ensure corrosion resistance and a long lifespan. Stainless steel shaft and
impeller. 2 FNPT discharge outlet matches up easily to most water garden
skimmer filters. 115V/60 Hz.
WATTS
PERFORMANCE IN GPM
10
15
MODEL
HP
NORUS328
1/5 328 45 30 15 19 20 $329.00
20
MAX LIFT
CORD
EACH
NORUS414
1/3 414 66.7 50 35 20 27 32 439.00
NORUS567
1/2 567 85 72 57 45 37 32 549.00
NORUS1088
1 1,088 115 112 92 80 48
32 649.00
25
RU
NO
S1
08
8
NORUS414
14
60
2-YEAR WARRANTY
67
40
S5
28
GPM 20
RU
S3
S4
RU
RU
m3/h
NO
10
NO
15
NO
Head (Feet)
20
80
100 120
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
Low head
12
Head (Feet)
30
SP5
20
SP5
10
GPM 10
WATTS
Safe, reliable and high-quality submersible

pumps that can also handle dirty water and
solids up to 1 in diameter. Manufactured with
noncorroding and rustproof materials. Oilless.
Diameter is 5 1/2 (plus outlet) x 12 H. 115V/60 Hz,
with 16 power cord. 1 1/4 thread outlet/includes
barb.One-year warranty.
20
10
20
AMPS
30
FW
40
50
SHIP WT (LBS)
60
MODEL
HP
SP510
1/3 330 3.0
$250.00 225.00
EACH
3+
SP520
1/2 650 5.6
11
325.00 292.50
SP510
SUBMERSIBLE/IN-LINE PUMP

MODEL
PM48
MAX HEAD
SHIP WT
(FT) WATTS (LBS)
20
Head (Feet)
Pondmaster Pros Hy-Drive pump uses the best of

mag drive and direct drive technology to quietly
and efficiently supply up to 80 gpm. Ideal for ponds
and multitank aquariums. Oilless design ensures
your fish are safe. Includes extra large inlet screen
and 11/2 hose barb adapters. 11/2 FNPT inlet and
11/2 MNPT outlet. 115V/60 Hz; 20 power cord.
Submersible or external.
15
10
5
GPM 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
EACH
20 280 15 $250.00
3-YEAR WARRANTY
ShinMaywa and Norus are registered trademarks of ShinMaywa Industries, Ltd.
PUMPS 193
Submersible
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
This Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Submersible Pump, HP stainless steel
pump is designed for draining and utility applications, with the capability to
pump water down to 1-38 in depth. The pump features improved flow rates, a
superior stainless steel casing, suction strainer, impeller and shaft for greater
corrosion resistance and longer service life. Debris and stones up to 34 are
able to pass through the pump. The pump features a 1-14 discharge port for
faster draining. Two discharge port adaptors are included.
Equipped with an automatic reset thermal protector to help prevent premature
failure caused by overheating. If the internal motor temperature rises to unsafe
levels, the switch will protect the motor by causing it to stop. When the motor
has sufficiently cooled, the switch will reset automatically and restart the
motor, allowing you to resume pumping.
The external float switch allows for optional automatic operation of the pump. It
is easily installed by plugging directly into an outlet and connecting the pump
cord to the opposite end of the switch. The pump is then automatically activated
when the surrounding water raises the float switch to a 45 angle from the
handle. Once the water level and float switch return to its original position, the
pump is automatically turned off. One-year warranty.
115V, 60 Hz, single phase, permanent split capacitor motor
Automatic thermal overload protection
Clog-resistant cast stainless steel impeller
Accommodates water temperatures ranging from 32F to 130F
Equipped with 15-foot, 18/3 grounding-type power cord
Convenient top-mounted handle
Rubber feet to eliminate scratching
Includes adaptors; 1-1/4 Female NPT Elbow, 1-1/4 Male NPT to 1-1/2
Female NPT
PUMP PERFORMANCE

LIQUID
MINIMUM TEMPERATURE PUMPS
MODEL
CIRCUIT REQ.
RANGE
DOWN TO
Float switch and

two discharge port adaptors included
PCD-1000

15 AMPS
32/130 F, 0/54 C
PUMP PERFORMANCE TDH/GPM
TDH
GPM
SHUT OFF HEAD
5 10 15 20
45.5 34.0 21.5 12.0

FULL LOAD SWITCH SETTING
MODEL
HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS
RPM
ON OFF
PCD-1000-AQ
3/4
PROPELLER PUMP
FW
115
60
6.4
3450
12 6
TECH FAV
m3/h 11.3
14
This pump cant be beat for low-head, high-flow, continuous duty applications.
The exterior housing is stainless steel, the top and inside portions are cast iron.
They have double mechanical seals with silicon carbide faces and hightemperature C3 bearings rated for 60,000 hours. To make installation and
removal easier, use our Quick Disconnect Fittings (see Index) to connect the
outlet piping. All pumps will handle 5/16 solids. PAB4 comes with a 16 power
cord, PAB5 and PAB6 do not come with power cords. 60 Hz, not UL-listed,
two-year warranty.
7.9
40
$961.67
PAB5
208/230/460
5 FPT
10 X 19
5.7
68
1,111.67
PAB6
208/230/460
6 FPT
11 X 23
10.7
97
1,955.00
19
22.7
34.1
EACH
$330.00
45.5
Head (Feet)
10
8
5
PAB
4 MPT 10 X 19
SHIP WT
(LBS)
PA
B6
4
PAB
115
26.2
N/A
12

SHIP WT
MODEL HP
VOLTS
OUTLET
DIA. X HT. AMPS (LBS) EACH
PAB4 1/2 1
1 38 (3.5 CM)
4
2
GPM
2-YEAR WARRANTY
200
400
600
200 GPM WITH ONLY 7.9 AMPS!
194 PUMPS
Magnetic Drive/Pump Filter Bags

Low-medium head
FW
SW
Iwaki Walchem magnetic drive pumps are an excellent choice for aquaculture applications, aquariums
and industrial process applications, as they are very efficient, extremely quiet and transfer minimal motor
heat to the water. Motors are UL-approved, TEFC with built-in thermal protectors. Liquid ends are
polypropylene. Pumps can be mounted vertically or horizontally, outlets are adjustable directionally.
115V/60 Hz with 6 power cord. One-year warranty. 230V models also available; call for details.

MODEL

MFRS PART NO.
AMPS
INLET/OUTLET
MNPT
L
DIMENSIONS
W
H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
PM23
4+
PM20
WMD20RLT
.45
3/4
13 6 6
7.2
$170.68 $162.15
PM21
WMD20RLXT .45
1"
13 6 6
7.2
174.37 165.65
PM22
WMD30RLT
1.0
3/4
13 6 6
9.3
176.28 167.47
PM23
WMD30RLXT 1.0
1"
13 6 6
9.3
193.59 183.91
PM24
WMD40RLT
1.9
3/4
13 6 6
10
217.57 206.69
PM25
WMD40RLXT 1.9
1"
13 6 6
10
261.71 248.62
PM26
MD-55RLT**
1.6
1"
13 9 8
14
342.64 325.51
PM27
MD-70RLT**
3.0
1"
12 9 8
15.7
377.23 358.37
PM28
MD-100RLT** 3.4
1"
13 6 7
21
464.29 441.08
PM27
40
*Do not exceed maximum head, as nonwarranty pump failure can occur.
**These models have Japanese motors and 3 power cord.
Head (Feet)
32
PM
24
PM
26
PM
PM 2 4
22
16
8
2
PM
PM21
GPM
PM
27
PM
23
Iwaki and Walchem are registered trademarks of Iwaki Co., Ltd., or one of its global affiliates.
12
28
PM
25
16
20
24
28
32
PUMP FILTER BAGS

Submersible pump intake screens are typically quite small and can be blocked
with just a little debris. In 1995, it dawned on us that we could put the pump into
a filter bag, and we created the Pump Bag. We now have five sizes.
Place your submersible pump, its power cord and outlet hose right in the bag, tie
the top closed and you have a large surface area, long-life inlet strainer. Select a
bag larger in diameter than your pump, with a mesh opening smaller than the
pumps inlet strainer but not so fine that the bag requires frequent cleaning.
We have three types: lightweight, medium and heavyweight. The lightweight are
fine mesh, ideal for pumps up to 15 gpm. They have a bottom stiffener ring and
about 2 sq.ft. of surface area with a drawstring closure, fitting pumps up to 10
in diameter. Our popular medium weight bag fits pumps up to 7 in diameter
and has about 2 sq.ft. of surface area. The heavyweight bags handle up to 12 in
diameter and offer about 6 sq.ft. of surface area. The heavyweight bags use a
stiff, semirigid, polyethylene mesh for flows to 60 gpm. The medium and
heavyweight bags use a tie-wrap closure. Made in USA.
PFB101

FLAT DIMENSIONS
MODEL
TYPE, PUMP DIA.
OPENINGS
W X L
PB1A
PFB101 LIGHTWEIGHT, 10
PFB102
PB2A
1/32
15 X 24
COLOR
EACH
4+
GREEN $15.50 $11.21
PFB102 LIGHTWEIGHT, 10
1/8
15 X 24
BLUE
15.00 9.88
PB1A
MEDIUM, 7
1/16
12 X 22
BLACK
26.85 25.38
PB2A
HEAVYWEIGHT, 12
3/16
20 X 39
BLACK
14.50 13.78
PB38
HEAVYWEIGHT, 12
3/8
17 X 39
BLACK
9.60 9.12
PUMPS 195
Magnetic Drive

High quality at a low price!
FW
SW
TECH FAV
These magnetic drive pumps will run much quieter and cooler than most
magnetic drive pumps. Feature seal-free bearings (no seals to leak!),
stainless steel hardware, a ceramic shaft and polypropylene body. The
open-mouth impeller design allows for higher flowrates than similar pumps.
A longer magnet and higher bearing surface provide less heat transfer and
greater torque for less slippage. Dimensionally interchangeable with Iwaki
pumps, each pump has a TEFC motor and a 10 power cord.
Fresh and salt water compatible
115V/60 Hz
Not UL-listed, CE-approved
230V models also available; call for details
W70HD
2-YEAR WARRANTY

MODEL
35
30
Head (Feet)
25
W7
0H
20
W1
00H
D
W4
0H
D
W55
HD
15
10
W2
0H
W
30
GPM

Low-medium head
10
FW
12
WATTS @
115V/60 HZ
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
W20HD
3/4"
45 6 $142.58
90 7 176.84
W30HD
3/4"
W30HDX
1" 90 7 184.58
W40HD
3/4"
120 8
210.00
W40HDX
1" 130 8
217.74
DX
W55HD
1" 180 16
287.37
W30
HDX
W70HD
1" 290 21
313.89
W100HD
1" 390 23
359.21
W40
H
HD
IN/OUT
MNPT
14
16
18
20
SW
These pumps are perfect for aquaculture

and home aquariums. Outlets are adjustable
directionally. Thermally protected, 115V/60 Hz,
with 6 power cord. UL-listed. One-year warranty.
Made in USA.
PM112
30
PM
18
25
PM
1
PM 12
3
Head (Feet)
20
15
PM1
10
PM2
3.3
6.6
10
13.3
PM1
2MDQ-SC 1.6 1/2
9 $157.55
PM2
2MDQX-SC 1.5
161.95
PM3
3MDQ-SC
10
214.20
PM4
3MDQX-SC .9
PM5
4MDQ-SC
PM6
4MDQX-SC 1.3
INLET/OUTLET
FNPT/MNPT
.8
1
3/4 / 1/2
1.3
1
1/ 1/2
1
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
10 217.85
10
238.40
10 238.57
PM125*
3MDX
1.5
5/8 BARB
PM112*
3MD-SC
2.4
3/4 / 1/2
184.75
PM
PM110*
4MD-SC
1.7
1 / 1/2
10
222.75
PM18*
5MD-SC
2.0
1 / 1/2
10
317.50
25
PM1
GPM

MFRS PART NO.
AMPS
PM
6
10
PM 1
5
PM

MODEL
16.7
20
23.3
136.30
*Not recommended for salt water.
196 PUMPS
Centrifugal Pumps
FW
SW
KOI
TECH FAV
High-efficiency
Stainless steel motor shafts
Salt water compatible shaft sleeve and seal
1,725-rpm, thermally protected ODP motors
Glass-filled polypropylene pump bodies
8 power cords and 11/2 FNPT inlet/outlet (SHE1.7 and SHE2.4)
SHE2.9 and SHE4.4 have a 2 in/out with slip unions
SHE2.44.4 also available in 230V/50 Hz (add -230)
Made in USA

SHIP WT
MODEL
WATTS @ 10 HEAD
AMPS @ 115V
(LBS)
SHE1.7
EACH
SHE1.7
170 1.5 24 $585.00
SHE2.4
220 1.9 28 610.00
SHE2.9
290 2.9 31 645.00
SHE4.4
450 4.0 35 750.00
We constantly preach energy conservation because it saves money. An aquaculture business

cannot afford big monthly power bills nor should the hobbyist accept that. Compare our
SHE2.9 to a typical hardware store water pump when run continuously.
BRAND
WATTS
COST/YR@10/KWH
70 290
900
788
25
20
15
SHE
4.4
SHE
1.7
10
SH
E2
.9
2.4
TYPICAL PUMP 70
$254
2-YEAR WARRANTY
HE
SHE2.9
GPM @ 10 HEAD
SHE4.4
Head (Feet)
SWEETWATER HIGH-EFFICIENCY PUMPS

Low head, very quiet
Our pump cost about $100 more but saved over $500/year. Which one is the bargain?
GPM 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
TECH TALK 75
Our pump cost about $100 more but saved over $500/year. Which one is the
Water Pump Efficiency and Redundancy
bargain?
We know what you're thinking ... here they go again, talking about efficiency. Yes, and we'll keep doing
it. The problem is that, in the US, electricity is so cheap, we all but ignore it. Then, when we get the
power bill, we complain about how high it is!
Sound familiar?
Here is a note on energy efficiency from our 1981 Aeration Handbook and Catalog: "... one kilowatt-hour
is equivalent to about two days of hard work by one man." A man's labor for 5 per daythat's cheap!
As efficiency relates to aquaculture, pumping and aeration are the two biggest consumers of electricity.
After feed costs and labor, electricity is probably the next highest overhead expense. Be careful when
selecting a pump. Do not compare them by horsepower alone. Often, a cheap pump has an undersized
motor that must work very hard to do the job. This may be an appropriate pump selection for temporary or
noncritical applications, but not where the lives of your animals are concerned. Often, pool type pumps,
when used for low-pressure aquaculture applications, keep the motor in a continuous overload condition.
Operating an undersized motor in the duty range of its service factor is acceptable from the pump
manufacturer's point of view, but not a fish farmer's point of view. It lowers the pump's cost (which
looks good when you are comparing pumps), but increases energy consumption and operating
temperature. Higher operating temperature shortens motor life.
We've painstakingly selected and tested all of our pumps for power consumption. We've illustrated
ratings, specifications and power consumption clearly. We use the term "aquaculture duty" to indicate
long-term reliability and efficiency in humid, industrial applications.
Multiple water pumps provide redundancy.
Bigger may not be better when it comes to pumping water. For example, to pump 300 gallons per minute
(gpm) to a height of 20', you could use one large 300-gpm pump, two 150-gpm pumps, three 100-gpm
pumps, four 75-gpm pumps, five 60-gpm pumps, etc. To determine which is best for your application,
consider the following options.
Large pumps may only be available with 3-phase motors. If 3-phase power is not available, an
expensive, power-robbing phase converter must be used, or multiple single-phase pumps. Even if one
large pump can be used, another one must be available as a backup, if the pumping need is critical.
Consider multiple pumps. If one pump moves 100 gpm, two of the same pumps together will move 200
gpm, three will move 300 gpm, and so on. If less than 300 gpm is ever needed, multiple smaller pumps
will save electricity, as they can be individually turned on or off as needed (installing a check valve on
each pump will prevent water from flowing back when that pump is not in use). Also, multiple pumps
may be preferred, as then only a portion of the total water flow would be lost when one pump fails.
The cost of having a small pump on hand for backup is much less than a large one. For a "ready-to-go"
backup, extra pumps could be plumbed into the main line (put the pumps on separate circuit breakers)
so that the reserve pump is ready when needed. Alternate the use of the pumps to keep them exercised.
Simplify the backup and spare parts inventory at your facility by using multiples of the same pump
instead of several single-purpose pumps. Similar multiple redundancy can be used with air blowers,
heaters, chillers, filters, etc.
In
Two smaller pumps can be

utilized in place of one large
pump.
Shut-off valve
Check valves shown on
inlet but may be located
on outlet.
Vs
Single Large Pump
With proper valve

and union locations,
one pump can be replaced
with little
or no interuption to
the system.
Two Smaller Pumps
Utilizing two smaller pumps provides redundancy and allows continuous operation should one pump fail.
PUMPS 197
Centrifugal Pumps
SWEETWATER CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

Medium and high head
FW
SW
These high-performance pumps are molded out of glass-filled PPO resin.

They are fitted with a seal that prevents water from contacting any metal parts,
making the pumps salt water compatible.
All pumps come with stainless steel hardware, 8 power cord (PS2SS through
PS4SS models only). Inlet/outlet connections are 11/2 FNPT on all pumps.
3,450 rpm, TEFC Baldor motors are slightly oversized for the pumps,
resulting in a cool-running, long-lasting, reliable pump. Two-year warranty.
Made in USA.

FULL LOAD
HP
VOLTS
PHASE
AMPS
MODEL
PS2SS
2-YEAR WARRANTY
100
PS2SS
1/2
115/230
SHIP WT
(LBS)
7.4 @ 115V
EACH
3+
$670.95 $617.27
30
PS3SS
3/4
115/230
10.8 @ 115V
35 719.25 661.71
PS4SS
115/230
12.0 @ 115V
36
PS5SS
11/2
115/230
15.0 @ 115V
47
823.85 757.94
PS53SS
11/2
208/460
4.2 @ 230V
41
773.85 711.94
PS6SS
230
11.5 @ 230V
63
908.25 835.59
PS63SS
208/460
4.6 @ 230V
45
827.40 761.21
PS73SS
208/460
5.4 @ 230V
49
900.00 828.00
36.57 34.43
1000.0414 REPLACEMENT SHAFT SEAL
785.40 722.57
Head (Feet)
80
3 hp
60
1 hp
40
20
GPM 10
11/2 hp
2 hp
70
90
3/4 hp
1/2
20
hp
30
40
50
60
80
100
110
120
130
140
TECH TALK 110

Inlet Strainers
Pump inlets can become quickly clogged by just a few leaves, a plastic bag, a small amount
of debris or even a dead fish. Inlet strainers are devices that keep debris out of a pump that
might otherwise damage or clog it. They generally are not designed to be water filters
(requiring frequent cleaning), but rather pump protectors. A pump's performance is greatly
diminished when its inlet is restricted. To avoid flow reduction or stoppage, you will need an
inlet strainer with a large enough surface area to not impede water flow, even when partially clogged.
PUMP TRAPS
Here is a pump trap (also known as priming pot) at a very reasonable price.
Ideal for garden ponds, recirculating systems, swimming pools, etc.
All-plastic trap has a 11/2 FNPT inlet, 11/2 MNPT outlet and weighs 2 lbs.
Measures 11 H x 7 D x 71/2 L. One-year warranty.
MODEL
EACH
P5
PUMP TRAP
$48.36
P5B
REPL. BASKET
15.39
P5C
REPL. COVER
37.00
P5R
REPL. O-RING
8.92
Another reason you need a large surface area strainer is to reduce the water velocity at the
strainer inlets, so that debris, small fish and animals do not become stuck. To prevent this
blockage, we recommend that the strainer screen surface area be a minimum of one square
foot for every ten gallons per minute pumped.
The strainer opening should be small enough to keep out anything that will clog the pump, the
pump's strainer and the orifices of any valves, etc., after the pump. Your water filtering device,
such as sand filters, bead filters, cartridge filters, etc., should be located just after the pump.
Stringy materials can be a problem because they can go through small strainer openings and
wrap themselves on the pump's impeller. To prevent this, use a very large surface area with a
strainer inlet that creates a tortuous path. Spun polypropylene, open cell foam and even
multiple wraps of window screen over a strainer can be used for this purpose.
A check valve (also known as a foot valve) can be attached to the inlet strainer in applications
where the pump will lose its prime when shut off. The check valve's orientation is important
for rapid and positive closure.
P5
198 PUMPS
Sparus Pump With Constant Flow Technology

T he worlds first aquaculture duty pump to deliver a CONSTANT
user-defined flow rate
Pump motor speed self-adjusts to maintain the constant flow rate setting,
even as system conditions change
Digital communication port RS-48 allows monitoring/control by
PLC systems. Contact us for solutions utilizing a PLC.
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
AND SERVICE AVAILABLE
Contact Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems

for more details.
2 NPT suction and discharge ports.
Clear lid for quick

inspection of basket.
Cam and Ramp locking ring
for easy servicibility.
NEMA IP55 rated enclosure for

robust service in wet locations.
On-board keypad for
simple programming of
desired flow rate.
Integrated wiring
compartment for easy access
and quick installation.
Oversized strainer basket

and volute.
Corrosion-proof pump body

for long service life.
Saltwater-rated 316 stainless

internal fasteners, and heavy-duty
mechanical seal.
RS-48 Port
Under typical operating conditions, Sparus Pump with Constant Flow

Technology offers the highest water flow rate of any high performance
pumpwith the lowest electricity consumption. Thanks to its integrated
on-board variable frequency drive, this pump automatically calculates and
self-adjusts to provide the exact operational speed needed to deliver the
exact flow rate you establish. As system conditions change, it self-adjusts to
achieve a constant user-specified flow rate. The result of this breakthrough
technology is that you achieve the absolute minimum energy usage required
to deliver any given flow rate! This high level of efficiency can save you
thousands of dollars per year in pump operating costs.
No more closing valves to decrease flow rate or making manual adjustments.
Simply select the flow rate you require and the Sparus Pump with Constant
Flow Technology delivers. As system conditions change, the flow rate remains
constant. Need a higher or lower flow rate? Simply adjust the desired flow rate
by using the simple keypad. No matter what flow rate you select, youll rest
assured that your desired flow rate remains constant.
3 hp totally enclosed fan cooled

motor, with permanent magnets.
The law of physics known as the Affinity Law states that there is a cubic
relationship between the speed of an electric motor and its power consumption.
By decreasing the speed of a motor by only 10%, youll reap up to 33% in
electrical energy savings while still achieving the exact flow rate that your
application requires. With conventional pumps, the motor is often operating
at a speed that is needlessly high for the application. Users of conventional
single-speed pumps often find that their only option to decrease their flow
rate is to partially close a valve to throttle the flow rate. The Sparus Pump
with Constant Flow Technology takes that paradigm and turns it on its head!
The intelligence built into this pump means that you establish the desired flow
rate and leave the decision-making to the pump.
PUMPS 199
Sparus Pump With Constant Flow Technology

Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology(CFT) will always operate at
the slowest speed required to achieve the user-established flow rate; the savings
it provides is yours to keep! This pump delivers proven reliability thanks to its
saltwater-rated stainless steel internal fasteners and highly robust mechanical
seal. Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology is a self-priming pump, and
its also suitable for flooded-suction applications. UL778 listed. One-year
warranty. Made in USA. Not certified for use in swimming pool applications.
Pump Features:
Fully-programmable for any flow rate from 20140 gpm
On-board keypad for simple programming of desired flow rate
3 hp rating. 230V, single-phase, 50hz/60hz
Ultra efficient permanent magnet TEFC motor
2 internally threaded NPT inlet/outlet ports and anti-blocking strainer
basket ensure maximum flow and efficiency
Easy installation and trouble-free servicing
IP55-rated enclosure for wet locations and harsh conditions
Two Sparus Pumps with CFT at work at a 3,200 gallon saltwater exhibit.
Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology Performance Chart

M
FT
100
25
20
15
10
5
0
Total Dynamic Head in Feet of Water
30
Right Side View

OUTLET
2 NPT
Best Efficiency Sizing
90
23.4
80
70
60
50
2000 W
1500 W
1000 W
30
20
750 W
500 W
150 W
10
0
INLET
2 NPT
3000 W
2500 W
40
120 W
10
200 W
20
30
40
10
300 W
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 GPM

Capacity in US Gallons Per Minute
15
20
25
30
35
11.3
M3/HR

MOTOR
FULL LOAD
SERVICE
SF
IN/OUT
SHIP
MODEL
HP VOLTS HZ PHASE ENCLOSURE AMPS FACTOR HP PORTS
L W H
WT
EACH
348045-AQ
3
230
50/60
1
TEFC
16
1.32
3.95
2
23.4 11
12.6
45 LBS MSRP $1,200.00

CALL FOR PRICE
Operates with identical performance on 50 Hz or 60 Hz input power.
FULL CIRCLE CRAB

Full Circle Seafood in Columbia, NC is located near the Albemarle Sound, the East Coasts largest estuary. The Scuppernong River flows nearby, and its in
this maritime paradise that owner Willy Phillips established Full Circle Seafood. In an industry with high operating expenses, Full Circle reached out to
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems to find the most energy-efficient equipment on the market. Seafood holding requires a reliable, continuous-duty water pump
that runs 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Full Circles system requires several pumps, and the energy bill is a significant expense. Pentair AES assessed Full
Circles existing pumps and calculated the operating costs to be nearly a whopping $600 per season, per pump.
To decrease cost and maximize performance, Pentair AES installed a Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology and Full Circle Seafood has been
experiencing cost savings every day. In todays business climate for the seafood industry, with shrinking margins, one of the best ways to make money is to
save money through conservation methods. I have tried numerous system types for shedding crab, including a variety of pumps, and the Sparus pump
satisfies all my needs. I was trading my old pumps out every two years. The combination of an energy saving pump with a longer shelf life makes this type of
pump a valuable asset to a crab shedding operation. said Phillips. Constant Flow Technology allows Full Circle to define the ideal flow rate for their system
without having to restrict the flow by adjusting valves.
As the savings add up, Willy plans to replace all of the pumps in his system in the months to come. Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is proud to provide practical,
reliable technology to help decrease operational expenses. Ask your knowledgeable Pentair sales/service rep how you can start saving money with Constant
Flow Technology today. To read more of Willy Phillips story and his savings, visit our blog at PentairAES.com.
200 PUMPS
Centrifugal High-Performance
SPARUS 160 ENERGY-EFFICIENT AQUACULTURE DUTY

FW
SW
50 & 60HZ CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Sparus 160 pumps offer extremely high water flow in a quiet, energyefficient package making them effective in a wide range of Aquaculture applications. Saltwater compatible,
corrosion-resistant plastic construction, 316SS stainless steel internal fasteners, oversized anti-blocking
strainer basket and volute, and 2-inch female NPT inlet/outlet ports. EPDM/316SS mechanical seal.
Compatible with a wide assortment of cleaning and filtration systems. Clear lid for easy inspection.
Self-priming, also suitable for flooded suction applications. One-year warranty. UL778 listed. Not certified
for use on swimming pools. Optional 3ft 115V, 20 amp power cord, model 79137800-AQ, is compatible
with 115V Sparus and Taurus pumps. Includes a NEMA 5-15 three-prong plug and a 1/2 NPT
cord-grip-gland with strain relief. UL listed. One-year warranty.
60HZ
ALL PUMP MODELS:
Single body design provides for quiet/durable operation

High-temperature thermoplastic withstands harsh conditions
and prevents corrosion
Saltwater compatible construction
Thermal protection built into single-phase motors
Easy installation and trouble-free servicing
Corrosion resistant, high-grade stainless steel motor shaft
and internal fasteners
CALL FOR PRICING ON 50HZ MODELS.
50HZ
60HZ MODELS:
Available for shipment from our North American distribution center.
3-Phase models with TEFC Pentair motors. IP55
rated. UL approved
1-Phase models with ODP motors. (TEFC motors
coming mid-2015.) UL approved
120
100
Head (Feet)
80
50HZ MODELS:
Available for shipment from our North American or
European distribution centers
1-Phase and 3-Phase models with TEFC Pentair
motors. IP55 rated. CE approved
Unions included for both 50mm and 63mm
connections
SP
SPE
60
-2-
S PE
E -3
AQ
/
40
S PE
- 4-
-AQ
AQ
/
/S
SP
K-
PK
2- A
Q
SP
-3
K-4
SP E
-8-A
Q/
-AQ
SP K
-12AQ
/
-8-
SP
E-
-A
Q
SPK
-
AQ
6-A
Q/
12AQ
SP
K6AQ
20
GPM
20
40
50HZ Performance
60
100
80
120
140
160
60HZ Performance
60HZ MODELS
HP
VOLTAGE
HZ
PHASE
FL AMPS
MOTOR
SHIP WT (LBS)
SPE-2-AQ
1/2
115/208-230
60
8.8/4.5-4.4
ODP
24
10
12
41
SPK-2-AQ
1/2
208-230/460
60
3.2-3.0/1.5
TEFC
24
10
12
39
525.50
SPE-3-AQ
3/4
115/208-230
60
11.2/6.0-5.6
ODP
24
10
12
41
535.25
SPK-3-AQ
3/4
208-230/460
60
3.8-3.6/1.8
TEFC
24
10
12
42
566.25
SPE-4-AQ
115/208-230
60
14.8/7.8-7.4
ODP
24
10
12
46
589.90
SPK-4-AQ
208-230/460
60
5.0-4.6/2.3
TEFC
24
10
12
46
635.55
SPE-6-AQ
208-230
60
9.6-8.8
ODP
25
10
12
54
630.25
665.75
EACH
$515.25
SPK-6-AQ
208-230/460
60
6.4-5.8/2.9
TEFC
25
10
12
54
SPE-8-AQ
208-230
60
11.0-10.2
ODP
25
10
12
55
741.45
SPK-8-AQ
208-230/460
60
7.1-6.8/3.4
TEFC
25
10
12
56
783.25
SPE-12-AQ
208-230
60
15.0-13.6
ODP
25
10
12
56
906.95
SPK-12-AQ
208-230/460
60
11.0-10.4/5.2
TEFC
25
10
12
58
956.25
11.95
79137800-AQ
OPTIONAL 3-FT POWER CORD FOR 115V SPARUS AND TAURUS PUMPS
50HZ MODELS
HP
VOLTAGE
HZ
PHASE
KILOWATTS
MOTOR
P-SPR-071-AQ
1/2
220-240V
50
0.55
TEFC
21
11
12
32
P-SPR-073-AQ
1/2
380-420V
50
0.55
TEFC
21
11
12
28
P-SPR-101-AQ
3/4
220-240V
50
0.75
TEFC
21
11
12
30
P-SPR-103E2-AQ
3/4
380-420V
50
0.75
TEFC
21
11
12
32
P-SPR-151-AQ
220-240V
50
1.10
TEFC
22
11
12
34
P-SPR-153E2-AQ
380-420V
50
1.10
TEFC
22
11
12
49
P-SPR-201-AQ
220-240V
50
1.50
TEFC
22
11
12
37
P-SPR-203E2-AQ
380-420V
50
1.50
TEFC
22
11
12
53
P-SPR-301-AQ
220-240V
50
2.20
TEFC
23
11
12
51
P-SPR-303E2-AQ
380-420V
50
2.20
TEFC
23
11
12
67
SHIP WT (LBS)
PUMPS 201
Centrifugal
TAURUS 110 ENERGY-EFFICIENT AQUACULTURE DUTY

50 & 60HZ CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
The Taurus 110 moves more water more efficiently for lower operating
cost and super-quiet operation. Plus, by performing with less effort, theres
simply less wear and tearand that means longer life for a higher return on
your pump investment. The Taurus 110 meets all the criteria for a superior
pump: super energy efficient, super quiet and super easy to maintain.
Plus, its designed with innovative materials that will stand up to the most
demanding installations and conditions. The Taurus 110 is performance
and pressure tested to ensure superior quality. Self-priming for quick, easy
start-up. 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 NPT port size (1 1/2 NPT union set included). One-year
warranty. UL778 listed. Not certified for use on swimming pools.
60HZ
Optional 3ft 115V, 20 amp power cord, model 79137800-AQ, is compatible with
115V Sparus and Taurus pumps. Includes a NEMA 5-15 three-prong plug and
a 1/2 NPT cord-grip-gland with strain relief. UL listed. One-year warranty.
All Pump Models

Minimal energy consumption
50HZ
Cam and Ramp lid locks in place with a quarter-turn

Thermal protection built into single phase motors
Saltwater compatible construction
100
90
80
Head (Feet)
Quiet operation due to superior internal flow design reduces hydraulic noise
TAE10
70
60
TAE
-3
TAE
-2
50
40
TAE
-4
See-through lid permits easy inspection of strainer basket
TA
TAE E-8
-6
Corrosion resistant, high-grade stainless steel motor shaft and parts
60HZ Models
30
Available for shipment from our North American distribution center.
20
10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
1 and 3-Phase models with TEFC Pentair motors
60HZ Performance
0
130
IP55 rated, UL approved
GPM
50HZ Models
Available for shipment from our North American or European distribution
centers.
TAURUS
50Hz
1 and 3-Phase models with TEFC Pentair motors

IP55 rated, CE approved
Unions included for both 50mm connections
CALL FOR PRICING ON 50HZ MODELS.
50HZ Performance
m
DIMENSIONS
60 HZ MODELS
HP
VOLTAGE
HZ
PHASE
FL AMPS
MOTOR
L
W
H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
TAE-2-AQ
1/2
115/208-230
60
8.8/4.5-4.4
TEFC
25
10
10
38
$336.99
TAE-3-AQ
3/4
115/208-230
60
8.8/4.5-4.4
TEFC
25
10
10
38
371.25
390.62
TAE-4-AQ
115/208-230
60
11.2/6.0-5.6
TEFC
25
10
10
38
TAE-6-AQ
115/208-230
60
14.8/7.8-7.4
TEFC
25
10
10
40
414.25
TAE-8-AQ
208-230
60
9.6-8.8
TEFC
25
10
10
48
479.25
TAE-10-AQ
208-230
60
11.0-10.2
TEFC
25
10
10
54
570.35
79137800-AQ
OPTIONAL 3-FT, 115V, 20AMP POWER CORD FOR 115V TAURUS AND SPARUS PUMPS
DIMENSIONS
50 HZ MODELS
HP
VOLTAGE
HZ
PHASE
KILOWATTS
MOTOR
L
W
H
11.95
SHIP WT
(LBS)
P-TRS-051-AQ
1/2 220-240V 50 1
0.37
TEFC 21 12 11
P-TRS-071-AQ
1/2 220-240V 50 1
0.55
TEFC 21 12 11
31
P-TRS-073-AQ
1/2 380-420V 50 3
0.55
TEFC 21 12 11
28
P-TRS-101-AQ
3/4 220-240V 50 1
0.75
TEFC 23 12 11
32
P-TRS-103E2-AQ 3/4 380-420V 50 3
0.75
TEFC 21 12 11
31
30
P-TRS-151-AQ
1 220-240V 50
1 1.10
TEFC 23 12 11
34
P-TRS-153E2-AQ
1 380-420V 50
3 1.10
TEFC 22 12 11
49
202 PUMPS
Centrifugal
H3-PLUS SERIES & L3-PLUS SERIES ENERGY EFFICIENT

FW
SW
LOW TO MEDIUM HEAD PUMPS
The new H3-PLUS SERIES and L3-PLUS SERIES were engineered using
best-in-class technology. The proprietary impeller design delivers a higher
level of precision concentricity for increased efficiency. The proprietary
hydraulic isolator smooths the water flow inside the volute, raising the
efficiency even higher. A rugged plastic construction delivers durable pumps at
an affordable price. UL778 listed. Not certified for use in swimming pool
applications.
The L3-PLUS pump is a low-head/high-flow pump designed for Aquaculture
applications that call for large flow rates in low-head conditions. This
high-quality pump features a four-pole induction motor that rotates at 1725
rpm when connected to 60hz input power. The relatively slow speed of this
motor allows the pump to produce exceptionally high water flow rates; while
performing in a highly-efficient manner. Available in three models: 100gpm,
120gpm, 160gpm. These pumps are perfectly suited for ponds, water features,
fountains and aquaculture. One-year warranty.
H3-PLUS
The H3-PLUS pump is a medium-head/high-performance, aquaculture-duty

pump designed for maximum up-time and reliable performance. This
high-quality pump features an all-weather, ultra-heavy-duty TEFC (totally
enclosed fan cooled) motor with an all-aluminum construction and an anodized
finish for maximum corrosion resistance. The easy-to-access wiring
compartment is located on top of the motor; with optimum accessibility for easy
wiring, even in space constrained applications. Available in three models: 2HP,
3HP, 5HP. One-year warranty.
Freshwater and Saltwater compatible, 316SS internal fasteners, EPDM/
Stainless mechanical seal
Hydraulic isolator separates priming water from pumping water for faster
priming, more turbulent-free flow and increased efficiency
H3-PLUS Models feature Aquaculture-duty, TEFC motors with anodized
aluminum construction
L3-PLUS
Union connectors included for connecting directly to 2.5 or 3 plumbing.

Diamond seals made of oxidation-resistant, self-retaining EPDM rubber for
increased durability and tighter seal
Extra-large, robust basket with smooth surface for easy debris removal
Easy-carry handle; easily removable, ergonomic lock ring; and see-through
lid for easy basket inspection
H3-PLUS SERIES
FL
SHIP WT
MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE
HZ
PHASE
AMPS MOTOR
L W H
(LBS)
H3-2HP-AQ
EACH
$940.00
208-230/460
60
9.5
TEFC
25
11
14
56.5
H3-3HP-AQ
208-230/460
60
14.1
TEFC
25
11
14
61
H3-5HP-AQ
5
208-
230/460
60 3 20
TEFC
25
11
14 67 980.00
960.00
L3-PLUS SERIES
FL
SHIP WT
MODEL
HP
VOLTAGE
HZ
PHASE
AMPS MOTOR
L W H
(LBS)
EACH
L3-100-AQ
100
115/230
60
ODP
26 11 14
50.5
L3-120-AQ
120
115/230
60
4.1
ODP
26 11 14
50.5
830.00
L3-160-AQ
160
115/230
60
4.4
ODP
26 11 14
50.5
840.00
$820.00
PUMPS 203
Centrifugal
VERUS 850 PREMIUM EFFICIENCY AQUACULTURE DUTY PUMPS
FW
SW
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Verus 850 pumps are for commercial aquaculture and other heavy-duty
water applications. Available in flows to 800 gpm, and from 3 to 15 hp. Verus 850 high-performance
commercial pumps are designed for maximum efficiency and quiet operation in every detail. They are
noncorrosive, all-plastic and designed exclusively for the commercial aquaculture industry. Stainless
steel internals. Saltwater-rated. Verus 850 impellers are manufactured for true breakthrough
performance, allowing for lower loads and longer motor life. Strainer pot sold separately.
UL778 listing (for aquaculture). Not certified for use on swimming pools.
Standard Features
Close-coupled for quiet, stable flow operation
Lightweight for easy installation
Cam and Ramp locking ring design with clear lid for added service convenience
6 suction and 4 discharge with strainer pot
Closed impeller for long life and durability
Available in single- and three-phase models
Self-priming with use of strainer pot assembly, sold separately

SHIP WT
MODEL
HP VOLTAGE AMPS (LBS) EACH
Single-phase (ODP Motors)*

VRE-20-AQ
230
20.0
175
$3,250.00
VRE-30-AQ
7.5
230
30.4
202
3,250.00
VRE-40-AQ
10
230
40.0
154
3,850.00
Three-phase with TEFC Motors*

VREKT-20-AQ
208230/460
13.512.3/6.2
102
$3,025.00
VREKT-30-AQ
7.5
208230/460
20.418.2/9.1
122
3,325.00
VREKT-40-AQ
10
208230/460
27.0/26.213.1
168
3,625.00
VREKT-60-AQ
15
230/460
40.038.0/18.8
182
3,950.00
Three-phase, 50 Hz (1750 RPM) (ODP Motors)*

VREK5-12-AQ
3 230/400 7.9/4.5 131

$2,995.00
VREK5-20-AQ
5 230/400 12.3/7.1 235

3,125.00
VREK5-30-AQ
7.5 230/400 18.1/10.4 174

3,325.00
VREK5-40-AQ
10 230/400 24.0/13.7 152

3,625.00
Three-phase, 575 V (ODP Motors)*

VREC-20-AQ
575
5.1
83
$3,025.00
VREC-30-AQ
7.5
575
7.2
93
3,325.00
VREC-40-AQ
10
575
10.2
138
3,625.00
VREC-60-AQ
15
575
15.0
138
3,950.00
Single-phase, 1,750 RPM (ODP Motors)*

VREW-12-AQ
208230
19.5/19.2
138
$3,430.00
VREW-20-AQ
208230
23.020.1
175
3,980.00
Three-phase, 1,750 RPM (ODP Motors)*

VREWK-12-AQ
208230/460
8.47.8/3.9
180
$3,250.00
VREWK-20-AQ
208230/460
13.813.0/6.5
145
3,525.00
33
715.00
VR-STR-AQ
STRAINER POT ASSEMBLY, 6 X 6
Flange Kits
357262-AQ
4 ANSI FLANGE, W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE
$67.21
357263-AQ
6 ANSI FLANGE, W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE
110.79
357212-AQ 6 ANSI FLANGE, W/GASKET AND SS HARDWARE

USE ON VERUS PUMPS NOT EQUIPPED WITH STRAINER POT
92.32
*Strainer pot sold separately.

204 PUMPS
Centrifugal
GENESYS 2X3X6 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

The Genesys nonmetallic, end-suction centrifugal pump line is designed and
engineered for highly efficient pumping solutions. The interchangeable 2x3x6
model is a drop-in replacement for ANSI B73.1-conforming pumps. Composite
construction with no wetted metal parts gives it compatibility with most
aggressive chemistries. The unique closed impeller and time-tested volute
design render performances up to 500 gpm (or 180 of shut-off head). And it
can produce peak performances at 81% efficiency!
Features
Straightforward through-bolt construction for simplified field maintenance
True closed-coupled/back pull-out design for ease of use
No impeller or seal adjustment necessary. The simple assembly maintains
proper heights
Sizes range from 3/4 to 15 hp
SEQUENCE TITAN CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

As large water features and high turnover requirements continue to gain
popularity, the cost of energy does not! Titan pumps will give you 12,000 gph
for less than 845 watts! With flowrates between 12,000 and 18,400 gph and
head capabilities between 21 and 45, theyre sure to cover most large-scale
water feature requirements. All have TEFC motor enclosure, 3 inlet and 2
discharge. Available in 115V or 230V. SEQ21T includes 115V or 230V power
cable. Three-year warranty. Made in USA.
MODEL
HP
GPH
WATTS
AMPS
SEQ21T 3/4 12,500 845
MAX HEAD
EACH
21'
$1,902.00
SEQ45T 3 18,400 2,110 10.8 45'
2,400.00
SEQ45T
50
22
18
Head (Feet)
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Head (Feet)
40
30
20
SEQ45T
14
10
SEQ21T
10
2
GPM
100
200
300
GPM
50
100
150
200
Genesys and Sequence are registered trademarks of Multi-Duti Manufacturing, Inc.

PUMPS 205
Vertical Multi-Stage
BERKELEY BVM SERIES VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE PUMPS

Pumps water and non-corrosive liquids
in the most demanding operating environments
Ideal for applications where pressure needs boosting and available space is an
issue. Standing tall in demanding high-pressure and high-temperature
applications, Berkeley vertical multistage pumps deliver outstanding reliability
and performance. BVMs stainless steel construction with a heavy-duty cast
iron base and motor bracket are designed for pumping water and noncorrosive
liquids in the most demanding operating environments. One-year warranty
from date of original installation or two years from date of manufacture,
whichever comes first.
BVM (Cast Iron)
40
80
Capacity - Liters Per Minute

115 150 190 230 300
375
755
1000
400
900
800
BVM (Stainless Steel)
PSI
600
500
200
400
BVM2
BVM4
BVM8
BVM16
BVM32
100
300
200
100
0
10
20
30
40 50
60
80
Capacity - Gallons Per Minute
100
200
230
Head Feet
700
300

FLOW

MODELS SERIES HP RANGE
GPM
BVM/BVMI 2
1/25 120
BVM/BVMI 4
1/27.5 340
BVM/BVMI 8
3/415 565
BVM/BVMI 16
525
8105
BVM 32 340
15210
BVMCAST IRON
BVMI304 STAINLESS STEEL
206 PUMPS
Self-Priming
SELF-PRIMING PUMPS
FW
SW
Pacer pumps are an excellent choice for saltwater applications or situations requiring
self-priming. They feature 316 stainless steel shafts, EPDM seals, lined volute and all
stainless steel fasteners. Baseplates include fasteners, shims and the motor coupling
guard. Motors listed are TEFC (specify voltage). Power cords are not included. Flexible
coupled models listed include motors, bases and preassembly. Because we have many
variations, you may want to call for a quotation. 50-Hz motors are available by special
order. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
100
PR
3
60
rie
Se
Se
20
GPM
Se
rie
s
s
rie
40
PR
5
2
PR
Head (Feet)
80
PR
50
S
PR1
Se
rie
s
e ri
PR
6S
eri
e
Close-Coupled
es
50
100
200
150
250
300
350
MAX
MODEL
STYLE
HP
PHASE
RPM
MAX FLOW INLET/OUTLET

SHIP WT
(GPM)
FNPT
(LBS) EACH
PR50C
CLOSE-COUPLED
0.6
1,750
80
11/2"
30
$719.83
PR1C
CLOSE-COUPLED
1,750
120
2"
35
869.83
PR2C
CLOSE-COUPLED 2 1 3,450 110
2"
45 1,003.08
PR3C
CLOSE-COUPLED 3 3 3,450 180
2"
60
PR3F
FLEXIBLE*
3 1 3,450 180
2"
75 1,899.25
PR5F
FLEXIBLE*
5 1 3,450 240
2"
75 2,407.58
926.50
PR6F
FLEXIBLE*
5 1 3,450 280
3"
75 2,339.25
PR6F3
FLEXIBLE*
5 3 3,450 280
3"
75 2,184.92
*Includes preassembly on baseplateflexible coupling only. maximum priming suction life: 25 on 3,450 rpm; 12 on 1,750 rpm.
Pacer is a registered trademark of ASM Industries, Inc.
SELF-PRIMING PUMPS
FW
SW
These Berkeley BPD Series Pumps feature lightweight, corrosion-resistant

construction in a self-priming design. Constructed of fiberglass reinforced
thermoplastic body with reinforced ribs, 300 stainless steel motor shaft,
engineered polymer impeller, polypropylene diffuser, and 2 suction. Applications
include drawing fresh or salt water from tanks, wells, lakes, and off of docks.. One
year warranty. Made in USA.
Features
Fiberglass-reinforced thermoplastic provides total corrosion resistance and
high resistance to sandy water
Composite impeller precision molded for perfect balance, performance and efficiency
Normal wear parts are easily accessible for service or replacement without
disturbing piping or mounting
Dustproof cover protects electrical components from dust and insects
Heavy-duty motors with stainless steel shafts designed for continuous
operation
Lightweight design makes these pumps more portable than conventional cast
Iron pumps
Simple, easy-to-change voltage settings
NOTE: Dotted lines indicate

performance reduction at high
suction lift.
INLET OUTLET
MODEL
VOLTAGE*
HP
HZ (FNPT)
MAX FLOW
GPM
L W H SHIP WT
(IN.)
(IN.)
(IN.) (LBS) EACH
BPDH10-AQ
115/230
60
1 1/2
50
18 5/8
10
11 13/16
29
$379.00
BPDH15-AQ
115/230
1 1/2
60
1 1/2
65
19 3/4
10
11 13/16
36
399.00
BPDH20-AQ
230
60
70
21
10
12 3/8
42
519.00
BPDH25-AQ
230
2 1/2
60
80
21
10
12 3/8
43
579.00
*All motors shipped at 230V setting.

PUMPS 207
Peristaltic/Metering/Dosing
PERISTALTIC PUMPS
Use these fixed-speed, general purpose pumps for dispensing nutrients,
chemicals and liquid feeds. Features: self-priming to 29 feet, act as check
valves when off, fluid touches only the tube and easy servicing. Controlled
by an on/off switch. If required, they can run with a repeat cycle timer for
variable flowrates. Pumps come with four sizes of plastic tubing that can
also be used to vary the flowrate. For intermittent use only. 115V/60Hz.
One-year limited warranty.

SHIP WT
MODEL
VOLTS HZ AMPS RPM (LBS) EACH
907-058
907-014 115 60 .37 14 4

$178.48
Note: Not for continuous duty.
907-036 115 60 .90 36 4

178.48
907-058 115 60 1.2 58 4
185.08
FLOWRATE (ML/MIN) @ TUBING ID (INCH [MM])
907-172 115 60 1.2 172 5 217.33
.062 (1.6)
.125 (3.2)
187 (4.9)
.250 (6.3)
907-014
12
28
48
907-036
30
72
126
907-058
12
49
116
208
907-172
36
144
344
602
907-282
60
237
564
987
907-282
115
60 3.3/2.2 282
6 273.96
DIAPHRAGM-METERING PUMPS
These diaphragm pumps offer excellent metering capabilities and chemical
resistance at affordable prices. They are extremely quiet and ideal for dosing
systems with buffer solutions, chemical additives, fertilizers, etc. Self priming,
they include 4 of suction tubing with strainer, 8 of 3/8 I.D. discharge hose,
check valve assembly and complete instructions. The wetted end (those parts
that contact the solution being pumped) is constructed of SAN, PVC, PTFE
and polyethylene. Pumps are single output variable control. Includes a 5
power cord.

MODEL
VOLTS*
HZ*
MAX PSI
GPD
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
MP103 115 60 100 3
$345.00
MP107
115 60 100 7
345.00
MP115
115 60 100 15
345.00
MP130
115 60 100 30
395.00
MP115
*230/50 Hz available for export by special order.
DOSING PUMP W/PH CONTROLLER

This unique dosing pump has an integrated pH controller. It features .01 pH
resolution and an internal alarm that is activated whenever the pH value varies
by more than 2 pH units from the set point. Proportional dosing slows the
pump when the measured pH level approaches the set value, ensuring precise
dosage. PVDF, fluoroelastomer rubber and PTFE materials are used for all
parts that come into contact with liquid. Maximum flowrate is .04 gpm @ 58
psi (50 gpd). Pump is 115V, 50/60Hz and includes power cord, discharge and
suction lines, valves and instructions. Weighs 11 lbs. Connects to any BNC pH
electrode (sold separately). One-year warranty.
Range
0 TO 14 PH
Resolution
.01 PH
Dosage
PROPORTIONAL
ACID OR BASE

MODEL VOLTS HZ
DS21
DS21 115 50/60

DS21-220 230
2910B/5
50/60
SUBMERSIBLE PH ELECTRODE
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
11 $795.00
11
900.00
0.4
120.00
208 PUMPS
Flow Meters
FLOW METER, PADDLE WHEEL

Designed for use in industrial fields, including irrigation, aquaculture,
aquariums, paper mills and swimming pools. They are universally accepted
as a means of measuring water flow electronically. Wide range in flow rates,
negligible head-loss and good accuracy at a reasonable price, make these
meters popular. Easy removal for cleaning and repair permit the meters to be
mounted in lines with moderate particulate levels. Meters can be mounted
outdoors when shielded from direct sunlight. Isolated monitoring locations
are also viable. The flow rate, a resettable and a non-resettable totalizer are
simultaneously displayed. Embossed buttons on the face. Programming
consists of selecting the pipe size and schedule from a list; measures in
gallons, GPM, liters, cubic ft.
Sizes and Flow rates

Meters mount on vertical or horizontal pipes that meet the flow rate guidelines
below. Pipes must be full of water with 10 times the pipe ID upstream of the
meter and 5 timesthe ID on the outlet side.
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum percent solids: 1% of fluid scale
Linearity: 1.5% full scale
Repeatability: 1.0% full scale
Operating Ambiant Temperature: 0-130 F
Battery Life: greater than 5 years
Max Water Pressure: 150 PSI
Meter mounted on
Schedule 80 pipe
ET13
MODEL
PVC PIPE SIZE
SCHEDULE
FLOW RATE
EACH
ET12
1/2 80 1/2-15 $350.00
ET13
3/4" 80 2-30 350.00
ET14
1" 80 5-50 350.00
ET15
11/2" 40 10-120 350.00
ET16
2"
40 15-200 350.00
ET17
3"
40 40-400 350.00
ET18
4"
40 70-700 350.00
PT-I-40-2.0 2"
40 10-200 335.00
PT-I-40-3.0 3"
40 15-400 335.00
PT-I-40-4.0 4"
40 70-700 335.00
PT-I-40-6.0 6"
40 120-1700 335.00
PT-I-40-8.0 8"
40 250-3200 335.00
Note: ET models are pre-installed on 13 long PVC pipe. PT models install on existing pipe.
FLOW METERS
Flow Meter
Mounting
Instructions
Mount vertically on
horizontal pipe thats
at least 10 times the
pipe inside diameter
from nearest fitting
or restriction on the
inlet side and 5 times
the diameter on the
outlet side.
These clamp-on flow meters are simple to install. Just drill an 11/16 hole in
a horizontal section of pipe and clamp it on with the two stainless steel
clamps provided. Easily disassembled for cleaning. Maximum temperature
120F. Maximum pressure 120 psi. Dual scale, gpm & Lpm. Replacement
float fits all. Made in USA.

MODEL
WM10
Provided Mounting
Hardware
PVC FLOWRATE
PIPE SIZE
(GPM/LPM)
EACH
1" 535/20130 $65.00 $54.36
WM1
11/2" 2080/80300 65.00 54.36
WM2
2" 30140/120550 65.00 54.36
WM3
21/2" 40200/160750 65.00 54.36
WM4
3" 80350/3001,300 65.00 54.36
WM5
812365
4" 150600/6002,200 65.00 54.36

REPLACEMENT FLOAT 5.97 5.37
FLOW METERS
These high-performance flow meters feature a durable, one-piece body made
of polysulfone. Flow meters also have built-in 316 stainless steel pole guided
floats (reduce flow oscillation) and permanent gpm/Lpm scales. Inlet/Outlet
2 FPT unions, fluoroelastomer rubber O-ring seals. Flow meters measure
19 OAL (including unions) x 41/2 W and weigh 3 lbs each. MUST be mounted
vertically. One-year warranty.

FLOW RATE
FLOW RATE
MODEL (GPM) (LPM)
BWM2
EACH
220 775
$473.80
BWM6
660 30230 473.80
BWM10
1080 40300 473.80
BWM5
5100 20380 473.80
BWM15
15130 60500 500.73
BWM20
20175 75660 500.73
BWM30
30230 115870 473.80
4+
WM10
BWM2
Series of WM10 properly installed.
PUMPS 209
Float Switches / Alarms
FLOAT SWITCHES
No electrician needed!
Drip Loop
Use these mercury float switches to automatically operate pumps or alarms.

They have 10 SJOW-A Class underwater-rated cable with a piggyback plug
so devices can be conveniently plugged into it at the power receptacle (all float
switch installations should be GFCI-protected and installed on thermally
protected equipment only). Pump Up (U)=when pump switch falls, pump turns
on. Pump Down (D)=when pump switch lifts, pump turns on. UL-listed and
CSA-certified. Ship weight 2 lbs. One-year warranty. Made in USA. Not for
use in potable water.

MAX
MODEL
VOLTS RUNNING AMPS
MAX
STARTING AMPS
POWER
CORD
MIN/MAX
TETHER LENGTH
16 GAUGE
6"17"
Wall Outlet
Pumping
Range
Tether
Length
EACH
PL1U
115
13
40
PL1D
115
13
40
16 GAUGE
6"17"
61.60
PL2U
115
15
55
14 GAUGE
6"14"
106.98
PL2D
115
15
55
14 GAUGE
6"14"
106.98
PL3U
230
15
35
14 GAUGE
6"14"
109.29
PL3D
230
15
35
14 GAUGE
6"14"
109.29
Power cord
tethering clamp
not included.
Float
Switch
$61.60
PL1U
Pump
HIGH- AND LOW-WATER ALARMS

Mercury-free
These alarms operate with a mechanical float switch and 15 cable. The indoor
Tank Alert is housed in a NEMA 1 metal enclosure and features a red warning
light, horn with silence switch and test button. The indoor/outdoor Tank Alert
is the same as the indoor model but housed in a Type 3R watertight,
thermoplastic enclosure. Alarms sound when water level rises. All are 115V
with 6 power cords. UL- and CSA-approved. Three-year limited warranty.
WL273
3-YEAR WARRANTY
FLOW SWITCHES
An excellent value on UL-recognized flow sensing switches that can turn on or
off a heater, chiller, alarm, pump, etc., up to 2 hp (@ 230V). The ST9 is factory
adjusted to close the circuit at 14 gpm and open it at 6 gpm, but is also field
adjustable over a wider range. At 40 gpm, it causes only 6 of H2 O pressure
loss. A flapper (piston in ST12) moves with water flow, actuating a magnetic
switch on the outside of the pipe. Water cannot reach the electrical section!
Operates by sensing water flow only (unaffected by pressure). Plumbing is PVC
slip sockets. ST11 and ST12 have a selectable N.O./N.C. setting. Rated to 50 psi,
125VAC to 25 A (1-hp motor) or 250VAC to 25 A (2-hp motor). Switch is single
pole, single throw (one wire in, one wire out) with 1/2 FNPT conduit
connections on both sides. One plastic plug (shown in black) is included.
Switches measure 6 x 6. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH
6+
ST9
11/2
ST12
$73.59 $66.41
95.65 86.09
ST11
103.00 92.70
MODEL
EACH
WL252
INDOOR HIGH-WATER ALARM
$121.16
WL252L
INDOOR LOW-WATER ALARM
121.16
WL273
INDOOR/OUTDOOR HIGH-WATER ALARM
177.16
WL273L
INDOOR/OUTDOOR LOW-WATER ALARM
195.00
GROUNDING PROBES, TITANIUM

Made of pure titanium, these specially designed probes
remove stray voltage generated by pumps, heaters,
lights and other electrical devices. A worthwhile
safety device for live seafood tanks, aquariums,
hatcheries, garden ponds, etc. Noncorroding
titanium probes have 10 wire lead. Simply
immerse probe in water and either plug
into wall receptacle or attach to
grounding lug. Instructions
included.

MODEL
EACH 6+
TG10
PROBE W/PLUG
GP10
PROVE W/O PLUG
$14.50 $13.05
14.95 12.95
210 PUMPS
Water Level Switches/Airlifts
WATER LEVEL SWITCHES

These float switches convert from normally open (N.O.) to normally closed
(N.C.) circuitry by simply inverting the stem. Polypropylene construction.
Each with 16 wires. Great pump switches when used with relays. One-year
warranty. Made in USA.
OVERALL MOUNTING
MODEL
WATTS LENGTH DIA. MPT
EACH
ST3M
MINI SWITCH
30
2 1/4
1/8
$19.78
ST3
LARGE SWITCH
60
3 3/8
1.5
1/4
62.65
TECH TALK 33
Airlift Notes
Airlifts are most efficient when moving water from one place to another within the water
column. They become less efficient as the water is lifted higher above the surface. For our
purpose here, we will split them into two categories: water-moving airlifts, and water-lifting
airlifts, up to 4" in diameter.
Moving Water With Airlifts

Water is heavy when it is in the air, but weighs no more than the water around it when it is in
the water. A water-moving airlift will translocate water using very little energy (compressed
air). It just needs energy to accelerate and overcome friction. The more air that is injected and
the deeper it goes, the more power available. An unconfined airlift doesn't even need a pipe.
For example, an air diffuser moves a lot of water within its mass of bubbles.
Water-Lifting Airlifts
ST3
When trying to lift water to a high level, a water pump is simpler and more efficient than
an airlift. However, raising water only slightly above the surface can be done easily and
economically with compressed air and an airlift pipe.
Water-Lifting Guidelines
1. Do not use an air diffuser. Large bubbles work best, as they reduce water slippage.
Air-injecting collars can improve performance slightly on short pipes, but, typically,
they are not worth the installation and maintenance difficulty.
2. Smaller pipe diameters work best. If more water is needed, use multiples
of small diameter pipes. Also, a sweep works better than an elbow.
AIRLIFTS
We have designed these PVC pipe sections with
simple removable fittings to save you time. These
are straight PVC pipes suitable for almost any
airlift application.
How Does It Work?
The 11/4 sizes use a single air inlet (the performance

is the same as with 2 inlets). The 3 and 4 sizes use
two air inlets (note: more than two inlets typically do
not improve performance in these size ranges). Sold
complete with air fittings and 10 of vinyl air line of
the size shown. Made in USA.
B. Since water seeks its own level by virtue of its weight (and its fluid nature), it will get
pushed up an airlift pipe because the weight is less there (lower pressure).

MODEL
TYPICAL*
CFM RANGE
AL2
A. Water in the pipe is displaced with air, making the total weight within the pipe less than
the weight outside the pipe.
C. Ever hear the phrase, "Wind doesn't blow, it sucks"? It's true. The direction of flow is
from high pressure to low.
AL5
PVC PIPE SIZE

& AIR TUBING SIZE
OVERALL
LENGTH
0.72
11/4" AIRLIFT, 1/4"
8"
$11.87
AL2C
0.72
11/4" AIRLIFT, CLEAR, 1/4"
8"
17.34
AL5
24
3" AIRLIFT, 1/4"
12"
21.12
AL6C
35
4" AIRLIFT, CLEAR, 3/8"
12"
48.15
EACH
*Typical means lifting water to a 4 (10 cm) height above the surface.
Weight
Outside
of Pipe
Weight
Inside
of Pipe
Weight
Inside
of Pipe
The level of service was extremely responsive. In this day and age of poor service and
belligerence, it was enjoyable to experience a company who prides themselves on taking care
of the customer. I am very satisfied with [Pentair] Aquatic Eco-Systems' professional and
rapid service, as well as the quality and value of the products. I will certainly make them one
of my go-to companies.
Thank You,
Bill Ashling
PUMPS 211
Tech Talk
TECH TALK 61
Friction Loss in PVC Plumbing
Actual Pumping System Using the SHE2.4 Pump
The Pentair AES technical team set up this actual pumping system (shown at right) six different
times using our SHE2.4 pump. Two elbow types and three pipe sizes were used to illustrate the
importance of correct plumbing.
4'
Vertical Head = 4'
Study the results below to understand these principles:

Elbows vs sweeps.
Vertical head vs total discharge head.
Flow vs pipe size.
Pumping cost vs head.
5 Elbows
or Sweeps
Note: Centrifugal pumps (not self-priming) perform best with flooded suction (pumps filled by
gravity) as shown. The suction pipe should be nonrestrictive. To control pump's output, put a valve
on the discharge side.
Each test used 40' of piping.

Pipe Size
Ell Style
11/4"
90
11/4"
Sweep
11/2"
90
11/2"
Sweep
2"
90
2"
Sweep
Vertical
Head
4'
4'
4'
4'
4'
4'
Measured Total Discharge

Head* (ft water)
GPM Pumped
13
34
12.8
37
12
45
10.4
49
7.4
57
6.5
62
Running Amps
@ 115V
kW
2.2
.26
2.2
.26
2.3
.27
2.3
.27
2.3
.27
2.3
.27
All PVC pipe was Schedule 40, elbows were 90 short. Cost is based on 10 per kWh. Actual vertical
head was only 4 feet. IMPORTANT: Vertical head is always measured from water surface (as shown),
not from pump.
Friction Loss in PVC Pipe

1. F rom the chart at left, using gpm and pipe size, find the friction loss per 100 of pipe.
Example: 40 gpm in a 11/2 pipe = 10 loss per 100 of pipe. 40 then causes about
4 of head loss.
2. N ext, find the friction loss caused by the fittings. Please note that the friction loss depends on
the fitting diameter. A standard 1.5 elbow is equal to about 4 of pipe; long elbows, sweeps and
45 elbows are equal to about 2 of pipe; straight through a T about 3 of pipe and a 90 turn
through a T about 9 of pipe.
Example: 40 gpm through 5 standard 1.5 elbows = 20 of pipe, which equals 2
of head loss. Add this to the pipes head loss and the actual vertical head height
in feet to get total dynamic head (TDH).
It is up to you to determine which pump to purchase and how to plumb it correctly. If you
need help, send us a sketch and well size the pipe for youat no charge.
Note: The electric energy required for a centrifugal pump usually goes down as the head pressure
goes up. It is the opposite of an air compressor.
*This example is total discharge head only. For total dynamic head (TDH), entrance and friction
losses on the pump inlet side must be added.
SHE2.4 Pump
Pumping Time
per 100,000 gal
49 hours
45 hours
37 hours
34 hours
29 hours
27 hours
Pumping Cost per 100,000 gal

@ 10 kWh
$1.27
1.17
1.00
.92
.78
.73
Plastic Pipe Selection Chart

Flow (gpm)
.5
1
2
3
4
5
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
1/2
.3
1.1
4.1
8.6
14.8
22.2
80.5
Feet of Head Loss per 100' at Diameter (inches)

3/4
1
11/4
11/2
1.0
.3
2.2
.7
3.7
1.1
.3
5.7
1.7
.5
20.4
6.3
1.7
.8
43.3
13.4
3.5
1.6
73.5
22.8
6.0
2.8
48.1
12.7
6.0
82.0
21.6
10.2
32.6
15.4
45.6
21.6
28.7
36.8
45.7
56.6
.2
.5
.8
1.9
3.0
4.6
6.4
8.5
10.9
13.6
16.5
35.0
59.4
21/2
.3
.7
1.3
1.9
2.7
3.6
4.6
5.7
6.9
14.7
25.0
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Stewart McDaniel
Stewart graduated from Oberlin College with degrees in biology
and chemistry. He worked at the National Aquarium and the
National Zoo, and was curator of the Mirage Resort aquarium
and dolphin habitat in Las Vegas. His areas of expertise include
filtration systems, invertebrate taxonomy, ozone chemistry,
microbiology and fish diseases and pathology.
212 TANKS
Product
213 Polyethylene Sumps
218 Fiberglass With Window/

Rectangular
223 Insulated
215 Culture/Mixing/Custom
Fiberglass
219 Flat Bottom/Steel/Manifold
225 Liners
216 Fiberglass
221 Liners/Covers
217 Koi/Fiberglass Larval/Portable
222 Semi-Square/Cone Bottom
214 Storage/Translucent
220 Polyethylene Holding Tanks
224 Insulated/Hauling
TANKS 213
Polyethylene
RECTANGULAR SEALED TANKS AND FILTER SUMPS

Made of molded polyethylene, these are right from the mold. The tanks
have not been cut open or drilled and are completely sealed. This allows
for customization with the use of a drill, router or jigsaw. Make sumps, storage
tanks, hauling tanks, filters, etc. The 86-gallon tanks and larger ship via motor
freight; others can ship Oversize. Wall thickness is approx. 3/16"; all other
dimensions are also approximate. The sumps feature precut open tops with a
center brace for support (in larger tanks only). Add "S" to the beginning of the
part number for the precut sump option. We will drill holes for $12.50 each.
Send us an exact drawing.
102020
Note: Allow 10 days lead time.
207045
208040

WALL DIMENSIONS
GALLONS
THICKNESS
L
W
H
MODEL
STD. SEALED TANKS

SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
MODEL
PRECUT SUMP OPTION

SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
20
3/16
24" 16" 12"
102020
14
$119.58
S102020
14
$149.70
20
3/16
28" 1 1/2" 14"
103020
15
119.58
S103020
15
149.70
20
3/16
16" 18" 16"
207020
13
119.58
S207020
12
149.70
28
3/16
21" 18" 18"
103028
18
140.00
S103028
15
166.48
30
3/16
30" 12" 20"
103030
20
152.60
S103030
17
183.10
30
3/16
42" 10" 16"
207030
23
152.60
S207030
20
183.10
40
3/16
33" 15" 18"
120040
24
212.08
S120040
21
250.18
40
3/16
27" 17" 20"
208040
22
212.08
S208040
19
250.18
45
3/16
44" 16" 16"
207045
29
229.09
S207045
25
298.98
52
3/16
36" 15" 24"
208052
30
311.49
S208052
26
335.15
55
3/16
32" 20" 20"
207055
29
311.49
S207055
25
335.15
55
3/16
42" 15" 20"
209055
30
311.49
S209055
26
335.15
86*
3/16
31" 24" 28"
300086
40
360.26
S300086
35
398.85
90*
3/16
55" 18" 22"
207095
45
383.55
S207095
41
415.49
110*
3/16
89" 14" 21"
103110
59
485.49
S103110
55
523.82
150*
3/16
65" 29" 20"
103150
63
537.81
S103150
55
585.47
200*
3/16
85" 20" 28"
103200
90
751.89
S103200
80
814.23
*Ship via motor freight, smaller sizes can ship Oversize.

Note: Wall thickness and dimensions are approximate.
214 TANKS
Storage/Translucent
STORAGE TANKS
These vertical, bulk storage tanks are ideal for mixing and storing make-up water, chemicals to be added,
liquid waste, etc. Made of polyethylene, they offer excellent chemical resistance and can be used inside or
outdoors. All tanks have a screw-on, sealed lid (manway). Tanks up to 850 gallons have a top-mounted
manway; 1,200-gallon tanks and larger have a side-mounted manway for easy access. Tanks ship via
motor freight only. Allow 10 days lead time.

MODEL
GALLONS
DIA.
TANK H
TOTAL H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
MANWAY
EACH
900065 65 23" 39" 43"
30
8" $172.80
900100 100 31" 32" 37"
36
8"
900165 165 31" 52" 57"
52
8"
325.70
900200 200 47" 26" 31"
47
16"
425.00
900350 325 47" 43" 50"
77
16"
607.70
900500 500 47" 78" 85"
102
16"
628.93
992.49
258.34
900850 850 56" 74" 82"
152
16"
901200 1,200 76" 54" 66"
218
16" 1,018.44
901600 1,550 76" 73" 85"
254
16" 1,412.55
901750 1,700 76" 81" 93"
292
16" 1,680.42
902200 2,150 76" 102" 114"
372
16" 1,950.40
TANKS, TRANSLUCENT
Ideal for raising brine shrimp, microalgae, phytoplankton, rotifers and more. Their semiclear,
.04" polymer fiberglass construction allows 90% light transmission Lightweight, corrosionproof
tanks are also used for trickle filters and stripping towers. The conical bottom tanks are fitted with
a 2" FNPT bottom hole and can be supported by bricks around the edge. All tanks are handmade;
therefore, measurements are approximate and may vary. Ship from factory and have additional
crating chargesallow 23 weeks. Made in USA.

MODEL
STYLE
DIAMETER
(APPROX.)
HEIGHT
VOLUME
(GAL/LITER)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
T4
FLAT
T12
FLAT
12" 8' 47/178 12
175.00
T185
FLAT
18" 5' 66/250 15
193.00
T1810
FLAT
18"
255.00
T11
FLAT
18" 4' 44/166 25
176.00
T30-AQ
FLAT
30"
5' 185/700 32
375.00
T58
FLAT
58"
5' 725/2,744 52
708.00
T8
CONICAL
25
289.00
TC185
CONICAL 18" 5' 47/178 18
375.00
T9
BIOFILTER TANK
12" 4' 23/87 25 $135.00
10' 132/500
12" 41/2' 25/95

12"
4'
23/87
19
25
322.00
T4C
CAP
12"
22.00
T18C
CAP
18"
28.00
T30C
CAP
30"
90.00
T58C
CAP
58"
320.00
T4
T8
TANKS 215
Culture/Mixing/Fiberglass
CONICAL BOTTOM TANKS, FREE-STANDING

Their semiclear, .04" polymer fiberglass construction allows 90% light transmissionmaking them perfect
for algal culture. An integrated, skirted stand supports the tank and requires no assembly. Conical base
slopes from 45 to 30 at bottom. An access port is cut out for the 2" NPT elbow located at the bottom of
the tank. Reinforced bottom and top edges prevent cracking and breakage. All tanks ship completely
assembled and include 2" NPT bottom fittings. Special sizes available, please inquire. Ship motor freight
directly from the manufacturer.
MODEL GALLONS DIAMETER HEIGHT
EACH
CBT25 25
12"
63" $375.00
CBT68 68
18"
80" 450.00
CBT129 129
24"
83"
CBT291 291
36"
82" 1,200.00
CBT500 500
48"
87" 1,650.00
750.00
GRADUATED TANKS
Graduated containers are especially useful when mixing products.
Semitranslucent, natural polyethylene allows the liquid level to be
seen from outside the tanks (the resin used for these tanks meets FDA
standards). They handle temperatures up to 140F. The 25- (T25) and 45-gallon
(T45) tanks are lightweight and nestable for tank storage and shipping. The
55-gallon tank (T55) comes with a 3/4" spigot valve already fitted and is not
nestable. All tanks have 5/32" thick walls and may be shipped Ground at
dimensional rate. Covers are sold separately.
MODEL
GALLONS DIAMETER HEIGHT
EACH
4+
COVER
EACH
4+
T25
25 18 28"
$114.67 $103.20 T25L
$35.97 $32.37
T45
45 22 32" 121.60 109.44 T45L
58.65 52.79
T55
55
188.89 170.00 T55L
50.22 45.20
21
36"
T25
T45
T55
CUSTOM FIBERGLASS TANKS

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is pleased to offer custom fiberglass products. Whether it is a small intricate
aquarium, a transport tank or a 200,000-gallon exhibit pool, we can turn your aquatic dreams into reality.
Aquariums and tanks can be custom built to form fit available space or create eye-catching designs
that will enhance any exhibit.
These custom-made products are backed by 20 years experience in custom fiberglass molding and are
built to last. All products are made from high-quality materials.
Premium resins and glass fiber produce high-strength, durable laminates.
All built-in fittings are made with female fiberglass couplers to ensure a better bond than PVC couplers.
PVC foam core construction adds rigidity to larger tanks.
Urethane foam, with twice the R-value of polystyrene foam, can be used when temperature control
is a factor.
Viewing windows of tempered, laminated glass or acrylic are available.
Two-year warranty on materials and workmanship. Ships motor freight, ALLOW 6 WEEKS BUILD TIME.
Call for a quotation on large quantities. Crating charges not included in prices. FOB Orlando.
Other custom devices can also be fitted to make the tank work for your application. Tanks can be foam
covered for insulated applications, tank covers with solid tops or screen tops can also be fitted.
Larger tanks, such as 20, 30 and 40 round or oval tanks are also available.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
216 TANKS
Fiberglass
FIBERGLASS TANKS
These tanks are used all over Southeast Asia in hatcheries and farms raising
tilapia, shrimp, tropical fish, etc. Rigid, thin-wall fiberglass is gel-coated and
easy to clean. The blue color does show scratches, but we guarantee that
they will hold water. They are offered at an excellent price and are nestable
for economical shipping. Turn these tanks into an instant system by adding
a filtration module. The top-mounting filter has multiple chambers and a lid
and can turn the tank into a quarantine system, holding system or even a small
growout system. Tanks ship motor freight. Usually in stock for immediate
shipping. FOB Orlando. Note: Add 6" to each L and W dimension below for
outside dims (add 3" for filter boxes). Crating charges not included in prices
when applicable. Ready to shipno waiting!
CAPACITY
MODEL
(GAL)
INSIDE
L X W X H
EACH
4+
FT391
39
36" X 24" X 12"
$131.67 $118.50
FT811
81
48" X 30" X 15"
335.30 301.77
430.82 387.74
FT1221
122
60" X 30" X 18"
FT2351
270
72" X 36" X 24"
766.88 690.19
FT5231
523
96" X 48" X 30"
1,639.34 1,475.41
FFB122
FILTER BOX FOR FT811 & FT1221 33.5" X 7" X 10"
87.50 78.75
FFB235 FILTER BOX FOR FT2351
39" X 7" X 10"
107.88 97.09
FFB523
53" X 10.5" X 16"
227.01 204.31
FILTER BOX FOR FT5231
FT811
These tanks are excellent for use in hatcheries for

holding live rock, marine invertebrates, etc.
FFB122 Filter Box
FIBERGLASS TROUGHS
Rectangular troughs are used for hatching fish eggs, coral propagation,
baitfish, larval rearing (use with McDonald-type hatching jars), invertebrate
holding and many other culture applications. Although not as thick as our
reinforced fiberglass tanks, they are still quite durable. Light blue gel coat
interior. Troughs are stackable and ship via motor freight, FOB Orlando.
Custom sizes available in quantity. Crating charges not included in prices when
applicable.
CAPACITY
MODEL
(GAL)
L X W X H
EACH
4+
FT120L2
120
96" X 24" X 12"
$282.72
$262.93
FT180L2
180
96" X 36" X 12" 489.30
455.05
FT240L2
240
96" X 48" X 12" 661.50
615.20
FT320L2
320
96" X 48" X 16" 917.70
Thanks for helping me with my UV light problem. My pond has never been so beautiful,
and I have shared my news with friends and relatives. You have one grateful and very
satisfied customer.
Vanna Wu
Lihue, HI
TANKS 217
Koi/Fiberglass/Portable
KOI SHOW BOWLS
KOI
These low-cost, polyethylene koi bowls come in two styles: lightduty (191/2 gallons) for the koi hobbyist, and heavy-duty (23 gallons) for the
commercial farmer. The royal blue color is excellent for showing koi
colors. Ship Oversize.

MODEL
DIAMETER X HEIGHT
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
KB4
LIGHT-DUTY
21" X 11"
$42.00
KB9
HEAV Y-DUTY
27" X 12"
85.00
FIBERGLASS LARVAL TANKS

In stock for immediate shipment
These rugged, circular fiberglass tanks are ideal for Artemia/rotifer culture, hatcheries
and small holding system larval growout. Made of reinforced fiberglass with a smooth,
gel-coated interior. Flat bottom with vertical sides and a center drain port. PVC
couplers are molded into the base of the tank to allow varying tank heights. Tank legs
over 20" are not recommended. Tanks ship motor freight, FOB Orlando.
MODEL
LITERS A
FRP60
60
D E
17" 14" 22"
2" 1"
EACH
4+
$300.00 $270.00
FRP163
163
FRP300
300
341/4" 31" 215/8"
3" 11/2"
FRP500
500
421/2" 38" 215/8"
3" 11/2"
725.45 652.90
55" 511/8" 291/2"
4" 11/2"
1,254.39 1,128.95
FRP1000 1,000
26" 24" 213/4" 2" 1"
472.73 425.45
584.75 493.88
PORTABLE TANKS
KOI
Round portable tanks are suitable for many permanent tank uses. These
high-quality tanks are designed for showing koi, so they set up quickly. The
top support is rigid. They feature 22-mil vinyl-coated industrial fabric liners
carrying a 30-day replacement warranty. Includes supports and 11/2" FNPT
side drain with inside cap. Dark blue.Made in USA.

CAPACITY
MODEL
DIA. HEIGHT (GAL)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
QT502
6 30 450
21 $644.62
QT902
8 30 750
67 743.00
QT502
Use portable tanks for:
To: Huy Tran

Let me take the opportunity to thank you for all the hard work on the blower quotation. You are
by far the most helpful and responsive vendor we deal with in the business. I am pleased to
give you our business on this order and hope we can continue to purchase a volume of supplies
through [Pentair] AES.
Michael Buchal
Bodega Bay, CA
Home aquaculture
Fish collecting
Fish medication
Fish shows
Nursery tanks
Harvesting
Temporary holding
Education
Emergency storage
218 TANKS
Fiberglass/Rectangular
FIBERGLASS TANKS WITH WINDOW

Similar to the fiberglass tanks above, but with
a window for easy viewing. These new models are
gelcoated and have thicker sidewalls!Raise tilapia,
shrimp, tropical fish, etc. Rigid, 5-mm fiberglass
is easy to clean. Blue color shows scratches, but
the tanks are sturdy and nestable for economical
shipping. Add a filtration module to instantly turn
the tank into a quarantine, holding or growout
system. Tanks ship motor freight. Usually in stock
for immediate shipping. FOB Orlando. Note: Add 5"
to each L and W dimension below for outside dims.
Crating charges not included in prices when
applicable.

MODEL
FT128W2
FT632W2
CAPACITY INSIDE
(GAL)
L X W X H
EACH
$451.69
150
48" X 30" X 24"
FT160W2
180
60" X 30" X 24"
588.00
FT235W2
270
72" X 36" X 24"
844.37
FT336W2
405
72" X 36" X 36"
1,117.20
FT523W2
600
96" X 48" X 30"
1,711.82
FT632W2
720
96" X 48" X 36"
2,104.89
FIBERGLASS TANK WITH WINDOW

Includes 1/2" thick tempered glass viewing window,
blue gel coat interior and white exterior.

MODEL
S390-AQ-2
CAPACITY SHIP WT
(GAL) L W H (LBS)
90
36 24 24
RECTANGULAR TANKS
These rectangular polyethylene tanks are great for a variety of applications,
including sumps, filter boxes, bait tanks and holding tanks. Larger tanks will
bow slightly when full of water. All have UV inhibitors for outdoor use. These
heavy-duty tanks are nestable. RT37-B and RT16-B and smaller ship Ground,
RT58-B and larger ship motor freight. Dimensions do not include top wide lip.

MODEL
CAPACITY
(GAL)
L X W X H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
4+
RT16-B
16
12" X 18" X 18"
$81.52 $73.37
RT37-B
37
12" X 24" X 30"
15
126.78 114.10
RT58-B
58
15" X 30" X 30"
20
147.67 132.90
RT74-B
74
20" X 24" X 36"
26
178.52 160.67
RT89-B
89
24" X 24" X 36"
33
205.88 185.29
RT150-B
150
30" X 36" X 32"
44
322.27 290.04
RT180-B
180
33" X 49" X 24"
52
412.34 371.11
RT74-B
RT150-B
84
EACH
$757.14
TANKS 219
Poly/Steel/Round/Manifold
TANKS, FLAT BOTTOM

Polyethylene tanks have a flat depression molded
into the side near the bottom for a bulkhead fitting.
Ships by motor freight from factory.
TP800

MODEL
A
B
NOMINAL
WALL
CAPACITY
(GAL)
CAPACITY
(LITERS)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
TP655
FLAT BOTTOM
79"
34"
1/4" 650 2,461 105 $617.40
TP800
FLAT BOTTOM
90"
38"
1/4" 800 3,028 120 763.00
TP830
FLAT BOTTOM
94"
30"
1/4" 830 3,142 134 831.60
TP1000
FLAT BOTTOM
92"
44"
1/4" 1,000 3,785 148 905.10
GALVANIZED STEEL TANKS

If you want reasonably priced tanks that may or may not be relocated later, our
galvanized steel tanks are right for you. Round steel tanks are unsurpassed for
strength. You can carry the sections through a pedestrian doorway, bolt several
tanks together in one day with only two people and take them down just as
quickly. Use liners where portability is important. Bolts included.

CAPACITY
SHIP WT

GAUGE
HEIGHT
DIAMETER
(GAL)
(LBS)
A sloping concrete bottom can be poured, complete with drain and heating
coils. Its high strength allows many possibilities, including very large yet
economical tanks (sizes available up to 105'). Deep tanks (to 14') can be built by
bolting panels two or more high (please request engineering assistance). Tanks
may be partially buried to conserve heat and make fish observation easier.
Many trout farmers use these tanks without liners or interior paint when their
pH is near neutral. Our epoxy products or PVC liners are recommended for
use wherever the galvanized surface is undesirable (galvanized steel has been
used to water livestock and hold potable water for years; however, at high and
low pH, zinc may be given off into the water and could pose a problem in some
situations). NEVER USE COPPER SULFATE IN UNPROTECTED GALVANIZED
TANKS. Prices include nuts, bolts and lap joint caulking and are FOB
manufacturer.
EACH
TS1520H
20
46
15
4,860
310
$948.00
TS1817H
17
46
18
6,990
508
1,445.00
TS2117H
17
46
21
9,530
610
1,684.00
TS2415H
15
46
24
12,450
936
2,244.00
TS2715H
15
46
27
15,754
1,000
2,524.00
TS3015H
15
46
30
19,450
1,085
3,014.00
Note: Allow at least a two-week lead time and additional time for shipping. Call for shipping charges.
DECIMAL TO GAUGE CHART

.036 inch = 20 gauge
DIFFUSER MANIFOLD FOR ROUND TANKS

Putting air diffusers in a round tank upsets the rotating, self-cleaning effect
that makes round tanks with center drains so desirable. Here's a solution! This
six-diffuser manifold with deflector has been designed to induce circular flow
in a round tank while adding oxygen and assisting the self-cleaning effect. It
requires 4.5 cfm at 1.2 psi (34" H2 O min) and will supply approximately .12 lbs/
O2 /hour. It will connect directly to 1" PVC pipe and can be suspended over the
side of tank to a depth of approximately 24" (standard length). The manifold is
supplied with a ball valve for air control, a union for complete removal and
six ALR23M diffusers. Made in USA.

SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS)
EACH
4+
TM6 80 17 $191.49 $172.34
220 TANKS
Polyethylene
POLYETHYLENE TANKS
Inexpensive polyethylene tanks are gaining in popularity because of their low
cost and long life expectancy. The smooth surface makes for easy cleaning,
and their light weight allows for quick set-up and relocation.
TP110
Most of these tanks are nestable, which reduces their relatively high
shipping cost. We stock these lightweight tanks in a marine blue color, but
other colors are available on orders of 6 or more. All tanks have ultraviolet
inhibitors for outdoor use. Black has the greatest UV resistance, providing
a life expectancy of 25 years. All colors (except black) and materials used
are FDA-approved. Another feature of polyethylene tanks is that they can
be repaired. Just use heat to soften and reshape. TP55 ships Ground; TP90
and larger ship motor freight.
TP130
TP250
TP55
TP440A
TP90
TP400F

MODEL
I.D. X DEPTH
WALL
THICKNESS
CAPACITY
(GAL)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
TP55
ROUND
21" X 38"
3/16"
55
17
TP90
ROUND
39" X 20"
3/16
90
23
$141.70
218.28
TP210
ROUND
48" X 30"
3/16
210
49
286.03
TP250
ROUND
60" X 22"
3/16
250
68
412.17
TP400F
ROUND
70" X 30"
3/16
460
75
528.84
TP440A
ROUND
60" X 34"
3/16
410
74
506.09
TP110
RECTANGULAR
55 X 31 X 18
1/8
110
44 251.34
TP130
MORTAR STYLE
73 X 36 X 12
1/8
130
39 254.34
PRICE
TANKS 221
Liners/Covers
TANK LINERS
With just a little care to prevent punctures, these black tank liners can be used
for many years. Vinyl is a good liner material and is typically used in tank
applications because it can be custom-fitted to round tanks. These heavy-duty
liners are 30-mil thick.

MODEL
LZ76B
LZ76

SHIP WT
DIAMETER HEIGHT (LBS)
EACH
7 6 38 $292.67
LZ96B
9 6 51
423.17
LZ126B
12 6 74
612.27
LZ156B
15 6 100
827.97
LZ186B
18 6 130 1,072.57
LZ216B
21 6 162 1,346.87
LZ246B
24 6 236 1,648.57
LZ276B
27 6 271 1,700.00
LZ306B
30 6 314 1,978.71
REPAIR KIT FOR BLACK TANK LINERS

LRK*
--- 1
20.83
*Ships Hazmat.
LRK
TECH TALK 41
Repairing Liners
Firestone PondGard Liner (EPDM)
When the need arises to repair a cut or hole in a liner, this basic rule applies to all the liner types
we carry: Clean and dry the surface of the liner so the adhesive will adhere to it. Use the right type
of repair materials for the type of liner being repaired.
ST3F and ST3R are double-sided tape for patching or overlapping two pieces of liners.
PT6F and PT6R are single-sided for patching or covering holes and going over seams.
PVC
Woven Poly
ST475 is a 4 tape with adhesive on one side to patch, cover holes or reinforce seams.
LRK is a repair kit containing a 12 x 12 piece of liner and a special liner adhesive.
TANK COVERS
Keep fish in and birds out!
Made of black polyester, 1/4" mesh netting, these covers are great for preventing
fish from jumping out of tanks. They feature a drawstring and locking device to
hold covers firmly.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
6+
TC14
FITS 3'4' ROUND TANK
$35.23 $29.95
TC16
56.38 47.93
TC17
70.38 59.82
TC19
83.97 71.37
TC13
FITS 3' X 4' RECTANGULAR TANK
30.54 25.95
TC14
222 TANKS
Cone Bottom
SEMI-SQUARE TANKS WITH CONE BOTTOM

If space is a consideration for tank layout, these semi-square, rounded-corner,
polyethylene tanks will provide a greater volume of water than round tanks, while
still providing very good self-cleaning capability. They are sloped for complete tank
drainage. Standard color is blue, with black and gray available on special order.
The nominal wall thickness is between 3/16" and 1/4", making a nice sturdy
tank. TP50 ships Ground; others ship motor freight.
MODEL
TP450
A B C D
EACH
TP50
26" 22" 22" 4"
$147.00
TP180
42" 38" 26.5" 4.5"
323.00
TP450
62" 58" 37" 9"
732.00
TP50S
STAND FOR TP50
244.00
TP180S
STAND FOR TP180
298.00
TP450S
STAND FOR TP450
427.00
Above dimensions are approximate.
ECONOMICAL ROUND TANKS WITH CONE BOTTOM

Inexpensive polyethylene tanks are gaining in popularity because of their low
cost and long life expectancy. The smooth surface makes for easy cleaning,
and their light weight allows for quick setup and relocation. All tanks have
ultraviolet inhibitors for outdoor use. FDA-approved. Also easily repaired
just use heat to soften and reshape.
These round tanks have a 20 sloping bottom with 14" diameter center drain
area (drain hole not cut out). You will need to construct a support frame or
place the tank in a bed of sand or dirt. Ships by motor freight from factory.

MODEL
A
B
NOMINAL
WALL
CAPACITY
(GAL)
CAPACITY
(LITERS)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
TP650
CONE BOTTOM
85"
30"
1/4"
650
2,461
100
$587.00
TP950
CONE BOTTOM
96"
36"
1/4"
950
3,596
130
969.00
TCB250
CONE BOTTOM
60"
28"
1/4"
250
946
75
294.00
TCB450
CONE BOTTOM
75"
26"
1/4"
450
1,703
100
559.00
TCB1500
CONE BOTTOM
102"
60"
1/4"
1,500
5,678
200
1,175.00
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Ryan Karcher
Ryan received his A.S. degree in aquaculture from
Hillsborough Community College. His technical experience
includes ornamental hatchery management, hormoneinduced spawning and aeration and recirculating system
design. He also has experience in home aquarium design
and maintenance.
TANKS 223
Insulated/Hauling
INSULATED TANKS
Insulated tanks are built from ABS plastic sheets with 2" thick insulated walls and bottoms. Ideally suited
for research, seafood holding, bait tanks, touch tanks and display tanks. Double-pane acrylic windows
(optional) will not "sweat" with cold water. The tanks listed below are only a fraction of the 100+
configurations available. Special sizes (up to 96" x 48" x 36"), colors, tanks with dividers, bulkhead fittings,
etc., are available on a custom order basis. Tanks listed below are priced in white or black (specify when
ordering). "W" models come with one dual-pane window; call if you want two or more. Allow 46 weeks for
production. Tanks ship via motor freight, FOB factory.
O UTSIDE DIMENSIONS

(L X W X H)
VOLUME WITHOUT WINDOW

(GAL/LITERS)
MODEL
EACH
WITH ONE WINDOW

MODEL
EACH
24" X 24" X 12"
17/66
TT100
$265.00
TT100W
$330.00
36" X 24" X 24"
61/231
TT101
610.00
TT101W
790.00
48" X 24" X 24"
84/317
TT102
765.00
TT102W
1,005.00
48" X 24" X 36"
130/490
TT103
1,120.00
TT103W
1,645.00
48" X 48" X 18"
134/508
TT104
960.00
TT104W
1,150.00
72" X 24" X 24"
130/490
TT105
1,120.00
TT105W
1,940.00
Sideview cutaway of TT101

2" thick insulation
Dual-pane acrylic windows
SCRATCH REMOVAL KIT

Ideal for public and home aquariums, this kit removes scratches from acrylic
and thermoplastic. Includes eight sheets of progressively graded crystal
polishing pads, cotton flannel, sanding block and 3/4 oz of polishing liquid
abrasive. Molded case and instructions included. Weighs 1 lb.
MODEL EACH
SK1
LIVE TRANSPORT INSULATED CONTAINER
$30.16
Optional Lid
Whether your valuable fish product is being shipped from the hatchery to
the growing site or to market, the Live Transport Container (DX333) is the
smart choice. It is a lightweight, versatile, cost-effective solution
for transporting live fish. This molded polyethylene, insulated container is
built for long-term durability, providing an R18 insulation factor. The Live
Transport Container is designed to make your work easier with quick
connect air attachments, sloped base and gate for easy release of fish.
The optional insulated lid (DC-18-35L) with Neoprene seal prevents
spillage during transportation while its 8" cam-lock cap ensures leakproof
transportation. Ships from factory.

MODEL
DX333
CAPACITY
(GAL)
OUTSIDE
(L X W X H)
INSIDE
(L X W X H)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
268
48 X 42 X 46
44 X 39 X 39
160
$2,484.49
42
336.62
DC-18-35L LID FOR DX333
EACH
DX333
224 TANKS
Insulated / Hauling
ON-BOARD HANDLING BOX

7 legs for forklift/pallet jack use
The On-Board Handling Box (D337L), with its three-section lid and optional
gate dividers, allows you to conveniently sort and grade shellfish. It can hold
eight 70-liter tote trays (TB3015not included), and the spill-resistant lid also
doubles as a work shelf when closed. Three holes allow water to circulate
and its durable, seamless construction ensures hygienic handling of seafood
products. The sloped base facilitates cleaning and the molded-in handles aid
maneuverability. Ships from factory.

MODEL
D337L
D337L
CAPACITY OVERALL DIMENSIONS

(GAL)
(L X W X H)
(L X W X H)
264
73 X 41 X 34
SHIP WT
(LBS)
68 X 37 X 26
141
EACH
$1,982.65
INSULATED TANKS
These heavy-duty, insulated containers (B1545B1745) feature 2" thick
polyurethane foam insulation. Use them for hauling fish, shipping seafood or
as a holding tank. The containers are stackable up to three high when full of
water and have an adjustable "Y" clip tie-down system that secures the lid
(included). Smooth interior is seamless, easy-to-clean, molded polyethylene
with a 2" threaded drain plug. USDA/FDA-approved. Ship from factory, freight
collect only.

MODEL
CAPACITY
(GAL)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(L X W X H)
SHIP WT
(LBS)
B1545
179
48" X 43" X 38"
190
$942.22
B2300
172
48" X 40" X 30"
138
948.09
B1745
179
48" X 43" X 29"
170
921.84
EACH
B1545
HAULING TANK, LOW-COST

With occasional use, this will last for years. Aeration for up to 2.5 pounds
of fish is provided by an included 12V agitator. Holds 10 gallons when full.
Can be shipped Ground. One-year warranty on agitator only. Made in USA.
APPROXIMATE

DIMENSIONS
MODEL
(L X W X H)
HT6
25 X 16 X 16
CAPACITY
(GAL)
WEIGHT
FULL OF WATER
SHIP WT
(LBS)
10
10
83
EACH
$185.71
See Page 326 for Tricaine-s Topical Anesthetics and Tranquil
TANKS 225
Liners/Patching Tape
POND LINER, EPDM

This Firestone fish-safe liner has become the gold standard for pond keepers
and commercial water features, and with good reason. It's puncture-resistant
and very resistant to sunlight and UV. It stretches around rocks and small
irregularities and is much easier to work with than the more rigid liners.
Ships motor freight from factory.

APPROX WT
MODEL SIZE (LBS)
SZ22
20' X 30'
EACH
180
$533.50
SZ23
25' X 30'
225
633.50
SZ24
30' X 30'
270
793.50
SZ31
8' X 10'
25
82.70
SZ32
10' X 15'
45
143.35
SZ33
10' X 20'
60
186.70
SZ34
15' X 20'
120
273.35
SZ35
20' X 25'
150
446.69
Our black, 45-mil thick, rubber-like liner with excellent weatherability

has unsurpassed puncture and abrasion resistance.
20-YEAR WARRANTY
LINEAR POLYETHYLENE LINERS FOR LARGE PONDS

These heavy-duty pond liners offer superior strength as well as puncture and
tear resistance at an excellent price. This is the liner we selected for
our 2-acre fire pond. They are resistant to most chemicals, salt and acids. The
material will remain flexible at -70F. Available in width increments of 10 feet
and any length up to 50,000 square feet as one piece. Panels are accordionfolded every 4 to 5 feet and tightly rolled on a heavy core for ease of handling
and installation. Sold by the square foot (2,500 ft2 minimum). Allow 20 days for
production. Ships from factory. Call for pricing.

MODEL
PE20
SHIP WT
PER 1,000 FT 2 MAXIMUM
(LBS)
PANEL SIZE
20 MIL
100
50,000
PE30
30 MIL
150
33,000
PE40
40 MIL
200
25,000
LINER, PATCHING TAPE

The double-sided adhesive seaming tape is 3" wide, made of extruded
black rubber and designed to join pieces of EPDM liner together to form a
watertight seal. The patching tape is 6" wide, has single-side adhesive and
works great for patching holes and covering seams. For Sweetwater and
EPDM liners only.
MODEL EACH
ST3F
DOUBLE-SIDED, PER FOOT
$1.65/Ft
ST3R
DOUBLE-SIDED, 100' ROLL
126.41/Roll
PT6F
SINGLE SIDED, PER FOOT
3.75/Ft
PT6R
SINGLE SIDED, 100' ROLL
356.07/Roll
PT6R
ST3R
SEAMING TAPE, POLY

The 4" tape has adhesive on one side. Use it to patch liners or join pieces for
complex shapes. For use on polyethylene tarps only. Cure for 24 hours.
MODEL
ST475
4" X 75'
SHIP WT (LBS)
9
EACH
$55.00
226 WATER QUALITY
Product
227 Analytical Aqualab
244 YSI Pro Series
255 Real Tech UVT
229 Dissolved Oxygen Meters/

BOD Probe
249 Multiparameter System
256 Colorimeter
236 pH Meters
250 Sondes
258 Calibration Solutions/Test Kits
251 YSI Monitors
260 Test Strips
252 Total Gas Pressure

(TGP) Meters/CO2
261 Aquaculture Laboratories
238 Conductivity Meters

241 Salinity Meters
243 ORP Meters
248 Multiprobe System/Photometers 257 Turbidity Meters
262 Test Kits
WATER QUALITY 227

Analytical Aqualab
PENTAIR/GREENSPAN ANALYTICAL AQUALAB

Aqualab is the flagship of the Greenspan Analyzer range. Configurable
parameter analysis and telemetry options provide Aqualab with the ability
to solve various monitoring questions. This analyzer offers a single system
capable of providing data for a wide range of monitoring needs.
The Greenspan Aqualab is a configurable analyzer allowing you to select
the appropriate chemistry package for your application from wastewater
to environmental monitoring.
Aqualab can be configured to perform any selection of physical parameters
(pH, electrical conductivity, dissolved oxygen, turbidity, temperature and
ORP) and nutrient parameters (total reactive phosphorus, nitrate, ammonia
and ammonium).
The Aqualab analytical system is housed in a weatherproof IP54 cabinet.
The cabinet also houses the communication and control electronics along
with reagent and standard solution storage bottles.
SPECIFICATIONS
ENCLOSURE IP54
DIMENSIONS
365 X 400 X 430 CM (W X H X D)
CABINET WEIGHT
75 KG
PROCESSOR 80C188
DATA STORAGE
1 MB TOTAL

491K FOR DATA STORAGE
DISPLAY
OPTIONAL BACKLIT LCD
CALIBRATION
USER DEFINABLE
SAMPLE FLOW RATE
20-60 L/MIN
AMBIENT CONDITIONS 5-50C
POWER AVERAGE 15.6VA

VOLTAGE
85-264 VAC
ALARMS
SYSTEM AND SAMPLE
SAMPLER OUTPUT OPTIONAL
OUTPUT
4-20 MA OR SDI-12 OPTIONAL
EXTERNAL INPUTS
UP TO 8 X 420 MA
SCHEDULING
25 USER DEFINED SCHEDULES
COMMUNICATIONS
LANDLINE, GSM OR SATELLITE
INTERROGATION RS232
SOFTWARE
ANALYZER 32/AQUAGRAPH
228 WATER QUALITY

Analytical Mini-Analyzer
PENTAIR/GREENSPAN ANALYTICAL MINI-ANALYZER

The Mini-Analyzer, Greenspans newest and smallest analyzer can provide
a tailored solution to your specific monitoring needs. Designed specifically
to suit certain monitoring situations such as environmental monitoring,
industrial discharge or single point of source monitoring, youre sure to find
a configuration of the Mini-Analyzer that is ready to take on your specific
monitoring task.
Designed to be either wall, trailer or bench-top mounted, this compact
analyzer is the solution for continuous unattended analysis and is packed
with additional features.
Mini Analyzer Configurations

The Mini-Analyzer can be configured one of three ways:
Physicals: Configured to perform pH, electrical conductivity, dissolved oxygen,
turbidity, temperature and ORP analysis.
Nutrients: Configured to perform total reactive phosphorus, nitrate, ammonia
or ammonium.
Single Channel: Can be configured to perform single analysis of any one of the
following: total reactive phosphorus, nitrate, ammonia or ammonium.
SPECIFICATIONS
ENCLOSURE IP54
VOLTAGE
85-264 VAC
DIMENSIONS
365 X 400 X 430 CM (WXHXD)
ALARMS
SYSTEM AND SAMPLE
WEIGHT
25 KG
SAMPLER OUTPUT OPTIONAL
PROCESSOR 80C188
OUTPUT
4-20 MA OR SDI-12 OPTIONAL
DATA STORAGE
1 MB TOTAL, 491K FOR DATA STORAGE
EXTERNAL INPUTS
UP TO 8 X 420 MA
DISPLAY
OPTIONAL BACKLIT LCD
SCHEDULING
25 USER DEFINED SCHEDULES
CALIBRATION
USER DEFINABLE
COMMUNICATIONS
LANDLINE, GSM OR SATELLITE
SAMPLE FLOW RATE
2060 L/MIN
INTERROGATION RS232
AMBIENT CONDITIONS 550C
SOFTWARE
ANALYZER 32/AQUAGRAPH
POWER AVERAGE 15.6VA

PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS SPARUS PUMP WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY

The worlds first aquaculture duty pump to
deliver a CONSTANT user-defined flow rate
Pump motor speed self-adjusts to maintain the
constant flow rate setting, even as system
conditions change
Fully-programmable for any flow rate

from 20140 gpm.
IP55-rated enclosure for robust service life in

wet locations and harsh conditions
3 hp rating. 230V, single-phase, 50hz/60hz.
A sk about how the Pump Affinity Law can save

you money!
Permanent magnet TEFC motor. 2 ports.

UL listed.
WATER QUALITY 229

Dissolved Oxygen Meter
YSI PRO20 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

The YSI Pro20 dissolved oxygen meter is a rugged, user-friendly instrument for
dissolved oxygen measurement. IP-67 waterproof and rubber over molded
case, and 1-meter drop tests ensure the instrument remains in your hands to
provide years of sampling even in the harshest field conditions. Fast response
times with the Polarographic or Galvanic dissolved oxygen sensors allow you to
complete your sampling routine quickly. The long life of the Polarographic
sensor saves time and money and reduces your overall cost. The Galvanic
sensor enables you to start sampling immediately without a warm-up period.
Meters measure 3.25 x 8.5 x 2.25 and weigh 1 lb. Use 2 C batteries (included).
Three-year warranty on meters, two years on cables and one year on probes.
Internal barometer for highest accuracy
Large, easy-to-read, backlit display and keypad
Calibrates within 3 seconds with the push of a button
Y60020
Stores 50 data sets

Graphic, backlit display and glow in the dark keypad
View display with polarized sunglasses on
Probes, cables and
calibration solutions are
sold separately.
95% response in 8 seconds with standard membrane

Multiple languages include English, Spanish, French and German
Rubber over mold case for durability
Meter
MODEL EACH
Y60020
3-YEAR METER
WARRANTY
PRO20 D.O.
$550.00
Probes
MODEL EACH
Y6202
GALVANIC D.O.
Y6203
POLAROGRAPHIC D.O.
$175.00
175.00
Cables
SYSTEM SPECS (METER, PROBE & CABLE)

DISSOLVED OXYGEN (% SATURATION)
Range: 0500% air saturation
Accuracy: 2% of the reading
or 2% air saturation
Resolution: 1% or 1% air saturation
DISSOLVED OXYGEN (MG/L)

Range: 050 mg/L.
or 0.2 mg/L
Resolution: 0.01 or 0.1 mg/L
TEMPERATURE
Range: -555 C
(D.O. compensation range -545 C)
Accuracy: 0.3 C
Resolution: 0.1 C.
BAROMETER
Range: 400 to 999.9 mmHg.
Accuracy: 5 mmHg
(within 5 C of calibration temp)
Resolution: 0.1 mmHg
(All cables include temperature sensor and

weighted removable board.)
MODEL EACH
Y624C
4-M CABLE FOR PRO20
Y6210C
10-M CABLE FOR PRO20
$260.00
305.00
Y6220C
360.00
Y6230C
460.00
Galvanic vs
Polarographic Sensors
Galvanic sensors do not
require a warm-up
period. They are ready
for immediate use after
being powered on.
Polarographic sensors
require warm up time
before use. The shelf life
for Polarographic
sensors is theoretically
longer than Galvanic
sensors.
Replacement Membrane Kits

MODEL EACH
YSI Instrument Repair

Whether it is a yearly checkup or the complete replacement of a circuit
board, you can count on us to provide accurate, economical and timely
service. This applies to all YSI meters that we carry, whether or not they
were purchased from us.
We honor all factory warranties, we stock a full inventory of replacement
parts and our labor rates are significantly lower than the amount charged
by most other YSI repair facilities.
To obtain an estimate or to send a meter for repair, call us at 877-347-4788
for a Return Authorization Number (RA#). This number will allow us to
identify your package and follow your instructions. Youll also need to fill out
and send in our Return Form and Cleaning Certificate.
Low Labor Rates

Our electronics technicians are the best and our turnaround time is
fast (12 weeks). If you wish to expedite turnaround, we can do that for
a small fee. There is no charge for warranty repairs.
Nonwarranty repair estimates typically require between 60 and 120
minutes before a repair cost quotation can be made. Therefore, we will
have to charge for nonwarranty repair quotes, one-hour minimum.
changes without notice.
Y5908

D.O. CAP KIT W/KCL

(FOR POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. SENSORS ONLY)
Y5913

D.O. CAP KIT W/NACL

(FOR GALVANIC D.O. SENSORS ONLY)
$56.00
59.00
YSI is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc.
Q: Do I need an expensive oxygen meter?

A: Maybe not. It depends on your frequency of use, your need for reliability and the
importance of absolute accuracy. If you are taking readings for government monitoring,
regulatory enforcement, wastewater treatment, research, commercial aquaculture or other
high-value purpose, you do need to use one of the more expensive oxygen meters.
If you are doing backyard aquaponics or occasionally checking your pond or lake, one of the
low-cost meters will do fine. They are quite accurate above 3 ppm when calibrated correctly.
If you will be measuring D.O. infrequently in surface water or an aquarium, a D.O. test kit will
do a good job. They have a long shelf life and avoid D.O. meter probe maintenance.
However, if you need to know what the D.O. is under the surface or in hard to reach locations,
a D.O. meter with a suitable length probe cable would easily give you the data in place.
230 WATER QUALITY

YSI PROODO OPTICAL

DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER
The YSI ProODO is the first handheld optical dissolved
oxygen meter designed for sampling applications. The ODO
(Optical Dissolved Oxygen) luminescent sensor has no flow
dependence, making it the perfect choice
for applications where stirring is difficult or undesirable.
This also reduces the possibility of operator error, ensuring
high quality data. Unit is resistant to probe fouling from
hydrogen sulfide and other gases. The digital ODO probe
stores calibration data so probes can be interchanged
between instruments without recalibration. Stores 5,000
data sets, and USB connection allows interaction with Data
Manager software. Supports English, Spanish, German,
Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese and French. IP67-rated case.
Military spec connectors and field tested cables, 100 folders
and site lists for logging data with user defined fields, and a
graphic display with detailed Help visible with polarized
sunglasses. Salinity input rate 070 ppt. Runs on two C
batteries. 8.5" L x 3.25" W x 2.25" H, weighs 1 lb. Three-year
warranty on instrument, two years on cable and probe.
MODEL
Y6262
3-YEAR METER WARRANTY
EACH
Y6262
PROODO, METER ONLY
$695.00
Y62504
CABLE & 4-M PROBE
Y625010
CABLE & 10-M PROBE
725.00
Y625020
CABLE & 20-M PROBE
775.00
Y6263
REPL. SENSING ELEMENT
100.00
650.00
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
TECH TALK 26
DISSOLVED OXYGEN METERS AND PROBES
MODEL
MANUFACTURER
PARAMETERS
D.O. RANGE
(PPM OR MG/L)
ACCURACY
RESOLUTION
(PPM OR MG/L)
WATERPROOF
BACKLIT
DISPLAY
WARRANTY
METER/PROBE
OXYGEN
MEMORY/RS232
PROBE TYPE
DO62
American
Marine
D.O. Only
020.0
.2 ppm
0.1
No
No
2-yr/2-yr
No
Polarographic
YDO200A
YSI*
D.O., Temp
020.0
2%
0.1
No
No
1-yr/6-mo
No
Polarographic
Y55D
YSI*
D.O., Temp
020.0
.25
.01
No
Yes
2-yr/1-yr
No
Polarographic
Y52
YSI*
D.O., Temp
019.99
.02
.01
No
No
2-yr/6-mo
Yes
Polarographic
Y58
YSI*
D.O., Temp
019.99
.03
.01
No
No
2-yr/6-mo
No
Polarographic
Y550A
YSI*
D.O., Temp
050.00
.03
.01
Yes
Yes
3-yr/6-mo
No
Polarographic
Y85
YSI*
D.O., Temp, Sal
020.00
2%
.01
No
Yes
2-yr/6-mo
No
Polarographic
Y5561
YSI*
D.O., Temp, pH,

ORP, Sal
050.00
.5%
.01
Yes
Yes
3-yr/1-yr
Yes
Polarographic
DO600
Extech
D.O. Only
020.0
.4%
0.1
Yes
No
1-yr/6-mo
No
Polarographic
Y60020
YSI*
D.O., Temp, mmH
050.00
2%
.01 or 0.1
Yes
Yes
3-yr/2-yr
No
Polaro./Galv.
850041
Sper
D.O., Temp
019.99
1.5
.01
No
Yes
5-yr/6-mo
Yes
Polarographic
1OXHM053
OxyGuard
D.O., Temp,
% Sat
0-60.0
1%
0.1
Yes
Yes
1 yr
Yes, Data Log

3,000 Sets
Galvanic
*Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc., is an authorized YSI Instruments Repair Center. Temp=Temperature. Sal=Salinity. ORP=Oxidation/Reduction Potential
YSI and ProODO are registered trademarks of YSI, Inc
WATER QUALITY 231
Dissolved Oxygen Meter/BOD Probe
YSI 550A DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

TECH FAV
Waterproof to 1 meter even with the battery
door open
2,000-hour battery life

Rugged aquaculture-grade cable
New PE membranes lessen stirring dependence
The YSI 550A D.O. meter is field-rugged and sets the

standard for aquaculture D.O. measurement. It is
completely waterproof to 1 m (IP67-rated), impactresistant and measures dissolved oxygen to 50 mg/L
and 500% saturation.
Y550A12
It features a field-replaceable, polarographic D.O.

probe that is weighted for quick sinking; easy-toreplace cap membranes, push-button calibration and
temperature, salinity (to 70 ppt) and altitude
(to 10,000') compensation. The large backlit
display shows simultaneous readings of oxygen,
temperature (C or F), and a low battery indicator.
Includes four C batteries.
Calibration Chamber
Three-year warranty on meter, one-year on probe.

Spanish manual available.

MODEL

SYSTEM SPECS
D.O. RANGES

RESOLUTION

ACCURACY

TEMPERATURE RANGE
050 MG/L
0500% AIR SATURATION
0.01 MG/L
0.1% SATURATION
0.3 MG/L
2% SATURATION
-545C
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
Y550A12
YSI 550A D.O. METER W/12' CABLE
$831.25
Y550A25
10
878.75
Y550A50
10
926.25
Y550A100
10
973.75
Y5908
REPL. MEMBRANE KIT W/KCL, POLAROGRAPHIC 1
Y559
REPLACEMENT SENSOR FOR YSI 550 & 550A
195.00
Y5060
SOFT-SIDED CARRYING CASE
100.00
Y5085
HANDS-FREE HARNESS
31.00
56.00
YSI BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND PROBE

The YSI 5905 biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) probe features
a built-in stirrer and pre-tensioned cap membranes, which screw
onto the sensor without wrinkles. Sensor tip is protected from
accidental damage by a guard. It has a 5' cable and includes a
package of six cap membranes and electrolyte solution. Use with
Y52 or Y58. One-year warranty.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
Y5905
BOD PROBE
$695.00
Y5906
REPL. MEMBRANE KIT, GALVANIC
56.00
Y5905
YSI and ProODO are registered trademarks of YSI, Inc

232 WATER QUALITY

Dissolved Oxygen Meters
YSI DO200A DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

The EcoSense D0200A is an economical version
of the quality and results expected from YSI.
The rugged housing is IP65 splash resistant, and the
large LCD simultaneously displays ppm or percent
saturation and temperature (C only). Easy-toreplace, screw-on cap membranes have a fast
response time and are low-stirring dependent.
Nine-volt battery life is typically 500 hours; indicator
warns when battery level is low. Detachable probe
and cable assembly sold separately below. One-year
warranty on meter, six-month warranty on probe.
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
MODEL EACH
YDO200A
DO METER ONLY
YDO200A-4
DO METER, PROBE, 4M CABLE & CASE
574.75
Y2004
4-METER CABLE W/PROBE ONLY
285.00
Y20010
10-METER CABLE W/PROBE ONLY
315.00
Y5908
REPL. MEMBRANES W/KCL, POLAROGRAPHIC
Y200-BOD
BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND PROBE
Y2004
$266.00
SYSTEM SPECS
YDO200A
RANGES
O2
020 mg/L
Sat. 0200%
Temp.
-646 C
RESOLUTION
O2
0.01 mg/L
Sat. 0.10%
Temp.
0.1 C
ACCURACY
O2
0.2%
Sat. 2%
Temp.
0.3 C
56.00
660.00
YSI ODO200 OPTICAL DO & TEMPERATURE METER

The EcoSense ODO200 handheld dissolved oxygen meter uses optical
technology and provides the most accurate data in the most affordable
format. Features an easy-to-use interface, one-hand operation, IP67
waterproof case, and low cost of ownership over the life of the product.
The ODO200 simultaneously measures dissolved oxygen % and mg/L
(optical) temperature. One-year warranty on meter, cables and sensor cap.
Made in USA.
Automatic temperature compensation
Manual input for salinity and pressure compensation
Cable & Probe
Sold Separately
Y606329
Low battery indicator with 100 hour battery life

Auto shutoff function after 30 minutes of inactivity
50 data set reviewable memory
Optical benefits include

No stirring requirement
No warm-up time
No electrolyte solutions
No electrode maintenance
No membranes
No interferences from gases such as hydrogen sulfide
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGES
O2
020 mg/L
Sat. 0200%
Temp.
0-50 C
RESOLUTION
O2
0.01 mg/L
Sat. 0.10%
Temp.
0.1 C
ACCURACY
O2
1.5%
Sat. 1.5%
Temp.
0.3 C
YSI and EcoSense are registered trademarks of YSI, Inc

MODEL EACH
Y606329
OPTICAL DO/TEMP METER ONLY
$325.00
Y606327
1-METER CABLE WITH DO/TEMP PROBE ONLY
575.00
Y606328
585.00
Y606304
660.00
Y606326
SENSOR CAP KIT
100.00
Y606330
HARD PLASTIC CARRYING CASE WITH FOAM INSERT 38.00
WATER QUALITY 233

OXYGUARD HANDY POLARIS

The OxyGuard Handy Polaris is a portable D.O.
meter that also measures % saturation, mg/L
(ppm), temperature and has salinity compensation.
Measurements are compensated for temperature
and barometric pressure. The probe is galvanic
type and fully field-serviceable. Has a large display
with backlight and offers automatic calibration and
a choice of language and units of measurement.
Each unit is supplied with a detachable clip for easy
attachment to a belt or clipboard. Battery life
allows up to 1,400 hours of use from a single
9V battery.
Automatic calibration with stability check.
Compensates for changes in
atmospheric pressure.
Automatic shutdown for power saving.
MODEL
EACH
1OXHM053
HANDY POLARIS W/3-M (10') CABLE
$968.00
1OXHM058
HANDY POLARIS W/8-M (25') CABLE
998.00
1OXHA013
HANDY MEMBRANE KIT, 10 PCS
16.40
1OXPA014
STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 1 L
22.80
1OXPA015
STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 250 ML
10.30
1OXPA016
3.61
1OXHA010
MEMBRANE INSTALLATION TOOL
14.90
1OXHA007
PROBE PROTECTION CAP
30.20
1OXHA006
HANDY MEMBRANE CAP WITH MEMBRANE
63.00
SYSTEM SPECS
PARAMETERS
ppm (mg/L), % saturation,

temperature (C or F), salinity
compensation.
SALINITY COMPENSATION
059 ppt salinity (manually set).
DISPLAY
Large, easy to read graphical LCD

display. Variable backlight.
ACCURACY, D.O.
Depends on calibration accuracy.

Typically better than +/- 1% of measured
value +/- 1 digit within the standard
measuring range.
PROBE TYPE
Galvanic cell, self-polarizing, selftemperature compensating.
ACCURACY, TEMPERATURE
+/- 0.2C
CABLE LENGTH
Standard 3 m.
REPEATABILITY
Typically better than +/- 0.5% of

measured range.
OPERATING CONDITIONS
Probe: -5 to +45C, Meter: -20 to

+60C
SELF-CHECK OF
Probe function, meter function, cable,

battery.
ENCAPSULATION (METER)
Short-term immersion proof to max.

5-m depth.
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Membrane cap, membranes, electrolyte,

cathode cleaning pad, storage pouch.
MEASURING RANGE
060.0 ppm (mg/L) and 0600%

saturation. Automatically
compensated for temperature and
barometric pressure. Manual salinity
compensation. Temperature: -5 to
+45C.
PRICE
234 WATER QUALITY

OXYGUARD HANDY POLARIS 2

The OxyGuard Handy Polaris 2 is a portable
dissolved oxygen (D.O.) meter that combines
the features of the original Polaris with the
convenience of data logging and data transfer
capability. It measures % saturation, mg/L (ppm)
and temperature and has salinity compensation.
Measurements are compensated for temperature
and barometric pressure. The galvanic probe is
fully field-serviceable. Powered by a 9V battery.
The Polaris 2 has a larger display with backlight
and offers automatic calibration, and a choice
of language and units of measurement. Includes
a detachable clip for easy attachment to a belt
or clipboard.
MODEL
EACH
1OXHM073
HANDY POLARIS 2 W/3-M (10') CABLE
$1,038.00
1OXHM075
HANDY POLARIS 2 W/8-M (25') CABLE
1,068.00
1OXHM074
USB LINK W/SOFTWARE (ONLY 1 REQUIRED FOR MULTIPLE UNITS)
1OXHA013
HANDY MEMBRANE KIT, 10 PCS
16.40
1OXPA014
STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 1 L
22.80
1OXPA015
10.30
1OXPA016
3.61
1OXHA010
MEMBRANE INSTALLATION TOOL
14.90
254.00
1OXHA007
PROBE PROTECTION CAP
30.20
1OXHA006
HANDY MEMBRANE CAP WITH MEMBRANE
63.00
TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES
METER
Data logging and data transfer capabilityover 3,000

sets of complete info (mg/L, % sat, temp, events, etc.).
Polaris 2 only.
A utomatic calibration with stability check.
A utomatic self-check of instrument.
A utomatic check of cable and probe.
Compensates for changes in atmospheric pressure.
User-selectable language and main display parameter.
On-screen instructions.
1,400 hours use from one 9V alkaline battery.
Illuminated display with variable intensity.
A utomatic shutdown for power saving.
PROBE
Galvanic type.
Self-polarizing.
No warm-up time.
Fully temperature compensated.
Remarkably short response time.
Stores dry.
E xcellent long-term stability.
Tough membrane.
No need for regular service or renovation.
Probe renovation easy and fast when needed.

DSF SERIES
DRUM SCREEN FILTERS
ROTARY MICRO FILTER
WATER QUALITY 235

DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER

Featuring a high-performance oxygen probe, this
oxygen meter is a very good value. Temperaturecompensated from 050C (32122F) with an
accuracy of .2 ppm. Measures 020 ppm or
percent saturation. Each meter comes with a
replaceable probe on a 5' cable (the 12' extension
cable cannot be submerged). Uses one 9V battery
(included). Meter measures only 3" x 5". Meter,
probe and cable are not waterproof nor waterresistant. The high performance DO62P probe is
compatible with the old DO6 meters. Two-year
warranty on the meter and probe (does not cover
mishandling or water damage to meter).
DO6A
DO62
MODEL EACH
DO62
OXYGEN METER
$280.00
DO62P
REPLACEMENT PROBE
DO62M
MEMBRANE KIT*
22.65
DO6A
12' EXTENSION CABLE
28.44
PA12
AC ADAPTER
12.00
142.00
DO62P
*Electrolyte solution included.
DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER KIT

850048
MODEL
EACH
850048
DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER KIT*
850048DO
REPLACEMENT DISSOLVED OXYGEN PROBE**
850048CS
OPTIONAL CONDUCTIVITY/SALINITY PROBE**
83.00
850048PH
OPTIONAL PH PROBE **
83.00
*Model 850048 replaces model 850041.

**Not compatible with the old D.O. Meter Kit, model 850041.
$367.00
109.00
Use this D.O. kit in environmental testing,

labs, industrial and municipal waste water,
aquariums and fish hatcheries. Its programming
and functionality are easy to follow. It has
automatic temperature compensation as well as
compensation for salinity and altitude.
Simultaneously displays D.O. (in ppm or mg/L),
temperature readings (in C or F) and the date.
Review 99 data points with time stamps directly
on the large backlit LCD. Simple, one-button air
calibration and adjustable membrane temperature
coefficient. Transparent galvanic probe has built-in
temperature sensor and a 4-m cord. Also has
"min-max" and "average" functions. Comes in a
hard carrying case complete with built-in RS232
port, probe, spare membranes, electrolyte with
syringe and four AAA batteries. Weighs 14 oz (397
g). 63/4" L x 23/4" W x 11/4" H (170 x 70 x 33 mm).
Five-year warranty on meter, one year on probe.
SYSTEM SPECS
D.O.,
PPM AND MG/L
Range: 019.99
Resolution: 0.01
Accuracy: 1.5%
TEMPERATURE F
Range: 32122F
Resolution: 0.1F
Accuracy: 2F
TEMPERATURE C
Range: 050C
Resolution: 0.1C
Accuracy: 1C
236 WATER QUALITY

pH Meters
PH/TEMP TESTERS
FW
SW
These floating testers have a large LCD, push-button calibration with buffer
recognition (can be calibrated to 3 points), auto shut-off after 8.5 minutes,
automatic temperature compensation and a user-replaceable double-junction
sensor. These testers will float if dropped in water. The pHTestr meter 10
reads -1.0 to 15.0, the pHTestr 20 and 30 read -1.00 to 15.00 and the pHTestr
30 has simultaneous temperature display in C or F. All have self-diagnostic
messages such as battery power indicator and a hold function to freeze values
for future use. Measures 1.5" W x 6.5" long, weighs 0.3 lb. One-year instrument
warranty, six-month electrode warranty. Calibration solutions sold separately.
MODEL
WD-35634-30
EACH
WD-35634-10
PHTESTR 10
$96.00
WD-35634-20
PHTESTR 20
105.00
WD-35634-30
PHTESTR 30
116.00
35624-38
REPL. PH SENSOR
69.50
TP4
SOFT CARRYING CASE
26.00
TRB
REPL. BATTERIES (6-PK)
16.25
YSI PH10A PH/TEMP PEN
YPH10A
FW
SW
The YSI EcoSense pH10A pH/Temperature pen features one-hand

operation, 50-set memory and low cost. Measures 0 to 14 with an accuracy
of 0.02. The pen has IP67 waterproof grey housing; ATC; auto-buffer
recognition with 1-, 2- or 3-point calibration; and a replaceable electrode.
"Hold" feature locks reading on display, which has on-screen instructions.
Has a belt clip and lanyard on the back and floats if dropped in water.
Measures 2" W x 7.5" L, weighs 0.3 lb. One-year instrument warranty,
six-month electrode warranty. Calibration solutions sold separately.
MODEL
EACH
YPH10A
PH10A PEN
$115.00
606110
REPL. ELECTRODE FOR YPH10A PEN (GREY)
52.00
605113
REPL. ELECTRODE FOR YPH10 PEN(BLUE)
52.00
605118
LR44 REPL. BATTERIES (4)
Y580
CARRYING CASE
5.00
25.00
TECH TALK 30
pH Probe Care & Storage
Proper handling and storage of pH electrodes will not only help to prolong the electrodes life, but
also will ensure fast, accurate readings. General guidelines include:
Electrodes should be rinsed between samples with deionized or distilled water.
Never wipe an electrode dry as this can cause erroneous readings due to static charges.
Never store electrodes in water; doing so will cause a sluggish response.

Always keep the tip of the pH electrode moist. Electrode storage solution is a solution of 4M
KCl. If unavailable, a pH 4 buffer solution will also work temporarily.
In general, pH buffers only have a two-year shelf life unopened. Once opened, the shelf life
drops to 23 months. However, open pH 10 calibration solution only has a 30-day shelf life.
pHTestr is a registered trademark of Cole-Parmer Instruments Co.

WATER QUALITY 237

pH Meters
PINPOINT PH METER
FW
SW
The Pinpoint PH370 meter is a great little pH meter at a very affordable price.
The detachable probe with its 10' cable uses a BNC connector. It has built-in
slope and calibration adjustments but is not temperature compensated (if you
take measurements anywhere near room temperature, the temperature error
will be negligible). Two-point calibration. Meter, probe and cable are not
waterproof nor water-resistant.
2-YEAR
METER WARRANTY
The digital display is easy to read, even in full sun. Uses one 9V battery
(included). Two-year warranty on the meter only. Measures 5.5" L x 3" W,
weighs just 0.3 lb. Calibration solutions sold separately.
MODEL
PH370
YSI PH100A PH/TEMP METER
FW
EACH
PH370
PINPOINT PH METER
PH370R
PH REPLACEMENT PROBE
$99.00
46.55
PA12
AC ADAPTER
12.00
SW
The YSI EcoSense pH100A measures pH and temperature (ORP requires

separate probe) quickly and accurately. The electrode offset recognition
functiondisplays electrode efficiency and indicates when it is time to replace
the pH electrode. Features include internal buffer recognition, auto/manual
temperature compensation and a large LCD display that simultaneously
displays pH or mV and temperature (C only). Electrodes with 3' (1 m) cables
are available in pH or combination pH/mV. Two-point pH calibration. Cables are
waterproof over their whole length. 9V batteries included. Measures 7" x 3".
Order meter and probe separately. One-year warranty on meter, six months on
probes. Calibration solutions sold separately.
MODEL
Y1000A
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
EACH
Y1000A
PH100A METER ONLY
$260.00
Y1001
PH/TEMP PROBE W/3' CABLE
99.00
Y1004
PH/TEMP PROBE W/12' CABLE
130.00
Y1101
PH ELECTRODE W/3' CABLE
60.00
Y1201
TEMP PROBE W/3' CABLE
47.00
Y1251
ORP ELECTRODE W/3' CABLE
Y1111
PIERCING PROBE DOUBLE JUNCTION
130.00
SYSTEM SPECS
Y1122
FLAT GLASS PROBE DOUBLE JUNCTION
125.00
PH
Range: -216
Resolution: 0.01
Accuracy: 0.1%
ORP
Range: -1,9991,999 mV
Resolution: 1 mV
Accuracy: 0.1%
TEMPERATURE
Range: -10120C
Resolution: 0.1C
Accuracy: 0.3C
95.00
Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc. EcoSense is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc.
238 WATER QUALITY

Conductivity Meters
YSI EC300A CONDUCTIVITY/SALINITY/TDS/TEMP METER

The YSI EcoSense EC300A offers convenient conductivity, specific
conductance, salinity, total dissolved solids and temperature for true field
applications. Meter has IP67 waterproof rating and automatic temperature
compensation. Automatic shutoff after 30 minutes of inactivity helps preserve
9V battery life, which can last up to 500 hours. 50 data-set memory.
MODEL
EACH
YEC300A
EC300A METER ONLY
YEC300A-1
INCLUDES METER, PROBE, 1-M CABLE
$290.00
540.00
YEC300A-4
INCLUDES METER, PROBE, 4-M CABLE
545.00
YEC300A-10 INCLUDES METER, PROBE, 10-M CABLE
585.00
Y3167-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION,
1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
20.00
Y3168-E
10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER)
20.00
Y3169-E
50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER)
20.00
SYSTEM SPECS
YEC300A-4
RANGE
RESOLUTION
ACCURACY
0 to 499.9 S/cm
0 to 4999 S/cm
0 to 49.99 mS/cm
0 to 200.0 mS/cm
0.1 S/cm
1 S/cm
0.01 mS/cm
0.1 mS/cm
(1% of reading + 2 S/cm)

(1% of reading + 5 S/cm)
(1% of reading + 0.05 mS/cm)
(2.5% of reading + 0.5 mS/cm)
SALINITY
0.0 to 70.0 ppt, calculated
0.2% FS
0.1 ppt
TEMPERATURE
-10 to +90C (14 to 194F)
0.1C
0.2C or 0.4%, whichever

is greater
CONDUCTIVITY
TDS
TDS in g/L calculated;

enter constant values from
0.30 to 1.00, default value 0.65
PINPOINT CONDUCTIVITY METER

If you need to measure freshwater conductivity in S, this economical,
two-range meter is an excellent choice. This scale is typically used for
fresh water and low concentrations of salt. The LED reads in two ranges
at the flip of a switch. Measures from 02,000 S or 020,000 S. Accurate
to 4% of reading. 3' cable, 5.5" L x 3" W, weighs only 0.4 lb. Not waterproof
nor water-resistant. Runs on 9V battery (included). Calibration solutions sold
separately.
CM6
MODEL
CM6
CONDUCTIVITY METER
PA12
AC ADAPTER
EACH
$125.00
12.00
2-YEAR WARRANTY
EcoSense is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc. Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.
WATER QUALITY 239
Conductivity/TDS/Salinity/Temp Meter
YSI PRO30 CONDUCTIVITY/TDS/SALINITY/TEMP METER

The YSI Pro30 is ideal in any field application for the measurement of
conductivity, salinity, TDS (total dissolved solids), and temperature.. The
Pro30 features user-replaceable cables in lengths up to 30-meters, 50 data
set memory, and a simple calibration routine. True field performance is
verified with the IP-67 waterproof and impact resistant case - drop tested at
1-meter. Additionally, the YSI super- stable 4-electrode conductivity cell is so
reliable it is built directly into the cable.
3-year meter, 2-year cable and sensor warranty
User-replaceable cables. Conductivity sensor built into cable. Choose among
1-, 4-, 10-, 20-, or 30-meter cables
Fast cal routine allows easy calibrations with the press of a button.
Remembers the previous calibration values and simply walks you through
the routine
Stores 50 data sets; no need to write down data

Cable & Probe
Sold Separately
Tough. IP-67, impact-resistant, waterproof case even without the battery

cover. Rubber over molded case provides extra durability
Rugged, military spec connectors. Bayonet style with keyed
quarter-turn lock
Super-stable, weighted 4-electrode conductivity sensor is built in for true
field performance and designed for rugged conditions. Easily cleaned with
a conductivity cleaning brush
The YSI Pro30 replaced the YSI 30
MODEL
EACH
Y60530
PRO30 METER ONLY
Y60530-4
PRO30 4M CABLE WITH PROBE
$550.00
320.00
Y60530-10
375.00
Y60530-20
420.00
Y60530-30
535.00
Y3167-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
Y3168-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACHISH WATER) 20.00
Y3169-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER)
20.00
20.00
PRO30 INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATIONS

CONDUCTIVITY
0.5% OF READING OR 1.0 uS/cm, WHICHEVER GREATER
SIZE 8.3 cm WIDTH X 21.6 cm LENGTH X 5.7 cm DEPTH (3.25 IN. X 8.5 IN. X 2.25 IN.)
WEIGHT WITH BATTERIES
475 GRAMS (1.05 LBS.)
POWER
2 ALKALINE C-CELLS PROVIDING 400 HOURS OF BATTERY LIFE; LOW BATTERY INDICATOR ON PRO30
CABLES
1- 4- 10- 20- AND 30-m LENGTHS (3.28, 13.1, 32.8, 65.6 FT.)
WARRANTY
3-YEAR INSTRUMENT; 2-YEAR CABLE AND SENSOR
TDS CONSTANT RANGE
ADJUSTABLE; 0.3-1.0
CONDUCTIVITY REFERENCE TEMP
ADJUSTABLE; RANGE 15C TO 25C
SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE TEMP COMP
ADJUSTABLE; 0 TO 4%
DATA MEMORY
50 DATA SETS
LANGUAGES
ENGLISH, SPANISH, GERMAN, FRENCH
CERTIFICATIONS
ROHS, CE, WEEE, IP-67, 1-METER DROP TEST
240 WATER QUALITY

Conductivity Meters
YSI EC30A CONDUCTIVITY/TDS/TEMP PEN

The YSI EcoSense EC30A pen-style instrument provides an ultimate feature set over similar
competitive models. Features an easy-to-use interface,
simple one-hand operation and low cost of ownership over the life of the product. The easy, userreplaceable electrode ensures the instrument is always ready for use. Meter has IP67 waterproof
rating and automatic temperature compensation. 50 data-set memory and 200-hour battery life.
Measures conductivity, TDS and temperature with the following features:
1- or 2-point calibration
Clear, easy-to-read display with on-screen instructions
Selectable units of measure for conductivity, TDS and temp
Selectable or auto-ranging for conductivity or TDS
MODEL
EACH
YEC30A
COND/TDS/TEMP PEN
Y3167-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 1,000 uS/CM (FRESH WATER)
$145.00
20.00
Y3168-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 10,000 uS/CM (BRACHISH WATER)
20.00
Y3169-E
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 50,000 uS/CM (SALT WATER)
20.00
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE
RESOLUTION
ACCURACY
CONDUCTIVITY
0 S to 19.90 mS,
with manual or
auto ranging
0 to 1990 S/cm
5 S/cm
2.00 to 19.90 mS/cm
0.05 mS/cm
1% FS
TEMPERATURE
0 to 99.5C
(32.0 to 212 F)
0.5 C (1 F)
0.5C (1F)
EXSTIK II PH/CONDUCTIVITY/TDS/SALINITY PEN

The Extech EXSTIK II waterproof meter has a rugged combination, flat-surface pH electrode
(withauto-ranging), high-accuracy conductivity cell. RENEW feature alerts users when the
electrode needs replacing. Adjustable conductivity to TDS ratio from .4 to 1.0 and .5 fixed
salinity ratio. Meter also has ATC, auto shut-off and low battery indication. The internal memory
stores up to 25 labeled readings for recall. Measures 1.5" W x 7" L. Due to its salinity range,
this meter is not compatible with salt water. One-year warranty on meter, six months on sensor.
MODEL
EACH
EC500
EXSTIK II WATERPROOF METER
EC505
SPARE ELECTRODE
64.99
EX006
WEIGHTED BASE W/5 SOLUTION CUPS
15.99
CA895
SMALL VINYL CARRYING CASE
9.99
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE
RESOLUTION
ACCURACY
CONDUCTIVITY
0199.9 S/cm
2001,999 S/cm
219.99 mS/cm
.1 S/cm
2% FS
TDS/SALINITY
099.9 ppm (mg/L)

100999 ppm (mg/L)
19.99 ppt (g/L)
.1 ppm (mg/L)
2% FS
0 to 14.00
.01
.01
PH
$159.99
ExStik is a registered trademark of Extech Instruments Corp.

EC500
WATER QUALITY 241

Salinity Refractometers
SALINITY REFRACTOMETER
TECH FAV
Largest and sharpest scale display available.

Calibration ring for simplified calibration.
The VITAL SINE salinity refractometer features a
magnified scale for better visual accuracy. Other
features include solid aluminum construction, a
rubber-gripped body and temperature
compensation between 10 and 30C (5086F). To
calibrate, simply loosen the handset screw, place a
few drops of salt-free water on the prism, turn the
calibration ring until the shadowline is at zero and
secure the set screwthat's it! It reads specific
gravity (1.000 to 1.070) and salinity in parts per
thousand (0100 in 1 ppt divisions). Refractometer
includes a black vinyl zip case, transfer pipette and
cleaning cloth. Measures 11/2" D x 7" L (4 x 18 cm),
weighs 0.6 lb (285 g). One-year warranty.
Rubber Hood.
Houses the focusable lens and
prevents light from entering
through the eyepiece during use.
Daylight Plate.
Exceptionally durable with a
double-hinge design allowing
even thick samples to be
easily measured.
Rubber Grip.
MODEL EACH
SR6
Calibration Ring.
For rapid calibrations.
Antiroll Stand.
Protects against rolling off
a table.
Scale view.
$135.53
Do not dip a refractometer in water, as this will

void the warranty.
Use a dropper and place a few drops on the prism.
The refractometer will provide many years of service
if used this way.
Dry after use otherwise will cause damage to the device.
Here's an economical, automatic temperaturecompensated salinity refractometer, featuring an
automatic temperature correction from 5086F
(1030C) and a dual scale reading 0100 ppt and
1.0001.070 specific gravity. Each refractometer
is tested to ensure an accurate instrument.
Six-month warranty. Weighs 0.6 lb.
MODEL EACH
SR5-AQ SALINITY REFRACTOMETER $54.13
Dry after use otherwise will cause damage to the device.
Scale view.
242 WATER QUALITY

Salinity Meters
KOI
POCKET SALINITY TESTER
Great for measuring salt levels in koi ponds
SPECIFICATIONS
Range (Salinity)
0 to 10 ppt
This low-range tester is specifically designed for

measuring those difficult low-salt concentrations
in koi ponds. IP67 waterproof. Easy calibration
trimmer is isolated inside the battery
compartment to prevent accidental tampering.
Long-life sensor element is not replaceable.
Includes protective case. 61/4" L x 15/8" W x 11/8" D,
weighs 0.4 lb. Six-month warranty. Calibration
solutions sold separately.
Resolution (Temperature)
0.1
Resolution (Conductivity)
0.1 ppt, 0.01%
Resolution (Salinity)
0.1 ppt, 0.01%
Accuracy (Temperature)
0.5 C
Accuracy (Salinity)
1.0% full-scale
Temperature compensation
Automatic
MODEL EACH
Display
LCD
SWT2-2
Calibration
1 point
Waterproof
Yes
Power
Four 1.5 V batteries (included)
Battery life
> 200 hours
CE Compliance
Yes
ECOTESTR SALT TESTER
$69.00
SALINITY METER
FW
SW
This Pinpoint salinity meter measures conductivity, giving a digital readout

in mS (millisiemens). The table included will give the corresponding reading
in both specific gravity and salinity to 62 ppt. The permanently connected
probe has a 3' cable. This meter is temperature compensated for accuracy of
4%. Calibrating fluid included. Uses one 9V battery (included). Weighs only
0.6 lb and measures 5.5" L x 3" W. Not waterproof nor water-resistant.
MODEL EACH
SM6
SALINITY METER
PA12
AC ADAPTER
$135.00
12.00
2-YEAR WARRANTY
SM6
TECH TALK 28
Measuring Salinity
When culturing saltwater organisms, less than a 10% variation in salinity (5% or 2 ppt) is often
required. The measuring methods cover a wide range of cost, convenience and accuracy. Basically,
salinity is the sum of all dissolved ions in the water (not just sodium and chloride), expressed as
parts per thousand (grams per kilogram).
One measurement method is to titrate chlorinity (chloride) and calculate the salinity based on
the assumption that the composition is the same as seawater. Usually titrations are based on
volumes, which can introduce a 2.5% error if not done correctly. This is much more time
consuming than other methods and may be used as a means of checking other techniques.
Density is the basis of the hydrometer measuring method. Salinity can then be determined
from tables based on density (specific gravity) and temperature.
Refractometers are also density based. They provide fast, accurate (1 ppt) salinity
measurements. Generally, we suggest temperature-compensated models. Cost and care are
the biggest drawbacks. Calibration using certified seawater is best; however, fresh water is
a reasonable alternative for general aquaculture uses.
Electrical conductivity is another method of determining salinity. Conductivity measurements
are best at 25C and any difference from this requires compensation.
If there is a question about temperature compensation, simply take a reading, change the
temperature of the water by 5 or 10 degrees and measure again.
It should give the same salinity. Some units give readings in millisiemens (mS) and require a
salinity conversion table. Others read directly in salinity. Regular calibration with a standard
solution is recommended.
The information in this Tech Talk was provided by Thomas Frakes, Technical Consultant,
Aquarium Systems, Inc.
Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.

WATER QUALITY 243

ORP Meters
YSI ORP15A ORP/TEMPERATURE PEN
YORP15
The YSI ECOSENSE ORP15A takes absolute and relative ORP readings from
-1,100 to +1,100 mV with this affordable instrument. Calibrate to an ORP
standard! Use the Zobell ORP calibration solution (sold separately) to
recalibrate at any time. It has replaceable electrodes, automatic temperature
compensation and auto shut-off. Use the 50-set memory (absolute/relative mV,
temperature and a date and time stamp) and hold feature that locks readings
on-screen. Easy-to-understand menus and IP67 housing. Measures -10C to
100C (14 to 212F). Uses GAP-76 batteries (included). >200 hour battery life
with low battery indicator. Pen is not waterproof nor water-resistant. One-year
instrument warranty, six-month electrode warranty. Weighs 0.25 lb.
MODEL
PINPOINT ORP METER
FW
EACH
YORP15
ORP/TEMP PEN
$159.00
Y3628
ZOBELL ORP TEST SOLUTION
31.00
Y605123
ORP REPLACEMENT ELECTRODE KIT
73.00
7021
ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 240MV
25.00
7022
ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 470MV
25.00
SW
This little meter offers ORP data at a very affordable price. Detachable probe
with 10' cable uses BNC connector and is accurate to 1 mV. Epoxy-covered
electrode with a platinum band and silver/silver chloride (Ag/AgCl) tip. For
calibration, it has an easy-to-use offset screw. Liquid crystal display. Powered
by single 9V battery (included). Can be used in both fresh and salt water.
Measures 2" x 5.5". Six-month warranty. Probe included. Calibration solutions
sold separately. Meter is not waterproof nor water-resistant.
MODEL EACH
ORP3 PINPOINT ORP METER
ORP3R
ORP REPLACEMENT PROBE
ORP3CS
CALIBRATION FLUID, 350 ML
PA12
AC ADAPTER
$135.00
ORP3
75.00
4.00
12.00
EcoSense is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc. Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.
TECH TALK 67
Water Pollution
Any physical, biological or chemical change in water quality that adversely affects living organisms
or makes water unsuitable for desired uses can be considered pollution.
Common Impurities in Water

Dissolved: Cations, anions, organic compounds such as vegetative dyes and pesticides and gases
such as hydrogen sulfide and chlorine.
Suspended: Silt, clay, feces, organic and inorganic colloids and living organisms such as bacteria,
viruses, protozoa and algae.
mainly bacteria, in the oxidation of organic materials. The standard test is for 5 days at 20C, and
the value it yields is referred to as the 5 day biochemical oxygen demand, commonly shown as BOD5
(see Index for BOD meters). Another measurement is chemical oxygen demand (COD), which is the
measurement of the organic materials in terms of the oxygen required to chemically oxidize them.
It is measured by boiling and refluxing the sample with a strong oxidizing agent (potassium
dichromate), then determining the amount of agent used.
Typical Treatment Processes for Organic Compounds

Anaerobic Digestion
Floating: Oils and grease, feces and debris.
Biological oxidation of degradable organics by microbes under conditions where there is no

molecular oxygen. These are mainly used for swine, poultry and beef industries.
Water Quality Characteristics
Digestion is done by anaerobic bacteria, organic-acid forming and methane-producing heterotrophs.
Physical: Total suspended and dissolved solids, turbidity, color, odors and temperature.
Advantages: Low operational costs, no need for aeration and self-sufficiency if managed properly.
Chemical: pH, alkalinity, hardness, conductivity, dissolved gases, etc.
Disadvantages: Odors, sludge must be removed periodically, land space needed (long treatment
time), and NIMBY (not in my back yard).
Biological: Algae and microbes (bacteria, protozoa, fungi, etc.).
Water Quality Indicator

The amount of oxygen dissolved (D.O.) in water is a good indicator of water quality commonly used
in aquaculture. Water with a D.O. of 8 ppm will support game fish and other desirable forms of life.
Water with less than 2 ppm oxygen will support only certain fish, worms, bacteria, fungi and other
decomposers. Certain organic materials increase oxygen consumption by decomposers. This is
measured by the biochemical oxygen demand (BOD). This is the amount of oxygen used by microbes,
Aerobic Digestion
Biological oxidation of organics under conditions where there is molecular oxygen. Digestion is done
by aerobic and facultative bacteria.
Advantages: Less odor, reduction in pollution characteristics of the effluent and low treatment time.
Disadvantages: Higher operational cost (equipment maintenance, electrical cost).
244 WATER QUALITY
pH/ORP/Cond/TDS/Salinity Meter
YSI PRO1030 PH/ORP/CONDUCTIVITY/TDS/SALINITY METER

The YSI Pro1030 provides everything you need in a handheld meter for the
measurement of either pH or ORP along with temperature, conductivity,
specific conductance, salinity and total dissolved solids (TDS).
User-replaceable sensors (pH and ORP sensors) and cables and convenient
calibration routine feature makes it extremely user friendly. Mil-spec (military
spec) connectors, IP67 waterproof and rubber over molded case, and 1-meter
drop tests ensure the instrument remains in your hands to provide years of
sampling even in the harshest field conditions. The feature set of the Pro1030
results in a low total cost of ownership over the life of the product and proves
that it is smarter, tougher, and more versatile.
The super-stable 4-electrode conductivity cell is built into the cable and will
provide years of accurate data. The cells are designed for rugged field
performance and are easily cleaned and require minimal maintenance.
Smart calibration routine allows easy calibrations with the press of a button,
remembers previous cal values and simply walks you through the calibration
Meter, Cable
& Probe
Sold Separately
Stores 50 data sets

Available with 4, 10, 20, or 30-meter cables (cables include cable
management kit)
View display with polarized sunglasses on
Multiple languages include English, Spanish, French and Portuguese
User replaceable pH or ORP sensors and cables
Conductivity cell built-in
3-year instrument; 2-year cable warranty; 1-year pH and ORP sensor
warranty
YSI Pro1030 replaced YSI 63
METER
MODEL
Y605130
PRO1030 METER ONLY
EACH
$725.00
CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS
MODEL
CAL4
EACH
PH 4.01
$13.35
CAL7
PH 7.00
13.35
Y6101
PH ISE $165.00
CAL10
PH 10.00
13.35
Y6102
ORP ISE 195.00
Y3167-E 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
20.00
Y6103
PH/ORP COMBO ISE (NOT FOR USE ON DUAL ISE CABLES)
Y3168-E 10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER)
20.00
Y3169-E 50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER)
20.00
PROBES
295.00
CABLES
Y605130-4
4 METER CABLE KIT
Y605130-10
10 METER CABLE KIT
$460.00
505.00
Y605130-20
20 METER CABLE KIT
560.00
Y605130-30
30 METER CABLE KIT
675.00
When ordering the Pro1030 you must order the instrument, cable, and pH or ORP sensor separately, allowing
you to choose the system that best fits your application. Conductivity and temperature are part of the cable
you order and included in the cable purchase.
PRO1030 INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATIONS

CABLE LENGTHS
1- 4- 10- 20- AND 30-m LENGTHS (3.28, 13.1, 32.8, 65.6, AND 98.4 FT.)
CERTIFICATIONS
ROHS, CE, WEEE, IP-67, 1-METER DROP TEST
CONNECTOR
MS (MILITARY SPEC) WATERPROOF WITH BAYONET LOCK
DATA MEMORY
50 DATA SETS
DIMENSIONS 8.3 cm WIDTH X 21.6 cm LENGTH X 5.6 cm DEPTH (3.25 IN X 8.5 IN X 2.21 IN)
LANGUAGES
ENGLISH, SPANISH, PORTUGUESE, FRENCH
POWER
2 ALKALINE C-CELLS PROVIDING APPROXIMATELY 425 HOURS OF BATTERY LIFE DEPENDING WITHOUT

BACKLIGHT USAGE; LOW BATTERY INDICATOR WITH APPROXIMATELY 1 HOUR LEFT
WARRANTY
3-YEAR INSTRUMENT; 2-YEAR CABLE; 1-YEAR PH AND ORP SENSORS
WATERPROOF
IP67 (EVEN WITH THE BATTERY COVER OFF)
WEIGHT WITH BATTERIES
475 GRAMS (1.05 LBS)
CONDUCTIVITY REFERENCE TEMP
ADJUSTABLE; RANGE 15C TO 25C
SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE TEMP COMP
0 TO 4%
WATER QUALITY 245
pH/ORP/DO/Temperature Meter
YSI PRO1020 PH/ORP/DO/TEMPERATURE METER

Rugged and reliable, the YSI Pro1020 provides everything you need in a
handheld instrument for the measurement of either pH or ORP, along with
temperature and dissolved oxygen. The internal barometer, Quick Cal feature,
and simple interface make getting accurate data extremely simple.
IP67 waterproof rating
3-year instrument warranty; 2-year cable
Quick Cal allows calibrations within minutes
50 data-set memory ensures data integrity
Graphic, backlit display and glow-in-the-dark keypad
Languages - English, Spanish, French, German
Choose either Galvanic or Polarographic DO probes
Quickest response times, PE cap membranes
Auto-buffer recognition
YSI Pro1020 replaced YSI 85
METER
MODEL
Y605120
EACH
PRO1020 METER ONLY
$725.00
Y6202
GALVANIC D.O. (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT)
$175.00
Y6203
POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT)
Y6101
PH ISE 165.00
Y6102
ORP ISE 195.00
Y6103
PROBES
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
175.00
295.00
CABLES
Y605120-4
4 METER CABLE KIT
Y605120-10
10 METER CABLE KIT
$364.00
Y605120-20
20 METER CABLE KIT
461.50
Y605120-30
30 METER CABLE KIT
536.25
396.50
MEMBRANE CAPS
Y5908 POLAROGRAPHIC
Y5913 GALVANIC
$56.00
59.00
MODEL
CAL4
PH 4.01
$13.35
CAL7
PH 7.00
13.35
CAL10
PH 10.00
13.35
Y3167-E 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
20.00
Y3168-E 10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER)
20.00
Y3169-E 50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER)
20.00
Y3628
ZOBELL ORP TEST 31.00
QUATRO KIT
The Quatro cable holds four user-replaceable Professional Series sensors
for temperature/conductivity, D.O. and your choice of any two ISEs (pH, ORP,
ammonium, nitrate, or chloride). Ammonia (NH3) can be measured if
ammonium (NH4) and pH sensor is installed. Kit does not include D.O. and ISE
probes.
MODEL EACH
Y57904
$1,325.00
246 WATER QUALITY
DO/Cond/Salinity/TDS/Temp Meter
YSI PRO2030 DISSOLVED OXYGEN/CONDUCTIVITY/

SALINITY/TDS/TEMP METER
The YSI Pro2030 provides everything you need in a handheld
dissolved oxygen instrument with conductivity. Automatically
compensates D.O. readings for changes in salinity. Userreplaceable D.O. sensors and cables, 50 data set memory and
simple D.O. calibration make the Pro2030 user-friendly. Rugged
design and 1-meter drop tests ensure the instrument remains in
your hands to provide years of sampling even in the harshest field
conditions. Fast response times allow you to complete your
sampling routine quickly, saving time and money. Instrument has
three-year warranty; two years for cable.
Choose either polarographic or galvanic D.O. Conductivity sensor
built into cable
Easy calibration within seconds with the press of a button.
Automatic internal barometric pressure compensation
Y6052030
IP67, impact-resistant, waterproof case even without the battery

cover. Rubber case provides extra durability. Military spec
connectors
Quick response times; 95% D.O. response time in approximately
8 seconds with standard membrane
MODEL
EACH
Y6052030
PRO2030 METER ONLY
$755.00
Y6234C
D.O./COND/TEMP CABLE, 4 M
620.00
Y62310C
675.00
Y62320C
725.00
Y62330C
825.00
Y6202
GALVANIC D.O. PROBE
175.00
Y6203
POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. PROBE
175.00
Meter, Cable
& Probe
Sold Separately
SYSTEM SPECS (INSTRUMENT, PROBE & CABLE)

D.O. (%)
Sensor Type: Polarographic or Galvanic

Range: 0 to 500% air saturation
Accuracy: 0 to 200% air saturation,
2% of the reading or 2% air
saturation, whichever is greater;
200 to 500% air saturation,
6% of the reading
Resolution: 0.1% or 1% air saturation
(user selectable)
D.O. (MG/L)
Sensor Type: Polarographic or Galvanic

Range: 0 to 50 mg/L
Accuracy: 0 to 20 mg/L, 2% of the
reading or 0.2 mg/L, whichever is greater;
20 to 50 mg/L, 6% of the reading
(user selectable)
CONDUCTIVITY
(MS, US)
Sensor Type: Four-electrode cell

Range: 0 to 200 mS/cm (auto range)
Accuracy: 1- or 4-m cable, 1.0% of the reading
or 1.0 uS/cm, whichever is greater 10- 20- or 30-m
cable, 2.0% of the reading or 1.0 uS/cm,
whichever is greater
Resolution: 0.0001 to 0.1 mS/cm (range dependent)
SALINITY (PPT,
PSU)
Sensor Type: Calculated

Range: 0 to 70 ppt
or 0.1 ppt, whichever is greater
Resolution: 0.01 ppt
TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS

(TDS) (MG/L, G/L)
Sensor Type: Calculated

Range: 0 to 100 g/L TDS constant range
0.30 to 1.00 (0.65 default)
Accuracy: Dependent on temp and
conductivity; calculated from
those parameters
Resolution: 0.001, 0.01, 0.1 g/L
TEMPERATURE
Range: -5 to 55C (0 to 45C; DO compensation

range for mg/L)
Accuracy: 0.2C
Resolution: 0.1C
BAROMETER
Range: 500 to 800 mmHg

Accuracy: 5 mm Hg within
15C temperature range
from calibration point

WATER QUALITY 247

YSI Multiparameter
YSI PRO PLUS MULTIPARAMETER METER

Measure combinations of D.O., temperature, pH, conductivity, salinity, TDS,
ORP, ammonium, nitrate, chloride and barometric pressure
Automatic temperature, salinity and barometric pressure compensation
Test up to 11 different parameters with one meter and only a simple cable
change! Meter has a backlit display and keypad, graphic display with detailed
messages and instructions plus a gauge that continuously shows the battery
level. The rubber over-molded case has an IP67 waterproof rating and is
drop rated to 1 meter. Instrument can log data (5,000 data-set memory with
site identity and GLP event logging) and download it to a PC. Data Manager
desktop software, a communication dock and USB cable are included.
Meter measures 3.3" x 8.5" x 2.3", weighs 1 lb. Uses 2 C batteries (included).
Three year warranty on meters, two years on cables and one year on probes
(six-month warranty on ammonium, chloride and nitrate ISEs).
Y60500
3-YEAR
METER WARRANTY
Meter, Cable
and Probe
Sold Separately
METER
PROBES
MODEL EACH
MODEL
Y60500
$1125.00
Y6102
Y6103
295.00
Y6104
AMMONIUM ISE (FRESH WATER ONLY)
350.00
Y6105
CHLORIDE ISE (FRESH WATER ONLY)
350.00
Y6106
NITRATE ISE (FRESH WATER ONLY)
350.00
CAL4
PH 4.01
$13.35
CAL7
PH 7.00
13.35
CAL10
PH 10.00 13.35
PRO PLUS MULTIPARAMETER METER
CABLES
Y614C
4 METER FOR ISE/TEMP $250.00
Y624C
4 METER FOR DO/TEMP 260.00
Y634C
4 METER FOR COND/TEMP 315.00
Y6114C
4 METER FOR ISE/ISE/TEMP 560.00
Y6124C
4 METER FOR ISE/DO/TEMP
560.00
Y6134C
4 METER FOR ISE/COND/TEMP
450.00
Y6234C
4 METER FOR DO/COND/TEMP 620.00
EACH
ORP ISE $195.00
SOLUTIONS
Y3167-E
1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
GALVANIC DO (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT) $175.00
Y3168-E
10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER) 20.00
Y6203
POLAROGRAPHIC DO (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT) 175.00
Y3169-E
50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER) 20.00
Y6101
PH ISE 165.00
Y3628
ZOBELL ORP TEST 31.00
PROBES
Y6202
20.00
SYSTEM SPECS (INSTRUMENT, PROBE & CABLE)

DISSOLVED OXYGEN
(% SATURATION)
Range: 0500% air saturation

Accuracy: 2% of the reading or 2%
air saturation
Resolution: 1% or 0.1% air saturation
Range: 050 mg/L

Accuracy: 2% of the reading or 0.2 mg/L
TEMPERATURE
Range: -5100C (D.O. compensation range -545C)

Accuracy: 0.2C (-570C), 0.3C (70 to 100C)
Resolution: 0.1C
CONDUCTIVITY
Range: 0200 mS/cm

Accuracy: 0.5% of reading or 0.001
mS/cm (4-meter cable); 1% of reading
or 0.001 mS/cm (20-meter cable)
Resolution: 0.0010.1 mS/cm
(Range-dependent)
SALINITY
Range: 070 ppt

Accuracy: 1% of reading or 0.1 ppt
Resolution: 0.01 ppt
PH
Range: 014 units

Accuracy: 0.2 units
Resolution: 0.01 units
ISE
Range: -1,9991,999 mV
Accuracy: 20 mV
Resolution: 0.1 mV
TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS
Total Dissolved Solids

Calculated from conductivity (variable
constant, default .65)
Range: 0100 g/L
Resolution: 4 digits
BAROMETER
Range: 375825 mmHg

Accuracy: 3 mmHg (within 15C of calibration temp)
Units: mmHg, inHg, kPa

248 WATER QUALITY
Multiprobe System/Photometers
YSI 556 MPS (MULTIPROBE SYSTEM)
TECH FAV
Rugged and reliable, this Multiprobe System combines the versatility of

an easy-to-use, handheld unit with the functionality of a multiparameter
system. Featuring an IP67 waterproof case, the YSI 556 MPS simultaneously
measures dissolved oxygen, pH, salinity, conductivity, temperature and ORP.
One-, two- or three-point pH calibration.
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
Powered by four C cell batteries or an optional, rechargeable battery pack

with fast-charge feature. Optional internal barometer can be user calibrated
and displayed along with other data. The YSI 556 comes with a soft-sided
carrying case for the meter. Measures 4.7" W x 9" L. Three-year warranty on
meter, one year on probe.
Y5561
F
ield-replaceable D.O., pH and ORP probes
C
ompatible with Ecowatch for Windows software
Internal memory has 35 file names and stores over 49,000 data setpoints
Y55634
METERS
EACH
Y5561
YSI 556 MPS
Y5562
YSI 556 MPS W/BAROMETER OPTION
$1850.00
2075.00
CABLE KITS WITH PROBES

Y55634
4 METER WITH DO/TEMP/CONDUCTIVITY
1025.00
Y556310
1125.00
Y556320
1225.00
PROBES ONLY
Y5560 TEMP/CONDUCTIVITY
430.00
Y559
195.00
POLAROGRAPHIC DO
Y5564 PH
260.00
Y5565 PH/ORP
360.00
SOLUTIONS
MODEL
PH 4.01
$13.35
CAL7
PH 7.00
13.35
CAL10
PH 10.00
13.35
Y3167-E
1,000 US/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
20.00
Y3168-E
10,000 US/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER)
20.00
Y3169-E
50,000 US/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER)
20.00
Y3628
ZOBELL ORP TEST
31.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Y6118
RECHARGEABLE BATTERY KIT W/CHARGER
360.00
Y3059
FLOW CELL
327.00
MEMBRANE KIT
Y5909
59.00
2 MIL PE, EACH
YSI PHOTOMETERS
FW
SW
YSI photometers are sophisticated water quality analysis systems that

measure a variety of parameters and provide simple on-screen instructions.
Results are available within seconds. IP67-rated waterproof systems use
easy-to-use reagent tablets for testing instead of liquids or powder packets.
Reagent tablets have an indefinite shelf life when stored in their foil pouches.
5.8" L x 10.8" W x 3" H, ship weight 7 lbs.
The Y9300 photometer includes carrying case, light cap, 8 test tubes, dilution
tube, 10 crush rods, cleaning brush and instruction manual. Also has backlit
graphic display, self-adjusting sample tube holder and on-screen instructions
in multiple languages.
The Y9500 includes all the above plus a waterproof USB connection, internal
memory that holds up to 500 sample sets and a number of user-selectable
options such as test units, sample number and dilution factors. Please visit
PentairAES.com for YSI Photometer Reagents.
MODEL
EACH
Y9300
YSI PHOTOMETER
$995.00
Y9500
PHOTOMETER W/USB CONNECTION
1,285.00
Y9500

EACH
CAL4
WATER QUALITY 249

Multiparameter System
YSI 650MDS MULTIPARAMETER DATA DISPLAY AND LOGGING

SYSTEM
Logs real-time data, calibrate YSI 6-Series sondes, set-up sondes for
deployment and upload water quality data to a PC. Designed for reliable
field use, this display and data logger features a waterproof IP67, impactresistant case.
Battery Life
With the standard alkaline battery configuration of 4 C-cells, the YSI 650 will
power itself and a YSI 6600 sonde continuously for approximately 30 hours.
Or, choose the rechargeable 120 v battery pack (YSI Part # 6113) option with
quick-charge feature.
Optional Barometer
Temperature-compensated barometer readings are displayed and can be used
in dissolved oxygen calibration. Measurements can be logged to memory for
tracking changes in barometric pressure.
Optional GPS Interface

Designed to NMEA protocol, the YSI 650MDSwill display and log real-time GPS
readings with a user-supplied GPS interfaced with YSI 6-series sondes.
Memory Options
Standard memory will allow for approximately 150 data sets. Exact logging
capacity is dependent on the number of active parameters in the 6-series
sonde. Optional high memory (1.5 mB) would make it possible to easily upload
the data from 7 sondes, each of which have data files of approximately 75 days
at a 15-minute sampling interval.
Sondes are
Sold Separately
Features:
Compatible with EcoWatch for Windows data analysis software
User-upgradable software from YSIs website
Menu-driven, easy-to-use interface
Multiple language capabilities
3-YEAR WARRANTY
Graphing feature
Temperature
Operating -10 to +60C for visible display

Storage -20 to +70C
Waterproof Rating
IP-67 for both the standard alkaline battery configuration and for the rechargeable
battery pack option
Connector
MS-8; meets IP67 specification

Width 4.7 in, 11.9 cm
Length 9 in, 22.9 cm
Weight 2.1 lbs, 0.91 kg (batteries installed)
Dimensions
Display
Power
VGA; LCD with 320 by 240 pixels with backlight

Standard 4 alkaline C-cells with detachable battery cover
Optional Ni metal hydride battery pack with attached battery cover and 110/220 volt charging
system
Communications
RS-232 to all sondes, for data transfer to PC, and for software updates
Optional GPS
NMEA 0183; requires user-supplied GPS and YSI 6115 Y-cable
Backlight
4 LEDs illuminating LCD; user-selectable
Keypad
20 keys, including instrument on/off, backlight on/off, enter, esc, 10 number/letter

entry keys, 2 vertical arrow keys, 2 horizontal arrow keys, period key, and minus key
Warranty
3 years
Certifications
CE, EU Battery compliance, FCC, IP-67, WEEE, and C-Tick

Assembled in the USA

250 WATER QUALITY

Sondes
YSI V2 SONDES
YSI's upgraded 6-Series family includes
versatile, multiparameter sondes designed
for real-time environmental monitoring and
extended deployment.
600XLM
600OMS V2
All Version 2 (V2) sondes accept our V2 optical

sensors and have a rugged design for long-term
monitoring. These sensors feature multiple
anti-fouling components and long battery life
to provide you with value for your budget. Seven
V2 sondes are offered with sensor payloads
ranging from 59 sensors and multiple memory
and power options to accommodate many different
applications. In addition to the sensor options,
YSI software calculates up to five additional
parameters. EcoWatch software for Windows,
standard with all YSI sondes, makes communication
with water quality sensors simple. Includes sensor
calibration and sonde configuration tools as well
as basic graphing.
600XL
6600 V2 sonde features the largest sensor payload

capability and longest battery life. Choose between
2 and 4 optical ports. The 6600 V2 and 6600EDS V2
are also available with a pH wiping system.
6920 V2 sonde is an economical, 15-parameter
logging system; battery powered for long-term,
in situ monitoring and profiling. Choose between
1 and 2 optical ports.
6820 V2 sonde is a cost-effective sampling system
with up to 15-parameter reporting capability, ideal
for profiling and spot-checking. Choose between
1 and 2 optical ports.
600OMS V2 sonde is our smallest V2 sonde,
perfect for applications such as turbidity or oxygen
monitoring. Accepts 1 optical sensor as well as
conductivity, temperature and depth.
YSI 600 SONDES

YSI 600 sondes are designed for specific
applications where a fewer number of
parameters is required and size and ease-ofuse are of primary concern. All five 600 sondes
offer a small and economical package for water
quality sampling purposes.
600LS is our simplest sonde, designed for spot
sampling level measurements and tide gauge
measurements.
600R includes conductivity and temperature
sensors and options to add pH and Rapid Pulse
dissolved oxygen. Ideal for large monitoring
programs and educational applications.
The 600QS system includes a 600R, 650 display
logger, field cable, and additional sensor options
such as ORP and vented level.
600XL and 600XLM sondes are more versatile,
ideal for water level monitoring as well as ground
water and surface water monitoring. Both sondes
include D.O., temperature, and conductivity sensors
and options to add pH or pH/ORP, depth and vented
level measurements. The XLM offers batteries for
unattended, in situ monitoring. The new V2 version
of both sondes has an optical sensor port.
6600 V2
6820 V2
YSI, EcoWatch and Rapid Pulse is a trademark and/or registered trademarks of YSI, Inc.; Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp.
WATER QUALITY 251

YSI Monitors
YSI 6500 PROCESS MONITOR

Improve operational efficiency with continuous data
With 8 scalable 4-20 mA current loop channels, 4 SPDT relays, and the ability to
continuously monitor dissolved oxygen, conductivity, temperature, and pH via a
YSI 6-Series sonde, the YSI 6500 helps you stay one step ahead in data
collection.
A YSI 6500 with a YSI 6-Series sonde is a cost-effective alternative for water
quality monitoring. With multiple current loop channels, the 6500 is easily
integrated with Modbus or SCADA plant control systems and chart recorders.
Define setpoints for four parameters and trigger alarms or phone dialer when
readings are beyond those setpoints. Housed in a NEMA 4X enclosure.
100240VAC, 5060 Hz.
SONDES ARE SOLD

SEPARATELY
Rapid Pulse
Dissolved Oxygen
% Saturation
Rapid Pulse
Dissolved
Oxygen
mg/L
0 to 500%
0.1%
0 to 200%: 2% of reading or 2% air saturation,

whichever is greater; 200 to 500%: 6% of reading
0 to 50 mg/L
0.01 mg/L
0 to 20 mg/L: 0.2 mg/L or 2% of reading, whichever is

greater; 20 to 50 mg/L: 6% of reading
Conductivity
0 to 100 mS/cm
0.001 to 0.1
mS/cm
(range
dependent)
0.5% of reading + 0.001 mS/cm
Salinity
0 to 70 ppt
0.01 ppt
1% of reading or 0.1 ppt,

whichever is greater
Temperature
-5 to +50C
0.01C
0.15C
pH
0 to 14 units
0.01 unit
0.2 unit
Calibrate in the field or in the lab with built-in software. Get flexible with a
650MDS handheld and use the sonde for other applications.
Features:
Continuously monitor D.O., conductivity, temperature, and pH.
Eight scalable 4-20 mA current loop channels.
Four SPDT relays.
Calibrate in field or lab.
Versatile 6-Series sonde adds flexibility.
Report outputs of specific conductance (conductivity corrected to 25C),
resistivity, and total dissolved solids are also provided. These values are
automatically calculated from conductivity according to algorithms found in
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (ed. 1989).
YSI CASTAWAY CTD MONITOR

Handheld deployable CTD with integrated GPS and LCD display
The YSI CastAway CTD is the worlds first handheld castable instrument that
provides instantaneous profiles of temperature, salinity, and sound speed.
Oceanographers, hydrologists, and surveyors now have the ability to quickly
collect reliable data from any dock, bridge or boat.
Field-ready and rugged
The CastAway CTD* is a hand deployable conductivity, temperature and depth

instrument for hydrologic profiling. An integrated LCD screen displays an
intuitive user interface for deployment and immediate review of collected
data including both statistics and profile plots. The watertight, compact design
features a tough rubber jacket for additional durability in harsh conditions.
The system utilizes BlueTooth wireless communication, so no field cables or
connectors are needed. Two AA batteries power the CTD for several days at
a time and are easily replaceable without the use of any tools. This handheld
device is an affordable, rugged and portable instrument that simplifies any
water profiling application.
Intuitive
With three taps of a magnetic stylus pen, simply drop the CastAway in the
water, pull it up, and have conductivity, temperature, and depth measured in
minutes. An attractive LCD screen provides easy access for setup, deployment,
and immediate data review. Integrated GPS virtually eliminates the need for
field notes. The beginning and end of every cast is logged to the internal
recorder with position and time.
CTD profiling and analysis software

Conductivity
0100,000 S/cm
1 S/cm
GPS
0.25% 5 S/cm
10m
Pressure
0100 dBar
Salinity (Derived)
Up to 42 (PSS-78) 0.01 (PSS-78) 0.1 (PSS-78)
0.01 dBar
0.25% of FS
Sound Speed (Derived) 1,4001,730 m/s
0.01 m/s
0.15 m/s
Temperature
0.01C
0.05C
-5 to +45C
YSI, Rapid Pulse and CastAway are trademarks and/or registered trademark of YSI, Inc.
Reviewing and analyzing CTD profiling data has never been easier. The included
GIS software quickly downloads data from each of your CastAway CTDs
automatically over BlueTooth to show the location of each cast on an interactive
map. Customize your CTD data, GPS information and plot comparisons all in
one place. Analysis, plotting, editing and exporting of data are quick and
easy tasks.
Features:
GPS position, date and time.
Fast sampling and sensor response.
Waterproof interface works in and out of the water.
Bluetooth wireless communication.
No user calibration needed.
No tools, computers or cables required.
252 WATER QUALITY
Total Dissolved Gas Pressure (TGP) Meter
TOTAL DISSOLVED GAS PRESSURE (TGP) METER

The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Point Four Tracker provides measurements
for TGP (mmHg or % saturation), P, barometric pressure (mmHg) and
temperature (C).
Increasing water temperatures, injection of air in water, algal blooms or
pressurized pumping can result in gas supersaturation. This may lead to
bubble trauma or sub-lethal toxicological problems for aquatic species.
The TGP probe provides a rapid and accurate measurement of total dissolved
gas pressure.
The Tracker has simple calibration procedures and easy to understand menus.
The handheld meter features a tough membrane keypad and graphical display
with a user-selectable backlight. The Tracker has two pressure sensors, one
measures total dissolved gas pressure (TGP), and one measures barometric
pressure (BP). Also has datalogging capabilities. The batteries are
rechargeable and an AC adapter is included with each unit.
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE
RESOLUTION
MEASUREMENTS:
PARAMETER
Total Gas Pressure (TGP)

Barometric Pressure (BP)
Temperature
RANGE
01,550 mmHg
01,550 mmHg
0.040.0C
1 mmHg
1 mmHg
0.1C
DERIVED:

P (TGP-BP)
0200%
-1,5501,550 mmHg
1%
1 mmHg
MODEL
1SSM100
EACH
1SSM100
PT4 TRACKER HANDHELD METER
1SSP0031
TGP/TEMPERATURE SMART PROBE, 5-M CABLE
1SSP060
LUMI4 TGP OPTICAL O2/TEMP PROBE, 5-M CABLE
1SSA025
REPL. TGP CARTRIDGE FOR 1SSP0031
170.00
1SSP070
LUMI4 REPL. D.O. PROBE CAP
292.23
1SSP080
LUMI4 REPL. TGP CARTRIDGE
189.00
1SSA015

PT4 TRACKER EXTEND. DEPLOYMENT PACKAGE

(CASE, BATTERIES, CHARGER)
538.00
Meter,
Cable & Probe
Sold Separately
$680.58
669.90
3,092.92
9EPTPS003 GEL CELL BATTERY, 6V, 12AH
39.20
9EMSC033
31.50
NIMH RECHARGEABLE BATTERY PACK, 4 X AA
1SSA005
CHARGER CABLE W/AC ADAPTER
85.00
1SSA006
CHARGER CABLE W/CAR ADAPTER
85.00
1SSA007

DATA TRANSFER CABLE W/USB ADAPTER,

BULGIN CONNECTOR
85.00
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
for more details.
TECH TALK 9
Supersaturation
The measurement of total dissolved gas pressure (TGP) can be required in aquaculture. When
the total pressure of all gases in the water exceeds the ambient atmospheric pressure at the
waters surface, supersaturation exists. The effect of excessive supersaturation on fish has
been well documented and has caused massive fishkills. TGP as low as 103% can be lethal!
Supersaturation can be caused by numerous man-made and natural sources:
Dam spillways can allow a high volume discharge to plunge air deep into the receiving water.
Water pump inlets can suck air, putting that air under high pressure in the piping (this is all
too common, even in aquariums).
Naturally high levels of nitrogen can be found in well water.
Algae blooms can cause supersaturated levels of oxygen.
1SSP060 - Lumi4 Probe: Optical DO/Temp & TGP
Temperature changes, which affect the saturation level. Simply heating the water can cause
lethal supersaturation.
WATER QUALITY 253

Tech Talk
TECH TALK 47
Water Quality Guide
Percentage of Un-Ionized Ammonia at Different pH Values and Temperature
These are healthy growing tolerances, not limits for fatalities. Use this chart for guidelines only.
Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending on a variety of factors. Some species are also sensitive
to nitrite above 40 ppm. Fish will excrete about 14 grams of ammonia for each lb of food eaten
(@ 35% protein). Test kits read total ammonia; this guide gives un-ionized ammonia levels.
See chart for conversion.
PH 16C/61F 20C/68F 24C/75F 28C/82F 32C/90F

7.0
1% 1%
1% 1% 1%
7.4 1%
1% 1% 2%
2%
7.8 2%
2% 3% 4%
6%
8.2 5%
6% 8% 10% 13%
8.6 11% 14% 17% 22% 28%
9.0 23% 28% 34% 41% 49%
Equation: ppm un-ionized ammonia = ppm total ammonia (measured) x un-ionized ammonia (from
above). These figures are percentages, so remember to move the decimal point two spaces to the
left for the equation.
UN-IONIZED

D.O. PH ALKALINITY CO2 AMMONIA NITRITE HARDNESS

TEMP MG/L
UNITS
MG/L MG/L MG/L MG/L MG/L
Trout
Hybrid Striped Bass
Tilapia
Goldfish/Koi
Shrimp (Freshwater)
Shrimp (Saltwater)
Minnows Shiners
Tropical Fish (Freshwater)
4568F/720C 512 5.58 50250

7085F/2129C
410
68
50250
7590F/2432C 310 68 50250
6575F/1824C 410 68 50250
6880F/2027C
410
6.59
60100
6075F/1624C
410
68.5
50250
6075F/1624C
410
68
50250
7284F/2229C
410
68
50250
020
025
030
025
020
015
025
020
00.02
00.03
00.04
00.08
00.05
00.01
00.03
00.03
00.2
00.8
00.8
00.6
00.9
00.1
00.6
00.9
CHLORIDE SALINITY
MG/L PPT
50350
01,500
50350
01,500
50350
05,000
50350
02,000
60250
01,500
50350
13,00018,000
50350
02,500
50350
02,500
03
03
015
04
03
235
05
05
Marine Reef Water Quality Guide
Freshwater Plant Water Quality Guide
Use these numbers for guidelines only, not for water quality limits. These are healthy growing
tolerances. Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending upon a variety of factors.
Temperature: 7278F
Nitrate: <1.0 ppm
Redox: 350400mV
Phosphate: <0.1 ppm
Salinity: 2235 ppt
Strontium: 810 pp
pH: 8.2
Alkalinity: 125160 mg/L**
Redox Calcium: 350*500 ppm
Iodine*: 0.06 ppm
Dissolved Oxygen: 57 ppm
Silicate*: <2.0 ppm
Boron*: 4.54.8 ppm
Ammonia: 0 ppm
Recommended light levels: 46 watts/gallon in a 1:1 ratio of actinic blue to daylight.
*Level found in natural seawater. **Calcium carbonate (CaCO3).
Use these numbers for guidelines only, not for water quality limits. These are healthy growing
tolerances. Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending upon a variety of factors.
Temperature: 7479F
Iron: 0 to 1.0 mg/L
pH: 6.8
Phosphate: 0 to 5.0 mg/L
Dissolved Oxygen: 57 ppm
Trace Elements: 0 to .5 mg/L
Nitrate: <40 mg/L
Carbonate Hardness (KH): 3.5 to 5.0 dKH
Carbon Dioxide:
If dKH level is:
Then CO2 level should be:
5
10
15
1015 mg/L
1530 mg/L
3040 mg/L
254 WATER QUALITY

TGP and CO2 Meters
TOTAL DISSOLVED GAS PRESSURE (TGP) TRANSMITTER

The Pentair Point Four Systems TGP Transmitter is a stand-alone probe for the
measurement of total dissolved gas pressure. It provides measurement
for TGP (mmHg or % saturation), P (TGP-BP), barometric pressure (BP)
(mmHg) and temperature (C).
Two analog outputs are available from each TGP probe. They are available in
0-20 mA, 4-20 mA or 0-5VDC and can be configured to any of the five
available measurement parameters. Measurements are also available via
RS-485 and can be viewed on a PC with the optional software package.
TGP probes are not loop-powered and can accept a 9-33VDC power supply.
115VAC to 12VDC power supply is optional.
MODEL
1SSM002
EACH
1SSM002
$915.00
TGP TRANSMITTER
1SSA025
REPL. TGP CARTRIDGE
1SSA029
PC SOFTWARE AND CABLE
170.00
75.00
1PTPS011
115VAC TO 12VDC POWER SUPPLY
48.54
SYSTEM SPECS
PARAMETER
RANGE
RANGE
RESOLUTION
MEASUREMENTS:

Barometric Pressure (BP)
Temperature
01,550 mmHg
01,550 mmHg
0.040.0C
1 mmHg
1 mmHg
0.1C
DERIVED:

P (TGP-BP)
0200%
-1,5501,550 mmHg
1%
1 mmHg
OXYGUARD PORTABLE CO2 METER
The OxyGuard portable CO2 meter is a reliable and easy-to-use instrument

that measures dissolved carbon dioxide in water. The meter consists of
a probe and a battery-powered transmitter. The meter displays CO2
concentration and an analog signal as output. The transmitter has an on/off
switch, "slope" and "zero" adjustments. Battery charger (230V), calibration
accessories and 3-m cable are included. A version with built-in data logger
is available.
Measures the CO2 gas pressure directly and is not affected by carbonates or
other dissolved substances. It is therefore possible to achieve simple,
continuous direct measurements of carbon dioxide in water that affects fish.
Methods such as test kits, laboratory analysis and the detection of pH
changes are subject to disturbance from the dissolved substances found in
aquaculture water. The OxyGuard CO2 measures only the CO2 that affects the fish,
which is the free dissolved CO2 gas. It is reliable and accurate. Calibration
accessories pack includes beaker with stirrer and magnet; 75 g of pH
conditioner with dosing spoon; 100 mL of calibration solution with dosing
syringe; and adjustment screwdriver.
MODEL
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
EACH
1OXYCO485
OXYGUARD CO2 PORTABLE
$2,592.00
1OXYCO495

OXYGUARD CO2 PORTABLE W/DATA LOGGER,

230VAC CHARGER
1OXYCO477
PH CONDITIONER, 75 G
21.10
1OXYCO478
CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 100 ML
60.00
1OXYCO476
CALIBRATION BEAKER W/STIRRER
1OXYCO480
CALIBRATION ACCESSORIES PACK
367.00
1OXYCO496
OXYGUARD DISSOLVED CO2 PROBE
754.00
1OXYCO497
EXCHANGE BATTERY FOR CO2 METER
217.00
3,290.00
405.00
WATER QUALITY 255

Real Tech UVT
REAL TECH UV254 FIELD METER

With innovative Split-Sense technology
Key Features
UV 254nm wavelength
Memory calibrationno field zeroing needed
Performs both UVT and UVA measurements
Portable and easy to use
Battery powered option
1 minute warm-up time
Extreme accuracy
2-year warranty
The Real UVT field meter with exclusive Split-Sense technology is the worlds
most advanced and affordable portable UV254 testing meter, guaranteed.
The portable Real UVT meter can quickly and accurately test UV254 in the
field within minutes. The Real UVT meter utilizes Real Tech Inc.s Split-Sense
technology to give it many advantages such as its fast 1 minute warm-up time
and extreme accuracy.
Split-Sense technology works by using a single beam of UV light to take
continuous readings before and after the insertion of the quartz cuvette
allowing for compensation of the effects of UV lamp drift and fluctuations.
The Real UVT meters new calibration memory feature allows testing to be
performed without the need to zero the meter with 100% DI water even if
the meter has been powered off.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Measuring Organics
UV254 provides an indication of the amount of natural organic matter (NOM)
in water and wastewater. More specifically, UV254 is the best detector of
aromatic organics or reactive NOM.
Aromatic organics are problematic, having several negative effects.
For example, when combined with chlorine, aromatic organics readily
form disinfection by-products (DBPs).
REAL UVT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

UV WAVELENGTH
253.7 nm
SOURCE
Low pressure germicidal UV lamp
RANGE
0 - 100 % Transmittance, 0 2 Absorbance
The Real UVT field meter is the ideal solution for testing UV254 anywhere,
anytime. The Real UVT can also be used as a practical alternative or
supplement to measuring other more expensive and complicated organic
test parameters such as TOC, DOC, BOD and COD.
ACCURACY
0.5% UV Transmittance
Beneficial Applications Include
ESOLUTION
0.1% Transmittance, 0.001 Absorbance
Coagulation optimization
Filter performance
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
UV Percent Transmittance (%), UV Absorbance per cm (cm-1)
DBP formation potential
UV disinfection
BUILT-IN FAULT DETECTION SYSTEM
Notication of a system failure
Effluent monitoring
Plant security/safety
DISPLAY
32 character back-lit LCD digital display provides easy on

screen instructions and system messages
CALIBRATION MEMORY
Calibration memory technology. Calibration with DI water

required only periodically.
RESPONSE TIME
Warm-up Time ~ 1 minute, Calibration ~ 2 seconds,

Computation ~ 2 seconds
OPERATING TEMPERATURES
0 50 C (32 122 F)
CASE
Rugged, Compact, Watertight, and Dustproof with

convenient carrying handle
SAMPLE CELL
10 mm x 10 mm quartz cuvette
PATH LENGTH
1 cm
POWER SUPPLY
Wall Adapter 110 VAC (UL approved) or 220 VAC,

Car Adapter 12 VDC
Battery power pack option
P200UV254
REAL TECH P200 UV254 METER $1,695.00
DIMENSIONS
8.7 L x 7.5 W x 3.9 H (254 cu in)
1UVT060020
REPLACEMENT LAMP, P SERIES 99.00
WEIGHT
4 lbs
1UVT045010
REPLACEMENT CUVETTE. QUARTZ, 10 MM 115.00
Process control
Calibration Memory
Split-Sense technology provides the unique advantage to remember the meters
calibration, so calibrating or zeroing the meter before each use is not required.
This elimates the need for carrying pure 100% DI water in the e
ld, furthering
the meters ease of use.
Fast Warm-Up Time

The Real UVTs exclusive Split-Sense technology allows for a fast warm-up
time of only 1 minute.
Accuracy & Repeatability

Although the Real UVT meter has been designed to cope with the harsh
conditions encountered in the eld, its extreme accuracy and repeatability
make it a valuable addition to any water analysis laboratory.
256 WATER QUALITY

Colorimeter/Reagent Systems
SMART3 COLORIMETER
FW
SW
Ideal for water analysis in the field or in the lab. Easy to use software allows
the analyst to choose a test factor from over 75 preprogrammed calibrations
for LaMotte reagent systems. The reacted sample is always scanned at the
optimum wavelength which is automatically selected from the multiple LED
optical system and the test result is presented on the large, backlit display.
The test result is displayed directly in units of concentration, as well as
Absorbance and %T, in one of seven languages. The analyst also has the
option of entering up to 25 additional calibrations for analysis with custom
reagent systems. Test factors can be arranged in any of three sequences that
can be modifi ed at any time to meet changing testing needs. The data logger
holds up to 500 time and date stamped data points. A USB connection allows
an interface of the colorimeter with a computer for real-time data acquisition
and data transfer. 7.5 L x 3.5 W x 2.5 H.
Features
Large graphical liquid crystal
display
IP67 Waterproof
Simple, menu-driven operation
25 User tests
Over 80 pre-programmed tests
Data logger for 500 data points
Lithium ion rechargeable battery

or computer/wall adapter

MODEL

LM1910
2-YEAR WARRANTY
SHIP WT
(LBS)
SMART3 COLORIMETER
EACH
$999.00
ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT ITEMS
LM1910CD
SMARTLINK 3 PROGRAM CD
69.00
0290-6
TEST TUBES WITH CAPS (6)
27.85
LM1910
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE
0125% T
RESOLUTION
1% FS
ACCURACY
2% FS
SMART3 REAGENT SYSTEMS

Reagents are designed to avoid test interferences, making results fast and dependable. Shipping weight is 1 lb for each reagent.

MODEL
TEST FACTOR
TEST METHOD
LM3659SC
AMMONIA NITROGEN
SALICYLATE (3)
LM3642SC
AMMONIA NITROGEN
NESSLER (2)
LM3643SC
CHLORINE
DPD TABLET (3)
LM3646SC
COPPER (TOTAL)
DIETHYDITHIOCARBAMATE(1)
LM3640SC
COPPER (FREE)
BICINCHONINIC ACID (1)
LM3649SC
NITRATE NITROGEN
CADMIUM REDUCTION (2)
LM3650SC
NITRITE NITROGEN
DIAZOTIZATION (2)
LM3688SC
OXYGEN, DISSOLVED (3)
WINKLER COLORIMETRIC (3)
LM3700SC
PH
CHLORPHENOL RED, PHENOL RED, THYMOL BLUE (3)
RANGE*
# OF TESTS
0.0-1.00
25
EACH
$48.65
0.05-4.0
50
41.60
0.03-4.0PPM
100
55.55
0.1-6.0PPM
100
17.20
0.04-3.5PPM
50
27.75
0.1-3.0PPM
20
45.50
0.02-0.8PPM
20
45.50
0.6-11PPM
200
40.70
5.0-9.5
100
49.30
LM3655SC
PHOSPHATE HR
VANADOMOLYBDOPHOSPHORIC ACID (1)
1-70PPM
50
22.10
LM3653SC
PHOSPHATE LR
ASCORBID ACID (2)
0.05-3.0PPM
50
38.45
LM3664SC
SILICA (4)
HETERPOLOY BLUE
0.5-4.0PPM
100
54.30
*Range may be extended by dilution in most cases.
SMART Colorimeter and LaMotte are registered trademarks of LaMotte Chemical Products Co.
WATER QUALITY 257

Turbidity Meters
2020WE/WI PORTABLE TURBIDITY METERS

Industry-leading precision, sensitivity, and dependability in one of the most
innovative handheld meters available on the market NOW WATERPROOF!
The multi-detector optical configuration assures long term stability and
minimizes stray light and color interferences. All readings are determined
by the process of signal averaging over a 5-second period. This minimizes
fluctuations in readings attributed to large particles and results in rapid,
highly repeatable measurements. Ideally suited for both low-level drinking
water applications, as well as monitoring high turbidity in the field.
Kits are supplied with 0, 1, and 10 NTU standards, sample bottle, six sample
tubes, USB cable, wall adapter and waterproof case.
Seven user selected languages English, Spanish, French, Japanese,
Chinese, Italian, and Portuguese
Advanced calibration algorithms
Easy menu driven operation and large LCD display
500 point data log; stored results can be viewed directly on instrument
or downloaded to a computer via USB cable and SmartLink 3 software
(available separately)
Waterproof to IP67
Lithium rechargeable batteries
LM1970

MODEL

SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
LM1970
2020WE KIT (MEETS EPA 180.1)
$979.00
LM1970-ISO
2020WI KIT (MEETS ISO 7027)
979.00
LM1910CD
SMARTLINK 3 PROGRAM CD
69.00
0290-6
TEST TUBES WITH CAPS (6)
27.85
ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT ITEMS
0290-6
TURBIDITY SPECIFICATIONS
METER FEATURES
Unit of Measure 2020we
NTU, AU, ASBC, EBC
Signal Averaging
Disabled, 2, 5, 10
Units of Measure 2020wi
FNU, FAU, ASBC, EBC
Power
Range*
0-4000 NTU/FNU, 0-10,500 ASBC, 0-150 EBC
USB computer cable, wall adapter or Lithium ion rechargeable

battery, 3.7V, 2.5 x .75, 1.7 oz
Resolution*
0.01 NTU/FNU 0.00-10.99 0.1 NTU/FNU 11.0-109.9 1

NTU/FNU 110-4000
AC Power
Optional
Data Logging
500 points
Accuracy*
From 0-2.5 NTU the accuracy is 0.05 NTU

From 2.5-100 NTU the accuracy is 2%
Above 100 NTU the accuracy is 3%
Auto Shut-Off
Disabled, 5, 10, 30 seconds
Optional Software
SmartLink 3
Detection Limit
0.05 NTU/FNU
Languages
English, French, Spanish, Japanese, Italian, Portuguese,Chinese
Range Selection
Automatic
Response Time
<2 Seconds
Reproducibility*
.02 NTU/FNU or 1%
Size
7.5 x 3.5 x 2.5 inches; 19.05 x 8.84 x 6.35 cm
Light Source
Tungsten (EPA), complies with EPA 180.1, Rev. 2.0 (1993)

and Standard Methods 2130 B-2001; 860nm LED (ISO),
complies with ISO 7027
Weight
13 ounces
Display
6-line LCD with backlit display
SMART Colorimeter and LaMotte are registered trademarks of LaMotte Chemical Products Co.
258 WATER QUALITY

Calibration Solutions
The easiest way to calibrate a pen or meter in the field
Milwaukee standard calibration solutions are available in 230-mL
bottles and 20-mL sachets.
Traditional buffer solutions are packed in 230-mL leak-proof bottles
and are recommended for lab application.
Sachets are sealed against light and air and are ideal for on-the-spot
calibration. Simply open, insert the tester or electrode into the sachet
and calibrate. Sachets are sold in boxes of 25 pieces.
pH
MODEL
EACH
MW4
PH 4.01
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
MW7
PH 7.01
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
$24.55
MW10
PH 10.01
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
24.55
MW5
(10) PH 7.01; (5) PH 4.01, 10.01 AND H2O
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
24.55
MA9060
12.880 S/CM EC SOL.
230 ML BOTTLE
$8.80
M10030B
12.880 S/CM ECSOL.
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
15.25
MA9061
1.413 S/CM EC SOL .
230 ML BOTTLE
8.80
MA9069
5000 S/CM EC SOL.
230 ML BOTTLE
8.80
MA9020
200275 MV ORP SOL.
230 ML BOTTLE
$15.00
MA9025
ORP PROBE CONDITIONING KIT
2 X 2 OZ BOTTLES
10.50
24.55
Conductivity
ORP
TDS
MA9062
1,382 PPM TDS SOL.
230 ML BOTTLE
$8.80
M10032B
1,382 PPM TDS SOL.
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
15.25
M10038B
6.44 PPT TDS SOL.
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
15.25
M10442B
1,500 PPM TDS SOL.
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
15.25
M10080B
800 PPM TDS SOL.
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
15.25
ZERO O2 SOL.
230 ML BOTTLE
D.O.
MA9070
MA9071 O2 ELECTROLYTE SOL.
$15.00
230 ML BOTTLE
20.50
$8.80
Care and Storage

MA9015
PH/ORP STORAGE SOL.
230 ML BOTTLE
MA9016
PH/ORP CLEANING SOL.
230 ML BOTTLE
MW0
DEIONIZED WATER
25 X 20 ML SACHETS
8.80
24.55

WATER QUALITY 259

Calibration Solutions/Test Kits
PH CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS
500-mL bottles
MODEL
CAL4
CAL7
EACH
4+
CAL4
PH 4.01
$13.35 $12.02
CAL7
PH 7.00
13.35 12.02
CAL10
PH 10.00
13.35 12.02
CAL10
ELECTRODE CARE ACCESSORIES

Electrode cleaning solution will safely clean pH/
ORP electrodes. Use pH storage solution with the
electrode saver bottle. Fill saver bottle with storage
solution. Accepts probes up to 12 mm in diameter
and protects the electrode. Use rinse solution
between each reading for greater accuracy.
MODEL
CS
EACH
PH/ORP CLEANING SOLUTION, 1 PINT
SS
PH/ORP STORAGE SOLUTION, 1 PINT
SBT
SAVER BOTTLE
VSDI
RINSE SOLUTION, 1 QUART
4+
$12.35 $11.12
16.50 14.85
CS
6.12 5.51
16.50
CONDUCTIVITY CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS

NIST-traceable conductivity solutions to calibrate both field instruments
and lab instruments and cells together for maximum accuracy. 1 pint bottles.
MODEL
POND CARE MASTER TEST KIT
EACH
Y3167-E
1,000 US/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER)
Y3168-E
10,000 US/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER)
$20.00
20.00
Y3169-E
50,000 US/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER)
20.00
FW
This is a complete kit for testing pond water.

Tests include pH, ammonia, nitrite and phosphate.
Kit contains instruction book, improved color cards
for easy reading, 4 test tubes, holding tray and
enough reagents for 50 tests each.
MODEL EACH
164M $19.52
Pond Care is a registered trademark of Mars Fishcare North America, Inc.

260 WATER QUALITY

Test Strips
TEST STRIPS
Individual pads on a polystyrene strip. These are
packaged in the pop top vial which is molded with a
desiccant liner for protection from moisture. The
vial has a molded desiccant liner that protects the
strips from moisture intrusion and eliminates loose
desiccant bags.
LM2999LR
MODEL
LM2999LR
LM3002
LM2963LR-G
LM4250BJ
LM3002
LM3031
LM3000LR
LM2951HR
TEST FACTOR
RANGE
STRIPS/VIAL
CHLORINE DIOXIDE
0-10PPM (0, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10)
50
EACH
CHLORINE DIOXIDE
0-500PPM ( 0, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500)
50
9.95
CHLORINE, TOTAL, LOW RANGE
0-10PPM (0, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 3, 10)
25
5.90
$9.95
CHLORINE, TOTAL
10-200PPM (10, 50, 100, 200)
200
5.95
LM3031
CHLORINE, FREE, HIGH RANGE
0-800PPM (0, 50, 100, 250, 500, 800)
50
17.10
LM3000LR
PERACETIC ACID, LOW RANGE
0-50PPM (0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50)
50
9.40
LM2984LR
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE
0-50PPM (0, 1, 3, 10, 30, 50)
25
9.95
LM2948BJ
IODINE
12-100PPM (12, 25, 50, 100)
200
5.95
LOW: 0, 10, 20, 40, 80PPM

HIGH: 0, 100, 200, 400, 800PPM
50
7.55
QAC
50-400PPM (50, 100, 200, 400)
100
5.75
QAC, HIGH RANGE
200-1500PPM (200, 400, 600, 1,000, 1,500)
50
7.55
LM2934
QAC DUAL RANGE

LM2951
LM2951HR
LaMotte is a registered trademark of LaMotte Chemical Products Co.
WATER QUALITY TEST STRIPS

FW
MODEL TEST
SW
These small test strips provide a rapid means of

checking water quality. Simply dip a strip into the
sample, wait for color to develop and compare color
on the reagent pad to the color chart on the bottle.
Each kit contains 50 tests, except H27451, H27453,
H27454 and H27553 have only 25. Only parameters
marked with an asterisk (*) can be used with
salt water.
H27448
RANGE
EACH
H27448
ALKALINITY
H27553
AMMONIA
H27451
COPPER (TOTAL)
H27450
FREE AND TOTAL CHLORINE*
H27452
HARDNESS*
0425 PPM
10.69
H27453
IRON (TOTAL)
05 PPM
20.05
H27454
NITRATE/NITRITE
H27456
PH*
H27571
PHOSPHATE*
WATER QUALITY TEST STRIPS
0240 PPM
$10.69
05 PPM
20.05
0240 PPM
20.05
010 PPM
15.29
050 / 03 PPM
18.35
PH 49
10.29
05 PPM
20.59
FW
SW
Each vial of test strips features a leakproof, hinged, pop-top lid and a
wrap-around desiccant liner to protect strips from moisture intrusion.
The multi-strips have 5 different tests (alkalinity, pH, nitrite, nitrate
and hardness) on one strip. Test strips are both fresh and salt water
compatible.
We offer many test kits designed for different markets.

All are accurate. The most important consideration
is their use for fresh FW or salt SW water.
Look for these symbols.

MODEL TEST
R443 AMMONIA
R442
RANGE
(PPM) STRIPS/VIAL EACH
06
R442 MULTI-STRIP
25
$12.55
25
10.75
WATER QUALITY 261

Aquaculture Laboratories
AQUACULTURE ANALYSIS LABORATORY
HAZMAT A
Highly recommended for the serious field professional, this kit includes most
things a fish farmer needs to monitor water quality. The portable lab analyzes
the 8 critical factors most commonly required by a fish farmer: dissolved
oxygen, pH, temperature, salinity, nitrite, ammonia, hardness and alkalinity.
Excellent for both fresh and saltwater analyses. Designed with field analysis
as a priority, the outfit is packaged in a durable, waterproof Pelican case
that is foam-lined and holds the components in place. See part numbers for
individual reagents.
MODEL EACH
AAL1 $1,507.61
TEST
RANGE
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
TEMPERATURE
PH
Each kit includes:
0 to 20 mg/L; 0 to 200% Sat

0 to 230F, -18 to 110C
0 to 14.00
ALKALINITY
0 to 240 ppm
HARDNESS
0 to 425 ppm
YSI 550A D.O. meter (Y550A12)
Hach alkalinity test strips (H27448)
AMMONIA
1 to 8 mg/L
Salinity refractometer (SR5-AQ)
Hach hardness test strips (H27452)
Pocket dial thermometer (TH4)
LaMotte nitrite test kit (LM3352)
NITRITE
0.1 to 0.8 mg/L
LaMotte ammonia test kit (LM3315)
YSI waterproof pH pen (YPH10A)
CEL COMPLETE AQUACULTURE LABORATORY
FW
SW HAZMAT A
This kit provides instruments and chemicals for 15 tests critical to effective
aquatic livestock management whether used in your mobile lab or at the field
site. Premeasured reagents are impervious to environmental contamination,
apparatus and labware. Instruments have battery power option so tests can
be run immediately without concern for sample preservation and handling.
With this kit, there is no waiting for hours or days for a lab result. Kit includes
DR 900 Colorimeter, HQd pH meter and probe, Digital Titrator, TDS Pocket
Tester, reagent sets, apparatus, illustrated instrument manual and procedure
manual CD in a sturdy field case. Ship weight 10 lbs.
H251233 $2,389.00
TEST
RANGE
ACIDITY
10 - 160 mg/L
100 - 4,000 mg/L
ALKALINITY
10 - 4,000 mg/L
AMMONIA
0 - 0.50 mg/L
CARBON DIOXIDE
10 - 1,000 mg/L
CHLORIDE
10 - 10,000 mg/L
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
HARDNESS
0 - 15.0 mg/L
10 - 4,000 mg/L
IRON
0 - 3.00 mg/L
NITRATE
0 - 30.0 mg/L
NITRITE
0 - 0.350 mg/L
PHOSPHORUS
0 - 2.50 mg/L
TEMPERATURE
0 to 80 C
TECH TALK 132

Ammonia Testing
Ammonia is the primary waste byproduct of protein consumption, and is excreted across fish gills as a gas. It may exist in two forms: un-ionized
(NH3) and ionized (NH4+). Ionized ammonia is relatively harmless, but gill burn may occur when un-ionized ammonia is present in the water. The
amount of un-ionized ammonia relies heavily on pH and temperature. Un-ionized ammonia can be removed via a water change, detoxified with the use
of a water conditioner and/or consumed by an established biological filter. Since un-ionized ammonia is toxic to fish, ammonia detection is an
important of successful aquaculture. Three types of test are can be used in aquaculture to detect ammonia: Nessler-based, salicylate and
hydrophobic membranes.
Nessler-based test kits test total ammonia only. They are best used when no other substances are added to the water. Water conditioners, amines
and various types of medications can interfere with Nessler-based test readings, resulting in falsely high ammonia readings.
Salicylate-based test kits test for total ammonia. This is the most commonly used ammonia test in aquaculture, and will provide results in the
presence of water conditioners and various medications.
Hydrophobic membrane testing uses a chemically treated membrane to detect various gases. The membrane can be treated with reagents specific to
un-ionized ammonia. Hydrophobic membranes can detect free ammonia even in the presence of water conditioners, amines and salts because free
ammonia exists as a gas. This is not the most commonly used test, but it is very efficient in free ammonia detection.
The test kit instructions should indicate which testing method the kit purchased is using to detect ammonia levels. More and more aquarists choose
salicylate-based ammonia test kits due to accessibility, reliability and the ability to dose water conditioners without interference..
262 WATER QUALITY

Test Kits
LAMOTTE TEST KITS

LaMotte brand water test kits have been in use for over 50 years. They are
accurate, inexpensive and suitable for both fresh and saltwater testing (except
when noted). Each kit (and replacement reagent) contains enough reagent to
run between 50 and 200 tests, depending upon the amount of reagent used to
reach the end point. All single kits are approximately 2 lbs. Made in USA.
LM3353
ALKALINITY
CHLORIDE
Alkalinity refers to the quantity and type of compounds present in the water
that shift the pH above 7.0. Water with high alkalinity tends to be more strongly
buffered. Buffering will reduce the tendency of the pH to shift. Add sodium
bicarbonate to increase alkalinity (buffering capacity) and calcium chloride
for hardness. Testing takes 2 minutes. Range: 0 to 200 ppm.
Chloride is one of the major anions found in water. When using salt, be careful
where discharge occurs. Salt water is about 16,000 ppm chloride; it takes only
about 500 ppm chloride to kill some plants, shrubs and trees. For freshwater
use only. Takes two minutes. 0 to 200 ppm.
LM4491
$35.60 LM4491RP
$16.00
AMMONIA-NITROGEN
To know how toxic ammonia is to your fish, you must know the ammonia level,
the pH level and the temperature. A total ammonia level of 10 ppm may not be
harmful to trout at a pH of 6.0, but it would be deadly if the pH were 7.0. The test
kits measure total ammonia. Total ammonia consists of both nontoxic NH4+
(ionized) and toxic NH3 (un-ionized) forms. The proportion of one to the other is
variable. The toxic form increases in proportion as the pH and/or temperature
increases. Ammonia builds up in the water primarily by the metabolism of
protein (nitrogen). About 10% of the protein fed to fish will show up as ammonia
in the water. Testing takes 5 minutes. LM4795 range: 1 to 8 ppm. LM3351-01
range: 0.2 to 3 ppm. Note: Water containing Ammo Lock and other ammoniaremoving chemicals should be tested using an ammonia kit (LM3304) that uses
the salicylate method (0 to 2.0 ppm).
LM3351-01
LM3304
$73.80 HAZMAT A
SW
LM4795
LM3351-01RP
$25.70 HAZMAT A
78.95 HAZMAT A
LM3304RP
34.95 HAZMAT A
72.65 HAZMAT A
LM4795RP
23.55 HAZMAT A
CALCIUM HARDNESS
Because calcium and magnesium are both major components of the total
hardness of water, measuring hardness by itself may not reveal enough.
Recirculating aquaculture systems need calcium levels greater than 50 ppm
to maintain a fully functional biofilter. Testing takes 2 minutes. 0 to 200 ppm.
LM3609
$46.80 LM3609RP
$19.95
CARBON DIOXIDE
$39.35 LM7297RP
FW
$46.30 HAZMAT A
LM4503RP
$28.50 HAZMAT A
CHLORINE
Chlorine and chloramines (chlorine/ammonia complex) are toxic to fish,
and the presence of one or the other can be expected in your municipal water
supply. For aquaculture applications, chlorine should be removed chemically,
by aeration or by aging. Chloramines must be removed chemically. For testing
fresh water only. Testing takes 2 minutes. Range: 0.2 to 3.0 ppm.
LM3308
FW
$ 66.55
LM3308RP
20.28
COPPER
Copper as copper sulfate is often used in fish culture as an algaecide, but it can
be lethal to fish at low levels, especially with low pH and alkalinity levels. It can
be very toxic to juvenile clams and other invertebrates, particularly saltwater
species. Testing takes one minute. Range: 0.05 to 0.5 ppm.
LM6616
$89.95 LM6616RP
$6.60
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
This kit provides an inexpensive alternative to a dissolved oxygen meter.
Testing takes 5 minutes. 0 to 10 ppm. Note: These tests may not give accurate
results when used with ammonia-reducing chemicals.
LM5860
$51.95 LM5860RP
$31.55
HARDNESS
The total hardness of water generally represents the total concentration of
dissolved calcium and magnesium ions. Although closely related to alkalinity
and the buffering capacity of water, high alkalinity may not always indicate
high hardness. Hard waters (above 150 ppm) are generally more productive
for fish than soft waters. The typical range for aquaculture is 50 to 200 ppm.
Testing takes 2 minutes. 0 to 200 ppm.
Carbon dioxide (CO2) is present in water as a dissolved gas, like oxygen.

High CO2 can stress and even kill fish. It also forms carbonic acid,
which lowers the pH. Testing takes 2 minutes. 0 to 50 ppm.
LM7297
LM4503
$13.40
LM4482
$44.55 LM4482RP
$18.70
WATER QUALITY 263

Test Kits
LM3354
LM3121
IRON
PHOSPHATE
Well water often contains high concentrations of ferrous iron (iron in solution).
Concentrations as low as 0.2 ppm can be harmful to certain species of fish.
To remove iron, aerate the water and then settle or filter out the resulting
orange iron oxide particles. Testing takes two minutes. Range: 0.05 to 1 ppm.
Phosphates enter water supplies from wastewater treatment, sewage,

soil runoff, fish foods, etc. Although necessary for biological processes,
too much phosphate may cause excessive growth of algae and plants.
Testing takes 5 minutes. For fresh and salt water. Range: 0 to 2.0 ppm.
LM7787
LM3121-02
$98.30
LM7787RP
$19.95
$89.00 LM3121-02RP
$23.95
NITRATE, LOW LEVEL
SALINITY TITRATION
This is the final nitrogen product formed by bacterial oxidation of ammonia.

Although it is not usually considered a threat to freshwater fish, it is a plant
nutrient and can harm marine invertebrates. Testing takes 12 minutes.
Range: 0.25 to 10 ppm.
For measuring both low and high salinity levels in ponds, recirculating systems,
brackish waters, etc. Testing takes 5 minutes. 0 to 20 ppt (parts per thousand)
in 0.4 increments.
LM3319
$74.55 HAZMAT A LM3319RP

HAZMAT A
LM3354 56.50 LM3354RP
$30.25
20.55
NITRITE
This is an intermediate compound formed in the oxidation (nitrification)
process of ammonia becoming nitrate. Nitrite can become toxic in recirculating
systems. Nitrites interfere with the ability of the fish's blood to take up oxygen
(levels as low as 0.2 ppm can cause "Brown Blood" problems with catfish).
Testing takes 5 minutes. Range: 0.05 to 0.8 ppm.
LM3352
$83.10 LM3352RP
LM7459
$62.30 LM7459RP
$37.70
SULFIDE
For measuring hydrogen sulfide (toxic to fish), the most common form of
sulfide. Testing takes 2 minutes. Range: 0.2 to 20 ppm.
LM3322
$58.50 LM3322RP
$23.55
$25.85
PH
This is a measure of hydrogen ion concentration, or more simply, whether the
solution is acidic or basic. Units 0 to 6.9 are referred to as acid or acidic.
Units of 7.1 to 14 are considered basic and pH 7.0 is neutral. Takes 2 minutes.
Range: 5.0 to 10.0; LM2159-01 range: 7.7 to 8.4 (Cresol Red).
LM3353
LM2159-01
FW
SW
$48.85 LM3353RP
63.45 LM2159-01RP
$6.70
14.75
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Gmerice Lafayette
Gmerice received her B.S. in biology and environmental
health science from the University of Georgia and earned
a masters degree in environmental health too. She has
experience in aquatic toxicity, coral growth and nutrient
uptake, aquatic plant mineral uptake, water quality testing
and water quality adjustment with various types of
chemical filtration media.
LaMotte is a registered trademark of LaMotte Chemical Products, Co.

264 WATER QUALITY

Test Kits
TEST
FISH FARM 9 TEST KIT
RANGE
AMMONIA NITROGEN
NITRITE
FW
0.23 mg/L
0200 mg/L
ALKALINITY
0 to 240 ppm
CARBON DIOXIDE
050 mg/L
CHLORIDE
0200 mg/L
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
010 mg/L
HARDNESS
0200 mg/L
TEMPERATURE
HAZMAT AG
Here are the most common water quality

parameters tested by freshwater fish farmers
in one rugged carrying case. The kit features
deluxe octa-slide comparators by LaMotte.
An armored thermometer (-5 to 45C) is included.
Kit weighs 10 lbs, refill kit weighs 0.5 lb.
0.050.8 mg/L
PH
TECH FAV
LMAQ2
LMAQ2RP
REAGENT REFILL KIT
$240.00
146.30
-545C
LMAQ2
SALTWATER FISH FARM 9 TEST KIT

SW
TEST
HAZMAT A
This kit measures eight different parameters.

Salinity can read to 40 ppt by diluting half the
sample and doubling the final readings. Includes
armored thermometer. Kit and reagent refill
contains enough reagents for 50 tests each.
Kit weighs 10 lbs, refill 1 lb.
LMAQ4
SALTWATER TEST KIT
LMAQ4RP
REAGENT REFILL
RANGE
AMMONIA NITROGEN
0.23 ppm
NITRITE NITROGEN
0.2510 ppm
PH
$299.00
158.70
5.010.0
NITRATE NITROGEN
0.0510 ppm
ALKALINITY
0200 ppm
CARBON DIOXIDE
050 ppm
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
010 ppm
SALINITY
020 ppt
LMAQ4
TEST
AMMONIA NITROGEN
NITRITE
RANGE
This is a good kit if you are using meters to measure

pH, dissolved oxygen and temperature. The kit is
the same as the LMAQ2 but without pH, dissolved
oxygen and thermometer. Kit weighs 10 lbs, refill kit
weighs 0.5 lb.
0.23 mg/L
0.050.8 mg/L
ALKALINITY
0200 mg/L
CARBON DIOXIDE
050 mg/L
CHLORIDE
0200 mg/L
HARDNESS
0200 mg/L
FW HAZMAT A
LMAQ3
LMAQ3RP
REAGENT REFILL KIT
$197.00
117.50
LMAQ3
REAGENT REFILLS
For LMAQ2, LMAQ3 and LMAQ4.
LM1R ALKALINITY
$18.38
LM4R CHLORIDE HAZMAT A
$32.63
LM3353RP PH
$6.70
LM2R AMMONIA FOR LMAQ2 & LMAQ3 HAZMAT A 31.67
LM5R
45.23
LM9R SALINITY HAZMAT A
39.03
LM3304RP AMMONIA FOR LMAQ4 HAZMAT A 34.95
LM6R HARDNESS
25.86
LM10R NITRATE
44.10
LM3R CARBON DIOXIDE
LM7R
38.87
15.84
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
NITRITE

WATER QUALITY 265

Test Kits
HACH AQUACULTURE TEST KIT FF1A

FW
TEST
HAZMAT A
This popular freshwater aquaculture test kit

includes all the necessary apparatuses and
reagents for 100 tests each of nine critical
parameters. The kit uses the drop- count method
for titration tests and Hach color comparators
for colorimetric tests. Colorimetric tests provide
results directly in mg/L and drop-count tests
require, at most, a simple multiplication or division
step to determine concentration. Ship weight 10 lbs.
FF1A $296.00
ALKALINITY
6.4136 mg/L
AMMONIA*
03 mg/L
CARBON DIOXIDE
5100 mg/L
CHLORIDE
5400 ppt
DISSOLVED OXYGEN*
0.220 mg/L
HARDNESS
17510 mg/L
NITRITE
00.5 mg/L
PH
TEMPERATURE
TEST
1004,000 mg/L
ALKALINITY
1004,000 mg/L
AMMONIA*
03 mg/L
CARBON DIOXIDE
10100 mg/L
CHLORIDE
10160 mg/L
DISSOLVED OXYGEN*
HARDNESS
NITRITE
PH
TEMPERATURE
410
-30120F
HACH AQUACULTURE TEST KIT FF2A
RANGE
ACIDITY
RANGE
FW
HAZMAT A
Similar to the FF1A, the FF2A has an additional

test kit to measure for acidity. Designed for
freshwater applications only, the kit uses
convenient, concentrated titrant solutions in
disposable cartridges and has an easy-to-read
digital titrator that guarantees repeatability from
test to test. Ship weight 12 lbs.
010 mg/L
FF2A $497.00
1004,000 mg/L
00.5 mg/L
410
-30120F
HACH SALTWATER TEST KIT FF3A
SW
HAZMAT A
Hach model FF3A test kit is designed specifically

for saltwater applications. The kit uses a digital
titrator and includes detailed instructions.
Enough reagents and apparatuses for 100 tests
each. Ship weight 10 lbs.
FF3A $589.00
TEST
RANGE
ACIDITY
1004,000 mg/L
ALKALINITY
1004,000 mg/L
AMMONIA*
03 mg/L
CARBON DIOXIDE
10100 mg/L
CHLORIDE
2100 mg/L
DISSOLVED OXYGEN*
HARDNESS
NITRITE
PH
TEMPERATURE
010 mg/L
1004,000 mg/L
00.5 mg/L
410
-30120F
266
CONTROLLERS/MONITORS
Product
268 Point Four PLC
273 Point Four RIU
280 Dissolved Oxygen Monitor
270 Point Four LC
274 Oxygen Monitoring and Control
281 pH/ORP Controllers
271 Point Four RIU3
278 Multiparameter Monitoring and

Control
282 Alarms
272 Point Four TS
PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS
POINT FOUR MONITORS & CONTROLLERS

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is committed to innovation, technology and design solutions
for every aspect of aquatic systems, from commercial aquaculture to large-scale aquariums
to lake and pond management. To maintain and ensure the balance of these complex
environments, Pentairs range of Point Four monitoring and controlling equipment gives you
the peace of mind to know your investment is in good hands. From energy-efficient drum
filter control to remote monitoring of recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS),
Point Four monitors and controllers have you covered.
Whether youre in need of design services for monitoring and controlling a new operation,
or compatible technology and support for an existing site, we will provide the expertise and
equipment to address your specific needs.
With a world-class team of designers, engineers, biologists and technicians backed by the
global resources of Pentair, were here to ensure your success.

POINT FOUR TRACKER PORTABLE
TGP METER
Page 252

POINT FOUR TGP TRANSMITTER
Page 254

POINT FOUR LC WATER
MONITOR/CONTROLLER
Page 270

POINT FOUR RIU REMOTE WATER
MONITOR/CONTROLLER
Page 273

POINT FOUR RIU3 REMOTE
WATER MONITOR/CONTROLLER
Page 271

POINT FOUR CONTROLLERS AND
MONITORS STANDARD
Page 269

POINT FOUR CONTROLLERS
AND MONITORS ADVANCED
Page 269

POINT FOUR Sync HMI Software
Page 271
268 CONTROLLERS/MONITORS
Point Four PLCs
CUSTOMIZED CONTROLLERS FROM

PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS:
No two aquatic applications are the same; and over the years, weve found
that every real-world application has a unique set of needs. Thats why
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems offers a variety of controller solutions that
deliver a wide-range of capabilities for monitoring and control of your
specific system needs. Our custom-configured controller systems provide
unparalleled visibility of your aquatic facilities unique parameters;
along with the ability to monitor and control a nearly limitless number
of system attributes and features.
CONTROLLERS THAT MEET YOUR NEEDS:

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems employs a full-time team of pioneering
engineers in our New Product Development (NPD) department. In order
to meet our customers needs, our New Product Development team works
through a detailed process which takes into account the needs of the
end-user; determining how those needs can be met by a custom-configured
controller solution.
HOW THE PROCESS WORKS:

The process starts with our highly-trained sales representatives, who work
directly with customers to determine whats needed for a particular
application. Do you need to measure dissolved oxygen in the water, and control
supplemental oxygen dosing if the level drops below a user-defined threshold?
No problem Do you want to have a touch screen that shows the flow rate, water
temperature and salinity for each tank in your system? We can do that! What
about sending you a text message or email if an alarm triggers a water leak
when youre not on site? No problem
WHAT CAN WE DO FOR YOU?

To put it simply; our highly-skilled team can combine sensors, relays,
programmable logic controllers, touch screens, wireless systems and
computers to provide a comprehensive overview of any number of system
parameter that you desire; along with the ability to manipulate and change
those parameters in real time. The possibilities are limitless, and the process
starts as we work with you to determine which specific attributes of your
system need to be monitored/controlled in order to allow the facility to
operate in a stable, reliable manner.
TAILOR MADE SYSTEMS:

As we work to understand the unique needs of your system and your specific
operational goals, well define the monitoring and control parameters by
establishing a documented Theory of Operation. This is a detailed set of
specifications and operational information that is defined by us and approved
by you. Once approved, the Theory of Operation is relayed to our Engineering
dept. For most solutions, we apply a layer of unique configuration and
customization to one of our existing field-proven controller platforms (ex. Point
Four C1210). Once weve outlined all the hardware and software, well prepare
a detailed cost quote which is presented to you for approval. Upon approval,
our team gets to work assembling, programming and testing your tailor
made controller. All monitoring and control equipment produced in the Pentair
Aquatic Eco-Systems production facility is backed by UL508A certification for
the design and manufacturing of industrial control panels.
A RANGE OF CAPABILITIES:
There are several customizable systems and a wide-array of sensors that we
have applied to project installs in the past; including temperature, oxygen,
and carbon dioxide sensors, as well as safety sensors to prevent floods or
leaks. We can offer controllers for Commercial Aquaculture production that
have the capability to manage pH dosing; altering the pH levels in the water
automatically. Aquariums and zoos can use a customized Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems controller equipped with wind speed sensors. During periods
of high wind, the controller can engage a variable frequency drive to attenuate
the pumps flow rate to prevent unwanted waterfall or fountain overspray.
Our systems can also employ water level sensors to avoid spillover events in
sensitive laboratory environments. Weve even customized systems to allow
users to control pump flow rate and oxygen dosing levels during periods of
fish feeding to help prevent uneaten feed from being drawn into the filters;
preventing costly waste and reducing unwanted filter fouling.
Additionally, our controllers offer many ways to access system data, even if
you are not physically on site or in the lab. Remote text message capabilities
can be set to provide reports or updates about the system to ensure things are
running smoothly. While travelling, use your smartphone, laptop or tablet to
display real-time system values, providing system data anytime from anywhere.
In summary, if you can dream it; we can build it.
POST-INSTALL SUPPORT:
Once installed, our NPD team has the ability to do live tweaks to your system
remotely and can adjust controls or sensors from an App located on a cellular
device. Our global field service team can also provide in-person support for
ongoing system maintenance and upgrades In short, we understand the
commitment required to provide top-notch service and support, and we are
here when you need us.
CREATING SUCCESSTOGETHER:
Prepared to work with you to create monitoring and control systems that solve
challenges and create opportunities. Contact us today to determine how our
specialized capabilities in the area of monitoring and control can meet the
unique needs of your facility.
CONTROLLERS/MONITORS 269
Measuring, Monitoring and Control System
C150
C351
DISPLAY
None
DI1
DO
DISPLAY
DI1
3.5 Color Touch

2
DO
AI3
AI3
AO4
AO4
LOCAL ALARM
Audible
EMAIL/TEXT ALARM5
PHONE ALARM6
REMOTE ACCESS
WEB DASHBOARD5
NA
LOCAL ALARM
Aud. & Visual
EMAIL/TEXT ALARM5
Optional*
PHONE ALARM6
NA
REMOTE ACCESS
NA
WEB DASHBOARD5
C570
Minor & Critical

Optional*
Available
Available
C1210
DISPLAY
5.7 Color Touch
DISPLAY
12.1 Color Touch
DI1
16
DI1
16
DO2
16
DO2
16
AI
AI
12
AO4
AO4
LOCAL ALARM
Aud. & Visual
EMAIL/TEXT ALARM5
PHONE ALARM6
REMOTE ACCESS
WEB DASHBOARD5
Minor & Critical
LOCAL ALARM
EMAIL/TEXT ALARM5
2
Aud. & Visual
Minor, Major & Critical
Optional*
PHONE ALARM6
Available
REMOTE ACCESS5
Available
Available
WEB DASHBOARD5
Available
MC0660
DISPLAY
3.5 Color Touch
DI1
DO2
AI
AO4
LOCAL ALARM
EMAIL/TEXT ALARM
PHONE ALARM6
PLEASE CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION INFORMATION AND PRICING
0
Aud. & Visual
5
Minor & Critical

1
REMOTE ACCESS5
Available
WEB DASHBOARD5
Available
Digital input (buttons/switches). 2Digital output (lights/valves). 3Analog input (continuous read sensors). 4 Analog output (VFD pumps). 5Internet access required. 6AutoDialer required. *Custom option.
Point Four LC
POINT FOUR LC WATER MONITOR/CONTROLLER

The PT4 LC is a touch screen monitor/controller that provides clear and
intuitive monitoring and control for all your water quality parameters.
Used in conjunction with the new next generation PT4 RIU3 and the original
RIU (remote interface unit) the LC provides a multi-linked network, which
allows for expandable data linking of a multitude of different sensors and
control devices.
Users can collect, manipulate and control all of the data via the PT4 LC
controller, PT4 RIU3 controller or using the PT4 Sync HMI computer software
(Windows-based).
Displaying readings, recording values and reacting to sensor data is what the
LC does best. Whether its triggering a low-level water sensor alarm for
individual tanks, cycling oxygen diffusers or sending a SMS to your phone to
alert a system warning, the PT4 LC can be configured to keep your operations
running smoothly and efficiently.
CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION INFORMATION AND PRICING
Key Features
Large user programmable touch screen display.
Control and alarm indicators for individual channels and full system alarm.
Efficient Design
Networkable units allow for a cost-effective scalable system.
Daisy-chained network connection reduces cable runs.
A significant advantage of the LC system over traditional monitoring

and control devices is the multi-linked network connection.
The multi-linked system reduces the need for numerous runs of
data and probe cables to transfer data from every device back to
the main control unit. Only one cable is needed for the LC System
to provide power and data communication for the entire network,
saving money on cabling and time for system installation.
The modularity of the multi-linked system also provides easy
addition or removal of devices (PT4 RIU3) into the system.
SYSTEM SPECS
VOLTAGE
110230VAC or 24VDC
DISPLAY
600 x 800 pixels, 8 Touch Screen,

LED Backlit
OPERATION TEMP
0C to 60C (32F to 140F)
ENCLOSURE RATING
NEMA 4x/IP66
TYPICAL UNIT DIMENSIONS
12 x 14 x 10
Networked System: Multiple Point Four LC units connected.

MULTI-LINKED NETWORK
Point Four RIU3
POINT FOUR RIU3 REMOTE WATER

MONITOR/CONTROLLER
VARIOUS SENSOR INPUT TYPES:
Oxygen
Temperature
Bp
pH/ORP
The Point Four RIU3 (Next Generation Remote

Interface Unit) offers a host of features suited to our
customers detailed requirements for continuous
monitoring & control of water parameters.
Salinity
TGP
Optical DO
The RIU3 functions as either a stand-alone

field mounted transmitter/controller, or can be
daisy chained to create a multi-linked network
connection, supporting up to 99 units. An unlimited
amount of multi-linked network connections can
be made allowing for a scalable system from
small hatchery operations to large RAS systems.
Users can collect, manipulate and control all of
their data via the Point Four RIU3 Controller,
Point Four LC Touch Controller or using the Point
Four Sync HMI Software (windows based).
2 RELAY OUTPUTS:
A lerting Alarm Conditions via Light, Siren or SMS and
Dosing Oxygen or Controlling Blowers
Multi-Link
Single Controller
Relay #1
Control
System Alarm Light
Relay #2
Control
Flowmeter Manifold
Probe
Power
PC
Data Link
MODEL
EACH
The RIU3 will accept multiple input types (4-20mA/

0 -5 V/ Modbus RS485) and contains 2 SPDT 4amp
relays which can be setup for up to six control
blocks. Control blocks are configured directly via
the keypad, or through a PC using a computer
connection cable; allowing users to setup local
control, configure alarm conditions or even perform
PID function. A key feature of the RIU3 is tank side
probe calibration, which is easily performed using
the weatherproof 4 button keypad. Probe calibration
can now be done by just one operator, allowing the
user to service the probe and adjust values all at
the same probe location.
1SSS601
POINT FOUR RIU3 WATER MONITOR/ CONTROLLER
$320.00
1SSS6011
PT4 RIU3 WITH DO/TEMP COMMANDER PROBE
980.00
1SSS6012
PT4 RIU3 WITH DO TYPE III PROBE (% SAT)
830.00
1SSS6013
PT4 RIU3 WITH DO TYPE III PROBE (MG/L)
1SSS6014
PT4 RIU3 WITH RDO OPTICAL DO PROBE
1,918.00
COMPARISON
RIU3
RIU
1SSS6015
PT4 RIU3 WITH SALINITY OXYGUARD PROBE
1,413.00
INPUT
2 Inputs: Digital & Analog

User Selectable
2 Inputs: Analog
Factory Configured
830.00
The comparison table below outlines the

core differences between the New RIU3 and
the Original RIU:
1SSS6016
PT4 RIU3 WITH TGP PROBE
960.00
1SSS6017
PT4 RIU3 WITH ORP PROBE
970.00
OUTPUT
2 Relay Outputs
1 Relay Output
1SSS6018
PT4 RIU3 WITH PH 8000 PROBE
970.00
1SSA028
PC DATA CABLE AND SOFTWARE
ALARM
CONTROL
6 Control Blocks
Configured via
PC & 4 button
weatherproof keypad
5 Control
BlocksConfigured
via PC
CALIBRATION
4 button
weatherproof keypad
Magnetic switch
controlled
NETWORK
Data link up to 99 units
Data link up to
54 units
EXPANSION
PORT
Onboard Data
Logging Capability
None
75.00
SYSTEM SPECS
POWER
12-24VDC, 120mA
SENSOR POWER
Onboard isolated 24VDC loop power supply

(optional)
DISPLAY
8x2 Character, Large Font, LCD Backlit
INPUT
2 Sensor Input (user selectable):

1 Probe input (optically isolated)
(4-20mA /0 -5V/ Modbus RS485) &
1 Aux input (optically isolated ) for Temp or Bp
OUTPUT ALARM
Two SPDT 4 Amp relay-user configurable,

LCD/LED Alarm Indicator
Modbus RTU RS485 communication port,
Network addressable 1-99.
CONTROL
OUTPUT
Two relay outputs with selectable control band,

ON/OFF or PID function
[4-20mA / ModBus RS485 output]
ENVIRONMENTAL
NEMA 4X/IP65, Sealed Cable Glands
TEMPERATURE
-5 C to +60 C, - Operation
-10 C to +60 C, - Storage
RELATIVE
HUMIDITY
5% to 85% RH at up to +40 C - Operation

5% to 40% RH above +40 C up to +60 C - Storage
ALTITUDE
Up to 3,000 m ( 10,000 ft ) Operation/Storage
DIMENSIONS
125mm x 145mm x 75mm

[ 4.9 x 5.7 x 3 ]
WEIGHT
457 grams [1 lb]
ACCESSORIES
Wall Mount Bracket/Weather Shield
EXPANSION PORT
Onboard Data Logging Capability

Point Four TS
POINT FOUR TS WATER MONITOR/

CONTROLLER TRANSPORT SYSTEM
Parameters (such as dissolved oxygen and
temperature) are displayed in large bold type on a
color touch screen or PC. The user can view all
parameters at once or alternatively touch the
corresponding screen to view single parameter
details. All of the functions are quickly and easily
accessed via the touch screen. System can be
configured for up to 20 transport tanks.
Alarm and Control Set Points
Trend graphing per unit of measure.

Vehicle Mounting Kit.
The user can set optional alarm and control set

points (e.g. to add oxygen) for each channel/tank.
The control system interface is color coded to
indicate each channels alarm and control status.
An audible alarm can also be activated based on
certain conditions.
Data Logging
Users can data log system sensor values, view real

time trend graphs and export logged data as a
CSV/Excel format for additional reporting.
Customizable display labels and color coding.
The logging rate is user selectable and can be

changed on the fly based on transport conditions
(e.g. every 3 seconds or every hour).
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
An optional printer is available to print logged

values on demand.

for more details.
CALL FOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

INFORMATION AND PRICING
TYPICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
LARGE EASY TO READ TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY
OPTIONAL PRINTER
TREND GRAPHING PER UNIT OF MEASURE
ONE TOUCH SYSTEM PROBE CALIBRATION
CUSTOMIZABLE DISPLAY LABELS AND COLOR CODING
FLOWMETER
SOLENOID
WIRELESS
MODULE
DO PROBE
MICROBUBBLE
DIFFUSER
ON THE FLY ALARM CONTROLSYSTEM ALARM LIGHT
ON-THE-FLY SETPOINT CONTROLOXYGEN DOSING LEVELS
DATA LOGGING AND PRINTING
Point Four RIU
POINT FOUR RIU REMOTE WATER

MONITOR/CONTROLLER
The original Remote Interface Unit (RIU) is a
field-mounted single sensor transmitter/controller.
The unit will accept inputs from any sensor providing
a voltage, 4-20mA or thermistor input. Equipped
with a large-font 8x2 backlit display, the user can
view readings directly at the sensor location.
The unit contains one SPDT 4-amp relay that can
be setup for up to five control blocks. These control
blocks are configured via a PC setup program
using the optional computer connection cable.
This allows the user to setup a local control,
alarm or even PID function.
Dissolved Oxygen Monitoring
The unit also contains an automated calibration

feature allowing calibration by simply holding a
magnet to the enclosure side.
The original RIU will function as a stand-alone
controller, or up to 54 units may be daisy-chained
for a network connection. Many network connections
can be made allowing for a scalable system from
small to large. This allows the user to collect,
manipulate and control all of the data via the PT4
LC Controller, PT4 RIU controller or using the PT4
Sync HMI Software (Windows-based).
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
for more details.
Control: Oxygen dosing via onboard relay.
Large backlit local indicator display.

Tank-side calibration, simple 1-touch
magnetic calibration
Control and alarm indicators
Networkable units allow for a cost-effective
scalable system
MODEL
1SSS600
Easy, automatic calibration.
EACH
POINT FOUR RIU WATER MONITOR/ CONTROLLER
$278.00
1SSS6001
PT4 RIU WITH DO/TEMP COMMANDER PROBE
1SSS6003
PT4 RIU WITH DO TYPE III PROBE (% SAT)
896.00
746.00
1SSS6004
PT4 RIU WITH DO TYPE III PROBE (MG/L)
775.47
1SSS6005
PT4 RIU WITH RDO OPTICAL DO PROBE
1,861.02
1SSS6006
PT4 RIU WITH SALINITY OXYGUARD PROBE
1,483.68
1SSS6007
PT4 RIU WITH TGP PROBE
1,093.55
1SSS6008
PT4 RIU WITH ORP PROBE
859.00
1SSS6009
PT4 RIU WITH PH 8000 PROBE
859.98
1SSA028
PC DATA CABLE AND SOFTWARE
75.00
The PT4 RIU3 is the next-generation of the RIU, with better features & control than the original RIU. 2015 is the last year the original RIU will be available.
SYSTEM SPECS
POWER
12-24VDC, 120mA
SENSOR POWER
Onboard isolated 24VDC loop power supply

(optional)
DISPLAY
8x2 Character, Large Font, LCD Backlit
INPUT
2 optically isolated inputs, voltage,

current or thermistor.
OUTPUT ALARM
One SPDT 10 Amp relay-user configurable,

LCD/LED Alarm Indicator
Modbus RTU RS485 communication port,
Network addressable 1-54.
CONTROL
OUTPUT
One relay outputs with selectable control band,

ON/OFF or PID function
ENVIRONMENTAL
NEMA 4X/IP65, Sealed Cable Glands
TEMPERATURE
-5 C to +60 C, - Operation
-10 C to +60 C, - Storage
RELATIVE
HUMIDITY
5% to 85% RH at up to +40 C - Operation

5% to 40% RH above +40 C up to +60 C - Storage
ALTITUDE
Up to 3,000 m ( 10,000 ft ) Operation/Storage
DIMENSIONS
115mm x 112mm x 58mm [ 4.5 x 4.4 x 2.3 ]
WEIGHT
450 grams [1 lb]
OXYGUARD COMMANDER
AQUACULTURE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The Commander system provides fish farmers with
state-of-the-art solutions to maximize security and
efficiency. The modular design allows you to start
with what you need and add components later,
ensuring that you extend the systems life and
take advantage of new technology. With extensive
data logging functions that enable the fish to be
monitored from egg to table, Commander is a
complete measurement, monitoring and control
system that will meet the demands of your farm
for many years to come.
The Commander can control any water quality
parameter that can be measured and controlled,
including the ever-important dissolved oxygen.
Precise oxygen control means better feed
utilization and, in most cases, less oxygen
consumption. Not only can you eliminate spillage,
but you can also use the extensive data logging
functions to enable you to fine-tune your operation.
This will result in optimal feed use andmost
importantlyhealthier fish.
The Commanders oxygen probe has a nearly
unbreakable membrane, fast response time and
an exceptionally long life. It measures D.O. in
mg/L, % saturation and temperature, and is not
cross-sensitive to carbon dioxide. It has barometric
pressure compensation and automatic calibration.
Commanders advanced controller functions,
including PID regulation, provide an unprecedented
precision of stability for important water
quality parameters.
A NEW CONCEPT FOR MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL:

Unsurpassed overview and security.
Easy to optimize operationboth of daily production and
strategic operation.
Add measurement and control anywhere, any time just plug a new unit
into the data link!
Access the system from anywhere!
If youre in the field just connect a PC to the data link If youre in the office just use the nearest PC - If you re farther
away use the internet!
Only a single data cable for all signals right up to the point of
measurement!
Radio link for even more freedom and flexibility and it can run on
solar cells!
Range of units for easy system construction just add a unit for more
measurement and control.
Easy integration with other systems link measurement and control with
other functions - feeding - illumination etc.
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Rob Busch
Rob received his Bachelors
and Masters degrees in applied
science in electrical engineering
from the University of British
Columbia. His graduate work
included the research and
development of gas sensing
platforms. He has extensive
experience in sensor design,
instrumentation and
software development.
OXYGUARD PACIFIC
The OxyGuard Pacific is a measuring, monitoring
and control system designed for use in fish farms.
It is both multichannel and multiparameter, and
forms a modular small-size complete system.
A member of the Commander series of equipment,
it can be used as a stand-alone system or as part of
a larger Commander system. An important feature
of Pacific is its extensive connection capabilities.
It has P-NET data bus for connection to other
Commander components, IP connection for LAN
or Internet, Profibus for use with other field bus
systems and two USB ports that can be used for a
number of purposes. It also has an SD card socket
for data interchange. An additional feature is the
option that enables Pacific to connect to an
OxyGuard wireless probe system, where the
various probes and other measuring, monitoring
and control devices interconnect using wireless
signals. Pacific brings the complete functionality
of Commander to small systems and to
installations where few measurements and
points of control are situated at large distances
from each other.
CABLES AND PROBES SOLD SEPARATELY
OXYGUARD PROBE SPECS

MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE
Galvanic oxygen partial pressure cell,

self-polarizing, self temperature
compensating.
WEIGHT
Probe alone 0.2 kg. Probe with 7m

cable 0.5 kg.
ACCURACY
Depends on calibration and conditions.

Typical better than +/-1% of value.
TEMPERATURE
Precision NTC
CONNECTIONS
4 lead cable, standard cable length

= 7 m.
OUTPUT STABILITY
In air at constant temperature stable to

within +/- 1% over 1 year.
DIMENSIONS
Diameter = 58 mm, length = 59 mm.
MEASUREMENT RANGE
0 to 20 mg/l (ppm)/ 0 to 200 % sat,

higher on request. Temp. from 5C.
+/- 0.3C.
0 to 40C, pressure to 2 bar. Higher on

request.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
-5 to +60C.
OXYGUARD PACIFIC MAIN UNIT SPECS

CONSTRUCTION
ABS enclosure with touch-screen display

and alarm buzzer.
-10 to +50C. Max. 90% humidity

noncondensing. Enclosure IP65.
MAIN UNIT OUTPUTS
4 on/off signals, 6 relays with potential

free changeover (SPDT) contacts.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
b x h x d: 295 x 280 x 150 mm, 1.2 kg.
STORAGE CONDITIONS
-10 to +60. Max. 90% humidity

noncondensing.
DISPLAY
7 touch screen.
SUPPLY AND CONSUMPTION
15 to 33VDC.
MAIN UNIT INPUTS
Max 20 probes, 4 wired probes, others

wireless. 4 on/off signals.
VERSIONS
Input unit for 8 probes, output unit with

8 relays, other as required.
OXYGUARD PACIFIC INPUT UNIT AND OUTPUT UNIT SPECS

CONSTRUCTION
ABS enclosure.
SUPPLY AND CONSUMPTION
15 to 33VDC.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
b x h: 295 x 280 mm.
-10 to +50C. Max. 90% humidity noncondensing. Enclosure IP65.
Oxygen Meter
OXYGUARD ATLANTIC OXYGEN METER

The OxyGuard Atlantic is an accurate, reliable and
easy to use oxygen meter with features ideal for use
in aquaculture and other facilities with individual,
large ponds. It measures both dissolved oxygen and
temperature and has 4 relay outputs. The dissolved
oxygen measurement is compensated for
atmospheric pressure, which permits accurate
control of aerators. The user can link set points
to parameters as desired. Set points can then be
linked to output relays. It is also possible to link
set points together. This permits, for example,
an aerator to be started both from a D.O. set point
and a temperature set point.
Anti-fouling cap
The OxyGuard anti-fouling cap reduces membrane
fouling significantly. Membrane fouling changes
the sensitivity of the probe, and can otherwise be a
problem in warm salt or brackish water.
Probe cleaner control

The OxyGuard probe cleaner uses compressed air,
and has proved very effective. You can use a timer
and relay in Atlantic to control the compressed air,
and a second timer to freeze the output
while cleaning.
mg/L (ppm), % saturation and C
Automatic calibration
Atlantic has a barometric pressure sensor,

and the probe incorporates a temperature sensor.
This gives you correct values of dissolved oxygen
in both mg/L and % saturation.
Calibration with Atlantic is easy. Just wipe the

membrane, place the probe in the air and start
the process.
Safety first!
Aerator control saves energy

You can save energy by letting Atlantic control
your aerators automatically. They will then only
run when more oxygen is needed. If you also use
aerators for temperature control you can logically
link a temperature setpoint and a D.O. setpoint so
that the aerator will run if the D.O. is too low or if
the temperature is too high.
Atlantic has 4 relay outputs and 8 set points. There

will always be at least one relay output that can be
used to give alarm if the oxygen level goes too low
or the temperature too high. And since Atlantic
measures both parameters and has logical linking
you only need to use one relay.
Timer functions
Atlantic has 8 timers that can be used for a number
of purposes. For example, alarm can be delayed
so that only a sustained fault results in alarm
being given.
the excess oxygen away. On the other hand, if D.O.

levels are under 100%, then aeration is sensible.
Atlantic can control both propellers and aerators.
For example by aerating to high D.O. levels when
the water is cool and the D.O. less than 100% sat,
then maintaining circulation when the water warms
and the oxygen level is pushed over 100%.
Link aeration and circulation

If surface D.O. levels are very highabove 100%
satthen it makes sense to start circulation
propellers to send some of this oxygen-rich water
to lower levels. Starting aerators would only blow
OXYGUARD PROBE SPECS

MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE
Oxygen: Galvanic oxygen partial

pressure cell, self-polarizing,
self-temperature compensating.
WEIGHT
Probe alone 0.2 kg.

Probe with 7m cable 0.5 kg.
ACCURACY
Depends on calibration and conditions.

Typical better than +/-1% of value.
TEMPERATURE
Precision NTC
CONNECTIONS
Cable, 4 lead,
standard cable length = 7 m.
OUTPUT STABILITY
In air at constant temperature stable

to within +/-1% over 1 year.
DIMENSIONS
Diameter = 58 mm, length = 59 mm.
MEASUREMENT RANGE
0 to 20 mg/L (ppm)/0 to 200% sat,

higher on request. Temp. from -5C.
+/- 0.3C.
0 to 40C, pressure to 2 bar.

Higher on request.
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
-5 to +60C.
ATLANTIC TRANSMITTER SPECS

CONSTRUCTION
ABS enclosure with display, indicators,

pushbuttons and alarm buzzer.
STORAGE CONDITIONS
-10 to +60. Max. 90% humidity

non-condensing.
ANALOGUE OUTPUT
4-20 mA. Max. load 820 ohm (total).

User selectable range & parameter. Fully
galvanically isolated from all inputs.
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
213 x 185 x 95 mm, 1.2 kg.
MEASUREMENT INPUTS
From probe: mV oxygen signal,

resistance temperature signal.
Scaleable ranges.
DISPLAY
Graphical LCD with backlight. Max 4

figures, 2 decimals, 13 mm height.
SUPPLY & CONSUMPTION
230VAC, 115VAC +/-10% or 9 to 36VDC.

10 W. Specify when ordering.
LOGICAL FUNCTIONS
Direct, inverted, multiply. With and

and not and linking.
ALARMS
8, variable hysteresis about set point.

Selectable parameter, values & linking.
-10 to +50C. Max. 90% humidity

non-condensing. Enclosure IP65.
COMPENSATION INPUT
4-20 mA. Scaleable. Max voltage

drop 5V at 20 mA.
PARAMETERS
mg/L (ppm); % sat; % vol; mbar O2,

temperature. Can be scaled and linked.
RELAY OUTPUTS:
4, with potential free changeover

(SPDT) contacts. Selectable mode (direct
or inverted), and linking to parameter or
logical argument.
Max load 200VA or 1A AC, recommended
max 24 VAC (abs. max 250 VAC).
2A at 24 VDC.
CONVERSION ACCURACY
To display and analogue

output < +/- 0.1%.
Non-linearity and repeatability
typically < +/- 0.1% of actual value.
TIMERS
8, from 1 second to 999999 seconds

(11 days). Selectable period, duty cycle
and offset. Can activate or be activated
by alarm. Can freeze the output.
Can activate relays. Can be reset
from front panel.
D.O. Monitor and Control
YSI 5500D OPTICAL D.O. MONITOR

AND CONTROL
Continuous water quality monitoring
for dissolved oxygen
SYSTEM SPECS
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
TEMPERATURE
Range: 0 to 500% air saturation; 0 to

50 mg/L
Resolution: 0.1% air saturation; 0.01
mg/L or 0.1 mg/L (auto-scaling)
Accuracy: (0-200%) (0-20 mg/L) 1%
of reading or 1% air sat, whichever
greater; 0.1 mg/L or 1% of reading,
whichever greater
(200-500%) (20-50 mg/L) 10% of
reading
Response time: 90% of reading in 25
seconds; 95% of reading in 45 seconds
(typical response times with no stirring;
sample movement will improve typical
response times)
Designed specifically for aquaculture systems, the

YSI 5500D continuous monitor for dissolved oxygen
and AquaManager Software can be used to
integrate process control, feeding, alarming and
data management into one product or can be used
to simply monitor one tank. With ODO optical
dissolved oxygen technology you'll benefit from
reduced costs, less maintenance and better data.
The ODO sensors require no membrane changes,
no electrode cleaning, no stirring requirement and
less frequent calibrations. NEMA 4X box is IP65
waterproof. UL- and CE-listed. 8.5" L x 6.5" H x
4.75" D (21.6 x 16.5 x 12.1 cm).
MultiDO monitor using optical D.O. technology.
Range: 0 to 45C (32 to 113F)

Resolution: 0.1C
Accuracy: 0.2C
Ethernet TCP/IP or wireless communications

(optional).
Event logging records calibrations, high and
low conditions and more.
Conditional feed timer with Feed Smart
software included.
Networking capability up to 32 instruments per
communications port or integration with 5200As
and 5400s.
Graphic interface function for quick, reliable
system status with the use of AquaManager
software.
Plug-and-playeasy to install, setup and
maintain; no need to hire consultants.
Flexible control software.
Tank-side calibration.
Email and SMS alarming.
AquaViewer app available for easy access to
data at any time.
MODEL
Y5500D-1
SINGLE-CHANNEL MONITOR, 110-230 VAC
EACH
$2,125.00
Y5500D-1-D
SINGLE-CHANNEL MONITOR, 12 VDC (POWER SUPPLY NOT INCL.)
2,025.00
Y5500D-2
TWO-CHANNEL MONITOR, 110230 VAC
2,625.00
Y5500D-2-D
TWO-CHANNEL MONITOR, 12 VDC (POWER SUPPLY NOT INCL.)
2,525.00
Y5500D-4
FOUR-CHANNEL MONITOR, 110230 VAC
3,500.00
3,400.00
Y5500D-4-D
FOUR-CHANNEL MONITOR, 12 VDC, (POWER SUPPLY NOT INCL.)
Y626320
REPL. SENSOR CAP
100.00
Y626250-4
PROBE ASSEMBLY W/4-M CABLE
650.00
Y626250-10
725.00
Y626250-20
775.00
Y626250-50
925.00
Y6505
WEATHER SHIELD
65.00
Y6509
RAIL MOUNT KIT
42.00
Y6510
PANEL MOUNT KIT
Y5209A
AQUAMANAGER DESKTOP SOFTWARE
410.00
Y5402
SERIAL TO ETHERNET MODULE
335.00
The standard conditional feed timer, Feed Smart,

manages food delivery based on user's preset
criteria. Manage feed delivery based on userselectable inputs for the number of daily feedings,
daily feed weights, total biomass and feed
conversion ratios (FCRs), along with parameter
control based on water quality values. Interfaces
with most auto feeders.
Optional AquaManager desktop software allows
you to view, configure, or setup instruments from
the convenience of one central location. Instantly
see an overview of your facility, manage parameter
set points, and conveniently manage data to make
informed operational decisions. The facility mapping
feature provides an immediate overview of all
ponds or tanks indicating their current state.
Applications include:
Recirculating systems.
Live haul.
Raceways.
Aquariums.
Ponds.
Research.
Sea cages.
Tanks.
77.00
YSI, AquaManager, ODO and Feed Smart are registered trademarks of YSI, Inc.
278
Water Quality Monitoring System
YSI 5200A WATER QUALITY

FW
MONITORING SYSTEM
SW
TECH FAV
Designed for aquaculture and other applications that require real-time

monitoring, the 5200A RSM measures dissolved oxygen, pH, ORP, conductivity,
salinity and temperature! The 5200A RSM can accept additional inputs,
including total dissolved gas sensors, water level sensors, pressure sensors,
flow sensors, etc. It's also a controller and alarm system. When used with
AquaManager software, it can email alarms if connected directly to a
computer or phone alarms when connected to an internal modem. It will
even network with other RSMs.
Advantages of the 5200A over the 5200

Large graphic display allows for menu-driven operation.
Shows all parameters simultaneously
System status history at the push of a button
No loss of data when power is lost
Four cascading, 10-event timers
Network speed is 20X faster
Improved diagnostic capability
Cable & Probe
Sold Separately
AC or DC power
Provides data that can be used for better system management
Applications include
Recirculating aquaculture systems
Research and laboratory systems
Wastewater monitoring
Live hauling
Zoological exhibits/Aquariums
E
nvironmental monitoring
Fish ponds and raceways
Remote cage monitoring
The Y5200A RSM utilizes a multiprobe sonde for simultaneous oxygen,
temperature, conductivity, salinity, pH and ORP measurement (calibration
solutions sold separately). The probe can be submersed directly into a tank or
threaded into a gland for in-line measurement. The polarographic oxygen probe
requires little water movement to provide extremely accurate oxygen readings.
Two-year warranty on meter, 1-year on probes and cable. NEMA 4X enclosure.
CE-approved and UL-listed.
Probe & cable not included, see listing on next page for compatible probes.
Y5200A shown in action at our in-house test facility.
PRICE
279
Water Quality Monitoring System

MODEL INSTRUMENTS
Y5200A
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
MONITORING ASSEMBLY, 115/230V W/115V CORD 10

$1,925.00
Y5200A-DC MONITORING ASSEMBLY, 12VDC
10

MODEL PROBES
RS485
5200A
5200A
1,825.00
RS232
Alarm
Light
Feeder
Probe Assembly
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
Y55624
4-M CABLE KIT WITH D.O./TEMP/CONDUCTIVITY* 2 $1,015.00
Y556210
10-M CABLE KIT WITH D.O./TEMP/CONDUCTIVITY* 3
1,115.00
Y556220
20-M CABLE KIT WITH D.O./TEMP/CONDUCTIVITY* 4
1,215.00
Y55614
4-M CABLE WITH D.O./TEMP**
520.00
Y556110
555.00
Y556120
605.00
Y5564
PH KIT
260.00
Y5565
PH/ORP KIT
360.00
Y5560
CONDUCTIVITY & TEMPERATURE PROBE
430.00
Aerator
5200A
5200A
* Does not include PH nor ORP probes. **Only D.O. and Temperature.

MODEL ACCESSORIES
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
Y559
REPLACEABLE D.O. MODULE
10
Y5204
D.O. MEMBRANE KIT, 2 MIL
10
$195.00
65.00
Y6509
RAIL MOUNT KIT
42.00
Y6510
PANEL MOUNT KIT
77.00
Y3059
FLOW CELL
327.00
Y6505
WEATHER SHIELD
65.00
Y5209A
SOFTWARE, AQUAMANAGER, SINGLE NETWORK USE 3 410.00
Y5285-A
OPTO-ISOLATOR (NOT INCLUDED)***
169.00
Y5402
335.00
ESP901
ETHERNET SERVER
245.00
***Required if unit is connected directly to computer.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
Y3167-E
1,000 /CM, 1 PINT (FRESH WATER)
10
$20.00
Y3168-E
10,000 /CM, 1 PINT (BRACKISH WATER)
10
20.00
Y3169-E
50,000 /CM, 1 PINT (SALT WATER)
20.00
Y3628
ZOBELL ORP TEST SOLUTION, 125 ML
31.00
Y5580
CONFIDENCE CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 1 PINT
17.00
SYSTEM SPECS
DISSOLVED OXYGEN (%
SATURATION)
Range: 0500%
Accuracy: 2%
Resolution: 0.1%
PH
Range: 014
Accuracy: 0.2 pH
Resolution: 0.01 pH
CONDUCTIVITY HR
Range: 0200 mS
Accuracy: 0.5%
Resolution: 0.1 mS
Range: 060 mg/L

Accuracy: 0.2 mg/L
Resolution: 0.01 mg/L
ORP
Range: -2,0002,000
Accuracy: 20 mV
Resolution: 1 mV
SALINITY
Range: 080 ppt

Accuracy: 0.1 ppt
Resolution: 0.1 ppt
TEMPERATURE
Range: 045C
Accuracy: 0.2C
Resolution: 0.1C
CONDUCTIVITY LR
Range: 02,000 S
Accuracy: 0.5%
Resolution: 1.0 S
DIFFERENTIAL TDGP
Range: 400 mmHg

Accuracy: 1.0 mmHg
Dissolved Oxygen Monitor
YSI DISSOLVED OXYGEN MONITOR

Designed specifically for aquaculture systems,
the YSI 5400 continuous monitor for dissolved
oxygen and AquaManager Software can be used
to integrate process control, feeding, alarming and
data management into one product or can be used
to simply monitor one tank. Powerful enough to
manage a full-scale farming operation from
anywhere in the world, yet simple enough for
anyone to use.
The 5400 is perfectly suited for continuous D.O.
monitoring of multiple locations. Up to 32
instruments per communications port can be
configured on one local network, with each
instrument capable of controlling four D.O.
channels and additional inputs for temperature,
level, pressure, CO2, TGP sensors and more.
Can also be networked with YSI 5200A
multiparameter monitors.
Y5400
Relay outputs can control heaters, chillers,

aerators, pumps, lights, feeders, etc. Alarming
options include email and SMS from 3 to 10
email addresses, depending on configuration.
Cable & Probe

Sold Separately
The YSI 5400 also features flexible monitoring and

control software with graphic interface function for
quick, reliable system status checks. Includes
conditional feed timer with Feed Smart software.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
Y5400
D.O. MONITOR, 12VDC
10
$2,850.00
Y54002
D.O. MONITOR, 115230VAC OR 12VDC
10
2,950.00
Y5424
4-M CABLE, D.O. ONLY
405.00
Y54210
465.00
Y54220
525.00
Y54230
585.00
Y5434
4-M CABLE, D.O. W/TEMP
460.00
Y54310
520.00
Y54320
580.00
Y54330
640.00
Y5402
335.00
Y5209A

SOFTWARE AQUAMANAGER,
SINGLE NETWORK USE
410.00
Thank you [Pentair] Aquatic

Eco-Systems for keeping
customer service #1. Our
personal acct rep is familiar
with, and understands, our
daily procedures and
challenges. The random
issues that may occur are
resolved immediately.
Product is superior quality
every time. Plus, you are a
lot of fun to work with!
SYSTEM SPECS
DISSOLVED OXYGEN
(% SATURATION)
Range: 0500%
Accuracy: 2%
Resolution: 0.1%
TEMPERATURE
Range: 045C
Accuracy: 0.2C
Resolution: 0.1C
Range: 060 mg/L

Accuracy: 0.2 mg/L
Resolution: 0.01 mg/L (010
mg/L); 0.1 mg/L (1060 mg/L)
Diane M. Minge
Bass Pro Shops
Y5200A and Y5500D can be used in the same network to provide a

solution when multiparameter measurements are required.
5200A
RS485
5400
IP Device
RS232
Wireless
5400
Header
Tank
Return
Output
Combined Y5200A and Y5400 Networking
Example of one Y5400 controlling D.O. and feeding in four tanks.

YSI, AquaManager, and Feed Smart are registered trademarks of YSI, Inc.
pH/ORP Controllers
PH/CO2 CONTROLLER
Automate CO2 dosing to ensure your plants get

the right amount for respiration. Just plug a 115V
solenoid valve (not included) into the socket
supplied for dosing and your CO2 supply to the
solenoid. The included pH electrode measures
0 to 14 pH ( .2 pH accuracy) and has manual
2-point calibration. Controller has a set point
range of 5.5 to 9.5 pH and a visual LED alarm that
activates when the reading goes above the set
point. Uses a 115V/60 Hz to 12VDC adapter
(included) and measures 31/4" x 51/2" x 11/2".
Two-year warranty on the base unit, six months
on the probe. Ship weight is 2 lbs.
MODEL
EACH
MC122 PH/CO2 SMART CONTROLLER
MC122
$125.00
SM911
REPL. PH PROBE
42.00
CAL7
PH CALIBRATION SOLUTION 7.0
13.35
CAL4
13.35
CAL10
13.35
2-YEAR WARRANTY
ORP CONTROLLER
Plug an ozone generator into this Smart
controllers power socket, and it will dose until
it determines that the ORP set point is reached.
Simply dial the set point from 0 to 600 mV. The
controller will automatically switch on again if the
ORP value falls above or below (user selected) the
set point, and a visual LED alarm will activate while
the reading is low. Controller can measure 1,000
mV (5 mV accuracy). ORP electrode and 115V/60
Hz to 12VDC adapter are included. Two-year
warranty on the base unit, six months on the probe.
Ship weight is 3 lbs.
MODEL
EACH
MC510
ORP CONTROLLER
$143.00
SM921
REPL. ORP PROBE
45.00
7021
ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION 240 MV
25.00
7022
ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION 470 MV
25.00
MC510
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Alarms
AUTO DIALER ALARM SYSTEMS

Sensaphone alarms pay for themselves by preventing disasters and reducing
man-hours. Built-in microphone monitors soundcall at any time and listen in
from a remote location. Units call you when there is a problem and speak in
plain English. Use your regular phone line (separate line not needed). They
recognize and bypass all answering machines and continue dialing until they
contact a person. Auto shut-down after the 16th attempt (four phone numbers,
four dial attempts on rotationup to 255 attempts). A200 can contact up to
eight people. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
Important Features
Continues dialing numbers in sequence for 16255 attempts
Most sensors can be mounted up to 150 feet away with 1822 gauge wire
Can dial out to beepers and pagers
Backup battery condition monitor
A2
Built-in clock
Programmable security code access
Variable AC power failure alarm
Compatible with cellular telephones (for dialing out) equipped with an RJ11
telephone jack
AUTO DIALER ALARM ACCESSORIES

Mount these sensors up to 150 feet away from the auto dialer!
A2B Water Detection Sensor: Set on the floor to alert if flooding occurs. Small
sensors on bottom of unit will send a signal if water is detected.
A2C Magnetic Reed Switch: Install on doors, windows, etc. Will cause dial-out
when contacts are opened.
A2B
A2C
AT5 Remote Temperature Probe: Measures water or air temperature up to 50'

from unit. Triggers a dial-out when temperature passes high and low
set limits. 50' of PTFE-jacketed cable included. Weighs 0.02 lb.
A3 Remote Temperature Sensor: Monitors room temperature. Simply attach to
a wall and run wire (not included) to a terminal. Triggers dial-out if temperature
passes high or low set limits. Can also be used under water if wire connections
are thoroughly sealed. Can be used with up to 150' of cable. Weighs 0.2 lb.
A2S Smoke Detector: 115VAC photoelectric smoke alarm (85 dB) with two sets
of alarm contacts. 5" diameter, 2.5" H. Weighs 0.5 lb.
A3B
A3B Passive Infrared Motion Detector: Can detect movement within a facility to
determine unauthorized entry. Weighs 0.4 lb.

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS)
AT5
EACH
A2
MAX OF 4 SENSORS, PLASTIC HOUSING
$473.98
A200
MAX OF 8 SENSORS, PLASTIC HOUSING
713.00
A2B*
WATER DETECTION SENSOR
112.50
A2C*
MAGNETIC REED SWITCH
14.00
78.00
AT5
REMOTE TEMPERATURE PROBE
A3*
REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
30.00
A2S
SMOKE DETECTOR
78.00
A3B*
PASSIVE INFRARED MOTION DETECTOR
106.84
A3C* HUMIDISTAT
*Wires or cables not included. Use 1822 gauge wire.

Sensaphone is a registered trademark of Phonetics, Inc.
41.00
ALL COMPONENTS SOLD SEPARATELY
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Kurt Lang
Kurt Lang has been in the commercial aquaculture industry
for over 15 years. He has a mechanical engineering degree
from Hhere Technische Lehranstalt in Vienna, Austria.
Over the past 10 years, Kurt has focused on all aspects of
field related work. Providing installation support,
commissioning & start-up services, preventive maintenance
and troubleshooting support, ranging from small pumps to
large scale Recirculating Aquaculture Systems.
HEATERS/CHILLERS 283
Product
284 Heaters and Heat Exchangers
293 Heat/Cool Pumps
285 Bayonet/L Style Heaters
296 Air-Cooled Water Chillers
286 Immersion Heaters/Protectors
297 In-Line Chillers
289 Temperature Controllers
298 Air Cooled Coil Water Chillers
301 Aquarium Chillers/Aquarium

Cooling Fans
302 Heat Exchangers
303 Chiller Barrel Packages
290 Submersible Heaters/Controllers 300 Water Cooled Water Chillers/

Ice Probe
291 In-Line Heaters
284 HEATERS/HEAT PUMPS

Heaters and Heat Exchangers
SUBMERSIBLE HEATERS AND IN-LINE

KOI
HEAT EXCHANGERS
Innovative Heat Concepts Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) technology is custom-designed for the aquaculture industry. PTC technology brings together the
heating element, thermostat and control device into a single component, enabling precise temperature specifications. PTC ceramic chip technology adjusts
the amount of heat transmitted as ambient conditions change. As a result, they are safer and more cost-efficient than nichrome wire elements.
All heaters come with NEMA 4X-rated dual readout digital LED controls, and eliminate premature low liquid level burnout.
SUBMERSIBLE TITANIUM HEATERS
TITANIUM IN-LINE HEAT EXCHANGERS
KOI
Titanium heaters ideal for marine aquaculture. Safe to bury under gravel.
HTS1HTS5 include power cord and plug (15 cord from control to heater;
15 sensor from control); HTS6HTS7 do not include power cord. 230v models
include 6-20p plug.
MODEL
WATTS
HTS1
1,000 115 8.4
VOLTS MAX AMPS
PHASE
LENGTH
WEIGHT (LBS)
12.5"
$468.00
EACH
KOI
The advanced technology in these heat exchangers ensures that water will
never come into contact with the heaters. Units are corrosion-resistant and
easy to maintain without disconnecting plumbing. They have built-in thermal
protection and will not burn out if water flow stops. Digital temperature
control has 1 accuracy and field-selectable temperature settings (C or
F). Max 50 psi. 11/2 NPT inlet and outlet. These titanium heaters use PTC
technology and are energy-efficient.
HTS2
1,000 230
4.2
12.5"
468.00
HTS3
1,800
115
15
19"
10
578.00

MAX WEIGHT
MODEL
WATTS
VOLTS
AMPS
PHASE
L X W X H
(LBS)
HTS4
1,800
230
7.5
19"
10
578.00
TIHE1
1,800 115 15
EACH
24" X 7" X 10"
13
$700.00
HTS5
3,000
230
12.5
25"
19
688.00
TIHE2
3,000 230
12.5
24" X 7" X 10"
13
800.00
HTS6
4,000
230
16.7
31"
26
908.00
TIHE3
6,000 230
14.5
31" X 7" X 10"
17
900.00
HTS7
6,000
230
25
42"
29
1,163.00
TIHE4
8,000 230
19.3
31" X 7" X 10"
17
1,500.00
Replacement Controls
QD20 standard control; operating temperature range is -32230F.
CNTRL3 has temp range of 0754F.
Model CNTRL1 for use on HTS1 and HTS3 Heaters
Model CNTRL2 for use on HTS2, HTS4 and HTS5 Heaters
Model CNTRL3 for use on HTS6 and HTS7 Heaters

MODEL
VOLTS
MAX
AMPS PHASE
SENSOR
LENGTH
L X W X H
SHIP WEIGHT
(LBS)
EACH
CNTRL1
115
20
15
3 X 6 X 4
$225.00
CNTRL2
230
20
15
3 X 6 X 4
225.00
CNTRL3
230
40
15
6 X 6 X 4
390.00
TIHE1/TIHE2
Combination Controls
16 Series combination control; operating temperature range is 0 to 754F.
Models CNTRL4 thru CNTRL8 for use on many different types of heaters up
to the given amp rating for the specified model. Single- or three-phase
compatible, except model CNTRL6.

MODEL
VOLTS
MAX
AMPS PHASE
SENSOR
LENGTH
L X W X H
SHIP WEIGHT
(LBS)
EACH
CNTRL4
230
30
1 OR 3
15
8 X 8 X 4
13
$608.00
CNTRL5
460
30
1 OR 3
15
8 X 8 X 4
16
652.00
CNTRL6
115
50
15
8 X 8 X 4
13
660.00
CNTRL7
230
50
1 OR 3
15
8 X 8 X 4
13
660.00
CNTRL8
460
50
1 OR 3
15
8 X 8 X 4
16
700.00
TIHE3/TIHE4
HEATERS 285
Bayonet/L Style Heaters
L STYLE HEATERS
BAYONET HEATERS
Heavy-duty, 2 diameter tube (1-kW models are 11/4 tubes) ideally suited
for fluctuating solution levels or shallow tanks. Units have a 36 corrosionresistant thermoplastic flexible conduit and a watt density of 35 watts/sq.in.
Will work in high-viscosity liquids.
Super-efficient heaters have a 36 corrosion-resistant thermoplastic flexible

conduit and a watt density of 35 watts/sq.in. Heavy-duty, 2 diameter tube
(1-kW models are 11/4 tubes). Will work in high-viscosity liquids.
Single Tube L Style HeatersSingle phase.
Single Tube Bayonet HeatersSingle phase.

RISER
HOT WEIGHT
316L STAINLESS STEEL
TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS HEIGHT ZONE (LBS) MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH

COLD HOT WEIGHT 316L STAINLESS STEEL
TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS LENGTH ZONE ZONE (LBS) MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
1,000 115 15" 13"

1,000
230 15"
13"
10
10
SL1107 $319.00
S1207
319.00
TL1107 $431.00
1,000 115 11" 4"
7"
S1107
$177.00 T1107
TL1207
431.00
1,000
230 11"
4"
7"
S1207
177.00 T1207
221.00
2,000
115 17"
7"
10"
S2109
250.00
T2109
308.00
2,000 115 19"
17"
11
SL2115
393.00
TL2115 483.00
2,000
230 19"
17"
11
SL2215
393.00
TL2215
483.00
2,000
460 19"
17"
11
SL2415
393.00
TL2415
483.00
3,000
230 25"
21"
13
SL3220
465.00
TL3220
571.00
3,000
460 25"
21"
13
SL3420
465.00
TL3420
571.00
4,000
230 25"
25"
14
SL4224
535.00
TL4224
4,000
460 25"
25"
14
SL4424
535.00
5,000
230 25"
32"
17
SL5231
5,000
460 25"
32"
17
SL5431
2,000
230 17"
7"
10"
S2209
250.00 T2209
308.00
2,000
460 17"
7"
10"
S2409
250.00 T2409
308.00
3,000
230 22"
8"
14"
11
S3214
320.00 T3214
393.00
3,000
460 22"
8"
14"
11
S3414
320.00 T3414
393.00
4,000 230 29"
10"
19"
13
S4218
409.00 T4218
505.00
658.00
4,000 460 29"
10"
19"
13
S4418
409.00 T4418
505.00
TL4424
658.00
5,000
230 35"
10"
25"
16
S5225
490.00 T5225
601.00
611.00
TL5231
765.00
5,000
460 35"
10"
25"
16
S5425
490.00 T5425
601.00
611.00
TL5431
765.00
Triple Tube L Style HeatersThree phase.
Triple Tube Bayonet HeatersThree phase.

Heavy-duty 2 diameter tubes (3-kW models are 11/4 tubes).

RISER
HOT WEIGHT
TITANIUM
EACH MODEL
EACH

COLD HOT WEIGHT 316L STAINLESS STEEL
TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS LENGTH ZONE ZONE (LBS) MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
3,000 230 15" 14"
23
SL3207
$580.00 TL3207
$820.00
3,000
23
SL3407
580.00 TL3407
820.00
3,000
460 11"
4"
6,000
230 17"
7"
6,000
460 17"
7"
10"
9,000
230 22"
8"
14"
9,000
460 15"
14"
$221.00
3,000 230 11" 4"
6,000
230 19"
19"
27
SL6215
807.00 TL6215 1,038.00
6,000
460 19"
19"
27
SL6415
807.00 TL6415
1,038.00
9,000
230 25"
24"
32
SL9220
1,031.00 TL9220
1,323.00
9,000
460 25"
24"
32
SL9420
1,031.00 TL9420
1,323.00
12,000 230 25"
27"
42
SL12224 1,232.00 TL12224 1,395.00
12,000 460 25"
27"
42
SL12424 1,232.00 TL12424 1,395.00
15,000 230 25"
34"
49
SL15231 1,474.00 TL15231 1,851.00
15,000 460 35"
15,000 460 25"
34"
49
SL15431 1,474.00 TL15431 1,851.00
15
S3207
7"
15
S3407
473.00 T3407
10"
32
S6209
653.00 T6209 824.00
32
S6409
653.00 T6409
36
S9214
877.00 T9214 1,115.00

877.00 T9414
7"
$473.00 T3207 $606.00

606.00
824.00
460 22"
8"
14"
36
S9414
12,000 230 29"
10"
19"
40
S12218 1,081.00 T12218 1,371.00
1,115.00
12,000 460 29"
10"
19"
40
S12418 1,081.00 T12418 1,371.00
15,000 230 35"
10"
25"
46
S15225 1,323.00 T15225 1,641.00
10"
25"
46
S15425 1,323.00 T15425 1,641.00
Triple Tube L Style Vertical StackThree phase.

RISER
HOT WEIGHT
EACH
TITANIUM
MODEL
23
SLV3214
$580.00
TLV3214
$820.00
3,000
14
23
SLV3414
580.00
TLV3414
820.00
460 15
6,000
230 19
19
27
SLV6219
807.00
TLV6219 1,038.00
6,000
460 19
19
27
SLV6419
807.00
TLV6419
1,038.00
9,000
230 25
24
32
SLV9224
1,031.00
TLV9224
1,323.00
9,000
1,031.00
460 25
24
32
SLV9424
12,000 230 25
27
42
SLV12227 1,232.00
Controls Sold Separately
EACH
3,000 230 15 14
TLV9424
1,323.00
TLV12227
1,395.00
12,000 460 25
27
42
SLV12427 1,232.00
TLV12427
1,395.00
15,000 230 25
34
49
SLV15234 1,474.00
TLV15234
1,851.00
15,000 460 25
34
49
SLV15434 1,474.00
TLV15434
1,851.00
Triple Tube
Bayonet Style
Single Tube
Bayonet Style
Triple Tube
L Style
286 HEATERS
Electric Immersion Heaters
ELECTRIC IMMERSION HEATERS

Positive temperature coefficient (PTC) electric immersion heaters
With PTC technology, thermal over-temperature protectors are no longer
required to ensure safe operation. PTC aquaculture heaters are more
dependable with extended service life and will not burn out in air like traditional
resistance heaters. Unlike resistance heaters, these heaters continue working
in high solids applications.
A PTC heater utilizes solid-state ceramic heating elements as its heat source.
These devices are self-regulatingthe maximum temperature is internally
limited regardless of the operating conditions. Therefore, these heaters have
a built-in safety never seen before in electric immersion heaters. Traditional
resistance heaters have the potential for a runaway heat condition if operated
out of water, but a PTC heater can self limit its maximum temperature
regardless if operated in water, air or completely surrounded by solids.
Axial Style Bottom Heater w/Control
If the temperature goes down, so does the resistance (thereby increasing

power output). If the heat transfer is impeded, as would happen when operating
in air, the temperature will increase (as will the resistance), resulting in
reduced power output. This concept is similar to technologies used in car seat
warmers or hair dryersa unit can only reach a predetermined maximum
temperature before it turns itself down.
In the aquaculture industry, a common threat to heater life is buildup in waters
with dense solids resulting in overheat conditions. Since these conditions will
not cause the SmartOne to overheat, it will last significantly longer than a
traditional heater. The maximum output temperature is below the ignition point
of most plastic tanks as well, so overheat damage is prevented if the element is
operated in air or becomes covered with buildup. (Please note: periodic
cleaning is still recommended since buildup can increase the rate of chemical
corrosion of any heater.
Straight Style
Over-the-Side Heater
Over-the-Side Heaters (Without Control)

WATTS
STYLE
VOLTS PH
1,000 STRAIGHT 115 1
Heaters With Control
HOT LENGTH 316L STAINLESS STEEL

ZONE (IN) (IN) MODEL
EACH
7
11
90 Style Bottom Heater w/Control
S1H10
TITANIUM
MODEL EACH
$226 S1H10T $272

WATTS
STYLE
VOLTS ZONE (IN) (IN) MODEL
EACH
1,000 AXIAL 115 6
14
ASEP10
TITANIUM
MODEL EACH
$614
ASEP10T
$706
789
11
S1H11
226 S1H11T
272
1,000
AXIAL 230
14
ASEP11
697
ASEP11T
12
17
S1H17
279 S1H17T
333
1,700
AXIAL 115
10
18
ASEP17
664
ASEP17T 763
12
17
S1H18
270 S1H18T
333
1,000
90 115
12
LSEP10
710
LSEP10T
791
19
23
S1H30
376 S1H30T
449
1,000
90 230
12
LSEP11
725
LSEP11T
804
25
29
S1H40
460 S1H40T
556
1,700
90 115
14
16
LSEP17
794
LSEP17T
849
30
39
S1H50
557 S1H50T
668
1,700
90 230
14
16
LSEP18
877
LSEP18T
932
1,000 STRAIGHT 115
11
SEP10
430
SEP10T
450
1,000 STRAIGHT 230
11
SEP11
505
SEP11T
525
1,700 STRAIGHT 115
12
17
SEP17
456
SEP17T
509
1,700 STRAIGHT 230
12
17
SEP18
555
SEP18T
641
SENSOR
LENGTH
TEMPERATURE RANGE
SHP WT
(LBS)
EACH
Bottom Heaters (Without Control)

WATTS
STYLE
VOLTS PH

ZONE (IN) (IN) MODEL
EACH
TITANIUM
MODEL EACH
1,000 AXIAL 115 1
7 14 S1A10 $343 S1A10T $431
1,000 AXIAL 230 1
1,700 AXIAL 115 1
12 18 S1A17 390 S1A17T 486
Digital Temperature Controls*
1,700 AXIAL 230 1
12 18 S1A18 390 S1A18T 486
1,000
90
115 1
12 S1L10 433 S1L10T 512

MODEL
VOLTS
1,000
90
230 1
12 S1L11 433 S1L11T 512
1,700
90
115 1 14 16 S1L17 512 S1L17T 567
1,700
90
230 1
3,000
90 230 1
18
23
S1L30
657
S1L30T
760
4,000
90 230 1
23
29
S1L40
731
S1L40T
844
5,000
90 230 1
29
34
S1L50
805
S1L50T
927
14 S1A11 343 S1A11T 431
14 16 S1L18 512 S1L18T 567
MAX
AMPS
DRAE15-1
115
15
-30220F (-34104C)
$225
DRAE15-2
230
-30220F (-34104C)
308
*For indoor use only. Includes 6 power cord and plug.

SmartOne is a registered trademark of Tom Richard, Inc. DBA Process Technology.
HEATERS 287
Electric Immersion Heaters and Protectors
ELECTRIC IMMERSION HEATERS

The EasyPlug heaters offer simple, easy plug-in installation for aquaculture applications.
To install, simply mount the heater, plug it into the control, and plug the control into a wall receptacle.
Heaters come standard with the Protector 1 over-temperature control system which utilizes a heat
sensitive thermal protector to detect overheat conditions. The thermal protector, placed inside a thermowell
and positioned in contact with the heater sheath, will stop power to the heater in the event of low liquid level.
Heaters also include a digital control, 8 1/2 cord with EasyPlug connector and mounting clip. Control includes
8 vinyl sleeved temperature sensor and 5 1/2 power cord. Control is for indoor use only. Heaters and
replacement controls are UL-listed and CE-certified, and works with both 50/60Hz. One-year warranty.
Made in USA.
Simple, easy plug-in installation
Over-the-Side Heater
Overall
Length
316 Stainless steel for fresh water use

Titanium for salt water use
Over-the-Side Heaters (With Digital Control)
Hot
Zone

WATTS
STYLE
VOLTS
PH
OVERALL SHIP WT
AMPS HOT ZONE LENGTH (LBS) MODEL
EACH
MODEL
TITANIUM
EACH
1000 STRAIGHT 115 1 8.4
11
9 EP10 $404.00 EP10T $456.00
1000 STRAIGHT 230 1 4.2
11
9 EP11 487.00 EP11T 539.00
1800
STRAIGHT
115 1 15 12 17 12 EP18 425.00 EP18T 494.00
1800 STRAIGHT 230 1 7.5 12
17 12 EP19 436.00 EP19T 504.00
Bottom Heaters (With Digital Control)

WATTS
Bottom Heater
Horizontal
Length
Standard Vertical
STD HORIZONTAL SHIP WT

VOLTS PH AMPS VERTICAL LENGTH (LBS) MODEL
EACH
TITANIUM
MODEL
EACH
1000 L
115 1 8.4 24 11 11 LEP10 $551.00
LEP10T $674.00
1000 L
230 1 4.2 24 11 11 LEP11 634.00 LEP11T 757.00
STYLE
1800 L
115 1 15 24 16 14 LEP18 572.00 LEP18T 702.00
1800
230 1 7.5 24 16 14 LEP19 655.00 LEP19T 785.00
Replacement Elements and Digital Controls

PTP1-A
PROTECTOR 1 REPLACEMENT ELEMENT FOR STRAIGHT STYLE HEATERS
$41.00
PLI
PROTECTOR 1 REPLACEMENT ELEMENT FOR L STYLE HEATERS
DRAE15-1
REPLACEMENT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR 115V HEATERS
225.00
DRAE15-2
REPLACEMENT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR 230V HEATERS
308.00
51.00
SmartOne and EasyPlug are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Process Technology.
PROTECTOR 1, STANDARD
Standard on all heaters, including Easy Plug, unless an upgrade (PTP2) is ordered. Consists of
a temperature sensitive protector installed in the heater, which will shut down electricity (usually
from low water level) to the heater element. Once activated, the protector must be replaced to
restore power to the heater, so keep a spare one on hand.
Protector 1 Replacement
MODEL
PTP1-A
PROTECTOR 1
EACH
$41.00
PROTECTOR 2, OPTIONAL UPGRADE

An upgraded safety option that includes an audible alarm and manual reset button. During periods of
high heater temperature or low water levels, an alarm will sound and electricity to the heater will be
disconnected. The manual reset button will deactivate the alarm and reconnect electricity to the heater.
Repeated alarm conditions may eventually cause the protector to fail, which will disconnect power.
Restoring power will require a replacement protector. Both the controller and your heater need to
be ordered with Protector 2.
Protector 2 Replacement
MODEL
PTP2
PROTECTOR 2
EACH
$41.00
288 HEATERS
Immersion Heaters and Protectors
HEAVY-DUTY IMMERSION HEATERS

Heavy-duty, UL-listed electric heaters can handle almost any immersion water
heater need through a wide selection of styles, materials, sizes and controls.
These industrial type heaters are perfect for automatic set it and leave it
applications. Use our heater sizing guide (see Index) to select the heater size
in watts. Select the style you need and then consult the heater/controller
compatibility chart.
3LH30
LH10
Choose type 316 stainless steel for freshwater applications and titanium for
salt water. Titanium is more expensive, but it offers the utmost in salt water
corrosion resistance.
The L-style locates the hot zone along the bottom of your tank. The straight
style is easily positioned on the side of the tank. Never allow the water level to
drop below the hot zone dimension shown, as heater failure and/or fire could
occur (also, keep the hot zone clean of scale buildup).
Length
Length
Triple
Tube "L"
(See Web)
Single
Tube "L"
Protector 1 is available on all models. For Protector 2, add an A after part

number. The price is the same. Be sure to order a compatible controller (units
will not operate without controller).
In addition to the sizes shown, custom sizes can be ordered at additional cost.
Almost every heater is available in 480V at the same price as 230V. Your
controller and heater need to be the same, either Protector 1 or 2.
Electrical cable is not included with these heavy-duty heaters and controllers.
An electrician will need to wire the heater to the controller and the controller
to the power supply.
All heaters and controllers are guaranteed for one year. Due to the custom
nature of our heaters, allow a minimum of one week for production.
Made in USA.
Hot
Hot
Even though these heaters are very reliable, we advise using two or three small heaters rather than one
large heater that, in the event of a failure, could allow severe temperature drops. Replacement fuses,
sensors, heaters and controllers are from Process Tech.
SINGLE-TUBE STRAIGHT HEATERS, SINGLE-PHASE
SINGLE TUBE L SHAPED HEATERS, SINGLE-PHASE

MAX
SHIP WT 316L STAINLESS STEEL
TITANIUM
WATTS V AMPS HOT LENGTH (LBS) MODEL
EACH MODEL EACH

WATTS
MAX
SHIP WT 316L STAINLESS STEEL
TITANIUM
AMPS HOT LENGTH (LBS) MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
1,000 115 8.4 7 11 5 H10-AQ $144 H10T $196
1,000
115
8.4
11"
24"
LH10-AQ $291
LH10T
$414
1,000 230 4.2 7 11 5 H11
144 H11T 196
1,800 115 15.0 12 17 8 H18
165 H18T 234
1,000
230
4.2
11"
24"
LH11
291
LH11T
414
1,800 230 7.5 12 17 8 H19
165 H19T 234
1,800
115
15.0
16"
24"
10
LH18
312
LH18T
442
2,500 230 10.4 17 23 10 H25
182 H25T 279
3,500 230 14.6 23 29 13 H35
196 H35T 324
5,000 230 20.9 32 39 16 H50

6,000 230 25.0 40 47 19 H60
1,800
230
7.5
16"
24"
10
LH19
312
LH19T
383
2,500
230
10.4
21"
24"
12
LH25
323
LH25T
460
268 H50T 418
3,500
230
14.6
27"
24"
15
LH35
338
LH35T
504
287 H60T 446
5,000
230
20.9
36"
48"
18
LH50
386
LH50T
645
6,000
230
25.0
44"
48"
21
LH60
406
LH60T
672
PROTECTOR 1 & 2 REPLACEMENTS

MODEL
EACH
PROTECTOR 1 & 2 REPLACEMENTS

MODEL
EACH
PLI
PROTECTOR I
$51
PLII
PROTECTOR II
51
PTP1-A
PROTECTOR 1
$41
PTP2
PROTECTOR 2
41
Triple Tube up
to 10,500 W
available
(see Web)
Single
Tube
H10
PLII
Hot
Hot
WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU PURCHASE REPLACEMENT FUSES

WITH THE HEATERS TO AVOID LONG DOWNTIME.
HEATERS 289
Temperature Controllers
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
Heaters
Temperature Controller
H10
H10T
H11
H11T
H18
H18T
H19
H19T
H25
H25T
H35
H35T
H50
H50T
H60
H60T
LH10
LH10T
LH11
LH11T
LH18
LH18T
LH19
LH19T
LH25
LH25T
LH35
LH35T
LH50
LH50T
LH60
LH60T
NA15D
NA30DX
These controllers provide a digital temperature display that indicates both the
set and actual temperatures of the water. They can be set to display F or C.
1.5 F accuracy rating.
NA50DX
X
X
All controllers are equipped with an 8 vinyl-sleeved sensor tube and are
manufactured with UL-listed components. Made in USA.
HEATER CONTROLLERS WITH PROTECTOR 1
X
X
MODEL
VOLTS
MAX AMPS
SIZE
(L X W X H)
ACCURACY
SHIP WT
(LBS)
NA15D
115
15
4" x 3" x 8"
1.5 F
EACH
$150.00
NA30D
115
30
10" x 6" x 14"
1.5 F
16
523.00
NA30DX
230
1, 3
30
10" x 6" x 14"
1.5 F
16
585.00
NA50DX
230
1, 3
50
10" x 6" x 14"
1.5 F
16
615.00
HEATER CONTROLLERS WITH PROTECTOR 2
MODEL
VOLTS
MAX AMPS
SIZE
(L X W X H)
ACCURACY
SHIP WT
(LBS)
NA30DXA
230
1, 3
30
10" x 6" x 14"
1.5 F
16
$673.00
NA50DXA
230
1, 3
50
10" x 6" x 14"
1.5 F
16
703.00
X
X
To determine which protector fits

your heater, see the model number
on the head of the heater. The
protector replacement part
number will be listed at the end.
EACH
TECH TALK 16
Fish Metabolism
We refer to fish as being "cold-blooded." That doesn't mean they don't give off heat. It works
as follows:
100 lbs of fish fed @ 5% of weight per day.
5 lbs of feed x 700 kcal/lb feed = 3,500 kcal/day.
3,500 kcal/day = heat that would raise a 400-gallon culture tank's temperature (perfectly
insulated) 23 C.
This explains how fish metabolism, together with pumps, lights, etc., can raise a
tank's temperature.
TECH TALK 123

Heating Garden Ponds
Koi, goldfish, catfish, minnows, bluegills and many other fish are capable of living in ice-covered ponds
in their natural conditions. But when you put a lot of fish in a small pond, a fishkill will result if the ice
cover persists too long. To prevent a fishkill, all you need to do is keep a very small percentage of the
surface ice-free for gas transfer. Use one or more small heaters with thermostats built for the purpose.
Water temperatures below 65F (18C) can stress fish, reducing their resistance to disease. Rapid
and extreme fluctuations can also cause disease. If your fish are extremely important to you, and
you want to keep the temperature above 65F, you will need to both insulate and heat your pond in
most locations in the US. Unless you don't mind spending a king's ransom for heating, you will
need to insulate and turn off all fountains, waterfalls and other water-chilling devices.
Insulation can take the form of floating styrofoam sheets, swimming pool cover, greenhouse
structure, plastic sheeting, etc. Keep in mind that when water evaporates it has a significant
cooling effect. This effect can account for as much as 80% of the total heat loss from open
ponds. Be prepared to open the insulation on warm days; otherwise, excessive heating of the
water can take place, shocking the fish.
It may be more cost-effective to transfer fish to indoor tanks with recirculating filter systems for
the winter. This also allows for winter pond draining and maintenance.
The heat loss in BTU/hr per square foot of pond surface is approximately 15 times the temperature
difference between the desired water temperature and the coldest average air temperature.
Example: If you wanted to maintain water temperature at 65F, and you knew that the air
temperature was going to drop to 35F (24-hour average), you would have a 30 temperature
difference x the surface area (which, in this case, we will say is 100 sq.ft. x 15) = 45,000 BTU/hr.
If you insulate 80%, your heat loss will be less 80%.
What are the heating equipment options? Immersion heaters that are outdoor- rated or
submersible may be used, as well as the electric flow-through type. Gas heaters of the type used
on hot tubs and swimming pools typically are more cost-effective for the large heating loads.
Beware of copper or cuper nickel piping, which makes them incompatible with most fish cultures.
They can be used, however, with stainless steel or titanium heat exchangers. The water should be
filtered prior to entering the heater to avoid biofouling.
290 HEATERS
Submersible Heaters/Controllers
HEATERS
FW
SUBMERSIBLE HEATERS, ECONOMY
SW
Completely submersible, these Visi-Therm heaters have proven to be

dependable and accurate. They deliver the ultimate in direct-set control,
compact double-sealed durability and certified accuracy to within one
degree. A simple click of the dial chooses the ideal water temperature,
while easy-to-view sliding scale tells the exact setting and new top view
shows the setting at the dial. Advanced mounting bracket attaches to glass
and provides three window positions to see temp display. Thermostat reads
in both F (6589) and C (1832) and is Triac-equipped to switch on and
off with lower voltage. Mesh heating element with mica core used in
conjunction with epoxy fill ensures efficient transfer and eliminates rattling
coils and tubes. Heaters work in fresh and salt water and are UL-listed.
Cord length is 3 (1 m). One-year warranty.
VT25
MODEL
WATTS
LENGTH
EACH
10+
VT25
25
10"
$21.35
$19.21
VT100
100
113/4"
22.54
20.27
VT200
200
15"
25.00
22.49
VT400
400
18"
45.00
40.48
SUBMERSIBLE HEATERS
FW
SW
VT202
MODEL
VT102
WATTS
LENGTH
EACH
10+
100
12
$14.50
$13.05
VT202
200
14
15.75
14.18
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
Aqua Logic digital temperature controllers can be used in a variety of
applications where a device needs to be turned on/off based on temperature
rise or fall. A three-button touch keypad selects F or C, set point temperature,
differential and operating mode (heating or cooling). NEMA 4X, rated for
outdoor use.
Temperature range for the controller is from -30 to 220F (-22 to 105C).
The differential adjustment range is 1 to 30F. Power cord lengths are 40 (1 m)
each. The temperature sensor probe is encased in titanium and has an 8 cable.
Single stage controllers operate one device, either a chiller (1/2 hp and smaller)
or a heater (1,000 watts or smaller). Dual stage controllers can be connected to
both a chiller (1/2 hp and smaller) and heater (500 watts and smaller).
SW
These Hydor Theo heaters are the safest

submersible heaters we could find in the market
today. They are completely submersible, ULapproved, salt water compatible and shatterproof!
Instead of the typical metal element in a breakable
glass tube, these heaters utilize a polymer sheet
that uniformly heats a shatterproof glass tube.
The temperature is controlled and maintained
by a highly precise micro-switch controller,
adjustable from 70 to 89F. Heaters are 115V/
60 Hz with a 6 cord. One-year warranty,
made in Italy.
Dual stage controllers will only allow one device to be on at a time.

Example: stage 1 heating set point at 74F with 1F differential will have
the heater come on when the temperature drops to below 73F, then turn
off at 74F. One-year warranty.
Sensor
T11102
EC230R
Hydor is a registered trademark of Hydor S.R.L. LLC.
MODEL WATTS LENGTH
FW
These completely submersible heaters can be used singly in small tanks and
aquariums or in multiples for larger heat requirements. A glowing lamp
indicates on/off condition. Heaters are 115V/60 Hz with 3 (1 m) cord length.
Built-in thermostat reads 2034C only. One-year warranty.
TC11
EACH 4+
T11702
25
8.9"
T11102
50
7"
$19.25 $17.48
T11202
100
8.9"
21.79
20.06
T11602
150
12"
24.60
22.88
T11302
200
12"
25.50
23.72
20.50
18.92

MODEL
VOLTS/ SHIP WT
AMP (LBS)
TC11
CONTROLLER, SINGLE STAGE 115/10

CONTROLLER, DUAL STAGE
EACH
4+
$133.11 $126.45
T11402
300
15.5"
28.75
26.79
TC12
115/8
199.87 189.88
T11502
400
15.5"
30.55
28.74
EC115R CONTROLLER, SINGLE STAGE 115/20
254.71 241.98
EC230R CONTROLLER, SINGLE STAGE 230/15
254.71 241.98
TC11S
77.54 73.66
Heating Tip
Use several small heaters in place of one large (expensive) heater. Plug them into
two different circuits, in case one becomes overloaded. Always use GFCIs when
electricity is used in or near water.
REPL. SENSOR (FITS ALL)
Aqua Logic is a registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.
HEATERS 291
In-Line Heaters
IN-LINE HEATERS
The Aqua Logic in-line heaters are easy to install and available in both
stainless steel and titanium. Stainless steel models are excellent for a variety
of applications such as koi ponds and freshwater recirculating systems.
Titanium models are ideal for saltwater systems and hydroponic systems that
have nutrients in the water that would cause failure in stainless steel heaters.
Designed for indoor use or outdoors (if protected from the sun and direct
weather), these robust, durable heaters pack a lot of kilowatts into a very
compact package. CE approved.
Easy to set digital temperature controller F or C
Safety high limit switch to prevent overheating with manual reset
Reversible flow switch allowing water input from either direction
(1.54 kW models)
Floor or wall mount
316 Stainless Steel Models

1.54kW models
MODEL KW VOLTS PHASE AMPS

SSIL1 1.5 115
13
L W H
(LBS)
EACH
23 6 8.5 12.00 $650.00
SSIL2
2 115 1 17.4 23
6
8.5
12.00 650.00
SSIL3
2 220 1 9 23
6
8.5
12.00 650.00
Pure Titanium Models

MODEL KW VOLTS PHASE AMPS
TIL1 1.5 115
13
L W H
(LBS)
EACH
23 6 8.5 12.00 $775.00
TIL2 2 115 1 17.4 23

6
8.5
12.00 775.00
TIL3 2 220 1 9 23
6
8.5
12.00 775.00
TIL4 3 220 1 13.6 23
6
8.5
12.00 875.00
TIL5 4 220 1 18 23
6
8.5
12.00 930.00
TILO6
6 220 1 28 23.5
8
8.75
13.00
1,360.00
TILO7
6 220 3 16 23.5
8
8.75
14.00
1,740.00
618kW models
TILO8
8 220 1 37 23.5
8
8.75
13.00
1,395.00
TILO9
8 220 3 21 23.5
8
8.75
14.00
1,775.00
TILO12 12
220
55
23.5 8 8.75 13.00 1,580.00
TILO13 12
220
32
23.5 8 8.75 13.00 2,000.00
TILO15 15
220
40
23.5 8 8.75 13.00 2,035.00
TILO18 18
220
48
23.5 8 8.75 13.00 2,070.00
Note: All three phase models use a delta configuration. Larger models available.
TECH TALK 55
How to Extend Heater Service Life
Heaters are, of course, hot! The very high heat on the skin of the heater causes dissolved minerals
like calcium to precipitate out of solution. The precipitant attaches itself to those hot spots,
insulating the heater casing from the cooling water. Heat that cant get out builds up inside and,
if it gets hot enough, heater failure will occur. Always make sure the heater has a rapid flow of
water over its hot zone. Never let the water get too low or let a crust build up on the casing
(this will void your warranty).
Heater life can be greatly extended by removing insulating deposits as soon as possible. In hard
water, inspect heaters for deposits once weekly initially and then as experience dictates.
It doesnt take very much to cause a serious problem.
Direct immersion heaters:
To clean the heater, unplug the power and allow heater element to cool. Remove heater from the
water and treat with a diluted bath of nitric acid (rust remover), citric acid or other lime and scale
deposit remover. Be sure to wear eye protection and rubber gloves when working with acid.
The heater should only require this bath for several minutes. When the scale deposits begin
breaking up or dissolving, remove the heater from the acid and wipe down with a cloth. Rinse with
water. Place heater back into service. If an acid solution is not handy, use a steel wire brush to
brush off the deposits. Be sure to clean the area where the small diameter tube rests behind the
heater tube, as this area is especially vulnerable to deposit buildups. Care should be taken not to
scratch, gouge or wear away the metal surface of the heater when using the brushing technique.
In line heaters:
When installing an in line heater it is recommended that you plumb it so to have a bypass loop to isolate
it making it easy to remove periodically for inspection without shutting down your system. Disconnect
power to the heater, let it cool, and disconnect from system at the unions. Mix a diluted bath of nitric
acid (rust remover), citric acid or other lime and scale deposit remover in a 5 gallon bucket. Be sure to
wear eye protection and rubber gloves when working with acid. Via a small submersible water pump in
the bucket circulate the solution thru the heater chamber for 10 - 15 minutes. Move pump to a bucket
of clean water and circulate thru the heater to rinse. Disconnect heater from pump and do a visual
inspection by shining a flash light down both ends of the heater chamber. If it appears that calcium
deposits are on the coils, repeat above process. If the buildup on the heater coils is organic, such as
slime, use the same process above but with a dilute bleach solution (1 part bleach, 3 parts water).
292 HEATERS
In-line Water Heater
PROCESS TECHNOLOGY TYTAN ELECTRIC IN-LINE WATER HEATER

Features and Benefits:
Improved Process Results: Heated DI water improves cleaning effectiveness and reduces
rinse time in most processes.
Cost Saving Design: >99% element efficiency contributes to low cost of ownership (COO)
and excellent return on investment (ROI).
Outstanding Cleanliness: 100% titanium heating elements provide very clean performance
for precision cleaning applications.
Reliable, Rugged Construction: Simple, heavy walled element construction for trouble
free operation and long life. Baffled element chambers enhance heat transfer efficiency.
Outstanding Temperature Responsiveness and Stability: Excellent temperature accuracy
over a wide flow range can substantially improve process consistency.
Fast/Easy Maintenance: Long-life element for minimal process down time. Designed for
easy service.
Rapid Installation: Minimal facility requirements. Heater is factory tuned to your
specifications. Only power and plumbing connections required.
Compact Configuration: Space saving design minimizes footprint requirements.
Wall mounted up to 72kW. Floor mounted to 144kW.
SPECIFICATIONS
SIZES
VOLTAGES

TEMPERATURE CONTROL
TEMPERATURE LIMIT
TEMPERATURE ACCURACY
PRESSURE RATING
EFFICIENCY
WETTED SURFACES
INLET/OUTLET:
STANDARD SAFETY
FEATURES:

HOUSING
DIMENSIONS

STANDARD CERTIFICATIONS
OPTIONS

12,000 WATTS TO 144,000 WATTS

208 VOLT TO 480 VOLT, THREE PHASE (SINGLE PHASE AVAILABLE). CONSULT FACTORY
FOR SPECIFIC WATTAGE/VOLTAGE COMBINATIONS AVAILABLE
PID MICROPROCESSOR BASED DIGITAL THERMOSTAT
194 F (90 C), DEPENDING ON OPERATING CONDITIONS
+ / - 1 F, DEPENDING ON OPERATING CONDITIONS
100 PSIG (OPERATING)
> 99%
ALL TITANIUM STANDARD
1 MNPT THROUGH 72 kW; 2 MNPT 96 KW AND HIGHER
GROUNDED CONSTRUCTION EMO EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON FLUID
OVERTEMPERATURE DETECTION (J TYPE THERMOCOUPLE) ELEMENT
OVERTEMPERATURE DETECTION (BI-METALLIC SNAP SWITCHES) CONTROL FUSING
(PRIMARY AND SECONDARY) FM APPROVED OVERTEMPERATURE LIMIT CONTROLLER
GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (GFP)
NEMA 1 RATED, POWDER COATED METAL ENCLOSURE
12-48 KW: 29.5 (75 CM) W X 13.5 (34 CM) D X 36.0 (91 CM) H
72 KW: 37.5 (95 CM) W X 13.5 (34 CM) D X 36.0 (91 CM) H
96-144 KW: 28.0 (71 CM) W X 17.0 (43 CM) D X 66.9 (170 CM) H
cUL
CE COMPLIANCE SEMI S2/S3 COMPLIANCE PLC CONTROL REMOTE INTERFACE
DISCONNECT AND CIRCUIT BREAKER STAINLESS STEEL ELEMENTS AND WETTED
PARTS FLANGED/SANITARY FLUID CONNECTIONS RS REMOTE COMMUNICATIONS
MODEL
TY0122403
ELECTRIC IN-LINE WATER HEATER
TY0124803
TY0182403
TY0184803
EACH
$9,597.00
12 KW, 240V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
12 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
9,597.00
18 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
9,952.00
18 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
9,952.00
TY0242403
24 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
10,232.00
TY0244803
24 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
10,232.00
12,666.00
TY0362403
36 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
TY0364803
36 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
10,819.00
TY0482403
48 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
15,104.00
TY0484803
48 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
11,108.00
TY0722403
72 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
22,978.00
TY0724803
72 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
1 I/O
18,479.00
TY0964803
96 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
2 I/O
22,602.00
TY1204803
120 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
2 I/O
23,975.00
TY1444803
144 KW, 480V
TITANIUM, 194F MAX
2 I/O
28,340.00
HEATERS 293
Heat/Cool Pumps
XLHP HIGH PERFORMANCE HEAT/COOL PUMPS

With todays record energy costs, theres never been a better time to invest
in a Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems XLHP High Performance Heat/Cool pump.
Compared to gas, oil or electric heaters, XLHP High Performance Heat/Cool
Pumps use just a fraction of the energy to generate the same amount of heat.
In fact, just 20 worth of electricity produces $1.00 worth of heat generated by
other methods.
More standard features than any other

Both the 120BTU and 140BTU model are capable of heating and/or cooling
the water. Full heat/cool functionality.
Provides an AutoSet Temperature Control feature as standard. It monitors
water temperature and turns the pump on and off as needed, overriding the
time clock to maintain desired temperature for convenient, hands-free control.
Features the legendary Emerson Copeland Scroll Compressor thats more
efficient, durable, reliable and quieter than any piston-driven compressor.
EPA-recognized, environmentally safe, non-ozone depleting
R-410A refrigerant.
100% titanium heat exchanger assures corrosion-free performance for
extra long life and value.
LCD control board displays an intuitive, menu-driven readout with easy
to follow, full word messagesno codes to memorize.
Self-diagnostic software continuously monitors system for peak performance.
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) controls refrigerant flow for optimum
efficiency and BTU output over a wider operating temperature range.
LIFETIME WARRANTY-TITANIUM HEAT EXCHANGER

10-YR WARRANTY - COMPRESSOR PARTS/LABOR
Automatic defrost feature senses refrigerant temperature and helps prevent

the XLHP heat pump from freezing, allowing the unit to operate effectively
at even lower temperatures than many competing products.
COMPARING THE COST TO HEAT YOUR BODY OF WATER OR AQUACULTURE SYSTEM

HEATER/FUEL TYPE
ELECTRIC
LP GAS
OIL
NATURAL GAS
XLHP HEAT PUMP
ETL listing is your assurance of safer, dependable operation.

COST
BTU/$1.00
BTU and efficiency independently certified by the Air Conditioning, Heating,
$.1065/KWH 32,000 and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI). The AHRI Certified mark is applied only
to HVACR equipment and components that have been independently tested
$1.87/GAL
40,100
to certify that manufacturers performance claims are accurate.
$2.22/GAL 47,200

Maximum working water pressure is 50PSI.
$1.218/THERM
67,300
$.1065/KWH
185,600

MODEL
BTUH CAPACITY
HEATING COOLING
COP* RATING
HEATING COOLING
460900-AQ HEAT PUMP XLHP 120 HEAT/COOL
125,000
71,000
5.4
460901-AQ HEAT PUMP XLHP 140 HEAT/COOL
140,000
80,000
5.7
60 HZ
BREAKER
VOLTS PHASE RATING
FLOW (GPM) SHIP WT

MIN-MAX (LBS)
4.1
230
50 AMPS
30-120**
278
$4,690.00
4.1
230
50 AMPS
30-120**
320
4,990.00
EACH
*Coefficient of performance. ** If system flow rate exceeds 120gpm, a bypass valve is required.
TECH TALK 131

Titration
Ammonia is the primary waste byproduct of protein consumption, and is excreted across fish gills as
Titration is a commonly placed wet laboratory chemical analysis method. This method uses a reagent
titrant to find a concentration of an unknown in a given volume of a sample. Most aquaculture test
kits that use titration as a method of testing show results by means of an endpoint. The endpoint is
measured by a change in color due to the use of an indicator. A sample solution with the indicator will
begin one color before the use of the titrator is added. With the addition of the titrator, neutralization
or EDTA-complexing occurs, while the sample solution gradually changes color until the color no
longer changes. When the color no longer changes, the endpoint is reached and the concentration can
be calculated. Common test kits in aquaculture that use titration as a method of testing are
alkalinity, pH, mineral hardness and dissolved oxygen.
Testing in this manner relies on sample volume and end point recognition. Titration can be a very
reliable way to test. This type of test can be verified with the use of a standard known solution.
The reagents can be susceptible to freezing, heating or evaporation. Since the test can be verified
with a standard, titration test kits are a great investment.
Alkalinity and pH test kits use acid-base titration with the use of indicators to reach an endpoint.
The indicators used in these test change color when the solution is neutralized by an acid at a
known concentration. Different indicators are used for various pH ranges due to the indicators
varyingefficiency of color change in a given pH range. The use of different indicators means most
freshwater pH test kits will not provide proper results in marine water samples, and vice-versa.
Mineral hardness tests use indicators specific to the desired mineral being tested and EDTA to
form an EDTA-mineral complex. This test is volume-specific as well. The sample solution has the
required amount of indicator added. The EDTA titrator is slowly added until a distinct color change
is reached. At this point, with most aquaculture test kits, the volume of titrator used provides a
concentration of the mineral such as calcium or magnesium.
Titration of dissolved oxygen is the Winkler Test. The Winkler method uses a few more complex
steps when compared to the alkalinity, pH and mineral tests. Manganese (II) sulfate is mixed
with a hydroxide and iodide precipitate by the dissolved oxygen. The solution is acidified to
convert iodide to iodine. The iodine is titrated with thiosulfate. The amount titrated is read to
yield a concentration of dissolved oxygen because the dissolved oxygen is proportional to the
iodine concentration.
294 HEATERS
Heat Pumps
HEAT PUMPS
They heat and cool!
FW
SW
Titan Air Cooled Heat Pumps by Aqua Logic are designed for a wide range
of applications such as a public aquarium, aquaculture facility, government
or university research institution or hydroponics operation. All units are
suitable for outdoor installation (but should be protected from direct weather).
Heat pumps up to 5hp have a special Spine Fin condenser coil which has
proven to have superior heat transfer performance and capacity over traditional
radially finned heat exchangers. This style condenser also has a much greater
resistance to corrosion in harsh environments such as moist salty air or
chemically tainted rainwater.
In the cooling mode, the heat pump works as a chiller, cooling water to the
temperature you select. In the heating mode, the heat pump works with the
liquid refrigerant (Freon) flow in reverse. Freon absorbs heat from the air as it
moves thru the condenser. As it heats, the Freon becomes a gas, which is then
compressed by the compressor. The heat carried by the Freon is then released
into the titanium heat exchanger and transferred into the circulated water.
These models feature titanium helix coils and powder-coated shrouds. 2 PVC
slip, in and out fittings on 210 hp; 3 PVC slip on larger units. 230V models
listed; 460V also available. Dual stage digital temperature controller is enclosed
in a NEMA4X enclosure with easy 3 push button programming and will maintain
water temperatures in the range from 45-85F (7 to 24C); you must specify
desired temperature operating range when ordering. Units will lose heating
efficiently when air temperature is under 45F (7C). Note min/max flow
requirements (water pump not included). The controller can display in either
F or C and will maintain the water within 1 degree of the set point.
11/25 HP Models
Water pressure should not exceed 40 psi. Allow a 4-week build time. Ship from
factory via vmotor freight. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
H
eat or Chill with one unit
T
itanium Heat Exchanger
F
resh or Saltwater use
D
ual Stage Temperature Controller
71/2 & 10 HP Models

MODEL
HP
NOMINAL
BTUH**
KW
VOLTS*
PHASE
AMPS
RLA / LRA
FLOW (GPM)
MIN-MAX
HP1
18,000
5.9 / 38.6
20 -40
11/2
5.2
208-230
AIR OUTLET
(CFM)***
L
W
H
1,550
38
26
62
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
406
$4,995.00
HP2
24,000
208-230
8.7 / 57.8
20 -40
1,550
38
26
62
389
5,425.00
HP3
36,000
10.5
208-230
17.6 / 79
20 -40
4,385
48
35
62
500
6,725.00
HP33
36,000
10.5
208-230
7.8 / 75
20 -40
4,385
48
35
62
495
6,725.00
HP4
48,000
14
208-230
18.6 / 93.4
30-60
2,500
48
35
71
518
7,625.00
HP43
48,000
14
208-230
11.7 / 100.1
30-60
2,500
50
35
71
515
7,625.00
HP5
60,000
17.5
208-230
25 / 148
30-60
3,700
50
35
71
553
8,735.00
HP53
60,000
17.5
208-230
17.3 / 123
30-60
3,700
58
35
71
538
8,735.00
HP7.5
71/2
90,000
26.3
208-230
29 / 164
60-120
6,530
50
43
68
667
12,445.00
HP7
10
120,000
35
208-230
36 / 225
60-120
9,800
61
48
74
850
14,455.00
HP15
15
175,000
52.7
208-230
60 / 164
120-180
9,750
112
54
75
1578
27,680.00
HP20
20
240,000
74.3
208-230
83 / 267
120-180
9,750
112
54
89
1657
34,285.00
*460V options available. **ARI net cooling capacity. ***Amount of hot air discharged from unit when operating.
HEATERS 295
Heat Pumps
AIR COOLED HEAT PUMPS
FW
SW
Aqua Logic Delta Star Air Cooled Heat Pumps automatically handle both
heating and cooling duties in fresh and saltwater applications. Titanium heat
exchangers mean you get the best in corrosion resistance. A properly sized
and installed heat pump will provide stable, controlled water temperature.
Heat pumps include a dual stage digital temperature controller in a NEMA
4X-rated waterproof enclosure and will maintain water temperatures from
4085F (529C). Controller will keep the temperature within 1 of the set
point in F or C. Heat pumps should be mounted indoors where air
temperatures stay above 55 F. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
Air Flow
DSHP-4
Note: When in heating mode, place the unit in a drip pan that has a drain
connection as condensation can form a water puddle around the unit.
Heat or Chill with one unit

Fresh or Saltwater use
Compact Design
Quiet Operation
Dual Stage Digital Controller
Ozone Friendly Refrigerant (134A)

NOMINAL
IN/OUT
FLOW (GPM)
AIR OUTLET
MODEL
HP BTUH KW VOLTS PHASE AMPS (FPT) MIN-MAX (CFM)
L W H
DSHP-4 1/3
4,000 1.1
115
EACH
7.2
3/4"
1020
260
9.5
11/2"
1225
350
24" 151/2" 16"
135
DSHP-6 1/2 6,000 1.75 230
4.8
11/2"
1225
350
24" 151/2" 16"
135
2,115.00
DSHP-7
13
11/2"
1530
590
24"
170
2,315.00
3/4
9,000
2.7
115
DSHP-8 3/4 9,000 2.7 230 1
21"
15"
90
$1,660.00
DSHP-5 1/2 6,000 1.75 115
221/2" 141/4" 14"
SHIP WT
(LBS.)
2,115.00
11/2"
1530
590
24" 21" 15"
170 2,315.00
DSHP-9 1 12,000 3.4 230
7.2
11/2"
2035
610
27" 24" 15"
180 2,755.00
DSHP-10 11/2 21,000 6.1
10.5
11/2"
2540
772
31" 26" 19"
225
230
4,295.00
Do not operate in heat mode below 55F air temperature.
Delta Star is a registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.
AQUAPONICS TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN WORKSHOP

Teaching at the aquaponics course sponsored

by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems was a real
treat for me because their employees have an
incredible depth of experience and knowledge
that they share with their students as they
guide them through all phases of constructing
and operating an aquaponic
system to establish a
successful hobby or business.

Dr. James Rakocy

Father of Aquaponics

Component options for use in recirculating
production systems
296 CHILLERS
Air-Cooled Water Chillers
AIR-COOLED WATER CHILLERS
FW
SW
Aqua Logic Multi Temp Air-Cooled Water Chillers are used in aquaculture,
public aquariums, live seafood holding and hydroponics systems. These large
chillers have an insulated heat exchanger with titanium helix coils and
commercial duty condensing units mounted on a stainless steel frame with bolt
down leg tabs. Suitable for outdoor installations, but should be protected from
direct weather. Digital temperature controller is in a splash-proof NEMA box
with easy push-button programming. Controller displays in either F or C.
Chillers operate between 4080F (4.527C). Chillers 210 HP have a 2
slip inlet/outlet (15 HP and larger models have 3 inlet/outlet) and installed
water flow switch to shut them down should flow to the heat exchanger stop.
Water pressure should not exceed 40 psi. Ship motor freight from factory;
allow a 4-week build time. For export, see Aqua Logic DX Heat Exchanger
Packages (see Index). Split models available (add -SPLIT to part number).
Fresh or Saltwater Use
Insulated, Titanium Heat Exchanger
Digital Temperature Controller
71/2 & 10 HP Models
Automatic Temperature Ranging
25 HP Models
Water Flow Safety Switch

NOMINAL
AMPS
FLOW GPM
AIR OUTLET
MODEL HP* BTUH** KW
VOLTS PHASE RLA/LRA MIN-MAX (CFM)***
L W H
MT-1
24,000
208 - 230
9 / 58
20-40
1,550
44
33
SHIP WT
(LBS)
62
370
EACH
$4,905.00
MT-3
36,000
10.5
208 - 230
14 / 72
20-40
2,175
44
33
66
396
5,845.00
MT-4
36,000
10.5
208 - 230
12 / 77
20-40
2,175
44
33
66
386
5,845.00
MT-5
48,000
14
208 - 230
21 / 109
30-60
2,500
51
38
62
474
6,915.00
MT-6
48,000
14
208 - 230
15 / 91
30-60
2,500
51
38
62
474
6,915.00
MT-7
60,000
17.5
208 - 230
27 / 158
30-60
3,700
56
38
70
520
7,760.00
MT-8
60,000
17.5
208 - 230
19 / 137
30-60
3,700
56
38
70
528
7,760.00
MT-9
7.5
90,000
26
208 - 230
28 / 164
60-120
6,530
48
42
68
670
11,185.00
MT-10
10
120,000
35
208 - 230
35 / 225
60-120
9,800
58
46
68
815
12,995.00
MT-15
15
180,000
52.7
208 - 230
55 / 164
120-180
9,750
112
56
75
1,559
24,160.00
MT-20
20
254,000
74.3
208 - 230
83 / 267
120-180
9,750
112
56
89
1,714
29,925.00
*Larger sizes and 460 voltage options available. **ARI net cooling capacity. ***Amount of hot air discharged from unit when operating.

The worlds first aquaculture pump to deliver
a CONSTANT user-defined flow rate.
Pump motor speed self-adjusts to maintain
the constant flow rate setting, even as system
conditions change.
from 20140 gpm.
UL listed.

you money!
CHILLERS 297
In-Line Chillers
AIR COOLED WATER CHILLERS
FW
SW
Aqua Logic Delta Star in-line, air cooled, water chillers are built with helical
titanium evaporator coils for maximum cooling efficiency. Titanium is safe for
all aquatic animals in fresh or salt water systems. The low profile design allows
for easy placement in tight places and the quiet, internal, spring-mounted
hermetic motor/compressor provides years of reliable service.
All chillers come standard with a black ABS cover and digital electronic
controller mounted on a 4 cable, remote from the chiller unit. It displays in
either Fahrenheit or Celsius the current temperature, set point temperature
and has a 1 differential. A direct immersion titanium sensor probe with a
6 cable is included with the controller. Delta Star chillers are intended for use
indoors or, if located outdoors, they must be installed in an enclosure protected
from the direct weather in ambient air temperatures between 5590F.
If exposed to air temperatures outside of this range then optional ambient air
control packages must be factory installed during the manufacturing of the
chiller. All chillers require unrestricted air flow thru the condenser and thus
must be located in a well-ventilated area. Maximum water pressure for all
chillers is 20 psi. Units listed are compatible with 60 Hz current only. AE3 thru
AE7 are charged with 134A CFC refrigerant, and AE8 is charged with R-417
refrigerant. Allow 2 weeks for delivery. Prices are FOB CA. Made in USA.
AE4
Standard Models: for applications where the temperature to be maintained

is in the range of 6580F (1827C) such as reef tanks and warm water
fish exhibits.
Option A Models: are cool water units designed for a temperature range of
5065F (1018C) for bait fish and temperate fish species.
Option B Models: for those applications where the unit will need to maintain
a very cold temperature in the range of 4080F (4.527C) such as
lobster tanks, cold water fish exhibits or research applications.
Important Temperature Range Information: Water chillers are built for
different water temperatures in order to work efficiently and to provide the
full rated BTU output.Please specify operating temperature at time of order.
AE5 w/o Cover
Options available - bare sensors on controller, dry probe wells for inline
sensors, outdoor enclosures, low ambient air controls, high ambient air
controls, water flow switches and split systems with indoor heat exchanger and
outdoor condensing unit - contact us.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
MOST UNITS SHIP SAME DAY

60 HZ
NOMINAL
AIR OUTPUT FLOW (GPM)
HP VOLTS BTUH AMPS (CFM) MIN-MAX
1/4
115
3,000
5.4
240
8-15
L
183/4
W
12
SHIP WT
STANDARD MODELS
OPTION A MODELS
OPTION B MODELS
H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL
EACH MODEL
EACH
11
AE3 $865.00
53
1/3 115 4,000 7.2 260 10-20 221/2 13 11 62
AE3A $1,000.00
AE3B $1,125.00
AE4 925.00 AE4A 1,060.00 AE4B 1,185.00
1/2 115 6,000
9.5
350
12-25 233/4 151/4 13 110
AE5 1,400.00 AE5A 1,560.00 AE5B 1,685.00
1/2 230 6,000
4.8
350
12-25 233/4 151/4 13 112
AE52 1,400.00
3/4 115
9,000
13
590
15-30
24 201/4 151/4 145
AE6B 2,005.00
3/4 230
9,000
590
15-30
24 201/4 151/4 145
AE62B 2,005.00
610
20-35 253/4 233/4 151/4 150
AE7B 2,340.00
25-40 261/4 26 171/2 190
AE8B 3,575.00
230 12,000 7.2
11/2 230 21,000 10.5 772
AE52A 1,560.00

AE52B 1,685.00
Delta Star is a registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.
298 CHILLERS
Air Cooled Coil Water Chillers
AIR COOLED COIL WATER CHILLERS
FW
SW
Aqua Logic Cyclone Coil Water Chillers are perfect for hydroponics,
fisheries research, education systems, emergencies, and use in high organics.
Place this chiller near the tank, drop the titanium coil in the water and turn it
on, Its that easy! Water circulation past the coil is required. TITANIUM is the
only heat exchanger material proven to be 100% fish and coral safe in saltwater
systems. If there is no circulation, place an air diffuser under or attach to the
coil. The high efficiency of this chiller is due to its unique helical coil design.
HP units come with 6 flexible stainless steel lines. Units under HP have
5 flexible lines feeding the 2-1/2 diameter chilling coil. All chillers come with
a black ABS plastic cover and a remote digital electronic controller which
displays temperature, set point in either F (1) or C, mounted in a NEMA
enclosure. All chillers will be factory set to operate most efficiently at your
specified cooling temperature. You must specify at time of order. All units have
been pretested and have 60-Hz motors with 4 power cords. 1/4 & 1/3-hp chillers
ship Ground. Larger sizes ship motor freight. All prices FOB CA. Most units ship
in 48 hours. Use the chart in Tech Talk 59 to determine the horsepower required
for your application. Two-year warranty. Made in USA.
N
o Plumbing Required, Installs in Minutes
F
resh or Saltwater Use
AE3D
C
ompact Design and Quiet Operation
R
emote Electronic Temperature Controller
O
zone Friendly Refrigerant (134A)
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Standard Models: operate within a temperature range of 6580F (1827C) for

applications such as reef tanks and warm water fish exhibits.
Option A Models: operate within a temperature range of 5065F (1018C) for
bait fish and temperate fish exhibits.

60 HZ
NOMINAL
FLOW (GPM)
IN/OUT
SHIP WT
STANDARD MODELS
OPTION A MODELS
HP
VOLTS BTUH
AMPS
MIN-MAX L
W
H FIPT (LBS) MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
1/4
115
3,000
5.4
815
3/4
42
AE3D
1/3
115
4,000
7.2
1020
181/2 13 11
3/4
51
AE4D
1/2
115
6,000
9.5
1225
181/2 151/2 13
11/2
91
AE5D 1,520.00
AE5DA 1,775.00
1/2
230
6,000
4.8
1225
181/2 151/2 13
11/2
91
AE5D2 1,520.00
AE5D2A 1,775.00
14 12 11
$940.00
995.00
AE3DA $1,165.00
AE4DA 1,225.00
TECH TALK 59
Chiller Installation and Sizing Tips
Pentair AES Chiller Sizing Chart (in Gallons of Water

Cooled) for Uninsulated Tanks
ECHILL3
1. Insulate water lines to and from chillers.

2. Insulate as much of the water tank as possible.
3. K eep the chiller well ventilated. The higher the temperature around the chiller, the longer it
has to work.
4. Submersible water pumps add heat to the water. If a submersible pump must be used, choose
the next size larger chiller.
5. Water must be run through the chiller at all times while unit is on.
6. For tanks smaller than 3,000 gallons, allow 24 hours for initial chilling.
For tanks larger than 3,000 gallons, allow 48 hours or more.
7. R educe biofouling by filtering water prior to chiller. Check the filter often. If it clogs and
reduces water flow below the minimum required, freeze damage can occur.
8. C onsult the Pentair AES technical department for flow-through and other applications.
9. A mbient air temperature for sizing should be measured directly above the tank to be chilled.
Temperature Difference From Ambient (F)

Hp
1/6
1/5
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
8
10
10
90
144
260
360
550
826
1,321
2,115
2,640
3,960
5,280
6,600
10,560
13,200
20
45
72
130
181
280
420
672
1,075
1,320
1,980
2,640
3,300
5,280
6,600
30
30
50
90
130
200
300
500
800
850
1,275
1,700
2,125
3,400
4,250
40
23
40
70
100
154
231
370
555
670
1,005
1,340
1,675
2,680
3,350
10. A n oversized chiller will not cost more to operate, as it only turns on when needed and runs
for a shorter time.
Splash aerators, degassing devices, etc., can add a great deal of heat not considered in the above chart. For insulated tanks (at least 2 on all sides), decreased heat loss will require less hp.
Cyclone registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.

CHILLERS 299
Air Cooled Water Chillers
AIR COOLED TRIMLINE WATER CHILLERS
FW
SW
These Aqua Logic TRIMLINE air cooled, titanium water chillers have the same
reliable design and features as the Aqua Logic Delta Star and Cyclone
Chillers but in a more compact package. TITANIUM is the only heat exchanger
material proven to be 100% fish and coral safe in saltwater systems.
These sleek chillers have a brushed stainless steel enclosure and ABS panel
inserts. They use the helical coil heat exchanger design and include a digital
temperature controller mounted with a 4 cable, remote from the chiller unit.
They display temperature, set point, minimum and maximum in F or C. A
titanium sensor probe with a 6 cable is included with the controller. & 1/3 hp
models ship ground. Two-year warranty. Made in USA.
The 1/2 hp TRIMLINE Cyclone chillers with drop in coil come with a 6 flexible
stainless steel line connecting to a 4 diameter chilling coil. The & 1/3HP
models have 5 flexible line connecting to a 2-1/2 diameter chilling coil.
Fresh or Saltwater Use
Compact Design & Quiet Operation
For Indoor Use Only
Remote Electronic Temperature Controller
Ozone Friendly Refrigerant (134A)
TLC3
Standard Models: For applications where the temperature to be maintained

is in the range of 6580F (1827C) such as reef tanks and warm water
fish exhibits.
Option A Models: are cool water units designed for a temperature range of
5065F (1018C) for bait fish and temperate fish exhibits.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
TLD3

60 HZ
NOMINAL
FLOW (GPM)
IN/OUT
SHIP WT
STANDARD MODELS
OPTION A MODELS
HP
VOLTS BTUH
AMPS
MIN-MAX L
W
H FIPT (LBS) MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
DELTA STAR TRIMLINE FLOW-THROUGH MODELS

1/4
115
3,000
5.4
8-15
17 9 201/2
3/4
55
TLD3
1/3
115
4,000
7.2
10-20
19 9 21-1/2
3/4
60
TLD4
$925.00
995.00
TLD4A 1,135.00
TLD3A $1,010.00
1/2
115
6,000
9.5
12-25
21 9 23-1/2
1-1/2
80
TLD5 1,485.00
TLD5A 1,655.00
1/2
230
6,000
4.2
12-25
21 9 23-1/2
1-1/2
80
TLD6 1,485.00
TLD6A 1,655.00
CYCLONE TRIMLINE DROP-IN-COIL MODELS

55
TLC3 $1,000.00
TLC3A $1,175.00
60
TLC4 1,040.00
TLC4A 1,215.00
15-1/2 9 23-1/2
80
TLC5 1,620.00
TLC5A 1,885.00
15-1/2 9 23-1/2
80
TLC6 1,620.00
TLC6A 1,885.00
1/4
115
3,000
5.4
815
1/3
115
4,000
7.2
1020
15-1/2 9
12 9 20-1/2
1/2
115
6,000
9.5
1225
1/2
230
6,000
4.8
1225
21
TECH TALK 10
Water Pump Working Too Hard?
You will only know if your pump is working too hard by measuring the pump motor amp draw
at the motor. If it is drawing more amps than the full load amps (FLA) rating on the motor
label, there is a serious risk of burning out the motor. To reduce the amp draw, do one of
three things: get full voltage to the motor by using heavier wiring, restrict the pump
discharge or trim the impeller.
Check the voltage at both the pump and the source. If it is less than 5V or more) at the pump,
a heavier gauge wire will reduce the voltage dropand, thus, the amp draw.
Pump discharge can be restricted by using a valve, but there is a risk of someone opening the
valve later. In place of a valve, use a permanent restriction, such as a reducer fitting in the
discharge pipe.
To trim the impeller, remove the pump case (volute) and carefully trim 1/8" off the impeller
diameter. In some cases, this can be done by very carefully holding a file to the impeller while
the pump is on. Put the pump back together and test the amp draw again. Repeat the trimming
procedure until the desired amp draw is achieved. Remember that trimming reduces the gpm.
To be absolutely certain that motors won't fail due to excessive amp draw, always check volts
and amps at the motor while the pump is running at full load. In many places with 110115V
service, a voltage variation from 105 to 126 may occur. A motor's amp draw will be the highest
when the voltage is the lowest, so check the full load amps when the facility's voltage is lowest
and while all other equipment on that circuit is in use.
You can use a clamp-on multimeter to check voltage (part no. 38387).
Delta Star , Cyclone and Aqua Logic are registered trademarks of Aqua Logic, Inc.
300 CHILLERS
Water Cooled Water Chillers/Ice Probe
WATER COOLED WATER CHILLERS
FW
SW
These Aqua Logic Delta Star inline water cooled water chillers have become
very popular in the aquaculture and aquarium industries. These models
feature water-cooled condensing units, making them ideal for installations
with an existing freshwater supply. They use water to cool the condenser
instead of air provided by a fan. Sources of cooling water could include a
facilitys chilled water loop, municipal water, cooling tower and well or spring
water. The chillers low heat emission and compact size make them perfect for
placement in tight spaces with minimal ventilation. Units include ABS cover,
temperature controller and a helix titanium coil. Chillers operate within
4080F (4.527C). Allow 4 weeks for delivery. Prices are FOB CA, motor
freight. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
7WC w/ Cover
7WC w/o Cover
F
resh or Saltwater Use
In-Line Tube In Shell Titanium Heat Exchanger
W
ater Cooled Condenser
C
ompact Design & Quiet Operation
R
emote Electronic Temperature Controller
O
zone Friendly Refrigerant (R134A) and model 10WC (R417A)
L
arger Sizes Available
5hp water chiller installation.

MODEL
HP
60 HZ
VOLTS
NOMINAL
BTUH
KW
AMPS
FLOW (GPM)
MIN-MAX
*CONDENSER WATER
USE (GPM)
3WC 1/4
115 3,000
0.9
5.4
8-15
0.3
4WC 1/3
115
1.1
7.2
10-20
5WC 1/2
115 6,000 1.75
9.5
12-25
6WC 1/2
230 6,000 1.75
4.8
7WC 3/4 115 9,000 2.7
13
4,000
WATER IN/OUT
FPT
L
W
H
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
65 $1,480.00
3/4
19 133/4 11
0.5
3/4
221/2 131/2 11
69
1,715.00
0.7
11/2
24 151/2 13
119
2,200.00
12-25
0.7
11/2
24 151/2 13
119
2,200.00
15-30
1.0
11/2
25 21 15
150 2,315.00
8WC 3/4 230 9,000 2.7
15-30
1.0
11/2
25 21 15
150 2,315.00
9WC 1 230 12,000 3.4
7.2
20-35
1.5
11/2
27 24 15
160 2,645.00
10WC 11/2 230 21,000 6.1
10.5
25-40
2.0
11/2
31 26 19
250 3,805.00
*Condenser water use based on 55-60F water temperature entering the unit. Water flows though unit only when the unit is running.
COOLWORKS ICE PROBE COOLING ELEMENT

Efficientdirectly converts electricity into cooling.
Reliablefan is only moving part.
Easy to installone hole, one nut.
Safelow-voltage operation.
Environmentally friendlyno chemicals or gases.
Can use temperature controller.
The Coolworks Ice Probe uses advanced thermoelectric technology to
directly convert electricity into cooling power. Its unique design is based
upon Peltiers principle, making the Ice Probe a highly efficient miniature
heat pump! The durable aluminum probe is coated with an FDA-approved
epoxy, making these units ideal small coolers for miniature aquariums,
bait tanks, bioassay research, hydroponics and even potable water systems.
The units are capable of cooling 10 gallons of water 20F below ambient
temperature in an insulated tank (just a few degrees in a noninsulated
tank with heavy lighting). Probes can be mounted through the side of
a tank, using the molded bulkhead kit included (11/4 hole required) or can
be immersed (probe end only). Temperature controller is not included;
we recommend TC11. Weighing only 2 lbs, each Ice Probe includes a
separate 12VDC power supply and draws only 50 watts. Ship weight 5 lbs.
MODEL
AE9
EACH 4+
$134.00 $120.80
Ice Probe is a registered trademark of Ulf Moren.
CHILLERS 301
Aquarium Chillers/Aquarium Cooling Fans
AQUARIUM CHILLERS
Easy to install high-performance units with titanium exchanger
Get stable, consistent temperatures from these Teco SEACHILL Tank
aquarium chillers. These chillers are easy to installbarbed in-line
connections are included, and no hard plumbing is required.
SCTK150
SCTK500/SCTK1000/SCTK2000
Units have a modern look with sturdy construction and a small footprint.
Small and mid-rage units have features that facilitate their placement in tight
spaces, cabinets and stands. The digital thermostat with LED display will
maintain desired set temperatures within 1F. Unique to the SCTK150 is a
condenser system that also functions as the units chassisproviding an
incredible amount of ventilation.
SCTK3000/SCTK6000
On top of the SCTK500, SCTK1000, and SCTK2000 units is a rotatable exhaust

conveyor to Direct ventilation in any direction. A front-side filter affixes
magnetically for effortless maintenance. A built-in heater helps ensure
temperatures stay optimal in most use conditions. 2-year warranty on
1/81/3 HP models, and 1-year warranty on 1/2 and 1 HP models.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
(1/81/3 HP MODELS)
SCTR-UV
SCTR-FLOW

BUILT-IN
FLOW RATE
MODEL
HP VOLTS HZ HEATER WATTS (GPM)
CAPACITY
SHIP WT
(GAL)
L W H (LBS)
EACH
SCTK150
1/8
115
60
150
2.5-4.5
UP TO 60
14.2
8.5
12.4
32
$539.00
SCTK500
1/6
115
60
225
3-13
UP TO 120
12.2
12.2
16.4
45
799.00
SCTK1000
1/4
115
60
315
3-13
90-200
12.2 12.2 18
50
899.00
SCTK2000
1/3
115
60
440
3-13
130-150
12.2 12.2 19.7
55
999.00
SCTK3000
1/2
115
60
750
4.5-13.5
UP TO 750
23.6
15.2
25.6
85
1,799.00
SCTK6000
115
60
900
4.5-13.5
UP TO 1,300
23.6
15.2
25.6
90
2,299.00
SCTR-FLOW
FLOW INDICATOR
9.00
SCTR-HEAT
HEATER KIT FOR MODELS SCTK3000 AND SCTK6000
50.00
SCTR-UV
UV KIT FOR MODELS SCTK3000 AND SCTK6000
150.00
SCTR-UVB
UV REPLACEMENT BULB
61.75
AQUARIUM COOLING FANS

Improve water oxygenation and chill your water faster with these Teco E-Chill
cooling fans. Efficient, innovative technology gives you an average energy
savings of 30% if installed with Teco chillers (not included). Stand-alone
installation provides 15C decrease in temperature. Can be attached to either
the aquarium or the sump with easy in-line installationno need for
specialized technicians.
ECHILL2
All units have a digital thermostat with three levels of increased efficiency.
Set your desired temperature with resolution of .1C, and view it in either
C or F. Remote control and 12VDC power supply included. Safety features
include shutdown at minimum water level and shutdown alarm.
MODEL
ECHILL1
WATTS
VOLUME
W/CHILLER*
VOLUME STAND
ALONE
SHIP WT
(LBS)
132 GAL
26 GAL
1.1
EACH
$159.95
ECHILL2
14
211 GAL
53 GAL
1.7
229.95
ECHILL3
20
396 GAL
79 GAL
2.2
274.95
*Chiller not included.

Tank, SeaChill, Teco and E-Chill are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Teco SRI.
ECHILL3
302 HEATERS
Heat Exchanger
WATER TO WATER HEAT EXCHANGER PACKAGES

Aqua Logic complete, water-to-water heat exchanger packages are engineered
for hot and cold water loop systems. The compact design and quiet operation
make these systems perfect for indoor applications. Each package includes
titanium heat exchanger, Schedule 40 PVC plastic shell (CPVC shell is available
for an additional cost when the hot water supply is greater than 120F),
304 stainless steel frame and hardware, digital temperature controller,
water solenoid valve, flow meter, in-line strainer and customized plumbing.
This system only requires an 115V power source and a hot or cold water supply.
Prices are FOB CA.
Fresh or saltwater Use
Titanium Tube in a PVC Shell
Preassembled and Ready for Easy Installation
Note: These heat exchangers directly absorb or reject heat from the tank
system water into another water source (hot or cold). BTU capacities in the
chart are based on the specific water temperature and flow rates shown. If any
of these parameters change, the BTU removal capacity will change, and the
heat exchanger may not meet your systems requirements. Contact us so we
can assist you in the proper sizing of the equipment for your specific application.
HX-4W to HX-12W models

NOMINAL
PROCESS WATER PROCESS WATER FLOW COLD/HOT WATER COLD/HOT WATER FLOW
SHIP WT.
MODEL BTUH* KW IN/OUT
(GPM)
IN/OUT
(GPM)*
L W H (LBS)
HX-3W
3000
HX-4W
4000
HX-6W
6000
HX-9W
9000
HX-12W
12000
HX-24W
HX-36W
HX-48W
48000
14
2 SLIP
HX-60W
60000
17.5
2 SLIP
HX-90W
90000
26.3
3 SLIP
90
HX-120W
120000
35.1
3 SLIP
120
0.9
21
61/4
EACH
$695.00
3/4 FPT
15
1/2 FPT
0.6 / .3
19
30
1.1
3/4 FPT
20
1/2 FPT
0.8 / .4
23
1.7
11/2 FPT
25
1/2 FPT
1.2 / .6
241/2
61/4
19
30
715.00
63/4
19
35
830.00
2.6
11/2 FPT
30
1/2 FPT
1.8 / .9
31
63/4
19
35
895.00
3.5
11/2 FPT
35
1/2 FPT
2.4 / 1.2
341/2
63/4
19
40
1,065.00
24000
2 SLIP
40
1/2 FPT
5 / 2.5
34
14
23
138
1,985.00
36000
10.5
2 SLIP
40
3/4 FPT
7 / 3.5
41
14
23
154
2,540.00
60
3/4 FPT
10 / 5
49
14
23
160
2,700.00
60
3/4 FPT
12 / 6
561/2
14
23
207
2,850.00
3/4 FPT
18 / 9
131/2
25
43
215
5,720.00
1 FPT
24 / 12
131/2
25
53
225
6,885.00
HX-180W
180000
52.7
3 SLIP
145
11/2 FPT
36 / 18
131/2
25
72
232
8,800.00
HX-240W
240000
70.2
3 SLIP
180
11/2 FPT
48 / 24
131/2
25
82
250
11,347.00
*Flow rate (gpm) and (BTU) rating is based on 40f ewt @ 10f t (cold) or 180f ewt @20 f t (hot) water supply.
CHILLERS 303
Chiller Barrel Packages

CHILLER BARREL PACKAGES
Aqua Logic DX (Direct Expansion) Heat Exchanger Packages are complete

refrigerant-to-water systems that are safe for both fresh and salt water
systems. The heat exchanger can be connected to a central refrigerant loop
or to a dedicated remote condensing unit. These packages are ideal for
overseas installations where the condensing unit can be purchased and
serviced locally saving significant freight and importation costs. Nominal BTU
capacity is based on using R-134A refrigerant (for models HX-3DX thru
HX-12DX) or R-410A refrigerant (for models HX-24DX and larger). If another
type of refrigerant will be used, please consult us before ordering. Ship via
motor freight. FOB CA. One-year warranty.
Preassembled and ready to install
Compact design
Titanium tube and Schedule 40 PVC shell evaporator
304 stainless steel mounting stand and hardware
Digital temperature controller, TXV, flow switch, moisture indicator
24 volt power supply required
Condensing units are also available for each DX Heat Exchanger Package,
please refer to the Aqua Logic Multi-Temp Air Cooled Water Chillers or
Aqua Logic Titan Air Cooled Heat Pumps and request a Split option.
Note: Standard DX heat exchangers are manufactured for connection
to cooling-only condensing units and WILL NOT work with a heat pump
condensing unit. If being used with a heat pump condensing unit,
add -HP to part number (call for pricing).
HX-90DXHX-240DX
HX-4DXHX-12DX
HX-24DXHX-60DX

NOMINAL
FLOW (GPM)
REFRIGERANT
PROCESS WATER
SHIP WT
MODEL HP BTUH* KW
MIN/MAX IN/OUT FIPT IN/OUT L W
H
(LBS) EACH
HX-3DX
1/4
3,000
0.8
8 / 15
1 @ 3/8 / 3/8
HX-4DX
1/3
4,000
1.2
10 / 20
HX-6DX
1/2
6,000
1.8
12 / 25
$975.00
3/4 FIPT
23
18
25
1 @ 3/8 / 3/8
3/4 FIPT
25
18
28
995.00
1 @ 3/8 / 1/2
11/2 FIPT
26
18
30
1,015.00
HX-9DX
3/4
9,500
2.6
20 / 35
1 @ 3/8 / 1/2
11/2 FIPT
32
18
35
1,180.00
HX-12DX
12,000
3.5
25 / 40
1 @ 3/8 / 5/8
11/2 FIPT
35
18
38
1,355.00
HX-24DX
24,000
7.0
20 / 40
1 @ 3/8 / 5/8
2 SLIP
29
14
26
129
2,660.00
HX-36DX
36,000
10.5
20 / 40
1 @ 3/8 / 5/8
2 SLIP
36
14
26
148
2,995.00
HX-48DX
48,000
14.0
30 / 60
1 @ 3/8 / 11/8
2 SLIP
45
14
26
174
3,125.00
HX-60DX
60,000
17.5
30 / 60
1 @ 3/8 / 11/8
2 SLIP
52
14
26
194
3,420.00
HX-90DX
7.5
90,000
28.0
100 / 180
1 @ 5/8 / 13/8
3 SLIP
20
25
52
216
6,100.00
HX-120DX
10
120,000
35.0
100 / 180
1 @ 5/8 / 13/8
3 SLIP
20
25
62
253
7,015.00
HX-180DX
15
175,000
51.2
100 / 180
1 @ 5/8 / 15/8
3 SLIP
20
25
80
302
8,800.00
HX-240DX
20
223,000
65.3
100 / 180
2 @ 1/2 / 13/8
3 SLIP
20
25
92
337
11,625.00
*For models HX-3DX thru HX-12DX, nominal BTUH is based on 134A refrigerant. For models HX-24DX and larger, nominal BTUH is based on R410A refrigerant.
304 CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS
Product
305 Algaecides/Weed Control
315 Barley Straw
310 Surfactant/Fertilizer
317 Bacteria
311 Colorants/Dyes
319 Salts/Sand
325 Fish Hauling
313 Pond Logs/Microfloc Alum

Injection System
321 Chlorine and Ammonia

Neutralizers
326 Anesthetics/Disinfectants/Filter
327 Parasite Control
314 Clarifiers
322 Ammonia Removers/Carbon/

Calcium/Sodium Bicarbonate
328 Disease Control
324 Fish Tranquilizers/

Phosphate Removers
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS 305
Algaecides/Weed Control
PONDZILLA ALGAE CONTROL POND CATALYST

PondZilla, a pond cleaning and clarifying product, is an adjuvant unlike any
other that degrades dead organic matter. Using the latest in biochemical
catalyst technology, PondZilla degrades up to 60% of dead organics at
one-tenth the cost of physical cleaning. This product works by activating the
muck layer and stimulating bacterial activity. It contains surface-activating
agents, which liberate organics and allow the active ingredients to speed up
natures natural decomposition cycle. Works particularly well in ponds with
filamentous problems. When used as directed, it will not harm aquatic species
or people. Does not contain bacteria, but instead features key catalysts and
biostimulants, which break down unwanted organic matter. Applications:
wastewater lagoons, decorative ponds, retention ponds. International customers:
check with your customs agent to determine whether this product can be
shipped to your country.
Before
Breaks up floating scum

Works in harmony with naturally occurring bacteria
Cleans up dead plant mess
Improves the appearance of your lake or pond
PZ10
Improves algaecide performance to clarify the water

MODEL
EACH
PZ10
1 GALLON
$89.00
PZ25
2.5 GALLONS
199.00
PZ50
5 GALLONS
379.00
After
NUFARM DIQUAT HERBICIDE

HAZMAT AG
37% diquat formula, fast-acting and water-soluble. EPA-registered. 1 gallon.

MODEL
RW1
EACH
1 GALLON $99.95
ERASER-AQ
A systemic herbicide that targets common shoreline weeds, including cattails

and torpedo grass. Apply 3 oz of Eraser AQ per gallon of water. Works best
when used with a nonionic surfactant like Cide-Kick II. This item cannot be
sold to customers in the following states: CA, CT, IA, ME, MT, NE, NH, NJ, VT
and WA. One-quart container.
MODEL
RRERG
EACH
1 QUART $54.00
Nufarm is a registered trademark of Nufarm Australia Limited Corp.

Algaecides
SECLEAR ALGAECIDE
AND WATER QUALITY ENHANCER
SeClear is the first aquatic algaecide and water quality enhancer in one
designed to replace routine algaecide treatments. SeClear provides effective
control of a broad-range of algae species while reducing in-water phosphorus
levels with each application.
The result is longer lasting control, improved water quality and aesthetics
with reduced maintenance through time. Water treated with SeClear may be
used for drinking, swimming, fishing, watering livestock and for irrigated
crops, turf, fairways, putting greens and ornamental plants immediately
following treatment.
The mode of action for SeClear is uptake through the algal cells where the
copper ion inhibits photosynthesis providing a fast-acting result.
MODEL EACH
SEC1
$32.75
1 GALLON
CAPTAIN LIQUID COPPER ALGAECIDE

Captain is a chelated copper product that is effective on both filamentous and
planktonic algae in a wide range of fresh water applications. Algae control
occurs in 3 to 7 days following a Captain application and there are no
restrictions on treated water, even immediately after use for swimming,
fishing, watering livestock, irrigating turf or ornamental plants.
The mode of action for Captain is uptake through the algal cells where the
copper ion inhibits photosynthesis providing a fast-acting result. Algae is an
aquatic plant that can grow anywhere moisture, light and nutrients combine
to support growth. You certainly can't control how wet your pond is; and
there's not much you can do about how much sunlight hits the water. You can,
however, avoid fertilizing near the pond or anywhere rainwater runoff may
enter the water.
MODEL EACH
CPT1
1 GALLON
$36.25
ACCU-CLEAR POND CLEANER

Note: International customers: Check with your
customs agent to determine whether this product
can be shipped to your country.
Accu-Clear causes dirt particles, debris and

bacterial blooms to clump together and settle to
the bottom to be either vacuumed up or picked up
by the filter. Safe for use with all fish and plants.
16 ounces treat 4,800 gallons.
MODEL
SHIP WT
AC128
11 LBS
GALLON
EACH
4+
$57.95 $54.58
SeClear Algaecide and Water Quality Enhancer and Captain are registered trademarks of SePRO Corp. Accu-Clear is registered trademarks of Mars Fishcare North America, Inc.
Algaecides / Herbicides
CUTRINE-PLUS ALGAECIDE AND HERBICIDE
HAZMAT A
Ideal for use in lakes, reservoirs and potable water supplies. It is a

concentrated, liquid herbicide/algaecide that contains chelated copper
and stays in solution long after initial application. Water bodies treated with
Cutrine-Plus can be used immediately after application for swimming,
livestock watering, irrigation or fishing. Do not use with salmon or cyprinids.
Average application rate is one gallon per acre-foot. Ship weight per gallon
is 11 lbs.
*For best results, use with a surfactant such as Cide-Kick II, Red River 90
or Organic-Kick.
MODEL
AQA9-C
EACH 4+
$40.15 $38.14
GREENCLEAN PRO GRANULAR ALGAECIDE
HAZMAT AG
This non-copper-based algaecide eliminates algae on contact. Designed for

lakes, ponds and unpainted surfaces. Sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate
destroys algal cell membranes and chlorophyll within 60 sec. Biodegrades
completely and adds 13% bioavailable oxygen to the water. For spot treatments
apply at a rate of 2050 lbs/acre-foot; for algae blooms apply at a rate of 930
lbs/acre-foot; for filamentous algae blooms treat at a rate of 5090 lbs/
acre-foot. Safe for use with koi and trout. EPA-approved.
MODEL
GC51-C
50 LBS
EACH
4+
$129.00 $119.97
GREENCLEAN ALGAECIDE
GreenClean works on contact to control algae in water gardens, ornamental
ponds, fountains and other water features. Does not harm aquatic life,
and its formula releases oxygen into the water as it biodegrades. GreenClean
also eliminates algae on a wide variety of surfaces. 2 lbs treat a 1,000-gal pond
for an entire season. EPA-approved.
MODEL
GC81-C
8 LBS
In certain states,
herbicides and
algaecides are
restricted. Products with
this symbol cannot be
sold into the states of
California, Connecticut,
Iowa, Maine, Michigan,
Nebraska, Montana, New
Hampshire, New York,
Vermont or Washington.
EACH
4+
$49.87 $44.88
CUTRINE-PLUS GRANULAR ALGAECIDE

Great for spot-treating
Cutrine-Plus Granular Algaecide controls bottom-growing algae. Clean, dry,

granular algaecide sinks rapidly and works evenly over the affected area.
Easily spread from the bag (wear gloves) or with a crank-type rotary spreader.
EPA-approved for use in lakes and potable water reservoirs, farm fish ponds
and fish hatcheries. For spot treatment, apply at the rate of 1 lb per 720 ft2
(1 kg per 147 m2). 30-lb bag. Made in USA.
MODEL
AQA3
30 LBS
EACH
4+
$91.09 $86.54
Do not use copper-based products in waters with koi, carp, goldfish or trout.
Cutrine-Plus is a registered trademark of Arch Chemicals, Inc. GreenClean is a registered trademark of Biosafe Systems, LLC.
Weed Control
WEEDTRINE-D HERBICIDE
HAZMAT A
This is a form of diquat (8.5%), an aquatic herbicide that is not absorbed by fish. Controls bladderwort,
cattail, coontail, duckweed, elodea, naiad, pennywort, pithophora, pond weeds, salvinia, spirogyra, water
hyacinth, water lettuce and water milfoil.
Also recommended for top-kill of shoreline emergent weeds and as a grass and broadleaf weed killer in
noncrop areas. Absorption and herbicidal action are usually quite rapid, with visible effects in a few days.
Ideally suited for use in small bodies of water. Apply only to water where there is no overflow. Do not use
treated water for animal consumption, spraying, irrigation or domestic purposes for 14 days after
treatment. For marginal weed problems, apply at the rate of 2 oz/gal of water. Check local laws prior to
ordering, as use of this product may not be legal in your area. D.O.T. rating is hazardous when shipped by
air. Weighs 8 lbs. Made in USA.
For best results, use with a surfactant such as Cide-Kick II, Red River 90 or Organic-Kick.
MODEL
WTD1
SHORE-KLEAR HERBICIDE
EACH
4+
$78.00 $73.35
1 GALLON
A systemic postemergence herbicide used in controlling undesirable vegetation

growing in and adjacent to aquatic sites. Apply 3 oz of Shore-Klear per 1 gal of
water (24 mL per liter) for control of most postemergent weeds.
For best results, use with Red River 90 surfactant.
MODEL
EACH
RD1 QUART
RD25
$46.00 $43.14/6+
RD1
90.00 81.82/4+
2.5 GALLONS
SONAR HERBICIDE R
Can control weeds up to one full year
Sonar controls target weeds in almost any body of water. It usually takes 30
to 90 days for Sonar to work. Susceptible plants absorb Sonar through their
leaves, shoots and from roots. Within a short period (seven to ten days) injury
symptoms begin to appear. Susceptible weeds will start to show chlorosis, a
deficiency of green pigment. Sonars selectivity lets desirable aquatic plants
become reestablished. Wont restrict swimming, fishing or drinking, even
immediately after application! Rates depend on target species and habitat
conditions. As always, follow label rates and restrictions.
MODEL
SN1
AQUATHOL K HERBICIDE (LIQUID OR GRANULAR)
SHIP WT (LBS)
1 PINT
EACH
6+
$427.44 $384.70
Elective contact control for submerged aquatic weeds, including Najas species, coontail, milfoil and most
pond weed species. Carries no turf irrigation restrictions. Granular formulation recommended for
spot treating small weed patches and deep growing plants. Liquid formula supplies most active
ingredients per dollar.
Apply 1 gallon per acre-foot (1 liter/326 m3) for control of most plant species. As always, read and comply
with product labels. AQT25 ships motor freight only, AQT10 ships Ground.
For best results, use with a surfactant such as Cide-Kick II, Red River 90 or Organic-Kick.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
4+
AQT25
2.5 GALLONS HAZMAT AG 25 $244.42 $232.20
AQT10
10 LBS
11
290.16 261.14
AQT25
Aquathol is a registered trademark of United Phosphorus, Inc. Shore-Klear, Weedtrine are registered trademarks of Arch Chemicals, Inc. Sonar is a registered trademark of SePro, Inc.
Algaecide/Weed Control
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
ALGAEFIX ALGAECIDE FOR PONDS
EACH
16916
16 OZ
$11.95
16964N
64 OZ
34.95
169G
1 GAL
10
58.73
1692G
2.5 GAL
24
106.65
KOI
Effectively controls "green water" in ponds.

EPA-approved herbicide.
AlgaeFix effectively controls many types of green water algae (Chlorella),
blue-green algae (Aphanizomenon), string and hair algae (Cladophora) and
blanketweed (Oedogonium). Formulated to keep ornamental ponds and water
gardens clean and clear, it can be safely used with aquatic plants and will not
harm fish. Dosage is one teaspoon (5 mL) per 50 gal. Dilute with warm water
before adding to pond. Cannot be sold into Canada.
AlgaeFix is registered trademark of Mars Fishcare North America, Inc.

16916
SEAKLEAR AQUARIA WATER TREATMENT
MODEL
Natural Clarifier clears up cloudy water by causing particulates to clump

together and be easily caught on mechanical filters. It also removes excess oils
to prevent scum at the water line. Biodegradable and usable with all sanitizers,
it is safe for plants, animals, fish and the environment. 55-gal drum also
available; call for price.
Phosphate Remover eliminates phosphates by binding them in an insoluble
form so they are no longer available for algae growth. Removes algae-causing
orthophosphates and keeps salt generators working properly. Nontoxic100%
safe for plants, animals, fish and the environment. 3,000 ppb. Note: Will cloud
water when applied. 55-gal drum also available; call for price.
SK0104
EACH
SK0104
1 QT
$16.32
SK0101
1 GAL
47.94
SK0102
5 GAL
215.00
SK0404
1 QT
49.80 HAZMAT A
SK0405
1 GAL
170.00 HAZMAT A
SK0401
5 GAL
750.00 HAZMAT AG
SeaKlear is a registered trademark of Halosource, Inc.
SK0404
HERBICIDE GUIDE
American Lotus
Spirodela polyrhiza
Mosquito Fern
Azolla caroliniana
Cattail
Typha spp.
Salvinia
Slender Duckweed
Wolffiella floridana
Waterhyacinth
Eichhornia crassipes
Fragrant Waterlily
Nymphaea odorata
Giant Cutgrass
Zizaniopsis miliacea
Giant Foxtail
Setaria magna
Panicum hematomon
Paragrass
Panicum purpurascens
Pickerelweeds
Sawgrass
Smartweeds
Southern Watergrass
Spatterdock
Cladium jamaicense
Watermeal
Bladderworts
Coontail
Egeria
Egeria densa
Elodea
Elodea canadensis
Eurasian Watermilfoil
Fanwort
Cabomba caroliniana
Horned Pondweed
Zannichellia palustris
G
F
E
E
Hydrilla
Naiads
Parrotfeather
Pondweeds
Water buttercup
Widgeongrass
Wildcelery
Panicum repens
Paspalum fluitans
Water Pennywort
Hydrocotyle umbellata
Water Primrose
Ludwigia uruguayensis
Watershield
Brasenia schreberi
Waterwillow
Justicia americana
Ultricularia spp.
Ceratophylium demersum
Torpedograss
Pistia stratiotes
Wolffia columbiana
Nuphar luteum
Water Paspalum
F = Fair; G = Good; E = Excellent
Waterlettuce
Hydrochloa caroliniensis
E
G
Salvinia rotundifolia
G
G
Polygonum spp.
F
G
Pontederia spp.
G
G
G
F
Maidencare
G
F
Phragmites australis
Leersia hexandra
Weedtrine D
or Reward
Giant Duckweed
Aquathol
Lemna minor
Cutgrass
Duckweed
Scirpus spp.
Common Reed
AQUATIC PLANT
Nelumbo lutea
Sonar
E
Bulrush
Shore-Klear
Alternanthera philoxeroides
AQUATIC PLANT
Alligator Weed
F
G
FLOATING PLANTS
Myriophyllum spicatum
Hydrilla verticillata
Najas spp.
SUBMERSED PLANTS
Weedtrine D
or Reward
Aquathol
HERBICIDE
EMERSED PLANTS
Sonar
Shore-Klear
HERBICIDE
Myriophyllum aquaticum
Potamogeton spp.
Ranunculus aquatilis
Ruppia maritima
Vallisneria americana
NOTE: This is a guide only; read and follow manufacturer's labels.

Surfactant/Fertilizer
CIDE-KICK II SURFACTANT
Makes your spray application more effective.
A nonionic additive mixed with herbicides to break down the waxy coating on
the leaf surface, effectively penetrating the cell wall of the plant. Use 1 ounce
of Cide-Kick II per 1 gallon of spray solution (8 mL/L). Available in 1-quart
(1 liter) containers only.
MODEL
WTD2
EACH 4+
$19.75 $18.69
1 QUART
RED RIVER 90 SURFACTANT

Spray herbicides more efficiently (and save money) by sticking to your target
not the area surrounding it. Red River 90 is a multifunctional, nonionic
surfactant containing free fatty acids. When mixed with herbicides, it spreads
the mixture evenly across the leaf surface, allowing quick penetration of leaf
tissue. The result is a highly effective, consistent and fast weed control.
Compatible with most herbicides and inhibits excessive foam produced by
many wetting agents.
MODEL EACH
RR90Q QUART
$12.25
ORGANIC-KICK SURFACTANT
A nonionic wetting agent, activator and penetrant all in one. Organic-Kick helps
break down the waxy cuticle on the leaf surface and helps penetrate the cell
wall of the plant, allowing a more effective uptake. Made from citrus peel oil,
OMRI-listed. Use 1 ounce of Organic-Kick per 1 gallon of spray solution.
MODEL
ORK1
EACH
1 QUART $16.28
PERFECT POND PLUS FERTILIZER

Maintains the perfect balance of plankton in your pond
This mixture is easy to apply, water soluble (dissolves in the upper two feet
of water) and will not clump. It can be broadcast from a bank or pier or poured
out of a boat; up to a 5-acre pond can be fertilized from just one location.
The formulation for Perfect Pond Plus is 12-48-8 (N-P-K). Includes the
scientifically designed Micro-Nutrient package. Do not fertilize if undesired
vegetation is present because the fertilizer will only stimulate growth.
MODEL
PFP25
25 LBS
EACH
$73.50
Warning: The purpose of Perfect Pond Plus fertilizer is to increase algal growth.
Use only if you want green water in your pond.
Cide-Kick is a trademark of Brewer International, Inc.

Colorants/Dyes
BLUE VAIL SUPER CONCENTRATED BLUE COLORANT

Harmless to animals and fish
Use only one-fourth as much Blue Vail as any other dye! That's rightuse only
one quart per 1,000,000 gallons of pond water. We recommend Blue Vail for
use in controlled waterways like private ponds, lakes and fountains.
Blue Vail will turn water an attractive blue color and is harmless to animals
and fish when used as directed. Lasts up to 4 months. Sold in quart containers
(equal to one gallon of other brands).
MODEL
EACH
OWD5 QUART
$33.59
AQUASHADE WEED CONTROL WATER COLORANT

EPA-registered
Aquashade is a water dye that filters sunlight to reduce the growth of aquatic
weeds and algae.
It is also useful for coloring water an attractive blue to enhance its aesthetic
quality. Apply to controlled waterways such as ornamental and golf course
ponds, lakes, fountains and fish farms. May be used for swimming ponds
(after complete dispersal). Results appear immediately and last up to four
months in nonflowing waters. The typical application rate is 1 gallon per
1,000,000 gallons of water. Case contains 4 gallons.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
OWD2 GALLON
EACH
11
4+
$59.35 $55.79
BLUE/BLACK VAIL AND BLACK VAIL

If you prefer the natural look
Clean, clear water in a lake with a natural black bottom looks black from all
angles. We offer Blue/Black Vail (a 50/50 mix) and Black Vail because they look
more natural. They are used in some of the finest garden ponds in the USA.
Not recommended for use with fountains. Like Blue Vail, they contain no
herbicides or algaecides, are nontoxic and safe for fish, humans and birds.
The quarts per acre are typical for 3 acre feet or approximately 1,000,000
gallons. Sold in quart bottles.
MODEL
QUARTS/ACRE
EACH
6+
OWD7
BLUE/BLACK VAIL
$35.42 $31.26
OWD8
BLACK VAIL
35.42 31.26
OWD7
OWD8
1 gallon = 3.8 liters

1 pound (16 ounces) = 454 grams
1 foot = 30.5 cm
One surface acre 4 deep = 1,303,404 gallons (4.9 m 3). A one-acre pond
4 deep with sloping sides is only about 1,000,000 gallons (3.8 m 3).
One acre-foot = 1 acre, 1 foot deep = 324,522 gallons.
Before
After
Aquashade is a registered trademark of Arch Chemicals, Inc.

Colorants/Dyes
CRYSTAL BLUE WATER COLORANT

Crystal Blue is a water colorant that produces a more vibrant blue color than
some other dyes. The typical application rate is one gallon per 1,000,000 gallons
of pond water (equals one acre, 3' deep or approximately one acre, 4' deep with
sloping sides). Four gallons per case.
MODEL
CB64 GALLON
Crystal Blue is a registered trademark of Bluewater Chemgroup, Inc.
BLUE COLORANT DRY PACKETS

Easy to apply
Performs like the liquid water colorants, but comes in packets that are 100%
water soluble. Simply toss one or more packets into the water, where they
quickly disperse. One packet (approx. 1/2 lb) typically treats 250,000 gallons.
Sold in single packets. 16-packet case weighs 8 lbs. Salt water compatible.
Made in USA.
MODEL
OWD4
SINGLE PACKET
EACH 16+
$21.63 $19.90
EACH
4+
$33.44 $31.10
Pond Logs/Microfloc Alum Injection System
NUTRIENT-BINDING POND LOGS

Water clarification and erosion control made easy! These semisolid blocks are
environmentally safe, nontoxic and formulated for specific water environments.
They work in conjunction with your bottom-based aeration system, floating
fountain or waterfall to improve the water quality in your lake or pond. Benefits
include increased water clarity, reduced algae, odor control, decreased
suspended solids and metal reduction. One log treats up to 500,000 gallons.
Float
Pond logs are specific to your water's chemistry. Send us a sample of your
water and bank soil. Based on that, we'll send you the pond log(s) best suited
to your lake or pond's specific needs. For pond sample analysis forms and
procedures, contact Pentair AES.
Diffuser
Pond Log
Aeration: Pond Logs are simply tied to a float, keeping them in line with the upward bubble movement
enabling the polymer blend to dissolve.
SWEETWATER COMPRESSOR
MICROFLOC ALUM INJECTION SYSTEM
Continuous algae control
ALMIS
Great for small recreational lakes, farm ponds and golf courses.
Safe for swimmers and harmless to fish and wildlife.
Dramatically improve water clarity and quality with this easy-to-install and
maintain system. The Sweetwater Microfloc Alum Injection System eliminates
nuisance algal blooms in ponds by continually removing the nutrients (food)
that feed algae.
2" Stone Pad
Weighted Alum
and Air Lines
Microfloc Generator
Shore Station
The system's small shore station delivers particles of alum (aluminum sulfate)
into the water column and evenly distributes them throughout the pond.
On contact with the water the alum particles form a floc of aluminum hydroxide,
which removes phosphorus, making it unavailable to algae.
Each system includes a microfloc generator with alum metering pump,
air compressor, alum storage tank and timers. Everything is enclosed
within a sound-reducing, ventilated, weatherproof, heavy-duty metal cabinet.
115V/60 Hz.
TECH TALK 102

Alum Lake Treatments
Every lake/pond is unique. If the water is clear, with little submerged weed growth, wed call it
clean and its primary productivity would be low. You might think of it as starving for plant
nutrients. If the water is turbid, due to planktonic algae, its productivity would be high. This would
be considered bad if you wanted to swim in it. It could be considered good if you were using it for
aquaculture. To some small farm ponds and fishing ponds that are 100% on private property,
with no outflow, the owners actually add phosphorus to increase their productivity so they will
grow more fish.
If you want to have clear water, you must reduce the productivity. In short, you need to withhold
nutrients that feed the algae. Phosphorus is typically the nutrient that can limit plant and algae
growth in freshwater lakes. To reduce the phosphorus level is to reduce the plant and algae
growth, resulting in clear water. Phosphorus, nitrogen and other nutrients enter the lake from
four sources:
1. W
atershed runoff.
2. S ediment nutrient cycling.
3. A tmospheric loading.
4. Point source (typically sources known by the ownercan be things such
as fish food, cleaning stations, fertilizer additions, etc.).
To identify and quantify the sources of phosphorus, it is necessary to do a total nutrient budget.
Since most people cant afford that professional service, they typically ask a limnologist or other
lake expert to eyeball it and give them their recommendation. Some remedial action can be
inexpensive and other suggestions can be cost-prohibitive. If the low-cost fixes are not sufficient
to bring about the desired improvement in water clarity, consider an alum treatment to reduce
phosphorus in the water and reduce its cycling out of the sediments. It is probably cheaper
than you think.
Phosphorus binds tightly to the alum, which becomes incorporated into the sediments of the lake.
It is totally safe from a human, animal and environmental standpoint. Aluminum, like silica sand,
is one of the most common elements on the face of the earth. It is used in cooking and drinking
water filtration.
Clarifiers
PHOSCLEAR WATER TREATMENT

Phosclear (buffered aluminum sulfate) is a
convenient phosphorus removal and water
clarification solution for murky waters. Use in
lakes, ponds and reservoirs. Simply broadcast
the granules evenly across the surface of the water.
Typical application rate is 80 lbs per acre-foot
(25 ppm). A buffering agent prevents pH drops.
Note: pH should be between 5.5 and 8.0, alkalinity
between 50 and 200 ppm and salinity below 3 ppt.
Large quantities ship from factory. Made in USA.
MODEL
PC40-AQ
40-LB PAIL
EACH
$89.62
MICROBE LIFT WATER TREATMENT

MICROBE LIFT is composed of several strains of bacteria that begin
immediately to attack the materials in the water or soil that cause pollution
and unpleasant odors. It is a nontoxic, biodegradable, nonpathogenic,
USDA-authorized product that is extremely effective in the treatment and
clean up of environmental waste. MICROBE LIFT complies with even the
strictest of environmental regulations.
MICROBE LIFT 4X is specially formulated for use in septic tanks. Use will
enhance the breakdown of organic wastes and sludge and reduce hydrogen
sulfide and odor problems.
MICROBE LIFT IND is specially formulated for industrial and municipal
wastewater systems. The highly concentrated formula can solve the most
difficult waste management problems when used in a controlled maintenance
program. It significantly reduces odors, improves BOD and COD removal
efficiency, degrades hydrocarbons and volatile organic carbons and
accelerates plant startups and recovery from upsets or shock loads.
It has a high ability to improve organic removal efficiency and stimulate
nitrification/denitrification.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
4+
ML3-AQ
4X, QUART
$13.95 $13.00
ML5-AQ
IND, GALLON
11
41.75 37.62
ML5-AQ
MICROBE LIFT PL
For over 20 years, MICROBE LIFT PL has been unique in the marketplace.
It is specifically formulated for fish ponds, decorative ponds and lagoons.
It is a mixture of beneficial bacteria, including nitrifiers and photosynthetic
bacteria,that reduces ammonia levels, eliminates noxious odors and reduces
the buildup of wastes. MICROBE LIFT PL is completely safe and will help to
maintain a balanced pond environment. For 501- to 1,000-gal ponds, use
12 oz for first application, 4 oz/week for 4 weeks and 4 oz after that for monthly
maintenance. For 1,001- to 5,000-gal ponds, use 16 oz for first application,
6 oz/week for 4 weeks and 6 oz after that for monthly maintenance.
MODEL
ML6 QUART
ML6
ML7 GALLON
EACH
$22.52
63.00
ML7
Phosclear is a registered trademark of M2 Polymer Technologies, Inc. Microbe Lift is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
Barley Straw
BARLEY STRAW
KOI
Year after year, we hear good comments from

barley straw users. A natural and ecologically
sound method to clear water, use one 1/2-lb bag
per 1,000 gallons. Works for up to 6 months.
1/2-lb bags are designed for easy placement
directly in your pond, sump or filter.
MODEL
BST5
1/2-LB BAG
EACH
4+
$9.50 8.30
BARLEY STRAW PELLETS
KOI
Barley straw pellets are made from concentrated,

organic barley straw enriched with peat and
humate. About 2 lbs will treat 150 gallons for up
to one year or 400 gallons for up to four months.
For 150 gallons of clear water, apply 4 ounces
every six weeks. For 150 gallons of turbid water,
apply 9 ounces every six weeks. Each bag includes
a graduated measuring cup.
MODEL
BSP10
10.5 LBS
EACH
$30.50
TECH TALK 37
How Barley Straw Works
Research through Aquatic Weeds Research Unit UK indicates that barley straw is highly effective in
the control of algae. How about that? An organic approach to algae control! It takes six to eight
weeks for barley straw to become active after it is placed in moving water. After that, barley straw
will remain an active algaecide for approximately six months. Microbial growth, oxygen and warm
water temperatures activate the decomposition of the straw. With sufficient water flow through the
straw, lignins oxidize into homic acids and, with sunlight and oxygen, destroy algae, with no effect
on higher plant and aquatic life.
Barley straw decomposes slowly, so its oxygen demand does not cause problems unless an
excessive amount of straw is used. Stagnant water will go anaerobic inside the straw bundle,
killing the microbes, so be sure to keep the water moving.
How much barley straw to use?

Barley straw is most effective in shallow (1 m) water with sunlight and good circulation.
Clear water needs less straw, but with turbid, muddy water and less sunlight, more straw is
required. Low temperatures are less effective.
Water surface area is used to calculate dosage. In still water ponds, the minimum quantity of straw
needed to control algae is 2.5 grams (.09 oz) of straw per square meter of water surface. In water
with a severe algae problem, high first treatments up to 50 grams (1.8 oz) per square meter may be
required. Start with small quantities and monitor effects. Barley straw may be prestarted in
nonalgae problem areas with good oxygenated water flows.
The research unit suggests you tie the straw in small bundles, make flat sheaves or stuff it into net
bags. Weight or stake them to the bottom in an area with water movement.

DSF SERIES
DRUM SCREEN FILTERS
ROTARY MICRO FILTER
Bacteria
BACTA-PUR WATER TREATMENT

Improves water quality!
BN1A N3000 includes 12 strains of bacteria for ammonia and nitrite removal
(nitrification) as well as for nitrate reduction (denitrification). This mixture
accelerates start-up of biofilters for both fresh and salt water (up to 35 ppt).
New benefit is reduced nitrite accumulation.
Bacta-Pur offers one of the most concentrated bacterial cultures available.

It has a 2-year shelf life. Each Bacta-Pur formula contains a balanced
community of specially cultured bacteria to improve water quality safely
and effectively.
BS1A Bacta-Pur XLG includes 16 strains of bacteria for decomposing organic

sediments (sludge) in ponds, lakes and under cages. Includes activator packets
#1 and #2. Freshwater and saltwater applications.
The use of Bacta-Pur assures the presence of the appropriate strains of

beneficial microorganisms for fast and efficient nitrification (oxidation of
ammonia and nitrite) and reduction of biochemical oxygen demand (BOD),
phosphorus and organic sludge. It can improve fish flavor, reduce fish stress
and disease susceptibility and increase feed conversion efficiency.
SD135 Bacta-Pur Sludgebusters is effective in biodegrading sludge wastes

that accumulate on the bottom of ponds. The sludge layer resulting from
uneaten feed and waste products can cause clogging of pumps and filters.
Decomposing waste may also produce toxic gases, noxious odors and other
problems. Bacta-Pur Sludgebusters contains beneficial bacteria that will
efficiently biodegrade these wastes. Regular use prevents accumulation of
organic sediments and eliminates causes of odor problems. The result is
less pollution, ammonia, stress and disease.
BX1A Bacta-Pur KLEAR is a scientifically cultured to produce a powerful

team of beneficial bacteria that improve water quality, Bacta-Pur KLEAR
attacks both the solid and soluble organic pollution in ponds. These
microorganisms use these wastes as food for their growth.
MODEL
The by-products of this natural water-cleaning process are water, carbon

dioxide and bacterial biomass, which is rich in protein. In a pond with koi,
goldfish, or snails, there is very little accumulation of bacteria because
these animals eat them. Thus, waste is channeled into the animal side of
the food chain.
BX3
MANAGER OF CUSTOMER ADVOCACY

Dennis DeLong
Dennis received his Bachelors degree in biology from West
Virginia University, and his Master of Science degree in
management from North Carolina State University.Beginning in
aquaculture in 1978, He has extensive experience in pond
aquaculture of freshwater prawns and in the design,
construction and operation of recirculating aquaculture
systems. He previously managed the North Carolina Fish Barn
project and provided aquaculture extension assistance at
North Carolina State University.
11
$74.40 $52.08
NK135 NUTRIPAK, 4 LITERS
KOI POND
12
74.40 52.08
POND, 4 LITERS
BN1A N3000, 4 LITERS

BS1A XLG, 4 LITERS
BX3 Bacta-Pur POND. This product contains 12 strains of bacteria to maintain

water clarity, solubilize organic deposits and break down sludge and waste
products into natural fish food. Recommended for bodies of water 8,000 gals
to 24.7 acres.
NK135
SHIP WT (LBS)
KOI POND
BX3
NK135 Bacta-Pur NUTRIPAK. We recommend a one-time application of

Bacta-Pur NUTRIPAK to ensure that all of the essential nutrients for healthy
bacteria growth are present in the pond. These nutrient growth enhancers
should not be required again unless water changes greater than 30% are done.
BX1A
USAGE
BX1A KLEAR, 4 LITERS
SD135 SLUDGEBUSTERS, 4 LITERS
EACH
4+
LARGE POND
11
76.50 53.55
LAKE
12
53.00 50.13
LAKE
12
55.00 52.10
KOI POND
12
74.40 52.08
BS1A, BN1A, and BX3 should not be Ground shipped if a chance of freezing
exists.
BN1A
SD135
BS1A
APPLICATION RATES
BACTA-PUR KLEAR (BX1) AND BACTA-PUR NUTRIPAK (NK34) FOR PONDS
VOLUME
WEEKLY DOSE RATE
1,0004,000 liters
(2501,000 gal)
4,000+ liters (1,000+ gal)
100 mL each/1,000 liters

(1 oz/100 gal)
100 mL each/4,000 liters
(4 oz/1,000 gal)
BACTA-PUR N3000 (BN1A) AND BACTA-PUR XLG (BS1A) FOR PONDS & LAKES
SURFACE AREA
1.252.5 acres
WEEKLY DOSE RATE
5 liters/2.5 acres
2.525 acres
2.5 liters/2.5 acres
25+ acres
1 liter/2.5 acres)
Bacta-Pur is a registered trademark of Aquasearch Canada Ltd.

Bacteria
PROLINE AQUACULTURE BACTERIA CONCENTRATE

FW
TECH FAV
SW
ProLine Bacteria Concentrate is a high concentration of live bacteria

specifically formulated for ammonia emergencies. Live bacteria begin
ammonia removal immediately, possibly saving an entire system from disaster.
One gallon of freshwater concentrate can treat up to 4,800 gallons (use
freshwater for salinity of 7 ppt or lower). One gallon of saltwater concentrate
can treat up to 2,400 gallons. The concentrate must be refrigerated at all times
and has a shelf life of 3 months. All concentrate ships Next Day Air, orders
placed by early AM will either ship that day or next day. Weighs 11 lbs.
MODEL
239310
FRESHWATER, GALLON
239300
SALTWATER, GALLON
239310
EACH
$317.00
317.00
PROLINE BIOFILTER START-UP KIT
FW
SW
Accelerate biofilter start-up by weeks using the ProLine Biofilter Start-Up

Kit. Each kit comes complete with ProLine Aqua Coat water conditioner,
ProLine ammonium chloride, ProLine nitrifying bacteria, nutrients and trace
elements required for optimizing the seeding of biological filters. Components
of the kit may also be used for reseeding biofilters in cases of shock load or
system upsets.
239001
Biofilter start-up is initiated by adding the components of the kit to an offline

biofilter. Instructions for use are included with each kit. Two separate kits are
available, freshwater and saltwater. Use with any biofilter with up to 50 cubic
feet of media. Additional kits may be added for larger biofilters. All kits must
ship by Next Day Air (shipping cost included in price). Orders placed by early
AM will either ship that day or next day. The concentrate must be refrigerated
at all times and has a shelf life of 3 months.
MODEL
EACH
239001 FRESHWATER $225.00

239002 SALTWATER
271.00
PROLINE AMMONIUM CHLORIDE

Great source of ammonia to initiate the growth of nitrifying bacteria. Should
not be used when fish or other culture animals are present in the water.
Maintain 1 mg/L while seeding bacteria until nitrates appear. Do not exceed
4 mg/L and do not add fish until ammonia level is at zero. Not FDA-approved.
Sold in 500-gram bottles. Made in USA.
MODEL
239100
EACH 4+
$13.39 $12.05
PROLINE BACTERIA
FW
SW
ProLine Nitrifying Bacteria can be used to rapidly seed biological filters

and correct ammonia and nitrite imbalances. Treatment rates are 4 ounces
per 10 gallons for freshwater systems (use freshwater for salinity of 7 ppt
or lower) and 8 ounces per 10 gallons for saltwater systems. For garden pond
applications (fewer than 1,000 gallons), add four ounces per 20 gallons of water.
For lightly loaded ponds or lakes, add two gallons per surface acre of water.
For older or heavily loaded lakes, call a Pentair AES technician.
239211
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
239201
SALTWATER, GALLON
$42.90
239210
FRESHWATER, 16 OZ
10.25
239211
FRESHWATER, GALLON
44.68
Should not be shipped Ground if chance of freezing exists.

Bacteria
PROLINE "BACTERIA IN A BAG"
FW
ProLine "Bacteria in a Bag" is a good product for elimination of pond sludge

and odors. Natural bacteria and enzymes biodegrade bottom sludge in ponds.
Simply calculate water volume and dispense at the rate of one 1-oz bag per
600 gallons of water or one 8-oz bag per 4,800 gallons in ornamental ponds,
biofilters or raceways.
When treating large ponds/lakes, dose 1 lb per acre-foot of water every two
weeks while temperatures are above 50F; double dose on the first application
of the season.
MODEL
239400
EACH
$13.75
SIX 1-OZ BAGS
239410
ONE 8-OZ BAG
10.00
239425
ONE 25-LB BAG
347.00
239410
SALTWATER "BACTERIA IN A BAG"
SW
"Bacteria in a Bag" Saltwater Formula is the perfect choice for water quality
improvement, sludge elimination and odor removal in high-salinity applications
(>18 ppt). Like the original ProLine "Bacteria in a Bag," this formulation is a
one-step maintenance program for aquaculturists working in high-salinity
environments.
Simply calculate water volume and dispense at the rate of one 1-oz bag per 400
gallons or one 8-oz bag per 4,800 gallons in all home and public aquariums.
MODEL
EACH
239805
SIX 1-OZ BAGS
$15.75
239810
ONE 8-OZ BAG
12.00
239810
TECH TALK 25
Bacteria Notes
WHAT IS THEIR SIZE?
Thats 100,000,000,000 in a milliliter! (For instructions on counting method, contact us or IET.)
WHAT DO THEY DO?
Some bacteria form floc, the slippery material one feels on a tank wall. Although many involved in
water purification may get trapped in the floc they typically flow through the system. The bacteria
on a biofilter are immobile, and water movement is essential to ensure that food is brought into
contact with them.
There are thousands of strains and two major groups. Heterotrophs use organic carbon (as we do).
They are elongated, often rod-shaped bacteria, typically .2 (micron) wide and 46 long.
Autotrophs use inorganic carbon (carbonate or carbon dioxide) as plants do. They are cocci-shaped
(round to oval) bacteria, typically .2.4 in diameter.
Like all other living things, they have a biological directive to eat and reproduce. They must
compete with each other and with predators. Each strain does only one job, so it takes a
coordinated team of strains to purify water, for example.
Bacteria work best when the following conditions exist: pH between 6 and no higher than 8.5
(optimal is 7.5), temperature between 34F (1C) and 104F (40C) (optimal is 86F/30C),
alkalinity above 100 and oxygen above 3 ppm (optimum is above 5 for nitrification); some
bacteria will utilize oxygen from any nitrate when there is no oxygen.
WHAT DO THEY EAT?
An individual strain may digest a specific type of fat, certain proteins, carbohydrates, cellulose
or hydrocarbons. Together the right team can eat sludge, animal wastes, etc.
HOW FAST DO THEY GROW?
A population of heterotrophic bacteria can double every 20 minutes. Nitrobacter can double every
8 hours. This rapid reproduction (with mutations) quickly evolves new strains.
WHERE CAN YOU BUY THEM?
From Pentair AES. Bacta-Pur bacteria are guaranteed to have a minimum of 1011 cells/mL.
DO THEY MOVE AROUND?
WHERE DO THEY COME FROM?
Bacteria can live in most places, but all strains are not everywhere all the time. Water purification
cannot be optimized if all the required strains are not present. Bioaugmentation with Bacta-Pur
guarantees the presence of the balanced team. If a proper environment exists, they will multiply.
HOW ARE THEY ELIMINATED?
Freezing can kill over 99% of some strains, such as Nitrosomonas and Nitrobacter. Spore-forming
bacteria are less affected, at least the spores survive. UV light, disinfectants, heat, acids,
bacteriacides and oxidizers (ozone, chlorine, hydrogen peroxide and potassium permanganate)
will also kill them.
WHAT IS THE RELATION BETWEEN LIGHT AND BACTERIA?
Light is not only unnecessary for the growth of beneficial bacteria that improve water quality, but
also will inhibit the growth of nutrifiers, particularly Nitrobacter. Biological filters should be kept
in the dark. Ultraviolet light is used to kill bacteria. The toxicity of the UV light is a function of the
wavelength, intensity and exposure duration.
Assistance on this Tech Talk was provided by IET, Inc.
Salts/Sand
PROLINE SUPER SALT CONCENTRATE

Contains everything but the saltsave on shipping!
This synthetic salt mixture contains all the necessary elements and buffers
(except sodium chloride) required to make up to 4,400 gallons of synthetic
seawater. Each phosphate- and nitrate-free batch is individually tested to
generate consistency and high quality. Because sodium chloride is a major
component of most synthetic sea salt mixtures, it is also responsible for a large
amount of the weight. This concentrated mixture contains everything but the
sodium chloride, which you can add locally to save money on freight charges.
Applications
Public aquariums
Saltwater fish holding
systems
Aquarium stores
Recirculating systems
ProLine Super Salt Concentrate is packaged in a semiliquid form and sold in

resealable buckets. One bucket mixes with 80 lbs of noniodized, high-purity
sodium chloride to make 400 gallons (1,514 liters) of salt water. Pallet
quantities available.
Seafood holding systems

Research labs
239500
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
4+
239500
400 GALLONS
63
$75.50 $68.79
239510*
4,400 GALLONS
600
638.00
*Ships by motor freight.
POND SALT
Made from evaporated seawater, this all-natural sea salt replaces electrolytes
such as potassium, sodium, chloride, calcium and magnesium. Pond salt can
also temporarily block the toxic effects of nitrite. Ideal for all ornamental koi
and goldfish ponds.
MODEL
PDS145
9 LBS
EACH
$14.95
ARAGAMAX
Sugar-sized sand
Grain size is .21.2 mm diameter. Also known as "oolitic sand," this product is
ideal for shallow beds, allowing denitrification in as little as a 1" depth of water.
The fine grain size can pass easily through the gills of gobies and other
sand-sifting organisms. The smooth round grains are gentle to soft-bellied
sharks and rays. White in color and metal-free. No ash or silica.
MODEL
SS30
30 LBS
EACH
4+
$22.75 $20.48
TECH TALK 27
Mixing Artificial Seawater
Artificial seawater is a complex mix of many purified salts formulated to have a composition
similar to natural seawater when dissolved in fresh water. Seawater cannot be evaporated to a dry
salt and then be reconstituted by adding water. It just doesnt work, so artificial blends were
developed. There are many formulas, each with its own characteristics. The quality of a brand of
sea salt is dependent on the formula, the quality of the raw materials and the uniformity of the
blending. The salinity is the sum of all of the dissolved ions. Natural seawater is generally
considered to have a salinity of 35 parts per thousand (ppt) or grams of salt per kilogram of water.
Several mistakes are common when calculating how much sea salt to use. First, do not assume
that ppt is the same as grams per liter (g/L). Because seawater is heavier than fresh water,
this assumption causes an error of about 2.5% lower salinity than expected. A second, more
serious error is to assume that the salt mix is anhydrous (water free), since all brands of sea salt
use some hydrated salts (for cost and solubility reasons). This causes an error of about 12% lower
salinity than expected. A third source of error is adding the salt to the desired volume, as the
volume increases about 1% after adding the salt. What this means is adding 35 g of sea salt to a
liter of water (1,000 g) will result in a 1.01 liter solution at 29.1 ppt salinity!
Gallon designations for commercial brands are not calculated at 35 ppt. There is no standard.
The weight per fifty gallon package varies among brands from 13.7 lbs to 16 lbs, giving salinities
between 27 and 32 ppt.
For calculation purposes, it takes 41.8 grams of sea salt mix to one liter fresh water for 35 ppt
salinity. To calculate salt needed for lower salinities, multiply the 41.8 g/L by the ratio of the
desired salinity, divided by 35 ppt.
Example 1: To mix at 32 ppt solution, solve: 41.8 g/L x 32 ppt/35 ppt = 38.2 g/L.
Example 2: To mix a 1,000 gallon batch at 32 ppt, multiply the 38.2 g/L (from example one)
x 3.78 (liters/gallon) x 1,000 to get 144,396 g or 318 lbs (144 kg) of sea salt.
When purchasing and mixing sea salts, remember to base mix ratios on the weight of salt mix,
not the advertised gallon ratings. The weight is the legal unit of measure.
The information in this Tech Talk was provided by Thomas Frakes, Technical Consultant, Aquarium
Systems, Inc.
Salts
INSTANT OCEAN SALTS

Instant Ocean has been the preferred salt mix
of public aquariums and home aquarists for many
years. It is scientifically blended to contain every
minor and major trace element required to make
artificial seawater. Phosphate- and nitrate-free,
it dissolves quickly without insoluble residue.
Each package will make a 32-ppt salt solution
at listed volume. Contains no chlorine remover.
Pallet quantities available.
MODEL
IS50
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
4+
PALLET
$18.29 $17.38
50-GALLON MIXTURE
15
IS160
160-GALLON MIXTURE
50
51.95
IO200
200-GALLON MIXTURE
65
51.95 49.35
49.35
46.87 (36)
IS50
IS160
CRYSTAL SEA SALTS

Salt, like fish food, is not all the same! This product is a perfect mixture
of essential compounds and trace elements to make seawater (contains
no anticaking agents). Use it with confidence when setting up any saltwater
ecosystem. Crystal Sea is preferred by many public aquariums, universities,
biological research facilities and professionals.
CM2B is a 150-gallon mixture specifically formulated for bioassay research.
Does not contain de-chlorinator.
Quality Assured
Crystal Sea Marinemix is manufactured under the most stringent quality
control guidelines using a superior computer control blending system.
This ensures exact mixing of anhydrous ingredients throughout each batch.
No ammonia, nitrate, phosphate, silicate or EDTA added.
Attains a proper pH of 8.3 upon hydration.
Contains chlorine remover.
CM2B
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
2+
CM2-AQ 150-GALLON MIXTURE
44
$39.65 $35.69
CM2B
44
43.95 39.54
150-GALLON BIOASSAY MIXTURE
REEF CRYSTALS REEF SALT

Developed for reef aquariums, Reef Crystals is
an enriched blend of sea salt that contains extra
levels of calcium, vitamins and selected trace
elements that are commonly depleted in living reef
aquariums. It has superior dissolvability and is
compatible with all marine aquariums. A special
additive helps to detoxify excess heavy metals, such
as copper, that are often found at elevated levels in
domestic water supplies. Every batch is carefully
analyzed to guarantee composition, consistency
and uniformity. Contains no chlorine remover.
Biodegradable box includes four bags, each for
a 50-gal mixture.
MODEL
RC200
SHIP WT (LBS)
200-GALLON MIXTURE
65
Making Salt Water?

Start by mixing at these levels,
then aerate for over an hour
before measuring salinity, pH, etc.
Add more salt if needed.
41/2 cups per 10 gallons
1 kg per 10 gallons
36 oz per 10 gallons
21/4 lbs per 10 gallons
10 gallons = 37.5 liters
EACH
2+
All salts are available in pallet

quantities. Call for quotation.
$57.25 $52.58
Instant Ocean and Reef Crystals are registered trademarks of United Pet Group, Inc., Crystal Sea is a registered trademark of Marine Enterprises International.
Chlorine and Ammonia Neutralizers
KORDON NOVAQUA PLUS WATER CONDITIONER

FW
PROLINE AQUA-COAT FW
Safe to use with fish in the water
SW
Improve your fishs health, reduce nitrite toxicity, detoxify heavy metals and
buffer tap water with NovAqua Pluss enhanced formula. This conditioner
neutralizes chlorine (up to 3.75 ppm) and breaks the bond between chlorine
and ammonia in chloramines (use AmQuel Plus water conditioner to
remove leftover toxic ammonia).
SW
This super-concentrated formula removes chlorine and chloramines

while also detoxifying heavy metals commonly found in tap and well water.
It greatly accelerates the attachment of nitrifying bacteria to biomedia,
maximizing cycling speed. Natural ingredients help heal damaged scales
and fins on fish (dont use with food fish). It is effective in both fresh and
salt water. It even adds a protective slime coat to the fishs body,
preventing future damage and reducing the risk of external parasites.
Will not alter pH and contains no phosphates or formaldehydes.
Dosage: 2 oz treat 240 gallons. Not FDA-approved.
New ingredients include organic herbs and vitamins, electrolytes

and polymer colloids that combine to boost immune systems,
reduce stress and build up stronger slime coatings on fish. Also
removes iodine and promotes biofiltration.
NovAqua Plus contains stabilizers for long-term storage and is
compatible with other water conditioners. One 16-oz bottle treats
960 gallons; 1-gal container treats 7,680 gallons.
Not FDA-approved.
MODEL
Why NovAqua Plus?

New polymer colloids for fish protection.
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
239600
16 OZ
$8.30
239601
1 GALLON
11
40.55
33.91/4+
239602
5 GALLONS
50
110.00
101.57/2+
Increased ability to remove chlorine.

New electrolytes for stress reduction.
New remover of heavy metals, including increased ability to
remove toxic zinc, iron, aluminum, copper, etc.
NA16P
New herbal ingredients for immune health aids and viral and
protozoan infection inhibition.
New vitamin ingredients for health aids.
MODEL
EACH
NA16P
16 OZ
$8.87
$8.25/4+
NA5P
5 GAL
159.00
147.87/2+
NA64P
1 GAL (128 OZ)
46.45
43.20/4+
239602
Kordon, NovAqua and AmQuel are registered trademarks of Kordon, LLC.
ULTIMATE WATER CONDITIONER
FW
PRIME
SW
FW
SW
This convenient, fully functional water conditioner instantly removes

chlorine, chloramines and ammonia from fresh or salt water. It also
detoxifies copper and heavy metals, boosts alkalinity and adds essential
electrolytes needed for proper fish growth. It is excellent for conditioning
new water in ponds. Can also be used in shipping bags during transport.
When testing for ammonia, a salicylate test kit must be used. One gallon
treats approximately 7,680 gallons.
A complete water conditioner that removes chlorine and chloramines.
MODEL
SC433
500 ML
SHIP WT (LBS)
It detoxifies ammonia and nitrite and enhances nitrate removal. Provides

essential ions and stimulates natural slime coat on fish. Prime does not
cause a pH drop or overactivate skimmers. 500 mL-bottle treats over 5,000
gallons (19,000 liters). Not FDA-approved.
MODEL
EACH
SHIP WT (LBS)
2
EACH
2+
$10.50
UT32
32 OZ
$13.95
SC438
2 LITERS
41.95
UT1
GALLON
11
45.00
40.42/4+
SC439
4 LITERS
11
69.85
66.36
UT5
5 GALLONS
50
131.67
120.70/2+
Ultimate is a registered trademark of Aquascience Technologies, LLC.
UT1
SC438
Ammonia Removers
PROLINE DRY AMMONIA REMOVER
FW
AMQUEL PLUS WATER CONDITIONER
SW
Formulated in a highly concentrated powder, ProLines complete dry ammonia

remover is ideal for large volume applications. It works in the same way
as AmQuel Plus water conditioner. One level tablespoon treats 473 liters (125
gallons), 32 grams will treat 1,000 liters (264 gallons), 1 kg will treat 31,250
liters (8,250 gallons).
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
APP1
2.2
EACH
$19.00
APP5
11
90.75
81.68/4+
APP25
55
375.00
356.25/2+
MODEL
APP1
AMMO-LOCK WATER CONDITIONER
FW
EACH
AMQUEL PLUS, 16 OZ
$9.49
AM64P
AMQUEL PLUS, GALLON
11
45.31
40.62/4+
AM75P
AMQUEL PLUS, 5 GALLONS
50
178.88
169.94/2+
AMD2P
DRY AMQUEL PLUS, 11 LBS
11
158.35 142.18/4+
AMD3P
DRY AMQUEL PLUS, 55 LBS
55
481.95 457.85/2+
SHIP WT (LBS)
2
KOI
A concentrated water detoxifier that eliminates ammonia, chlorine,

chloramines, nitrates, nitrites and other nitrogen compounds. Does not affect
beneficial bacteria. Compatible with other water conditioners and medications.
16 oz treat 2,400 gal (9,000 liters). 32 grams of Dry AmQuel Plus will treat 264
gal (1,000 L). Water treated with Pond AmQuel+ cannot be accurately tested
using Nesslers-type ammonia tests or Winkler-type D.O. kits.
SW
MODEL
What could be better for shipping fish and showing fish? One teaspoon
(5 mL) of Ammo-Lock will instantly neutralize 3 ppm ammonia, 4
ppm chlorine or 1 ppm chloramine in 10 gallons of water. Its safe
enough to be used with all medications and does not harm saltwater
invertebrates. Filtration with activated carbon, zeolite or ozone does
not affect its properties. One 16-oz bottle treats 960 gallons. Note:
Ammo-Lock will alter ammonia test kit readings that are not the salicylate
type. Not FDA-approved. Not for food fish.
16 OZ
SHIP WT (LBS)
AM16P
POND AMQUEL PLUS WATER CONDITIONER
Here is a product to keep handy at all times. Ammo-Lock is a liquid

water conditioner that eliminates the toxic effects of ammonia in both
fresh and saltwater systems. Lab tests have shown that AmmoLock actually locks the ammonia in a harmless state and does not
release it from that state. It remains active to complex and neutralize
ammonia for two weeks!
AML2
SW
APP5
MODEL
FW
Considered to be one of the most effective dechlorinators on the market,

AmQuel Plus instantly removes all forms of ammonia, nitrite, nitrate, chlorine
and chloramine from both fresh and salt water. The active ingredient in
AmQuel Plus reacts with nitrogen compounds like ammonia and nitrite to
form a nontoxic, stable substance that does not interfere with beneficial
bacteria and can be oxidized by nitrifying bacteria in the biofilter. AmQuel Plus
uses no sodium thiosulfate, contains no formaldehyde and is nontoxic to all fish
and invertebrates (not FDA-approved for use with food fish). Water treated with
AmQuel Plus cannot be accurately tested using Nesslers-type ammonia tests
or Winkler-type D.O. kits. The amounts of toxic components removed by
AmQuel Plus vary depending on water conditions. Recommended dosage is 1
teaspoon (5 mL) for each 10 gallons. This dose will remove chlorine, 1.2 ppm of
ammonia, 2 ppm of nitrite, 13 ppm of nitrate. A 16-oz. bottle treats 960 gallons.
SHIP WT (LBS)
PQ16
POND AMQUEL PLUS, 16 OZ
AmQuel is a registered
trademark of Kordon, LLC.
EACH
6+
$7.95
$7.44
AM64P
EACH
$11.65
AMD2P
PQ16
AM16P
Ammo-Lock is a registered trademark of Mars Fishcare North America, Inc.
DECHLORINATOR, SODIUM THIOSULFATE
FW
SW
Sodium thiosulfate is the main compound in most chlorine neutralizers. Any

time municipal water must be used for aquaculture, use sodium thiosulfate for
instant neutralization of chlorine (do not add directly to water containing fish).
Dosage rates vary with the pH of the water, but rates between 1.6 to 2.6 parts
sodium thiosulfate per one part chlorine should be adequate (excess levels of
sodium thiosulfate up to 100 ppm will not harm fish). Made in USA.
MODEL
ST1A
4-LB JAR
ST1
50-LB BUCKET
EACH
4+
$17.40
$16.07
89.00
82.50
CLORAM-X WATER CONDITIONER

Safe for use on food fish and shellfish
FW
This highly concentrated powder completely neutralizes ammonia, chlorine and

chloramines from fresh and salt water. It is nontoxic to fish and invertebrates.
Dosage rate: 1 oz ClorAm-X per 235 gallons of water removes 1 mg/L of total
ammonia. A 5-lb box treats 18,749 gallons. Note: Water treated with ClorAm-X
cannot be accurately tested using Nesslers-type ammonia tests or Winklertype D.O. kits.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
CAX5
$70.00
CAX10
10
117.00
55
442.00
CAX25
ClorAm-X is a registered trademark of Aquascience Technologies, LLC.
ST1A
ST1A
SW
CAX10
CAX5
Ammonia Removers/Carbon/Calcium/Sodium Bicarbonate
PROLINE ZEOLITE AMMONIA REMOVER

Fresh water only
TECHNO CARBON
FW
Clinoptilolite filter media, otherwise known as zeolite, is an

effective means of removing ammonia. It also provides a large
surface area for nitrifying bacteriain recirculating
systems. ProLine high-performance zeolite may be
regenerated several times by overnight immersion in a
salt solution and/or oven drying (not effective in salt
water). Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH
4+
ZAR10
10-LB BUCKET
$21.20
ZAR5
50-LB BAG
42.00
36.50
PROLINE ACTIVATED CARBON
FW
MODEL
238200 18 LBS (8 KG)
ZAR10
SW
A superior, high-purity, bituminous coal-based activated carbon. Preferred by

public aquariums, research centers and government fisheries. The small
particle size (approximately 1/16 to 1/8) provides a large surface area for rapid
uptake and reduces water travel distances to interior adsorption surfaces.
Adsorbs full range of organic contaminants, pesticides, odors, colors, chlorine,
dissolved organics, ozone and many heavy metals. Carbon is dry-packed.
Can be retained using window screen size mesh.
Approximately .625 m2 of surface area per gram.
Bulk density is approximately 24 lbs/ft3.
MODEL
EACH
4+
1.5-LB
CONTAINER
$11.50
AC412
15-LB BUCKET
79.95
71.96
AC55
55-LB BAG
156.00
140.40
AC412A
FW
4+
$39.00
$35.10
CHEMI-PURE FILTERING GRANULES
MODEL
PROLINE SODIUM BICARBONATE

Raise alkalinity and pH (when conditions are right)
of fish-raising water. FCC food-grade complying with
National Science Foundation Standard 60. Powdered
to dissolve quickly and completely. To increase total
alkalinity 10 ppm in 1,000 gallons of water requires
0.15 lb. Made in USA.
AC412A
Note: Increases H2 O temperature slightly when mixed

in high concentrations.
SC12
Note: Increases H2 O temperature slightly when mixed in

high concentrations
CCB1
35-LB BUCKET
EACH
4+
49.63
44.67
$7.77
10 OZ
Chemi-Pure is a registered trademark of Aquatic Futures, LLC.
SC12A
$12.24
SW
EACH
16705
PROLINE CALCIUM CHLORIDE
3.5-LB JAR
FW
A high-grade blend of activated carbon and ion exchange

resins prepackaged in a convenient, nylon filter bag. It is
an excellent chemical adsorption media and ion
generator that will keep pH at a stable level, helping fish
resist osmotic shock. Replace every six months. One
10-oz bag is ideal for tanks up to
50 gallons.
Technical-grade calcium chloride can be used to raise the calcium hardness

in recirculating systems. Depending upon the waters buffering capacity, it
may raise or lower the pH. Normal calcium hardness
levels should be maintained between 100250 mg/L,
depending on the species. Fast-dissolving pellets. Made in
USA.
CC1AB
TECH FAV
EACH
MODEL
MODEL
SW
This pellet-shaped carbon adsorbs ammonia

and nitrite in addition to what normal activated
carbon adsorbs. Not to be used in place of a
biological filter but as a supplemental method
for removing nitrogenous waste. Can be used in
both marine and fresh water.
CHEMICAL
EACH
4+
4-LB JAR
$15.74
40-LB BUCKET
63.13
57.28
SC12A
This symbol designates those products that require a completed Chemical Waiver
Form before purchase (see Index or visit PentairAES.com). Pentair AES will only sell
medications to those customers who certify that they will control the usage of these
products. Medications are for use with ornamental fish only and are not for use with
food fish or for human consumption.
CC1AB
Note:
REEF CARBON
FW
Use of any conditioners, additives, treatments or medications is "at your own risk."
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems highly recommends the following:
SW
This high-grade carbon contains no phosphates and is

excellent for removing dissolved organics, organic
chemicals and heavy metals. Highly recommended for
saltwater reef systems. Use 1/4 lb per 100 gallons.
MODEL
EACH
4+
KC6
15 LBS
$81.25
$75.00
KC55
44 LBS
186.00
167.40
F ish should ALWAYS be properly examined and diagnosed for disease by

a licensed veterinarian or fish lab.
A LWAYS double-check your chemical calculations and dosage rates.
ONLY dose at rates prescribed by a licensed veterinarian or the manufacturer.
NEVER mix chemicals or medications with other chemicals.
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Inc. is not liable for any damages or consequential
damages resulting from any chemical or medication treatments.
LC6
Phosphate Remover/Fish Tranquilizers
TRANQUIL
PHOSPHATE SPONGE FW SW
Removes phosphates quickly from water
KPS8
5 LBS (2,500 GAL)
EACH
4+
$119.85
$113.57
PURIGEN SYNTHETIC FILTRATION
FW
SHIP WT (LBS)
100 ML
$7.39
P186
250 ML
12.40
P187
1 LITER
42.95
AQUACALM SEDATIVE/ANESTHETIC
10 GRAM
$229.00
AC50
50 GRAM
899.00
$22.68
SL142
GALLON
261.95
SL142
FILTER BAGS
P186
CHEMICAL
EACH
AC10
8 OZ
These polyester monofilament filter bags are excellent for retaining carbon,
zeolite and other media. Perfect for sumps, trickle filters, pond filters and many
other places with high water flow. Bags feature drawstring closing tops. Select
250- or 800-micron mesh size. Sold in packs of 10. Ship weight is 1 lb.
Aquacalm is used for the sedation and anesthesia of ornamental finfish. Fish
sedation may be necessary in situations such as strip spawning for hatchery
rearing, transporting fish, photographing fish, or removal of fish from exhibition
tanks prior to cleaning. Anesthesia may be necessary in situations where
detailed fish examination or minor surgical procedures are to be conducted.
Aquacalm has been tested on representative ornamental finfish species, but
has not been tested on all fish species. The effect of Aquacalm may vary
between (and within) species, depending
upon age and physical condition of fish,
and under different water conditions.
Always test the dosage on a small group
of fish first to make sure no unintended or
adverse effects occur. Aquacalm has
been granted Indexed status by the FDA
for the sedation and anesthesia of
ornamental finfish (MIF 900-002).
Aquacalm is not for use in fish intended
for human or animal consumption.
MODEL
EACH
SL141
SL141
Purigen is a registered trademark of Seachem Laboratories, Inc.
SW
EACH
P165
CHEMICAL
MODEL
This is a premium, synthetic absorbent that is

unlike any other filtration product. It is not a
mixture of ion exchangers or absorbents, but a
unique macro-porous synthetic polymer that
removes soluble and insoluble impurities and
exceeds all others by over 500%. Purigen removes
proteins, ammonia, nitrates and a broad spectrum
of organics, yet its impact on trace elements is
minimal. It progressively darkens as it exhausts
and is renewed by treating with household bleach.
100 mL purifies up to 100 gallons (400 L) of water
for up to 6 months. Use with a fine mesh bag
(included with P165).
MODEL
KOI
Reduce injury and loss during shipping and handling of baitfish. Ship more
baitfish per volume of water. Tranquil liquid fish calmer slows fish metabolism,
so less oxygen is required. Great for bait holding tanks, hauling truck tanks and
shipping bags. Six drops of Tranquil treat one gallon of water. Baitfish recover
immediately upon removing them from Tranquil-treated water.
This ceramic media can be used in marine and

freshwater systems, including koi ponds and
recirculating aquaculture systems. One quart
(650 g) of media will reduce 1 ppm phosphates or
silicates to less than .5 ppm in 120 gallons of water.
Media particle size is 25 mm and can be retained
using an 800-micron or smaller mesh bag.
Made in USA.
MODEL
FW
MODEL
WXL
MB01
250 MICRONS
3" X 4"
EACH
$10.70
MB02
800 MICRONS
3" X 4"
10.70
MB1
250 MICRONS
6 X 10
18.72
MB2
800 MICRONS
6 X 10
14.98
MB3
250 MICRONS
8" X 12"
16.53
MB4
800 MICRONS
8" X 12"
16.53
MB5
250 MICRONS
12 X 15
21.28
MB6
800 MICRONS
12 X 15
21.28
MB7
250 MICRONS
12" X 18"
23.78
MB8
800 MICRONS
12" X 18"
23.78
MB9
250 MICRONS
16" X 24"
31.27
MB10-AQ
800 MICRONS
16" X 24"
31.27
Fish Hauling
BRIGHTWELL AQUATICS FISHAUL-C
FW
CHEMICAL
Reduces stress and mortality caused by fish hauling and holding. Also reduces
the accumulation of ammonia, nitrate and prevents foam buildup caused by
hauling tank crowding. Safe for use on all freshwater fish, it has a low
regulatory status and is safe for use on food fish. Ideal for
fish transport, bait tanks, minnow farms and fishing/bass
tournaments. This concentrated, salt-free formula will
save you in shipping costs. Simply mix 2.5 kg container
with 50 lbs of noniodized salt (purchased locally) to treat
2,230 gallons (8,441 liters). Not a dechlorinator.
MODEL
EACH
6+
HL1A
$24.05
22.95
Note: ALL products below are for use with nonfood fish only. Our Chemical Waiver
Form is required to purchase these products.
BETTER-BAIT HOLDING FORMULA
FW
CHEMICAL
FW
CHEMICAL
This holding formula is designed for use with wild shiners, hatchery shiners
and hard-scaled baitfish. It is heavily formulated with potassium, which
hardens fish scales and makes sure bait lasts longer during captivity. It also
removes tapwater chlorine, removes harmful metals and pesticides and
stimulates a natural slime coat. Finer-Shiner is commonly used in bait tanks,
hauling tanks, holding vats, live baitwells and minnow buckets. One tablespoon
treats 50 gallons.
SHRIMP-KEEPER
FW
CHEMICAL
This saltwater conditioner will help keep saltwater bait alive, including shrimp,
ghost shrimp, croakers, mullet, piggy perch and menhaden. The formula
totally conditions salt water. It removes ammonia and surface foam, stimulates
natural slime coat and reduces water surface tension so that more oxygen can
enter the water. One tablespoon treats 25 gallons of salt water.
MODEL
SL103
BETTER-BAIT, 3 LBS
SHIP WT
EACH
2,400
$25.65
$22.70/6+
SL104
BETTER-BAIT, 10 LBS
9,600
81.88
72.46/4+
SL313
SHRIMP-KEEPER, 3 LBS
1,200
49.50
44.18/6+
SL314
SHRIMP-KEEPER, 10 LBS
4,800
146.73
130.59/4+
SL203
FINER-SHINER, 3 LBS
2,400
31.50
28.15/6+
SL204
FINER-SHINER, 10 LBS
8,000
93.95
82.68/4+
NEVER RELEASE BAITFISH INTO THE WILD!
SL103
SL203
MODEL
EACH
VLC1 GALLON
$35.00
TECH TALK 22
This complete bait conditioner was developed for use on soft-scaled baitfish
such as fathead and Missouri minnows. Its dark blue granular formulation
readily dissolves and is ideal for bait holding tanks, raceways, hauling tanks,
live wells and minnow buckets. The formula provides instant removal of
chlorine, adds electrolytes, removes heavy metals and pesticides and
stimulates the minnows natural slime coat. One tablespoon treats 50 gallons.
Turns water blue.
FINER-SHINER
VIDALIFE WATER CONDITIONER

Vidalife is a specially formulated water conditioner
used in fish transport reducing stress and
abrasions during any handling process. Applications
include fish hatcheries, broodstock facilities,
transport tanks, and on handling equipment and
handling surfaces. Vidalife reduces vulnerability
to pathogens that may affect a fish by enhancing a
fish's natural protective mucous coat. Vidalife also
binds with heavy metals and harmful chemicals to
reduce their toxicity.
SL313
Hauling Tanks
To successfully transport fish requires an understanding of the physiological aspects of what
happens to the fish as well as their temporary environmentthe hauling box water. If the fish
die shortly after delivery, it's usually the hatchery that takes much of the blame but, all too
often, it is the hauler's fault.
Typically, at least 24 hours before the fish are to be moved, they are taken off feed. This
reduces fouling of the hauling tank water. The fish are then counted by weighing (a pretty
accurate method) and placed into the appropriate chamber of the hauling truck. It is here that
attention to detail can make the difference between a good delivery and a debacle.
Overcrowding can describe symptoms that occur from having too much of something (ammonia
or CO2) or not having enough of something (oxygen). For average travel times, the general rule
of thumb is no greater than 2 lbs of fish per gallon of water. Some fish, like muskie or walleye,
do better at only 1 lb of fish per gallon. These densities typically require the use of pure
oxygen systems over the agitator or compressor/diffuser aerators. However, short trips with
cool water (55F or below) will allow higher carrying densities with just an aerator. We've heard
of fish haulers carrying up to 5 lbs of catfish per gallon of water on short trips to the
processors! Remember that these fish are not intended to live very long.
Cooler water temperatures play an important part in keeping fish in their best condition. As
cold-blooded animals, their metabolism slows as the temperature drops. This means oxygen
intake decreases, along with ammonia and carbon dioxide. Of course, just the opposite
happens as the temperature increases.
To counter the stress associated with fish transport, many haulers rely upon salt to boost the
fish's electrolytes and enhance mucous production, which will ward off bacterial infections
and parasites. A rough rule of thumb for dosage rates is 3 lbs of noniodized salt per 100
gallons of water. For nonfood fish, haulers often use anesthetics, ammonia removers
and defoamers.
There are three main types of oxygen replenishment techniques:
Agitators/aspirators, compressors with air diffusers and pure oxygen. Agitators/aspirators rely
upon a mechanical disturbance to splash water or create bubbles to drive oxygen into the
water. They are not very efficient, take up space in the tank and may have mechanical
problems because of exposure to the elements. Compressors with air diffusers are the most
popular method of aerating low stocking densities or for short haul trips. Easily sized for the
situation, diffuser systems rely upon bubble size and bubble contact time to transfer oxygen.
If more oxygen is needed, more diffusers are added. You can never "over aerate" by putting too
much air into the water. The maximum stocking density for this type of aeration is 1 lb of fish
per gallon of water.
Pure oxygen systems are intended for high stocking densities, long trips and sensitive fish.
To give you an idea of how well pure oxygen works, remember that bags of tropical fish are
shipped around the world for periods of time up to 30 hours in a plastic bag containing 1/3
water and 2/3 oxygen. The key to pure oxygen efficiency in the hauling tank is in the diffuser.
The finer the bubble, the better the diffusion into the water. The best micropore diffusers now
on the market are less than 50% efficient in their ability to transfer oxygen into the water at
these shallow depths. Simply put, for every dollar's worth of oxygen bought, you get fifty cents
worth of it in the water. But it does allow very high carrying capacities, where the cost is far
outweighed by the return in healthy fish delivered. Larger trucks and/or longer runs can benefit
from the compact nature of liquid oxygen.
Anesthetics/Disinfectants/Filter
TRICAINE-S TOPICAL ANESTHETICS
FW
SW
PARASITE-S
KOI
This is an FDA-approved, ANAD #200-226,

high-grade brand of MS-222 (tricaine
methanesulfonate), which is an anesthetic/
tranquilizer of fish and other cold-blooded
aquatic organisms. When used properly, it
induces a temporary state of immobilization
that is rapidly reversed when the animal is
placed back in clean water. It is commonly
used when handling fish during manual
spawning (stripping), tagging, measuring,
weighing and surgical operations. It is a
great sedative for transporting, sorting and
grading fish.
MODEL
TRS4
5G
$14.95
TRS5
10 G
21.95
TRS1
100 G
121.77
TRS2
1 KG
643.50
TRS5
TRS1
KOI
SHIP WT (LBS)
POLY-FILTER
EACH
4+
4948
4" X 8"
1 LB
$6.65 $5.95
4949
12" X 12"
1 LB
31.60 29.79
1 GALLON (CASE OF 4)
38
$50.00
PR55
55 GALLON DRUM
502
500.00
OVADINE IODINE
FW
KOI
SW
This product is an FDA low-enforcement priority

fish egg disinfectant that works well when applied
to the egg surface of salmonids. It is effective
against a wide variety of fungi, viruses and bacteria.
1% minimum titratable iodine. Made in USA.
MODEL
ID10
SHIP WT (LBS)
1 GALLON
EACH
4+
$39.00 $35.49
11
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE
FW
4948
AQUATIC DISINFECTANT
FW
SW
TECH FAV
This is a highly effective disinfectant specifically formulated for use

in aquaculture facilities. Generally used for cleaning equipment and
instruments, but may also be used in footbaths. Ideal for controlling
a wide variety of viral, bacterial and fungal pathogens.
SW
HAZMAT AG
KOI
CHEMICAL
Technical grade KMnO4 (97% minimum potassium

permanganate) is a strong oxidizer that works by
oxidizing organic and inorganic materials that are
major consumers of oxygen (does not add oxygen to
the water). Sold in 5-lb (2.2 kg) bucket. Ships Hazmat.
Not FDA Approved.
MODEL
PTP5
EACH
4+
$ 43.35
$37.58
Mix at a rate of 1.3 ounces per gallon of water. One gallon of solution treats
135 sq.ft.; 10-lb container makes 123 gallons of solution. Solution remains
stable for seven days. EPA-registered (registration pending in California).
MODEL
VKS10
10-LB CONTAINER
EACH
4+
$91.52
$80.54
PROLINE DEFOAMER
Instantly eliminates foam
Our defoamer is a high-quality, 5% food grade,
silicone-based product that will instantly eliminate
surface foam in tanks, ponds, hauling tanks, etc.
Use sparingly, as one teaspoon treats 100 gallons
or more. This is a great price on a high-quality
defoamer. Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH
4+
DFA
PINT
1 LB
$9.40
DFB
GALLON
11 LBS
32.90
30.30
DFA
EACH
PRS1
Note: Can only be sold to fish farms and fish hatcheries.
Tricaine-S is a USFDA registered

drug of Western Cehmical Inc. a
subsidary of Aquatic Life
Sciences, Inc.
These unique adsorptive pads are highly recommended for use in trickle
filters and canister filters. They will remove phosphates, medications and
other impurities found in fresh and salt water. The pads change color when
exhausted. Ship weight 1 lb.
MODEL
SW
MODEL
TRS2
EACH
FW
An FDA-approved formalin (37% formaldehyde) that

controls external protozoa, parasites and monogenetic
trematodes on all cultured finfish, penaid shrimp and all
finfish eggs. Protozoans controlled include:
Ichthyophthirius spp. (ich), Costia spp., Chilodonella spp.,
Epistylus spp., Trichodina spp. and Scyphidia spp.
Monogenetic trematodes controlled include Gyrodactylus
spp., Dactylogyrus spp. and Cleidodiscus spp. NADA
#140-989. Ships motor freight from factory. Cannot ship
when temperature is below 40F.
Parasite Control
TRICIDE-NEO ANTIBIOTICS
KOI
FW
TECH FAV
CHEMICAL
MINNFINN KOI AND GOLDFISH TREATMENT

HAZMAT AG
Goodbye to bacterial ulcers!

Tricide-Neo is a dip to aid in the treatment of superficial bacterial infections
such as ulcer disease. It breaks the bacterias resistant outer layer to allow the
antibiotic to stop the bacteria. The product is shipped dry and mixed with
distilled water. Fish can be dipped every other day for one week. Healed ulcers
can typically be seen within 15 days. Also used as a prophylactic dip prior to
introducing new fish. Ineffective against Mycobacterium spp. For external use
on nonfood fish only! Try it! It works great! TN22 (22 grams) makes one gallon,
TN110 (110 grams) makes 5 gallons. Not FDA-approved.
MODEL
EACH
TN22
TN110
22 GRAMS
$30.80
110 GRAMS
68.60
CHEMICAL
KOI
FW
MFREG
Environmentally safe, nontoxic treatment

for koi, goldfish and tropical fish. Treats
external parasites (Trichodina, Costia, ich,
flukes, anchor worms), external bacterial
infections (mouth and fin rot, bacterial
gill disease) and external fungal infections.
Can be used in conjunction with salt
treatments and in cold temperatures.
Most infections are eradicated in one or two
treatments! Easily and quickly neutralized
with included NeuFinn neutralizer.
1-liter bottle of MinnFinn treats 2,240 gal
of water; 1 liter of MinnFinn Max treats
8,000 gal.
MODEL
Tricide-Neo is a registered trademark of Molecular Therapeutics.
TN22
EACH
MFREG
MINNFINN
$65.00
MFMAX
MINNFINN MAX
110.00
MinnFinn is a registered trademark of AquaFinn, LLC.
PONDCARE MELAFIX ANTIBACTERIAL TREATMENT

FW
SW
KOI
CHEMICAL
Safe, natural treatment

Koi with ulcer infected with multiantibiotic resistant bacteria before and 15
days after 5 to 10 min dips in Tricide-Neo on days 0, 2 and 4.
POND RID-ICH+ MEDICATION

FW
KOI
CHEMICAL
This is a combination of two powerful medications

proven scientifically to be effective in the control of
many diseases caused by freshwater external
protozoan parasites, including ich, Costia,
Trichodina and Chilodonella. Can also treat fungal
infections in fish. Contains formalin and malachite
green; 16 oz (473 mL) treat 960 gallons (3.6 cubic
meters). Pond Rid-Ich+ is not FDA-approved for
use on food fish. Cannot ship when temperature is
below 40F.
MODEL
Antibacterial remedy for the treatment of koi and goldfish

diseases. Derived from the leaves of the tea tree (Melaleuca),
this antibacterial remedy will treat ulcers, open wounds and
fin and tail rot. It will also rapidly repair damaged fins. It has
powerful antibacterial properties that treat wounds and
promote rapid tissue growth. MelaFix will not harm
biological filters, plants, snails or other invertebrates.
Not FDA-approved.
MODEL
EACH
17664
$38.95
64 OZ
PondCare and MelaFix are registered trademarks of Mars Fishcare North America, Inc.
MICROBE-LIFT LICE & ANCHOR

FW
SW
WORM TREATMENT
EACH
PR16
16 OZ
$9.50
PR64
GALLON
43.95
KOI
Treats pond fish affected by common external parasites such as

lice and anchor worms. Safe for use on all ornamental pond fish,
reptiles, amphibians and mollusks. Will not harm pond biological
filtration. Recommended dosage: 1 ts per 20 gallons. 16 oz bottle
treats up to 1,920 gallons of pond water.
PR16
MODEL
EACH
Rid-Ich is a registered trademark of Kordon, LLC.
FLAW16
PROFORM-C MEDICATION
Microbe-Lift is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
FW
KOI
CHEMICAL
KOIZYME WATER CONDITIONER
ProForm-C is a broad spectrum treatment that is

safe and effective for the control of diseases caused by
Ichthyophthirius (ich), Costia, Trichodina, Chilodonella, Oodinium
and fungal infections. It is a malachite green and formalin
combination that is considerably less toxic to koi and goldfish
than other similar products in the market. Required
treatment time is generally three days and bypassing the
biofilter is not required. One quart treats a 3,200-gallon
system three times and one gallon treats a 12,800-gallon
system three times. Not for food fish. Cannot ship when
temperature is below 40F.
MODEL
FW
1 QUART
P1003
1 GALLON
KoiZyme is a registered trademark of Koi Care Kennel, Inc.
$22.95
62.95
KOI
This blend of nonpathogenic bacteria, enzymes and

micronutrients works on the established principle
of competitive exclusion. When used as directed,
KoiZyme will reduce the bacterial count of
Aeromonas, Pseudomonas and other pathogenic
bacteria to such low levels that they will not have
an effect on koi. KoiZyme will not harm biofilters
and has a 46 month shelf life (18 months if kept
refrigerated). Use weekly at 4 teaspoons per
1,000 gallons. Not FDA-approved.
EACH
P1002
$12.50
P1002
MODEL
EACH
4+
KZ16
16 OZ
$25.00
KZ32
32 OZ
48.00
44.00
KZ16
KZ32
Disease Control
ANTI-PARASITIC
FW
SW
PIMAFIX ANTIFUNGAL TREATMENT
KOI
Praziquantel is an effective treatment for external and internal parasites such

as flukes and tapeworms. Does not require water changes after use, and no
damage is caused to the filter. For fresh or saltwater nonfood fish, including
sharks and rays. The 50-g bottle treats almost 2,000 gallons. Warning: Read
label carefully before use.
Bulk size provided by Blackwater Creek; 50-g size by Ecological Laboratories.
MODEL
EACH
PRAZI
50 G
$79.00
PRAZI-1
1 KG
500.00
FW
KOI
SW
CHEMICAL
A natural botanical remedy made from West Indian

Bay oil, PimaFix rapidly treats fungal infections on
fish bodies and fins and also treats internal and
external bacterial infections. Works in both fresh
and salt water, will not discolor water. Dosage rate
is 16 oz per 960 gallons. Not FDA-approved for use
with food fish, chemical waiver form required.
MODEL
10K
64 OZ
EACH
4+
$29.49
$26.54
PimaFix and MelaFix are registered trademarks of Mars Fishcare

North America, Inc.
METHYLENE BLUE
FW
CHEMICAL
SW
Aids in general disease prevention with tropical fish, fry

and eggs. Also used for detoxification of fish suffering
from nitrite or cyanide poisoning. One teaspoon treats
10 gallons (3 ppm concentration). Toxic to plants and
bacterial beds; recommended for use in quarantine
tanks. Not FDA-approved.
MODEL
37344
PRAZI
PRAZI-1
This symbol designates those products that require a completed Chemical

Waiver Form before purchase (see Index). Pentair AES will only sell medications
to those customers who certify that they will control the usage of these
products. Medications are for use with ornamental fish only and are not for use
with food fish or for human consumption.
CUPRAMINE
FW
SW
CHEMICAL
4+
$3.90
$3.63
MELAFIX ANTIBACTERIAL TREATMENT

FW
CHEMICAL
4 OZ
EACH
KOI
SW
CHEMICAL
Rapidly repairs open wounds, damaged fins, red ulcers and cloudy eyes. Safe
for freshwater and saltwater tanks. MelaFix contains all natural ingredients and
is beneficial when introducing new fish. The 16-oz bottle treats 960 gallons; the
64-oz bottle is concentrated and treats 19,000 gallons. Not FDA-approved.
EACH
4+
11J
MODEL
16 OZ
$7.95
11P
64 OZ
32.89
30.26
A copper-based medication that safely and effectively

eradicates parasites on fresh and saltwater fish. Unlike
other forms of copper, it will not precipitate and damage the
filter bed. Easily removed with chemical filtration, 100 mL
treat over 500 gallons. Not FDA-approved.
MODEL
EACH
565
100 ML
$6.65
$5.99/4+
568
2 LITERS
105.45
100.18/2+
11J
565
11P
Your customer service is superb! I had sent a message to add an additional item to an order,
and was surprised to find that the order had already been shipped (just hours after I submitted
it online). The customer service person made another order for the additional item, and all is
well. So nice to still have a company that believes in being prompt! We look forward to doing
business with you again!
Ruth Olsen
Office Assistant
U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service, Klamath Falls Fish & Wildlife Office
HATCHERY SUPPLIES 329
Product
330 Egg Sampling
332 Shipping/Banding/Trays
334 Graders
331 Oxygen/Temperature
333 Hatching Jars/Pressure Chamber 337 Fish Pumps/Harvester
330 HATCHERY SUPPLIES

Egg Sampling
KOI SPAWNING BRUSHES
POND FILTER BRUSHES
KOI
Used in the ornamental pond industry for particulate filtration, biofiltration and
even as substrate for egg laying. The plastic bristles are attached to the stainless
steel wire core, creating a 4" diameter brush with a 7/8" diameter wire loop at
one end for hanging. A brush filter media is desirable because it is easy to clean
and the plastic bristles attract solids. The other end is capped with a plastic
knob for safety. Used in filtration systems in fish farms, hatcheries, public
aquaria, domestic fish ponds and research institutes. They last indefinitely
and are the easiest to use, most efficient and most cost-effective pond filter
medium you can buy.
Made from a soft nylon that will not harm fish, these brushes are commonly
used in koi ponds to encourage fish to spawn. Simply place the brushes just
below the water level, one on top of the other, at the edge of your pond.
The internal SS wire allows them to be shaped to your needs. As the fish
spawn on the brushes, the eggs will attach to the soft bristles. The brushes
can then be placed in clean filtered water and eggs will hatch in 36 days.
Brushes measure 59" long x 51/2" diameter and are sold 2 per pack.
MODEL EACH
19002
If you are using them as a pre-filter to remove the bulk of the coarse waste,
a system of single interlocked hanging brushes is best. If you want to trap an
even greater proportion of the waste, the brushes need to be either vertically
or horizontally double interlocked
$59.75
Lightweight and easy to use

Non-toxic and very easy to clean
Never wear out
Best medium for removing suspended particles of waste
MODEL
AZ16026
SPAWNTEX SPAWNING MAT
KOI
EACH 4+
$7.15 $6.45
4" ROUND X 18" L
AZ16027
4" ROUND X 24" L
7.70 6.96
AZ16028
4" ROUND X 30" L
9.05 8.16
Spawntex is one of the finest reusable spawning mat materials on the market.
Made of all-natural coconut fibers with a latex binder (black) on a polyester net
backing.Its 11/2" thickness ensures more strength for easy cleaning and
exceptional durability. Pond installation is easy: cut the media to size, attach a
wire mesh backing and place in the pond. Another method is to simply stake the
mats along the pond bank. Spawntex is sold in 24" widths (SM2) and 18" widths
(SM3) by the linear yard or in full rolls 11 yards long. Made in USA.
MODEL
SHIP WT
EACH
2+ ROLLS
$13.65/LINEAR YARD
SM2
24
3 LBS
SM2R
24
30 LBS*
SM3
18
3 LBS
SM3R
18
30 LBS*
98.70/ROLL 92.78
10.95/LINEAR YARD
77.54/ROLL 72.89
*Rolls ship Oversize at 70-lb rate.
KOI
This spawning agent is the first legally marketed

FDA-indexed drug for ornamental finfish
broodstock. Designed to promote and facilitate
reproduction, induce maturation within a
spawning season and coordinateand
synchronize spawning times.
MODEL
OVA10
10 ML
CATHETER TUBING
This PTFE tubing is commonly used for sampling egg stage development
in brood stock. It has a wall thickness of .15 mm (150 microns) and is safer
than glass capillary tubes. Sold by the foot (30 cm). Diameters in mm.
SM2
OVAPRIM
EACH
$44.00
MODEL I.D.
O.D.
EACH 10+
TT86 .86
1.16
$2.59 $2.33
TT97
1.27
2.59
2.33
TT119 1.19
1.49
2.59
2.33
TT173 1.73
2.03
3.15 2.84
.97

Oxygen/Temperature
AIR FILLING KITS
KOI
Designed for use with oxygen cylinders, these complete air filling kits include
everything required to rapidly fill fish shipping bags with oxygen. They are great
for pet stores, hatcheries, fish shows, fish wholesalers and anyone who ships
fish in bags. Each kit includes a single-stage oxygen regulator, oxygen delivery
hose, a flexible air nozzle and all connection fittings. Simply thread the
regulator onto an oxygen cylinder (not included) and it's ready to begin filling.
Oxygen cylinders can be purchased or rented at a medical or welding supply
store. OXF1 includes one air nozzle and 10' of delivery hose, weighs 5 lbs.
OXF2 has a "Y" fitting and includes two air nozzles with 10' of delivery hose
each, weighs 8 lbs.
OXF2
MODEL
OXYGEN REGULATOR
EACH
OXF1
SINGLE NOZZLE
OXF2
DUAL NOZZLE
$146.00
240.00
KOI
This economy oxygen regulator is a single-stage, medium-duty regulator, rated

at 0100 psi with 540 CGA connections. Use in applications where slight delivery
pressure changes (due to decreasing cylinder pressure) won't affect the job
being done. Not for use with liquid O2. Ship weight 4 lbs.
MODEL EACH
OX3
$86.97
AIR NOZZLE
KOI
This handy air nozzle is perfect for oxygenating fish bags. The nozzle
features a flexible rubber tip that is easily bent to release oxygen. Nozzle
measures 4" long, 1/4" MNPT.
MODEL EACH
OX11
$18.27
WARM PACK
Warm packs can be used for keeping hands and feet warm and for shipping
fish and other products in winter. The warm pack will last approximately
24 hours. The average temperature is between 135158F (5770C).
Not reusable. Not submersible. Sold in packs of 10.
MODEL
WPK2
WARM PACK
EACH
$9.67
LIVE ORGANISMS AND FISH

Pentair AES offers a wide selection of live
organism cultures for laboratory biotoxicology
research, educational studies or live food
cultures. Choose from rotifers, algae,
copepods and more.
Weve also partnered with Blackwater Creek Koi
Farms to offer several varieties of koi at
reasonable rates.
See Index for more information
Danio rerio (Zebrafish)
Goldfish
Mosquito Larvae
Butterfly Koi

Shipping/Banding/Trays
LIVE FISH SHIPPING BAGS
KOI
We've expanded our line of fish bags to include a variety of sizes to fit every application. The bags are either
3- or 4-mil linear polyethylene and are either single-sealed on the bottom (like standard pet shop bags) or
triple-sealed to form a square bottom (to fit the 90 corners of the shipping box). Due to the strength of
these bags, it is not necessary to "double bag" as with most others. For a quick closure, try our banding
tool on page 357. Custom sizes available in case quantities. Sold in packs of 20 (order a quantity of one to
receive 20 bags). When ordering cases, add a "C"to part numbers to indicate case quantity. Made in USA.

MODEL
WIDTH X
LENGTH
PACK
QTY (20)
CASE
QTY
FSB1
BOTTOM-SEALED BAG, 3-MIL
6" X 12"
$7.46 1,000
$99.75
FSB2
6" X 20"
8.56 1,000
149.10
FSB3
8" X 16"
8.87 1,000
163.80
FSB4
8" X 20"
9.24 1,000
181.65
FSB5
10" X 20"
9.71 1,000
224.70
FSB6
20" X 30"
17.85 250
139.65
FSB7
20" X 40"
24.83 250
216.30
FSB14
SQUARE BOTTOM BAG, 3-MIL
6" X 8" X 20"
18.43 250
144.90
FSB18
4" X 6" X 18"
15.44 250
112.35
SB81
15" X 15" X 22"
34.81 200
271.95
SB82
16" X 8" X 22"
29.93 200
226.80
CASE
FISH BAG BANDING TOOL

No more sore fingers! This handy tool is fast and easy. Using extra
heavy-duty rubber bands, this tool seals oxygen-filled bags in one
quick motion.
MODEL
EACH
4+
FBT
BANDING TOOL
$25.80 $23.22
FBT1
BANDS, 100/PK
13.95
HANDLING TRAY AND BOX

Handling harvested fish is a lot easier when
you have the right tools.This injection-molded,
high-density, polyethylene tray and box both stack
when full and nest for storage just by turning them
the other way. The box has no holes and the tray
has drain holes.
MODEL
TB3015
EACH 10+
TB3015
$26.94 $24.25
TB5015
22.62 20.36
TB5015

Hatching Jars/Pressure Chamber
J6
HATCHING JAR
This McDonald-type hatching jar has become the industry standard.
One-piece molded design allows a smooth interiorno lips or gaps for
eggs to get caught on or bacteria to grow. It is a high-impact, all-plastic
egg hatching system. Simply direct about 1 gpm of water (depending on
the weight of the eggs) into the center. The eggs will be uniformly rotated.
JH
Jar and hanger
sold separately.
The fish hatching jar comes with a 1,000-micron top screen that prevents
the loss of eggs. When the fish hatch, remove the screen to let the fish swim
out. Use it for trout, salmon, hybrid striped bass, catfish, tilapia and many
others. Height 18", diameter 61/4", 6 liter capacity for approximately 100,000
trout eggs. Case quantity is 4. Price breaks available up to 12+ (call).
J30
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
J30
HATCHING JAR
$89.25 $80.33/4+
J6
TUBE, REPLACEMENT
15.98 14.38/6+
J8
SCREEN, REPLACEMENT
10.50 9.45/6+
JAR HANGER
Top Screen (J8)
The all-plastic hanger allows above jars to be used without a bench or stand.
Accepts up to 11/2" hanging lip.
MODEL
EACH 6+
JH
$15.45 $13.75
MINI EGG HATCHING JAR

Commonly used for keeping pelagic and loose benthic fish eggs in circulation
during the incubation period. The 2-liter jar has a smooth domed bottom and
sides to ensure eggs do not get damaged while tumbling. Designed to hang on
the side of a tank, or it can be used with the optional PVC stand. The complete
kit includes a submersible water pump, valve assembly, larval collector,
5-gallon acrylic aquarium and the egg hatcher. Measures 12" H x 6" diameter.
MODEL
J32
HATCHING JAR ONLY
J32H
PVC STAND
J32K
COMPLETE KIT
EACH
Larval Collector
4+
$36.93 $33.24
Pump
J32
17.40 15.66
J32K
136.34 129.52
3"
HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE CHAMBER

Reproductive sterilization (triploidy) and sex selection in some species can be induced by subjecting
fertilized eggs to high pressures. Triploid fish typically have increased growth rates since energy is
not expended on gonad development and breeding behavior. Our HPC is the right tool for the job.
This specially designed, high-pressure vessel will pressurize approximately 24 oz of eggs up to
10,000 psi. Precision-made from stainless steel and a double O-ring brass piston. Requires a
5-ton press with 23" minimum working height. Overall height with gauge is 191/2". Weighs 40 lbs.
30-day warranty. Made in USA.
MODEL
HPC
HYDROSTATIC HIGH PRESSURE CHAMBER
HPC1
REPLACEMENT SEAL KIT
EACH
$2,320.00
17"
21.00
Pressure gauge, air bleed valve

and instructions are included.

Graders
FIAP PROFIBREED GRADER AND GRIDS
1442
The FIAP profibreed grader is made from

water-resistant, impregnated wood and is
ideally suitable for fry grading. Two affixed
plastic handles and the unit's floatability
enable extremely convenient manual grading
of your fish. Measures 497 x 285 x 110 mm.
FIAP profibreed grading grids are made from
salt water-resistant aluminum and have gap
widths ranging from 2.0 to 10.0 mm. Accurate
gap sizes ensure consistent grading results.
All grids measure 497 x 285 x 18 mm.
MODEL
1430
FIAP PROFIBREED GRADER
EACH
$219.42
FIAP PROFIBREED GRADING GRIDS

MODEL
GAP WIDTH (MM)
1430
EACH
1431 2.0 $152.63

1432 2.5 152.63
1433 3.0 152.63
1434 3.5 152.63
1435 4.0 143.42
1436 4.5 143.42
1437 5.0 143.42
1438 6.0 143.42
1439 7.0 143.42
1440 8.0 143.42
1431
1441 9.0 143.42
1442
1442 10.0 143.42
FLOATING FISH GRADERS, ADJUSTABLE

Here are two easy-to-use, floating fish graders built to last a lifetime. Sturdy
aluminum construction will stand up to rough handling and tough fish. The
grader floats at the right depth and the large diameter grader bars pass
undersized fish damage-free. Size adjustments are quick and accurate
from a single lever with locking handle position. In seconds, select any
of 30 gradations between 1/4" (6.4 mm) and 11/8" (29 mm) for G1 and 50
gradations between 5/32" (4 mm) and 13/8" (35 mm) for G1B . Grader bars are
11/16" (27 mm) diameter. G1B ships Oversize. Made in USA.
MODEL
G1
G1B
G1
INSIDE DIMENSIONS
DEPTH TO BARS
ACTUAL WT
EACH
17" L X 15" W X 111/2" D
71/2"
16 LBS
$666.55
28" L X 21" W X 16" D
11"
36 LBS
988.80

Graders
FAIVRE FISH GRADERS

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems exclusive in all of North America
O ver 1,000 models in use worldwide!
Grade trout, Atlantic and Pacific salmon, eel, sea bream, carp, sea trout,
cod, tilapia and other species.
The high capacity and excellent workmanship of these live fish graders is what
makes them so popular worldwide. Graders use a SPS grading technology that
is very reliable and accurate. They have a graduated stainless steel channel
through which the fish are lead by nylon finger rods running underneath the
channel. As soon as the gap between the two side walls is wide enough, the fish
fall down into one of the sections. Graders are light, compact and easy to
move about a farm or hatchery. Made from aluminum and 316 stainless steel,
they are both fresh and salt water compatible. Graders are available in both
115/230V, 50/60 Hz and ship via motor freight.
HELIOS 4 GRADERS
Helios 4 models have a channel length of 51" and a maximum grader opening
size of 1.1". They have a maximum capacity of one ton per hour and require a
water flow of 53 gpm to operate. Graders measure 99" L x 20" W x 49" H and
weigh 243 lbs.
SPECIES
MODEL
# OUTLETS
FISH SIZE (MIN/MAX)
Helios 4
TROUT/SALMON BASS/BREAM
HELIOS 4
3 X 5
1 G/150 G
HELIOS 4S
3 X 5
2.5 G/100 G
TILAPIA
HELIOS 4T
3 X 5
1 G/100 G
HELIOS 30 GRADERS
Helios 30 models have a channel length of 79" and a maximum grader opening
size of 1.65". They require a water flow of 176 gpm to operate and have three
grading speeds and two telescopic legs with crank. Measure 138" L x 39" W x
52" H and weigh 420 lbs.
SPECIES
MODEL
HELIOS 30
# OUTLETS
6 X 6.25
FISH SIZE (MIN/MAX)
5 G/1,000 G
FLOW (FISH PER HOUR) 10 G 60,000
HELIOS 30S
6 X 6.25
5 G/600 G
30,000
25,000
20,000
TILAPIA
HELIOS 30S
6 X 6.25
2 G/600 G
50,000
35,000
30,000
Helios 30
TECH TALK 69
Grading Fish
Commercial aquaculture requires periodic size grading of most species to prevent cannibalism,
reduce growth rate variation and improve yield. When fish are not graded it is common to have a
harvest with 25% of the fish being undersized. This is due to the larger fish dominating the others
and consuming more food.
Graders can be species specific. Selecting the wrong grader type for your species and fish size can
make the grading process inefficient and/or damage the fish, so ask others for their experience
before you buy.
Efficient management requires knowledge of growth rates, stocking densities, feed requirements
and general healthall of which can be learned through grading and counting.

Graders
HELIOS 40 GRADERS
Helios 40 models have a channel length of 98" and a maximum grader
opening sizeof 2.56". They require a water flow of 176 gpm to operate and
have three grading speeds and two telescopic legs with crank. Measure
154" L x 39" W x 52" H and weigh 420 lbs.
SPECIES
MODEL
HELIOS 40
# OUTLETS
8 X 8
FISH SIZE (MIN/MAX)
5 G/1,500 G
FLOW (FISH PER HOUR) 10 G
60,000
40,000
30,000
Helios 40
HELIOS 40S
8 X 8
5 G/800 G
30,000
25,000
20,000
TILAPIA
HELIOS 40S
8 X 8
2 G/800 G
50,000
35,000
30,000
HELIOS 50 GRADERS
Helios 50 models have a channel length of 98" and a maximum grader
opening size of 2.95". They require a water flow of 176 gpm to operate and
have three grading speeds and two telescopic legs with crank. Measure
154" L x 48" W x 59" H and weigh 665 lbs.
Helios 50
SPECIES
MODEL
# OUTLETS
FISH SIZE (MIN/MAX)
HELIOS 50
8 X 10
5 G/2,500 G
60,000
40,000
30,000
HELIOS 50S
8 X 10
5 G/2,000 G
30,000
25,000
20,000
BREAM
HELIOS 50S
8 X 10
5 G/2,000 G
50,000
35,000
30,000
As always, your customer service remains the most exemplary of ANY company that I have ever
dealt with. I have the misfortune of running into many people from various supply companies
that view it almost as an inconvenience to help with tech information, shipping quotes or just
plain old advice. That is not an issue with Pentair AESnever has been and I am sure never
will be. Richard Masse replied within a very brief time, answered my question and provided me
with more information than I could have ever dreamed. If all of your employees follow his lead,
one can see why this is a fantastic company!
With deepest gratitude,
Michael H. Comet
TILAPIA
HELIOS 50S
8 X 10
5 G/2,000 G
50,000
35,000
30,000
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Hernan Casasbuenas
Hernan received his Bachelor of Science in biology from the
University of Nevada and his Fisheries Scientist
Certification from the American Fisheries Society. Hernans
design and management experience includes hatcheries,
floating cage cultures and fish culture farms, with
concentration on rainbow trout and tilapia.

Fish Pumps/Harvester
BIOSTREAM TRANSFER PUMPS

Aqua-Life BioStream aquatic transfer pumps feature self-priming,
variable-speed electric drive operation. Their gentle fish handling,
along with their small physical size, make them perfect for hatchery
use. They have the ability to operate at slower speeds, which is generally
needed during vaccinating, grading or counting operations.
Optional remote control offers you full control over speed and starting/stopping
of the fish pump and priming system from up to 900' (275 m) away.
SPECIFICATIONS
BP25 BP40 BP40S BP60 BP60S
SUCTION DIA.
2.5"
MAX FISH SIZE
98 G
MAX HEAD
7.5 M
MAX OUTPUT
185 GPM
MOTOR OUTPUT
2 HP
4.0"
350 G
9 M
370 GPM
3 HP
4.0"
350 G
12 M
750 GPM
7.5 HP
6.0"
600 G
8 M
660 GPM
5 HP
6.0"
600 G
12M
900 GPM
7.5 HP
BioStream
AQUA-LIFE FISH PUMPS

In 1979 the Aqua-Life Fish Pump was the first pump designed specifically for
the movement of live aquatic species without external or internal damage to
the species. Hydraulically driven and constructed of marine alloy aluminum,
Aqua-Life Fish Pumps are very lightweight, making them easily moved and
installed for any setup.
Economic studies show that the Aqua-Life Fish Pump can dramatically reduce
operating costs and improve the quality of harvested product.
Aqua-Life Fish Pumps offer several distinct design advantages over fish
augers, elevators or vacuum systems:
Submersible and nonsubmersible application design.
Higher vertical head capabilities (up to 9 m).
Increased harvesting capacities (2 to 3 times more fish per hour).
Fish Pump
SPECIFICATIONS

SUCTION DIA.
MAX FISH SIZE
MAX HEAD
MAX OUTPUT
MOTOR OUTPUT
640-P 860-P 1080-P 1210-P 1614-P

6"
80 G
7.6 M
500 GPM
15 HP
8"
255 G
7.6 M
850 PGM
15 HP
10"
900 G
9.1 M
1200 GPM
15 HP
12"
2.3 KG
9.1 M
2500 GPM
25 HP
17.5"
9 KG
9.1 M
5600 GPM
75 HP
AQUA-LIFE FISH HARVESTER

Trailer-mounted dewatering tower that is easily moved around narrow raceways or pond roads. Fish
and water are pumped up into the dewatering box and distributed across a polished aluminum tubular
rack where the water drops through and returns back to the raceways, ponds, etc. Fish passing across
the rack enter the loading tube, which swivels 180 degrees and telescopes for loading of live-haul tanks,
totes, wash tanks, etc. The harvester has complete hydraulic circuiting for operating the Aqua-Life Fish
Pump and the 3' hydraulic lift rams. The top dewatering platform extends upward an additional 3' from
its down position, enabling a variety of unloading heights.
Harvester includes Aqua-Life Fish Pump; aluminum dewaterer mounted on a single-axle trailer,
complete with leveling jacks and running lights; all hydraulics and circuiting to operate lift
cylinders and Fish Pump; gasoline-electric start engine; 12V battery; 15-gallon gas tank;
26-gallon hydraulic oil tank; one 90 elbow; one 45 elbow; 24' intake hose; 15' discharge
hose; 25' hydraulic leads for Fish Pump. Complete and ready to operate. Submersible and
non-submersible models available.
Harvester
338 LAB EQUIPMENT
Product
339 Full Lab Systems
351 Jars/Vials
358 Pipette Bulbs/Rack/Pump
340 Microscopes/Accessories/
Supplies
352 Microbiology/Autoclave
359 Calipers/Timers
346 Stands/Holders/Lamp
353 Dissection
360 Scales/Balances
354 Dessicant/Tubes/Racks
365 Gloves/Goggles/Apron/Cleaner
355 Stoppers/Tubes/Droppers
366 Brushes/Handles
347 Beakers/Bottles
349 Bottles/Flasks/Funnels
350 Glassware
356 Pipettes & Burets
LAB EQUIPMENT 339

Full Lab Systems
X-HAB SYSTEMS
Z-HAB SYSTEMS
The X-Hab line is designed for Xenopus applications and accommodates

a wide variety of tank sizes for various applications.
The Z-Hab is one of our proven, time-tested zebrafish housing systems.

Save time setting up and keeping track of your experiments compared with
conventional fish-keeping systems. In fact, you can fit up to 120 tanks in the
same footprint as three conventional 10-gallon glass aquaria!
Xenopus laevis
Danio rerio
CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING. SEE PAGES 8-18 FOR MORE AQUATIC HABITAT SYSTEMS.
340 LAB EQUIPMENT

Microscopes
LEICA EZ4 STEREOMICROSCOPE

The Leica EZ4's high performance provides the optimum viewing
experience for education and examination. Its crystal clear optics, 60
viewing angle and adjustable illumination ensure hours of comfortable
observation. This durable and reliable microscope has no removable parts.
The EZ4 has fixed 10X eyepieces, a 4.4:1 zoom ratio and a range of
magnification from 8X35X. It is also one of the only microscopes in its class
to feature a waterproof base plate and automatic shut-off. Built-in carrying
handle allows portability. LED illumination system for incident and transmitted
light is adjustable and provides 25,000 hours of service life. Five-year warranty.
5-YEAR WARRANTY
MODEL EACH
EZ4 $970.15
Leica is a registered trademark of Leica Microsystems IR GmbH Corp.
MODEL EACH
EZ4HD $2,014.93
5-YEAR WARRANTY
LEICA EZ4HD STEREOMICROSCOPE

WITH DIGITAL CAMERA
The EZ4HD has the same performance as the
EZ4, with the added bonus of a 3-megapixel digital
camera! Store photos on its 128 MB secure digital
card, or export them to your Windows or
Macintosh computer via USB 2.0. Connect directly
to an HD display for detailed viewing. Use the
included software or any third-party imaging
program. The camera is preconfigured and its
incident and transmitted light settings are
predefined, minimizing setup. Content-sensitive
help file ensures quick and easy troubleshooting.
Five-year warranty.
BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
This binocular microscope offers high performance
and durability at an excellent price. Features 10X
wide field eyepieces on a 360 rotating head, 4X,
10X, 40X and 100X (oil-immersion) achromatic DIN
objectives. Large 110 mm x 115 mm mechanical
stage with iris diaphragm, NA 1.25 Abbe condenser
and coarse and fine focusing with a slip clutch
mechanism. Built-in 20-W incandescent lamp
(115V). Makes a great educational laboratory
microscope from middle school to the university
level. 8" L x 6" W x 14" H, ship weight 19 lbs.
Five-year warranty.
MODEL
EACH
M12
BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
M12B
REPL. BULB, 20 W
5-YEAR WARRANTY
$745.97
11.02
LAB EQUIPMENT 341

Microscopes
VITAL SINE MONOCULAR SCOPE

This microscope uses an internal LED light that is bright and battery-powered
(rechargeable NiMH batteries included), eliminating the hassles of a power
cord! It features a triple objective turret with achromatic objectives with glass
lenses, giving an excellent, clear image at a low price. It has a 10X wide-field
eyepiece and 4X, 10X and 40X objectives. Both coarse and fine adjustment
controls make focusing easy. Abbe condenser is .65 NA with iris diaphragm
and blue filter. Microscope includes a transformer and cord for recharging.
Five-year warranty on materials and workmanship; one year on
electrical components.
5-YEAR WARRANTY
MODEL EACH
M76 $193.93
DELUXE LABORATORY MICROSCOPE

Excellent quality at a very affordable price!
This binocular microscope features an
interpupillary distance adjustment through
10X wide-field eye pieces; 4X, 10X, 40X and 100X
(oil-immersion) fully coated achromatic optics;
low position, coaxial drive stage slideways; and
coarse and fine adjustment knobs. 20-W variable
quartz halogen illuminator with 1.25 NA (numerical
aperture) Abbe type condenser, tension adjustment
ring and an autostop prefocusing system. 20X
optional eyepiece available. 9" L x 7.5" W x 15" H.
Ship weight 21 lbs. Five-year warranty.
MODEL
M18SL
STEREO MICROSCOPE
5-YEAR WARRANTY
EACH
$566.13
MODEL
M14
LAB MICROSCOPE
M12B
REPL. BULB
EACH
$983.87
11.02
5-YEAR WARRANTY
STEREO DISSECTING MICROSCOPE

Dual magnification (1X and 3X) stereo microscope
with 10X wide field eye pieces suitable for low
magnification diagnostic needs. Features 360
rotatable head, large field of view and long working
distance. Rack and pinion large adjustment knob
with slip clutch protection, adjustable diopter
correction on one eyepiece, interpupillary distance
adjustment, locked-on eye-pieces and dual LED
lighting for both transmitted and incident light. Very
useful scope at a very reasonable price. Includes
dust cover. 115V, 9" L x 7" W x 13.5" H. Ship weight
12 lbs. Five-year warranty.
342 LAB EQUIPMENT

Microscope Accessories
VIDEO EYEPIECE
Ideal for teaching, this simple-to-use eyepiece is a portable video system that
can be used on a microscope. It will fit any standard 23-mm or 30.5-mm eye
tube and plugs into a TV or VCR for viewing. The kit includes a composite video
output with NTSC system, 620 x 580 picture, auto gain control and 1/3" CCD
sensor. Ship weight 5 lbs. One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
M28V $395
MICROSCOPE CLEANING KIT

This kit will keep optics clear and microscope parts clean. The kit contains 10
presaturated optic and lens cleaning pads, two individually wrapped packs of
antistatic surface wipes, two premoistened germicide swabs and instructions.
Additional presaturated optical pads are available (10/pk).
MC8
MODEL
MC8
MICROSCOPE CLEANING KIT
MC9
OPTICAL PADS, 10/PK
EACH
$75.21
13.68
MC8
CYTOSEAL SLIDE MOUNTING MEDIUM
HAZMAT A
Designed for preservation of slide samples, Cytoseal mounting medium

is colorless, dries rapidly and will not yellow with age. Compatible with
immersion oil. 4 oz. Ships Hazmat.
MODEL EACH
M80 $44.23
4 OZ
IMMERSION OIL
This stable optical fluid is formulated of synthetic hydrocarbons that
will not dry out or harden. One-oz bottle has an applicator rod built into
the cap for easy dispensing. Safe for all microscope lenses.
MODEL EACH
M81 $18.21
1 OZ
LAB EQUIPMENT 343
Microscope Accessories/Counters
SLIDE CASES
These microscope slide cases hold standard (3" x 1") slides and feature a
rust-resistant clasp. Heavy polystyrene construction with foam lining to prevent
damage to slides. To ensure proper identification, each slide slot is numbered to
correspond to the slide inventory sheet on the inside cover of the case.
MODEL
EACH
6+
MC25
25-SLIDE CASE
$7.10 $6.38
MC100
100-SLIDE CASE
13.11 11.80
MC100
PLASTIC MULTIWELL SLIDE PLATES

These plastic slide plates are ideal for counting zooplankton, examining
fish eggs and studying larval development under dissecting microscopes.
Constructed of clear polystyrene, slides include cover which has a frosted
area for marking. Raised rims reduce cross contamination. Slides measure
86 mm x 128 mm x 18 mm deep.
MODEL
EACH
10+
MW6 6-WELL
$4.26 $4.05
MW12 12-WELL
4.86 4.62
MW24 24-WELL
5.68 5.40
MW6
MW24
Easily fits in your hand to be thumb operated. The register advances by one
digit, up to 9,999, each time the button is pressed. A turn of the side knob
resets the register back to zero. It's a great tool for counting algae cells,
zooplankton, fry, people, etc.
MODEL
M42
EACH 4+
$12.63 $11.36
MULTIPLE COUNTERS
Ideal for counting algae, zooplankton, fence posts, etc. Devices count from
0999, knob on side resets counters back to zero. Tabs are provided for
marking items counted. M44 includes left and right reset keys and totalizer
function. Bell signals each 100 counts for direct percentage reading of
counts on the individual keys. Two-year warranty. Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH
M43
2-UNIT COUNTER
$125.94
M44
6-UNIT COUNTER
409.23
M44
M43
344 LAB EQUIPMENT

Microscope Supplies
SLIDES, GLASS MICROSCOPE

Clear glass slides with ground edges. Slides are 25 mm x 75 mm x
1.2 mm thick. 144 slides per box.
MODEL
M32
EACH 4+
$7.96/BOX $6.77
SLIDES, DEPRESSION
One- or two-well glass slides with depressions .5.8 mm deep x 1214 mm
in diameter. Made of selected noncorroding glass, with ground and polished
edges and spherical cavities. Slide size is 26 mm x 76 mm. Price shown is for
packages of 12 slides.
MODEL
EACH
M30 1-WELL $5.25/PKG
M30
M31 2-WELL
4+
$4.91
7.00/PKG
6.29
COVER SLIPS
Plain glass surface is free from irregularities. Choose from two sizes,
M26 (40 mm x 24 mm with thickness .13.17 mm) or M27 (22 mm x 22 mm
with thickness .13.17 mm). 100 per box.
MODEL
M26
EACH 4+
M26
40 MM X 24 MM
$4.47/BOX $4.02
M27
22 MM X 22 MM
2.95/BOX 2.66
COUNTING WHEEL, ZOOPLANKTON

Especially suited for low-powered microscopes, this counting wheel will hold
5- to 10-mL samples in the trough. Sample trough has a divider to mark start
and finish. Count zooplankton while turning the wheeleasy and accurate.
Precision-made from acrylic and includes a 4" (10 cm) base.
MODEL EACH
181080 $100.90
LAB EQUIPMENT 345

Microscope Supplies
COUNTING CELL, SEDGEWICK RAFTER

These cells are commonly used for counting zooplankton. Each cell consists of a rectangular frame
mounted on a slide and includes one cover slip. Cell size is 50 mm x 20 mm x 1 mm and volume is 1.0 mL.
Cells are available in glass or plastic and contain a grid subdivided into microliters, allowing the user to
count more accurately. Also available is a glass counting cell without a grid that includes two cover slips.
MODEL
M414
EACH
3+
M414
GLASS COUNTING CELL W/GRID
$247.00 $223.00
M415
PLASTIC COUNTING CELL W/GRID
M416
DELUXE GLASS COVER SLIPS
18.85 16.02
M38
COUNTING CELL
50.25 48.16
M39
COVER GLASSES (12)
30.90 27.81
55.00 48.40
M38
M415
COUNTING CELL, PALMER

Similar in appearance to Sedgewick Rafter cell but designed for counting
phytoplankton and smaller zooplankton. Cell is a circular stainless steel frame
with two charging channels mounted on a 76 mm x 25 mm glass slide. Cell
size is 17.5 mm dia. x .4 mm deep; volume is .1 ml. Kit includes two cover
glasses and a clear snap-lock case. Made in USA.
MODEL
PCC
EACH 3+
$95.85 $86.27
HEMACYTOMETER
Count algae cells, blood cells and other small stuff with these pocket-size
counting chambers and a microscope. Consists of molded glass compartment
with H-shaped moat, forming two counting areas. Each counting area has
double Neubauer rulings with 400 small squares in a central 1-mm square.
The rulings appear as white lines on dark background when viewed through
the microscope. The cover slips cover the moat region .1 mm above the ruled
surface, which aids in precise loading and even cell distribution. V-shaped
slashes help in loading by reducing overflow into the moat. Made in USA.
MODEL
M36 HEMACYTOMETER
M36
[Pentair] Aquatic Eco-Systems' customer service was very

helpful and quick. My teacher and I were afraid we weren't
going to be able to get our aquarium to work for our Small
Animal Care class. You were very helpful in telling me what
I needed to know to start our filter. Thank you.
Tim Talford
267135
267135
REPLACEMENT COVER SLIPS
EACH 3+
$329.78 $290.21
67.64 63.05
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Eric Herbst
Eric received a B.A. and Certificate of Translation (Spanish to English) from the University of
North Carolina at Charlotte. He also has an M.S. degree from Louisiana State University in fisheries
science (specialization in aquaculture). His work experience includes fish farm operations at North
State Fisheries, biofiltration and water quality management for zebrafish and Xenopus frogs.
346 LAB EQUIPMENT

Stands/Holders/Lamp
SUPPORT STAND
Designed for holding burets, beakers, flasks and separatory funnels.
Stand includes vertical support rods. 10-cm triangular steel stand with
8 mm x 50 cm support rod weighs 4 lbs.
MODEL
DB62
DB51
DB51
EACH
$12.35
TRIANGULAR STAND
SUPPORT STAND ACCESSORIES

The following accessories are designed to be used with support stand
DB62. Double and single buret clamps have rubber-coated grips and
aluminum construction. Extension clamps have plastic-coated jaws.
Right angle clamps are made of cast aluminum. Support rings are
zinc-plated cast iron and ideal for holding beakers and Erlenmeyer flasks.
MODEL
DB55
DB55
EACH 6+
DB51
SINGLE BURET CLAMP
$6.35 $6.02
DB52
DOUBLE BURET CLAMP
11.25 10.71
DB55
SUPPORT RING, 2"
18.35 17.43
DB56
SUPPORT RING, 4"
20.13 19.12
DB52
DB62
MICRO BURNER, GAS

Designed for use with propane or natural gas, this burner has a flame stabilizer
and a fixed orifice. Serrated 7/16" gas inlet connection is nickel-plated brass,
overall height is 31/2" (9 cm). Delivers 8001,200 BTUs.
MODEL EACH
GMB1
GMB1 $16.93
LAMP, ALCOHOL
Glass alcohol lamp has a capacity of 150 mL and includes a metal cap to
prevent odors and evaporation. Height with cap is 10 cm. Replacement
wicks sold in packs of 12.
B35
MODEL
B35
EACH 12+
$7.57
ALCOHOL LAMP
B35W WICKS
2.78 2.62
TONGS, BEAKER
Chrome-plated beaker tongs for handling hot glassware.
Tongs measure 10" and have plastic-coated jaws.
MODEL
DB61
EACH 6+
$4.25 $3.98
DB61
LAB EQUIPMENT 347

Beakers/Bottles / Cylinders
BEAKERS
These graduated polypropylene beakers have a triangular flange that has
three pouring spouts. They are autoclavable and nest for storage. Price is
for pack of 10 beakers.
MODEL
PLB25
CAPACITY
OAL
EACH 10+
PLB25
250 ML
9 CM
PLB40
400 ML
11 CM
$8.57 $7.89
9.01 8.30
PLB80
800 ML
14 CM
12.08 11.12
PLB100
1,000 ML
15 CM
12.61 11.60
DISPENSING BOTTLE, ADJUSTABLE VOLUME

Convenient dispensing bottle will measure any amount from 5 mL to
25 mL. Low-density polyethylene storage bottle will hold 500 mL of liquid.
Often used to dispense nutrients, chlorine and other common solutions used
in aquaculture.
511654
MODEL
EACH 6+
511654
$25.07 $23.26
GRADUATED CYLINDERS
Molded of heavy-duty and chemically resistant translucent polypropylene,
with permanently molded graduations that won't fade after repeated
autoclaving.
MODEL CAPACITY OAL
LGC100
100 ML
24 CM
LGC1000
EACH
LGC500
$7.66 $6.89/10+
LGC250
250 ML
31 CM
8.80 7.92/10+
LGC500
500 ML
37 CM
12.60 11.34/8+
LGC1000
1,000 ML
45 CM
15.47 13.92/6+
LGC250
LGC100
Note: OAL = overall length.
CARBOYS
Nalgene 2318 series carboy includes a spigot sealed by two PTFE
O-rings and a delivery spout 5/8" (16 mm) O.D. The 2.5-gallon and 5-gallon
carboys have two molded handles. These heavy-duty carboys are excellent
for storing and dispensing liquids both in the lab and on the farm.
MODEL
CB4
CB10
CAPACITY
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
6+
CB4
1 GALLON (4 L)
$101.21 $94.15
CB10
2.5 GALLONS (10 L)
136.50
CB20
5 GALLONS (20 L)
180.18
Nalgene is a registered trademark of Nalgene Nunc Intl.Corp.
348 LAB EQUIPMENT

Beakers/Bottles/Pen
SAMPLE BOTTLES
These HDPE (high-density polyethylene), wide-mouth square bottles are ideal
for shipping and storing liquids and solids. Bottles are leakproof, and their
square shape saves space. They have a hole in the cap edge for attachment
of a tag.
MODEL CAPACITY
OAL
EACH 12+
LSB250
250 ML
11 CM
$2.52 $2.27
LSB500
500 ML
14 CM
3.57 3.21
LSB1
1,000 ML
18 CM
5.18 4.66
LSB250
LAB PEN
Markings withstand temperatures in excess of 347F (175C) and resist
limited exposure to diluted acids and bases. Can be used on glass,
metal, porcelain and plastics, including PTFE. Easily removed with
rubbing alcohol. Packs of 4. Black ink.
LP4
MODEL EACH
LP4 $26.48
GRADUATED BEAKERS
These autoclavable polypropylene beakers will withstand temperatures
up to 120C. Graduated in both mL and ounces, with no-drip pouring spouts.
MODEL CAPACITY OAL
LGB050
6 CM
LGB100
100 ML
7 CM
2.09
250 ML
10 CM
2.53
LGB500
500 ML
12 CM
5.05
1,000 ML
15 CM
7.59
GRADUATED BEAKERS W/HANDLE

Made of autoclavable, semitransparent polypropylene. These are made in
a larger diameter than most beakers for stability. Graduated in milliliters
and liters.
MODEL CAPACITY
OAL
EACH
6+
LBH1
1,000 ML
LBH2
2,000 ML
17 CM
7.78 7.00
LBH3
3,000 ML
18 CM
12.08 10.87
15 CM
$6.91 $6.22
Note: OAL = overall length
EACH
$1.82
LGB250
LGB1
LGB250
50 ML
LBH1
LAB EQUIPMENT 349

Bottles/Flasks/Funnels
GRADUATED BOTTLES, POLYPROPYLENE

High-performance, leakproof polypropylene construction with a full range of sizes, wide-mouth
openings and strong chemical resistance. Contain large, white marker space for easy and safe labeling.
Clearly printed graduations show milliliters and fluid ounces.
MODEL
CAPACITY
PER CASE
60 ML (2 FL.OZ)
12
$33.77/CS
501125
125 ML (4.2 FL.OZ)
12
35.66/CS
501250
250 ML (8.5 FL.OZ)
12
50.18/CS
501500
500 ML (17 FL.OZ)
12
58.89/CS
501100
1,000 ML (33.8 FL.OZ)
35.50/CS
501060
EACH
501100
501060
501125
WASH BOTTLES
Made of flexible LDPE, with polypropylene screw closure and fine bore
dispensing tube. The tube is narrow at the end to allow a drop at a time.
Cutting the end of the tube back will increase the flow.
MODEL CAPACITY
WB8
EACH
WB8
8 OZ (237 ML)
$3.94
WB16
16 OZ (474 ML)
4.78
WB32
32 OZ (948 ML)
6.34
WB32
WB16
ERLENMEYER FLASKS
Heavy, autoclavable polypropylene flasks have permanently molded
graduations.
MODEL
CAPACITY
LFP125
125 ML
12 CM
OAL
EACH 12+
LFP250
250 ML
14 CM
8.21 7.39
LFP500
500 ML
19 CM
11.20 10.08
LFP1
1,000 ML
23 CM
16.33 14.70
$6.31 $5.68
LFP500
LFP250
LFP125
FUNNELS
These funnels are steam-autoclavable to 250F. FN8-2 is polypropylene,
FN16-2 is polyethylene.
MODEL CAPACITY DIA. OAL EACH
FN8-2
FN8-2
8 OZ
4.25"
13 CM
$3.75 $3.38/12+
FN16-2
16 OZ
5.0"
15 CM
5.15 4.64/6+
Note: OAL = overall length
350 LAB EQUIPMENT

Glassware
BEAKERS, GRADUATED
These graduated beakers are made from sturdy borosilicate glass and feature heavy wall
construction to resist breakage. Easy-to-read scales indicate volumes accurately to 5%.
MODEL
CAPACITY
GLB50
50 ML
GRADUATIONS
OAL
ACTUAL WT
10 ML
6 CM
2 OZ
EACH
6+
$3.18 $3.04
GLB100
100 ML
10 ML
7 CM
2 OZ
3.03 2.89
GLB150
150 ML
10 ML
8 CM
3 OZ
3.75 3.59
GLB250
250 ML
25 ML
10 CM
5 OZ
3.43 3.22
GLB400
400 ML
100 ML
12 CM
5 OZ
4.28 4.00
GLB600
600 ML
50 ML
13 CM
8 OZ
5.01 4.72
GLB1000
1,000 ML
50 ML
15 CM
11 OZ
11.15 10.58
GLB2000
2,000 ML
100 ML
19 CM
16 OZ
23.65 22.44
GLB250
CYLINDERS, GRADUATED
ERLENMEYER FLASKS
These all-glass cylinders have metric scales and sliding, hexagonal bumper
guards to resist roll and breakage.
Made from high-quality borosilicate

glass, these flasks have thick wall
construction with metric scales.
Ideal for culturing microalgae.
MODEL
CAPACITY
GRADUATIONS
OAL
ACTUAL WT
GC10
10 ML
.1 ML
18 CM
1.57 OZ
EACH
6+
$6.74 $6.34
GC25
25 ML
.2 ML
21 CM
1.65 OZ
9.66 9.08
GC50
50 ML
.5 ML
22 CM
4.83 OZ
10.45 9.82
GC100
100 ML
1.0 ML
24 CM
8.76 OZ
11.30 10.62
GC250
250 ML
2.0 ML
30 CM
15 OZ
16.12 15.15
GC500
500 ML
5.0 ML
36 CM
30 OZ
29.40 27.64
GE2000
MODEL
CAPACITY
GRADUATIONS
OAL
ACTUAL WT
GE125
125 ML
25 ML
11 CM
3 OZ
EACH
6+
$4.35 $4.10
GE250
250 ML
25 ML
14 CM
3.2 OZ
5.43 5.14
GE500
500 ML
50 ML
17 CM
8 OZ
7.58 7.10
GE1000
1,000 ML
50 ML
22 CM
8.5 OZ
14.06 12.33
GE2000
2,000 ML
50 ML
28 CM
16 OZ
34.94 32.84
FUNNELS, SEPARATORY
GC50
GC100
GC500
High-quality, thick glass separatory funnels meet ASTM E-1096 Type 4

specs. The stopcock bores, body openings and stems are carefully aligned for
even flow and cut-off. All sizes include a ground glass stopper.
MODEL
CAPACITY
OAL
ACTUAL WT
SF250
250 ML
30 CM
5 OZ
SF500
500 ML
33 CM
6.4 OZ
FERNBACH FLASK
A high surface area to volume ratio
makes this 2.8-liter glass flask ideal
for culturing algae (do not use on a
heat source smaller than the base
of the flask).
FBF28
$84.81 80.57/6+
SF250
SF500
EACH
$36.05
43.75
LAB EQUIPMENT 351

Jars/Vials
JARS, CLEAR GLASS

These glass jars are priced by the case.
13108C-S

MODEL
OAL
PER
CASE
PRECLEANED &
QA ANALYZED
13004C
125 ML/4 OZ
7 CM
24
$58.85/CS
13108C-S
250 ML/8 OZ
14 CM
12
44.50/CS
13004C
12332A
WIDE MOUTH JARS, AMBER GLASS
12216A

PER
MODEL
CAPACITY
OAL
CASE
PRECLEANED &
QA ANALYZED
12332A
1,000 ML/32 OZ
18 CM
12
$57.50/CS
12216A
500 ML/16 OZ
15 CM
12
45.70/CS
12108A
250 ML/8 OZ
13 CM
12
35.85/CS
12108A
WIDE MOUTH JARS, POLYETHYLENE

151500

PER
MODEL
CAPACITY
OAL
CASE
PRECLEANED &
QA ANALYZED
15001
1,000 ML/32 OZ
19 CM
12
$41.00/CS
151500
500 ML/16 OZ
15 CM
24
64.70/CS
157250
250 ML/8 OZ
12 CM
24
48.50/CS
156125
125 ML/4 OZ
9 CM
48
90.85/CS
15001
156125
157250
14040A
14040C
VOA VIALS

MODEL
CAPACITY
13920A
PER
CASE
PRECLEANED &
QA ANALYZED
14040C
40 ML, CLEAR
72
$131.67/CS
14040A
40 ML, AMBER
72
102.95/CS
13920C
20 ML, CLEAR
72
117.50/CS
13920A
20 ML, AMBER
72
117.50/CS
13920C
352 LAB EQUIPMENT

Microbiology / Autoclave
LICB
IMHOFF CONE
LIC1
A fully-graduated cone made of styrene-acrylonitrile that features a

low-density bottom plug, which makes it easy to withdraw sediment.
Markings are incremented as follows: 01 mL by .1 mL, 110 mL by
0.5 mL, 1040 mL by 1.0 mL, 40100 mL by 2 mL and markings at 250,
500 and 1,000 mL. The stainless steel rack holds 3 cones. Length is 46 cm.
MODEL
LICR
EACH
OAL
LIC1
IMHOFF CONE
45 CM
$52.10 $46.89/4+
LICR
STEEL RACK
45 CM
64.60 58.14/3+
LICB
IMHOFF BRUSH
77 CM
28.00 25.20/3+
INOCULATING LOOP
This loop is made with twisted Nichrome
wire, with a 1/8" (4 mm) diameter loop on a 21/2"
(6 cm) stem and an 8" aluminum handle.
EACH
MODEL
7010
AUTOCLAVE
Close-up
of Loop
6+
$5.46 $5.06
These aluminum autoclaves only require a small amount of water for proper
sterilization. At a temperature of 250F, the dry steam can sterilize in 2030
minutes. Ideal for most small lab applications. Equipped with pressure gauge,
pressure relief valves and safety plug, which releases pressure at 35 psi in the
event of failure.
LA830 is for use with external heat source. LA831 has a built-in 1,000-W heater
with thermostat and 6' cord (115V, 60 Hz, 7.8 A). Made in USA.
AUTOCLAVE INDICATOR TAPE

This self-adhesive tape will tell you if your autoclave is performing correctly.
The indicator bars will change from white to dark brown after 15 minutes of
exposure to steam heat at 250F. Sixty yards per roll.
MICROBIOLOGICAL MEDIA
This dehydrated culture media is ideal for preparing
fresh media for bacteriological culture. Tryptone
soy agar (TSA) is commonly used for culturing
organisms from freshwater fish. TCBS agar is ideal
for culturing and isolation of enteropathogenic
Vibrio. Marine agar is routinely used for isolation,
cultivation and enumeration of heterotrophic
marine bacteria. Ships dry. Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH 4+
DF158 TSA, 100 G

DF176 TSA, 500 G
DF174 TCBS AGAR, 500 G
$47.88 $45.01
82.96 77.98
153.33 144.13
DF178 MARINE AGAR, 500 G 218.40 205.30
PETRI DISHES, DISPOSABLE
AT12
LA831
MODEL
CAPACITY
VOLUME
LA830 12"
HEIGHT DIAMETER
13"
9 LITERS
551 CU.IN.
25 $521.98
LA831 17"
12"
14 LITERS
831 CU.IN.
32 1,065.79
MODEL
AT12
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
EACH
1/2" TAPE
6+
$7.27 $6.54
Sterile petri dishes made of polystyrene are conveniently disposable.

15 mm x 100 mm. Price is for a box of 25.
MODEL
LPD15
EACH
$9.23
DF174
LAB EQUIPMENT 353

Dissection
DELUXE DISSECTING KIT

An excellent choice for teachers and students!
Dissecting teasing needle, angular with metal chuck.
Dissecting teasing needle, straight with metal chuck.
Dissecting iris scissors, 4.5".
Dissecting forceps, medium point, 4.5" with guide pin.
Cartilage knife with 2" blade.
1 x 2 tissue forceps.
Dissecting scissors, one point sharp & other point blunt, 5.5".
Dissecting scalpel handle, #3.
Dissecting mall probe, chrome.
No. 10 blade.
Vinyl, zippered case with linen.
MODEL EACH
10GS $20.45
DISSECTING TRAY
These inexpensive, polyethylene dissecting trays include a long-lasting
vinyl pad. Great for use in labs and with juvenile fish.
MODEL
EACH
DT9003
10+
DT9003
11" X 7" X 11/2"
$20.00 $18.00
DT9005
13" X 9" X 11/2"
26.29 23.66
DISSECTING EQUIPMENT
All of these instruments are high-quality steel.
Most are stainless; LSHB2 is carbon steel.
LSH1
LSHB2
LS1S
LFC1
LFS4
LFC4
MODEL
LSH1
SCALPEL HANDLE
LSHB2 BLADES #11, 6/PK, SLANTED END
ANG
EACH 10+
$37.27 $33.54
N32
9M
MODEL
BS81
BONE SHEARS, 8"
EACH 10+
$22.55 $20.30
IG48
FINE POINT CUTTERS
ANG
ANGLE PROBE
1.95 1.76
N31
TEASING NEEDLE, 6/PK
2.22 1.98
15.12 13.61
N32
BENT TEASING NEEDLE, 6/PK
2.20 1.98
6.25 5.63
SS8
LARGE SCISSORS, 8"
6.50 5.85
5.31 4.78
9M
MICRODISSECTION SCISSORS
8.75 7.88
8.58 7.72
LS1S

SCISSORS, STRAIGHT END, 1-FINE

& 1-BLUNT POINT
12.41 11.17
LFC1
FORCEPS, CURVED END, MEDIUM FINE POINTS
LFS4
FORCEPS, 4" STRAIGHT END, SUPER FINE POINTS
LFC4
FORCEPS, 4 CURVED END, SUPER FINE POINTS
14.15 12.74
354 LAB EQUIPMENT

Dessicant/Tubes/Racks
DESICCANT (SILICA GEL)
TYGON TUBING
Silica gel with indicator is an all-purpose desiccant. Can be used with our
drying tubes. As the silica gel absorbs moisture, the color changes from
blue to pink. Can be regenerated by heating in an oven.
Specifically formulated for lab use, Tygon 3603 tubing works with almost any
inorganic chemical. Flexible and clear, it is noncontaminating, autoclavable
and ideal for liquid and ozone gas transmission. Sold per foot and in 50' rolls.
Add an "F" after part number for per foot.
MODEL
SHIP WT
DR2
3 LBS
EACH
DR3
10 LBS
3+
$15.00 $13.50
38.30 34.47
Tygon is a registered trademark of

Saint-Goban Performance Plastics Corp.
TT18
MODEL
Before Use
After Use
FOOT
ROLL
TT18
1/8" I.D.
TT316
3/16" I.D.
1.82
72.00
TT14
1/4" I.D.
2.14
88.00
TT38
3/8" I.D.
TT58
5/8" I.D.
5.96 250.00
TT34
3/4" I.D.
7.55 345.00
$1.25 $51.00
$3.59 $148.00
WIRE RACK
These tough wire racks are coated with epoxy and are unaffected by organic
solvents, salts, weak acids or weak bases. Epoxy coating will withstand a
temperature range of -223 to 121C and can be autoclaved. Racks are
three-tiered and hold up to forty 20-mm diameter tubes. Dimensions are
93/8" L x 41/2" W x 3" H.
MODEL
EACH
LTTW
6+
$33.28 $31.28
TEST TUBE RACK

Autoclavable plastic that folds flat for storage and shipping make these
easy-to-assemble racks a practical choice. They don't float in water
baths. Hold up to 40 tubes. 20 mm.
MODEL
EACH
LTTR
5+
$13.92 $12.53
LTTR
PARAFILM FLAT WRAPPER

Used for covering the mouth of Erlenmeyer flasks, culture tubes and petri
dishes. Waterproof film is .005" thick and conveniently provides transfer
resistance to air, gases, alcohol and common acids. Sold in 4" wide by 125'
(10 cm x 38 m) roll. Packaged in dispenser carton. Weighs 1 lb.
MODEL
EACH
P35
$26.75
SCREW CLAMP
Autoclavable and chemical-resistant screw clamps
provide fine control of air or liquids. Can replace
stopcocks. Hinged sides allow for installation
without disconnecting the tubing. Accepts tubing
up to 1/2" (13 mm) O.D. Sold individually.
MODEL
SC212
EACH 5+ 25+
$7.50 $7.05 $6.38
SC212
Parafilm is a registered trademark of Bemis Co., Inc.
LAB EQUIPMENT 355

Stoppers/Tubes/Droppers
THREE-HOLE STOPPERS
MODEL
MAX DIA.
Autoclavable, natural rubber stoppers can be

used as a solid one-, two- or three-hole stopper
by removing the twist-off seals.
HST5
#5
27 MM
$0.92 $0.83
HST6
#6
32 MM
1.20 1.08
EACH
10+
HST7
#7
37 MM
1.64 1.48
HST9
#9
45 MM
2.46 2.21
HST10
#10
50 MM
2.88 2.59
HST5
MODEL
PACK
10+
LTT16
16 MM X 159 MM
$8.45 $7.61
LTT20
20 MM X 150 MM
11.30 10.17
AC79
CULTURE TUBES
16-MM CAP, PK OF 25 5.29
AC79-C
16-MM CAP, CS (1,000) 100.88
AC92
20-MM CAP, PK OF 25 6.38
AC92-C
20-MM CAP, CS (500) 87.36
Made of borosilicate glass, these test tubes can

withstand high temperatures and they reduce pH
changes. Smooth rim top. Sold in packs of 25.
LTT16
AC79
DROPPERS
MODEL
Made of polyethylene, these one-piece droppers

are low priced for disposal or easily cleaned for
reuse. The bellows-shaped bulb is easy to use.
Graduations show the amount of liquid drawn.
Sold in packs of 100. Ship weight 3 lbs.
EACH
LD15
1.5 ML $24.43
LD4
4.0 ML 26.03
LD15
CULTURE TUBES
MODEL
SIZE (MM)
LTT17
16 X 150
LTT21
20 X 150
EACH PACK
10+
$12.48 $11.23
10.53 9.48
LTT17
These borosilicate glass test tubes have a

rubber-lined screw cap, combination marking
and reference spot for orientation. Caps are
resistant to autoclaving and most chemicals.
Perfect for microalgal and bacterial cultures.
Sold in packs of 12.
LTT21
356 LAB EQUIPMENT

Pipettes
PASTEUR PIPETTES, DISPOSABLE

Disposable glass pipettes are ideal for
transferring algal cultures, etc., avoiding
the risk of contamination. Ungraduated with
capillary tips of approximately 1-mm inside
diameter. LDP5 is 6" (15 cm) long overall and
narrow portion is 5 cm; LDP9 is 9" (23 cm) long
overall and narrow portion is approximately 12
cm. Sold in packs of 250. Weight 1 lb.
LDP5
MODEL
LDP9
SEROLOGICAL PIPETTES
PLP1
1 ML
OAL
PACK
15-CM PIPETTES $15.61
LDP9
23-CM PIPETTES 17.97
PLP1
These polystyrene serological pipettes are both accurate and economical. The
one-piece design eliminates mouthpiece and tip breakage. Pipettes feature
highly legible graduations and contamination-free cotton plugs. Sold in packs
of 25.
MODEL CAPACITY
EACH
LDP5
10+
27 CM $10.48 $9.75
PLP2
2 ML
27 CM
14.14 13.15
PLP5
5 ML
30 CM
12.83 11.93
PLP10
10 ML
30 CM
23.21 21.59
PLP5
PLP10
TRANSFER PIPETTES
LPT1
These unbreakable pipettes are made of translucent polypropylene.

Highly resistant to most chemicals and have Class B-rated accuracy.
LPT2
LPT5
LPT10
LPT25
MODEL CAPACITY OAL
MODEL CAPACITY
OAL
EACH
LP3
3 ML
14 CM
$28.00
LP5
5 ML
15 CM
53.63
EACH 12+
1 ML
30 CM
5 MM
$12.04 $10.84
LPT2
2 ML
30 CM
6 MM
12.63 11.37
LPT5
5 ML
33 CM
5 MM
23.49 21.14
LPT10
10 ML
44 CM
7 MM
30.67 27.60
LPT25
25 ML
47 CM
8 MM
29.86 26.87
TRANSFER PIPETTE, DISPOSABLE GRADUATED

One-piece plastic pipette with clearly marked graduations in 1-mL increments.
The stem narrows down to a fine tip. 500/pack.
DIAMETER
LPT1
LP3
LAB EQUIPMENT 357

Pipettes/Burets
WIDE TIP VOLUMETRIC PIPETTES, CLASS B, REUSABLE GLASS

These SIBATA Wide Tip Volumetric Pipets meet ASTM E-969 Class B Specifications for Tolerance. The widetip opening facilitates rapid fill and drain of viscous liquids, slurries and suspensions. Commonly used in
water treatment facilities, these pipets have sharp permanent graduation lines and are calibrated to deliver.
Sizes 1, 2 & 5mL do not have drawn tips, while sizes 10mL through 100mL feature standard drawn tips.
Sold in packs.
APPROX.

CAPACITY
LENGTH
TOLERANCE
I.D. TIP
PACK
MODEL (ML) (MM) (ML) (MM) QTY PACK
VWTP1 1.0 320
0.01
1.9
12
$36.96
VWTP2 2.0 330
0.01
2.4
12 38.52
VWTP5 5.0 346
0.02
3.0
12 48.84
VWTP10 10.0
440
0.02
3.0
12 81.96
VWTP20 20.0
478
0.03
3.0
42.60
VWTP25 25.0
475
0.03
3.0
48.18
VWTP50 50.0
538
0.05
3.0
56.10
VWTP100 100.0
605
0.10
3.0
VWTP25
104.94
VOLUMETRIC PIPETTES, CLASS A, REUSABLE GLASS

These SIBATA Volumetric Pipets meet ASTM E-969 Class A Specifications and USP Standards for
Volumetric Glassware. These pipets have sharp and permanent graduation lines and are calibrated to
deliver. Feature permanent amber markings and color-codings which are enameled onto the glass.
Sold in packs.

CAPACITY LENGTH TOLERANCE CODE
PACK
MODEL (ML) (MM) (ML) COLOR QTY PACK
VTP1 1.0 345 0.006 BLUE 12
$31.32
VTP2 2.0 355 0.006 ORANGE 12 33.72
VTP3 3.0 360 0.01 BLACK 12
39.48
VTP4 4.0 365 0.01 2-RED 12
39.48
VTP25
VTP5 5.0 375 0.01 WHITE 12

43.08
VTP10 10.0 440
0.02
RED
VTP25 25.0 480
0.03
BLUE
6 42.90
VTP50 50.0 540
0.05
RED
6 54.12
12 76.92
BURETS WITH PTFE STOPCOCKS, CLASS A

These VEE GEE Burets meet ASTM E287 Class A specifications. Made from precision, uniform Schott
DURAN true-bore tubing ensures the stipulated capacity tolerances. These burets feature durable,
permanent markings, fine sharp lines and easy-to-read numbers. They are supplied with PTFE stopcocks
to eliminate freezing and lubricant contamination and to provide a precision fit within the barrel. All sizes
supplied with a 2mm stopcock bore plug.
VGB50
GRADUATION APPROX.

CAPACITY
INTERVAL
TOLERANCE
O.D. X HEIGHT
MODEL (ML) (ML) (ML) (MM)
VGB10
EACH
$31.90
10
0.05
0.02
9 X 510
VGB25
25
0.10
0.03
12 X 500
31.90
VGB50
50
0.10
0.05
13 X758
35.20
VGB100
100
0.20
0.10
17 X775
40.70
358 LAB EQUIPMENT

Pipette Bulbs/Rack/Pump
LPB15
RUBBER BULBS, HIGH QUALITY

These large rubber bulbs are made to use with pipettes.
MODEL
SIZE (MM)
OVERALL CAPACITY
DIAMETER
LPB15
38 X 60
15 ML
4 MM
$11.64 $10.48
EACH
6+
LPB35
45 X 66
35 ML
6 MM
11.27 10.14
PIPETTE RACK
Designed for drying and storing glass and plastic pipettes in a vertical
5 x 10 space. Top and middle racks have 5/8 (16 mm) diameter holes,
bottom deck holes are tapered from 16 mm to 6 mm. Autoclavable.
MODEL EACH
PR4 $36.61
PR4
PIPETTE PUMP
LPP10
MODEL CAPACITY OAL
EACH 12+
LPP2 2 ML
16 CM
$21.60 $19.66
LPP10
10 ML
16 CM
21.77 19.81
LPP25
25 ML
19 CM
26.27 23.91
Easy-to-use, easy-to-clean and very accurate.

The rotating wheel can be moved forward or
backward for precise filling or emptying.
For rapid emptying, depress the plunger on top.
Each size (16 cm is about 6") is a different color.
All pumps will accept pipette diameters from
4 to 8 mm. Pumps should be selected to match
the volumetric capacity of the pipette to be used.
MEASURING PIPETTES
Made of translucent polypropylene. Easy to read and highly chemical-resistant.
Delivers to tip, last drop must be blown out.
MODEL CAPACITY
OAL
EACH 12+
LPM1 1 ML
31 CM
$10.92 $9.61
LPM2 2 ML
36 CM
12.01 10.57
LPM5 5 ML
33 CM
13.10 11.53
LPM10
30 CM
5.46 4.80
10 ML
LPM1
LPM2
LPM5
LPM10
LAB EQUIPMENT 359

Calipers/Timers
DIAL CALIPERS
These Swiss-made, 6" (15 cm) dial calipers measure inches on dial to .01" and in 1/64" plus mm on
venier to 1.0 mm. They're made of fiberglass-reinforced nylon for use in corrosive environments.
They measure outside, inside, depth and step.
MODEL
CD6
EACH 4+
$44.25 $39.83
STOPWATCH, WATER-RESISTANT
Counts up to 24 hours in 1/100 second resolution for the first 30 minutes and
a one second resolution thereafter. Also has a 12/24-hour alarm clock,
calendar and an hourly chime option. Includes neck strap and battery.
Dimensions: 21/2" x 2" x 1/2".
MODEL
8112
EACH 4+
$11.00 $9.90
SIMULTANEOUS START TIMER

This is the only multichannel timer on which different channels can be set
independently but start simultaneously. Has one of the loudest alarms
availableuseful around high background noise. Four channels count 100
hours either up or down with 1-second resolution, a fifth channel works as a
calendar and alarm clock and a sixth channel is a 10-hour stopwatch with 1/100
second resolution. The timer has a built-in stand for benchtop use, clips to a
pocket or sticks to any metal surface with a magnetic back. Uses one AAA
battery (included); measures 21/2" x 27/8" x 1/2" and weighs 2 oz.
MODEL
810027
EACH 4+
$24.00 $21.60

360 LAB EQUIPMENT

Scales
SPRING HANGING SCALES

Brass construction with cad-plated steel spring. Deeply embossed black
graduations for easy reading in both lbs and kg. Made in USA.
CAPACITY
READABILITY
SHIP WT.
MODEL (LBS/KG) (OZ/G) LENGTH (LBS)
EACH 4+
SB91 2/1 /20 6 0.5 $90.91 $82.73

SB92 4/2
1/50 61/8 0.5 90.91 82.73
SB93 10/5 4/100 65/8 0.6 90.91 82.73

SB94 25/12.5 4/100
83/8
SB95 50/25 8/250 81/4
0.9
90.91 82.73
0.9
90.91 82.73
SB92
SB93
SB94
Chatillon is a registered trademark of Ametek, Inc.
MECHANICAL HANGING SCALES

All models feature a glass covered 7 dial that reads clockwise. These scales
feature a corrosion resistant band, bezel and housing and have a rugged, steel
inner frame. Scale capacities are reached in two pointer revolutions. Scoops
measure 12 x 13 x 6 deep, galvanized steel. Model SB7 is classified as Legal
for Trade. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
MODEL CAPACITY
SB7
READABILITY REVOLUTIONS
SHIP WT.
(LBS) EACH
Hanging Scales with Scoop

SB8
SB6
20 LBS
1 OZ.
5.5
SB7*
20 LBS
1 OZ.
6.0
$257.00
247.69
SB80
20 KG
50 G
4.2
234.85
$341.94
Hanging Scales with S Hook

SB8
60 LBS
1 OZ.
8.4
SB9
200 LBS
0.5 LBS.
12.00
387.00
SB90
100 KG
500 G
12.00
356.00
*When weighing products for sale, use a scale labeled Legal for Trade.
DIGITAL HANGING SCALES

These scales are mounted in heavy plastic cases, well-suited for aquaculture
uses. Shock-resistant and weather-resistant (not waterproof), they measure in
both kg and lbs. 1 digital readout has .1 resolution. Include stainless steel
hooks and hangers. Use 9V battery (included). One-year warranty.
MODEL
CAPACITY
(LBS)
READABILITY
(LBS)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
CS25
50
0.1
$595.00
CS225
250
0.1
595.00
EACH
DIGITAL HANGING SCALES

These weather-resistant (not waterproof) scales have 1" digital readouts and
are accurate to .1%. They are mounted in aluminum cases and measure in
both kg and lbs. Scales use six D batteries that can last up to one year.
One-year warranty.
MODEL
CAPACITY
(LBS)
READABILITY
(LBS)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
CS71
100
0.05
EACH
$945.00
CS73
300
0.1
945.00
CS7
500
0.2
945.00
CS25
CS73
LAB EQUIPMENT 361

Balances/Scales
MECHANICAL TRIPLE BEAM BALANCE

The OHAUS Triple Pro mechanical balance includes weight set and rod & clamp
assembly for below balance weighing necessary for specific gravity
determinations. Metal base and beam, stainless steel plate.
Two notched and tiered beams to provide ease in reading
Positive poise positioning ensuring repeatable results
Spring loaded zero adjust compensator
Magnetic dampening which minimizes oscillation and speeds up weighing

CAPACITY
READABILITY
SHIP WT.
MODEL (GRAMS) (GRAMS) PLATFORM (LBS)
SB12-2 2610
0.1
5.8X5.8
EACH
8 $163.00
10-YEAR WARRANTY
PORTABLE TOP LOADING SCALES

The OHAUS CL Compact scales are lightweight, portable scales perfectly
suited for use in industrial, quality control, formulation, and dietary weighing.
Rugged housing with integral platform ring for stacking and storing.
One-year warranty.
Durable ABS platform and housing
Simple 2-button keypad
RF protection for use near cell phones and production areas

CAPACITY
READABILITY
SHIP WT.
MODEL (GRAMS) (GRAMS) PLATFORM (LBS)
EACH
SP200 200
0.1
12.75
1.3 $79.00
SP2000 2000
1.0
12.75
1.3
79.00
SP5000 5000
1.0
12.75
1.3
99.00
SP200
PORTABLE TOP LOADING SCALES

The OHAUS CS Compact scales, models SB200, SB2 and SB5 feature full
capacity tare and high-contrast LCD display. Operates on 3 AA batteries or
AC adapter (both included). One-year warranty.
ABS housing, stainless steel pan
Low battery indicator, auto shut-off, external push button calibration
Measures grams, pound:ounce, newton
The OHAUS Navigator, model SB120, features automatic calibration.
AC adapter (included) or use 8 AA batteries (not included). One-year warranty.
Made in USA.
Two touchless sensors free up your hands for handling samples
SB200
Can withstand loads up to 400% of its rated capacity

M
easures grams, kilograms, pounds, ounces, pound:ounce, newton,
and more

CAPACITY
READABILITY
MODEL (GRAMS) (GRAMS) PLATFORM
SB200
0.1
5.5 DIA.
EACH
$114.00
SB2 2000 1.0
5.5
3
114.00
SB5 5000 2.0
5.5
3
134.00
SB120
SB120
200
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
SB2A
2100
0.1
7.5 X 6.5
WEIGH PAN, 61/2X 61/2 X 2 DEEP
810.00
28.00
Ohaus is a registered trademark of Ohaus Corp.
SB2A
362 LAB EQUIPMENT

Scales
DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The Ohaus ES Series contains large LCD, membrane keypad, autozero tracking and stability indicator. The
3-way mounting bracket allows the ABS plastic indicator to be mounted to the scale base, above the scale
platform or on any ver tical sur face. Powered by a 9V adapter (included) or six A A batteries (not included).
Indicator stand is 4. Stainless steel platform and painted steel frame. One-year warranty.
M
easures in kilograms, ounces, pounds, pound:ounce (except model ES200L)
L
ow-profile platform
3
-way mounting bracket included (column, wall and platform)
ES6R
ES100L
MODEL
CAPACITY
(LBS/KG)
READABILITY
(LBS/G)
PLATFORM SIZE
(IN/MM)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
ES6R
13.2/6
.005/2
12.2X10.8/310X270
10
$584.00
ES30R 66/30
.05/10
12.2X10.8/310X270
10
584.00
ES50R 110/50
.05/20
12.2X10.8/310X270
10
584.00
ES100L 220/100
0.1/50
20.5X15.7/520X400
36
625.00
0.2/0.1 KG
20.5X15.7/520X400
36
625.00
ES200L
440/200
EACH
COMPACT DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The OHAUS SD Series Compact Bench Scales are perfect for shipping, receiving, and general bench
applications. Easy two-button operation and a large LCD display help guarantee accurate and
unmistakable results. The three-way mounting bracket allows you to mount the indicator to the scale
base, above the scale platform, or on any vertical surface. AC adaptor (included) or three C batteries
(not included). One-year warranty.
Measures in kilograms and pounds
Painted steel platform and frame
Includes software for weighing, display hold and dynamic weighing
MODEL
CAPACITY
(LBS/KG)
SC77 77/35
PLATFORM
DIA.
READABILITY
0.05LB/20G
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
12.4X11
EACH
8.1 $179.00
SC165 165/75
0.1LB/50G
20.5X15.7
9.5
329.00
SC440 440/200
0.2LB/0.1KG
20.5X15.7
36.0
349.00
PORTABLE SCALES
The OHAUS Scout Pro Portable Balances feature easy-to-use two-button operation, a high-contrast LCD
display, multiple weighing units, four application modes, and the option of either RS232 or USB connectivity.
Auto-calibrated. AC Adapter (included) or 4 AA Batteries (not included). One-year warranty.
M
easures in grams, kilograms, ounces, pounds, pound:ounce, pennyweight, ounce troy
A
BS housing, removable stainless steel weighing platform
L
ow battery indicator and auto shut-off
SB41
MODEL
CAPACITY
(LBS/KG)
READABILITY
(GRAMS)
PLATFORM
DIA.
SB41
200
.01
4.5
4
$328.97
SB42
400
.1
4.5
4
204.00
SB43
600
.1
4.5
4
302.00
SB42-A
115/230V REPLACEMENT ADAPTOR FOR ABOVE MODELS
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
31.80
PORTABLE HAND HELD SCALES

The OHAUS HH Series hand held scales with sleek styling and small, convenient size making them ideal to
take anywherethrow it in a briefcase or drop it in a backpack. Feature energy-saving shut-off and a large
LCD display and backlight. Operates on 2 AAA Batteries (included). One-year warranty.
ABS housing, ABS protective snap-on cover, ABS weighing platform
Measures grams, ounces, ounce troy, pennyweight
Low battery indicator, overload and underload indicators, external push button calibration,
button activated luminescent display
CAPACITY
MODEL (LBS/KG)
READABILITY
(GRAMS)
PLATFORM
DIA.
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
SB563
EACH
SB563 120
.1
$142.00
SB564 320
.1
176.00
SB564
LAB EQUIPMENT 363

Scales
LEGAL FOR TRADE FOOD SCALES, WATER RESISTANT

The OHAUS Valor 4000 water resistant food scales feature touchless operation,
speed, and durability. Offers large dual red LED front and rear displays, food
safety and legal for trade approvals and puncture resistant keypads, making it
the premiere scale for use in dry or washdown environments. Easy to Clean,
Less than 0.5s Stabilization Time, Easy-to-transport, Power Jack Auto-closed
Design, Level Bubble, Fixed Weighing platform, Overload and Underload
Indicators, Low Battery Indicator, AC Adapter, Rechargeable Battery,
Touchless Sensor for Tare Function. One -year warranty.
Measures in grams, kilograms, pounds, ounces, pound:ounce
Stainless Steel Platform and Stainless Steel Top Housing
Food-safe washdown design thats NSF Certified
A polycarbonate keypad that can endure contact with knives
or sharp instruments
Flow-thru, water resistant design channels fluids thru drain holes
keeping the scale clean and operational
NSF/ANSI 169 Certified and USDA-AMS Accepted

CAPACITY
READABILITY
PLATFORM
SHIP WT.
MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/G) (IN) (LBS) EACH
WS00-1
6/3
0.001/0.5
7.5 X 9.5
8.1
$179.00
WS02-1
15/6
0.002/1.0
7.5 X 9.5
9.5
329.00
WS03-1
30/15
0.005/2.0
7.5 X 9.5
36.0
349.00
FOOD SCALE, WATER RESISTANT

The OHAUS Valor 2000 water resistant food scales feature large dual red LED
front and rear displays, food safety and puncture resistant keypads, making it
the premiere value scale for use in dry or washdown environments. Easy to
clean, less than 0.5s stabilization time, easy-to-transport, power jack
auto-closed design, level bubble, fixed weighing platform, low battery indicator,
AC adapter, rechargeable lead acid battery, non-slip leveling feet. One-year
warranty.
Measures in grams, kilograms, pounds, ounces, pound:ounce
Stainless Steel Platform and ABS housing
With less than half a second stabilization time and front and rear LED displays,
multiple operators can efficiently utilize one scale for the same job
A polycarbonate keypad that can endure contact with knives
or sharp instruments
Flow-thru, water resistant design channels fluids thru drain holes
keeping the scale clean and operational
NSF/ANSI 169 Certified and USDA-AMS Accepted

CAPACITY
READABILITY
PLATFORM
SHIP WT.
MODEL (LBS/KG) (LBS/G) (IN) (LBS) EACH
30035683
6/3
0.001/0.5
7.5 X 9.5
8.8
$297.50
Valor is a registered trademark of Ohaus Corp.

364 LAB EQUIPMENT

Scales/Weighing Boats
DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The Ohaus Defender 3000 Series is ideal for general weighing and simple counting applications in
production, packaging, warehouse, inventory, shipping and receiving areas. Features a simple,
yet rugged, tubular-frame base design and indicators with tactile keys, 1 inch high LCD weight display
with high-contrast backlight, built-in rechargeable battery operation and flexible mounting capabilities.
Parts counting mode with selectable sample sizes, last sample size and average piece weight data.
T31P indicator features a high-impact durable ABS housing with reversible face for either wall,
column or table-top mounting. One-year warranty.
M
easures in grams, kilograms, ounces, pounds, pound:ounce
M
aximum resolution 1:6000-7500d
3
04 stainless steel pan with painted carbon steel frame and aluminum IP67 load cell
A
djustable non-slip rubber leveling feet with externally visible level indicator
B
uilt-in RS232 for printing and data connection
E
asy to operate with 4-key membrane keypad with raised tactile keys.
A
C adapter and internal rechargeable lead acid battery
MODEL
CAPACITY
(LBS/KG)
READABILITY
(LBS/G)
PLATFORM
SIZE
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
D66
66/30
0.01/5
14X12
33.0
$579.00
D132
132/60
0.02/10
14X12
33.0
599.00
D330
330/150
0.05/20
21.7X16.5
51.0
699.00
D660
660/300
0.1/50
25.6X19.7
82.0
729.00
WASHDOWN DIGITAL BENCH SCALES

The Ohaus Defender 5000 Series is ideal for production, packaging and general commercial and industrial
weighing applications where full washdown protection is required. All-stainless steel washdown base
and stainless steel column with IP66/NEMA 4X protection for indicator, with load cells protected to IP67.
Multifunctional indicator with multiple weighing units and software modes to meet the requirements of
industrial and lab applications. Includes comprehensive, yet intuitive software and multiple connectivity
options. Multiple weighing modes including counting, percent weighing, dynamic/animal weighing,
check weighing and display hold. Has internal universal switching power supply with hardwired line cord
and includes RS232 interface with GMP/GLP data output including date and time.
One-year warranty.
Measures in grams, kilograms, ounces, pounds, pound:ounce, metric tons,
and user-defined custom units.
10,00012,500d default resolution.
1:5,000 NTEP-certified/Measurement Canada-approved resolution.
Quick display of results using large LCD with high-contrast white backlight.
Temporary display of 10x readability in weighing mode with quick key press.
Easy to operate with 4-key membrane keypad with raised tactile keys.
MODEL
CAPACITY
(LBS/KG)
READABILITY
(LBS/G)
PLATFORM SIZE
(IN/MM)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
WDS25
25/10
0.002/1
12X12/305X305
42.8
$1,648.00
WDS50
50/25
0.005/2
12X12/305X305
42.8
1,648.00
WDS100
100/50
0.01/5
18X18/457X457
77.5
2,064.00
WDS250
250/100
0.02/10
18X18/457X457
77.5
2,064.00
WDS500 500/250 0.05/10
24X24/610X610 103.9
Defender is a registered trademark of Ohaus Corp.
SCALE WEIGHING BOATS

These rubberized weighing boats resist temperatures to 200F (93C) and flex
readily for easy pouring. Flat bottom and shallow shape resist tipping.
Biologically inert and resistant to weak acids, aqueous solutions, alcohol and
chemicals. Sold in packs of 100.
MODEL
PACK
WP2
9 X 9 X 2.5 CM
WP3
14 X 14 X 2.2 CM
10+
$6.50 $5.84
9.25 8.32
WP2
2,761.00
LAB EQUIPMENT 365

Gloves/Goggles/Apron/Cleaner
GLOVES, LOW-COST NITRILE
SAFETY GOGGLES
This is a 100% nitrile, nonlatex, utility-grade glove, lightly dusted with

USP-grade cornstarch. N-DEX Original gloves are ambidextrous,
91/2" long, 4-mil and sold 100 gloves to a box. Not sterile. Weigh 2 lbs/box.
Comfortable protection at a low price!

P VC frames with polycarbonate lenses.
Meets ANSI Z87.1-1989 Standard.
MODEL
GL2218
EACH 6+
$4.85 $4.37
GL701
MODEL
BOX
GL701
MEDIUM
$15.76
GL702
LARGE
15.76
GL703
X-LARGE
15.76
AQUALIFE MULTI-DUTY CLEANER

Super concentrateddilute up to 20 times!
APRON
This PVC apron is 20 mil thick with extra long
cloth neck and waist ties. PVC grommets are
welded to apron for greater strength and longer
wear. FDA-accepted. Measures 35" x 45".
A high-quality cleaner designed for use in fish

hatcheries, aquaculture facilities and fish and food
processing plants. Quickly loosens organic soiling,
allowing easy removal of biofilm, grease, oils,
waste and more. Biodegradable, nonhazardous,
phosphate-free and contains no volatile organic
compounds (VOCs). NSF-certified for use in food
processing facilities.
MODEL
AQU128
1 GALLON
MODEL
05-157GR
EACH 10+
$10.56 $8.98
EACH
$25.00
LIQUINOX CLEANER
ALCONOX CLEANER
LiquiNox is a special formulation of anionic and

cationic detergents and wetting agents. It has high
cleaning power, yet is mild to skin and contains
no phosphates. Used for cleaning glass, metal,
rubber, plastic and hard-surface materials.
Has a pH of 8.5 and a biodegradable base.
Ideal for general laboratory use, Alconox cleaner

is excellent for glassware, plastic, metal, porcelain
and rubber. Removes grease, blood and tissue and
is odorless and nontoxic. Usual dilution rate is one
tablespoon to one gallon of water. Weighs 4 lbs.
MODEL
AX4
SHIP WT (LBS)
MODEL
EACH
LN1 QUART
$21.92
LN4 GALLON
11
74.26
EACH 4+
$37.00 $33.30
Alconox is a registered trademarks of Alconox, Inc.
LiquiNox is a registered trademarks of Alconox, Inc.,
LN1
366 LAB EQUIPMENT

Brushes/Handles
DECK BRUSH
This is a 10" wide, heavy-duty scrub brush with 17/8" plastic fill for wet cleaning
of floors and tanks. Waxed wood block has one threaded hole.
MODEL
EACH
BD1
4+
$9.10 $8.34
HARDWOOD HANDLE, THREADED

Use it with our 10" deck brush (BD1) and
other threaded brushes, squeegees, etc.
Has wooden threads.
MODEL
EACH
4+
BH1
$7.54
$7.06
FLOOR SQUEEGEES
Heavy Neoprene blade for rough use. Galvanized steel frame and
handle socket. Uses tapered wood handle (BS1), sold separately.
BS2
EACH
BS3
4+
BS2
(24")
$31.50 $29.68
BS3
(36")
40.00 37.24
HARDWOOD HANDLE, TAPERED

11/8" in diameter and 60" long. Use it with our 24"
(BS2) and 36" (BS3) squeegees and others.
MODEL
EACH
BS1
4+
$7.95 $7.16
UTILITY BRUSHES
MODEL
BU1
BU2
BU2
BU1
CORNER BRUSH
The corner brush is designed to clean corners, crevices, and other hardto-reach areas. It has synthetic bristles and the handle has a 45-degree
angle design. For a long reach, the brush has a connection that allows
attachment to a male threaded broom handle or telescopic pole.
MODEL
CB003
EACH
4+
$10.25
$9.23
EACH
4+
$6.69 $6.00
9.53
8.52
LAB EQUIPMENT 367

Racks/Wipes/Brushes
BENCHTOP DRAINING RACK

This polystyrene/metal lab rack provides drying and storage of laboratory
glassware of most any type or size. The bottom drainage tray can
hold pipettes, glass rods and test tubes, and the rack also has 26 pegs.
Measures 19" H x 61/2" D x 163/4" W.
MODEL EACH
LD2 $104.41
KIMWIPES EX-L WIPES

Single-ply wipes are soft, nonabrasive and safe for most delicate surfaces.
Wipes clean, providing extra low lint and high extractable performance.
Packaged in pop-up dispenser.
MODEL
KW48
SHIP WT (LBS)
15" X 17", 140/BOX
EACH
4+
$17.25 $16.04
Kimwipes is a registered trademark of Kimberly-Clark Corp.
FOAM BRUSHES
A variety of sizes and shapes makes these foam brushes ideal for delicate
labware. Acid-resistant foam bristles will gently scrub glassware without
scratching. Use with acrylic or any other delicate material.
EACH
BR55
MODEL
DIA. OAL
BR55
GLASSWARE BRUSH
7/8"
16"
$6.45 $5.94
12+
BR60
SHORT GLASSWARE BRUSH
23/4"
10"
5.12 4.72
BR130
LONG LAB BRUSH
3"
19"
6.18 5.67
BR60
BR130
CARBOY BRUSHES
CBR16
CBR12
A hinged joint and a wooden handle make the CBR8 great for use in carboys
and flasks as well as other glassware. The 7" brush is made of nylon bristles,
while smaller brushes are made of hog bristles.
MODEL
OAL
CBR8
22"
7" X 13/4" DIA. BRUSH
EACH 12+
$17.68 $15.92
CBR12
31/2" X 11/2" DIA. BRUSH
16"
11.54 10.66
CBR16
4" X 15/8" DIA. BRUSH
14"
11.96 10.77
CBR8
368 LAB EQUIPMENT

Brushes
BR25
ASSORTED BRUSHES
These brushes can be used for any cleaning application, including glassware.
A wide variety of shapes and sizes provides a brush for every need. The snake
brush is great for cleaning pipes and the smaller brushes are useful for
hard-to-reach fittings. The 3-piece kit (BR122) has one brush 5" x 11/2", 14" OAL;
one brush 1" x 11/4", 8" OAL; and one brush 5/16" x 1", 8" OAL. Made in USA.
BR33
MODEL
BR68
BR87
DIA. X LENGTH
OAL
BR25
DELUXE BOTTLE BRUSH
11/2" X 5"
14"
EACH
12+
BR33
SPOUT BRUSH
3/8" X 3"
13"
3.60 3.24
BR68
BRUSH W/10' SNAKE
4" X 2"
120"
10.45 9.41
$3.60 $3.24
BR80
BRUSH W/10" SNAKE
5/8" X 1/2"
15"
4.70 4.23
BR87
LONG HANDLE BRUSH
2" X 6"
22"
4.75 4.28
BR122 3-PIECE BRUSH KIT (SEE ABOVE FOR SPECS)
7.35 6.62
BR129 2-IN-1 BRUSH
11/2" X 4"
14"
3.80
BR225 TEST TUBE BRUSH
5/8" X 6"
8"
3.80 3.42
BR122
3.42
BR129
BR225
PIPETTE BRUSH
Tapering bristles from 1/4" to 3/4" x 71/2" L. Overall length is 17".
MODEL EACH
B17
$4.94
BOTTLE BRUSH
Bristles mounted on galvanized wire handle for use with cylinders, large tubes
and bottles. Brush is 5" L x 2" dia. Overall length is 16".
MODEL EACH
B16 $5.16
TUBING BRUSH
Galvanized wire handle with white bristles for cleaning burets, pipettes and
long tubing. Brush is 51/4" L x 11/2" dia. Overall length is 36".
MODEL EACH
B36 $4.41
TEST TUBE BRUSHES

Radial tufted tip and tapered design for cleaning test tubes and bottles.
B9
B10
MODEL
B9
3" L X 7/16" DIA. (9" OVERALL LENGTH)
B10
31/2" L X 3/4" DIA. (10" OVERALL LENGTH)
EACH
$2.65
2.65
FEED & LIVE ORGANISMS 369
Product
370 Larval Feeds
383 Directional Fish Feeders
371 Toxicology Food
384 Belt Feeders/Koi Feeders
372 Planktonic/Flake
385 Vibratory Feeders/Accessories
373 Aquarium
387 Solar Feeders
375 Freeze-Dried/Feeder/Clips
388 Auger Feeder/Vibratory Feeder
376 Koi
389 Hoppers/Demand Feeders
381 Feeding Control Systems
390 Algae Food/Measuring Stick/

Microalgae Packs
382 Robot Feeding System/Drum

Feeder
392 Brine Shrimp/Hatching Jars/

Accessories
395 Additives
396 Algae Bioreactor
398 Rotifer Production Systems
399 Enrichments
401 Live Organisms and Fish
391 Mesh Bags/Filters/Disc Cultures
370 FEED
Larval Feeds
ARTIFICIAL PLANKTON-ROTIFER
APR is a microencapsulated feed that can be used as a replacement for rotifers
(Brachionus plicatilis), making it a great food for feeding larval shrimp and fish.
Its high fat content and excellent fatty acid profile will produce post-larvae of
uniform size. Approximate particle size is 100 microns. Application: to feed
4 million shrimp (Penaeus monodon), original stocking density, in a 50-ton
water tank, add an average of 60 g/day during the zoel stages, 75 g/day during
the mysid stages, and 50 g/day during the PL stages, until PL20 is reached.
For fish feed, mix a small amount of water to create an emulsion. Feed small
amounts 46 times per day. Sold in 300-gram can.
MODEL
APR1
EACH
4+
$16.50
$15.50
CONTENT ANALYSIS
Min crude protein
32%
Min crude fat
39%
Max ash (minerals)
7%
Max moisture
7%
OTOHIME LARVAL FEEDS

Compare to BioKyowa!
Otohime larval feeds are specially formulated in Japan to meet the needs of
marine fish. They have been used in both ornamental and food fish hatcheries
around the world. Available in slow-sinking pellet sizes of 200 microns to
2.3 mm. Krill, fish and squid meal are the main protein sources, making it a
nutritious diet.
MODEL
EACH
T2360
B1 DIET, 200360 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS
$54.24
T2620
B2 DIET, 360620 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS
59.90
T2920
C1 DIET, 620920 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS
49.05
T2940
C2 DIET, 9201,410 MICRONS, 4.4 LBS
45.60
T3115
EP1 DIET, 1.5 MM, 22 LBS
92.18
T3315
EP2 DIET, 2.3 MM, 44 LBS
159.43
T3315
T2940
T2360
ZEIGLER LARVAL AP100 DIET
AMERICAN BP ROTIFER REPLACEMENT DIET
Larval diet consists of very fine, granulated microcapsules scientifically

formulated to feed fish and shrimp during larval and postlarval stages. It has
been used to successfully raise larvae of penaeid shrimp, trout, koi, catfish,
lobster, shiners, many game fish and tropical fish. The formula consists of a
highly digestible mixture of marine and animal proteins, vegetable protein,
yeast, vegetable starches, fish and vegetable oils, vitamin and mineral
premixes, pigments, antioxidants and biodegradable binders. Minimum
protein content 50%. Sold in 500-gram (1.1 lb) cans with a 12-month
shelf life. Includes Vpak supplements to enhance disease resistance.
This microencapsulated feed can be used as a replacement for rotifers. High

levels of protein (50%) and very high fat levels (30%) make this an excellent diet
for fish and shrimp during early larval stages. The high fat level spares protein
for growth and provides large amounts of highly unsaturated fatty acids
(HUFA), which are necessary during the early stages of growth.
MODEL
BP500
EACH
4+
<50 MICRONS
ZOEA1 TO ZOEA3
$44.04
$41.43
LD100
<100 MICRONS
ZOEA3 TO MYSIS3
40.00
37.63
LD150
100150 MICRONS
MYSIS1 TO PL23
33.21
31.25
LD50
LARVAL STAGE
MODEL
LD250
150250 MICRONS
PL1 TO PL6
28.27
26.64
LD400
250400 MICRONS
PL34 TO PL8
23.54
22.14
LD100
LD150
LD250
500 G
EACH
4+
$26.35
$24.24
LD400
Zeigler is a registered trademark of Zeigler Bros., Inc. Vpak is a registered trademark of Dr.s Wellcare Corp.
FEED 371
Toxicology Food
ZEIGLER AQUATOX FOOD
TECH TALK 118

Calculation of Pond and Tank Volume
Determining the volume of your pond or tank accurately can be critical for many reasons,
including sizing of pumps, piping, filters, etc., when calculating stocking rates and for correct
chemical dosages.
Volume is calculated by multiplying surface area times depth. Some geometric shapes are
simple to calculate, e.g., squares, rectangles and circles. Unfortunately, many ponds are free
form in shape and/or have variable depths. Their volume can be estimated by dividing the pond
surface into simple geometric shapes, calculating the volume of each section based on depth
and adding all sections. Be sure to include the water in filters, piping, waterfalls, etc.
Aquatox is a specially formulated diet for maintenance and growth of fish

used in aquatic toxicology research and in biological and biomedical
research. The ingredients and nutrient components are kept constant to
minimize nutrient variability and are especially selected for low levels of
recognized contaminants. Formulated as a complete diet, Aquatox contains
Stay-C, a stable form of vitamin C. Flakes are .1 mm thick. Complete
ingredient list, amino acid, mineral and vitamin concentrations are available
upon request. Oxygen-absorbing packet included.
MODEL
AX5
5-LB BAG
EACH
4+
$44.73
$42.53
Alternative methods of determining the volume include:

1. Checking with the contractor who built the pond for records of pond area and volume.
2. Obtaining aerial photographs from which the pond area can be estimated.
3. Surveying the ponds using a transit to determine area (get depths from topography).
4. Drawing the pond on graph paper divided into squares of known size to calculate
surface area.
5. D etermining the area using CAD software.
6. Filling the pond using a totalizing water meter.
7. Estimating the volume by adding a known measure of salt, then determining the volume
by salinity.
The following tables present equations that are used to calculate the area and volume of
various geometric shapes.
Area Calculation
r2
r1r2
lh
1/2 ab
1/2 hc
1/2 ns2 cot (180/n)
Volume Calculation
abc
1/3 abh
1/3 r2h
r2h
4/9 abh
1/3 h2 (3r-h)
Shape
Circle
Ellipse
Rectangle
Right Triangle
General Triangle
Regular Polygon
Shape
Cube
Pyramid
Cone
Cylinder
Elliptical Depression
Sphere Segment
Volume in Cubic Feet x 7.48 = Gallons
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS
Min crude protein
43%
Min crude fat
13%
Max crude fiber

Max ash
1.5%
10.5%
Max moisture
10%
Area
r1
r2
h
Circle
Ellipse
Rectangle
n = # sides
c
General Triangle
Regular Polygon
b
a
Right Triangle
Volume
a
h
a
b
Cube
r
Pyramid
AVF6
AVF7
AVF8
Cone
r
a
h
Cylinder
r
Elliptical Depression
h
Sphere Segment
We've got some great vibratory feeders that will handle many foods
(including fine and moist foods). See page 385.
372 FEED
Planktonic/Flake
CONCENTRATED PLANKTONIC FEED

These products ship Next Day Air, FOB CA.
Arcti Pods Fish Food
Phyto Feast Fish Food
Arcti Pods are large, nutrition-packed planktonic copepods (3,000

microns) harvested fresh from arctic waters. Great for fish and
invertebrates such as LPS corals, anenomes,
zoanthids and brittle stars. Rich in
carotenoids, which bring out the color of your
animals. Also contain protein, omega-3 and
-6 fatty acids and waxy esters for growth.
32-oz bottle, 12 teaspoons treat 100 gal.
Provides a diversity of phyto-pigments, lipids, omega-3s, amino acids,

carbohydrates and cell sizes. Proprietary harvesting and stabilizing processes
keep cells intact and ensure nutrients get to your animals. This blend of the
most important marine microalgae (Pavlova, Isochrysis, Thalassiosira,
Tetraselmis and Nannochloropsis) will help your tank diversity improve,
encourage your invertebrates to come out to feed and even help difficult-tokeep animals thrive. 32-oz bottle.
Roti Feast Fish Food

Get superior color, vitality and growth rates! Roti Feast is a highly nutritious
plankton feed perfect for hard corals, larval fish and other reef carnivores
that feed on small zooplankton. Rotifers are a critical feed used in marine fish
and invertebrate hatcheries around the world. Contains tens of millions of
fully intact marine rotifers Brachionus plicatilis with millions of eggs. 32-oz
bottle, 4 oz treat 100 gal.
MODEL
EACH
PFC32
PHYTO FEAST
RF32
ROTI FEAST
AP32
ARCTI PODS
$31.45
70.00
73.50
Phyto Feast , Roti Feast and Arcti Pods

are registered trademarks of Reed Mariculture, Inc.
AP32
PFC32
RF32
FLAKE FOOD
Whether youre a hatchery
manager, breeder or fish hobbyist,
what is more important than
high-q uality food? Flake food is a
highly nutritional food packaged
and priced for the professional.
We offer ten varieties in two
package sizes.
ALL PENTAIR AES FOODS ARE

PACKAGED IN POLYESTER FILM
BAGS WITH O2 ABSORBERS TO
ENSURE FRESHNESS.
BEEF HEART FLAKE FOOD
COLOR TROPICAL MARINE
A 46% protein flake with trimmed beef

hearts as the main ingredient.
Excellent for breeder fish to stimulate
egg and fry production. A good
substitute for earthworm flake.
Similar to tropical flake but with

higher levels of color enhancers. Krill
and shrimp meal are also added. 45%
protein content.
MODEL
MODEL
EACH
F0F
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
F0E
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
$53.28 ZCT5
201.00 ZCT25
EACH
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$53.33
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
186.00
ANGELFISH
EGG YOLK
EARTHWORM
KOI AND GOLDFISH FOOD
Similar to tropical flake but with

higher levels of color enhancers.
45% protein content.
Formulated from egg yolk, this food

is a high protein/high fat flake. It is
great for fattening juvenile/larval
fish and thin fish. 45% protein.
A 42% protein flake with a primary

ingredient of earthworms. Breeders
have reported an increase in spawning
of 610 times!
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
Nutritionally balanced food for

goldfish and koi. Increases
digestibility and minimizes waste.
Promotes healthy gill, fin and tissue
development. Also enhances color.
MODEL
EACH
ZAF5
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$44.92
ZAF25
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
163.97
EACH
F05Y
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$58.60
F05E
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$61.79
F25Y
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
198.33
F30E
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
218.27
MODEL
EACH
ZGF5
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$40.94
ZGF25
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
136.69
PLANKTON/KRILL/SPIRULINA TROPICAL
BRINE SHRIMP
SPIRULINA
A special formula of plankton, Antarctic

krill (Euphausia superba), Pacific krill
(Euphausia pacifica) and Spirulina.
A choice food with 44% protein.
Consisting primarily of baby brine

shrimp, this flake formula has a
protein content of 50%. Flakes are
fortified with vitamins and minerals.
Fat content at least 13% and low fiber
content of 3%.
Excellent source of vitamins and

amino acids. This flake delivers a high
protein content of 38% and is the
choice food for fish requiring
vegetation in their diet.
MODEL
Highly palatable and digestible, flakes

are formulated as a balanced diet.
Provides high levels of Spirulina and
trace elements. 45% protein content.
EACH
MODEL
F05K
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$55.54
ZTF5
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$35.70
EACH
F30K
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
235.01
ZTF25
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
147.00
MODEL
EACH
ZBF5
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$82.23
ZBF25
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
341.67
MODEL
EACH
ZSF5
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
$47.92
ZSF25
25 LBS (11.3 KG)
164.85
FEED 373
Aquarium
FANCY GUPPY FOOD
HIKARI PLANKTON
Formulated exclusively for raising and breeding species of fancy guppies.

Vitamins are encapsulated into a small pellet that becomes soft quickly in
water, yet does not dissolve.
Ideal for feeding fish fry, this plankton-based

food hangs suspended in the water column
where fry can readily feed. It is processed
with a unique low-heat reduction method
that eliminates nutrient loss. Vacuumpacked for freshness, it will help fry grow
strong and healthy. Sold in 4.4-lb bags,
minimum 48% protein.
The feed is high in linolenic acid, which promotes growth and improves the
guppies natural breeding habits.
MODEL
HK41
22 G
EACH
12+
$3.38
$3.13
MODEL
HK170
HK270
HK370
LARVAL
SIZE (MM)
EARLY .2
MIDDLE .2.37
LATE .37.61
MESH
HK170
EACH
80180 $53.35
6080
53.35
3060
53.35
CICHLID GOLD FOOD

Rich in color enhancers, Cichlid Gold is a specially formulated food for
bringing out the brilliant, natural colors of fish. It is ideal for most species of
carnivorous cichlids and works especially well for bringing out the colors in
oscar, firemouth and red devil species. Highly nutritious, its formulated in a
floating pellet form that does not make water cloudy.
MICRO PELLETS FOOD
MODEL
Specially formulated for tetras, barbs and other small tropical fish. Contains a
high level of protein (min 42%), vitamins and nutrients that are encapsulated
in the pellets. Extremely small pellet size (<1 mm) makes it excellent for small
tetras and larval fish.
HK25
MINI, 8.8 OZ, 1/8"
$6.87 $6.47/12+
HK26
MINI, 22 LBS, 1/8"
188.52 179.09/2+
HK27
MEDIUM, 8.8 OZ, 3/16"
MODEL
HK28
MEDIUM 22 LBS, 3/16"
HK40
1 KG
EACH
6+
$69.59
$66.04
EACH
HK29
LARGE, 8.8 OZ, 5/16"
HK30
LARGE, 22 LBS, 5/16"
6.87
6.47/12+
188.52 179.09/2+
6.87
6.47/12+
188.52 179.09/2+
HK25
CICHLID STAPLE
Grams x .0353 = oz
Grams x .0022 = lbs
This cichlid food is specially designed as an economical daily food for most
species of cichlids. Fortified with vitamins and minerals, it is formulated to
provide complete balanced nutrition. Available in two pellet sizes. Pellets float
and will not make water cloudy.
MODEL
HK20
ALGAE WAFERS FOOD

Specially formulated for tetras, barbs and other small tropical fish. Contains a
high level of protein (min 42%), vitamins and nutrients that are encapsulated
in the pellets. Extremely small pellet size (<1 mm) makes it excellent for small
tetras and larval fish.
MODEL
EACH
HK35
250 G
HK36
1 KG
MINI, 22 LBS, 1/8"
HK22 MEDIUM, 22 LBS, 3/16"
2+
$111.31
$105.74
111.31
105.74
12+
$13.28 $12.46/12+
41.34
EACH
HK20
39.02/6+
TECH TALK 17
Fish Food
HK35
Fancy Guppy, Micro Pellets Hikari and Cichlid Gold are

registered trademarks and/or trademarks of Kyorin Co., Ltd.
The cost of fish food can represent 30 to 90% of the total cost of raising fish! In some situations
(like indoor culture), feed must provide 100% of the complex nutritional requirements fish need.
A less-than-complete diet will show up as poor feeding response, slow growth and/or disease
problems. Poor water quality can also be caused by bad feed.
All feed should be used within the normal 6-month shelf life. Do not overfeed. In general, give
fish a little less than they will eat (stop feeding them before they stop feeding).
374 FEED
Aquarium
O.S.I. AQUARIUM FOODS
MODEL
Premium tested formulations.
20031-AQ
FRESHWATER FLAKES, 2.2 LBS
Promotes rapid growth, high survival rates.
20033-AQ
20075
High levels of natural color enhancers.

Ocean Stars International (O.S.I.) has been supplying food products for the
aquarium and aquaculture markets for over a decade. Backed by extensive
research and development, O.S.I.s wide range of flake and pellet foods has
been formulated with exceptional nutritional advantages. All of the foods
contain predigested ingredients for high nutrient absorption as well as natural
color enhancers, feeding attractants and vitamins.
20031
20035-AQ
6029
20032-AQ
$32.25/6+
MARINE FLAKES, 2.2 LBS
34.90
31.41/6+
SPIRULINA FLAKES, 7 OZ
12.50
11.25/12+
SPIRULINA FLAKES, 2.2 LBS
51.47
46.32/6+
CICHLID FLAKES, 2.2 LBS
33.08
29.77/6+
GOLDFISH FLAKES, 2.2 LBS
29.83
26.85/6+
O.S.I. is a registered trademark of Ocean Star International.
20035
6029
20032
TETRA JUMBOKRILL
TETRACOLOR FOOD
Large pacific krill that is vitamin

enriched and excellent for feeding
large fish or mixing with foods.
Rich in astaxanthin, it improves
color and growth.
Originally formulated as a complete discus diet,

this granulated food will enhance color, increase
growth and stimulate feeding. It is excellent for
feeding midwater fish like catfish and cichlids.
Not for sale outside of US.
MODEL
16262
EACH
$35.83
EACH
MODEL
6+
$13.10
10.5 OZ
16200
$12.05
14 OZ
EACH
6+
$44.71
$40.24
TETRAMIN FLAKES
VITA FISH VITAMIN COMPLEX
TetraMin can be used to feed almost any freshwater

fish. It is formulated with over 40 special
ingredients and is very nutritious. The 5.6-oz size
has extra-large flakes.
Created for marine fish, corals and invertebrates,

Vita Fish is a highly concentrated vitamin complex
containing 10 essential vitamins. It is highly soluble,
easily absorbed and can be used as a food additive
to enhance the nutritional quality of dry or live food.
Dosage rate is 2 drops per gallon.
EACH
6+
16155
5.6 OZ
$11.52
$10.65
16106
7.0 OZ
13.87
13.11
16623
4.5 LBS
62.75
58.35
16155
MODEL
EACH
VF641
1 GALLON
$84.29
Vita Fish is a trademark of Marine Enterprises International, LLC.
16623
TetraColor, TetraMin, Tetra are registered trademarks of Tetra GmbH Corp. Fed Rep Germany
FEED 375
Freeze-Dried/Feeder/Clips
BIO-PURE FREEZE-DRIED FOOD

Excellent for many species of fish, Hikari foods
benefit from a pharmaceutical grade freezedrying technique that preserves the nutrition
and palatability commonly lost in freeze-dried
foods. Enriched with vitamins and free of parasites
and bacteria.
MODEL
EACH
33201 BLOOD WORMS, 0.42 OZ
6+
$5.99 $5.19
BIO-Pure is a registered trademark of Kyorin Group (China) Ltd.

Hikari is a registered trademark of Kyorin Co., Ltd.
POND FEEDER 3-YEAR WARRANTY

Once-a-day feeder for small ponds
Flake food or pellets are dispensed slowly over several hours each day
(adjustable quantity and feeding time). This feeder can hold close to
2 cups (approximately 200 grams) of food. Fully weatherproof, it can be
mounted on a pole by the edge of the water or suspended over the water.
One AA battery (included) required for quartz-timed motor. Measures
63/4" x 33/4" x 71/4". Three-year warranty.
MODEL
PF21
EACH 4+
$45.75 $42.05
SEAVEGGIES CLIPS
This unique plastic clip is used to securely hold
marine algae, spinach or other leafy foods for
herbivorous fish. The large suction cup attaches
the clip easily and holds firmly to aquarium glass.
Unlike other clips, it has no metal parts and floats
if it becomes detached from the tank wall.
MODEL EACH
SVC
CONE WORM FEEDER

Use with live worms or flake foods
This large capacity worm feeder holds up to one ounce of bloodworms or
Tubifex worms. It can be used as a free-floating feeder or attached to the
tank wall using the large suction cup (included). The 4-way feeder features
a removable cone that, when detached, allows the floating ring to hold flake
food. Weighs 2 ounces.
$2.05
MODEL
EACH
10525
CONE WORM FEEDER
10526
4-WAY FEEDER
$1.75
1.75
CLIP SHOWN
HOLDING A PIECE
OF SEAWEED.
10526
10525
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Jason Danaher
Jason received his Ph.D. in fisheries and aquaculture from
Auburn University. He has worked with warm water aquaponic
systems for the past 8 years and other methods to integrate
aquaculture with horticulture. He also has experience with
tilapia and freshwater prawn production systems.
376 FEED
Koi
KOI FOODS
We believe Hikari food is one of the best names in the business. Koi have
been eating Hikari food for over 100 years! We buy direct to give you the
freshest food at the best price. Made in Japan. Wheat germ is 30% protein.
Staple Food: Good for all-around general feeding. Includes all the
premium nutrition your goldfish or koi need to grow strong. 35% protein.
Economy Food: A basic, well-balanced, nutritional diet high in Vitamin C.
32% protein.
Excel Food: A specially prepared, floating color enhancer. A mixture of
highly nutritious wheat germ and pure cultured Spirulina. 35% protein.
Hi-Growth Food: Promotes fast and healthy koi growth. Floating.
34% protein.
Wheat Germ Food: Great c hoice for the cooler months. Helps prevent
indigestion and improves resistance to stress and disease. Floating pellets
are high in vitamins C and E and will not cloud water. 32% protein, 4% fat,
4% fiber.
HK4
HK5
HK14
HK17
Gold Food: A daily diet developed to meet the nutritional needs of koi while
providing outstanding color enhancement. 40% protein.

MODEL
PELLET
SIZE
EACH
4+
HK11
STAPLE, 4.4 LBS
1/8"
$27.48 $25.83
HK282
STAPLE, 11 LBS
1/8"
63.66 59.84
HK289
STAPLE, 22 LBS
1/8"
110.48 103.85
HK12
STAPLE, 4.4 LBS
3/16"
27.48 25.83
HK1
STAPLE, 22 LBS
3/16"
110.48 103.85
HK13
STAPLE, 4.4 LBS
5/16"
27.48 25.83
HK14
STAPLE, 11 LBS
5/16"
63.66 59.84
HK489
STAPLE, 22 LBS
5/16"
110.48 103.85
HK8
WHEAT GERM, 5 LBS
1/8"
33.92 31.88
HK16
WHEAT GERM, 4.4 LBS
3/16"
33.62 31.60
HK10
WHEAT GERM, 11 LBS
3/16"
85.81 80.66
HK17
WHEAT GERM, 11 LBS
5/16"
76.40 71.82
HK9
WHEAT GERM, 33 LBS
5/16"
178.33 167.63
143.52 134.90
HK3
EXCEL, 11 LBS
3/16"
HK4
HI-GROWTH, 4.4 LBS
5/16"
41.04 38.58
HK5
ECONOMY, 8.8 LBS
5/16"
40.04 37.64
HK224
GOLD, 17.6 OZ
1/8"
12.39
HK228
GOLD, 11 LBS
1/8"
103.14 96.95
The quality, accuracy, and speedy turnaround of my question was outstanding. I believe you are
EST, which makes business hours for PST customers difficult. Even though I did not get the
answer the same day, it was waiting for me the next morning when I got in. The follow-up help
was very quick and precise. I will definitely use your website in the future for the fish tank that
decorates my office. It's nice to know that the answers to my questions are only a click away.
Crystal Lynn
Regional Account Manager
Registered Representative
Life, Health & Disability Insurance
HK10
HK3
HK228
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Dan Hostetler
Dan graduated from the University of South Florida with a
B.S. in biology. He has experience as a retail
fish department manager, in environmental testing
laboratories and in the breeding of reptiles and
amphibians. Dan also has experience with home aquariums
and water gardens.
FEED 377
Koi
BABY KOI STARTER KIT

We get numerous calls regarding what to feed newly hatched baby koi.
We asked our resident expert for his custom blends and put together a
group of foods designed to help babies flourish during the critical period.
The kit contains enough food to grow approximately 1,000 fish up to 2 in
size. Detailed instructions and secrets included. You will need a small
aquarium air pump for the live food portion.
MODEL
EACH
6339
BABY KOI STARTER KIT
SA2
AIR PUMP
$73.84
15.53
SAKI-HIKARI KOI FOOD

Choose from three kinds of professional koi food specifically designed for
show-grade competition koi. Each contains a unique, beneficial set of bacteria
that protects against infection, improves digestion and reduces waste up to
40%. Color-Enhancing diet has pure-cultured Spirulina and high levels of
zeaxanthin to promote bright red areas on koi without affecting the color of
white areas. Growth diet has a mix of fats and nutrional components to help
koi grow to competition size. Multi-Season diet is made up of easily digested
ingredients, including wheat-germ kernel, for steady growth even when water
temperatures are cooler (below 58F/15C). All Saki-Hikari koi food will float.
MODEL
42204
42364
42284
Hikari, Staple, Economy, Excel, Wheat Germ, Gold and Saki-Hikari are registered trademarks and/or
trademarks of Kyorin Co., Ltd.
EACH
42204-AQ
COLOR-ENHANCING, 4.4 LBS
$54.16
42208-AQ
COLOR-ENHANCING, 33 LBS
297.91
42284
GROWTH, 4.4 LBSW
54.61
42288
GROWTH, 33 LBS
272.11
42364
MULTI-SEASON, 4.4 LBS
61.09
42368
MULTI-SEASON, 33 LBS
331.42
378 FEED
Koi
KOI FOOD, SINKING

MODEL
ZBS5-1
5 LBS (2.3 KG)
ZBS20-1
20 LBS (9 KG)
Now you can feed your koi the way they naturally
feed using this sinking koi food, available only
from Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems. This koi food
contains high-quality ingredients and is great for
everyday use. Convenient 5-lb odorless, polyester
film, reusable, resealable bags can be kept fresh
by freezing until needed, so buy in quantity for a
discount.
EACH
$30.52 $27.47/4+
77.06 73.21/2+
Natural Choice koi food contains a minimum of

36% protein, minimum of 5% fat and maximum
of 4% crude fiber. Made in USA. Bag contains
oxygen-absorbing packet to maximize freshness.
ZBS5-1
BLACKWATER MAX COLOR KOI FOOD

Now your fish can have the best chance at fast
growth and superb color.
MODEL EACH
We've negotiated a deal with one of America's

top koi farms to offer this custom blend to you.
It's loaded with krill, Spirulina, extra vitamins,
minerals and other ocean products.
BW251
BW252A
Simply giving this food to your fish for 610 weeks

will help them become their best. Content: 38%
protein, 6% fat. Great for other ornamental fish
varieties as well! 5- and 12.8-lb bags are
packaged in stay-fresh, resealable bags.
Use spring through fall. 3-mm floating
pellets suitable for fish over 5".
MODEL
5 LBS
$17.60 $16.72/4+
12.8 LBS
35.60 32.04/4+
BW253
20 LBS
57.67 54.79/2+
BW254
40 LBS
88.50 84.08/2+
BW251
BLACKWATER COOL SEASON
EACH
BWCS5
5 LBS
$21.15 $19.04/4+
BWCS40
40 LBS
101.50 96.43/2+
In cooler temperatures a fish's metabolism slows,

making digestion more difficult. Cool Season is a
wheat germ-based formula blended to be easily
digested when water temperature below 60F
(16C). Use all year long if you want. Feed in the
spring to help prevent "egg-bound" females. 32%
protein, 4% fat, 4% fiber. 3-mm floating pellets.
BWCS5
BWCS5
MODEL
EACH
BLACKWATER MAX GROWTH KOI FOOD
BW255
Now you can feed your koi the same diet the
professionals do. Food is 38% protein, 6% fat and
fishmeal-based. Available in medium (3 mm) and
large (7.8 mm) floating pellets. 5- and 12.8-lb sizes
are packaged in a resealable, stay-fresh foil bag.
Use for other ornamental fish as well.
BW256A 12.8 LBS, 3 MM
35.60 32.04/4+
BW257
20 LBS, 3 MM
48.52 46.09/2+
BW258
40 LBS, 3 MM
88.50 84.08/2+
BW42A
12.8 LBS, 7.8 MM
35.60 32.04/4+
BW43
20 LBS, 7.8 MM
48.52 46.09/2+
BW44
40 LBS, 7.8 MM
88.50 84.08/2+
BW257
BW42A
5 LBS, 3 MM
$18.13 $16.32/4+
FEED 379
Koi
MEDICATED KOI/GOLDFISH FOOD

CHEMICAL
MODEL
This food contains all the nutrients needed to

help ornamental fish heal quickly. Contains four
antibiotics and may help heal ulcers. Available in
1-, 5- and 10-lb bags. Must be fed continuously for
10 days. For use on ornamental and nonfood fish
not intended for human consumption. Chemical
waiver form required. 3-mm sinking pellet.
EACH
6441
1 LB
$15.84
6445
5 LBS
44.51
6449
10 LBS
63.20
6441
BLACKWATER GOLD-N PROFESSIONAL

KOI AND GOLDFISH FOOD
Bring your fish into top condition
MODEL EACH
BWG88
8.8 LBS
$57.72
BWG40
40 LBS
173.68
BWG88
DENSE CULTURE FOOD

Tanks Raceways Cages
Serious koi collections deserve serious koi food.

Blackwater GOLD-N was developed to improve
nutrient uptake, therefore increasing growth and
luster. This diet combines the best ingredients
fishmeal, seaweed and wheat flourwith many
other specialized ingredients, including beneficial
bacteria to aid digestion. Made fresh in the USA.
40% protein, 10% fat.
YUMMY TREATS
Floating treats made with fresh ingredients and super food pellets to enhance
growth and color. Contain shrimp (krill), carrots, broccoli, green peppers,
bloodworms and apples. A great way to encourage hand feeding and a fine
source of nutrition for your koi.
We offer four styles of dense culture food.

Each one contains fishmeal, poultry meal, blood
meal and fish oil. Each can be fed to a wide variety of
fish including catfish, tilapia, trout, salmon, hybrid
striped bass and other cold and warmwater species.
MODEL EACH
KOIYUM $13.47
F2A is a 50% protein sinking feed, an excellent

starter feed for juveniles. F2C is a 41% protein,
3/16" floating pellet that works well for sub-adult
fish in tanks or ponds. F2E is the same formulation
as F2C but is a 9/32" floating pellet. F2G is a 3/16"
floating pellet with 36% protein and a better choice
for pond fish and larger tilapia.
F2G
All of the dense culture foods are made by the extrusion method. The
extrusion method improves digestibility with less protein degradation.
Ascorbic acid (a stabilized form of vitamin C) is added to all. Keep in mind
that pellet sizes can vary by as much as 1/16". If you are unsure of the right
size, order smaller rather than larger. Contains oxygen-absorbing packet to
maximize freshness.

MODEL
F2A
MIN
PROTEIN %
PELLET SIZE
(IN)
PELLET SIZE
(MM)
5 LBS
50
1/16
1.6
FEED
TYPE
EACH
SINKING $15.61
F2B
50 LBS
50
1/16
1.6
SINKING 66.21
F2C
5 LBS
41
3/16
4.8
FLOATING 14.82
F2D
50 LBS
41
3/16
4.8
FLOATING 57.50
F2E
5 LBS
41
9/32
7.1
FLOATING 13.98
F2F
50 LBS
41
9/32
7.1
FLOATING 48.36
F2G
5 LBS
36
3/16
4.8
FLOATING 15.07
F2H
50 LBS
36
3/16
4.8
FLOATING 58.07
380 FEED
Koi
ZEIGLER KOI FOODS

Nutritionally complete diets for koi and goldfish that float. Marine proteins increase palatability, digestibility
and reduce waste. Nutrient-dense pellets contain stable vitamin C and brewer's yeast for healthy gill, fin
and tissue development. Koi Fancier is formulated for color enhancing. Pond Fancier with wheat germ is
nutrient- dense for all pond fish and is the choice for koi during colder weather. Nitrogen flushed to
preserve freshness. All contain Vpak additives to increase your koi's resistance to disease.
MODEL
K100-AQ
K108
K106
EACH
$15.37 $13.83/4+
KOI FANCIER, 5 MM, 5 LBS
K106
KOI FANCIER, 5 MM, 33 LBS
72.92 65.63/2+
K104
POND FANCIER, 5 MM, 5 LBS
14.82 13.34/4+
K108
POND FANCIER, 5 MM, 33 LBS
50.33 45.30/2+
Zeigler is a registered trademark of Zeigler Bros., Inc. Vpak is a registered trademark of Dr.s Wellcare Corp.
ZEIGLER AQUA STAB-L FOOD FW SW

A special diet for both freshwater and saltwater fish
It contains high levels of protein (40% minimum), vitamins and minerals together with various preservatives
and stabilizers that protect the feed against microbial degradation after being
placed in the water.
Aqua Stab-L is a 3/8" sinking pellet with excellent water stability. After wetting, it has a soft, doughy
consistency which is ideal for incorporating hormones and medications. Typically used for bottom
feeders, as bait in tropical fish and baitfish traps and for attracting fish for harvest and sampling.
Sold in 5- and 44-lb (2.2 and 20 kg) bags. Made in USA. Held in cold storage. Oxygen absorbing
packet keeps food fresh.
MODEL
EACH
4+
AM5
5 LBS
$16.00 $15.20
AM50
44 LBS
80.00 75.43
ZEIGLER FINFISH STARTER FOOD AND TREATMENT

Finfish Starter Food is a slow-sinking diet with the higher vitamin levels
required for early development. It has a great emphasis on marine
ingredient sources for increased digestibility and energy utilization.
Carotenoid pigments enhance growth in early stages. Low nitrogen and
phosphorous levels reduce nutrient discharge in effluent. Meets FDA
requirements regarding restrictions on mammalian protein sources (ZM1ZC4
= 55% min; ZP1ZP3 = 50% min). Contains Vpak to improve survivability.
Oxygen-absorbing packet included. Guaranteed analysis:
15% min fat, 2% max fiber, 12% max moisture, 8% max ash.
ZM2
ZC2
MODEL
ZM1
5 LBS
MEAL
EZ Bio is a biological aquaculture treatment for hatcheries that combats

pathogenic bacteria. This environmentally friendly formula is an easy way to
improve your fishs health and make them more stress-resistant. 5-gram
scoop of quick-dissolving powder treats up to 3 metric tons. 400-g bag.
DIAMETER
EACH
.4.6 MM
$14.97 $12.82/4+
ZM2
44 LBS
MEAL
.4.6 MM
118.24 101.19/2+
ZC1
5 LBS
#1 CRUMBLE
.6.85 MM
14.97 12.82/4+
ZC2
44 LBS
#1 CRUMBLE
.6.85 MM
118.24 101.19/2+
ZC3
5 LBS
#2 CRUMBLE
.851.2 MM
14.97 12.82/4+
ZC4
44 LBS
#2 CRUMBLE
.851.2 MM
118.24 101.19/2+
ZP1
5 LBS
PELLET, SLOW SINKING
1.5 MM
13.49 12.82/4+
ZP2
44 LBS
1.5 MM
73.76 61.85/2+
ZP3
44 LBS
2 MM
73.76 61.85/2+
EZB400
EZ BIO
AQUACULTURE TREATMENT
39.67
FEED 381
Feeding Control Systems
ARVO-TEC FEEDING TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONAL

FEEDING CONTROL SYSTEM
A fully integrated feeding, measurement and alarm system. Feed amounts are
calculated separately for each tank according to automatically updated biomass
data, incoming water temperature and oxygen content. The system is easy to
use with a menu-driven display in the control unit or an optional PC connection.
Feeding data can be exported to management software. Stainless steel cabinet
withstands extreme conditions.
Specifications
115 or 230VAC.
8, 16, 24 or 32 independent feeder channels per control unit (use up to 30
control units in one system for 960 channels total).
Cable, radio, TCP/IP and mobile phone communication options.
8 measurement inputs per control unit.
5 digital sensor inputs (e.g., level switch circuits) and 2 alarm/control outputs
per control unit.
ARVO-TEC PIPE FEEDING SYSTEM

The pipe feeding system is a centralized solution for distributing large
quantities of feed. This system can be used in sea, land and recirculating
aquaculture systems.
The systems reserve silos can be placed in a central feed storage area, where
they can be refilled easily with large bags. The distribution system is based on
a 75 mm PE pipe and can blow feed into the blower from up to 300 m away.
Arvo-Tec control system controls each tank entirely separately. Feed dosage
requires precision, and the distribution valves uses electrical motor and
revolver technology that is reliable and gentle on feed.
Specifications
Feed up to 28 tanks, ponds or cages/one system.
Double, triple, etc., systems for large farms.
Maximum feeding capacity for each system is 650 kg/hour.
FEED SILO
CONTROL AND MONITORING

BLOWER
DOSING UNIT
PE-PIPES
TANK/CAGE VALVE
382 FEEDERS
Robot Feeding System/Drum Feeder
ARVO-TEC ROBOT FEEDING SYSTEM

Improves feed efficiency and saves labor time. One feeding robot serves
multiple tanks, eliminating the need for a feeder at each tank. A high feed
turnover rate through the hopper prevents storage problems such as feed
expiration. Controlled via local programmer or from a PC.
Specifications
Travel speed 18 m/min.
24VDC rechargeable battery.
Optical eye to avoid collision.
Provides 2 feed types from 50-L silos.
Each robot feeds up to 240 tanks, with a max rail length of 450 m.
Rail: 80 mm steel I-Beam, INP80, DIN1025
Options include advanced PC control, automatic refilling and feed spreader.
ARVO-TEC T DRUM 2000 FEEDER

The Arvo-Tec T Drum feeder has a very high accuracy, whilst remaining at a
competitive price. The feeder is multifunctional and is suitable for start feeding
in hatcheries to on-growing on tanks, ponds and cages.
Technical specifications
1, 6 or 10 litres transparent and 50, 150 or 600 white hoppers
Standard motor 24 VAC, 11,3 W, 2 rpm
Granule/pellet size 0,38 mm
Minimum dose of 0,3, 1,5, 20, 45 or 100 g
Strong, 316 stainless steel bracket
Accuracy normally greater than 98%
6 Litre Hopper
Height control.
Strong motor is
sealed for many
years maintenance
free operation.
Threaded joint between the
dosing unit and big hoppers.
Dosing drum can be removed
without tools.
Metal spring automatically
cleans the dosing cups.
FEEDERS 383
Directional Fish Feeders
DIRECTIONAL FISH FEEDERS

Aquatic Xtreme Fish Feeder utilizes a high-velocity, centrifugal air blower
system. Feed pellets are projected in a wedge-shaped feed pattern approximately
45-feet in length by 20-feet in width, without dropping feed within 5-feet of the
feeder. Includes digital timer and 12V rechargeable battery. Galvanized or
powder-coated green finish. Made in USA.
Digital Timer is easy to set and reliable. It controls a dual motor system
that delivers the flow of feed that is introduced into the air blower system.
Includes built-in battery tester, large easy-to-read display and special coating
for extreme temperature and weather protection. Pre-wired for optional solar
charger. Timer has 5-Year Limited Warranty.
2-Watt Optional Solar Charger utilizes the suns energy and extends the
battery life and maintains charge. Built-in protection prevents battery power
drainage. Installs on any side of the feeder and connects directly to the timer.
Key Features
Includes Digital Timer and 12V Rechargeable Battery
Feeds:1 - 9 times/day, Run Time: 1 - 60 seconds/feeding
Two feed-level sight gauges
Low Profile Design for Easy Filling.
AX70DL with Dock Legs and

Optional Solar Charger
AX70AL with Adjustable Legs and

Optional Solar Charger
AX215ALG with Adjustable Legs and

optional Solar Charger
AX70DLG mounted on dock.
Removable side panel for quick access to blower system

Straight Dock Legs w/lag bolts or Adjustable Legs w/ground stakes
Galvanized Steel Hopper with Powder-Coated finish for rust resistance.
Easy Lockable Access Door protects timer and battery from elements.
Dual motor blower design
Feed pattern.
Digital Timer
Feeders & Optional Solar Chargers
CAPACITY
FLOATING FISH
SINKING FISH
FEED (LBS)
PELLETS (LBS)
LEG TYPE
SHIP WT GALVANIZED FINISH

GREEN FINISH
(LBS)
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
90
ADJUSTABLE
100 AX70AL $689.00
70
90
DOCK
91 AX70DL 689.00
215
320
ADJUSTABLE
154 AX215AL 849.00
AX215ALG
849.00
215
320
DOCK
145 AX215DL 849.00
AX215DLG
849.00
OPTIONAL SOLAR CHARGER
AX2W* 79.00
AX70ALG
EACH
70
AX70DLG
$689.00
689.00
AX2WG** 79.00
*Black mounting bracket. **Green mounting bracket. ^Dimensions at highest adjustable leg setting.
Replacement Parts

SHIP WT
(LBS)
DIGITAL TIMER
12V RECHARGEABLE BATTERY
1
5.5
MODEL EACH
AX12 $149.00
BT12HARB 22.00
Aquatic Xtreme Fish Feeders is a registered trademark of SSI Investments I, LTD.

384 FEEDERS
Belt Feeders/Koi Feeders
BELT FEEDERS
No electric power required
Weather-resistant cover
Thick belts
Clear clock cover w/ gasket
These belt feeders slowly dispense almost any dry medication, chemical or
feed over a 12- or 24-hour period. If shorter length or intermittent feeding is
desired, the conveyor belt can be pulled back halfway or feed can be spaced
on the belt. These feeders will reduce labor costs and improve growth rates.
Housed in a weatherproof case and powered by a spring-wound stainless
steel clock mechanism.
Feature corrosion-resistant clocks. All clocks are extremely durable
and are made in Germany.
Setting the feeders is as easy as lifting the lid, pulling back the belt and
loading the feed. Repair parts are available and repairs can be made
easily on site. One-year warranty.
Belt Feeders

MODEL
BFS24
DISPENSE
AMOUNT (LBS)
DIMENSIONS*
L X W X H (IN.)
SHIP WT.
(LBS)
EACH
BFS12A
12-HR BABY BELT FEEDER
217/8 X 111/2 X 6
$219.00
BFS12
12-HR BABY BELT FEEDER
10
217/8 X 111/2 X 6
259.00
BFS24A
24-HR BELT FEEDER
277/8 X 15 X 6
219.00
BFS24
24-HR BELT FEEDER
10
277/8 X 15 X 6
259.00
Replacement Parts

MODEL
SHIP WT.
(LBS) EACH
BFS12RC
12-HR CLOCK FOR MODELS BFS12A AND BFS12
$79.00
BFS24RC
24-HR CLOCK FOR MODELS BFS24A AND BFS24
79.00
4420
CLOCK COVER, CLEAR
13.73
4350SS
STAINLESS STEEL MAINSPRING
17.42
4430
MAINSPRING COVER, BLACK
13.73
4398
BABY BELT KIT (INCLUDES BELT,SHAFT,BRACKET,WIPERS)
47.95
4399
LARGE BELT KIT (INCLUDES BELT,SHAFT,BRACKET,WIPERS)
59.95
* Clock and S-ring are included in width.
KOI FEEDERS
The Sweeney Koi Caf is the ideal automatic fish feeder for your Koi pond,
backyard water garden, grow-out tanks and outdoor ponds for smaller,
ornamental fish. Special design helps prevent moisture from getting into
the primary food supply and the hopper allows for long refill intervals.
Select from red, green or champagne finishes. Add an optional solar
charger and enjoy years of continuous performance without interruption.
16.5"
Adjustable feed flow lever to determine number of seconds per feeding

Digital timer can feed up to 8 times per day and up to 59 seconds duration
Champagne Feeder With

Solar Charger
Built-in sight-gage to check on feed level

Holds 10 lbs. of standard Koi food
Equipped with 6 Volt rechargeable battery

MODEL
RED
12"
Green Feeder With

Solar Charger
Red Feeder With

Solar Charger
2-YEAR WARRANTY
KOI CAF FEEDER
SF36R
MODELS
SHIP WT.
GREEN CHAMPAGNE (LBS)
SF36G
EACH
SF36C 13
$219.00
OPTIONAL SOLAR CHARGER SX61-R SX61-G SX61-C 11 95.00

REPLACEMENT 6V BATTERY (MODEL BT626) 1
29.00
FEEDERS 385
Vibratory Feeders
VIBRATORY FEEDERS
Benefit from highly accurate feeding rates and times with these vibratory
feeders from Pentair AES. They easily handle almost all different feed
types (even extremely fine and moist feeds) and they are resistant to
clogging from even the oiliest feeds. Perfect for applications where
multiple accurate feedings per day would otherwise require a lot of
manpower, such as in a hatchery.
For each feeder, use a 12VDC adapter such as the SF50 for 115VAC
operation. You will also need a timer. We suggest either SF44 for 115V,
SF41 for 12V. One timer can be used for up to 13 feeders (all connected
feeders will feed at once). One-year warranty.
MODEL
CAPACITY
AVF6
.5 LITER
DIAMETER X H
41/2" X 9"
EACH
4+
AVF7
1.75 LITERS
61/2" X 11"
169.00 152.10
AVF8
3 LITERS
8" X 12"
199.00 179.10
$109.00 $98.10
REPL. VIBRATORY MOTOR AND PLATE

AVF6RP
FOR AVF6
69.00 62.10
AVF7RP
FOR AVF7
79.00 71.10
AVF8RP
FOR AVF8
99.00 89.10
AVF6
AVF7
AVF8
AVF8RP
TYPICAL INSTALLATIONFOR VIBRATORY FEEDERS

6/12V Operation
115V Operation
The SF44 controller/
timer can operate up
to thirteen feeders
without adding an
external relay.
The SF41 timer can operate

up to thirteen feeders without
adding an external relay.
One SF62 must be

used with each feeder.
SF44 Timer
with Controller
An SF50 adapter must be used
with each feeder.
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
SF41 Timer
SF62 Speed Controller
Constance Beaulaton
Constance received a bachelors degree in biological
sciences & aquaculture from Florida Institute of
Technology. She has worked in commercial aquaculture
on recirculating systems, water chemistry and farm
management. Constance has extensive knowledge in
sturgeon, larval rearing, husbandry duties, gender
differentiation with ultrasound, fish purging and harvesting.
386 FEEDERS
Controllers/Batteries/Chargers/Timers
FEEDER CONTROLLERS
DESIGNED HERE
For single or multiple feeders. Easy to use, preassembled, extremely economical.These lightweight feeder
controllers feature a reliable timer. Available in two models, each designed to handle:
The controller is set to handle up to four feeders; however, the optional "Y" cable expands the capability to
eight feeders (four "Y" cables would be required for eight feeders). The timer features safe 12V operation
and is housed in a moisture-resistant, ABS plastic case. Feeders connect to the feeder time controller with
cables available in 2 wire lengths. No soldering or crimping, all components are interchangeable. Only one
power supply is required for powering up to eight feeders. One-year warranty.
Basic
Features 8 feedings per 24 hours, adjustable from 2 to 59 seconds per feeding.
Deluxe
Up to 24 feedings per 24 hours, adjustable from 1 to 99 seconds per feeding.
MODEL
H1201
SF50
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
PA15
4+
H1201
DELUXE FEEDER CONTROLLER
$419.00 $400.53
SF50
12VDC ADAPTER FOR 115V
21
34.00 30.91
PA15
POWER SUPPLY, 12V
39.95 36.62
H1106
CABLE, 6'
8.95 6.96
H1112
CABLE, 12'
11.60 11.02
H1113
"Y" ADAPTER
8.15 7.52
One to four FS4050 screw auger feeders.

One to eight FS4059 screw auger feeders.
One to eight vibratory feeders.
One to eight FM4480 vibratory feeders.
BATTERIES/CHARGERS 3-YEAR WARRANTY

MODEL
1807-6
1807-12
$39.00
1807-12
12V SOLAR PANEL, 1 WATT
45.00
1808
6/12V BATTERY CHARGER
20.00
1810
12V/7A GEL CELL RECHARGEABLE BATTERY
28.00
Three-year warranty on batteries and chargers.
1807-6
1808
EACH
6V SOLAR PANEL, 1 WATT
1810
DIGITAL TIMER, CONTROLLER, ADAPTER

Features up to 24 feedings per 24 hours with a feeder "on" time of
159 seconds. The maximum output current is 10 amps, so each
timer can control up to thirteen vibratory feeders without the need
for an external relay.
SF41
SF44
SF50
The SF41 12V digital timer must be used with the SF40. One controller
is required for each feeder on the circuit. Three-year warranty.
SF40 Controller
Allows the SF41 12V timer to operate with 115V power. Maximum power
output is 15A/115V.
SF44 Adapter/Timer Kit

Combines the SF41 12V timer with the SF40 controller for 115V
operation. Operate up to 13 feeders (more with relay). Use one
adapter (SF50) for each feeder on the circuit.
3-YEAR WARRANTY
SF62
MODEL
SHIP WT
EACH
4+
SF50
12VDC ADAPTER FOR 115VAC
2 LBS
$34.00 $30.91
SF62
SPEED CONTROLLER FOR 12VDC
4 LBS
100.00 90.00
SF40
115V CONTROLLER ONLY
4 LBS
125.00 112.50
SF41
12V TIMER ONLY
2 LBS
175.00 157.50
SF44
115V CONTROLLER W/SF41, TIMER
6 LBS
369.23 322.31
FEEDERS 387
Solar Feeders
FIAP SOLAR FEEDERS

Versatile and easy to use, these digitally
controlled automatic fish feeders offer up to
6 feeding times per day at a radius of up to
12 meters. Feeding duration sequences range
from 159 seconds. Use pellets 110 mm in size.
Feeders include 6V battery and solar module.
MODEL
EACH
1566
W/O HOPPER
1567
W/HOPPER, 3 KG
1566-1
$337.20
1560-2
416.50
1568
W/HOPPER, 10 KG
473.73
1569
W/HOPPER, 20 KG
500.70
1570
W/HOPPER, 40 KG
543.47
1571
W/HOPPER, 60 KG
590.70
1566-1
SOLAR MODULE
105.40
1560-1 CONTROLLER
126.67
1560-2
RECHARGEABLE BATTERY
49.92
1560-3
REPL. MOTOR
31.57
1560-4
FEED SPREADER
25.52
1560-5
SPREAD GUARD
15.83
1560-6
HOPPER ADAPTER
25.57
1560-3
1560-4
1560-1
Controller is safely enclosed to protect it from the elements.
FIAP PROFICONTROL CONTROLLER

The option of setting ideal feeding times ensures fast and healthy fish
growth. The innovative FIAP proficontrol controller sets new standards
in automatic fish feeding. Automatically identifies and operates up to four
different FIAP feeders. All settings including feeding periods (099
seconds), breaks (099 minutes) and motor speeds can be defined
individually for the single outputs. Any settings made will be saved.
The optional clock timer will help you optimize automatic feeding at
different times of the day. 115230V/5060 Hz.
MODEL
1590
EACH
PROFICONTROL CONTROLLER
$1,185.53
1591 SOCKET
26.68
1592
COUPLER CONNECTOR
17.07
26.72
1593
CONNECTOR PLUG
1594
5-M CABLE
1594-1
10-M CABLE
132.27
1594-2
20-M CABLE
215.52
69.07
1594
1592
1591
1593
388 FEEDERS
Auger Feeder/Vibratory Feeder
AUGER FEEDER
These screw-style feeders are used throughout the world in commercial aquaculture facilities.
They are very well built, durable and can be used both indoors and outdoors. Designed for highly accurate
dispensing of feed, they feature a rheostat that can be set for both speed and duration. Screw feeders are
12V and draw approximately .5 amps. A power supply and time controller are needed but not included.
One-year warranty.
MODEL
INCLUDES
CAPACITY
(LBS/KG) A B C D
EACH
B
4+
FS4022R2
FEED HOPPER, AUGER
22/10
26 10 12 21
$559.00 $531.05
FS4044R2
FEED HOPPER, AUGER
44/20
27 12 15 21
579.00 550.05
FS4088R2
FEED HOPPER, AUGER
88/40
35 15 19 30
599.00 569.05
FS4132R2
FEED HOPPER, AUGER
132/60
42 19 23 36
649.00 616.55
FS4222R2
FEED HOPPER, AUGER, SPREADER
22/10
26 10 12 21
619.00 588.05
FS4244R2
44/20
27 12 15 21
639.00 607.05
FS4288R2
88/40
35 15 19 30
669.00 635.55
FS4232R2
132/60
42 19 23 36
FS4059UPR2
AUGER ONLY
439.00 417.05
FS4050AR2
AUGER W/SPREADER ONLY
499.00 474.05
D
A
699.00 664.05
FS4222
VIBRATORY FEEDER
This 12V vibratory mechanism can be used with any of the hoppers on the next page. It is fully
adjustable for dispensing both dry and moist feeds (112 pellets) without clogging. Feeders are
12VDC and draw .5 A. A timer is required but not included. We suggest the H1201 to operate one
feeder and PA15 for 1 to 3 feeders. A 12V gel cell 1810 for up to 2 feeders or a 12V car/boat battery
w/1808 charger is recommended. Each vibratory mechanism includes 3' of cable for timer. Weighs
1.7 lbs. One-year warranty.
MODEL
FM4488
shown with
FM4480
A B C
FM4422
VIBRATORY FEEDER, 22 LBS (10 KG)
22"
10"
FM4444
23"
FM4488
31"
FM4132
37"
FM4480
VIBRATORY MECHANISM ONLY
EACH
$454.13 $408.72
12"
15"
468.82 421.94
15"
19"
631.28 568.15
19"
23"
658.85 592.97
277.32 249.59
FM4480
PRICE
4+
12"
FEEDERS 389
Hoppers/Demand Feeders
FEED HOPPERS
Make your own feeder
Available in four sizes, these high-quality polyethylene feed hoppers

are extremely durable. They feature a unique three-point, twist-lock lid
(included) that is wind and varmintproof. All have a 41/4" I.D. bottom opening.
One-year warranty.
SHIP WT
MODEL CAPACITY
A
B
C
(LBS)
FH22
EACH
4+
FH22
22 LBS (10 KG)
17"
12"
41/4"
$148.00 $140.60
FH44
44 LBS (20 KG)
19"
15"
41/4"
129.48 123.01
FH88
88 LBS (40 KG)
27"
19"
41/4"
10
186.16 176.85
FH132
132 LBS (60 KG)
33"
23"
41/4"
30
222.88 211.74
DEMAND FEEDERS
The unique twist-lock lid is wind and varmintproof on these high-quality,
UV-resistant, polyethylene hoppers. All four sizes have the same
pendulum demand feeding mechanism for #4 crumble to 1/4" pellets.
One-year warranty.
SHIP WT
MODEL
CAPACITY
A B C (LBS)
EACH
C
4+
FH221
22 LBS (10 KG)
23" 12" 14"
$256.69 $243.86
FH441
44 LBS (20 KG)
23" 15" 18"
267.40 254.03
FH881
88 LBS (40 KG)
23" 19" 26"
10
328.23 311.82
FH133 132 LBS (60 KG)
23" 23" 33"
30
401.83 381.74
Principal Scientist and Engineer

Dr. Losordo received his M.S. in agricultural engineering from the University of Hawaii and his Ph.D. in
agricultural engineering from the University of California, Davis. As a professor and extension aquaculture
specialist at North Carolina State University, he provided state-wide technical assistance to the
agribusiness community in the area of aquaculture and aquacultural engineering. This included traveling
to over 490 farms and providing solutions to problems in aquaculture associated with these and other
aquaculture sites. He has provided consulting services on aquaculture projects around the world for over
20 years, and is a past president of both the World Aquaculture Society and the Aquacultural
Engineering Society.
390 FEEDERS
Algae Food/Measuring Stick/Microalgae Packs
PROLINE F/2 ALGAE FOOD

For intensive algae culture in fresh or marine water.
V itamin and mineral content ratios equal to Guillard's 1975 F/2 formulation.
Professional research concentration.
Complete algae growth media.
Larval fish, penaid shrimp, Artemia species, freshwater prawns, bivalve mollusks and other inverts
require algae. Mass cultivation of algae requires a mixture of various vitamins and minerals for
maximum algae growth. ProLine F/2 Algae Food provides these essentials in a complete, easy-to-use
liquid form. When used as directed, allows fast growth rates and high densities to be achieved. One
gallon each of solutions A and B will produce 7,680 gallons of growth media. For culturing diatomaceous
organisms, sodium metasilicate must be added to the F/2 Formula.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
239800
F/2, PART A, 1 GALLON
10
$26.20
239801
F/2, PART B, 1 GALLON
10
26.20
239802
F/2, PART A, 5 GALLONS
52
93.40
239803
F/2, PART B, 5 GALLONS
52
93.40
239804
SODIUM METASILICATE, 1 KG
2.5
12.30
239802
239800
MICROALGAE DENSITY MEASURING STICK

Based on the Secchi principle, this plastic stick helps to estimate algae
density in seconds. Just lower the stick into the culture until the white
circle disappears and use the depth reading to determine culture density
with the chart that is provided. The chart includes conversions for
Nannochloris, Chlorella, Isochrysis, Tetraselmis, Pyramimonas and
Nannochloropsis. 13.5" long.
MODEL EACH
MSM9 $11.85
MICROALGAE GROW MASS PACKS

Save on shipping costs
This commercial formulation of modified F/2 Guillard's formula is in a dry, powdered form for
large-scale microalgae culture. The packs include major elements in powder form and minor trace
elements, vitamins and minerals in liquid form. This stable wet/dry formulation assures long
shelf life, yet is easily mixed. It can provide significant savings in shipping costs, as one
box weighs 2.2 lbs and makes 4 liters of nutrient solution, which is enough to add nutrient to
2,645 gallons/10,000 liters. Commercially used in many shrimp and clam aquaculture facilities
and public institutions. F2A7 includes silicate for diatom culture.
MODEL
F2A6
WITHOUT SILICATE
F2A7
WITH SILICATE
EACH
10+
20+
40+
100+
F2A7
$16.87 $11.81 $10.97 $10.12 $9.28

18.51 12.96 12.03 11.11 10.18
TECH TALK 19
Feeding Larval Fish and Shrimp
Larval fish and shrimp are plankton feeders. They feed on algae and/or animals of a size they can
eat in one bite. In nature, they may live in a plankton soup, from which they can select what they
want to eat. There will also be other things choosing to eat them.
In aquaculture, this process must be controlled in order to achieve a consistently high survival
rate at an acceptable cost. Larval culture in ponds controls the process by timing: fill a dry pond
then add fertilizer a few days before stocking with just-hatched larvae. The naturally occurring
plankton algae and the zooplankton that appear shortly thereafter are at just right the stage for
the growing larva but too small for larger predators.
Indoors, Artemia and rotifers, which are fairly easy to raise, are used as carriers for delivering algae
and enrichments to larval fish and shrimp. The algae can be fed or soaked in a HUFA emulsion for
a few hours before feeding to the larva.
Artemia older than 24 hours and rotifers have very little nutritional value. It is essential to enrich
them with algae or dried diets immediately before feeding to the larva. Using live algae in the
culture tank (green water culture) has the added benefit of improving water quality by removing
ammonia and other metabolic by-products of the larva. Algae paste can also be used as an
enrichment; however, it does not remove ammonia as the live algae does. Emulsified, dried diets
can also be used, but they should not be added directly to the larval rearing tank, as they can foul
the water.
If you choose to use the freshly hatched Artemia, which have some nutritional value, it is important
to decapsulate the cysts prior to hatching them. Decapsulation is a process of removing the outer
shell of the Artemia cyst. This is done so that the larva does not ingest the shells, which can
cause obstruction and death. The outer shells are also a common source for bacterial infections.
Decapsulation is usually done by hydrating the cysts and soaking them in a hypochlorite solution
until the shell is dissolved. Reference the Plankton Culture Manual (WBQ32) for a complete
description of this process.
FEEDERS 391
Mesh Bags/Filters/Disc Cultures
POLYESTER MESH BAGS
MODEL
EACH 10+
Pre-filters water.
PMB1
75-MICRON X 18"
$13.34 $11.34
Zooplankton collector.
PMB1L
75-MICRON X 31"
20.18 17.15
Ideal for collecting rotifers, Artemia, fish eggs

and other small organisms, these polyester
mesh bags are available in 18" and 31" (46 and
79 cm) lengths and a variety of mesh sizes.
They can also be used for filtering particulate
matter from tank inlets and overflows. Bag is
equipped with a stainless steel ring 7" in
diameter and a cotton handle.
PMB2
100-MICRON X 18"
10.40 8.84
PMB2L
100-MICRON X 31"
16.54 14.06
PMB3
125-MICRON X 18"
10.40 8.84
PMB3L
125-MICRON X 31"
16.18 13.75
PMB4
150-MICRON X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB4L
150-MICRON X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB5
200-MICRON X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB5L
200-MICRON X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB6
250-MICRON X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB6L
250-MICRON X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB7
300-MICRON X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB7L
300-MICRON X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB8
400-MICRON X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB8L
400-MICRON X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB9
800-MICRON X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB9L
800-MICRON X 31"
7.30 6.21
PMB10
1,500-MICRON X 18"
6.25 5.31
PMB10L
1,500-MICRON X 31"
8.51 7.23
PMB1L
BACTERIA FILTERS
TECH TALK 20
Will filter air down to .3 microns.

Autoclavable. Use for single species algal
culture, bioassay work, experiments, etc.
FL2-AQ fits 6.35 mm through 9.5 mm tubing.
MODEL
Algae Culture
EACH 10+
FL2-AQ
FILTER, 1/43/8" HOSE BARB
$9.56 $8.60
MC14
CHECK VALVE
10.56 9.50
FL2-AQ
During culture, it is crucial that steps are taken to

avoid contamination, either from pathogens or from
other species of algae or ciliates. Sterilization of all
equipment and culture media is, therefore, necessary.
They can be autoclaved, dipped in alcohol, chlorinated,
etc. Contaminants are often waterborne; however, air
can also be a pathway for contamination. Placing the
air compressor intake in the culture room or an
air-conditioned room reduces temperature fluctuations
and contaminant load. Care should also be taken to
avoid condensation in the air lines, which can lead to
ciliate infestations. Installing an in-line desiccant
filter can eliminate condensation. To eliminate a
recurring contamination problem, sterilize the air
delivery system and use the appropriate inlet air filter.
MARINE MICROALGAE DISC CULTURES

We offer several species of microalgae cultures on sterile
agar in convenient petri dishes. They can survive over 6
months, eliminating the need to maintain liquid cultures.
Simply fill the petri dish with sterile salt water, cover and
place the disc under moderate light for 12 to 24 hours.
Algal cells can then be gently rubbed off the agar plate
using a sterile cotton swab and placed in 5002,000 mL
of sterile, fertilized culture water. Store microalgae petri
dish cultures in a cool (6075F), dark place and keep
sealed until use. Weighs 4 oz. Ship Next Day Air.
MODEL
EACH
6+
MAD1
NANNOCHLOROPSIS
$19.84 $17.86
MAD2
TETRASELMIS
19.84 17.86
MAD3
ISOCHRYSIS
19.84 17.86
On-site algae culture is a necessity in most marine

hatcheries. Algae is the primary diet for bivalves, larval
shrimp and live larval feeds, such as rotifers and Artemia.
Many different species of algae are cultured throughout
the world and each batch is typically just a single species
selected for its size and nutrient profile.
MAD1
392 LIVE FEED

Brine Shrimp/Nets
BRINE SHRIMP EGGS

Pentair AES offers brine shrimp eggs from the
Great Salt Lake (GSL). Cysts (eggs) are sold in
15-oz, vacuum-packed cans.
Actual Brine Shrimp
MODEL
BS90
EACH
$95.00
90% (GUARANTEED HATCH RATE) GSL
Air shipments require dry ingredientsto be moistened with 100 mL of distilled water.
BRINE SHRIMP NET
MODEL
Made of a fine nylon mesh, including the stitching.

Net basket size is 4" x 3". Handle is vinyl coated.
EACH 12+
BSN1
$2.35 $1.97
TECH TALK 21
Hand vs Automatic Feeding
Hand or automatic feeding which is better?
Automatic feeders save time. All business people know time is money. Most fish farmers are in
short supply of both. The manual labor involved in feeding your fish every day by hand may seem
small but over the period of a year can easily equate to thousands of dollars in man-hours.
For example, an operation with 10 tanks, feeding 3 times a day for 3 minutes per tank, at $7 an hour
will cost you $10.50 per day in manual labor.
x
(# of Tanks)
(# Feedings/Day)
(Min/Tank)
(Cost/Hr)
Cost/Day
Automatic feeders require only a minimal amount of manual labor, including weekly filling of the
hopper and resetting feeding rates (and recharging batteries if not tied into a central power
source). An estimate for this maintenance is
15 minutes per week/per feeder. That equals $2.80 a day in labor.
Manual Labor
$10.50/day
Automatic Feeders
$2.80/day
Savings
$7.70/day
315.00/month
84.00/month
231.00/month
3,780.00/year
1,008.00/year
2,772.00/year
You can buy a lot of automatic feeders for $2,772!

Automatic feeders allow feedings to be tailored to the biological clock of each species. They are
ideal for the multiple feedings required when raising fry. Implementing a schedule of several
feedings spread throughout the day may help to cut down on size variance of the fish, improve
feed conversion ratios and level the load on the biofilter.
LIVE FEED 393
Brine Shrimp/Hatching Jars/Culture Vessels

DRY BRINE SHRIMP FEED
Developed using 20 years of Artemia culture
experience, this dry brine shrimp feed is
excellent for raising Artemia salina from nauplii
to adults. The dry, powdered form is much
easier to use than having to produce hundreds
of gallons of live algae. Will equal or surpass
any density and growth rate known for live algae
diets. Recommended feed rate is 1/2 to 1 gram
per gallon per day. Sold in 454-gram (1 lb)
containers.
MODEL
DS16
CONICAL HATCHING JAR
EASY TO CLEANNO 90 CORNERS!

MODEL
EACH
CCH1
HATCHER ONLY
CCH2
STAND ONLY
107.00 98.44/6+
CCH10
HATCHER W/STAND
226.00
CCH12
HATCHER W/STAND X 2 431.50
CCH10
$139.29 $128.15/6+
M100AP AIR PUMP
EACH 4+
$29.95 $23.61
10.39 9.66/4+
TECH FAV
DESIGNED HERE
Molded from polycarbonate, this tank can

be used for hatching both rotifers and Artemia.
Tank measures 131/2" in diameter, 24" high and
includes a clear lid. It produces up to 300 cc
(20 tablespoons) of cysts in 5 gallons of water.
The stand measures 131/2" in diameter, 19" high
and features a bottom access port to the drain
valve. The hatcher includes clear lid, rigid air tube,
8' aquarium tubing and drain valve. Air pump
sold separately. Ships Oversize.
CULTURE VESSELS
These plastic culture vessels are ideal
for culturing microalgae or hatching
rotifers and Artemia. They come
complete with a 6" diameter access
hole that is fitted with a removable,
plastic globe for draining cultures. Each
culture vessel includes rigid air delivery
tube, air diffuser, decontamination cap,
drain valve and tubing adapter. Optional
white plastic stand measures 12" x 12"
x 16". The do-it-yourself conversion kit
includes everything except the culture
vessel and the stand.
ACV3
with ACV6

MODEL
ACV5
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
ACV3
CULTURE KIT, 3 GAL
$47.94
ACV5
CULTURE KIT, 5 GAL
53.74
ACV6
OPTIONAL STAND
8 51.81
ACV7
CONVERSION KIT
28.62
10.39
M100AP AIR PUMP
ACV6
SMALL BRINE SHRIMP EGGS

6 grams of brine shrimp eggs (about a million!).
MODEL
SB503
EACH 6+
$3.94 $3.55
394 LIVE FEED
Hatchers/Rotifer Sieve
MODEL
BS252 HATCHER
BRINE SHRIMP HATCHER
EACH
This small brine shrimp hatcher will hatch up to two

tablespoons (35 cc) of brine shrimp eggs, can be
used for rotifer culture or even as a McDonald type
hatchery for a small amount of fish eggs.
$49.12
BS25C
REPL. CONE
BS25L
REPL. LID
37.15
2.50
M100AP
AIR PUMP
10.39
Each 2.5-liter, molded-acrylic cone hatcher comes

with a molded-in plastic drain valve, 6' of 3/16"
aquarium tubing, rigid air delivery tube, splash
cap, air valve, collection cup and support stand.
Made in USA.
BS252
BS25L
MINI HATCHING KIT
MODEL
This kit includes a molded base, one brine

shrimp hatch mix (with salt) and air line tubing. Just
screw a plastic 2-liter bottle to the base, connect it
to an air pump and it's ready to hatch. Bottle and air
pump not included.
SB619
MINI HATCHING KIT
SB620
HATCH MIX, 3/PK
M100AP
AIR PUMP
EACH
$12.99
4.38
10.39
BRINE SHRIMP HATCHER

MODEL
BS6 HATCHER
HS1
STAND, ALUMINUM
HS2
STAND, PVC
M100AP AIR PUMP
EACH
$121.01 $108.91/3+
165.00 155.10/3+
82.32 74.08/3+
10.39 9.66/10+
ROTIFER SIEVE
Handheld collecting sieves are great for harvesting
rotifers. These sieves have a 44-micron mesh
bottom and are available in two sizes. Weigh 1 lb.
This commercial hatchery is capable of producing

300 cc (20 tablespoons) of cysts in 5 gallons of
water. Simply turn off the air pump (not included)
after hatching and allow empty eggs to float.
Move the light to the bottom and the hatched nauplii
will travel to the bottom where they can be removed
simply by opening the valve. The pyramid shape (12"
square by 24" high) promotes hatching. Great for
rotifer culture too! Includes weighted rigid air tube
and drain valve. The optional powder-coated
aluminum and PVC stands make benchtop
mounting easy. Overall height when hatcher is
inserted into a stand is 321/2". Ships Oversize. Made
in USA.
MODEL
EACH
RC33
3" DIA. X 3" H
$14.23
RC64
4" DIA. X 6" H
36.15
LIVE FEED 395

Additives
VITAMIN PREMIX, SOLUBLE

Formulated with 16 vitamins, this premix additive is good for blending into feeds
or enhancing freeze-dried and flake feed. For tanks use 1 lb (454 g) of vitamin
mix with 100 lbs (45 kg) of feed. For natural ponds use 1 lb (454 g) of vitamin mix
with 500 lbs (227 kg) of feed. When adding the vitamin mix to wet feed, use the
recommended dosage and add water if necessary to coat feed. To make a gel
blend the vitamin mix with dry ingredients at the recommended dosage,
add warm water and refrigerate. Comes in a 1-lb resealable bag.
MODEL
EACH 5+ 10+
VMPS
$39.65
$38.54/5+
$36.27/10+
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS PER LB (454 GRAMS)

Vitamin A, USP units
325,000
Choline, mg
2,600
Vitamin D3, USP unit
65,000
Thiamine, mg
2,600
Vitamin E, IU
32,500
Pyridoxine, mg
2,600
Vitamin K, mg
793.65
Folic Acid, mg
780
Vitamin B12, mol
10.08
Ascorbic Acid, mg
Riboflavin, mg
3,250
Biotin, mg
40
p-Pantothenic Acid, mg
15,600
BHT, mg
Niacin, mg
19,500
Inositol, mg
MODEL
16709
87,100
200
13,000
VITA-CHEM ADDITIVE
EACH
SALTWATER, 16 OZ
$28.27
16716
SALTWATER, 1 GALLON
178.03
16710
FRESHWATER, 16 OZ
16715
FRESHWATER, 1 GALLON
A prestabilized, multivitamin
additive that is water and
tissue soluble, ideal for
closed systems. It contains
many natural extracts that
are lost in prepackaged
foods. It is a great additive
for fin regeneration and
preventing lateral line
disease in marine fish.
28.27
178.03
16710
16709
Vita-Chem is a registered trademark of Aquatic Futures LLC.

16716
16715
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Marcela Hincapie
Marcela has a B.S. degree in marine biology from UJTL in Colombia and an M.S. degree from
the University of Maine. She has worked in the marine and freshwater aquaculture field
raising different species of shrimp and fish in flow-through and recirculation systems in
warm and coldwater environments. Her specialties include hatchery and growout phase.
396 LIVE FEED

Algae Bioreactor
IP-PBR-1000L
IP-PBR-75L
ALGAE BIOREACTOR
Industrial Plankton Algae Bioreactors are a turn-key solution for aquaculture
hatcheries, research, and biotech. Through automation, these bioreactors
eliminate the majority of repetitive tasks involved in culturing algae.
The equipment can be automatically cleaned and sterilized before inoculation
by simply pressing a button on the touchscreen. The sealed chamber,
when seeded with 20 litres of algae, is capable of growing up to 1,000 litres of
pure culture in 710 days, while continuously monitoring algae growth using
a built in sensor. The machine also self-harvests and replaces the harvested
water with new water and nutrients, which are filtered and sterilized at the
point of entry. The equipment greatly simplifies the complex and time
consuming task of algae culture, while also increasing production reliability
and biosecurity. Requires fresh or saltwater inlet line.
PRODUCTION MODESPractically all species of

freshwater and saltwater algae commonly used in
aquaculture can be grown in the reactors. They can
be operated in batch mode, or continuously using
an automated top and drop, which harvests then
replaces a portion of the culture each time the
cell density exceeds a user setpoint.
AQUACULTURE APPLICATIONSModel IP-PBR-1000L uses real time

monitoring, user friendly control system, and data logging, letting hatcheries
focus on their livestock, and not their algae. Problems with algae production
are often the causes of low or unreliable hatchery yields. This unreliability
and high production costs of microalgae are limiting factors to the success
of many hatcheries. Despite efforts over the past decade to develop costeffective artificial diets to supplement live microalgae, on-site live microalgal
production remains a critical element in the operation of most successful
marine hatcheries.
RESEARCH APPLICATIONSModel IP-PBR-75L combines cutting edge
technology with meaningful production volume, simplifying production of
live algae in universities, public aquariums, and industrial research.
Researchers can see their culture parameters graphed continuously in real
time, and sterilize the reactor between experiments with the push of a button
all in a fully automated closed system, featuring closed loop pH control,
integrated heating/chilling, and remote access capabilities. The algae
produced is ideal for feeding zooplankton and larval marine animals.
BATCH (7-10 DAYS)
OPERATING EXPENSES
(PER BATCH)*
Nutrients + CO2
Electricity (at 10/KWh)
Labor (1 hour at $20/hour)
Total
SPECIES
T-Iso
Nanno
$10
$16
$20
$46
HARVEST
1000L/batch
DENSITY
12M/ml
130M/ml
*A ctual OPEX and production numbers may vary between facilities.
CONTINUOUS
OPERATING EXPENSES
(PER MONTH)*
Nutrients + CO2
Electricity (at 10/KWh)
Labor (3 hours at $20/hour)
Total
SPECIES
T-Iso
Nanno
$39
$71
$60
$170
HARVEST
350L/day
450L/day
DENSITY
6M/ml
48M/ml
LIVE FEED 397

Algae Bioreactor
Features:
TANKThe star shaped, corrugated tank doubles the surface area exposed
to light, so cultures grow denser before cell shading limits growth. The tank
bottom is sloped to facilitate circulation and drainage.
SCALE-UPTo increase biosecurity the culture is scaled up gradually over

the course of days, automatically adding water and nutrients whenever a set
culture density is reached. (patent pending)
LIGHTSLED and T5 grow lights provide bright, evenly spaced light across
the tank surface, providing maximum light without photo inhibition. To prevent
photo inhibition during scale up, the bioreactor checks the culture density and
only turns on lights as they are needed, based on user controlled setpoints.
The brightness can also be controlled, allowing algae with a variety of light
requirements to be cultured.
HARVESTA portion of the culture is harvested multiple times each day,

then automatically replaced with new water & nutrients. Small frequent
harvests increase the overall yield, and make the algaes nutrient profile
more predictable. The whole tank can also be harvested with the push of
a button.
CLEANING & STERILIZINGIf you want to restart the culture its a simple
process. The tank is drained through the bottom, then pressure washed and
sterilized by pushing a button.
INOCULATIONThe bioreactor starts by adding water and nutrients,
then adjusts temperature and light levels. Inoculation is simple, just hook
up a carboy or flask to the machines inoculation port, then use the onboard
air supply to push the culture from the carboy into the bioreactor.
BIOSECURITYIncoming water is slowly passed through a UV filter after

being pre-filtered using a nominal micron filter. Nutrients are then added
to the water and passed through 2 additional stages of absolute micron
filtration, down to 0.1um. Air and CO2 entering and leaving the tank are
also passed through 0.1um filters. Harvesting is done automatically using
a biosecure pinch valve.
MAX CULTURE DENSITY

MODEL IP-PBR-1000L
Nannochloropsis
187 million/ml
Isochrysis
15 million/ml
Tetraselmis
2 million/ml
A user friendly touchscreen interface lets you control the culture parameters
and fine tune the operation for different species and situations. User controlled
setpoints control parameters such as temperature, CO2 injection, harvesting
cell density, light levels, etc. In addition to automated controls the machine can
be controlled manually, making it easy to harvest, or add water or nutrients at
any point.
Culture parameters are logged and graphed in realtime on the touchscreen,

making it easier to maintain a culture in exponential growth for continuous
culture, or decide when a batch is ready for harvest. The controls, including
these graphs, can be accessed remotely from a personal computer.
MODEL
IP-PBR-1000L
IP-PBR-75L
VOLTS
HZ
AMPS
120
60
30
230
50
15
120
60
20
230
50
10
WATTS
TANK CAPACITY
INLET LINES
SPACE REQUIREMENT
SHIP WT
EACH
1000
1000L
CO2, Inlet Water, Chilled Water
4' L
4' W
7' H
400 LBS
$32,000.00
300
75L
CO2, Inlet Water
2' L
3' W
7' H
150 LBS
$29,500.00
Note: Prices are FOB Victoria, Canada, motor freight. One-year warranty.
398 LIVE FEED
Rotifer Production Systems
ROTIFER PRODUCTION SYSTEMS

High-density systems
DESIGNED HERE
Our intensive rotifer production systems are designed for high-volume

production! These systems will save you a lot of money, space and work.
Production densities exceed 5,000 rotifers per milliliter of Brachionus plicatilis.
B. rotundiformis are also suitable for this system. Systems are complete,
including culture tank, filtration system, pure oxygen diffuser and ammonia
neutralizer dosing system. Since these systems use Instant Algae marine
paste, they eliminate the need for labor-intensive algae production. Only 30
minutes of tank maintenance per day is required to produce 100 million to 2.5
billion rotifers per day! Systems also include an operations manual and
ClorAm-X water conditioner. Three sizes are available: 150-liter, 450-liter
and 1,000-liter systems. Available in 230V/50 Hz models; add "-H" to the part
number.
MODEL CAPACITY
AR150K
150 LITERS
AR256K
450 LITERS
AREA
AR1000K 1,000 LITERS

WQB32
AR150K
EACH
1 M X 1.6 M
$2,998.00
1 M X 2.2 M
3,778.00
2 M X 2.2 M
5,749.00
PLANKTON CULTURE MANUAL
30.87
VM185YD REPL. FILTER MATERIAL, PER YARD
30.35
Rugged, freestanding
fiberglass tanks for
years of production.
Protein
Skimmer
Biofilter
Culture Tank
Easy-to-turn
ball valves for
flow control.
AR1000K
Harvesting Port
Unions and valves

for fast set-up.
Drain
Instant Algae is a registered trademark of Reed Mariculture Inc. ClorAm-X is a registered trademark of Aquascience Technologies, LLC.
LIVE FEED 399

Enrichments
INSTANT ALGAE MARINE PASTE

Providing a cost-effective alternative to live algae can be the difference between profit and loss in a
hatchery. Produced by Reed Mariculture, Instant Algae is a high quality, super-concentrated, liquid,
marine microalgae feed for larval shrimp, fish and bivalves. It can be used to supplement or replace
live algae in the hatchery. Instant Algae is 95100% as effective as live algae. Algae concentration is
based on the density of the average live algae culture (i.e., one liter Premium 3600 is equal to 3,600 liters
of an average algae culture). Weighs 3 lbs. Ships Next Day Air.
MODEL
EACH
PM36N
NANNOCHLOROPSIS PREMIUM 3600
$70.00
PM18I
ISOCHRYSIS PREMIUM 1800
44.00
PM18P
PAVLOVA PREMIUM 1800
44.00
PM18T
THALASSIOSIRA PREMIUM 1800
29.00
PM183
SHELLFISH DIET 1800*
44.00
PM36N
PM18I
*Shellfish diet is a mix of Isochrysis, Pavlova, Tetraselmis and Thalassiosira weissflogii.

Instant Algae and RotiGrow, RotiGreen are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Reed Mariculture,
Inc., Selco is a registered trademark of Inve Technologies, N.V. Joint Stock Co.
S.PARKLE
A cost-effective, easy-to-use and natural culture diet for a sparkling, consistent
rotifer culture. Selco S.parkle feed is formulated with high-quality,
purified ingredients, and leaves no foam or flock formations. Suitable
for short and productive cycles in any condition, allowing rotifer generations
to be re-inoculated up to 50 consecutive times. Rich in HUFA (17 mg/g).
Start feeding with 0.7 g S.parkle per million rotifers.
MODEL
ER6C
EACH
$225.00
2.5 KG (5.5 LBS)
TECH TALK 109

Rotifer Culture, High-Density vs Batch Methods
Rotifers are typically fed live algae and grown either in ponds or tanks when used as a commercial
scale larval diet. A farm with the space and water available to use traditional pond rearing
methods should keep doing so. A farm using live algae to grow rotifers in tanks should consider an
alternative. Traditional batch culture requires the grower to have both live algae tanks and rotifer
rearing tanks. The table compares the batch method to a new, high-density method that
substitutes algae paste for live algae.
The batch method requires a much higher investment in equipment and space. The high-density
method only requires rotifer tanks and their filtration systems. Water is another cost of growing
rotifers. Generally speaking, the batch culture method uses 75% exchange per day. The
high-density method, using algae paste, requires about 20% exchange of water per day. Another
cost factor is labor. Batch culture requires two full-time, live feed technicians, while the
high-density method only requires one part-time technician.
EQUIPMENT COST TO RAISE 100 MILLION ROTIFERS PER DAY

BATCH METHOD
HIGH-DENSITY METHOD
Density of rotifers
500 per ml
2,000 per ml
Tank size
100 Liters
100 Liters
75 liters fresh algae
2.5 liters algae paste
50 million
200 million
10-14 tanks
1-2 tanks
$12,000
$3,000
Algae requirement per tank

Total rotifers per tank
Tanks needed for 1 week feed
Estimated equipment cost
High-density rotifer culture systems can clearly reduce costs. However, these systems require a
transition time and there is a learning curve. You will need a technician who is willing to learn the
system and how to predict its production. Since more rotifers are being grown in one tank, it is best
to have a backup system running at a lower production rate as insurance should a system fail.
400 LIVE FEED

Enrichments
ROTIGROW PLUS FEED
SELCON CONCENTRATE
Highly unsaturated fatty acids
An all-in-one diet that can be used for growout,

enrichment and gut-loading. This microalgal blend
meets HUFA requirements up to 40 mg/g d.w. and
DHA:EPA ratio of 1.6:1. Produces rotifers rich in
phospholipids DHA, EPA and ARA. Clean, effective
and allows use of enrichment feeds that are
nutritionally balanced for healthier rotifers.
Only Selcon Concentrate contains omega-3

HUFA, Vitamin B12 and pure stabilized
vitamin C. Highly concentrated, it is ideal for
enriching rotifers and Artemia. Can also be
soaked into freeze-dried foods.
MODEL
EACH
SE60
2 OZ (60 ML)
$14.58
SE16
16 OZ (473 G)
98.23
MODEL EACH
RGP $66.50
Instant Algae and RotiGrow, RotiGreen are trademarks and/

or registered trademarks of Reed Mariculture, Inc., Selco is a
registered trademark of Inve Technologies, N.V. Joint Stock Co.
SE60
ROTIGROW NANNO FEED
SE16
Nannochloropsis feed with a high biomass

conversion rate and ver y little organic waste.
Provides a high EPA and ARA pre-enrichment
boost for use with high DNA enrichment protocols.
MODEL EACH
N-RICH PL PLUS
RGN $65.50
Provides a host of nutrients typical of Isochrysis,

Pavlova, Tetraselmis, and Thalassiosira
including carotenoids, enzymes, and sterol s.
High protein and car bohydr ate content
maintains rotifer health throughout the
enrichment process. Easy to measure and
disperse, and produces minimal waste.
MODEL EACH
NRICH $44.00
LIQUID HUFA
Ideal for brine shrimp
SE536
EASY SELCO
A new greenwater feed that provides optimum

DHA, EPA and ARA nutrition for gill-feeding
larval fish and maintains high rotifer enrichment
in the tank. Clean, nonsettling and nonfouling.
MODEL EACH
RGG $70.00
Use Selco products to enrich zooplankton prior

to feeding to increase omega-3 fatty acids and
essential amino acids. Increasing the nutritional
value of rotifers and Artemia can make a huge
difference in larval survival. Easy Selco contains
200 mg/g dry weight. Recommended feed rate is
0.6 grams Selco per liter of salt water. Simply
emulsify the enrichment for 3 minutes and add to
the zooplankton tank at least 24 hours prior to feed
out. Sold in 1-kg bottles. Ship weight 3 lbs.
MODEL
ROTIGREEN FEED
EACH
$56.30
ROTI-RICH INVERTEBRATE DIET

A specialized microalgae/yeast diet that is fortified with a rich, full vitamin
mixture and specific essential trace elements.
It can be used with or without microalgae to feed a variety of invertebrates
including rotifers, Artemia, Daphnia and filter feeders, such as scallops, clams,
sponges and corals.
COMMITMENT TO CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

Our customers are our first priority.
We will provide extraordinary service to
satisfy the needs of our customers.
We will deliver our products and services
on time and error free, conforming to the
requirements of our customers.
We strive to do it right the first time and
eliminate any problem that prevents us
from achieving complete customer
satisfaction.
We thank you for your patronage.
RR32
MODEL
RR01
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
RR32
32-OZ BOTTLE
$26.50
RR01
1.1 LB DRY, MAKES 1 GALLON
24.14
LIVE ORGANISMS & FISH 401

Koi

KOI STOCKING PACKS
Guaranteed to arrive alive!
Butterfly
We have partnered with Blackwater Creek

Koi Farms to offer several varieties of koi
at reasonable rates. Blackwater Creek is
an isolated group of three farms with highquality fish that has maintained disease-free
status for SVC through government testing
and monitoring. The farms have not introduced
fish from any outside sources in over 7 years,
and the parent fish come from Japanese
broodstock. We are sure you will enjoy the
koi you receive. All prices include overnight
shipping from Blackwater Creek.
Standard
Shipping info
Standard Overnight shipping is included in the
price for the continental USA*. All orders placed
by Friday at 5 PM ship Tuesday of the following
week (Saturday orders ship after 10 days). No
shipping to PO boxescustomers must be home to
accept package. You must supply an email address
with your order to receive a FedEx tracking number.
Standard Big
Koi Stocking Packs
Goldfish
Blackwater Creek Koi Farms
Butterfly KoiA Great Mix of Colors
Standard Fin Starter Fish (Big)
MODEL
EACH
BUFU1
36"
SMALL/MEDIUM
20 FISH PER BOX
$226.00
BUFU2
610"
MEDIUM/LARGE
9 FISH PER BOX
347.00
BUFU3
814"
LARGE
4 FISH PER BOX
268.00
MODEL
STNDBIG
1014"
7 FISH PER BOX
Koi Stocking Packs**Mix of Decorative, Select and Butterfly

(No Guaranteed Ratio)
MODEL
Standard Fin
MODEL
EACH
STND1
36"
SMALL/MEDIUM
20 FISH PER BOX
173.00
STND2
610"
MEDIUM/LARGE
9 FISH PER BOX
304.00
STND3
814"
LARGE
4 FISH PER BOX
273.00
EACH
$160.00
STCKFF50
MINI FISH FARM (FF50-3) 24" 200 FISH PER BOX
STCKFF400 FISH FARM II (FF400)
EACH
356.00
24" 1,200 FISH PER BOX 1,715.00
GoldfishMix of Sarassa, Shubunkins, Comets and Wakins

MODEL
GOLDFISH1
34"
50 FISH PER BOX
EACH
136.00
*Sorry, koi cannot be shipped to Maine. In addition, certain rural addresses may incur additional shipping charges.
**Receive an additional discount when ordering in conjunction with a Fish Farm.
402 LIVE ORGANISMS & FISH

Starter Cultures
MYSID SHRIMP
Live cultures of mysid shrimp Mysidopsis bahia are the perfect food source for
sea horses, sea dragons and other aquarium fish. They measure 812 mm
long. The cultures are mixed sex and contain 250 shrimp. Ship Next Day Air.
MODEL EACH
MSC $72
LIVE S-TYPE ROTIFERS

Great starter culture!
Due to their small size (avg. 120 microns; range from 90150 microns), these S-type rotifers
are perfect for the first feeding stages of aquacultured marine fish for both the hobbyist and
commercial industries. They are also suitably sized for species with small mouthparts,
such as mandarinfish, seahorses (adults and fry) and grouper and snapper larvae. S-type
rotifers can also be fed to reef aquaria, including carnivorous invertebrates, LPS and SPS
corals, soft corals and anemones.
S-type rotifers should be kept in the refrigerator with the bag open. This allows for oxygen
exchange that rotifers need to survive. Prior to use, gently swirl the water to resuspend the
rotifers that have settled to the
MODEL EACH
bottom of the bag. To obtain maximum
effectiveness, we suggest acclimating
LRC4
0.5 MILLION
$22.50
the rotifers first by leaving the desired
LRC5
0.75 MILLION
27.50
feeding amount out at room
temperature for approximately 10
LRC6
1 MILLION
30.00
minutes. If you are concerned about
LRC7
5 MILLION
115.00
water contamination, you can sieve
the rotifers through a 55- or
LRC8
10 MILLION
150.00
75-micron mesh screen before
LRC9
20 MILLION
180.00
feeding to your tank.
Recommended rotifer density is
50,00080,000 rotifers per 50-gallon
tank every 2 weeks, feeding directly to
the tank. Studies show that more
constant/greater feeding to a reef
tank leads to a more healthy
environment for corals.
LRC10
30 MILLION
LRC11
50 MILLION
$270.00
375.00
LRC12
60 MILLION
450.00
LRC13
70 MILLION
525.00
LRC14
100 MILLION
630.00
INSTANT ROTIFERS
Produced by Reed Mariculture, these live marine
rotifer cultures of Brachionus plicatilis are the
solution for short-term feeding in marine
aquariums and as a starter culture. One-quart
package contains approximately 600,000 rotifers,
shipped in breathable bags and enriched with
algae. Includes 15-oz rotifer diet algae mix of
Nannochloropsis and Tetraselmis. These cultures
can be refrigerated for up to 2 weeks or used
immediately. Ship Next Day Air, FOB CA.
MODEL EACH 4+ 12+
RC6N
$48.00 $45.60/4+ $43.32/12+
COPEPODS
These live cultures of copepods are excellent for aquarium
fish, invertebrates and larval fish diets or supplements. The
Tigriopus californicus measure approximately 3,000 microns in
size and are a great prey species for predatory aquarium fish.
6-oz bottles contain an avarage of 500 individuals per bottle.
Ship Next Day Air.
MODEL EACH
CP0D1
$21.00
LIVE ORGANISMS & FISH 403

Bioassay/Rotifer Eggs
LIVE ORGANISMS
Pentair AES offers a wide selection of live organism cultures for laboratory
biotoxicology research, educational studies or live food cultures. Due to
availability and shipping requirements, please allow 5 days for shipment.
All organisms ship Next Day Air. Organisms are guaranteed to arrive alive or
we will refund the full purchase price of the lost organisms, excluding shipping.
All organisms are shipped with an acclimation guide.
Freshwater Algae
MODEL
QTY
285100
SELENASTRUM CAPRICORNUTUM
50 ML
285101
SELENASTRUM CAPRICORNUTUM
4 LITERS
Saltwater Algae
MODEL
MAD1
NANNOCHLOROPSIS
QTY
MICROALGAE DISC
EACH
MODEL
QTY
$50.00
285129
MENIDIA BERYLLINA (114 DAYS OLD)
20
$20.00
50.00
285130

CYPRINODON SPP.
(SHEEPSHEAD MINNOW)
10
25.00
EACH
19.84
MAD2
TETRASELMIS
MICROALGAE DISC
19.84
MAD3
ISOCHRYSIS
MICROALGAE DISC
19.84
LAC1Q
NANNOCHLOROPSIS
1 QUART
17.82
LAC3Q
ISOCHRYSIS
1 QUART
17.82
Freshwater Invertebrates
MODEL
QTY
EACH
285102
DAPHNIA PULEX
100+ MIXED AGE
60.00
285103
DAPHNIA PULEX
100+ GRAVID ADULTS
60.00
285104
MOINA SPP.
100+
22.00
285105
MOINA SPP.
285106
DAPHNIA MAGNA
1,000+
89.00
100 EGGS
20.00
285107
DAPHNIA MAGNA
100+ MIXED AGE
60.00
285108
DAPHNIA MAGNA
100+ GRAVID ADULTS
60.00
285109
COPEPODS, MIXED
100+
25.00
285111
TUBIFEX WORMS
100+
23.26
285113
MOSQUITO LARVAE
100+
20.00
285114
MOSQUITO LARVAE
500+
92.00
285115
PLANKTON MIX
400 ML
24.00
285147
ROTIFERS
200 ML
28.00
285116
NEMATODES
100 ML
22.00
285117
NEMATODES
1 LITER
48.00
100 GRAVID ADULTS
60.00
12-DAY CULTURE
75.00
PER GRAM
10.00
285118
CERIODAPHNIA DUBIA
285119
HYALELLA AZTECA, 3RD INSTAR
285120
LUMBRICULUS VARIEGATUS
Saltwater Vertebrates
Saltwater Invertebrates
MODEL
285121*
QTY
ARTEMIA, ADULT, 1 LB
EACH
EACH
1,000 ML
58.00
285122*
ARTEMIA, ADULT
200 ML
30.00
LRC2
BRACHIONUS PLICATILIS
1 QUART
19.35
LRC3
BRACHIONUS PLICATILIS
1 GALLON
39.95
285123
OCEAN COPEPODS
1 LITER
65.00
285124
PALAEMONETES VULGARIS 50
48.00
285125
PALAEMONETES VULGARIS 200

127.00
*Not for shipment to Canada.
Daphnia magna
Oryzia latipes (Medaka)
ROTIFER EGGS
These lab-cultured resting eggs are ideal for setting up cultures
of the saltwater rotifer Brachionus plicatilis or the freshwater rotifer
Brachionus calyciflorus. Simple to culture, just remove the cysts
from the vial and place in water with low light. Hatching and feeding
commences in 24 to 36 hours and reproduction about 18 hours
after hatching. When properly stored, eggs will remain viable for up
to 2 years. Small size contains 2,000 to 3,000 cysts (eggs) and large
has 15,000 to 20,000. All sizes weigh 6 oz.
MODEL
RE1
EACH
RE1
SMALL SALTWATER
$15.93
RE2
SMALL FRESHWATER
15.93
RE3
LARGE SALTWATER
49.75
RE4
LARGE FRESHWATER
49.75
404 LIVE ORGANISMS & FISH

Bioassay/Starter Cultures
LIVE ORGANISMS
Pentair AES offers a wide selection of live organism cultures for laboratory
biotoxicology research, educational studies or live food cultures. Due to
availability and shipping requirements, please allow 5 days for shipment.
All organisms ship Next Day Air. Organisms are guaranteed to arrive alive or
we will refund the full purchase price of the lost organisms, excluding shipping.
All organisms are shipped with an acclimation guide.
Saltwater Invertebrates
MODEL
QTY
EACH
285126 AMPELISCA ABDITA (AMPHIPOD)
20
$20.00
285127 MYSIDOPSIS BAHIA (>15 DAYS)
20
16.00
285128 PALEOMENETES PUGIO

(GRASS SHRIMP, JUVENILE)
Freshwater Vertebrates, Zebrafish

MODEL
20
20.00
MODEL
QTY
QTY
EACH
20
25.00
285132 DANIO RERIO (< 60 DAYS)
10
25.00
285133 DANIO RERIO (61120 DAYS)
25.00
285134 DANIO RERIO (>121 DAYS)
25.00
EACH
285135 ORYZIAS LATIPES (EGGS)
20
20.00
285136 ORYZIAS LATIPES (<90 DAYS)
10
20.00
285137 ORYZIAS LATIPES (>91 DAYS, SEXED)
20.00
Fathead Minnows
285131 DANIO RERIO (EGGS)
Danio rerio (Zebrafish)
Japanese Medaka
MODEL
QTY
EACH
285142 PIMEPHALES PROMELAS (EGGS)
20
$12.00
285143 PIMEPHALES PROMELAS (OVA TO 10 DAYS)
20
12.00
285144 PIMEPHALES PROMELAS (1160 DAYS)
20
15.00
285145 PIMEPHALES PROMELAS (61120 DAYS)
10
20.00
285146 PIMEPHALES PROMELAS (>181 DAYS)
30.00
Redworm
Daphnia pulex
Mosquito Larvae
LIVE ROTIFER CULTURES

Live cultures of the marine rotifer Brachionus plicatilis are an excellent food
source for larval fish and invertebrates. Easy to culture, they are about
one-half the size of Artemia nauplii and can be fed live microalgae or a dry
rotifer diet. They are packed at a density of 510/mL and are available in quart
and gallon sizes. Ship Next Day Air (freight not included in price). Although
temperature fluctuations during transit are not generally a problem, live arrival
is not guaranteed. See Index for Plankton Culture Manual.
MODEL
EACH
LRC2
1 QUART, 4 LBS
LRC3
1 GALLON, 10 LBS
$19.35
39.95
PLUMBING 405
Product
406 Garden Hoses/Accessories

408 Hose/Clamps/Flow Indicator
409 Valves
416 Valves/Well Screens
417 Eco-Trap
418 Plugs/Couplings/Caps
419 Tank Fitting Kits/Drains
420 Screens/Strainers/Foot Valves
421 Pipe Cutters/Holesaws/Cable Saw
422 Bulkhead Fittings/Rubber Seal
424 Pipe Hangers/Supports/Clamps/

PVC Pipe
433 Tees/Crosses/Adapter Inserts
425 Silicone Tubing/Valve/Vinyl Tubing

426 Clear PVC Pipe/Fittings/Tubing
435 Unions/Plug/Long Sweep/

Reducer Bushing
428 Adapters/Fittings
436 Bushings/Couplings/Adapters
429 Reducers
437 Wrench/Rubber Sheet/File/

Flanges/Gaskets/Bolts Sets
430 Hose Clamps/Adapters/Taps/

Drill Bits/Piping
434 Ells/Nipples
431 Quick Disconnect Fittings

432 Lubricants/Sealants
406 PLUMBING
Garden Hoses/Nozzles
PREMIUM DUTY WATER HOSE
HOT WATER HOSE
Gilmour Flexogen water hose has a robust double

polyester cord reinforcement and high burststrength construction up to 500 PSI. The Flexogen
Advantage construction provides superior
flexibility and all-weather performance with a
protective collar to resist kinks at the faucet and
crush-resistant heavy-duty metal couplings with
O-rings for a durable and tight seal. Lifetime
Warranty. Made in USA.

SHIP WT
MODEL LENGTH DIA. (LBS) EACH
Gilmour Flexogen hot water hose withstands

hot water up to 200 F. yet weighs 33% less than
traditional rubber hose. Withstands pressure up
to 400 PSI. The Flexogen Advantage construction
provides superior flexibility and all-weather
performance with a protective collar to resist
kinks at the faucet and crush-resistant heavy-duty
metal couplings with O-rings for a durable and
tight seal. Lifetime Warranty. Made in USA.
H10050 50
5/8
$38.95
H10075 75
5/8
12
49.95
H10100 100
5/8
16
69.95
5-YEAR WARRANTY

SHIP WT
MODEL LENGTH DIA. (LBS)
HW58050 50
5/8
EACH
$74.95
LIFETIME WARRANTY
LIFETIME WARRANTY
MEDIUM-DUTY WATER HOSE
STAINLESS STEEL WATER NOZZLES
Gilmour medium-duty water hose is lightweight

yet durable with a burst strength of 250 PSI.
The Flexogen Advantage construction delivers
flexibility and kink resistance, while the crushresistant Full-Flo metal couplings with washers
provide a durable and tight seal. The hose features a
polished surface to resist dirt-collecting abrasions.
Five-year warranty. Made in USA.

SHIP WT
MODEL LENGTH DIA. (LBS) EACH
Heavy-Duty stainless steel nozzle with rear trigger. Stainless steel coupling
and tip for the ultimate in corrosion resistance, impact resistance, durability
and quality. Slip-resistant and ergonomic design. Adjustable water flow for
improved control. Hold open clip for continuous spray. Pattern nozzle has spray
patterns that include clean, soft wash, jet, flower, sweep, garden, rinse, and
shrub. Adjustable tip nozzle alters the water stream from jet to wide stream.
Lifetime Warranty.

SHIP WT
MODEL
NOZZLE TYPE
(LBS)
EACH
MD58025 25
5/8
$14.95
MD58050 50
5/8
18.95
MD58075 75
5/8
31.95
COMFORT GRIP NOZZLE
N400GWR
SPRAY PATTERN
0.8
$15.95
N400GCR
ADJUSTABLE TIP
0.9
14.95
TECH FAV
Molded-on vinyl grip is cushioned.

Male hose threaded front for attaching accessories.
Solid brass valve stem with adjusting nut.
N400GWR
Hold-open clip for continuous spraying.
LIFETIME WARRANTY
N400GCR
Stainless steel spring.

Heavy-duty, full-size, diecast zinc body.
MODEL
EACH 4+
NZ93
HOT WATER/HIGH PRESSURE

WATER NOZZLET
$7.50 $6.75
SALTWATER NOZZLE
This nozzle is specially designed to resist the
corrosion caused by salt water. The durable
polymer body includes an internal spring
mechanism of stainless steel. Leakproof
and threaded at both ends.
MODEL
NZ474
EACH 4+
$4.15 $3.73
N50500GP
JET SPRAY NOZZLE

This solid-stream, brass jet nozzle is ideal for walkways,
sidewalks and driveways.
MODEL
NZ23
This industrial spray nozzle is designed to handle

the toughest cleaning jobs. With heavy-duty
construction and insulating soft-grip over-molds,
it is designed for hot water use and/or high
pressure levels. Heavy duty die-cast zinc with
brass spray tip. Handles up to 200 PSI. Ergonomic
curved shape for comfort during use. Adjustable tip
alters the water stream.

SHIP WT
MODEL
NOZZLE TYPE
(LBS)
EACH
EACH 4+
$3.50 $3.14
ADJUSTABLE BRASS NOZZLE

Made of heavy solid brass, this rugged nozzle
is fully adjustable from fine mist to full stream.
It features a self-rising stem and is designed to
last a lifetime!
MODEL EACH
NZ22
$8.47
ADJUSTABLE TIP
0.6
$7.95
POLYPROPYLENE DELIVERY NOZZLE

Want an easy way to fill up water tanks? This handy
delivery nozzle is excellent for delivering fresh
or salt water to jugs, tanks and other containers
in labs, hatcheries and even aquarium stores.
Nozzle body is polypropylene, lever is stainless
steel. 1 FNPT inlet.
MODEL EACH
NZ35
$52.31
Flexogen is a registered trademark of Robert Bosch Tool Corp.
PLUMBING 407
Garden Hose Accessories

GARDEN HOSE MENDERS AND COUPLINGS
GARDEN HOSE ACCESSORIES
Premium nylon construction for maximum strength and durability.

Impact resistant clamp design. Noncorroding, high-grade, stainless steel
screws will not strip when tightened. Reusable and leakproof. For garden
hose and vinyl tubing with I.D.
MODEL
3110-AQ
EACH
12+
$1.97
1.55
3194
PLASTIC HOSE END CAP, 2/PK
.65
.48
3150
PLASTIC "Y" CONNECTOR W/

SHUT-OFF
3.40
2.76
TVW
76# WASHERS, 100/PK
6.67
PLASTIC HOSE SHUT-OFF
HM22
HM46
HM34
3194
3110
MODEL
HOSE I.D.
EACH
$2.71
HM22
HOSE MENDER
5/8", 3/4"
HM23
HOSE MENDER
7/16", 1/2", 9/16"
2.71
HM34
FEMALE COUPLING
5/8", 3/4"
1.72
HM35
FEMALE COUPLING
7/16", 1/2", 9/16"
1.72
HM46
MALE COUPLING
5/8", 3/4"
1.54
HM47
MALE COUPLING
7/16, 1/2, 9/16
1.54
3150
GARDEN HOSE ADAPTERS

These natural nylon adapters convert garden hose thread (GHT) to standard
national pipe thread (NPT) or to barb fittings. NPT is used with most PVC fittings.
Follow part number with A for 1/2 NPT or B for 3/4 NPT
PVC SADDLE
Our straight PVC saddle is easy to install. Just drill a
3/8 hole into 1/2 PVC pipe and secure the saddle in
place with PVC glue. 1/8 FNPT threads.
MODEL
VS1
EACH 100+
STRAIGHT SADDLE
$1.35 $1.15
GH2A
VS1 W/VBR12
GH3A
GH4A
MODEL
EACH
10+
$1.25
1.04
FEMALE GHT X MALE NPT
1.38
1.15
MALE GHT X FEMALE NPT
1.43
1.19
GH5
MALE GHT X 1/4" BARB
1.17
.97
GH6
MALE GHT X 3/8" BARB
1.17
.97
GH2 (A or B)
MALE GHT X MALE NPT
HOSE HANGER SYSTEM 2-YEAR WARRANTY
GH3 (B Only)
The UnReel is a simple solution for attractive and efficient hose storage and
use. Easily mounted, with hardware and mounting template included, the
jaw pivots down from its vertical storage position to play out just the length
required, one loop at a time, with no kinks. It also pivots side-to-side to feed
hose to you. After use, simply return the jaw to its vertical position and feed
the hose back into the jaws one loop at a time. Handles up to 100 of 5/8 or 75
of 3/4 hose (not included). Two-year warranty.
GH4 (A or B)
MODEL EACH
KINK PROTECTOR
HR33
Coiled spring faucet extension with solid brass couplings.
$14.45
Protects hose and prevents kinks at faucet.

Allows hose to bend at sharp angle and maintain even water flow.
MODEL EACH
KP5
$9.30
The UnReel is a registered trademark of Ultimate Tool Group.

408 PLUMBING
Hose/Tubing/Clamps/Flow Indicators
DISCHARGE HOSE
RIGID CLEAR TUBING

Rigid tubing is ideal for microalgae and zooplankton culture tanks where
aeration is required at the bottom of the tank. This is a thin-walled (only
.020" to .030" thick), rigid, "straw-like" tube. Sold in 36" length. To extend
length, use a piece of vinyl tubing as a coupler.
This is a good quality, polyvinyl-coated discharge hose. It is UV-resistant for

extra long life outdoors. It lies flat when not in use, which allows easy storage
and handling. The maximum roll length is 300, but we will cut it to any size
for you.
16045
A502
16025
16015
MODEL
LENGTH
16005
O.D.
FITS TUBING
16005 36" 3/16"
EACH
MODEL
6+
24+
TP30
$2.75 $2.20 $1.93
16010 36" 5/16" TV40
2.85 2.28 2.00
16015 36" 3/8"
TV60
2.95 2.36 2.07
16025 36" 1/2"
TP70
3.85 3.08 2.70
16035 36" 5/8"
TV80
5.30 4.24 3.71
16040 36" 3/4"
TV90
6.65 5.32 4.66
16045 36"
TV100
7.15 5.72 5.01
1"
STAINLESS STEEL HOSE CLAMPS

You can find clamps for less, but then they must be replaced when the
screw rusts away. These quality clamps are all stainless steel (#301SS band)
including the screw (#410SS)! The one-piece housing is locked to the band
without spot welds. The band is 9/16 wide (5/16 on SSAA) and the screw has
both a slotted head and a 5/16 hex. Choose clamps with a larger maximum
diameter than the outside diameter (O.D.) of the tubing that it will be holding.
Made in USA.
SHIP WT PER 100
A50112
EACH
11/2"
16 LBS
$ .90/Ft
A502
2"
23 LBS
1.16/Ft
A503
3"
39 LBS
1.70/Ft
A504
4"
52 LBS
1.89/Ft
A506
6"
68 LBS
3.58/Ft
FLOW INDICATORS
This polystyrene flow indicator provides an immediate visual indication of water,
air or gas flow. Minimum flowrate with air is .1 cfm mounted horizontally, .28
cfm mounted in a vertical position. Minimum flowrate with water to activate the
ball is 50 mL/min mounted horizontally, 140 mL/min mounted in a vertical
position. Max pressure 10 psi. Measures 39 mm x 57 mm, inlet/outlet barbs fit
1/4" to 3/8" I.D. tubing.
MODEL EACH 4+
FW1 $25.92 $23.07
SUCTION/DISCHARGE HOSE
DIAMETER
MODEL
SIZE
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
EACH
10+
SSAA
1/4"
0.22"
0.62"
$1.02
$.94
SSA
1/2"
0.38"
0.88"
1.25
1.16
SSB
3/4"
0.50"
1.06"
1.30
1.22
SSC
1"
0.75"
1.75"
1.40
1.34
This PVC hose is externally ribbed with smooth inside surfaces. It weighs about
half that of rubber suction hose. Rated at 28 Hg vacuum at 68F. Its small bend
radius (see below) and high strength will give reliable service for pumping,
siphoning, fish hauling, etc. Full rolls are 100 feet.

MODEL
ACTUAL
I.D.
SH4
11/2" 90
MAX
PSI
MINIMUM
BEND RADIUS
MAX*
LENGTH
SSD
11/4"
1.00"
2.00"
1.40
1.34
SSE
11/2"
1.25"
2.25"
1.45
1.37
SSF
2"
1.50"
2.50"
1.60
1.51
SSG
21/2"
2.25"
3.25"
1.75
1.60
SSH
31/2"
2.50"
4.50"
1.75
1.60
SH8
4" 50 18"
8'
2.1
10.63/FT
SSI
4"
3.00"
5.00"
2.05
1.82
SH9
6 45 34
4.5
13.75/FT
SSJ
5"
4.50"
6.50"
3.25
2.95
*Maximum per ground carton; 100 Maximum by truck.
6"
WT/FOOT (LBS)
100'
0.5
$2.82/FT
SH5
2" 70 9"
50' 0.7
4.06/FT
SH6
3" 60 13" 20' 1.3
6.76/FT
PLUMBING 409
Valves
GATE AND GLOBE VALVES
BRASS BALL VALVES
HOSE VALVE
Preferred where fine adjustments to flow are

needed. acetal resin (plastic) valves may be used
for air or water at -20 to 180F and up to 100 psi.
The no-kink style has a MNPT on its base and
garden hose threads on the outlet. The VP31 is
white PVC (not rated for compressed air) with slip
sockets and glues onto 3/4 PVC pipe. All others are
threaded. Washerless. Made in USA.
These top-quality ball valves feature corrosionresistant, chrome-plate balls and PTFE seals for
years of high-temperature easy, operation. The
body is LA 377 brass forging. Plated steel handle
with vinyl grip.
Easily turned handle. Rated up to 45 psi at

100F (38C).
MODEL
VBB4
28.74
FOR TUBING
EACH
VC2 PLASTIC 1/2" FNPT GATE VALVE, STRAIGHT $5.95

VC3 PLASTIC 3/4" FNPT GATE VALVE, STRAIGHT
5.95
VP31
PVC 3/4" SLIP VALVE, STRAIGHT
5.80
VK2
PLASTIC 1/2" MNPT VALVE, NO-KINK
5.00
VK3
PLASTIC 3/4" MNPT VALVE, NO-KINK
5.25
MODEL
FOR TUBING
EACH
VBB2 1/2" FNPT
$12.00
VBB3 3/4" FNPT
17.93
1" FNPT
VP31
EACH
10+
5/16"
$2.03
$1.73
MSK610
3/8"
2.07
1.76
MSK714
1/2"
2.44
2.07
MSK816
5/8"
2.44
2.07
MSK714
The PVC globe valves are glued together as

manifolds to save you time. Each valve will pass
2 gpm with less than 1 psi pressure loss. These
PVC valves have 1/2 FNPT outlets. The manifold
ports are 1/2 FNPT and a threaded plug is included,
which may be removed for another connection.
MODEL
OAL
EACH
4+
PV2
2-VALVE
8"
$27.49
$25.57
PV3
3-VALVE
11"
42.52
39.54
PV4
4-VALVE
14"
48.26
44.88
PV5
5-VALVE
17"
54.80
53.03
PV6
6-VALVE
20"
66.11
63.98
EACH
$6.75
MODEL
MSK558
VALVE MANIFOLDS, LARGE
1/2 I.D.
DRIP EMITTER
MINIATURE STOPCOCKS
FOR TUBING
FOR TUBING
These emitters have an infinite adjustment up to

2 gph, and screw in with a 10/32 thread. The emitter
screws into the riser tube or 3/16 tubing. See Index
for riser tube.
For low-pressure air and water.

MODEL
VK2
VBB2
MODEL
70012
42115-AQ
EACH
50+
$1.60
$1.28/50+
TUBING VALVES
Roll type
RC9 and RC10 are made of polyester (PBT) that
offers permanent rigidity and stiffness even
in high-humidity areas. Infinite variable flow.
Easy one-hand operation. No metal parts.
Chemical and temperature resistant. No corrosion.
Ideal for continuous, long-term use for air or water.
Autoclavable to 320F (160C).
MSK816
MSK610
MODEL FOR TUBING
MSK558
DRUM FAUCET
EACH
25+
DV34
$3.45
$2.92/25+
PV5
RC10
1/4" TO
9/16" I.D.
8.43
7.59
RC9
Clamp Type
Manufactured of tough plastic without sharp edges.
DC9 is an on/off valve only. The DC10 and DC11
have a 12-position ratchet control. Accurate and
economical.
MODEL
USE FOR WATER TO 100 PSI.
25+
RC9
Here is a very low-cost polyethylene valve that can

be used in low-pressure applications. Two-piece
construction, 3/4 MNPT threads.
MODEL
EACH
1/8" TO
$7.58 $6.82
7/16" I.D.
FOR TUBING
EACH
DC9
UP TO 1/4 I.D. $.22
VALVE MANIFOLDS, MEDIUM
SPIGOT VALVE
DC10
1/8 TO 3/8 I.D.
Our valve manifolds will save you time and

aggravation. They are made with quarter-turn
valves (BV25). The manifold ports are 1/2 FNPT and
a 1/2 FNPT plug is included. Each valve is 1/4FNPT.
Barb accepts 5/8 I.D. flexible tubing. Polyethylene.
DC11
UP TO 3/4 I.D. 2.69
Each valve will pass 1/2 gpm with less than 1 psi
pressure loss. They also make excellent manifolds
for air distribution. The 1/2 threaded plug may be
removed for another connection.
MODEL
OAL
MV2 2-VALVE 8"
EACH
MODEL
EACH
3/4"
MPT
14.32
12.88
4+
28.73
25.86
MV4 4-VALVE 14"
35.68
32.11
MV5 5-VALVE 16"
45.35
40.82
MV6 6-VALVE 18"
52.36
47.12
PLASTIC NEEDLE VALVE

TV1
These needle valves are small gate valves designed

for applications where accurate flow is required.
Valves have a barb inlet/outlet.
MODEL
$24.74 $22.27
MV3 3-VALVE 11"
.87
10+
1/2"
$12.20 $10.92
TV1
MPT
TV2
DC9
MV6
FOR TUBING
EACH
10+
NV14
1/4" I.D.
$12.20
$10.97
NV38
3/8" I.D.
12.20
10.97
NV12
1/2" I.D.
11.85
10.66
NV14
410 PLUMBING
Valves
BUTTERFLY VALVES
Asahi /America butterfly valves are known for their high quality, high strength
and positive closure. They are made of PVC, polypropylene and stainless steel
and feature a notched gauge plate which allows more accurate judging of the
percentage of opening. Fit US standard flanges (see Index for flanges).
Electric
Actuator
11/2"4"
ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVES

Each of the butterfly valves can be coupled to either electric or pneumatic
actuators. The 11/2 through 4 actuators are housed in a NEMA 4X box. They
have a 5-second opening or closing time. They are 115V, 50/60 Hz, 15 amps,
single-pole, with double-throw switches and a 1/2 conduit connection. The 6
and 8 actuators are similar but feature die-cast aluminum housings and a
valve opening speed of 1025 seconds. Valves with actuators come fully
assembled and tested.
BV200
Electric
Actuator
6" & 8"
The pneumatic actuators are of the air-to-spring variety and they require a
minimum of 60 psi and a maximum of 120 psi. Springs are adjustable for
different air pressures.
Valves Only
MODEL
Valves w/ Electric Actuator
SHIP WT (LBS)
MODEL
EACH
SHIP WT (LBS)
BV115
11/2"
$157.14
BV115E
BV200
2"
164.29
BV200E
BV300
3"
185.69
BV300E
Valves w/ Pneumatic Actuator

EACH
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
$1,034.04
BV115N
1,046.27
BV200N
763.30
1,064.64
BV300N
14
883.90
$748.21
BV400
4"
257.00
BV400E
1,225.69
BV400N
15
922.44
BV600
6"
13
332.31
BV600E
23
2,167.09
BV600N
49
1,374.19
BV800
8"
23
575.11
BV800E
33
2,674.69
BV800N
95
3,346.99
Pneumatic
Actuator
Asahi/America is a registered trademark of Asahi/America, Inc.
ECONOMY BALL VALVES

Low-cost yet heavy-duty Schedule 40 ball valves. They have EPDM seats and
seals, rated at 150 psi, with full port flow openings. To order valves with
threads, add T after the part number. Imported.
SLIP OR
THREADED
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
10+
SBW12
1/2"
$3.20
$3.03
SBW13
3/4"
3.60
3.39
SBW14
1"
4.70
4.44
SBW15
11/4"
6.55
6.14
SBW16
11/2"
10.35
9.73
SBW18
3"
49.95
46.92
SBW19
4"
10
81.55
76.75
MODEL
BALL VALVES
MODEL EACH 4+
SBW12
TECH FAV
SHIP WT
(LBS)
2622005
1/2"
2622007
MODEL
Install at high points in an aquaculture

pressurized water system where air
accumulates. Water pressure automatically
forces air out, and when water reaches the
valve, the internal float creates a watertight
seal. Must be mounted vertically. Seals from
2 to 100 psi. Under suction, the valve functions
as a vacuum breaker. 1 FNPT threads, measures 51/4 H x 2 in diameter.
Air discharge rates (cfm): 60 @ 12.5 psi, 100 @ 25 psi and 180 @ 50 psi.
ST5
These high-quality ball valves are offered at an unbelievable price! They feature
PTFE ball seats and EPDM O-rings. The valves are very easy to turn. Maximum
150 psi rating. Certified by NSF for potable water use. Add a T after part
number for threaded valves.
SLIP OR
THREADED
AIR PURGE VALVE, HIGH FLOW

Prevents gas bubble disease
3-PORT VALVE
Allows proportional flow
10+
$5.58
$5.02
3/4"
6.61
5.95
2622010
1"
8.84
7.96
2622012
11/4"
12.36
11.12
2622015
11/2"
17.74
15.97
2622020
2"
22.19
19.97
MODEL EACH 4+
$43.10 $39.66
AIR PURGE VALVE
262205
One 3-way valve can take the place of three

regular valves in some situations. This unit can be
disassembled for cleaning and fits 11/2 and 2 PVC
pipe (11/2 slips into valve sockets, 2 pipe requires
couplings or bell ends). The inlet is always open.
The handle position closes sides 1 or 3. When in
position 2, none is closed. Made in USA.
SV300
EACH
$21.25 $19.12
This brass valve has an internal float that closes the

valve when filled with water. Use it to automatically
purge air from a water tank, pipe system, oxygen
saturator, etc. Mount it vertically wherever air collects.
Also works as a vacuum breaker. 1/4 MPT. 1/4poly plug
included. 3 OAL.
MODEL EACH 4+
ST4
$16.06 $14.09
Inlet
PLUMBING 411
Valves
KEYSTONE COMPOSEAL RESILIENT SEATED

BUTTERFLY VALVES WAFER STYLE
Resilient seated butterfly valves with valve body and disc in high
engineered composite material providing excellent internal and external
chemical resistance.
Since the entire valve exists of high engineered composite materials, it is
perfectly suited for a wide range of applications such as; building services,
hot water applications, industrial waste water and industrial water treatment
like purification, ozone or demineralization.
Integrated ISO 5211 top plate.

Smooth Composite body surface
eliminating the need to apply paint.
The light weight valve can be perfectly used in transportation and cargo
containers and in applications using metal, plastic or glass reinforced
pipe lines.
Integrated flange sealing.
Features
Wafer style body and disc in high engineered composite results in excellent
internal and external chemical resistance.
Secondary body split sealing.

Primary body split sealing.
Light weight construction results in lower cost and simplified installation.

No extra pipe support needed when installed in plastic or GRP piping.
Disc in high engineered composite material provides excellent
corrosion resistance.
All fasteners in stainless steel 316 as standard.
Bubble tight shut-off in both directions, in accordance with EN 12266-1
leakrate A.
Pressure range up to PN 16 at elevated temperature.
Valve can be used in high line velocity applications up to 40 ft/sec.
Spindle and primary valve seals are not influenced by the flange bolting force
or pipe flange type.
Spherical disc edge.
High Cv value.
No need for flange gaskets.
Primary stem sealing exceeds the pressure rating of the valve and prevents
leakage through the shaft area to atmosphere.
Thin disc profile resulting in high C v values.
A secondary (shaft) sealing provides back-up safety.
Four body locating holes on all sizes.
Four integrated locating holes ease installation and centering between the
pipe flanges.
Actuator flange acc. ISO 5211.
Sustainable production philosophy as the valve materials are
100% recyclable.
Use of composite material eliminates the need for machining and painting.
Composite hand lever available.
Available water approvals: KIWA, ACS, WRAS, NSF, BELGAQUA.
Certified and approved according Det Norske Veritas (DNV).
Gear Operated
Lever Handle
Lever Operated
MODEL
MM INCH
CSW050442WM1LHE
50
WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 050 / FIG 419 LEVER
$170.00
EACH
CSW065442WM1LHE
65
2.5
WAFER TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 065 / FIG 419 LEVER
210.00
CSW080442WM1LHE
80
WAFER TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 080 / FIG 419 LEVER
225.00
CSW100442WM1LHE
100
260.00
CSW125442WM1LHE
125
320.00
CSW150442WM1LHE
150
WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN150 / FIG 419 LEVER
370.00
Gear Operated - Hand Wheel

MODEL
MM INCH
CSW100442WM1GO
100
CSW125442WM1GO
125
CSW150442WM1GO
150
CSW200442WM1GO
EACH
WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 100 / GEAR OP.
$540.00
540.00
665.00
200
830.00
CSW250442WM1GO
250
10
WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN250 / GEAR OP.
1,270.00
CSW300442WM1GO
300
12
WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN300 / GEAR OP.
1,610.00
412 PLUMBING
Valves
TYPE-21 BALL VALVE

Pressure rated up to 230 psi (PVC, CPVC, PVDF)
Double O-ring seals on stem for added protection
Full bore, sizes 1/2"2"
Full vacuum rated, all sizes
Blocks in two directions, upstream and
downstream, leaving full pressure on the
opposite end of the valve
Integrally molded ISO mounting pad for both
manual and actuated operations
Integrally molded base pad to mount valves
securely or panel mounting
PTFE seats with elastomeric backing cushions
ensure bubble-tight shut-off and a low fixed
torque, while at the same time compensating
for wear
True Union design for easier installation or
repairs without expanding the pipe system
Built-in spanner wrench on the handle for valve
disassembly and assembly
Two sets of end connectors (socket and threaded)
included with all PVC and CPVC valves in sizes
1/2"2"
CPVC threaded end connectors on sizes 1/2"1"
come with stainless steel reinforcing rings
New PTFE Seat designFacilitates easier field
maintenance if required
Tapered O-ring grooveHelps to Keep the
end connector O-rings on the valve body
during installation
Body FlatsFlats have been added to either side
of the valve body where a wrench can be applied
to prevent the valve body from turning when the
Union Nuts are tightened
MODEL
EACH
1605005
1/2 TYPE-21 BALL VALVE
PVC/FKM SOCKET/THREADED COMBO
$64.00
1605007
79.00
1605010
1 TYPE-21 BALL VALVE
PVC/FKMSOCKET/THREADED COMBO
93.00
1605012
125.00
1605015
153.00
1605020
201.00
1613015
CPVC/FKM SOCK X THRD
230.00
1609020
CPVC/EPDM SOCK X THRD
298.00
1607030
PVC/FKM THREADED
486.00
1607040
PVC/FKM THREADED
823.00
1606030
PVC/FKM SOCKET
486.00
1606040
PVC/FKM SOCKET
823.00
TYPE 57 BUTTERFLY VALVE

PVC Body and EPDM Seat PVC Disc
Our 316 stainless steel shaft has full engagement over the entire length of the disc and is a non-wetted
part, totally isolated from the media.
Only solid and abrasion-resistant plastic disc and elastomeric liner are wetted parts.
ISO bolt circle on top flangeno body or stem modifications required
for accessories.
MODEL
EACH
3722030
3 PVC BODY & DISC
EPDM SEALS LEVER-OP TYPE 57 BTRFLY
3722040
4 PVC BODY & DISC
EPDM SEALS LEVER-OP BTRFLY
367.00
3722060
6 PVC BODY & DISC
EPDM SEALS LEVER-OP BTRFLY
550.00
OMNI BALL VALVE
$316.00
MODEL EACH
Blocks in two directions
1070005
1/2 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
Rugged structure
1070007
3/4 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
30.00
Unibody construction
1070010
1 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
40.00
1070012
11/4 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
52.00
1070015
11/2 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
67.00
1070020
2 OMNI BALL VALVE
PVC/EPDM SOCKET
90.00
Compact, low profile, short

face-to-face dimensions
PTFE seat backed by EPDM for
low stem torque
Rated for full vacuum service
$30.00
Asahi/America is a registered trademark of Asahi/America, Inc.

PLUMBING 413
Ball Valves
SINGLE UNION BALL VALVES
TRUE UNION BALL VALVES
These high-quality ball valves allow disconnection of lines without fear of

retainer-ring or ball moving. The retainer-ring is locked with two pins to
the body. PVC with EPDM O-rings and polyethylene seats. Rated at 150 psi.
Available in 11/2 and 2 only.
MODEL
BV112S
11/2 SLIP X SLIP
TECH FAV
These high-quality valves are available at low-end prices. They feature PTFE
seats that provide easier turning, better sealing and longer valve life. Schedule
80 PVC with EPDM O-rings rated at 150 psi at 72F. Slip unions are included for
all valves. All except TB3 and TB4 have molded actuator attachments. Imported.
EACH
6+
MODEL
$15.80
$14.20
TB12
1/2"
SHIP WT (LBS)
1
$9.75
EACH
$8.68/10+
BV112T
11/2 FNPT X FNPT
19.70
17.71
TB34
3/4"
12.00
10.68/10+
BV2S
2" SLIP X SLIP
21.30
19.10
TB1
1"
16.20
14.42/10+
BV2T
2" FNPT X FNPT
26.40
23.62
TB114
11/4"
21.85
19.45/10+
TB112
11/2"
28.45
25.32/10+
TB2
2"
38.60
34.35/10+
TB3
3"
11
108.30
96.38/10+
TB4
4"
30
221.85
197.45/6+
BV112S
TB2
SINGLE UNION BALL VALVES

These ball valves are made entirely of glass-filled polypropylene for strength
and chemical resistance. They feature low-operating torque (as in easy to open
and close), PTFE seats and double EPDM O-rings in the stem area and a 150 psi
rating. Choose two- or three-way style. Imported.
Note: Union may not be removed while under pressure, even if in the off position.
Two-Way, Single Union
Three-Way, Single Union

MODEL
FNPT
EACH
$16.60
PBV232
1/2"
$30.46
3/4"
16.50
PBV233
3/4"
29.85
PBV134
1"
20.23
PBV234
1"
37.31
PBV135
11/4"
27.15
PBV235
11/4"
35.71
PBV136
11/2"
36.38
PBV236
11/2"
50.00
PBV237
2"
59.54
MODEL
FNPT
EACH
PBV132
1/2"
PBV133
Your customer service is superb! I had sent a message to add an additional item to an order, and
was surprised to find that the order had already been shipped (just hours after I submitted it
online). The customer service person made another order for the additional item, and all is well.
So nice to still have a company that believes in being prompt! We look forward to doing business
with you again!
Ruth Olsen
Office Assistant
U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service
Klamath Falls Fish & Wildlife Office
Three-Way
Two-Way
Three-Way Valve Note:

1. Always open.
2. Open when handle is as shown.
3. Closed when handle is as shown. Turn handle 90 and 2 and 3 are closed.
Turn handle 180 and 3 is open and 2 is closed.
414 PLUMBING
Valves
12V 2-WAY BALL VALVES

Perfect for aquaculture
PURE OXYGEN SOLENOID VALVES
The KZValve QX Series 2-way, 12V 1.5A Ball Valves are powered by high-torque,
valve-actuating motors. Permanently lubricated, machined steel gears open
and/or close thepolypropylene ball valve in 1.5 seconds. These valves are
heavy-duty, fully weatherproof and compatible with recirculating aquaculture
water containing fish feces (not mud, sand or debris). Supplied with a 24
four-wire lead (you supply the switch). The 12V adapter (992) will operate one
valve. The ball valves can be disassembled. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
NEMA 6P rated waterproof actuator housing
316 stainless steel ball and stem
MODEL
EACH
900
VALVE, 3/4"
$280.00
902
VALVE, 1"
280.00
904
VALVE, 11/2", 12V
375.00
906
VALVE, 2"
461.00
908
VALVE, 3"
700.00
992
ADAPTER, 115VAC TO 12VDC
28.00
813NC
NORMALLY CLOSED
815NC
NORMALLY CLOSED
815NO
NORMALLY OPEN
MODEL
906
815NC
$225.40
285.69
817NC
EACH
817NC
1/2
$199.64
818NC
330.78
SOLENOID TIMER
This NEMA 4 outdoor-rated timer can be fitted to any solenoid

on this page (plug standard to DIN 43 650). Timer is programmable
via DIP switches and potentiometers. Can be programmed for
various on/off cycle times from 1 second to 100 hours, including
switch-on impulse. LED display, maximum power consumption
is 1.5 watts. It features NEMA 4 protection and working
temperature from 14140F. 115V/60 Hz.
4+
$136.59 $137.49
MODEL
MOTORIZED BALL VALVES
MODEL
SLIP OR THREADED
MV34
3/4"
$313.46
MV1
1"
320.23
MV114
11/4"
329.54
MV112
11/2"
337.62
MV20
2"
349.63
PVC GATE VALVES
MODEL
MV34
SOLENOID VALVES
For automating the flow of air, water, oil, etc.,

these valves are UL-listed with 1/2 NPT conduit
connection (12V) or cord nut (115V). The valve body
is brass with stainless steel internals. Temperature
range is 14194F (-1090C). 1/8 NPT ports and
internal opening, .3 gpm @ 1 psi, 2.2 gpm @ 85 psi.
85 psi max @ 12V, 145 psi max @ 115V, 8 watts.
Rated for continuous duty. Made in Germany.
$83.22
811NO
115V, N.O.
145.50
82NC
12V, N.C.
85.00
812NO
12V, N.O.
135.82
EACH
6+
WGV12
1/2
$13.46
$12.11
WGV34
3/4
16.82
15.14
WGV1
1"
21.22
19.10
WGV114
11/4"
27.16
24.44
WGV112
11/2"
36.38
32.74
2"
40.15
36.14
WGV2
WGV12
ECONOMICAL PVC GATE VALVES

PVC, pressure-rated to 40 psi. Do not freeze. Valves
include gate keeper accessory to hold gate open.
EACH
115V, N.C.
$124.14
These PVC gate valves are as useful as their bronze

counterparts and they get the job done at a fraction
of the cost. Gate valves are best suited to full open
or full closed operation. Do not freeze. NSFapproved, 150 psi maximum working pressure, full
flow opening. Available in both slip and FNPT. Add a
T to end of part number to order threaded ends.
Made in USA.
EACH
81NC
EACH
825
These Schedule 80 heavy-duty ball valves feature

PTFE seats and seals and 115V actuator motors.
5-second opening and 5-second closing speeds
prevent water hammer. The motor has a NEMA 4X
protective cover. The locked rotor amp draw is 2.2
amps (running amps will be about 1.5). 115VAC,
50/60 Hz, priced below. Add T to the part number
to order threaded ends (FNPT). One-year warranty.
Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH
LARGE OPENING SOLENOIDS
This UL-listed solenoid valve has 1/4 NPT in/out

ports, 0140 psi range, fluoroelastomer rubber
seal material and 1/2 NPT conduit connection.
115V/60 Hz only. 17 VA (hold), 24 VA (inrush).
NEMA 4. Made in Germany.
EACH
MODEL
For a high volume of air or water, a large opening is

needed. These solenoid valves are servo assisted to
open and close openings up to 11/2. Rated to 140 psi,
they require no differential pressure. Brass body.
Opening sizes same as in/out sizes. 115V/60 Hz,
normally closed only. NEMA 4. Each weighs 2 lbs.
Allow one week for shipment. Made in Germany.
STAINLESS STEEL COMPACT SOLENOID
MODEL
Oil and grease can be explosive when exposed to

high-pressure pure oxygen, so we offer this
specially made solenoid for use with pure oxygen.
It has 1/8 NPT in/out, 1/8 orifice, stainless steel body
and 1/2 conduit connection. 815NO is UL-listed.
115V/60 Hz only. Made in Germany.
81NC
MODEL
GV112-2
GV2-2
EACH
11/2" SLIP
$7.66
2" SLIP
11.85
GV112-2
PLUMBING 415
Valves
KNIFE GATE VALVES, 11/2 TO 8

Perfect for waste drains and low-pressure aquaculture
FLOAT VALVE
Knife gate valves are economical, quick-acting valves for clean and dirty water
low-pressure applications. They have become very popular in the aquaculture
industry for several reasons: they can be easily taken apart, the seals can be
changed and even the valve body can be changed without upsetting the ends
that may be glued to your pipes. Therefore, they can be used in place of unions!
If you have a valve glued in place, but want to take it out, you can simply unbolt it
and purchase new side pieces.
They offer unrestricted flow and are quick opening, 100% water tested at the
factory and quite low in cost. These 11/2 to 8 valves are all PVC with stainless
steel shafts, polypropylene knife gates (except for 4, 6 and 8, which are
stainless steel), and have TPE seals. The valves listed are all slip x slip, but
please note that you can order sides in various other styles below. Like most
valves, they are not for use in freezing weather. One-year warranty.
MODEL
MAX PSI
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
6+
GV11
11/2"
45
$13.05
$11.75
GV2
2"
40
18.54
16.69
GV3
3"
30
26.40
23.76
GV4
4"
20
77.25
69.53
GV6
6"
10
18
337.84
304.06
GV8
8"
10
20
503.56
453.20
Made of plastic for use with clean water only (do not
use recirculated water). Mount it to a water supply/
refill line at the desired water level. When that level
is reached, the valve shuts off. It will maintain the
level precisely at 1/4! Flow is 4 gpm @ 30 psi.
Operating range is 10 to 120 psi. 1 FNPT inlet.
Made in USA.
MODEL
PL9
GV3
6+
$32.74
PL9
FLOAT VALVE, MECHANICAL

OAL
INLET
PIPE SIZE
OUTLET
FLOW @
35 PSI
B&P
10"
1/4" HOSE
BARB
FREE
FLOW
RM262P
10"
1/4" MNPT
R825
8"
MGHT
RM214
10"
R7002F
R610
BODY
RM65
Larger sizes available, please call.
EACH
$35.20
3.75"
MODEL
GV4
5"
EACH
6+
1.3 GPM
$6.45
$5.83
FREE
FLOW
1.3 GPM
60.75
54.70
FREE
FLOW
2.0 GPM
32.30
29.12
1/2" MNPT 3/8" COMP.
3.0 GPM
17.58
15.85
20"
1/2" MNPT 1/2" MNPT
12 GPM
62.85
56.53
28"
11/2" FNPT
112 GPM
134.45
120.98
GV2
FREE
FLOW
B=Brass, P=Plastic, S=Stainless.
Note: 100 psi maximum pressure. OAL is overall length with float.
8"
R825
GATE VALVE REPLACEMENT PARTS

These replacement seals fit our GV part numbers up to 8. Made of TPE and
sold either in kits, which include two seals and the required nuts and bolts, or
as seals only for 4, 6 and 8 valves. Replacement valve handles are either
plastic or metal.
MODEL
RSK112
RSK12
EACH
31/2"
$4.94
11/2" SEAL KIT
RSK2
2" SEAL KIT
RSK3
3" SEAL KIT
7.21
RS4
4" SEAL (1)
3.09
RS68
6" AND 8" SEAL (1)
36.05
PH112
PLASTIC HANDLE, 11/23"
3.59
MH112
METAL HANDLE, 11/24"
2.06
31/2"
This mechanical float valve is made entirely of ABS plastic, compatible with
saltwater applications. It measures 81/4 long, has a 1/4 MPT inlet and a free
flow outlet. Flow @ 30 psi is 1 gpm; maximum 90 psi. Made in USA.
MODEL EACH
RM51
3"
4.2"
12"
$200.00
3/4" FNPT
3.5"
5"
12"
280.00
541210-AQ
1" FNPT
3.5"
5"
13.5"
345.00
$19.80
EACH
541207
RM262P
ABS FLOAT VALVE

Great for R/O tanks
These large-orifice PVC and polypropylene valves

with EPDM O-rings are salt water compatible.
Maximum operating pressure is 80 psi. Made in
USA.
541205-AQ 1/2" FNPT
RM214
5.61
INDUSTRIAL-SIZE FLOAT VALVES
MODEL
R610
541205
A
416 PLUMBING
Valves/Well Screens
TRUE UNION SWING CHECK VALVES
CHECK VALVES
Same as our popular clear swing check valves, but

with slip x slip unions, these swing check valves
feature quick change bodies. Made in USA.
Quick and positive action in any position.

Polypropylene valve is highly resistant to
chemicals and temperatures up to 100C (212F).
Use for any pressure or vacuum system. 228225
will fit tubing 810 mm (1/43/8 I.D.). Overall
length 21/2. 228215 fits tubing 1115 mm
(7/165/8 I.D.). Overall length 23/4.
MODEL
EACH
1720C07
3/4
$20.42
1720C10
1"
23.26
1720C15
11/2
27.51
1720C20
2"
39.42
1720C30
3"
72.96
MODEL
1720C20
EACH
50+
228225
FITS 8- TO 10-MM TUBING
$3.88
$3.49
228215
FITS 11- TO 15-MM TUBING
5.07
4.56
CHECK VALVES
WELL SCREENS & POINTS

Well screens are for dewatering wet areas and use as pump pre-filters in lakes,
ponds and culture systems to prevent debris or animals from being pumped
with the water. Made from Schedule 40 PVC pipe, screens have precision-cut
slots that are .01 or .04 and made horizontally to prevent collapsing and for
more open area per foot than vertical slotting. Use the .01 screens with the
WP well points to create a shallow well; use the .04 size for less clogging
or higher flowrates. Flowrates are per linear foot and are based on 0.1 ft/sec
entrance velocity. Order well points separately; see our PVC Fittings section
for threaded adapters, tees and caps to complete your installation. All screens
are 5 OAL and ship Oversize. Made in USA.
These plastic check valves have no springs.

Use for fresh water, salt water or air. Excellent for
foot valves on pumps. 1/2-lb stainless steel springs
available for more positive closure. Add 85 to end
of part number to include springs. Made in USA.
MODEL
FNPT
EACH
85
CV1
3/4"
$10.09
$10.95
CV2
1"
10.35
10.90
CV3
11/4"
15.36
16.17
Well Points Only (Fit Schedule 40 Pipe Also)
CV4
11/2
18.27
19.23
MODEL
CV5
2"
22.33
22.28
PIPE SIZE
SHIP WT (LBS)
WP125
11/4"
WP150
WP200
EACH
6+
$1.58
$1.46
11/2"
2.28
2.09
2"
3.25
2.94
CV1
CLEAR SWING CHECK VALVES
PIPE SIZE
GPM/FT
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
6+
WS1251
11/4"
.7
$15.12
$13.63
WS1501
11/2"
.8
16.56
14.90
For use in fresh or salt water with a minimum

of head loss, these PVC swing check valves are
identical to our white PVC swing check valves, only
clear. Theyre completely nonmetallic and use no
springs. Theyre pressure rated up to 100 psi and
mount both horizontally and vertically. They have
a full-flow design with a Buna-N seal and hinge
(slip x slip). Not recommended for use with air.
Made in USA.
WS2001
2"
1.3
19.33
17.48
MODEL
.01 Screens
MODEL
.04 Screens
MODEL
228225
PIPE SIZE
GPM/FT
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
6+
WS1504
11/2"
$19.03
$17.18
WS2004
2"
19.33
17.45
WS3004
3"
4.6
33.82
30.37
WS4004
4"
6.9
11
40.72
36.58
WP150
EACH
CCV12
11/2
CCV13
2"
CCV14
CCV15
33.80
30.42
3"
51.40
46.26
4"
73.66
66.29
WS1251
.01 IS ABOUT 250 MICRONS (THE THICKNESS OF A BUSINESS CARD).

.04 IS ABOUT 1,000 MICRONS (HOUSEHOLD WINDOW SCREEN).
CCV12
PVC SWING CHECK VALVE
MODEL
WP125
$20.46 $18.41
Use where minimal head loss is important. They

are nonmetallic and use no springs. Rated to 100
psi. Mount horizontally or vertically. Full flow
design. Buna-N seal and hingeslip x slip.
Not recommended for use with air.
EACH
4+
3/4"
$14.58
$13.12
CV10
1"
15.80
14.22
CV11
11/4"
16.14
14.53
CV12
11/2"
16.64
14.98
CV13
2"
25.88
23.29
CV14
3"
46.78
42.10
CV15
4"
64.10
57.69
CV9
WS1504
4+
CV9
PLUMBING 417
Eco-Trap
ECO-TRAP
The effective and efficient removal of waste solids (uneaten feed and feces) in
recirculating or partial flow-through tank systems is critical to controlling
water quality, reducing the cost of RAS technology, providing a healthy culture
environment and helping to meet increasingly stringent environmental
discharge regulations.
Used in conjunction with the Eco-Flow calibrated water inlet manifolds,
the Eco-Trap technology provides an in-tank mechanism by which up to 50%
of the waste solids created by fish can be removed from the tank within minutes
of their generation. Moreover, the Eco-Trap moves these solids to a small
tank-side settling device in a flow that is as little as 5% of the total flow from
the tank. Easy observation of the tank-side settling device by the farm operator
allows for reductions in the wasting of feed to individual tanks, thus controlling
one of the single largest economic inputs to RAS aquaculture.
From an investment point of view, using Eco-Trap technology reduces the size
and complexity of other associated waste solids removal technologies such and
drum-screens and bead filters. Additionally, Eco-Trap technology reduces the
size of the biofilter required to control ammonia-nitrogen.
PVC
MODEL EACH
AOET110PVC
110 PVC ECO-TRAP
AOET160PVC
160 PVC ECO-TRAP
$540.89
922.06
AOET250PVC
250 PVC ECO-TRAP
1,577.76
POLYETHYLENE
MODEL EACH
Collector w/ Window
MODEL EACH
AOETCOLLW110
COLLECTOR W/ WINDOW 1
110 PVC
$280.50
AOETCOLLW160-315 COLLECTOR W/ WINDOW 2 160 PVC315 PE 280.50
AOET160PE
160 PE ECO-TRAP
$3,758.94
AOET200PE
200 PE ECO-TRAP
4,048.58
AOET250PE
250 PE ECO-TRAP
4,394.84
AOET315PE
315 PE ECO-TRAP
4,819.24
AOET355PE
355 PE ECO-TRAP
5,105.99
AOET400PE
400 PE ECO-TRAP
6,361.81
AOET450PE
450 ECO-TRAP
7,421.69
ECO-Trap Collector
MODEL EACH
AOETCOLL1
ECO-TRAP COLLECTOR 1
110 PVC
Eco-Trap Deadfish Rem
AOETCOLL2
160315
922.06
MODEL EACH
AOETCOLL3
355450
1,577.76
AOETDFR1
ECO-TRAP DEADFISH REM 1
160355
$1,450.76
AOETDFR2
ECO-TRAP DEADFISH REM 2
400450
1,499.00
$540.89
ECO-Trap Regulator
MODEL EACH
AOETREG1
ECO-TRAP REGULATOR
$361.24
ECO-Trap Support
MODEL EACH
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Ricardo Arias
Ricardo graduated from the University of Tampa with a Bachelor
of Science degree in biology and minor in chemistry. He completed
aquaculture training in Pusan, South Korea, and then worked
in shrimp culture, tilapia culture and tropical fish breeding.
Ricardo was also in charge of developing the Aquaculture
Experimental Station at the Universidad Central del Este,
Dominican Republic.
AOETSUPP1
ECO-TRAP SUPPORT 1
AOETSUPP2
ECO-TRAP SUPPORT 2
160315
167.40
AOETSUPP3
ECO-TRAP SUPPORT 3
355450
216.00
110 PVC
$128.52
418 PLUMBING
Plugs/Couplings/Caps
EXPANSION PLUGS
FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
Expansion plugs are suitable for all low- and medium-pressure water
applications. A simple twist of the wingnut will produce a watertight seal.
The 11/2, 2 and 3 plugs fit the end of pipes only. The 4, 6 and 8 plugs
can also be inserted into the pipe.
These couplings are extremely useful for adapting different materials and
sizes, making temporary connections or for permanent connections that must
allow some movement. Not FDA-approved for potable water. Clamps are
included. Use in low-pressure applications only.
MODEL
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
PRESSURE
EACH
EP1
EP2
11/2" END PLUG
40' HEAD
$5.15
2" END PLUG
40' HEAD
6.15
EP3
3" END PLUG
40' HEAD
7.95
EP4
4" PIPE PLUG
40' HEAD
10.15
EP6
6" PIPE PLUG
30' HEAD
22.55
EP8
8" PIPE PLUG
30' HEAD
47.70
MODEL
Pipe Plug
EP4
PVC PIPE SIZE
EACH
FC1
11/4" x 11/4"
$5.62
FC8
3" x 3"
$10.73
FC2
11/2" x 11/4"
7.27
FC9
4" x 11/2"
18.25
FC3
11/2" x 11/2"
7.09
FC10
4" x 2"
16.36
MODEL
PVC PIPE SIZE
FC4
2" x 11/2"
8.47
FC11
4" x 3"
12.58
FC5
2" x 2"
8.18
FC12
4" x 4"
11.94
FC6
3" x 11/2"
13.05
FC13
6" x 4"
30.63
FC7
3" x 2"
8.36
FC14
6" x 6"
26.48
QUICK CAPS
For testing or easy cleanout of low-pressure piping. Clamp included.
End Plug
EP1
TEE ELIMINATORS
Here is a hard-to-find, cost-saving fitting. A PVC 3 x 3/4 reducing tee costs
about $10. These tee eliminators can do the same thing for under a buck! Just
drill a hole, press in a tee eliminator, then thread in your pipe. Made of flexible
PVC with female pipe threads. They work in all rigid pipe materials with pipe
walls between 1/8 and 1/4 thick (use holesaws). Made in USA.
MODEL
FPT SIZE
MIN. PIPE I.D.
HOLE SIZE
EACH
50+
FC32
1/2"
FC34
3/4"
1"
1"
$.70
$.63
11/4"
13/16"
.84
.76
FC36
1"
11/2"
17/16"
1.09
.98
FC36
MODEL
PVC PIPE
SIZE
QC1
11/2"
QC2
2"
QC3
3"
8.36
QC4
4"
10.91
QC5
6"
15.45
QC6
8"
30.91
EACH
$6.05
6.82
HAND TITE PLUGS

This reusable Hand Tite expansion plug is excellent for many applications
and can be used in any pipe, including plastic, clay and iron. It seals the bell
and spigot ends of pipes as well as jagged holes. Plugs are made of nylon
and rubber and can be used in salt water. No tools required for installation.
PIPE SIZE
HT4D
4"
$14.35
HT6D
6"
16.55
HT8D
8"
39.90
HT10D
10"
116.00
HT12D
12"
134.00
HT4D
Hand Tite is a registered trademark of R. Tim Graham.
PLUMBING 419
Tank Fitting Kits/Drains

TANK FITTING KITS
BOTTOM DRAINS
An inlet strainer and elbow are included with these color-coordinated bulkhead
kits. The in/out fits standard PVC pipe, so you can make many variations of your
own. Bulkheads are also available separately. The kit includes bulkhead, 90
elbow and inlet screen, which fits both sides of the bulkhead. Black is standard.
Aquadyne Rhino Bottom Drains are machine manufactured from schedule

80 PVC materials, with NO injection molding. All Rhino drains can be installed
with extreme confidence in any application by first time installers or
experienced professionals. Rhino drains are installed in aquatic environments
from ponds, water features, public aquariums, zoos, hatcheries, research
facilities, aquaponics and quarantine systems. A bottom drain is one of the
most important parts of a water installation, in that its integrity is paramount
to the success of the entire project. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
MODEL
GASKET#
DIA.
EACH
10+
TFK1
Q10G
BULKHEAD KIT, 1/2"
11/8"
3/4"
$6.90
$6.20
TFO1
Q10G
BULKHEAD ONLY, 1/2"
11/8"
3/4"
5.00
4.50
TFK2
GK1
BULKHEAD KIT, 3/4"
13/8"
11/4"
7.45
6.70
TFO2
GK1
BULKHEAD ONLY, 3/4"
13/8"
11/4"
5.50
4.95
TFK3
GK2
BULKHEAD KIT, 1"
13/4"
2"
7.80
7.00
TFO3
GK2
BULKHEAD ONLY, 1"
13/4"
2"
5.75
5.20
Thicker flanges and liner attachment ring that will not flex, distort or crack.
All attachments are precision machine fitted for extra strength with no need
for gap filling.
Thermally welded joints provide extreme durability in the most
demanding environments.
No injection molded components which would weaken the structure.
RHINO I - Inline vertical drains with 12 anti-vortexing cover.
RHINO RETRO - Over the liner, no cut, retrofit drains for environments without
bottom drains, or for those who do not want to install a through the liner drain.
RHINO OFS Threaded for an over flow standpipe or a side wall return.
RHINO II - Heavy duty commercial drain with air diffuser and 4 return.
TFK3
90 BOTTOM DRAINS
RHINO I
RHINO RETRO
RHINO OFS
RHINO II
Nishikoi 90 bottom drains are designed

for use in ponds of all sizes. Sweeping
corner prevents waste collection.
MODEL EACH
BDC3
$99.99
BDC4
131.25
BDC4
BOTTOM DRAIN
This 4 bottom drain is for use in liner
ponds and concrete ponds. Its antivortex
drain cover forces water to enter from
the bottom of the pond, and its large
intake helps reduce pump pressure.
SAE standard pipe connection, use with
4 PVC. Offset suction port creates a
swirl action that helps remove debris.
Includes everything you need for easy
liner installation.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
RHINO I
BDRH12
2 BOTTOM DRAIN
5.0
$79.00
BDRH13
3 BOTTOM DRAIN
5.0
79.00
BDRH14
4 BOTTOM DRAIN
5.0
84.00
RHINO RETRO
MODEL EACH
BDRTO2
2 ABOVE THE LINER DRAIN
7.0
89.00
SBD4
BDRTO3
3 ABOVE THE LINER DRAIN
7.0
99.00
$80.59
RHINO OFS
Drain Tip
If you reuse your drain water, it's best if you gravity flow it to your filter, as a pump
will puree it and make it much harder to filter out. But don't make your drain piping
too large in diameter. If the water travels too slowly, waste will settle in the pipe.
You should always have a dump valve at the end of the drain pipe. When you open it,
a surge of high velocity water will scour out all settled material and prevent it from
contaminating your recirculated water.
BDOFS2
2 OVERFLOW DRAIN OR SIDEWALL RETURN
6.0
89.00
BDOFS3
6.0
99.00
BDOFS4
6.0
129.00
RHINO II
BDRH2A
4 BOTTOM DRAIN W/ AIR DIFFUSER
24.0
359.00
BDRH2O
4 BOTTOM DRAIN W/O AIR DIFFUSER
23.0
309.00
08420 SECTION
PLUMBING
Products
Screens/Strainers/Foot
/ Products / Products
Valves
MESH TUBES, PLASTIC
CANAL/LAKE SCREENS
Made from high-density polyethylene, these perforated screen tubes are great
for fitting over standpipes, 3/16 (4 mm) openings. Sold in 44 lengths; fit nicely
over Schedule 40 PVC.
Designed for maximum flow and durability, this screen is made of heavy
PVC pipe. Slots are .040 (1,000 microns) and it has a 2 FNPT connection.
Made in USA.
MODEL
FITS OVER
EACH
6+
MODEL
RT144
1" PVC
$9.83
$8.85
CS3003
3" D x 3' L
14
$38.46
RT244X
2" PVC
19.11
17.20
CS3004
3" D x 4' L
18
50.25
RT344X
3" PVC
22.21
19.99
RT444X
4" PVC
25.73
23.16
MAX GPM
EACH
CS3003
STRAINERS
Made from high-density polyethylene. Made in USA.
RT144
STRAINERS
MODEL
FNPT
OPENINGS
EACH
4+
TSS20
11/2"
1/4" x 1"
$7.60
$6.83
TSS25
2"
1/4" x 1"
7.60
6.83
TSS35
1/2" x 11/2"
17.55
15.79
Plastic strainers with slots that are approximately

1/8 wide in all sizes. Made in USA.
MODEL
FITS OVER
TSS20
EACH
6+
270554
1/2" MNPT
21/4"
$1.96
270556
3/4" MNPT
27/16"
2.30
175251
1" MNPT
213/16"
3.05
270557
11/2" MNPT
35/8"
4.95
270561
2" MNPT
37/8"
9.35
STRAINERS
Strainers fit check valves CV1 to CV4 and can be used
for many other applications. Made of acetal resin.
Overall length includes threads. Strainer slots are
approximately 1/8 wide on all sizes. Made in USA.
270554
FOOT VALVES
These foot valves are perfect for koi ponds and small aquaculture applications.
Consisting of a check valve and a strainer, they keep water in the line of
non-self-priming pumps. The polymer check valves have no springs, can be
used in fresh or salt water and have a very low pressure loss. Strainers are
constructed of acetal resin plastic and have 1/8 slots. Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH
FTV34
3/4 NPT
$11.98
FTV1
1" NPT
11.98
FTV114
11/4" NPT
16.80
FTV112
11/2" NPT
19.28
FTV1
MODEL
MNPT
OAL
EACH
6+
CV1S
3/4"
23/4"
$1.35
$1.20
CV2S
1"
3"
1.65
1.48
CV3S
11/4"
31/4"
1.75
1.56
CV4S
11/2"
4"
2.05
1.87
CV1S
BULKHEAD HOSE FITTING

If you need a 11/2 hose barb on a tank, you cant
beat our price on this one! Requires a 17/8 hole and
the maximum wall thickness is 1/4. It is PVC, and
the metal nut is not suitable for salt water. One
gasket (GK3) included. Imported.
MODEL
EACH
12+
BK15
$4.92
$4.43
PLUMBING 421
Pipe Cutters/Holesaws/Cable Saw/Drill Bits

PIPE CUTTERS FOR PVC
HOLESAWS
For bulkheads
Professional PVC pipe cutters are designed for quick, clean cuts of PVC,
polyethylene pipe and hose. The hooked jaw holds pipe in cutting position.
Blades are made of a special alloy steel. Blades, ratchet and spring have
a rust-resistant finish.
These high-quality holesaws are the right tool for cutting

bulkhead holes through wood, plastics, etc. They will cut
fiberglass but dull rapidly. Expect about ten holes in 1/4
fiberglass before replacement. They cut to a depth of 11/4.
They must, however, be used with arbors. Order arbor
number HSA1 with the 11/8 holesaw (HS20). Order arbor
number HSA2 with all other holesaws. Made in USA.
MODEL
KT8A
FITS BULKHEAD NUMBERS
HS20 11/8

MODEL
SHIP WT
(LBS) EACH
KT5A
PVC PIPE CUTTER TO 11/4
$24.28
KT8A
PVC PIPE CUTTER TO 2
12
51.83
KTR5A
REPLACEMENT BLADE FOR KT5A
9.69
KT5ASP
REPLACEMENT SPRING KIT FOR KT5A
1.80
15.75
KTR8ARK REPAIR KIT FOR KT8A
These bonded special drill bits are what you need for drilling bulkhead holes
through glass tanks. The steel tube drill will take about 12 minutes per 11/4 dia.
hole, but lasts much longer. Steel drills must be used with a carbide compound
(1 lb per 50+ holes). A 50/50 cooling solution of antifreeze/water with either a
clay or plastic dam ring is required. Instructions included. Bonded drill bits
must not be used on metal, concrete or masonry and require proper speed and
adequate water lubrication.
HS21
13/8
TFK2, 35/36012L
HS22
111/16
TFK3, 35/36034L, TF1, TF2
HS23 17/8
GB9 filled with cooling solution.

EACH
GB4
11/4 STEEL GLASS BIT
23.82
GB5
22.35
GB6
26.14
GB7
DRILLING COMPOUND, 1 LB
GB8
CLAY, 1 LB
GB9
PLASTIC DAM RING, 3
8.90
6.35
21.20
MODEL EACH
CS24
$14.60
14.75
14.75
23/8
35/36114L, 35/36112L
19.60
29/16
TF3, TF4, TF5
21.35
HS26 31/4
TF6
22.85
HS27 31/2
35/36200L
22.85
HS28
41/2
TF7, 35/36300L
35/36400L
63.25
73.55
HSA1
ARBOR, SMALL
HS20 HOLESAW
18.25
HSA2
ARBOR, LARGE
ALL OTHER HOLESAWS
19.90
HOLESAWS
These fine US-made holesaws are the right size for
drilling holes for Uniseal rubber seals. A drill chuck
arbor is welded on, but a 1/4 drill bit (not included) will
be needed for the center when used with an electric
hand drill.
FITS BULKHEAD NUMBERS
11/4
U601
EACH
$21.37
U050, U075
U602 13/4
U100
28.25
U603 2
U125
28.84
U604 21/2
U150
35.55
U605 3
U200
37.51
U606 4
U300
50.68
U607 5
U400
103.00
BT14
1.80
1/4 BIT
SOFT TUBING CUTTERS

These handy cutters are great for cutting vinyl tubing, rubber hose,
polyethylene, rope and other soft materials. The KT100 cuts up to 1
outside diameter tubing, while the KT200 cuts up to 2 in diameter.
Plastic body with stainless steel blade. Made in USA.
CABLE SAW
Every plumber needs one
Designed to cut ABS, PVC and CPVC pipe,
this handy saw is great for cutting in hard
to reach areas. Made of stainless steel,
it will cut pipe up to 6 in diameter.
12.55
HS25
U601
MODEL
35/36100L
EACH
$1.50
HS24
MODEL
GB4
TFK1
HS29 51/2
GLASS DRILL BITS
HS20
KT100
MODEL
KT100
1 CUTTER
KTB100
REPLACEMENT BLADE FOR KT100
KT200
2 CUTTER
KTB200
REPLACEMENT BLADE FOR KT200
EACH
$16.67
5.82
18.78
7.00
422 PLUMBING
Bulkhead Fittings
BFA SERIES BULKHEAD FITTINGS
BULKHEAD FITTINGS
TECH FAV
Our highest quality PVC tank adapters have left-hand threads and a hex-shaped
body that allows one-person installation. Heavy-duty, full-buttress threads
help prevent leaks under pressure. Select either slip or female inside pipe
thread (see below). Price includes one EPDM gasket. Made in USA.
These are a lower strength alternative to our

top-quality PVC bulkheads and quite adequate
for most applications. BKF7 is white. All others
are black. One gasket included.
MODEL EACH
MODEL
GASKET #
SIZE
BKF1
Q10G
1/2"
FIPT
FIPT
11/8"
3/4"
BKF2
Q10G
1/2"
FIPT
SLIP
11/8"
3/4"
6.65
5.98
BKF3
GK1
3/4"
FIPT
FIPT
17/16"
1"
6.40
5.79
BKF4
10+ NO.
EACH
10+
GK1
$1.85 $1.67 GK5 $1.72 $1.55
GK2
1.12 1.02 GK6 2.93 2.63
GK3
1.31 1.18 GK7 25.22 22.91
GK4
1.27 1.14 Q10G 0.68
MODEL
GASKET# SIZE
35012L
35012L GK1
1/2"
FIPT
FIPT
13/8"
22/25"
EACH
10+
35034L GK2
3/4"
FIPT
FIPT
15/8"
22/25"
20.80
17.68
35100L GK3
1"
FIPT
FIPT
17/8"
22/25"
22.02
18.72
35114L GK4
11/4"
FIPT
FIPT
23/4"
2"
30.11
25.59
35112L GK4
11/2"
FIPT
FIPT
23/4"
2"
32.76
27.85
35200L GK5
2"
FIPT
FIPT
31/4"
2"
42.34
35.99
35300L GK6
3"
FIPT
FIPT
41/2"
23/25"
75.13
63.86
4"
FIPT
FIPT
53/4"
29/20"
36012L GK1
3/4"
SLIP
FIPT
13/8"
22/25"
13.72
36034L GK2
3/4"
SLIP
FIPT
15/8"
22/25"
15.92
36100L GK3
1"
SLIP
FIPT
17/8"
22/25"
17.51
36114L GK4
11/4"
SLIP
FIPT
23/4"
2"
23.36
36112L GK4
11/2"
SLIP
FIPT
23/4"
2"
23.32
36200L GK5
2"
SLIP
FIPT
31/4"
2"
34.51
36300L GK6
3"
SLIP
FIPT
41/2"
23/25"
36400L GK7
4"
SLIP
FIPT
53/4"
29/20"
1/4"
MPT
$5.75
$5.16
BKF4
GK2
1"
FIPT
SLIP
13/4"
11/2"
8.20
7.34
BKF5
GK2
1"
FIPT
FIPT
13/4"
11/2"
7.90
7.05
BKF6
GK4
11/2"
FIPT
SLIP
23/8"
13/4"
9.55
8.63
BKF7
GK5
2"
FIPT
SLIP
27/8"
13/4"
12.30
11.09
139.36 118.46
BULKHEAD FITTINGS
FIPT x FIPT
These female threaded bulkhead fittings are great for
most bulkhead applications. Made of polypropylene,
they are similar to, but softer than, the PVC bulkhead
fittings. Price includes one EPDM gasket.
TF1
MODEL
GASKET #
SIZE
EACH
10+
TF1
GK2
1/2"
FIPT
FIPT
13/4"
3/8"
$5.78
$5.20
13.53
TF2
GK2
3/4"
FIPT
FIPT
13/4"
1/2"
5.78
5.17
14.88
TF3
GK3
1"
FIPT
FIPT
2"
1/2"
6.98
6.25
19.86
TF4
GK4
11/4"
FIPT
FIPT
29/16"
1/2"
8.19
7.36
19.82
TF5
GK4
11/2"
FIPT
FIPT
29/16"
1/2"
8.19
7.36
29.33
TF6
GK5
2"
FIPT
FIPT
31/4"
3/4"
9.87
8.89
67.94
57.75
TF7
GK6
3"
FIPT
FIPT
41/2"
1"
18.71
16.91
124.85
106.12
TF8
GK7
4"
FIPT
FIPT
55/16"
23/4"
44.83
40.33
11.66
F = flange side; B = base/bottom side; D = diameter; L = length (width of glass or acrylic that will fit).
MPT
10+
$15.07 $12.81
35400L GK7
1/8"
EACH
3/8"
MPT
1/2"
MPT
Bulkhead Buying Key

Follow this key carefully to get the right bulkhead. Note that "F" is on the flange side and "L" is length between the
gasket and the nut when the nut is at the maximum distance. The "size" of a bulkhead refers to the plumbing
connections, the "F" or "B" dimension. The size of the hole needed is the "D" dimension. Do not use these threads
for plumbing connections. All of our bulkheads come with one gasket. For most applications only one gasket is
needed, located on the flange side, whether or not the flange side is on the water side.
3/4"
MPT
PLUMBING 423
Bulkhead Fittings/Rubber Seal
BULKHEAD FITTINGS, ECONOMY
UNISEAL RUBBER SEAL
Fittings include a gasket. Made of ABS plastic.
Why use an expensive bulkhead when you can use a Uniseal? Just drill a
hole in the pipe, tank or bucket, insert a Uniseal, then put some window
cleaner on the end of the pipe and push it in. Its that easy! Feel like rubber,
but they are made of MPR, rated to 40 psi and warranted for 25 years.
They are immune to cold, will not harden and hold pressure and vacuum.
The sizes below correspond to standard Schedule 40 PVC pipe. Fit tank wall
thicknesses up to 1/2. Made in USA.
F = flange side; B = base/bottom side; D = diameter;

L = length (width of glass or acrylic that will fit).
BKF10
MODEL
GASKET #
SIZE
Q10G
1/2"
SLIP
BKF122
Q10G
1/2"
SLIP
SLIP
11/8 "
3/4"
$4.30
FIPT
11/8 "
3/4"
4.30
BKF123
Q10G
1/2"
FIPT
SLIP
11/8 "
3/4"
4.30
BKF124
Q10G
1/2"
FIPT
FIPT
11/8 "
3/4"
4.30
BKF341
GK1
3/4"
SLIP
SLIP
13/8 "
1"
4.95
BKF342
GK1
3/4"
SLIP
FIPT
13/8 "
1"
4.95
BKF343
GK1
3/4"
FIPT
SLIP
13/8 "
1"
4.95
BKF344
GK1
3/4"
FIPT
FIPT
13/8 "
1"
4.95
BKF10
GK2
1"
SLIP
SLIP
13/4"
11/2"
5.35
BKF11
GK2
1"
SLIP
FIPT
13/4"
11/2"
5.35
BKF12
GK2
1"
FIPT
SLIP
13/4"
11/2"
5.35
BKF13
GK2
1"
FIPT
FIPT
13/4"
11/2"
5.35
BKF1120
GK4
11/2"
SLIP
SLIP
23/8 "
13/4"
6.25
BKF1121
GK4
11/2"
SLIP
FIPT
23/8 "
13/4"
6.25
BKF1122
GK4
11/2"
FIPT
SLIP
23/8 "
13/4"
6.25
BKF1123
GK4
11/2"
FIPT
FIPT
23/8 "
13/4"
6.25
BKF20
GK5
2"
SLIP
SLIP
27/8 "
115/16"
7.44
BKF21
GK5
2"
SLIP
FIPT
27/8 "
115/16"
7.44
BKF22
GK5
2"
FIPT
SLIP
27/8 "
115/16"
7.44
BKF23
GK5
FIPT
27/8 "
115/16"
7.44
BKF121
2"
FIPT
EACH
MODEL
PIPE SIZE
PIPE O.D.
HOLESAW SIZE
U050
U075
EACH
10+
1/2"
.84"
3/4"
1.05"
11/4"
$2.05
$1.85
11/4"
2.05
1.85
U100
1"
1.31"
13/4"
2.70
2.48
U125
11/4"
1.66"
2"
3.15
2.82
U150
11/2"
1.90"
21/2"
3.30
2.99
U200
2"
2.37"
3"
5.40
4.88
U300
3"
3.50"
4"
6.95
6.25
U400
4"
4.50"
5"
8.95
7.92
U600
6"
6.62"
7"
12.25
10.04
Tank Wall
Pipe
Push Pipe
From This Side
Flange Side (E)
Gasket
Nut
Uniseal is a registered trademark of Uniseal, Inc.
TECH TALK 15
How to Glue PVC Pipe
1. Square pipe ends and remove all burrs, dirt and debris.
2. C heck the dry fit of the pipe and fitting. The pipe should easily fit in one-third of the way. Pipe
should not bottom when dry; it should be a snug fit.
3. C lean pipe and fitting with PVC cleaner, then prime with Purple Primer. Choose proper PVC
cement based on desired cure time (regular cement requires 24-hour cure vs "Rain Tight"
1-hour cure for low-pressure applications).
4. A pply a thin coat of PVC cement to fitting, avoiding puddling inside of pipe. Make certain
the entire socket surface is covered.
5. A pply a liberal coat of PVC cement to pipe. Make certain the entire pipe surface to the socket
depth is covered.
6. Quickly assemble parts. Cement must be fluid when attaching segments.
If not, reapply cement to both parts.
7. P ush pipe FULLY into fitting using a 1/4 turn motion until pipe bottoms.
8. Hold pipe and fitting together for 30 seconds, then wipe off excess glue with a cloth.
Watch that it doesn't creep back.
9. Keep cement container tightly closed when not in use.
10. Do not pressure test until cement is fully cured, usually 24 hours.
424 PLUMBING
Pipe Hangers/Supports/Clamps/PVC Pipe
PIPE HANGERS
PLASTIC CLAMPS
On the floor, wall or overhead, these neat plastic hangers will make the job go
fast and look great when its done. After all the hangers are attached, push pipe
into the open jaws, and a sharp click signals that it is locked in place. They
also release easily. Meets UPC (Uniform Plumbing Code) specifications. Sizes
below fit PVC, CPVC, ABS, PE, PP, PB and fiberglass pipe nominal sizes.
Temperature range: -40 to 180F. Reusable.
These quick ratcheting, noncorroding clamps work very well on vinyl tubing.
They tighten by hand or with pliers and are releasable/reusable. Not for
high-pressure applications. Maximum diameters shown are with two teeth
engaged. UV-resistant.
CLAMP MIN
MAXIMUM
DIAMETER
FITS VINYL TUBING

PART NO.
EACH
100+
SNP2
0.35"
0.39"
TV40
$.46
$.41
SNP6
0.45"
0.51"
TV60
.70
.64
SNP10
0.57"
0.65"
TV70/TVR60
.70
.64
SNP14
0.70"
0.80"
TV80/TVR70
.70
.63
MODEL
MODEL
EACH
CP4 1/2
$.96 $.86/100+
CP6 3/4
1.44 1.29/50+
CP7 1
1.90 1.66/50+
CP8 11/4
2.66 2.36/25+
CP9 11/2
3.30 2.95/25+
SNP19
0.86"
1"
TVR80
.70
.63
4.30 3.82/20+
SNP24
1"
1.13"
TV90/TVR90
.95
.86
CP10 2
CP11 21/2
9.55 8.54/25+
CP12 3
10.35 9.10/25+
CP13A 4
15.95 14.04/25+
SNP2
FLEXIBLE PVC PIPE
CP7
PIPE SUPPORTS
These inexpensive pipe clamps are ideal for floor and wall mounting but not for
overhead mounting of water pipes. They fit standard PVC pipe. A single screw
(not included) mounts each pipe support.
MODEL
CP14
BLACK, 11/2
CP15
WHITE, 2
EACH 20+
$1.32
$1.16
1.65
1.49
This flexible Schedule 40 PVC pipe permits compound curves, greatly reducing
the number of fittings otherwise required. It also reduces friction loss caused
by elbows. Standard Schedule 40 or 80 PVC fittings can be used. A special
solvent cement (235) is required (do not use purple primeruse acetone as a
pipe primer). Sold in full rolls or by the foot. To purchase by the foot, add F to
end of the part number (e.g., FPP12F). Part numbers beginning with F are
white, those with B are black.
PSI AT 70 F
MAX BEND
RADIUS
ROLL
LENGTH
SHIP WT
(LBS)
1/2"
100
2"
100'
14
FPP34
3/4"
100
2"
100'
FPP112
11/2"
65
5"
50'
BFPP12
1/2"
100
2"
100'
14
1.09
97.83
BFPP34
3/4"
100
2"
100'
17
1.31
126.89
MODEL
FPP12
BFPP1
CP14
ROLL
$67.85
17
1.60
100.85
23
2.40
74.00
1"
100
3"
50'
13
1.68
59.68
BFPP114
11/4"
80
4"
50'
22
1.84
77.33
BFPP112
11/2"
65
5"
50'
23
2.10
82.90
60
6"
50'
32
3.20
BFPP2
235
2"
HAZMAT A
FLEX PVC SOLVENT CEMENT, 1/2 PINT CAN
FPP12
FOOT
$1.45
BFPP12
124.46
10.00/CAN
PLUMBING 425
Silicone Tubing/Valve/Vinyl Tubing
SILICONE TUBING, AQUARIUM

Extremely flexible, kink-resistant, UV- and tear-resistant, nontoxic, tinted light
blue and affordable, this high quality silicone tubing could become your favorite
aquarium tubing. Autoclavable. Temperature range -80 to 500F.
Its 1/8 I.D. fits aquarium devices and 3/16 barbed fittings.
MODEL
TP30S
EACH 10+
$52.86/100 $43.32
VALVE FOR SILICONE TUBING

Precision ABS, special low-cost roll clamp, for use with silicone tubing,
has flow regulating accuracy compatible to needle valve. Design allows for
precise and uniform flow control of air or liquids and stays where its set!
It will only work with our silicone tubing. Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH 100+
290
$.23 $.17
BLACK AND WHITE VINYL TUBING

Opaque (nontransparent) tubing blocks sunlight to eliminate algae growth
when used for water delivery. Black hides well in garden ponds, etc. Working
pressures same as clear tubing above. Roll size is 100. To order by the foot,
add F to end of part number. Made in USA.
MODEL
I.D.
O.D.
ROLL SHIP WT
FOOT
ROLL
4+
3/16"
5/16"
4 LBS
$.47
$24.75
$22.28
BLACK TUBING
1/4"
3/8"
4 LBS
.49
30.04
27.04
BLACK TUBING
1/2"
5/8"
8 LBS
.78
53.59
48.23
WTP30HD
WHITE TUBING
3/16"
5/16"
4 LBS
$.45
$27.98
$25.18
BTP30HD
BLACK TUBING
BTV40
BTV70
WTV40
WHITE TUBING
1/4"
3/8"
4 LBS
.49
32.25
29.03
WTV60
WHITE TUBING
3/8"
1/2"
5 LBS
.62
45.92
41.33
WTV70
WHITE TUBING
1/2"
5/8"
8 LBS
.66
50.17
45.15
BTP30HD
BTV40
BTV70
WTP30HD
WTV40
WTV60
WTV70
426 PLUMBING
Clear PVC Pipe/Fittings/Tubing
CLEAR PVC PIPE
TYGON S3 E-3603 FLEXIBLE TUBING
If you need to see what is going on inside your pipes, this

clearly is what you need (does have slight blue tint). Use
economical short lengths to see the degree of microbial
growth inside the piping or build entire clear systems for
research, prototypes, oxygen saturators, etc.
Specifically formulated for lab use, this flexible tubing works with almost any
inorganic chemical. Flexible and clear, it is noncontaminating, autoclavable
and ideal for liquid and ozone gas transmission. Sold per foot and in 50 rolls.
Add an F after part number for per foot.
This clear PVC pipe is FDA-approved for food contact

applications. May be cold sterilized in ethylene oxide.
It is fully compatible with regular Schedule 40 PVC pipe
fittings. Install with regular PVC cement. Use compression couplings,
flexible couplings or unions to facilitate cleaning.
FOOT
ROLL
TT18
1/8" I.D.
$1.25
$51.00
TT316
3/16" I.D.
1.82
72.00
TT14
1/4" I.D.
2.14
88.00
MODEL
Sold by the foot, 6 length maximum. Lengths 5 and over ship Oversize.
Made in USA.
NOMINAL PIPE
SIZE
MAX PSI
ACTUAL O.D.
WEIGHT PER
FOOT
C100-AQ
1/2"
300
0.8"
.1 lb
$3.02
C101
3/4"
240
1.1"
.1 lb
3.76
MODEL
FOOT
C102
1"
220
1.3"
.2 lb
4.73
C103
11/4"
180
1.7"
.2 lb
7.46
C104
11/2"
170
1.9"
.2 lb
8.47
C105
2"
140
2.4"
.3 lb
10.63
C106
3"
130
3.5"
.4 lb
23.61
C107
4"
110
4.5"
.6 lb
33.15
C108
6"
45
6.6"
1.0 lb
58.38
373
PVC CEMENT, 1 PINT
TT38
3/8" I.D.
3.59
148.00
TT58
5/8" I.D.
5.96
250.00
TT34
3/4" I.D.
7.55
345.00
TT18
Tygon S3 is a trademark of Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics Corp. and correct the statement.
9.15
ACRYLIC TUBING
CLEAR PVC FITTINGS

Schedule 40 PVC
Do it yourself fish farmers are very inventive, but finding the right materials
can sometimes be next to impossible. Acrylic tubing at an affordable price
is one of those handy, but hard-to-find, materials we offer.
Like the clear PVC above, these slip PVC fittings

use regular PVC cement (373).
This extruded acrylic tubing has only a 1/8 (3.2 mm) thick wall and is much
clearer and lighter than our clear PVC pipe. Standard PVC cement can be used to
bond acrylic tubing to PVC for most low-pressure applications.
TAGL is light-bodied; allow 24 hours to cure fully. For high-pressure bonds, use
WO40, a 2-part heavy-bodied cement for bonding acrylic to itself,
ABS or PVC. Sold and priced by the foot. Only TA4 and TA5 are compatible with
PVC sockets. Made in USA.
TEES
C401005
1/2"
$8.72
C401007
3/4"
9.86
C401010
1"
16.80
C401015
11/2"
34.02
C401020
2"
48.47
C406005
1/2"
7.70
TAGL
C406007
3/4"
6.45
WO40
2-PART CEMENT
MODEL
Tee
C406010
1"
14.15
C406015
11/2"
22.80
C406020
2"
39.81
C429005
1/2"
4.41
C429007
3/4"
6.34
FITS PVC SOCKET
FOOT
TA3
2" O.D.
$5.15
TA4
31/2" O.D.
3"
9.75
41/2" O.D.
4"
14.43
ACRYLIC CEMENT
8.35
28.36
TA5
90 ELBOWS
APPROXIMATE SIZE
90 Elbow
COUPLING
C429010
1"
10.15
C429015
11/2"
16.74
C429020
2"
20.93
TAGL
Coupling
TA3
PLUMBING 427
Vinyl Clear Tubing/Lead Weight
VINYL CLEAR TUBING

FDA-approved clear vinyl tubing. Our aquarium tubing (TP30) is a very high
quality product with a slightly larger I.D. and heavier wall than the typical 1/8
I.D. aquarium tubing. This tubing is rated at 36 psi @ 72F (22C).
Made in USA. To order by the foot, add F to the end of the part number shown.
Note: Vinyl tubing is not recommended for use with pure oxygen or ozone.
TV100
TV40
TP30HD
TP30

MAX WORKING

INSIDE DIAMETER
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
COIL
PRESSURE
SHIP WT
MODEL
INCHES MM INCHES MM WALL LENGTH @ 90F (LBS) PER FOOT
TP30
VINYL TUBING
5/32
4.0
1/4
TP30HD
VINYL TUBING
3/16
4.8
TV40
VINYL TUBING
1/4
6.4
TV60
VINYL TUBING
3/8
TV70
VINYL TUBING
TV80
TV90
COIL
4+
6.4
1/32"
500'
30 PSI
$.26 $63.23 $56.91
5/16
7.9
1/16"
100'
40 PSI
.37 21.48 19.33
3/8
9.5
1/16"
100'
40 PSI
.60 24.88 22.39
9.5
1/2
12.7
1/16"
100'
30 PSI
.51 29.49 26.54
1/2
12.7
5/8
15.9
1/16"
100'
30 PSI
.59 37.41 33.67
VINYL TUBING
5/8
15.9
3/4
19.1
1/16"
100'
20 PSI
.99 70.54 63.49
VINYL TUBING
3/4
19.1
25.4
1/8"
100'
20 PSI
21
1.60 111.54 100.39
TV100
VINYL TUBING
25.4
11/4
31.8
1/8"
100'
15 PSI
26
2.02 147.83 133.05
TV125
VINYL TUBING
11/4
31.8
11/2
38.1
1/8"
100'
15 PSI
30
3.55 305.62 275.06
LEAD WEIGHT
Use these 1-oz lead weights with Vinyl Clear Tubing, model TP30, to counteract
the buoyancy of air tubing if diffusers are more than 30" deep.
MODEL
LEAD
EACH
$0.38
1 OZ. LEAD WEIGHT
VINYL REINFORCED CLEAR TUBING

Synthetic, fiber-reinforced, food-grade tubing
preferred for its kink resistance, high-pressure
rating and flexibility. Tough, flexible, polyvinyl tubing
has excellent clarity, is odorless and nontoxic.
Temperature range -48 to 160F.
To order by the foot, add F to end of part number.
TVR200
TVR150
MODEL
TVR125
TVR100
INSIDE DIAMETER
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
INCHES
MM
INCHES
MM
TVR90
WALL
Note: Vinyl tubing is not recommended for use with

pure oxygen or ozone.
MAX WORKING
PRESSURE @
90 F
COIL LENGTH
SHIP WT
(LBS)
PER FOOT
COIL
TVR40
REINFORCED TUBING
1/4
6.4
.38"
9.7
.06"
50'
120 PSI
$.92
TVR60
REINFORCED TUBING
3/8
9.5
.600"
15.1
.112"
50'
120 PSI
1.14
$33.03 $29.73/4+
TVR70
REINFORCED TUBING
1/2
12.7
.750"
9.1
.125"
50'
100 PSI
TVR80
REINFORCED TUBING
5/8
15.9
.875"
22.2
.125"
50'
100 PSI
TVR90
REINFORCED TUBING
3/4
19.1
1.025"
26.0
.137"
50'
80 PSI
2.28
90.80
81.72/4+
TVR100 REINFORCED TUBING
25.4
1.312"
33.3
.156"
50'
80 PSI
18
3.09
132.13
118.92/4+
167.08/2+
47.01
42.31/4+
1.47
61.15
55.04/4+
1.94
75.08
67.57/4+
11/4
31.8
1.687"
42.9
.218"
50'
60 PSI
30
4.53
185.64
11/2
38.1
1.88"
47.8
.19"
50'
60 PSI
30
6.39
251.71 226.54/2+
50.8
2.5"
63.5
.25"
50'
40 PSI
51
8.85
354.90
319.41/2+
All our nonreinforced tubing is marked every 12" for easy measuring. Reinforced tubing has a higher pressure rating.
428 PLUMBING
Adapters/Fittings
TUBING ADAPTERS, 1/83/4
POLY TUBING INSERT FITTINGS, 5/82
These polyethylene, precision-injected, molded fittings are high strength,

chemically inert and noncorroding.Approved by the National Sanitation
Foundation (NSF) for use with liquids for human consumption. Temperature
range: -65 to 190F. Working pressure up to 120 psi. Shipping weight is 1 lb
per 100. Check with us for special fittings not listed (in 50-piece lots only).
Barb sizes shown fit the following tubing sizes.Made in USA.
Use these insert fittings for repairing, adapting or connecting black poly tubing
(see Index). Connections under stress or pressure will require hose clamps
(see Index). These insert fittings fit the nominal sizes of polyethylene tubing;
for instance, a 5/8 fitting fits tubing with 0.62 I.D. Use letter following part no.
to indicate size (A=5/8, B=3/4, C=1, D=11/4, E=11/2, F=2).
BARB SIZE
Standard Style
FITS TUBING MODELS
3/16" (4.76 mm)
TP30, TP30HD
1/4" (6.35 mm)
TV40, TVR40
3/8" (9.53 mm)
TV60, TVR60
1/2" (12.7 mm)
TV70, TVR70
MALE ADAPTERS
MODEL
EACH TEES
Male Adapter
NPT x Barb
MODEL
EACH
1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB
62001
$.35 3/16" BARB
62063
$.69
1/4" NPT x 3/16" BARB
62005
.40 1/4" BARB
62064
.74
1/2" NPT x 3/16" BARB
62013
.65 3/8" BARB
62065
.74
1/8" NPT x 1/4" BARB
62007
62067
.88
62006
62056
1.19
62014
.38 1/2" BARB

.38 1/8" NPT x 3/16" x
3/16"
.57
1/4" NPT x 1/2" x 1/2"
1.14
1/2" NPT x 1/2" x 1/2"
.57
62020
62009
62008
.36
62016
.55
62021
.79
62010
.59
62018
.60
62022
.90
CONNECTORS AND REDUCERS
MODEL
62122
1.19
62123
1.07
EACH
MALE ADAPTER
(MNPT X INSERT)
EACH
101A
$.88
103A
$.70
101B
1.06
103B
1.06
101C
1.06
103C
1.10
101D
2.29
103D
1.74
101E
1.94
103E
1.94
101F
3.67
103F
3.73
90 ELL
(BARB X BARB)
EACH
PLUG
(BARB)
EACH
105A
$1.74
114A
$1.58
105B
2.12
114B
1.64
105C
2.35
114C
2.21
105D
2.63
114D
2.82
105E
3.10
114E
3.06
105F
4.32
114F
5.39
EACH
FEMALE
ADAPTER
(FNPT X BARB)
EACH
TEE
(BARB X BARB
X BARB)
Tee
Barb x Barb x Barb
90 CONNECTORS
EACH AND REDUCERS
Tee Adapter
NPT x Barb x Barb
MODEL
EACH
3/16" BARB x 3/16" BARB 62068 $.59 1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB 62001L $.74
1/4" BARB x 3/16" BARB 62053
.57 1/8" NPT x 1/4" BARB
62007L
.73
62069
.52 1/2" NPT x 1/4" BARB
62085
.99
1/4" BARB x 1/4" BARB
CONNECTOR
(BARB X BARB)
62055
.71 1/8" NPT x 3/8" BARB
62009L
.84
62054
.50 1/2" NPT x 3/8" BARB
62086
.95
62071
.52 1/2" NPT x 1/2" BARB
62087
.95
62052
.52 1/4" BARB x 1/4" BARB 62080
.72
62051
.78 3/8" BARB x 3/8" BARB 62081
.74
62072
.53 1/2" BARB x 1/2" BARB 62082
.78
62050
107A
$1.90
117A
$3.85
107B
2.05
117B
4.19
107C
2.67
117C
4.65
107D
4.18
117D
5.72
107E
5.26
117E
7.25
107F
9.34
117F
9.22
90 ELL
(BARB X MNPT)
113
105
114
$2.18
113B
3.02
113C
3.96
113D
5.27
113E
6.99
113F
11.03
107
117
Male Adapters, Low Cost
1.16
Elbow
Barb x Barb
103
EACH
113A
MODEL
Connector
Barb x Barb
101
Male Elbow
NPT x Barb
EACH
62001-2
1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB
62007-2
$.28
.28
62009-2
.28
62075
62083
62028
PLUMBING 429
Reducers
REDUCER STYLE
Reducing Tee (Barb x Barb x FNPT)
Reducing Tee (Barb x Barb x Barb)

Note: Last dimension is center.
MODEL
MODEL
EACH
EACH
112A
3/4" X 3/4" X 5/8"
121A
3/4" X 5/8" X 1/2"
$3.36
112B
1" X 1" X 5/8"
2.72
121B
1" X 3/4" X 1/2"
4.19
112C
1" X 1" X 3/4"
2.75
119A
5/8" X 1/2"
$1.95
Reducing Male Adapter (Barb x MNPT)

MODEL
90 Ell (Barb x FNPT)
EACH
111A
3/4" X 1/2"
$2.75
111B
1" X 3/4"
2.85
MODEL
111
Reducing Male Adapter (MNPT x Barb)

MODEL
EACH
110A
3/4" X 1/2"
$2.48
110B
1" X 3/4"
2.57
1436075
1/2 X 1
2.85
110
123
Reducing Tee (Barb x Barb x Barb)
119B
3/4" X 1/2"
2.01
119C
1" X 1/2"
2.12
119E
3/4" X 3/4"
2.12
119F
1" X 3/4"
2.47
119H
1" x 1"
3.31
EACH
120A
3/4" X 5/8"
120B
1 X 3/4
3/4" X 5/8" X 5/8"
$2.57
123B
1" X 3/4" X 5/8"
3.74
119
90 Ell (Barb x FNPT)
EACH
123A
$2.01
120
2.47
Plugs
Reducing Tee (Barb x Barb x FNPT)
MODEL

MODEL
EACH
122A
5/8" X 5/8" X 1/2"
$2.05
122B
3/4" X 3/4" X 1/2"
2.57
122C
1" X 1" X 1/2"
3.37
122D
1" X 1" X 3/4"
3.37
122E
1" x 1" x 1"
2.57
124A
122A
EACH
62024
1/8" MALE NPT
$.28
62025
1/4" MALE NPT
.28
62026
3/8" MALE NPT
.33
62027
1/2" MALE NPT
.40
62028
3/4" MALE NPT
.64
Nipples
MODEL
Reducer Connector (Barb x Barb)

MODEL
109A
EACH
MODEL

MODEL
112
$2.32
EACH
3/4" X 5/8"
$1.44
109B
1" X 3/4"
1.48
109C
11/4" X 1"
2.35
109D
11/2" X 11/4"
2.75
109E
2" X 11/2"
4.43
109
EACH
62083
1/2" NPT X 1/4" NPT
$ .66
62075
1/4" NPT X 1/4" NPT
.52
62028
62075
62083
TECH TALK 14
PVC PipeSchedule 40 vs Schedule 80
In the United States, "Schedule" refers to the thickness of the pipe wall and, therefore, how much
pressure it will hold. In most aquaculture applications, Schedule 40 is used because:
Schedule 80 is rated at no less than 200 psi at 73F (up to 2") and is usually gray in color, similar
to the gray Schedule 40 pipe used for electrical conduit.
1. It works for most applications and is readily available.

3. The wall is thick enough so that it will not distort when walked on.
There are very few reasons to ever need such a heavy, costly pipe for aquaculture. The outside
diameter (O.D.) is the same on Schedule 120, 40 and 80, so an expensive Schedule 80 fitting could
be used on Schedule 120 or 40 pipe, if that's all that was available. As the wall of the pipe gets
thicker, the inside diameter (I.D.) gets smaller. With fittings, the outside diameter gets larger.
4. From 1/2" to 2", it is rated at no less than 140 psi at 73F. The highest pressure typically found
at any facility is 65 psi, which is the average city water supply.
The main reason to use Schedule 80 is if it is mandatory in your area for specific applications.
Schedule 80 nipples make stronger threaded connections.
2. In small quantities, it is only slightly more expensive than the thinner wall Schedule 120.
430 PLUMBING
Hose Clamps/Adapters/Taps/Drill Bits/Piping
STAINLESS STEEL HOSE CLAMPS
BRASS MALE ADAPTERS
You can find clamps for less, but then they must be
replaced when the screw rusts away. These quality
clamps are all stainless steel (#301 SS band) including the
screw (#410 SS)! The one-piece housing is locked to the
band without spot welds. The band is 9/16 wide (5/16 on
SSAA), and the screw has both a slotted head and a 5/16
hex. Choose clamps with a slightly larger maximum
diameter than the outside diameter (O.D.) of the tubing
that it will be holding. Made in USA.
These high-quality, brass, male adapters will work

at high temperatures to 150 psi. They are made of
CA360, CA345 or CA370 brass for years of
continuous use.Note: Barb sizes are nominal (1/2 =
.62 actual). Made in USA.
MODEL
SIZE
MINIMUM
DIAMETER
MAXIMUM
DIAMETER
SSAA
1/4"
.22"
SSA
1/2"
SSB
3/4"
MODEL EACH
SSE
62001B*
1/8" NPT X 3/16" BARB
$.95
62007B
1/8" NPT X 1/4" BARB
1.35
62009B
1.29
62005B*
1/4" NPT X 3/16" BARB
1.63
EACH
10+
.62"
$1.02
$.94
62006B
1.41
.38"
.88"
1.25
1.16
62008B
1.41
.50"
1.06"
1.30
1.22
62010B
1.50
62014B
3.15
62016B
3.33
62018B
2.58
62021B
3.85
62022B
4.19
62024B
3/4 NPT X 3/4 BARB
6.35
62025B
3/4 FNPT X 3/4 BARB
9.50
ZBN54**
1/2 NPT X 5/8 BARB
3.35
SSC
1"
.75"
1.75"
1.40
1.34
SSD
11/4"
1.00"
2.00"
1.40
1.34
SSE
11/2"
1.25"
2.25"
1.45
1.37
SSF
2"
1.50"
2.50"
1.60
1.51
SSG
21/2"
2.25"
3.25"
1.75
1.60
SSH
31/2"
2.50"
4.50"
1.75
1.60
SSI
4"
3.00"
5.00"
2.05
1.82
SSJ
5"
4.50"
6.50"
3.25
2.95
N516
NUT DRIVER
14.30
62014B
62005B
ZBN54
62022B
*Use with TP30HD tubing only. **Reducing style.
FLEXIBLE BLACK MODULAR PIPING
THREAD CUTTING TAPS
This modular piping snaps together for use in tanks and aquariums (expect
some joint leakage). Its unique ball-socket joint design makes it extremely
flexible and enables the creation of custom flow patterns in tanks.
These taps will cut pipe threads (FNPT) in PVC, mild steel, etc. Use with bits
shown below to save the cost of tees, saddles and adapters.
MODEL
EACH
MODEL
EACH
BNT1
TAP, 1/8" NPT
$7.25
JT1
1/2" FLEX. JOINT TUBING, 6"
BNT2
TAP, 1/4" NPT
7.65
JT2
1/2" ROUND NOZZLE
BNT3
TAP, 3/8" NPT
10.00
JT3
1/2" 90 NOZZLE
2.10
BNT4
TAP, 1/2" NPT
15.20
JT4
1/2" MPT CONNECTOR
1.55
BNT5
TAP, 3/4" NPT
22.30
JT5
1/2" Y FITTING
3.35
JT6
1/2" ELBOW FITTING
2.90
JT7
1/2" MPT VALVE
9.25
JT8
1/2" FPT VALVE
7.85
BNT1
DRILL BITS
MODEL
EACH
BT1
BIT, 11/32" FOR 1/8" NPT
$3.75
BT2
BIT, 7/16" FOR 1/4" NPT
4.99
BT3
BIT, 9/16" FOR 3/8" NPT
14.05
BT4
BIT, 23/32" FOR 1/2" NPT
21.95
BT5
BIT, 15/16" FOR 3/4" NPT
32.65
BT1
$3.95
JT9
1/2" IN-LINE VALVE
8.95
JT10
1/2" MULTINOZZLE, 15 FLOWS
29.25
JT11
1/2" X 1.2" FLARED NOZZLE
3.15
JT12
3/4" FLEX. JOINT TUBING, 6"
4.95
JT13
3/4" ROUND NOZZLE
1.60
JT14
3/4" MPT CONNECTOR
1.70
JT15
3/4" Y FITTING
6.75
JT16
3/4" F X 1/2" M ADAPTER
3.30
3/4" X 3" FLARED NOZZLE
6.10
JT17
JT10
1.55
78002
ASSEMBLY PLIERS FOR 1/2"

TUBING
15.00
78004
ASSEMBLY PLIERS FOR 3/4"

TUBING
25.00
JT1/JT12
JT15
JT4/ JT3
JT14
JT7
JT6
JT9
JT8
JT11
JT2/
JT13
PLUMBING 431
Quick Disconnect Fittings

Male With Female Threads
MODEL SIZE ALUMINUM POLYPROPYLENE
QUICK DISCONNECT FITTINGS

Aluminum or polypropylene
Q10A
1"
8.32 5.39
Q12A
11/4"
10.27 5.22
Q15A
11/2"
10.76 5.55
Q20A
2"
12.39 6.38
Q30A
3"
18.88 11.72
If you have to disconnect hoses with any degree of regularity, you should
consider Quick Disconnect couplings. They provide fast, positive, leakproof
connections for air, liquids and dry products. They connect and disconnect
in seconds without tools; simply lift the cam levers. The female fittings use a
Buna-N gasket where they meet the male fitting for a cushioned, leakproof
seal. Choose either the aluminum or black fiber-reinforced polypropylene
for most aquaculture applications. The polypropylene is rated to 100 psi on
3/4" to 2" size and 50 psi on the 3" size at 68F (20C). Order by part number
plus material code suffix: A (aluminum), P (polypropylene). Made in USA.
Q40A
4"
40.09 16.64
Female Cap
Q60A
6"
84.38
Q75A
$7.28 $4.98
3/4"
MODEL SIZE
ALUMINUM POLYPROPYLENE
1"
Q12V
11/4"
18.01 9.92
Q15V
11/2"
18.62 11.94
$8.54 $5.07
Q20V
2"
19.16 13.60
3"
24.70 20.13
Male With Male Threads

Q75F
MODEL SIZE
Q10V
3/4"
$15.52 $9.81
Q10F
1"
10.08 5.39
Q30V
Q12F
11/4"
11.78 5.73
Q40V
4"
33.05 26.12
13.05 6.11
Q60V
6"
87.95
Q15F
11/2"
Q20F
2"
14.23 7.92
Q30F
3"
24.89 14.88
Q40F
4"
43.61
Q60F
6"
94.78
Male With Hose Nipple
Female With Female Threads

MODEL
SIZE
75D
3/4
$15.14 $8.98
Q10D
1"
15.46 10.99
Q12D
11/4"
18.76 11.68
Q15D
11/2"
20.00 11.99
Q20D
2"
21.40 14.19
Q30D
3"
36.77 22.55
Q40D
4"
47.12
MODEL
SIZE
Q75E
3/4
$9.19 $4.86
Q10E
1"
9.24 5.19
Q12E
11/4"
11.37 5.67
Q15E
11/2"
12.05 6.15
Q20E
2"
13.76 7.14
MODEL
SIZE
Q30E
3"
22.47 12.73
Q75B
3/4
$15.73 $9.25
Q40E
4"
43.05 18.09
Q10B
1"
16.93 10.39
Q12B
11/4"
19.81 11.68
Q15B
11/2"
18.87 12.29
Q20B
2"
22.26 14.19
Q30B
3"
33.74 23.79
Q40B
4"
54.67
Male Plug
MODEL SIZE
Female With Male Threads

Q10W
1"
$9.52 $4.80
Q12W
11/4"
10.78 5.09
Q15W
11/2"
11.36 5.46
Q20W
2"
11.78 6.57
Female With Hose Nipple
Q30W
3"
16.14 10.35
MODEL
SIZE
Q75W
3/4
- $3.26
Q75C
3/4
$14.73 $8.98
Q10C
1"
15.14 10.11
Replacement Gaskets
Q12C
11/4"
20.11 12.63
SIZE EACH
Q15C
11/2"
20.09 12.23
$.74
Q20C
2"
22.17 14.18
.89
Q30C
3"
32.53 23.55
2.15
Q40C
4"
48.88 27.35
.79 Q60G 6
2.63
Q60C
6"
111.86
Q75C
3/4
14.73 8.98
MODEL
SIZE EACH
Q75G
3/4"
$ .79
Q20G
Q10G
1"
.68
Q30G
Q12G
11/4"
.74
Q40G
Q15G
11/2"
432 PLUMBING
Lubricants/Sealants
O-RING LUBRICANT
PTFE THREAD SEALANTS
TECH FAV
HAZMAT A
This nontoxic, PTFE-based, waterproof lubricant is for wet or dry environments.

White, light-bodied, with a temperature range from 0 to 425F. It prevents rust
and is compatible with most metals, rubbers and plastics. USDA H1-rated to be
environmentally safe and corrosion free. Coat O-rings, gaskets and bearings
before reassembly. 5-oz tube.
Used for copper, brass, steel, aluminum, galvanized, PVC and other plastic
pipe threads (not recommended for acrylic and plexiglass). Seals to 5,000 psi.
This sealant handles temperatures from -250 to 500F, not recommended for
high-pressure pure oxygen. Nontoxic, chemically inert and will not harden.
1-pint can.
MODEL
The tape is a full .002 thick for easier use. Roll is 1/2 wide x 520
(12.7 cm x 160 m). Meets Mil Spec T-27730A.
EACH 4+
SBD4
$7.94 $7.08
MODEL
EACH
80633-AQ
371
$31.75
PTFE SEALANT, 1 PINT
1.75
PTFE TAPE
Magic Lube is a registered trademark of Aladdin Equipment Co., Inc.
CEMENT
HAZMAT A
371
Rain Tight is a cement that will cure in one hour in low-pressure applications.
Regular cement takes 24 hours.
MODEL
EACH
373
CLEAR CEMENT, REGULAR, PT
$9.15
374
CLEAR CEMENT, REGULAR, QT
15.00
377
RAIN TIGHT CEMENT, PT
11.40
SILICONE AQUARIUM SEALANT

Contains no mildew/mold inhibitors
379
ABS/PVC CEMENT 1/2 PT
6.54
382
PVC PRIMER, PURPLE, PT
8.30
383
PVC PRIMER, PURPLE, QT
13.48
Most silicone sealants on the market should not be used in fish tanks. This one
is fish safe for aquarium manufacture and tank repair (after 48-hour cure).
Adheres to clean glass, fiberglass, metal, painted surfaces, many plastics and
rubbers and nonoily woods. Service range is -60 to 400F (-51 to 204C). Meets
US Fed. Specs TT-S-001543A, 00230C, Type II. Large size fits standard caulking
guns. One-year shelf life. Made in USA.
235
FLEX PVC PIPE CEMENT, 1/2 PT
10.00
MODEL
377
PVC JOINT WELDS (APPROX. CEMENT USAGE)
EACH 10+
SIL1B
BLACK, 2.8 OZ
$9.36 $8.70
SIL2B
BLACK, 10.3 OZ
17.16 15.98
SIL1C
CLEAR, 2.8 OZ
9.55 8.89
SIL2C
CLEAR, 10.3 OZ
17.67 16.46
ALLOW TWO JOINTS FOR EACH COUPLING, THREE JOINTS FOR EACH TEE, ETC.
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
21/2
Per Pint
130
80
70
50
35
20
17
15
10
Per Quart
260
160
140
100
70
40
34
30
20
SIL1B
Joint Compounds
Warning: Many general-use pipe joint compounds contain substances that can cause
stress cracking in PVC parts. We suggest using PTFE paste (80633) or PTFE tape
(371) on threaded PVC parts. Do not overtighten threaded PVC parts! One or two
turns beyond fingertight is generally all that is required to make a sound PVC
threaded connection. Unnecessary overtightening may cause damage to both pipe
and fitting at some future time.
SIL2B
SIL1C
PLUMBING 433
Tees/Crosses/Adapter Inserts
TEE (SLIP X SLIP X FNPT)
INSERT ADAPTER (INSERT X SLIP)

MODEL
SIZE
474005-AQ
1/2"
EACH
474007-AQ
3/4"
.99 474020-AQ
2"
3.41
474010-AQ
1"
1.05 474030-AQ
3"
10.18
474012-AQ
11/4"
1.66 474040
4"
11.64
SIZE
EACH
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
402005
1/2"
$.42
$.34/50+
402007
3/4"
.66
.53/50+
402010
1"
1.22
.98/50+
402012
11/4"
1.94
1.55/25+
402015
11/2"
2.52
2.02/25+
402020
2"
3.20
2.56/10+
INSERT ADAPTER (INSERT X SPIG)
402030
3"
12.40
9.92/10+
MODEL
SIZE
402040
4"
18.95
15.16/5+
460005-AQ
1/2
460007-AQ
3/4
1.19 460020-AQ
2.29
460010-AQ
1.24 460030-AQ
7.73
460012-AQ
11/4
1.28 460040-AQ
8.89
CROSSES (SLIP)
$.82 474015-AQ 11/2" $1.84
EACH
SIZE
$.90 460015-AQ
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
420005
1/2"
$.98
$.78/50+
420007
3/4"
1.63
1.30/50+
TEE (SLIP X SLIP X SLIP)
420010
1"
2.03
1.62/50+
MODEL
420012
11/4"
2.69
2.15/25+
420015
3.05
2.44/25+
401005-AQ 1/2"
11/2"
420020
2"
4.49
3.59/10+
420030
3"
11.69
9.35/5+
420040
4"
17.31
13.85/4+
REDUCING TEES (SLIP X SLIP X FNPT)

SIZE
A B C
EACH
402071
1/2" x 1/2" x 1/8"
$.91
$.73/50+
402101
3/4" x 3/4" x 1/2"
.56
.45/50+
402130
1" x 1" x 1/2"
.85
.68/50+
402131
1" x 1" x 3/4"
1.22
.98/50+
402166
11/4" x 11/4" x 1/2"
2.03
.62/25+
402167
11/4" x 11/4" x 3/4"
2.03
1.62/25+
402168
11/4" x 11/4" x 1"
2.03
1.62/25+
402209
11/2" x 11/2" x 1/2"
2.52
2.02/25+
402210
11/2" x 11/2" x 3/4"
2.52
2.02/25+
402247
2" x 2" x 1/2"
3.18
2.54/10+
402248
2" x 2" x 3/4"
3.18
2.54/10+
402249
2" x 2" x 1"
3.18
2.54/10+
402251
2" x 2" x 11/2"
3.18
2.54/10+
402335
3" x 3" x 1"
9.82
7.86/10+
402338
3" x 3" x 2"
9.82
7.86/6+
MODEL
SIZE
TEE (FNPT X FNPT X FNPT)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
405005
1/2
$1.18
405007
3/4
1.84
405010
1"
2.55
EACH
SIZE
$.32 $.26/50+ 401015
11/2"
EACH
$1.30 $1.04/25+
401007
3/4"
.37
.30/50+ 401020
2"
1.90
1.52/10+
401010
1"
.69
.55/50+ 401030
3"
8.24
6.59/10+
401012
11/4"
1.07
.86/25+ 401040
4"
14.90
11.92/6+
REDUCING TEE (SLIP X SLIP X SLIP)

B
SIZE
MODEL
EACH
11/2 $1.38
401101-AQ
EACH
3/4" x 3/4" x 1/2"
$.42
$.34/50+
401126
1" x 3/4" x 1"
1.22
.98/50+
401130
1" x 1" x 1/2"
.72
.58/50+
401131
1" x 1" x 3/4"
.79
.63/50+
401167
11/4" x 11/4" x 3/4"
1.18
.94/25+
401168
11/4" x 11/4" x 1"
1.18
.94/25+
401209
11/2" x" 11/2" x 1/2"
2.07
1.66/25+
401210
11/2" x 11/2" x 3/4"
2.07
1.66/25+
401211
11/2" x 11/2" x 1"
2.07
1.66/25+
401247
2" x 2" x 1/2"
2.03
1.62/10+
401248
2" x 2" x 3/4"
2.03
1.62/10+
401249
2" x 2" x 1"
2.03
1.62/10+
401251
2" x 2" x 11/2"
2.03
1.62/10+
401335
3" x 3" x 1"
8.96
7.17/10+
401336
3" x 3" x 11/4"
8.96
7.17/10+
401337
3" x 3" x 11/2"
8.96
7.17/10+
401338
3" x 3" x 2"
8.94
7.15/6+
401419
4" x 4" x 11/2"
14.90
11.92/10+
401420
4" x 4" x 2"
14.90
11.92/10+
401422
4" x 4" x 3"
14.90
11.92/6+
434 PLUMBING
Ells/Nipples
90 ELL (SLIP X SLIP)
6 NIPPLE, GRAY SCHEDULE 80 PVC
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
406005
1/2"
$.31
$.24/50+
880060
1/4"
$2.12
406007
3/4"
.32
.25/50+
881060
3/8"
2.26
406010
1"
.47
.38/50+
882060
1/2"
1.46
406012
11/4"
1.20
.96/25+
883060
3/4"
1.82
406015
11/2"
1.05
.84/25+
884060
1"
2.50
406020
2"
1.66
1.33/25+
885060
11/4"
2.72
406030
3"
7.58
6.06/10+
886060
11/2"
4.01
406040
4"
14.00
11.19/8+
887060
2"
5.72
888060
21/2"
16.25
889060
3"
21.78
890060
4"
25.92
45 ELL (SLIP X SLIP)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
417005
1/2"
$.42
$.36/50+
417007
3/4"
.66
.56/50+
417010
1"
.79
.67/50+
417012
11/4"
1.10
.94/25+
417015
11/2"
1.38
1.38/25+
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
25+
417020
2"
1.80
1.53/10+
879005
1/8"
$.94
$.75
880005
1/4"
.98
.78
417030
3"
7.29
6.20/10+
417040
4"
13.07
11.11/5+
CAP (SLIP)
CLOSE NIPPLE, GRAY (MNPT)

SCHEDULE 80 PVC
881005
3/8"
1.02
.82
882005
1/2"
.89
.71
882007
3/4"
.94
.75
882010
1"
1.25
1.00
882012
11/4"
1.82
1.46
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
447005
1/2"
$.23
$.20/50+
447007
3/4"
.27
.23/50+
882015
11/2"
1.98
1.58
2"
2.61
2.09
447010
1"
.42
.36/50+
882020
447012
11/4"
.60
.51/25+
888005
21/2"
8.94
7.15
3"
10.67
8.54
4"
17.43
13.94
447015
11/2"
.65
.55/25+
887030
447020
2"
.79
.67/10+
890005
447030
3"
2.76
2.35/10+
447040
4"
6.27
5.33/6+
CAP (FNPT)
90 ELL (FNPT X SLIP)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
407005
1/2"
$.32
$.27/50+
448005
1/2"
$.48
$.41/50+
407007
3/4"
.37
.31/50+
448007
3/4"
.57
.48/50+
407010
1"
.69
.59/50+
448010
1"
.85
.72/50+
407012
11/4"
1.15
.98/25+
448012
11/4"
1.01
.86/25+
407015
11/2"
1.28
1.09/25+
448015
11/2"
1.05
.89/25+
407020
2"
3.30
2.81/10+
448020
2"
1.87
1.59/10+
407030
3"
12.22
10.39/8+
448030
3"
3.60
3.06/10+
407040
4"
18.52
15.74/4+
448040
4"
6.33
5.38/6+
PLUMBING 435
Unions/Plug/Long Sweep/Reducer Bushing
90 STREET ELL (MNPT X SLIP)
LONG SWEEP
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
410005-AQ
1/2"
$.56
$.48/50+
410007-AQ
3/4"
.66
.56/50+
410010-AQ
1"
1.10
.94/50+
410012-AQ
11/4"
1.54
1.31/25+
410015-AQ
11/2"
1.61
1.37/25+
410020-AQ
2"
3.96
3.37/10+
410101-AQ
3/4" x 1/2"
.80
.68/50+
To keep friction losses low, its best to use sweeps

as opposed to elbows in plumbing systems. These
long sweeps are low-pressure rated to 30 psi. PVC
compatible with Schedule 40, 160 and DWV size
pipes. Female socket on both ends. Made in USA.
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
$4.36
SP15
11/2"
SP20
2"
SP30
3"
10.76
SP40
4"
19.00
UNION (FNPT X FNPT) SCHEDULE 80,

WITH O-RING
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
458005
1/2"
$1.98
$1.58/10+
458007
3/4"
2.48
1.98/10+
458010
1"
3.79
3.03/10+
458012
11/4"
5.15
4.12/5+
458015
11/2"
6.38
5.11/5+
458020
2"
10.23
8.19/5+
UNION (SLIP X SLIP) SCHEDULE 80,

WITH O-RING
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
457005
1/2"
$1.98
457007
3/4"
2.48
1.98/10+
457010
1"
3.79
3.03/10+
457012
11/4"
5.15
4.12/5+
457015
11/2"
6.38
5.11/5+
457020
2"
10.23
8.19/5+
$1.58/10+
PLUG (MNPT)
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
450005
1/2"
$.70
$.60/50+
450007
3/4"
.75
.64/50+
450010
1"
1.22
1.04/50+
450012
11/4"
1.28
1.09/25+
450015
11/2"
1.38
1.17/25+
450020
2"
1.78
1.51/10+
450030
3"
3.74
3.18/10+
450040
4"
8.43
7.17/6+
SP15
5.65
"Close" nipples are those with threads that almost touch

from both sides. They are the shortest possible length.
REDUCER BUSHING (SPIG X SPIG)

SIZE
EACH
437101
MODEL
3/4" x 1/2"
$ .27
$.23/50+
437130
1" x 1/2"
.48
.41/50+
437131
1" x 3/4"
.48
.41/50+
437166
11/4" x 1/2"
.65
.55/25+
437167
11/4" x 3/4"
.66
.56/25+
437168
11/4" x 1"
.65
.55/25+
437209
11/2" x 1/2"
.70
.60/25+
437210
11/2" x 3/4"
.70
.60/25+
437211
11/2" x 1"
.70
.60/25+
437212
11/2" x 11/4"
.70
.60/25+
437247
2" x 1/2"
1.15
.98/10+
437248
2" x 3/4"
1.15
.98/10+
437249
2" x 1"
1.15
.98/10+
437250
2" x 11/4"
1.15
.98/10+
437251
2" x 11/2"
1.15
.98/10+
437334
3" x 3/4"
2.72
2.31/10+
437335
3" x 1"
2.72
2.31/10+
437336
3" x 11/4"
2.72
2.31/10+
437337
3" x 11/2"
2.72
2.31/10+
437338
3" x 2"
2.72
2.31/10+
437420
4" x 2"
6.09
5.18/6+
437422
4" x 3"
6.09
5.18/6+
436 PLUMBING
Bushings/Couplings/Adapters
T.T. BUSHING (MNPT X FNPT)
REDUCER COUPLING (SLIP X SLIP)
MODEL
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
SIZE
MALE ADAPTER (MNPT X SLIP)
EACH
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
$.36/50+
436005
1/2 "
$.23
$.20/50+
3/4"
.25
.21/50+
439072
1/2" x 1/4"
$1.22
$1.04/50+
429101
3/4" x 1/2"
$.42
439073
1/2" x 3/8"
1.22
1.04/50+
429131
1" x 3/4"
.72
.61/50+
436007
439098
3/4" x 1/4"
.76
.65/50+
429168
11/4" x 1"
1.22
1.04/25+
436010
1"
.46
.39/50+
436012
11/4"
.57
.48/25+
436015
11/2"
.76
.65/25+
436020
2"
.99
.84/25+
436030
3"
4.27
3.63/10+
436040
4"
5.44
4.62/6+
439099
3/4" x 3/8"
.76
.65/50+
429212
11/2" x 11/4"
1.29
1.10/25+
439101
3/4" x 1/2"
.76
.65/50+
429251
2 x 11/2"
2.05
1.74/10+
439130
1" x 1/2"
1.05
.89/50+
439131
1" x 3/4"
1.05
.89/50+
439168
11/4" x 1"
1.57
1.33/25+
439210
11/2" x 3/4"
1.90
1.62/25+
439211
11/2" x 1"
1.90
1.62/25+
439212
11/2" x 11/4"
1.90
1.62/25+
439251
2" x 11/2"
2.03
1.73/10+
REDUCER BRUSHING (SPIG X FNPT)

MODEL
COUPLING (SLIP X SLIP)
SIZE
EACH
438071
1/2" x 1/8"
$.57
$.48/50+
438072
1/2" x 1/4"
.57
.48/50+
MALE ADAPTER REDUCING

(MNPT X SLIP)
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
436074
1/2" x 3/4"
$.46
$.39/50+
3/4" x 1"
.65
.55/50+
1.54
1.31/50+
438101
3/4" x 1/2"
.42
.36/50+
436102
438130
1" x 1/2"
.69
.59/50+
436132
1" x 11/4"
438131
1" x 3/4"
.69
.59/50+
436169
11/4" x 11/2"
1.74
1.48/25+
438166
11/4" x 1/2"
1.05
.89/25+
436213
11/2" x 2"
2.09
1.78/25+
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
438167
11/4" x 3/4"
1.05
.89/25+
429005
1/2"
$.17
$.14/50+
438168
11/4" x 1"
1.05
.89/25+
429007
3/4"
.23
.20/50+
438209
11/2" x 1/2"
1.22
1.04/25+
429010
1"
.41
.35/50+
438210
11/2" x 3/4"
1.22
1.04/25+
429012
11/4"
.56
.48/25+
438211
11/2" x 1"
1.22
1.04/25+
FEMALE ADAPTER (SLIP X FNPT)
429015
11/2"
.60
.51/25+
438212
11/2" x 11/4"
1.22
1.04/25+
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
429020
2"
.88
.75/10+
438247
2" x 1/2"
1.63
1.39/10+
435005
1/2"
$.29
$.25/50+
429030
3"
3.18
2.70/10+
438248
2" x 3/4"
1.63
1.39/10+
435007
3/4"
.37
.31/50+
429040
4"
4.61
3.92/6+
438249
2" x 1"
1.63
1.39/10+
435010
1"
.42
.36/50+
429060
6"
14.56
12.38/4+
COUPLING (FNPT X FNPT)

MODEL
SIZE
EACH
430005
1/2" x 1/2"
$.32
$.27/50+
430007
3/4" x 3/4"
.60
.51/50+
430010
1" x 1"
.79
.67/25+
438250
2" x 11/4"
1.63
1.39/10+
435012
11/4"
.65
.55/25+
438251
2" x 11/2"
1.63
1.39/10+
435015
11/2"
.76
.65/25+
438334
3" x 3/4"
2.72
2.31/10+
435020
2"
1.01
.86/10+
438335
3" x 1"
2.72
2.31/10+
435030
3"
3.44
2.92/10+
438336
3" x 11/4"
2.72
2.31/10+
435040
4"
5.70
4.85/6+
438337
3" x 11/2"
2.72
2.31/10+
438338
3" x 2"
2.72
2.31/10+
438420
4" x 2"
6.08
5.17/6+
438422
4" x 3"
6.08
5.17/6+
FEMALE ADAPTER REDUCING

(SLIP X FNPT)
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
50+
435074
1/2" x 3/4"
$.51
$.43
435101
3/4" x 1/2"
.51
.43
435102
3/4" x 1"
.69
.59
435131
1" x 3/4"
.69
.59
PLUMBING 437
Wrench/Rubber Sheet/File/Flanges/Gaskets/Bolts Sets

STRAP WRENCH
The Boa Constrictor is a flexible wrench designed for problem jobs, especially
pipes, unions and fittings that require high torque without surface damage.
The reinforced polypropylene handle provides the leverage and the rubber
strap handles up to 2,000 lbs. This combination provides an unbeatable grip.
Available in three sizes: Baby .44" (110 cm), Standard 16" (2.516 cm),
Monster 111" (2.528 cm). Monster strap works with standard Boa
handle (RS25).
MODEL
EACH
RS10
BABY BOA STRAP W/HANDLE
$15.00
RS25
STANDARD BOA STRAP W/HANDLE
23.40
RS28
MONSTER BOA STRAP (STRAP ONLY)
23.40
Boa Constrictor is a registered trademark of Boa (UK) LLC.
FLANGES, VAN STONE (2-PIECE STYLE)

Gaskets and bolts not included
Van Stone style uses two pieces with center socket loose from the flange
portion until tightened.
THICKNESS
COLOR
EACH FOOT
854005
MODEL
1/2"
1 LB
$7.23
854007
3/4"
1 LB
7.74
854010
1"
1 LB
8.61
854012
11/4"
1 LB
8.87
854015
11/2"
1 LB
9.05
854020
2"
2 LBS
12.05
854030
3"
3 LBS
20.58
854040
4"
4 LBS
26.03
854050
5"
5 LBS
40.94
854060
5 LBS
40.94
854080
8"
6 LBS
66.67
854100
10"
8 LBS
86.32
854120
12"
10 LBS
93.06
RS25
PLASTIC RUBBER SHEET
854060
854005
Good for most general purpose applications. This plastic rubber holds up well
to oil, water, abrasion and weather. When used for making gaskets, it conforms
to irregular flange joints and seals well under minimum bolt loads. Temp: -20 to
220F. Tensile strength: 800 psi. Sheet is 36" wide and sold by the foot (buy one
foot and get 3 square feet).
GASKETS/BOLT SETS
MODEL
MODEL
THICKNESS
COLOR
EACH FOOT
NRB16
1/16"
BLACK
RRB16
1/16"
RED
7.93
RRB18
1/8"
RED
14.33
$9.28
NRB16
FITS FLANGE STYLE BOLT HOLES
BOLTS
BOLT LENGTH SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
854010G
1"
1/2"
2"
$8.55
854020G
2"
5/8"
3"
12.00
854030G
3"
5/8"
3"
16.95
854040G
4"
5/8"
3"
22.50
854060G
6"
3/4"
31/2"
25.00
854080G
8"
3/4"
31/2"
27.50
854100G
10"
7/8"
12
4"
36.00
854200G
12"
7/8"
12
4"
38.00
Note: Bolts are not stainless steel.
UNIVERSAL THREAD FILE

This one-blade thread file renews all 60-degree threads, even metric and
foreign. Relieves oversized threads, right or left hand, and is a handy addition
to any tool kit.
MODEL EACH
UTF
$7.50
854010G
438 NETS
Product
439 Traps/Bags/Baskets
444 Brine Shrimp/Heavy-Duty/Dip
448 Monorail
440 Mesh/Cable Ties/Pliers
445 Dip/Bucket/Stand
450 Seines
442 Cage Equipment
446 Koi
451 Buoys/Net Floats
443 Boxes/Aquarium
447 Fingerling/Bait/Dip/Harvesting
452 Cast/Nylon/Mending
NETS 439
Traps/Bags/Baskets
FISH TRAP, PLASTIC

This trap has a longer life than comparable metal traps in alkaline, brackish
and salt water because it is all plastic with no sharp edges.
The two halves hinge together. Measures 17" long x 9" wide at largest
diameter with 3/16" (4.8 mm) square mesh for minnow-sized fish, 7/8" (22 mm)
diameter entrance hole.
MODEL
MT1
EACH 12+
$9.25 $7.29/12+
MINNOW-NAPPER
Similar to our galvanized MT2 fish traps,
the Minnow-Napper features a vinyl coating with
1/4" mesh. Measures 16" long and 9" in diameter.
Optional extender extends the total length of the
trap to 31".
MODEL
EACH
MT13 MINNOW-NAPPER $12.96 $11.66/6+

MT13E EXTENDER
MT13
12.99 11.70/4+
MT13E
SPAT BAGS
These bags are very commonly used for collecting scallop larvae and
as oyster nursery bags. They have knitted polyethylene mesh with a
drawstring. SCB4 is used in heavy fouling conditions. Bags measure
153/4" x 311/2" (40 x 80 cm). Bulk pricing available.
MODEL
SCB2
EACH 12+
SCB1
.75 MM
$6.50 $5.85
SCB2
1.5 MM
4.52 4.07
SCB3
3.0 MM
4.17 3.75
SCB4
2 X 7 MM
3.50 3.15
SCB3
SCB4
FISH BASKET
Industrial strength
This durable basket has multiple aquaculture applications. Its thicker bottom (with drain holes),
tapered form and molded-in handles give it superior strength and durability. Rated at 40 lbs
(18 kg) carrying strength but will physically hold 7580 lbs when stationary. Nestable. Holes are
approximately 3/8" diameter on sides and bottom. Actual weight 31/2 lbs. Ships Oversize with up to
10 baskets in one carton.
MODEL
FBK3
FBK3
DEPTH
19 DIA. TOP X 17 H
COLOR
ORANGE
EACH 10+
$24.94 $21.20
440 NETS
Mesh/Cable Ties/Pliers
PLASTIC MESH SCREENING

High-quality, extruded plastic netting is offered in both square and diamond
configurations for a wide variety of aquaculture applications. Made from
a pliable, yet durable semirigid polyethylene that is great for outdoor use.
All screening is nontoxic.
This netting is characterized by a smooth surface and heavy-duty construction.
The surface minimizes algae growth, making cleaning easier and less
frequent. The products are made with more weight than many competitive
netting products, providing for greater durability and longer life. And the
material is produced to high quality standards for consistency, uniformity
and flatnessmaking fabrication into cages, traps and trays all the easier.
Made in USA. Sold by the roll.

MESH
MODEL SIZE
WIDTH X
LENGTH
N1130 1/8
MESH
SHAPE
MESH
OPENING*
36 X 50 DIAMOND 5/32 (4.0 MM)
WEIGHT
PER ROLL
EACH
N1170
4+
N1670 1/8" 48" X 50' SQUARE
5/32" (2.4 MM) 10.5 LBS 84.48 76.03

5/32" (4.0 MM) 20 LBS 138.77 124.89
N1020 1/2" 48" X 50' SQUARE
7/32" (14 MM)
22 LBS 177.80 160.02
N0350 3/4"
15/16" (24 MM)
19 LBS 149.64 134.68
48" X 50' SQUARE
N1670
6 LBS $80.75 $72.68
N1170 1/4"
48" X 50' SQUARE
N1130
N1133 11/4" 48" X 50' DIAMOND 15/16" (33 MM) 27 LBS 155.79 140.21
N1020
N0350
*The mesh opening refers to the widest space across the opening.
CABLE TIES
All black for longer life. Use the T120R for tying bricks to tubing underwater.

MODEL
STRENGTH
T18R
CABLE TIES
T30R
T40I
T120R
CABLE TIES
DRY
DIAMETER
18 LBS
3/4"
CABLE TIES
30 LBS
11/4"
CABLE TIES
40 LBS
3"
MAX BUNDLE
LENGTH
WIDTH
4"
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
$3.30
.10"
100/PK
6"
.14"
100/PK
4.35
111/2"
.15"
100/PK
10.30
120 LBS
4"
151/2"
.30"
50/PK
12.24
T21081 RELEASABLE TIE
250 LBS
5"
20"
.50"
25/PK
30.38
T21084 RELEASABLE TIE
250 LBS
10"
35"
.50"
25/PK
53.33
These high-quality, US-made ties are built with

carbon black for the best protection against UV
light. Use for cage construction, bundling wires,
hanging air lines, etc. Releasable ties are just as
strong but can be reused, perfect for extension
cords and rope storage. Keep different sizes
on hand. Tensile strength can be doubled by
wrapping the tie around the object twice, tripled
by wrapping 3 times, etc. Sold per package. USA.
"C" RING PLIERS AND FASTENERS

Stainless steel "C" rings are used with the coated wire mesh to make traps
and cages. You may also find many other uses around the farm for this item.
These pliers can be used with both the 3/8" and 1/2" rings.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
EACH
5+
WWP
"C" RING PLIERS
WWF1
3/8" RING (850 COUNT)
12.00 10.74
WWF2
1/2" RING (750 COUNT)
12.00 10.74
0.6
$22.85
WWP
WWF1
NETS 441
Mesh/Pliers/Cages
GALVANIZED WIRE MESH, PLASTIC-COATED

Use this PVC-coated wire so you won't have to build another cage for a long time. For a
strong and long-lasting cage, trap or net material, you won't find a finer product. The
smooth, fuse-bonded PVC coating adheres tightly to the galvanized steel wire, providing
durable strength and corrosion resistance. We offer the most popular size of high-tensile
strength wire material. Gauges measured before plastic coating (other widths and sizes
are available, please call). Four feet wide, 100' long rolls. Larger quantity discounts
available. Must be shipped via motor freight. FOB manufacturer. Made in USA.
WW13
Note: Be aware that most plastics absorb moisture

over time, weakening them in submerged applications.
MODEL
SIZE
GAUGE
SHIP WT (LBS)
WW8
1/2" X 1/2"
16
260
$680.00
EACH
WW13
1/2" X 1"
16
185
577.00
WW14
1" X 1"
16
124
413.00
WW16*
1" HEX
20
78
228.00
*Roll length is 150 feet. Ships motor freight only.
HOG RING PLIERS

Ideal for fastening netting and making fish cages fast. The pliers use a
feeder spring to load each staple one at a time. 5/8" rings are 16 gauge
stainless steel, have a closure range of 5/16" to 3/8" and are sold in packs
of 2,500. Pliers weigh 3 lbs.
MODEL
BF128
HOG RING PLIERS
BF129
STAINLESS STEEL RINGS
EACH
$72.00
64.00/PK
Closed BF129
BF128
BF129
FISH CAGES
If you need cages for fish inspection, introducing small fish into a pond with larger fish or to keep
different sizes of fish separated, try these. Made of 1/4" polyester netting with a 3/4" PVC top frame,
floating lid and aluminum bottom frame.
MODEL
L X W X H
SHIP WT (LBS)
C13
1' X 3' X 2'
EACH
C23
2' X 3' X 2'
10
109.85
C33
3' X 3' X 2'
15
124.40
C43
4' X 3' X 2'
20
139.15
$98.45
442 NETS
Cage Equipment
Head of cap fits inside
fittings. Skirt of cap fits
inside Schedule 40 pipe.
CAGE FITTINGS, PVC

Special, hard-to-find PVC fittings for the
construction of floating cages, framework, etc.
Use inner caps to seal off air-filled sections from
water-filled sections. Available in 1/2", 1", 11/4" and
11/2" sizes. Three-way, 4-way and 5-way cross
compatible with standard Schedule 40 PVC
and Schedule 160 PVC. Inner caps compatible
with Schedule 40 PVC pipe and all fittings.
UV-resistant. Made in USA.
Inner Cap
MODEL
SIZE
Make your own

cage frame!
PPF15
EACH 25+
PPF15 1/2" $.82 $.72

PPF4
1"
.77 .69
PPF5 11/4" .83 .73

PPF6 11/2" 1.05 .92
3-Way
MODEL
SIZE
EACH 25+
PPF16 1/2" $1.12 1.00

PPF7 1" 2.20 1.99
PPF8
11/4"
2.50 2.22
PPF9 11/2" 2.95 2.67
4-Way "L"
MODEL
SIZE
EACH 25+
PPF17 1/2" $1.30 $1.12

PPF10
1"
2.30 2.06
PPF11
11/4"
2.50 2.40
PPF12 11/2" 3.35 2.92
5-Way Cross
MODEL
SIZE
EACH 25+
PPF13A 1" $2.85 2.48

PPF14
11/2"*
5.25 4.73
*11/4" cross with 11/2" in center socket.
TECH TALK 107

Getting Started in Aquaculture
How Do I Get into the Aquaculture Business?
By coming up with a business plan that can't fail and having a lot of money, skill, patience and
energy. As you know, most new businesses don't make it. Aquaculture businesses are especially
difficult because of the slim margins, burdensome government regulations, lengthy start-up
time, live animal constraints, diseases, power outages, unreliable vendors and fluctuating
market prices.
A beginner in aquaculture must first learn as much as possible about the needs of the species
to be cultured. Use books, videos, publications, extension agents, schools and especially other
people in the same business. Only if you think of a way to make a lot of money should you go to
the next step, which is doing a detailed business plan. After you have included everything you
can think of, have the plan carefully scrutinized by a minimum of three businessmen who are
knowledgeable in that type of business. Do not dismiss their objections!
Here are some things to address in your business plan specific to aquaculture:
Lack of funding is the number one cause of business failure. This applies
to aquaculture.
Time and expense to meet government regulations before even beginning.
Site selection. Don't try to make a bad location work.
Include cost for crop insurance, if available.
Consider starting small, even at the hobby level, to learn all husbandry aspects, growth rates,
costs, etc., and to get a feel for marketing.
Consider niche businesses that do not sell product at commodity prices but rather specialty
or value-added products at higher prices.
If you do come up with a plan that shows the business can be highly profitable, you can only
proceed if you will have enough money to operate the business with zero income until after the
first successful crop has been sold and paid for and that could be a long time.
This is not a pessimistic view of the aquaculture business but rather a realistic one. Don't become
a statistic; only start a for-profit business if your business plan is rock solid and you really love
the business.
Various species can be grown for profit.
An example of a small commercial hatchery.

Please see the Index for our complete selection of fish farming products.
NETS 443
Boxes/Aquarium
NET BOXES
These net boxes are perfect for holding fish prior to shipping, during
spawning or any time fish need to be separated. They are made of ace
mesh netting with an open top. Custom sizes are available in 12+ quantity.
PVC pipe and fittings not included.
MESH
MODEL
SIZE
NB4228
L X W X H
1/8"
4' X 2' X 2'
EACH
$46.90
NB4428
1/8"
4' X 4' X 2'
64.13
NB4448
1/8"
4' X 4' X 4'
84.60
42.60
NB4224
1/4"
4' X 2' X 2'
NB4424
1/4"
4' X 4' X 2'
57.93
NB4444
1/4"
4' X 4' X 4'
76.47
NB4824
1/4"
4' X 8' X 2'
88.38
NB4844
1/4"
4' X 8' X 4'
114.89
NB4228
HEAVY-DUTY AQUARIUM NETS

These nets are so strong you can use them to scoop and lift wet gravel,
plants, rocks and coral. The soft, seamless 1/16" mesh is gentle to fish
and molded into a rugged, 1/4"-thick ABS plastic frame that won't bend or
scratch the tank. 1/8" stainless steel shaft is 3" long. Nets can be boiled or
bleached for sterilization. The smallest one has a 2" deep bag; the others
are 3" deep.
MODEL
W X H
NET10
2" X 41/4"
EACH
12+
$2.63 $2.24
NET275
33/4" X 41/2"
2.63 2.24
NET90
71/2" X 61/4"
3.15 2.68
VALUE NETS
Here are some low-cost nets that are excellent for handling small fish.
Their handles are plastic-coated wire and the fine mesh is 1/16". Colors vary
for net and handle.

FRAME BAG OVERALL
MODEL SIZE DEPTH LENGTH
AN4
3" X 4"
45/8"
EACH 24+
131/2"
$1.34 $1.18
AN5
4" X 5"
51/2"
141/4"
1.55 1.42
AN6
5" X 6"
6"
163/4"
1.75 1.55
AN8
6" X 8"
71/4"
17 3/4"
3.60 3.23
AN10
7" X 10"
91/4"
201/2"
4.70 4.19
444 NETS
Brine Shrimp/Heavy-Duty/Dip
BRINE SHRIMP NET

Made of a fine, nylon mesh (including stitching) and a vinyl-coated wire handle.
MODEL
FRAME SIZE
HANDLE LENGTH
MESH SIZE
BSN1
4 X 3
93/4
350 MICRON
EACH
12+
$2.35 $1.97
HEAVY-DUTY NETS
These durable nets can withstand constant use in commercial applications.
These aquaculture-duty nets are tough and long-lasting. Stainless steel
frames and handles. All are handmade in the USA.
F8103
F46
F8102
MODEL
FRAME SIZE
HANDLE LENGTH
MESH SIZE
F8102
8 X 10
12
1/16
$43.70
EACH
F8103
8 X 10
12
1/8
43.70
F10121
10 X 12
12
1/16
46.48
F10122
10 X 12
12
1/8
46.48
F12162
12 X 16
12
1/8
56.95
F12163
12 X 16
12
3/16
61.85
F15212
15 X 21
12
1/4
85.85
F46
4 X 6
12
BRINE SHRIMP
34.55
F8101
8 X 10
12
BRINE SHRIMP
50.75
SOLID BOTTOM DIP NET

This deep bag fish net features a vinyl bottom that holds water. It is an
excellent net for moving endangered fish or specialty fish you don't want
the net to touch. A stainless steel frame ensures the net will last for years.
Net measures 10" x 10", with a 12" handle, and has heavy-duty 1/8" knotless
mesh sides. Ship weight 5 lbs.
MODEL EACH
NT101
$108.98
TECH TALK 31
Cage Culture Suggestions
Bismarck said, ... it is better to learn from the mistakes of others.
1. S eek help from people in your area who have successfully cage-raised the same species.
Your State Aquaculture Extension Service is an excellent source of information.
2. Y our fish will be totally dependent on you for food and water quality. Still, no-wind periods are
the worst without aeration.
3. B uild a cage thats easy to handle and harvest, and consider the possible need for sun shading.
4. Consider feed waste potential and waste buildup below cages. Keep cage bottom at least one
foot above lake bottom.
5. Cage position is very important for water quality, feeding access, etc. Use an aerator or a
current inducer for no-current periods.
6. You may need to aerate the entire impoundment if it is, or will become, eutrophic as production
(nutrient enrichment) continues.
7. Inspect fish for mortalities, condition and, depending on where you are, loss to poachers!
8. Inspect cages for turtle holes, overall condition and biofouling (algae, bryozoans, invertebrates,
etc.) that can restrict circulation.
9. Be prepared for foul weather with heavy waves and strong currents. Also cloudy weather,
plankton die-offs, overturns, etc.
NETS 445
Dip/Bucket/Stand
ECONOMY DIP NET, 18"

Inexpensive net with extendable handle can be used for collecting smaller
fish, debris from the surface of ponds and field studies. The aluminum
handle is 26" long and extends up to 57". The wire aluminum net frame
is 18" in diameter; net is 1/8" blue mesh and 12" deep. Net frame can be
unscrewed for transport. Ship weight 6.2 lbs.
MODEL EACH
LN19
$17.12
BUCKET NET
This high-quality net is designed to be set onto a 5-gallon bucket for
transferring fish. The net measures 11" diameter x 11" deep and is made with a
stainless steel frame. Heavy 1/4" knotless netting is gentle on fish. Net will last
for years. Weighs 3 lbs.
MODEL EACH
NT102
$72.51
KO50A
NETS WITH TELESCOPIC HANDLES

Extendable handles take up less storage space while still allowing a long
reach. Our 12" and 20" diameter, telescoping handle, aluminum koi nets
are a real value. Two-piece telescopic handle is 1" dia.; net is 3/25" soft,
black mesh. The 12" model has a 5" deep bag and the 20" has a 10" deep
bag. Handles telescope from 3162". These are lighter-duty versions of
our KO8 deluxe koi net. Their long-reach handles are perfect for herding
and catching fish up to 3 feet. These are good-quality, lightweight nets at
a very good price. Imported.
MODEL
KO30A
KO30A
11 DIAMETER, 8 DEEP
KO50A
20 DIAMETER, 16 DEEP
EACH
$21.40
23.70
NET STAND
Tired of having your nets rip when they hang on the
wall? This all-plastic storage stand is better than
wood, unaffected by water and easy to clean. It is
sturdy, lightweight and requires minimal floor
space. Stand holds up to 24 nets with handles up to
13/8" in diameter. Measures 18" x 18" x 18" H. Weighs
7.5 lbs.
MODEL
N0071
EACH 3+
$32.50 $28.99
446 NETS
Koi
KOI NET, SMALL
DELUXE KOI NET WITH TELESCOPIC HANDLE
This small net is designed for catching small- to medium-size koi and
goldfish. Measures 11.5" across end, 12" from end to handle; has 13" long
aluminum handle with rubberized grip. 6" bag depth, 1/8" soft black mesh. 2"
rope loop for hanging on end of handle. Skimmer net has micron netting with
extra deep bag.
This 25" diameter net has 3/8" polyester mesh coated to resist barb penetration
and scaling. Shallow bag depth of 6" allows easy access. A net guard
surrounds the aluminum frame to prevent fish abrasion. The 6" stub
handle accepts the 48' telescopic aluminum handle (included). Ship weight
4 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL
MODEL EACH
EACH 4+
PT811
$12.15 $10.94
KO8
$118.00
KOI SOCK NETS

Sock nets are a "must have" net for koi keepers. We have both the net
and water-holding socks. Each has a 12" diameter aluminum frame and
12" long wooden handle. KS44 and KS45 have 40" long black socks. The KS45
has a very fine mesh that will allow water to pass through. The KS44 is a much
tighter weave, very soft and will not pass water quickly (not watertight).
After netting the fish, pinch the mesh end closed and the fish are held within
a sock of water, which is much easier on them. Made in China.
KS44
MODEL EACH
KS44
$38.91
KS45
36.90
KS45
BIG FISH NET

This net has exaggerated width and depth to allow secure handling of large
fish. Aluminum handle has been enlarged to 11/2" for added strength.
Netting is 11/2" square mesh, heavy nylon, treated with green Net Guard
preservative. A connecting block allows the handle to slide into the net
frame for storage. Ships Ground in 2 boxes, one Oversize at the 70-lb rate,
one with over 60" charge. So four ship for the same price as one.
BOW HANDLE NET

MODEL SIZE LENGTH DEPTH EACH
FN36
36" X 37"
72"
52"
$67.15
Huy Tran shows off a fish grown in one of our aquaponics systems.
NETS 447
Fingerling/Bait/Dip/Harvesting
FRY, FINGERLING AND BAIT NETS

These nets are excellent for handling small fish. Each net has an all-wood handle (great for cold
weather) with a heavy-duty, galvanized steel frame. Steel net guards are standard on the front of
each (except the skimming net DN29). All mesh is knotless nylon. Select: 7" or 12" bag depth, 1/4"
or 1/8" mesh, and 20" or 35" handle. All nets are 16" W x 12" H. If you desire nets without guards,
a quantity of 12+ must be ordered (or use a hacksaw to remove the guard). Replacement bags
are not available. Made in USA.
DN22
DIP NETS, EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY

This could be the last dip net you'll ever have to buy! These extra heavy-duty, triple-reinforced,
aircraft aluminum dip nets are the finest in the aquaculture industry. Lightweight, yet very strong;
13/8" handles are painted green and plugged for flotation. When working fish all day, you'll appreciate
their light weight.
DN28
A plastic guard laced around front and sides of the 17" W x 13" H frame provides protection
against abrasion. Bags are made of nonabrasive, white, Atlas knotless nylon (1/4" or 3/4" open spaces)
with flat bottoms for easy fish removal. Handles attach to the frame head by a heavy-duty, snap button
coupler (included with frame) for quick change or breakdown. Order handles separately. Replace net
protector each time net is changed. Made in USA.
HEAVY-DUTY HARVESTING NETS

These nets are heavy nets for heavy loads. They'll carry up to 100 lbs! A hand grip at the frame throat
makes lifting heavy loads easier. DN11 (shown) and DN12 are generally preferred for catfish and
DN13 for fish with scales. Painted steel frame with galvanized steel handles. The nets ship Oversize
at the 30-lb rate, so four can ship for the same price as one.
DN29
DN11
DN12
DN12
MODEL
FRAME SIZE
BAG DEPTH
MESH
HANDLE
SHIP WEIGHT
DN21
16" X 12"
7"
1/4"
20" WOOD
2 LBS
$31.05 $27.37/4+
EACH
DN22
16" X 12"
7"
1/8"
20" WOOD
2 LBS
32.63 29.20/4+
DN23
16" X 12"
12"
1/4"
20" WOOD
2 LBS
34.23 30.97/4+
DN24
16" X 12"
12"
1/8"
20" WOOD
2 LBS
36.08 31.84/4+
DN25
16" X 12"
7"
1/8"
35" WOOD
2 LBS
34.11 30.70/4+
DN26
16" X 12"
7"
1/4"
35" WOOD
2 LBS
32.32 28.60/4+
DN27
16" X 12"
12"
1/8"
35" WOOD
2 LBS
39.74 35.77/4+
DN28
16" X 12"
12"
1/4"
35" WOOD
2 LBS
37.72 34.63/4+
DN29
16" X 12"
FLAT
1/8"
35" WOOD
2 LBS
30.58 26.88/4+
DN11*
22" X 18"
24"
1" #42 POLY W/KNOTS
42" STEEL
8 LBS
98.65 87.47/3+
DN12*
19" X 15"
12"
1/4" DIPPED KNOTLESS
31" STEEL
5 LBS
82.85 74.57/3+
DN13*
19" X 15"
12"
1/4" KNOTLESS
31" STEEL
5 LBS
82.85 75.23/3+
DN11R
FITS NET MODEL DN11
24.15 21.74/3+
DN12R
FITS NET MODEL DN12
22.15 19.94/3+
DN13R
FITS NET MODEL DN13
22.15 19.94/3+
DN3A
ALUMINUM HANDLE
30 STEEL
1 LB
42.00 39.43/3+
*Oversize, Exposed: ships @ 30-lb rate when applicable. .
PKN2
Plankton Nets can be found on Pg. 460

448 NETS
Monorail
MONORAIL NETS
These nets do not need any edge protection because their unique monorail
frame is a natural guard. The frame is made of lightweight, yet strong,
extruded aluminum. Bag replacement is simple. These nets have 1"
aluminum handles (also see nets w/fiberglass handles). Nets with 36"
handles and larger ship Oversize/Exposed and up to six nets can be
packaged together to save shipping costs. DN36 landing net is not a
monorail style. Its handle is made of 11/8" diameter aluminum and is
excellent for landing fish at fee fishing operations. Shipped in 2 boxes.
Made in USA. Replacement bags available, add "R" after part number
in most cases (see list below).
Note: MH516P and MH54P have the same dimensions as MH516 and MH54
but have pool quick connects to fit pool style handles.
MH516
DN34
DN33AL
DN36
DN35
AK-2
AK-5
FH48
BD1HOOP

MODEL
FRAME
BAG
HANDLE
SHIP WT
SIZE
MESH DEPTH LENGTH (LBS)
DN35M 9" X 6"
1/32"
EACH
4+
4"
18"
$18.64 $16.78
18.00 16.20
DN35A
9" X 6"
1/8"
4"
18"
DN35
9" X 6"
1/4"
4"
18"
15.27 13.74
DN36M 9" X 6"
1/32"
4"
36"
18.09 16.28
DN36A
9" X 6"
1/8"
4"
36"
19.73 17.76
DN36C
9" X 6"
1/4"
4"
36"
20.72 18.65
MH516
9" X 6"
1/8"
6"
18"
22.00 19.80
MH516P 9" X 6"
1/8"
6"
36"
24.49 22.04
MH54
9" X 6"
1/4"
6"
18"
22.00 19.80
MH54P 9" X 6"
1/4"
6"
36"
24.33 21.90
DN34
12" X 13"
1/4"
3"
18"
22.36 20.12
DN34B
12" X 13"
1/2"
3"
18"
DN34ML 12" X 13"
1/32"
3"
60"
DN34AL 12" X 13"
1/8"
3"
60"
DN34L
12" X 13"
1/4"
3"
60"
DN34BL 12" X 13"
1/2"
3"
60"
3+1*
DN34A
1/8"
3"
18"
DN34M 12" X 13"
1/32"
3"
18"
20.16 18.14
DN31M
16" X 16"
1/32"
6"
18"
2+1
22.36 20.12
DN31A
16" X 16"
1/8"
6"
18"
2+1
26.16 23.54
DN31
16" X 16"
1/4"
6"
18"
2+1
23.09 20.78
DN31D
16" X 16"
1/4"
12"
18"
2+1
25.68 23.11
DN31B
16" X 16"
1/2"
6"
18"
2+1
30.75 27.68
DN32M 16" X 16"
1/32"
6"
36"
2+2
25.78 23.20
DN32A
16" X 16"
1/8"
6"
36"
2+2
27.47 24.72
DN32
16" X 16"
1/4"
6"
36"
2+2
22.33 20.10
DN32B
16" X 16"
1/2"
6"
36"
2+2
32.82 29.54
DN33M 16" X 16"
1/32"
6"
60"
DN33A
16" X 16"
1/8"
6"
60"
2+3*
DN33D
16" X 16"
1/4"
12"
60"
2+3*
29.25 26.33
DN33B
16" X 16"
1/2"
6"
60"
2+3*
35.53 31.98
12" X 13"
26.88 24.19
3+1*
23.25 20.93
3+1*
24.29 21.86
3+1*
2+3*
25.22 22.70
30.62 27.56
21.93 19.74
27.47 24.72
27.37 24.63
DN32ML 16" X 16"
1/32"
12"
36"
2+2
27.47 24.72
DN32AL 16" X 16"
1/8"
12"
36"
2+2
29.25 26.33
DN32D
16" X 16"
1/4"
12"
36"
2+2
25.20 22.68
DN32BL 16" X 16"
1/2"
12"
36"
2+2
34.50 31.05
DN33ML 16" X 16"
1/32"
12"
60"
DN33AL 16" X 16"
1/8"
12"
60"
DN33
1/4"
6"
60"
16" X 16"
DN33BL 16" X 16"
1/2"
12"
60"
DN36
1/2"
24"
72"
22" X 27"
4*
4*
4*
4*
3+3*
29.25 26.33
31.00 27.90
25.60 23.04
34.50 31.05
57.84
52.06
AK-2
REPL. MONORAIL HANDLE, 24
8.00 7.20
AK-3
8.95 8.06
AK-5
11.67 10.50
FH48
TELESCOPING HANDLE, 4884
20.80 18.72
BD1HOOP
HOOP, 16 X 16
7.46 6.71
*Additional shipping charge when applicable.
NETS 449
Monorail/Replacement Bags
MONORAIL NETS, TANGLE-FREE

These monorail nets are coated to eliminate hang-ups of fish barbs.
The nets are not replaceable, but the coating will increase net life
dramatically. 3/16" mesh.
NT12

MODEL
FRAME
SIZE
HANDLE
LENGTH
BAG
DEPTH
SHIP WT
(LBS)
NT12
12 X 13
18
$32.50 $29.25
NT16
16 X 16
60
36.42 32.78
EACH
4+
MONORAIL NET
The Handler is 16" with 1/4" Ace nylon mesh, 4'
aluminum handle, a net depth of 4" and sponge
end. Well suited for handling most medium-size
fish. Weighs 2 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL
KN164
EACH 4+
$26.78 $24.10
MONORAIL NETS WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLES

These nets feature 1" diameter fiberglass handles. They are popular
with Fish and Game Commissions, hatcheries and universities.
Handles are capped on the net end and have a 5" foam grip on the
other. Handles are easily removed with a pushbutton. The net bags
are 1/4" mesh. Made in USA. Replacement bags available below.
CB-1

MODEL
FRAME SIZE
DN32F
REPLACEMENT BAGS FOR MONORAIL NETS

MODEL
FRAME SIZE
MESH
BAG DEPTH
EACH
6+
DN35MR
9" X 6"
1/32"
4"
$7.92 $7.13
DN35AR
9" X 6"
1/8"
4"
7.92 7.13
DN35R
9" X 6"
1/4"
4"
8.17 7.35
MH54R
9" X 6"
1/4"
6"
12.28 11.06
MH516R
9" X 6"
1/8"
6"
12.28 11.06
DN34MR
12" X 13"
1/32"
3"
7.45 6.71
DN34AR
12" X 13"
1/8"
3"
7.45 6.71
DN34R
12" X 13"
1/4"
3"
7.83 7.05
DN34BR
12" X 13"
1/2"
3"
10.50 9.45
DN31MR
16" X 16"
1/32"
6"
$10.79 $9.71
DN31AR
16" X 16"
1/8"
6"
10.79 9.71
DN31R
16" X 16"
1/4"
6"
10.79 9.71
DN31BR
16" X 16"
1/2"
6"
13.34 12.00
DN32MLR
16" X 16"
1/32"
12"
11.92 10.73
DN32ALR
16" X 16"
1/8"
12"
11.92 10.73
DN31RD
16" X 16"
1/4"
12"
12.42 9.45
DN32BLR
16" X 16"
1/2"
12"
15.25 13.73
BAG
DEPTH
HANDLE
LENGTH
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
4+
DN32F
16 X 16
36
2+2
$33.85 $30.47
DN32DF
16 X 16
12
36
2+2
34.68 31.22
DN33F
16 X 16
60
2+3 *
39.42 35.48
DN33DF
16 X 16
12
60
2+3 *
40.47 36.42
FK-5
60 HANDLE
25.16 22.64
CB-1
FRAME ADAPTER
7.95 7.16
*Additional $5.00 shipping charge when applicable.
THE MONORAIL SYSTEM

Features an extruded aluminum net frame
which encases the net, guarding it from
abrasion. It makes a smooth, strong,
attractive net, and replacing the net bag is
simple. All nets are 100% nylon knotless
weave, which reduces abrasion to the fish.
Knotless
Knotted
450 NETS
Seines
SEINES, SMALL
These small-mesh, commercial-grade seines are ideal for gathering fish in
tanks and small ponds. They are made of white knotless nylon. Sponge floats.
Seine handles not included.

MODEL
MESH
SIZE
H X L
SHIP WT
(LBS)
ML210
3/16
4 X 10
$65.00
ML520
3/16
6 X 20
159.00
EACH
SEINES, LIGHT-DUTY
These seines are made of square mesh nylon netting that travels through
the water easily. They are offered in mesh sizes small enough to net even
two-week-old koi fry (1/8"). Seines include floats and lead weighted bottoms.

MODEL
MESH
SIZE
D X L
SHIP WT
(LBS)
LDS1
1/8
8 X 20
$158.59
LDS2
1/4
8 X 20
120.70
LDS3
1/8
8 X 40
12
331.10
LDS4
1/4
8 X 40
229.49
EACH
SEINES, HEAVY-DUTY
These seines will stand up to the rigors of daily commercial use. Foam
floats are sewn on 12" centers along the 3/8" braided float line. A braided lead
line with internal leads (.16 lbs/ft), plus 4-oz external leads over the lead
line on 8" centers, holds nicely to the bottom. 1/8" through 3/8" are knotless
nylon, 1/2" is knotless polyester. Made in USA.
MODEL
MESH SIZE
H X L
HDS1
1/8"
4' X 10'
$193.99
EACH
HDS2
1/8"
7' X 20'
453.22
HDS3
1/4"
4' X 10'
210.66
HDS4
1/4"
7' X 20'
455.18
HDS5
3/8"
4' X 10'
201.05
HDS6
3/8"
8' X 20'
455.65
HDS7
3/8"
4' X 10'
203.59
HDS8
1/2"
8' X 20'
493.62
CUSTOM SEINE NETS

Made to your specifications.
Pentair AES can supply seine nets custom made to your specifications. They are made of
knotless nylon netting and are available in most mesh sizes. Seines are secured to 3/16"
diameter nylon rope with 3" x 11/2" Spongex floats and Number 9 leads placed every 12".
Bags are available. Made in USA.
Provide us with the following details for pricing:
Mesh size desired.
Total length desired.
Height of seine.
Pond bottom type (dirt, lined, concrete, etc.).

Distance between floats and weights.
Bag/pocket size, if desired.
Note: In general, the length of the seine should be at least 1/3 greater than the widest area to be
seined. If you are seining catfish, the seine should be treated with a liquid plastic, tar or rubber to
prevent fish from hanging fins and heads in the seine fibers.
NETS 451
Buoys/Net Floats
POLYETHYLENE FLOATS
Rigid polyethylene floats are UV-resistant and extremely durable.
They are ideal for use with seines, nets and traps. FT3X5B/W floats
are football-shaped and fit 1/2" rope. FT5X9B/W floats are footballshaped and fit 3/4" rope. FT7X7W floats are sphere-shaped and fit
3/4" rope. Ship weight 1 lb each.
MODEL
SIZE
HOLE
CASE QTY
COLOR
3" X 5"
1/2"
100
BLUE/WHITE
$2.50
FT5X9B/W
5" X 9"
3/4"
24
BLUE/WHITE
4.50
FT7X7W
7" DIA.
3/4"
20
SOLID WHITE
5.38
FT3X5B/W
EACH
FT3X5B/W
NET FLOATS
Evafloat net floats are the highest quality net floats we could find. Made of
ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), which offers high tensile strength;
durability; resistance to pressure, sunlight and abrasion; buoyancy; and a
much longer life expectancy than PVC net floats.
Each Evafloat has internal nylon grommets and will give years of worry-free
service as your seine float, rope barrier or marker buoy.
NF4
NF5
NF6

MODEL
LENGTH
DIAMETER
AVERAGE
HOLE SIZE
FLOTATION
ACTUAL
CASE QTY
WT
EACH
NF4
EVAFLOAT, WHITE
5.0"
31/2" (9 CM)
5/8" (16 MM)
17 OZ
147
.15 LB
$2.25
NF5
EVAFLOAT, WHITE
6.0"
311/16" (10 CM)
5/8" (16 MM)
23 OZ
108
.18 LB
2.50
NF6
EVAFLOAT, WHITE
5.0"
43/8" (11 CM)
1.0" (25 MM)
32 OZ
120
.26 LB
4.75
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Kevin Quinn
Kevin received both his Bachelor of Science and master's
degrees in zoology from Eastern Illinois University. He has
experience in mushroom cultivation and as an aquaculture
technician. His specialties include aeration, diffusers and the
control of zebra mussels.
452 NETS
Cast/Nylon/Mending
CAST NETS
Monofilament cast nets are useful for sampling ponds and tanks and
are convenient for partial harvesting of fish as small as 4" long. These
economical nets come with a 20' long polyester rope. Mesh size is 3/8"
(9.6 mm) and stretches to 7/8" (23 mm). Imported.
CN4
MODEL
SHIP WT
EACH
CN4
8' DIA.
4 LBS
$43.33
CN5
10' DIA.
5 LBS
52.81
CN7
14' DIA.
9 LBS
71.23
CN8
16' DIA.
10 LBS
89.47
NYLON NETTING, KNOTLESS

Ace mesh netting is strong, nonabrasive and will not scale the fish. It is ideal for
minnows, fry and other fish that are easily damaged.
This material is excellent for bait bags, dip nets, bait nets, holding pens or any
other application where a strong, soft, small mesh is required. Will not
rot or mildew, can be stored wet. The netting is 4' wide and sold by the running
yard (1 running yard = 12 sq.ft.).
MODEL
EACH
5+
NA2
1/8" ACE NETTING
NA3
3/16" ACE NETTING
7.66 6.89
NA4
1/4" ACE NETTING
12.14 10.93
NA2
$8.65 $7.79
NA3
NA4
NET MENDING TOOLS

No. 12 nylon twine has 90-lb strength and No. 21 twine has 192-lb strength.
TW12
MODEL
NT8
NT6
EACH
4+
NT6
6" STEEL BENT NEEDLE
$3.50
NT8
3/8" X 8" NYLON NEEDLE
4.04
NT10
5/8" X 10" NYLON NEEDLE
TW12
NO. 12 WHITE BRAIDED, 1,900'/LB
19.57/lb 17.99
TW21
NO. 21 WHITE BRAIDED, 740'/LB
14.68/lb 13.82
5.95
FIELD SUPPLIES 453
Product
454 Plant/Debris Removal

455 Secchi Disk/Fish Tagging
456 Measuring/Catheter Tubing
457 Samplers
459 Water Flow
460 Plankton Nets
462 Sieve Sets/Tracer Dye/

Thermometers
469 Pads/Copier Paper/Pen/

Envelopes
464 Digital Thermometers
470 Rain Suits/Waders
466 Temperature Alarms/Scanners/

Wind Speed Meter
471 Waders/Gloves
467 Hygrometer/Waterproof Cases

468 Notebooks
454 CLEANING
FIELD SUPPLIES
Siphon
Plant/Debris
Pump/Scrub
Removal
Pads
PARACHUTE SKIMMER
This economical aquatic plant control tool is like a push broom for water.
It sweeps a five-foot swath using a mesh screen to capture everything in
its path. As the skimmer is pulled from the pond, the device closes and traps
the catch. Large-screen model (1/4" hole size mesh) is great for trash,
filamentous algae and larger debris. Micro-screen model is ideal for
duckweed, watermeal and smaller vegetation. Approved for use by the
Florida DEP.
MODEL
EACH
PS51
LARGE SCREEN
$149.00
PS52
MICRO SCREEN
149.00
PS51
AQUATIC WEED CUTTER

Cuts plants off at the roots
If you've ever tried to cut aquatic weeds, you know what a miserable job it
is. This aquatic weed cutter will do in two hours what would take two days to do
by hand. Simply throw it out and pull it init cuts a 49" path up to 30' deep. It
is made of galvanized steel with stainless steel blades and comes complete
with a blade sharpener and 25' of rope. Two-part handle allows easy storage.
Caution: cutter blades are very sharp. Weighs 8 lbs.
MODEL EACH
AWC
$129.17
WEED RAKE WITH 3" TEETH

Floats or sinks
Our aquatic weed rake is 3' wide and features 3" long, rigid aluminum teeth. It is
equipped with a foam float that's easily removable if you need to pull in floating
weeds or rake the bottom. A two-piece handle adjusts from 51/2' to 10', and it
comes with 20' of poly rope. Weighs 10 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL EACH
AWR1
WEED RAKE WITH 8" TEETH

Replaceable teeth
AWR22
The Weed Raker is a 3' wide tool featuring 8" flexible teeth that won't get locked
in heavy roots. The tip of each tooth has holes, allowing the addition of a
filament (included) to assist in pulling weeds from lake bottom, if desired.
Additional weight (which increases the digging action) is easily added by
filling the hollow rake bar with stones. Includes 43' of rope and a sectional,
11' aluminum handle. Rake weighs 12 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL
AWR22 RAKE
AWR22T
REPL. TOOTH
AWR22TC
REPL. TEETH, 12/PK
$129.94
EACH
$125.00
5.00
54.00
AWR22T
FIELD SUPPLIES 455

Secchi Disk/Fish Tagging
SECCHI DISK AND DECALS

The plastic Secchi disk is a standard for
measuring the relative visibility of water. Lower it
into the water and when it disappears, record its
depth. SEC is a LaMotte silk-screened plastic
disk with stainless steel eye bolt and lead weight.
Lowering line not included. 21 oz, 8" (20 cm)
diameter. SE1 is a black and white vinyl decal for
freshening up any 8" Secchi disk or for making
your own.
MODEL
EACH 4+
SE1 DECAL
$6.60 $6.20
SEC DISK
27.95 25.99

SEC
How to Use a Secchi Disk

1. Make sure that the Secchi disk is securely attached to the measured line.
2. L ean over the side of the boat and lower the Secchi disk into the water, keeping your back toward the sun to block glare.
3. Lower the disk until it disappears from view. Lower it one-third of a meter and then slowly raise the disk until it just reappears. Move the disk up and down
until the exact vanishing point is found.
4. Attach a clothespin to the line at the point where the line enters the water. Record the measurement on your data sheet. Repeating the measurement will
provide you with a quality control check.
MODEL
FISH TAGS
EACH 10+
FFT1
LT BLUE FLAG TAGS, PK/100
$4.80 $4.21
FFT2
DK BLUE FLAG TAGS, PK/100
4.80 4.21
FFT3
YELLOW FLAG TAGS, PK/100
4.80 4.21
FFT4
RED FLAG TAGS, PK/100
4.80 4.21
FFT6
ORANGE FLAG TAGS, PK/100
4.80 4.21
FFT7
DK GREEN FLAG TAGS, PK/100
4.80 4.21
FFT9
CLEAR FLAG TAGS, PK/100
4.80 4.21
FTN100
NO. 1100 TAGS, PK/100
TG
TAGGING GUN
93.33
TGN
REPLACEMENT NEEDLE
20.00
TGS
NEEDLE SHARPENER
13.90
FFT1
129.00 121.19
Farmers and researchers have found that fish

tags are one of the best ways to identify individual
fish. They can be used to distinguish male fish
from females and broods from the rest of the
stock. They can mark genetic strains and
individual fish for research and growth studies.
We offer the popular T-bar anchor tags in both
flag and number styles. They're easy to insert,
cause minimal stress and can remain in the fish
for years. The flag tag is 21/2" long with a 3/16" x 3/8"
flag (no labeling possible). The number style is
international orange with black numbers. The
tagging gun, which is compatible with both tag
styles, uses a needle to insert the tags to a depth
of 5/8". Custom printed tags and other styles are
also available.
TG
TECH TALK 79
Tagging Fish
Fish tags can be useful in fisheries research, as well as broodstock management. When used with
proper record keeping, tags can keep track of sex, age, genetic line, year class, dispersal patterns
or that the fishs name is Bob.
3. O nce the needle is inserted, hold the gun

firmly against the fishs body while
compressing the handle firmly.
Making a good tag consistently can take some practice, but the following general procedure can
be followed for most species of fish. The goal is to set the hook of the tag into the dorsal fin
rays that extend into the musculature of the fish. This means you should actually feel the bone
when setting the tag.
4. Twist the gun slightly and remove the needle.

DO NOT RELEASE THE COMPRESSED HANDLE
UNTIL THE NEEDLE HAS BEEN WITHDRAWN.
Once withdrawn, release the handle slowly to
make certain the next tag is fed into position
for tagging. Failure to do so may cause feed
mechanism to skip.
1. H old the fish firmly in the swimming position when it is tagged to reduce movement.
Anesthetized fish should be held firmly as well. Squirming fish can bend the needle and
cause injury.
2. U sing the needlepoint, lift up a scale on the left side of the fish and insert the needle at the
anterior (forward) base of the dorsal fin, forcing it forward through the dorsal rays.
5. Tug the tag lightly to set. One final note: disease transmission can be a concern when tagging
fish. To minimize risk, swab the needle with rubbing alcohol, iodine, etc., after each tag.
456 FIELD SUPPLIES

Measuring/Catheter Tubing
FISH MEASURING BOARD

Quick and easy to use!
This economical board is easy on the fish and easy to use. Made entirely
of ABS plastic with permanent markings in inches with 1/10" divisions and in
centimeters. Overall length is 24" (60 cm). Weighs 4 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL
FMB2
EACH 4+
$67.47 $60.65
CATHETER TUBING
This PTFE tubing is commonly used for sampling egg stage development in
brood stock. It has a wall thickness of .15 mm (150 microns) and is safer
than glass capillary tubes. Sold by the foot.
MODEL
INSIDE DIA. X OUTSIDE DIA.
EACH
TT86
0.86 MM X 1.14 MM
$2.59
TT97
0.97 MM X 1.27 MM
2.59
TT119
1.19 MM X 1.49 MM
2.59
TT173
1.73 MM X 2.03 MM
3.15
HANDHELD DEPTH FINDER

This versatile, handheld depth finder will give instant readings from 2.5' to
120' (1/10" precision). The digital backlit display will show depth or switch to
display air and water temperature (F). Waterproof up to 50', It shoots
through fiberglass hulls and ice. Powered by a 9V battery (included) and
measures 7" x 2" x 2". Weighs 1 lb. Two-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
DPX200 $108.93
2-YEAR WARRANTY
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Cullen Danner
Cullen received his B.A. in environmental and aquatic
sciences from the University of Central Florida. He worked
as a consultant to the energy industry for environmental
compliance and mitigation issues concerning marine
mammals in the Gulf of Mexico. Cullen also has experience
with pest and weed control and environmental restoration.
FIELD SUPPLIES 457

Measuring/Samplers
LONG TAPE MEASURES

This lightweight reel tape has a frame made of strong fiberglass. Graduated in
feet and inches to 1/8". Ship weight 2 lbs.

BLADE BLADE
MODEL LENGTH WIDTH
EACH
4+
TAP1 100' 1/2 $19.85 $17.87/4+

TAP3 300' 1/2 39.90 37.90/4+
WATER SAMPLER
Recommended for water 5 meters or more in depth
Simplified, one-liter, horizontal-style sampler features a clear acrylic body with
a built-in outlet for removal of the water sample. A brass messenger is sent
down a 20-meter, calibrated, nylon line to trigger a release mechanism sealing
the sample chamber. The seal is made with two heavy plungers. A lead collar
surrounds sampler to eliminate drift. Messenger and calibrated line are
included. Contains lead.
MODEL EACH
LM1077
$225.00
TAP1
MEASURING TAPE, STAINLESS STEEL

A great measuring tape for those who work in and around water. All metal parts
are stainless steel. A built-in shock absorber is used to protect blade tip.
Measures to 25'. Markings are clear and distinct, in inches and feet.
MODEL EACH
TAP2
$17.85
WATER SAMPLER
Find true water quality at depth
Collect samples from depths between one and
twenty meters. Its inner collection chamber allows
dissolved oxygen samples to be "fixed" prior to
removal. Outer chamber (1,200 mL) is clear acrylic.
A thermometer clip, zinc weight and two extra
inner collection chambers are included. Measures
81/4" x 3" dia. Weighs 4 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL EACH
LM1060
$115.95
DREDGE, BOTTOM SAMPLING

Our all stainless steel dredge features a bottom sensing closure that
eliminates the need for a messenger weight! This dredge is a convenient
sediment-collecting device for mud, sand, and light gravel. A newly
designed trigger ensures that the jaws stay open
during descent. Sampling volume is 110 in3.
Sampling area covered by open dredge: 45 in2
(114.3 cm2). Actual weight is 3 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL EACH
LM1097
$195.00
458 FIELD SUPPLIES

Samplers
BOTTOM GRAB
BS195
This benthic sampler is designed for taking samples on soft muck, mud or fine,
peaty material. Made of 316 stainless steel, it requires a messenger to release
the two-pin jaw. Uses 11-oz messenger (SBK2 or SBK3not included) and 3/16"
braided line. Weighs 10 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH
BS195
BOTTOM GRAB
$442.00
SBK2
SPLIT MESSENGER
61.98
SBK3
SOLID MESSENGER
50.77
SBK2
SBK3
SAMPLING AND MEASUREMENT KIT, MARINE SCIENCE

This rugged combination outfit is easy to transport, simple to use and a
necessity for any salt water field sampling. Durable, reliable sampling gear
and measurement devices all housed within a rugged field carrying case for
easy transport and storage.
Kit includes: Forel-Ule color comparator kit and Secchi disk (20 cm in
diameter) to determine turbidity and degree of visibility in water columns;
bottom sampling dredge to obtain bottom sediment for surface analysis;
D.O. water sample bottle to collect water samples for analysis at controlled
depths (holds 60 ml of sample); plankton net to collect plankton and
invertebrates for surface studies (153 micron mesh net is 15" in length and
has a 5" diameter mouth and two 50-ml collection tubes at end); armored
thermometer in protective, plastic jacket for accurate temperature readings
(range is 5 to 45 C); sounding lead and calibrated line (includes a 2-lb weight
and a nylon sampler line marked from 020 m in one meter increments).
All items are contained in heavy-duty 14" L x 14" W x 7" H foam-lined case.
Ships Ground. Weighs 14 lbs.
MODEL EACH
LM1069
$499.00
LaMotte is a registered trademark of LaMotte Chemical Products, Co.
CALIBRATED SAMPLER LINE

This heavy-duty nylon line is marked from 0 to 20 m in one-meter
increments. Great for use with Secchi discs, bottom grab samplers
and water samplers. A 2-lb spring clip is attached to one end for easy
attachment. Line is wound on a foam spool to prevent loss if dropped
overboard. LM1065 actual weight is 3.25 lbs (1.5 kg); LM1064 includes a
2-lb (908 grams) lead weight and has an actual weight of 5.25 lbs (2.5 kg).
Made in USA.
LM1065
MODEL
LM1065
CALIBRATED LINE
LM1064
CALIBRATED LINE W/LEAD WEIGHTS
LM1064
TECHNICIAN PROFILE
Brian J. Boothe
Brian received his B.S. and M.S. in mechanical engineering from North Carolina State
University. He also has BBA degrees in finance and organizational behavior/business policy
from Southern Methodist University. Brian has worked with Pentair for eight years as an
Engineer in New Product Development designing various products for the swimming pool
industry as well as Engineering Lead in the Product Technology Group focusing on R&D
projects with several university research institutions and external firms.
EACH
$40.95
54.95
FIELD SUPPLIES 459

Water Flow
WATER FLOW PROBE

Perfect for monitoring spring runoff
This water flow probe is a lightweight, easy-touse water velocity meter. It is highly accurate and
comes complete with LCD digital display, internal
ball bearings and a telescoping handle. Shipped
in a padded case for safe carrying. Probe
measures both instantaneous velocity (accuracy
0.5 feet per second (fps)) and average velocity
(accuracy 0.1 fps). Reads in fps and meters per
second (m/sec). Range is 0.319.9 fps (0.16.1 m/
sec). Datalogger stores 30 sets, including MIN,
MAX and AVG. Unit also displays true digital
running average, updated once per second.
Sensor is a protected Turbo-Prop propeller with
magnetic pickup. Internal lithium battery is
nonreplaceable and has 5-year life. Ship weight
12 lbs. One-year warranty. Made in USA.
FP6
MODEL
FP6 LCD Display
EACH
FP6
FLOW PROBE, 3.76 HANDLE
FP7
FLOW PROBE, 5.515 HANDLE
$844
906
FP7 LCD Display
WATER FLOW METERS

Automatically stay horizontal!
These compact, mechanical velocity meters are designed for measuring water
flow in lakes, rivers and more. Determine water speed, volume or distance.
The meters incorporate a precision-molded rotor coupled directly to a six-digit counter
that registers each revolution of the rotor and displays it similar to an odometer (up
to 999,999equal to approximately 14.5 nautical miles). Properly balanced to maintain
a horizontal position when suspended by a towing line.
After completing each sampling, simply remove the meter and record the reading
and time. Subtract the first reading from the second to calculate average speed over
a given time. Each flow meter measures 83/8" long, 19/16" in diameter and includes
18" of tow line and a stainless steel connecting axle pin. The high-speed meter
measures from 10 cm/sec to 7.9 m/sec. The low-speed meter measures from 2 to 100
cm/sec. Ship weight 2 lbs. One-year warranty.
MODEL
EACH
203001
HIGH-SPEED METER
$479
203002
LOW-SPEED METER
499
203001
460 FIELD SUPPLIES

Plankton Nets
PLANKTON NETS
Designed for biological, limnological and oceanographic studies, these
nets are also used for a variety of aquaculture applications, including
plankton and larval collecting. Each net includes a stainless steel mouth
ring/towing bridle, cod end ring, rubber-coated hose clamp and a 1-liter
capacity cod end jar.
PKN2

MOUTH DIAMETER
NET LENGTH
MESH OPENING
MODEL (CM) (CM) (MICRONS) EACH
PKN1
30
90
35
PKN2
30
90
63
$415.00
381.00
PKN3
30
90
80
372.00
PKN4
30
90
100
354.00
PKN5
30
90
150
344.00
PKN6 50
150
80 566.00
PKN7 50
150
150 499.00
PKN8 50
150
200 491.00
PKN9 50
150
335 478.00
PKN10 50
150
500
CONVERSION CHART
482.00
MESH
PLANKTON NET, SAMPLING

Large, cone-shaped net has 153-micron mesh net
that measures 38" long with a 12" mouth opening.
The net mouth is braced by a sturdy brass ring
and wire harness. There is a 50-mL collecting
bottle at the end of the net.
MODEL EACH
LM30023
$149.00
4
8
10
14
18
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70

MICRONS
PLANKTON NETS, MINIATURE

Plankton nets have a 5" (12.7 cm) diameter net
mouth and measure 15" (38 cm) long. The net
mouth has a stainless steel ring with nylon tow
lines attached through grommets. Nets include
a 125-mL sampling bottle. The small mouth to
net ratio (3:1) makes them good for shallow
water sampling.
MODEL
EACH
MPN153
153 MICRONS
MPN80
80 MICRONS 56.41

INCHES
5,205
.2030
2,487
.0970
1,923
.0750
1,307
.0510
1,000
.0394
840
.0331
710
.0280
590
.0232
500
.0197
420
.0165
350
.0138
297
.0117
250
.0098
210
.0083
1 ft = 30.5 cm
1 in. = 2.54 cm
$49.48
MESH
MICRONS
INCHES
80
177
.0079
100
149
.0059
120
125
.0049
140
105
.0041
170
88
.0035
200
74
.0029
230
62
.0024
270
53
.0021
325
44
.0017
400
37
.0015
550
25
.0009
800
15
.0006
1,250
10
.0004

5
.0002

1 yard = .91 m

1 ft2 = .09 m2
FIELD SUPPLIES 461

Plankton Collectors/Nets
PLANKTON COLLECTORS
These heavy-duty collectors are great for field sampling or lab scale
work. Collectors can also be used to harvest zooplankton for larval
feeding. The 6" diameter models have permanently mounted screens of
high-grade polyester plankton cloth. The 12" diameter models also include a
rope handle. A 53-micron screen is best for collecting rotifers and a 120-micron
screen for Artemia nauplii.
MODEL
EACH
BBPC20
BBPC4
BBPC6
BBPC20
BBPC4
6" DIA., 25 MICRONS
$31.45
BBPC5
6" DIA., 53 MICRONS
29.03
BBPC6
6" DIA., 125 MICRONS
29.03
BBPC20
62.10
BBPC21
54.03
D-SHAPED PLANKTON NET

This sampling net has a heavy cotton/polyester bag and is secured to a
12" wide D-frame. The bag depth is 8"; bottom mesh is approximately
500 microns and is protected from snags and wear by a 4" skirt. Has a 48'
telescopic aluminum handle.
MODEL EACH
LM100
$67.95
KICK NET
Perfect for benthic studies
Designed to collect aquatic organisms from natural waters and shorelines up
to 2' deep. Net measures 1 m x 1 m (3.28' x 3.28') and is 500-micron mesh.
Sides are hemmed for poles and bottom has a reinforced seam for anchoring.
Meets US EPA Rapid Bioassessment Protocols for benthic invertebrates.
Includes two wooden poles. Weighs 3 lbs.
MODEL EACH
KN1
$133.10
Mesh close-up.
HESS SAMPLER
Bottom samplers collect flora and fauna in gravel and cobble stream bottoms.
The Hess sampler consists of a circular cylinder which is pushed into the
substrate. Substrate bottom is then stirred up, and the organisms are washed
into the collecting bag by the current flowing through the front screen opening.
The net and screen wrap around the frame and are secured with hook-andloop fastener, enabling them to be easily removed. The sampler is 14" in
diameter and 18" high. Weighs 12 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL
HN5
500 MICRONS
EACH
$490.48
462 FIELD SUPPLIES
Sieve Sets/Tracer Dye/Thermometers
SIEVE SETS
Used to separate and grade samples, these sets are great for students.
S548 includes six interlocking sieves with plastic frames and graduated,
stainless steel wire screens; a solid container at the bottom and a snap-on
lid (US Bureau of Standards mesh sizes 5, 10, 35, 60, 120 and 230).
Weighs 3.25 lbs. S3076 consists of four high-impact plastic sieves,
with graduated mesh sizes (5, 10, 60 and 230), solid container at the
bottom and lid. Weighs 2.5 lbs. Sieves measure 63/4" x 3".
MODEL
EACH
S3076
FOUR-SIEVE SET
$74.25
S548
SIX-SIEVE SET
103.00
S3076
S548
BRIGHT DYES TRACER DYE

Fluorescent water tracing dyes.
NSF certified for use in potable water.
Ecologically safe dyes for use in stream tracing, lake studies, flow mapping, storm and sewer analysis,
pollution studies and leak detection. Two formulations: FWT Red, a specially formulated version of
the dye Rhodamine WT; and FLT Yellow/Green, a formulated version of the dye Fluorescein. The
fluorescent colors can be detected visually in most water conditions or with the use of ultraviolet light
or a fluorometer. The dyes are temporary and will degrade naturally in sunlight (23 days for Red and 57
days for Yellow/Green) or with the addition of chlorine. Yellow/Green is resistant to absorption in organic
matter and should be used in water with heavy sediment loads. 1 pint per 10,000 gallons.
MODEL
106023
106001
EACH
106023
FWT RED, PINT LIQUID
106001
FLT Y/G, PINT LIQUID
$21.32
21.32
Bright Dyes is a registered trademark of Kingscote Chemicals, Inc.,
POCKET THERMOMETERS
This shirt-pocket thermometer (TH26) is filled with nontoxic red liquid and
includes an aluminum protective case. Measures both C and F, range -40 to
70C and -40 to 158F. TH27 is the same, but it has a plastic protective case.
MODEL
TH26
EACH
TH26 ALUMINUM
TH27 PLASTIC
$7.45
5.25
TH27
STAINLESS STEEL THERMOMETER

The lip on the stainless steel back allows thermometer to hang inside tank,
perfect for aquariums. Reads both F and C, ranges 30120F and 050C.
Contains a nontoxic red liquid. Measures 5" (13 cm) L x 1" (3 cm) W.
MODEL
DIAL THERMOMETER
Features a large 13/4" diameter, easy-to-read dial with an accuracy of 1%.
Has a 5" stainless steel stem, recalibration nut and watertight plastic dial cover.
It reads 0 to 230F (2 divisions) and 18 to 110C (1 divisions). Immerse at least
1" but 34" is better. Pocket clip case included.
MODEL EACH 6+
TH4
$14.20 $12.78
EACH
TH11A
$3.05
TH11AC
32.94
12/PK
FIELD SUPPLIES 463

Thermometers
FLOATING THERMOMETER
POND/TANK THERMOMETER
This low-cost floating thermometer is ideal for

aquariums and small tanks. Overall length is 5".
Floats in an upright position. Reads both F and C.
Range 30 to 120F and 0 to 50C. Contains nontoxic
red liquid. A suction cup support is included.
This ABS plastic thermometer is ideal for use in

garden ponds and fish tanks. It reads in both F
and C (30110F, 040C), has a shatterproof
magnifying lens and features a snap on/off cap
that allows it to float or sink. Contains a nontoxic
red liquid. Three-foot cord is included. Measures 8"
(20 cm) long x 11/4" (3.2 cm) dia.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
TH10A $2.05
TH31 $11.21
SINKING THERMOMETER
LABORATORY THERMOMETER
This sinking thermometer has a tough, clear

buterate casing with a 21" tether cord and ring.
Reads -20 to 120F and -30 to 50C. Overall length
is 8". Perfect for fish ponds, minnow tanks,
hot tubs, etc. Contains a nontoxic red liquid.
This accurate yet economical thermometer

has a nontoxic red liquid (no mercury) on white
background. The range is 0 to 230F and -20 to
110C. Requires minimum immersion depth
of 3". Overall length is 12".
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH
TH21 $9.75
TH6 $3.80
MIN/MAX THERMOMETER
STICK-ON THERMOMETER
A simple way of knowing the high and low

temperatures in water, a building, cooler,
outside, etc. over time. Easily reset with the
push of a button. Accuracy of 1%. Length is 8".
Dual scales of -50/50C and -40/120F.
Contains mercury.
This accurate, digital, stick-on thermometer works

by liquid crystal color changes. It reads 64 to 93F
(18 to 34C). Designed for mounting on the outside
of glass aquariums. Reusable adhesive. Measures
5" x 3/4". If two numbers show a color change, the
temperature is in between the two.
MODEL
MODEL EACH
TH25
EACH 4+
$18.00 $17.10
TH175 $1.52
464 FIELD SUPPLIES

Digital Thermometers
WIRELESS THERMOMETER 2-YEAR WARRANTY
WTP100
Utilizing a radio wave signal, this monitor measures the temperature at remote
sensors, displaying the reading in either F or C. The monitor can accept up to
four different remote sensors and receive signals as far as 100 feet (30 meters)
in optimum conditions. The remote sensors have a waterproof probe tip
attached to a 36" cable. The monitor and remote sensors require two AAA
batteries each (not included). Monitor includes one remote sensor. The LCD
display is 13/4" x 13/4". Two-year warranty.
MODEL
EACH
WTP100
MONITOR W/SENSOR
$37.81
WTP101
ADDITIONAL SENSOR
19.95
POCKET-SIZED, WATERPROOF THERMOMETER

This thermometer uses a 2.75" (70 mm) stainless steel stem to measure
temperature. The digital display shows Fahrenheit (-40 to 392) or Celsius
(-40 to 200) with .2F/ .1C accuracy and .1 resolution. Capable of
max/min recall of high and low temperatures, each has data hold and auto
shut-off. Includes one LR44 button battery and a protective cover. OAL is 6".
MODEL
EACH
39240
$20.99
39240C
$89.96
5/PK
HEAVY-DUTY THERMOMETER
RANGES
These rugged, handheld, digital thermometers are designed for field use.
They read in both Fahrenheit and Centigrade and feature a large LCD display,
maximum reading and data hold. A basic 18" wire cable probe is included
for air measurements; however, the optional TH29P general purpose probe is
required for use in liquids. It is a 31/2" stainless steel probe with 39" cable.
Other type K probes also fit. Meter includes 9V battery, holster with
stand and wrist strap. Weighs 14 oz. One-year warranty.
-501,300C
-502,000F
RESOLUTION
.1 or 1.0
ACCURACY
MODEL
.3% ROG, 1C or 2F
TH29P
DIMENSIONS
6.5 x 3.0 x 1.7
TH29
TH29
HD THERMOMETER
TH29P
GENERAL PURPOSE PROBE
EACH
$94.99
39.99
FIELD SUPPLIES 465

Digital Thermometers
UNDERWATER REMOTE THERMOMETER

This 12V thermometer will allow temperatures to be monitored from up to 20'
away. It may be dashboard-mounted in hauling trucks or boats (case is
water resistant) with its 20' sensor cable. The bright red 3/4" digital
readout can be seen even in direct sunlight. Reads in Fahrenheit only,
0 to 99.9. Made in USA. One-year warranty.
MODEL
TP12
EACH 4+
$66.56 $61.91
DIGITAL THERMOMETER W/LIGHT

Measures both F and C. Safe for fresh or salt water; includes miniature
submersible probe with 36" cable. It is also a digital clock. One AA battery
(included). 41/2" long. Display is 11/2"x 1/2" with 5/16" digits. Weighs .3 lb.
Range: -58 to 158F (50 to 70C). One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH 4+
TH22A
$22.90 $21.18
MINIATURE DIGITAL THERMOMETER

This inexpensive digital thermometer measures temperature at the base unit
and at a cable-connected submersible probe. Reads temperature in C or F
and has a clock function. Cable is 30" long. Uses 1 AAA battery (not included).
MODEL EACH 4+
DTDS1
$12.84 $11.68
THE MINI TEMPTESTR IR THERMOMETER 5-YEAR WARRANTY

The is an economical, noncontact, infrared thermometer that is only 11/2" wide
by 21/2" high and measures surface temperatures of any liquid, solid or
semisolid in less than one second. Minimum and maximum readings
are stored in the internal memory, hold function freezes reading for
7 seconds. Selectable display reads F or C. Range: -30 to 430F
(-33 to 220C), accuracy 2%. Five-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
MT100 $39.60
TempTestr is a registered trademark of Cole-Parmer Instrument Co.
Now you can measure hard-to-reach

and high-temp areas.
466 FIELD SUPPLIES
Temperature Alarms/Scanners/Wind Speed Meter
TEMPERATURE ALARM 5-YEAR WARRANTY

Set the temperature and feel safe with this alarm thermometer. This device
can be set with both minimum and maximum temperatures. If either
temperature is passed, the audible alarm will sound at 51 dB. Displays can
be read in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade and range from -4 to 158F (-20
to 70C). Accuracy is 2F or 1C. Uses one AAA battery (included).
Five-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
8040 $24.00
TEMPERATURE ALARM
The large display Temp Aler t sensor features an adjustable audible
alarm for high and low temperatures and larger digits on a 4" x 4" x 1"
meter. Accuracy of .5. The alarm will activate for both water and room
temperature settings. Submersible probe with 3' cable, suction cup and
A A A batter y included. Weighs 4 oz. One-year warranty.
MODEL
EACH
TH24 F
$37.15
TH24C C
37.15
Temp Alert is a registered trademark of Winland Electronics, Inc.

TH24
INFRARED TEMPERATURE SCANNERS 5 YEAR WARRANTY

Read temperature instantly from a distance! It is easy to measure pipes, walls, motors, vents,
ceiling insulation, etc., up to 930F. Simply point them at any surface and read the temperature. You will
find these extremely useful for finding insulation leaks and motor temperatures.
The large model features a built-in laser that guides you right to the point of measurement.
Results are displayed on a large backlit LCD in either F or C. Readings are held for 7 seconds after
trigger is released. Auto power off. Uses 9V battery (included). Range: -4 to 930F (-20 to 500C), accuracy
2%. Distance to size (D:S) ratio is 8:1; i.e., measures 1" dia. when held 8" away. Scanner is 61/8" x 33/8" x 11/4",
weighs only 6 oz. Five-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
800102 $63.00
WIND SPEED METER

Sper Scientific Mini Environmental Quality Meter
MIN WIND SPEED
0.4 m/s
MAX WIND SPEED
20 m/s
Lightweight, tiny size with simple, one-hand operation. Reads air speed in
addition to temperature, humidity, volume, wind chill, heat stress index and
dew point. Will sense airflow as low as 0.4 m/s with an accuracy of 3% (4%
>20 m/s). Replaceable snap-in anemometer vane. Comes complete with
wrist strap, carry pouch and button cell battery. Measures 43/4" x 13/4" x 7/8"
(120 x 45 x 22.25 mm), weighs 5.6 oz (160 g).
MODEL EACH
850026 $126.00
FIELD SUPPLIES 467

Hygrometer/Waterproof Cases
HYGROMETER 5-YEAR WARRANTY

Know your humidity level
Ideal for the lab, classroom or indoor fish farm, this precision 4" (10 cm)
hygrometer is easy to read from a distance. It provides relative humidity to an
accuracy of 5% using a precise synthetic hair hygrometer. The inner dial
thermometer reads in F to an accuracy of 2%. This precision meter is
made in Germany and weighs just .2 lb. Five-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
HG1 $35.00
WATERPROOF OUTDOOR CASES

These polypropylene cases are perfect for tough
outdoor use and are tested under extreme
conditions. Able to withstand temperatures ranging
from -4080C, they are stackable, airtight and
waterproof. They are also crack-proof and virtually
indestructible. Cases are equipped with dual
padlock slots and foam inserts consisting of
pre-punched cubic elements so you can customize
your own interior. Optional black shoulder carrying
straps include comfortable shoulder pad, and are
made from denier nylon. 30-year Limited Warranty.
BW6700B
BW4000B
IP67 Waterproof Case

Shock, Corrosion and Chemical Resistant
Automatic pressure relief valve
Fully customizable interior
Black or yellow case finish with foam inserts
BW1000Y

CAPACITY
CAPACITY
EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS

SIZE (FT3) (LBS) L W H
SHIP WT
BLACK CASE
(LBS) MODEL
YELLOW CASE
EACH MODEL
EACH
TYPE 500 CASE
SMALL
0.08
11
83/4
31/2
1.75
BW500B
TYPE 1000 CASE
SMALL
0.15
22
103/4
BW1000B
33.95 BW1000Y 33.95
TYPE 2000 CASE
SMALL
0.23
22
103/4
61/2
2.5
BW2000B
46.95 BW2000Y 46.95
TYPE 3000 CASE
MEDIUM
0.41
44
141/4
113/4
63/4
4.75
BW3000B
87.95 BW3000Y 87.95
TYPE 4000 CASE
MEDIUM
0.59
44
161/2
13
BW4000B
95.00 BW4000Y 95.00
TYPE 5000 CASE
MEDIUM
0.78
55
181/2
14
71/2
BW5000B
120.00
BW5000Y 120.00
TYPE 6000 CASE
MEDIUM
1.15
55
20
16
81/2
10.5
BW6000B
175.00
BW6000Y 175.00
TYPE 6700 CASE
LARGE
1.32
110
233/4
167/8
101/2
17
Optional Carry Straps For Black & Yellow Cases

MODEL
$27.95 BW500Y $27.95
BW6700B 210.00
SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
BW500CS
OPTIONAL CARRY STRAP FOR TYPE 500 & 1000 CASES
$4.99
BW2000CS
OPTIONAL CARRY STRAP FOR TYPE 2000 CASES
6.99
BW3000CS
OPTIONAL CARRY STRAP FOR TYPE 3000, 4000, 5000 AND 6000 CASES
12.99
468 FIELD SUPPLIES

Notebooks
ALL-WEATHER NOTEBOOKS
Rite in the Rain is a patented, environmentally
responsible, all-weather writing paper that sheds
water and enables you to write anywhere, in any
weather. From the torrential downpours in the
Pacific Northwest, to the blistering heat and
humidity of a Florida summer day, Rite in the Rain
is able to provide users with an effective means
with which to write, protect, and keep valuable
information. Using a pencil or all-weather pen,
Rite in the Rain ensures that your notes survive the
rigors of the field, regardless of the conditions.
Made in the USA.
Repels water, sweat, and grime
Recyclable, wood-based paper
Archival quality
TOP SPIRAL
SIDE SPIRAL
STAPLED
BOUND
PAGE PATTERNS
Field Pattern
Journal Pattern

MODEL
STYLE
SIZE (IN.)
PAGE PATTERN
Light Grid Pattern
NO. OF
LEAVES
SHIP WT
(OZ.)
EACH
12+
$4.95
$4.46
RR135
TOP SPIRAL
3 X 5
LIGHT GRID
50
RR146
TOP SPIRAL
4 X 6
LIGHT GRID
50
3.2
5.95 5.36
RR393
SIDE SPIRAL
45/8 X 7
JOURNAL
32
3.2
7.50 6.75
RR353
SIDE SPIRAL
45/8 X 7
FIELD
32
3.2
7.50 6.75
RR393-MX
SIDE SPIRAL
81/2 X 11
JOURNAL
42
14.4
15.95 14.36
RR115
SIDE SPIRAL
81/2 X 11
FIELD
42
14.4
15.95 14.36
RR391
STAPLED
45/8 X 7
JOURNAL
24
2.4
4.50 4.05
RR351
STAPLED
45/8 X 7
FIELD
24
2.4
4.50 4.05
RR390F
BOUND
43/4 X 7-1/2
JOURNAL
80
11
19.95 17.96
RR350F
BOUND
43/4 X 7-1/2
FIELD
80
11
19.95 17.96
All-Weather Paper
Rite in the Rain writing paper for wet
placesno more ruined field notes
Rite in the Rain is a unique paper that allows
field notes to be written in wet or humid
conditions. The coating on the paper sheds
water, making it possible to write clear,
readable notes, even in a rainstorm.
This paper works best using just a pencil
or all-weather pen. This may be the best
insurance against lost time and ruined field
notes. Made in USA.
FIELD SUPPLIES 469
Pads/Copier Paper/Pen/Envelopes
ALL-WEATHER GRID PADS
Rite in the Rain Grid Pads have plenty of room to sketch and take notes.
The sheets are padded in 50s and 3 hole punched. Two pads per pack.
RR1104
MODEL
PAGE PATTERN
RR1104
1/4 CROSS SECTION
81/2 X 11
SIZE
NO. SHEETS SHIP WEIGHT (LBS.)

100
1.5
$17.95
EACH
RR1136
JOURNAL
81/2 X 11
100
1.5
17.95
RR1136
ALL-WEATHER COPIER PAPER

Copy or laser print your own all-weather forms, charts, maps, and worksheets
on Rite in the Rain All Weather Copier Paper. Now you can have the convenience
of using your existing data sheets on a paper that can survive in any weather
condition. Paper is 20# bond weight; white sheets. Completely recyclable
wood-based paper. Not for ink-jet printers. Copy or laser print both sides.
MODEL
PAGE PATTERN
RR851
BLANK
SIZE
81/2 X 11
NO. SHEETS SHIP WEIGHT (LBS.)

200
1.5
EACH
4+
$33.95 $31.95
ALL WEATHER PEN & REFILL

Pencils will work great on Rite in the Rain but sometimes you just need a pen.
This 51/4 long pen writes on wet paper and upside down in temperatures from
-30F to 250F. The ink wont leak, evaporate or blow up in your pocket. Chrome/
Plastic barrel.
RR37
MODEL
RR37
BLACK INK PEN
RR37R
BLACK INK REFILL
EACH
$9.90
6.85
RR37R
ALL-WEATHER FISH SCALE ENVELOPES

Made with Rite in the Rain All-Weather paper. Record data, and store scale
samples regardless of the weather or moisture condition. A great complement
to your research equipment. Pre-printed envelope with side opening.
MODEL
SIZE
RR101
21/4 X 31/2
NO. ENVELOPES
100
EACH
12+
$20.31 $17.72
Rite in the Rain is a registered trademark of J.L. Darling LLC.

470 FIELD SUPPLIES

Rain Suits/Waders
THREE PIECE
TWO PIECE RAIN SUIT
This rain suit is made of nonwoven

polyester for comfort and protection.
This rain suit is made from .20-mm

PVC fabric. It has a snap front with
storm flap. Attached hood has draw
cord and is detachable. There are
two front flap pockets and underarm
vents provide ventilation. Bib overalls
have adjustable waist snaps for a
perfect fit, adjustable suspenders
are reinforced for durability.
Ankle and cuff take-up snaps
provide extra protection.
Batwing construction allows

freedom of movement and the
dielectric sealed seams are stronger
than the garment itself.
Complete 3-piece suit: jacket,
detachable hood and bib overall
with front fly (sold in complete
sets only). Weighs 4 lbs.
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
RS4S SMALL
3+
MODEL
SIZE
EACH
3+
$30.82 $28.93
73515S SMALL
$12.63 $11.12
RS4M MEDIUM
30.82 28.93
73515M MEDIUM
12.63 11.12
RS4L LARGE
30.82 28.93
73515L L ARGE
12.63 11.12
RS4XL X-LARGE
30.82 28.93
73515XL X-L ARGE
12.63 11.12
73515XXL X X-L ARGE
12.63 11.12
73515XXXL X X X-L ARGE
12.63 11.12
ULTRA LIGHTWEIGHT WADERS

Built-in latex "socks" keep feet warm
and dry
CHEST WADERS
Extra tough .55-mm thick chest waders offer
excellent cold weather flexibility. Durable,
heavy-duty, PVC upper with polyester backing can
be folded or rolled without cracking. Resists oil,
grease, gasoline, salt water and ozone. Drop-in
replaceable insoles provide comfort and steel
shanks provide extra arch support. Waders have
reinforced belt loops and suspender buttons (belt
and suspenders included). Top drawstring closure
provides snug fit. All chest waders measure 56.5"
in height from heel to top of wader.
MENS REGULAR-TOE
SIZE
MODEL
EACH
3+
Now the same technology used by cold

water sport fishermen and divers (dry
suit) is available to the aquaculturist.
Made of a tough 430 denier nylon fabric
with a 3-layer polyurethane backing that
ensures watertight integrity, each wader
has quadruple interlocking stitching.
Must wear shoes, divers' booties or boots
on the outside to protect the latex socks
from abrasion.
STEEL-TOE
MODEL
EACH
86066-6 $134.92 $121.43
86066-7
WC7 $137.71 $123.94
134.92 121.43
3+
86066-8 134.92 121.43
WC8 137.71 123.94
86066-9 134.92 121.43
WC9 137.71 123.94
10
86066-10 134.92 121.43
WC10 137.71 123.94
11
86066-11 134.92 121.43
WC11 137.71 123.94
12
86066-12 134.92 121.43
WC12 137.71 123.94
13
86066-13 134.92 121.43
WC13 137.71 123.94
Built-in "gaiter type" ankle guards keep

sand out of your shoes. Both the chest
and waist high waders have stretch
shoulder strap suspenders and belt
loops. In warm water, use the waders as
they are over jeans. In cold water, wear
thermal underwear under the waders.
Waders come with a storage/travel bag.
They weigh 2 lbs. Made in USA. Add size
to end of part number; e.g., FCWM.
FWH
Please specify small, medium or large.

MODEL
FCW
CHEST WADERS
FWH WAIST-HIGHS
EACH
3+
$159 $148
143 131
FIELD SUPPLIES 471

Gloves
HIP WADERS
Superior waterproof protection to the hips
Excellent for use in aquaculture, fishing, municipalities, utilities, etc. Completely waterproof, these hip
waders are comfortable and flexible, even in cold weather. They can be folded or rolled without
cracking and resist oil, gasoline, salt water and ozone. The lightweight, durable PVC upper with a
nonabsorbent, polyester backing is very comfortable. Full cushion insoles are replaceable. Available in
two models, both with steel toes. Model 86856 features a steel midsole and ultra-grip bottom soles.
Specify men's shoe size 613. Add size to part number; e.g., 86049-12.
MODEL
EACH
3+
86049 STANDARD
$84.61 $76.15
86856
115.15 103.64
STEEL MIDSOLE
86049
GLOVES, 14" WATERPROOF

Flexible, PVC-coated gloves that maintain an excellent grip when wet.
Not recommended for handling fish. Black, size large only.
MODEL
EACH 12+
GW14
$6.52 $5.87/12+
GLOVES, DIVE
GLOVES, FILLET
These 60% acrylic, 40% nylon gloves are

ambidextrous and offer an excellent grip.
Recommended by commercial divers,
these gloves stay snug under water and
dry quickly. Gold color and large only.
Single ambidextrous glove made of "New Twist"

yarn that provides the safety of steel mesh and
the comfort of man-made fiber. Outstanding cut
resistance. Machine washable, large only.
MODEL
G9C
EACH 12+
MODEL EACH 12+
$17.00 $15.30
GD
GLOVES, AQUA
Designed to keep arms and hands completely dry when working inside tanks
and aquariums. Full arm length (28" total) with elastic bands to hold them
snugly on the upper arm. Flexible PVC with fiber-reinforced sleeves.
MODEL
AG2
EACH 12+
$19.96 $17.78
$5.34 $4.97
GLOVES, SHOULDER
LENGTH DISPOSABLE
An economical alternative to our aqua gloves,
these clear, shoulder length gloves are made
of polyethylene and will keep your hands and
arms dry. Gloves are 1.25 mil thick and 34" long.
Price is per box of 100.
MODEL
B61000
EACH 12+
$13.21 $11.88
472 CLEANING
PREDATOR CONTROL
Siphon Pump/Scrub Pads
Product
473 Scaring Devices/Netting
Online
Orders:
PentairAES.com
474 Polyclips/Shade Cloth/Netting
Phone
Orders
and
Tech
475 Tongs/Grabbers/Traps/
Insecticides
Advice:
877.347.4788
PREDATOR CONTROL 473

Scaring Devices/Netting
BIRD SCARING DEVICE

Now 6" larger
GATOR GUARD
Controls sea gulls, crows, blackbirds, pigeons,

sparrows and others. Its low price will be paid for
many times over through a reduction in losses.
This 20" diameter "predator eye" has been widely
used with a great deal of success. Six reflective
eyes surround the ball mimicking owls and
hawks. The number to install per acre varies
with each application. Colors may be mixed
for quantity prices.
MODEL
EACH
TE2 YELLOW
This life-size replica of an alligator head is what every pond owner needs
to keep geese, ducks and fish-eating birds away. The rubber gator head is
wrapped around a floating frame that stays completely on top of the
water. Its mirror-backed eyes flash in the sun. Can be free-floating or
tethered (cord not included). 25" long.
MODEL
EACH
2214G
TE2
$84.75
6+
$7.85 $6.95
7.85 6.95
TE3 WHITE
NETTING FOR GARDEN PONDS

This lightweight netting is designed to protect ponds from leaves,
debris and small animals. 3/8" mesh. Average strand diameter is 0.01".
SHIP WT
EACH
02307
MODEL
7' X 10'
1 LB
$14.85
02314
14' X 14'
2 LBS
23.46
02328
28' X 28'
3 LBS
75.74
02307
PREMIUM PREDATOR NETTING

This 2" x 2" square bird netting is truly top shelf. Its woven nylon material
is easier to work with than solid strand materials. Orders larger than 2,000
ft 2 are custom cut to your exact specifications, so you won't buy what you
don't need. It's rated at approximately 100 lbs of tensile strength and can
last five years or more! Ship weight 9 lbs. Average strand diameter is 0.05".
Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH
NP1
14' X 50'
NP2
2,000 FT 2 OR MORE
$169.00
Call
No. 12 knotted nylon, dyed black. For custom sizes allow two weeks for delivery.
SQUARE MESH NETTING

Predator barrier
N22
Predator control can be a significant problem for outdoor fish farmers. After
years of experimenting for long term solutions, the industry has determined
only a physical barrier can guarantee that predators are kept out. That is
why we offer this animal barrier netting.
Lightweight, black plastic netting is easily supported by plastic wire, forming
a low-cost bird and small animal barrier (the larger the mesh, the lower the
wind load). UV-resistant to last at least four years in the tropics. Select from
3 mesh sizes. Average strand diameter (ASD) in inches is shown below.
MODEL
N1677
ASD
SHIP WT (LBS)
N22
1/2" X 1/2", 14' X 50'
.018
$111.42
EACH
N22L
1/2" X 1/2", 14' X 100'
.018
218.13
N1677
5/8" X 3/4", 14' X 50'
.015
54.43
N1678
5/8" X 3/4", 17' X 100'
.015
97.11
474 PREDATOR CONTROL

Polyclips/Shade Cloth/Netting
POLYCLIPS
These unique fasteners are ideal for attaching predator netting and shade
cloth to support rope and wires. Constructed of tough polypropylene, they can
be used over and over again. Simply snap over the edge of the material and
attach to 3/8" support wire. Recommended spacing is one polyclip per 2'
(depending on load). Bulk quantity available.
MODEL
EACH
PC1 EACH
$0.60
pc125 25-PK
9.95
SHADE CLOTH
Our premium shade cloth is the knitted type,
which will last over 15 years in the tropical sun.
This cloth is useful for shading tanks to reduce
algae, prevent sun damage to fish and reduce
water temperature. It is also useful for predator
control, visibility screening and, of course,
shading plants.
Offered in 3 densities to block 30, 50 or 70% of
the sun. Made of UV-resistant plastic. We stock
12' wide rolls that are sold in 10' L increments
or full 300' rolls only. 10' and 20' widths are also
available in full rolls.
SC30
SC50

FULL ROLL
MODEL SHADE LENGTH WIDTH
SC70
SHIP WT
(LBS)
EACH
2+
SC30
30%
12'
2.8/120 FT
$36.00/10'
SC30R
30%
300'
12'
83/3,600 FT 2
720.00/Roll 647.86
SC50
50%
12'
2.8/120 FT 2
42.00/10'
SC50R
50%
300'
12'
83/3,600 FT 2
948.00/Roll 852.30
SC70
70%
12'
4.6/120 FT 2
SC70R
70%
300'
12'
138/3,600 FT 2
54.00/10'
1,265.00/Roll 1,201.75
POLYPROPYLENE NETTING
This black, woven polypropylene netting can be used for many applications, including fish cages and
predator control. The knotless design prevents injury to fish.
The square mesh predator netting is one of the highest quality made. Whether covering a large
pond or small raceway, this netting will provide a good physical barrier. It is highly UV-resistant.
Smaller mesh sizes may be used for predator control but also make ideal material for fish cages. BN series
netting is lightweight and has a tensile strength of 30 lbs. BX series netting is heavy-duty and has a
tensile strength of 60 lbs. All sizes can ship Ground. Made in USA.
BX7/BX8
BX6
BN1
BX9/BX11
MODEL
MESH SIZE
WIDTH X LENGTH
BN1*
1/6"
7'8" X 150'
$287.00
EACH
235.09
BX7
1/2"
6' X 100'
BX8
1/2"
12' X 100'
451.65
BX6
3/8"
6' X 100'
244.75
BN3
1"
12' X 100'
118.69
BN4
1"
25' X 100'
229.50
BX9
1"
25' X 100'
475.00
BX11
1"
25' X 150'
654.37
BN5
1"
50' X 150'
634.00
BX12
2"
25' X 150'
428.33
BX13
2"
50' X 150'
739.99
*Ships Oversize.
PREDATOR CONTROL 475

Tongs/Grabbers/Traps/Insecticides
ANIMAL TONGS
These lightweight aluminum tongs are like an extension to your arm!
Easy to squeeze cast aluminum handle and jaws. Use for feeding,
retrieval and handling. Weighs 1.6 lbs.
MODEL
HT25
EACH
HT25
CAGE TONGS, 25
$77.64
HT40
HANDLING TONGS, 40
HT52
EXTRA LONG TONGS, 52
HT40
77.64
131.35
HT52
ANIMAL GRABBERS
This cast aluminum grabber is a horizontal rubber covered jaw for
moving animals with ease. Maximum jaw opening is 35/8", minimum is 1".
Weighs 1.5 lbs.
MODEL
AG384
EACH
ANIMAL GRABBER, 38"
$96.50
TRAPS, GALVANIZED
These fish traps are made of heavily galvanized wire.
The traps are 16" (42 cm) L x 9" (23 cm) wide at largest diameter and have
a 7/8" (22 mm) diameter entrance hole. The MT2 1/4" (6.4 mm) square mesh
traps minnow size fish and the MT28 1/8" (3.2 mm) square mesh is for
smaller fish.
MT28
The MT21 measures 31" long and has a removable 15" center piece, making
it ideal for large minnows and eels. The crawfish traps (MT22) are similar
to our MT2 minnow traps; however, the entrance hole is enlarged to 21/4"
diameter. They have 1/4" mesh and measure 31" long.
The minnow keeper (MT23) is a small cage that is similar in design to the
MT2 minnow traps; however, it has flat ends to keep aquatic animals in their
environment. Measures 31" long with 1/4" mesh. Ship weight is 2 lbs each.
MODEL
MT21
EACH
MT28
FISH TRAP, 1/8" MESH
16" L
MT2
FISH TRAP, 1/4" MESH
16" L
$32.82 $29.54/6+
15.66 14.09/6+
MT21
EEL TRAP, 1/4" MESH
31" L
25.68 23.11/4+
MT22
CRAWFISH TRAP, 1/4" MESH
31" L
25.68 23.11/4+
MT23
MINNOW KEEPER, 1/4" MESH
31" L
25.68 23.11/4+
MT23
MOSQUITO DUNKS AND MOSQUITO BITS INSECTICIDES

Used by professionals for more than a decade, Mosquito Dunks kill mosquito larvae before they
mature. They are all-natural, environmentally safe and easy to use. Simply place the Mosquito Dunks
in a pond, water garden or standing water. They work for more than 30 days! Each dunk will treat up to
100 sq.ft. of surface area, regardless of depth.
Mosquito Bits kill fastwithin 24 hoursand are environmentally sound for biological mosquito control.
Simply sprinkle in any standing water or water gardens. They last up to 48 hours. One tablespoon treats
up to 75 sq.ft.
Bacillus thuringiensis israelensis is a naturally occurring soil bacterium for control of mosquito larvae.
It is an EPA-registered insecticide that is safe for mammals. Made in USA.
MODEL
DK6
MOS36
EACH
DK6
MOSQUITO DUNKS, 6/PK
MOS36
MOSQUITO BITS, 36 OZ
4+
$10.75 $9.64
12.90 11.61
Mosquito Dunks & Mosquito Bits are registered trademarks of Summit Chemical Co.
476 PAINT AND REPAIR
Product
478 Tape/Sealants/Repair Kit
479 Epoxy Paint/Sealer
478 PAINT AND REPAIR

Tape/Sealants/Repair Kit
REPAIR TAPE
ROCKIN FOAM SPRAY FOAM
Seal leaky hoses, pipes, tubing, lines and fittings with

the most versatile and easy-to-use emergency repair
product available. Rescue Tape is a self-fusing
silicone repair product that creates a permanent,
airtight, watertight seal in seconds. Leaves no sticky
residue and resists fuels, oils, acids, solvents, salt
water and UV rays. Insulates up to 8,000 volts,
withstands up to 500F and remains flexible to -85F.
950-psi tensile strength.
Quick-drying black foam specifically for waterfalls and water

gardens. Its density is ideal for secure rock placement, leaving
little waste and giving you better control during application.
Nontoxic and safe for aquatic plants and animals. Tack-free in
30 minutes; can be trimmed, sanded, caulked or plastered in
1 hour. 20-oz can. Made in USA.
MODEL
EACH
RT1BLK
BLACK, 1 X 12 X .02
RT1RED
RED, 1 X 12 X .02
$9.95
9.95
RT1WHT
WHITE, 1 X 12 X .02
9.95
RT1CLR
CLEAR, 1 X 12 X .02
9.95
RT1YEL
YELLOW, 1 X 12 X .02
9.95
RT1BLU
BLUE, 1 X 12 X .02
9.95
RT1GRN
GREEN, 1 X 12 X .02
9.95
RT1ORN
ORANGE, 1 X 12 X .02
9.95
RT1BRW
BROWN, 1 X 12 X .02
RT2CLR
CLEAR, 2 X 36 X .03
44.95
9.95
RT2WHT
WHITE, 2 X 36 X .03
44.95
RT2BLK
BLACK, 2 X 36 X .030
44.95
RTF4BLK
BLACK TRIANGULAR F4, 1 X .02 X 36
18.25
RTF4RED
RED OXIDE TRIANGULAR F4, 1 X .02 X 36
18.25
RT1RED
WATERWELD
RT2BLK
FW
SW
TECH FAV
Makes repairs underwater in minutes! Permanently

repairs pipes, fish boxes, boats, tanks, buckets,
concrete, wood, fiberglass,PVCpractically
anything (except most plastics like nylon and
polyethylene). Sets in 20 minutes and cures hard
as steel in only a few hours. Safe for carrying
potable water. 2-oz tube.
MODEL
8277
EACH 6+
$9.85 $8.87
RT2CLR
MODEL
EACH 4+
RCKFM20
$17.95 $16.16
Rockin Foam is a registered trademark of Tierra Innovations, Inc.
FISH POND COATING, HERCO H-55
MODEL
SHIP WT
EACH
H55B
NEOPRENE COATING, BLACK, GALLON
12 LBS
$112.82
H55G
NEOPRENE COATING, GRAY, GALLON
12 LBS
128.200
H55C
NEOPRENE COATING, CLEAR, GALLON
12 LBS
128.20
H700
CLEANER, CLEAR, GALLON
10 LBS
56.40
H55P
PRIMER, GALLON
12 LBS
60.51
H12C
CRACK FILLER, CLEAR, 12-OZ TUBE
1 LB
24.62
TECH FAV
Easy-to-use, adheres to most surfaces (except

soft plastics like polyethylene and nylon) and
may be used underwater! Ideal for cementing
aquarium rock formations, pond waterfalls and
patching pipes. Sets in 20 minutes and cures fully
in 24 hours. Manufacturer claims fish safe,
but we make no warranty. Made in USA.
EACH
UP4
GRAY, 4 OZ $12.00
UP5
PINK, 2 OZ
UP5
H12C
H-55 can be brushed, rolled or

sprayed with an airless gun in
two or more coats (one hour
apart). One gallon covers
approximately 100 sq.ft. After a
72-hour cure period, fill with
water and stock with fish.
Herco thinner is required for
H55C
clean up and/or product
thinning. Primer is not necessary but highly recommendedwe cannot
guarantee this product if used without primer. Herco caulk crack filler is
another excellent concrete product that comes in a 12-oz tube. Made in USA.
Ships Hazmat.
UNDERWATER EPOXY
MODEL
HAZMAT AG
New concrete leaches alkali,

creating pH and water
chemistry problems for fish.
With Herco H-55 you can seal
and leakproof new and old
concrete, block and brick.
9.90
PIPE AND HOSE

REPAIR KIT
This water-activated,
fiberglass tape permanently
repairs almost any piping,
including plastic, copper,
steel, galvanized, rubber and
tile pipe. Will even work
underwater! Pow-R Wrap
contains no harmful solvents
and is approved for use with
potable water. Each package
comes premixed and
premeasured to ensure a
minimum of 8 complete wraps around a pipe
(enough for high pressure applications up to 300
psi). Cures completely
in 40 minutes.
MODEL
SIZE
PW130
1 X 30
MAX PIPE SIZE
PW260
2 X 60
3/4, 1 17.27
PW3108
3 X 108
2, 3, 4 23.00
WaterWeld is a registered trademark of J-B Weld Co., LLC; AquaStik is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers LLC; Pow-R Wrap is a registered trademark of Access-able Technologies, Inc.
EACH
1/2 $11.10
PAINT AND REPAIR 479

Epoxy Paint/Sealer
EPOXY PAINTS
Epoxy paint is recognized by the EPA as nontoxic (after curing), is extremely durable and has excellent
adhesion to a wide variety of materials. Whether coating fiberglass, wood, steel, concrete or even
galvanized surfaces, you wont find a better paint for aquaculture.
Simply clean and dry the surface (acid-etch concrete and steel, then use nonsudsing ammonia to
neutralize acid residue and use PT20 concrete primer; prime steel and galvanized surfaces). Then mix
epoxy paint parts A and B, wait 3060 minutes and spray, brush or roll on. Recoat after about four hours,
if desired. The curing temperature range is 55125F. Before adding live organisms, let cure for 7 days.
Excellent for drinking water, ozone contact, fresh and saltwater aquaculture, etc.
Kit will cover 260288 ft2 of smooth surface with a thickness of 4 mil (0.004 inch). This epoxy is 65 to 72%
solids (depending on color) and has a two-year shelf life (after long exposure to UV, it typically develops a
chalky surface). Sold in 120-oz kits only (a kit is 4 parts paint and 1 part activator) in the following colors:
PT6
PT2: White
PT3: L. Green
PT4: D. Green
PT5: L. Blue
PT6: D. Blue
PT7: D. Red
PT8: L. Gray
PT9: D. Gray
PT10: Black
Note:
Paint color shown is an approximation of the actual color. Do not use the color shown as a guide for purchases
where exact color is a critical factor.
MODEL
EACH
4+
MODEL
EACH
4+
$73.71
PT6
DARK BLUE
PT2 WHITE
PT1 CLEAR
81.90 73.71
PT7
DARK RED
81.90 73.71
PT3
LIGHT GREEN
81.90 73.71
PT8
LIGHT GRAY
81.90 73.71
PT4
DARK GREEN
81.90 73.71
PT9
DARK GRAY
81.90 73.71
PT5
LIGHT BLUE
81.90 73.71
PT10 BLACK
EPOXY GEL
$81.90
When mixed, this two part epoxy (1 to 1) is a

gray-colored heavy paste. The pot life is only
about 20 minutes, it hardens in six hours,
can be painted over after six hours but before
48 hours, and reaches its final cure after 72 hours
at room temperature.
If not painting over, wash surface thoroughly with
soap and water (after 72 hours) before adding fish.
Acceptable for aquatic containment under USDA
guidelines. Sold in two gallon kits, Part A and Part
B. Two-year shelf life. Weighs 22 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL
$73.71
81.90 73.71
STEEL PRIMER, THINNER, CLEANER, ACTIVATOR
HAZMAT AG
A great adhesive for crack repair that works on wet

or dry surfaces. An epoxy gel that is not sensitive to
moisture (may not be applied underwater, however).
This is great stuff for patching, gap filling, joining
dissimilar materials and overhead work. It doesnt
sag, run or drain into cracks. Excellent for use on
concrete, wood, fiberglass and steel.
PT98
$81.90
EACH 4+
$150.55 $135.50
To thin epoxy for spraying, use PT18. Use PT16 cleaner for washing out
spray equipment after painting. Primer (PT17) should always be used before
painting galvanized and bare steel surfaces (after HCl etching and
nonsudsing ammonia rinsing). PT15 activator is included with the epoxy
paint and primer. Made in USA.
MODEL
PT17 PRIMER, STEEL, 120 OZ
SHIP WT EACH 4+
11 LBS
$67.81 $61.03 HAZMAT AG

18.03 16.23 HAZMAT A
PT18 THINNER, QUART
3 LBS
PT16 CLEANER, QUART
3 LBS
15.66 14.09 HAZMAT A
PT15 ACTIVATOR, 24 OZ
3 LBS
29.44 26.50 HAZMAT A
PT18
EPOXY CONCRETE PRIMER

A high-performance epoxy primer and coating for concrete (more than 20
days old). Deep penetrating properties provide pore filling and strengthening
of the concrete top layer, forming a strong adhesive
base for surface coating.
This is an excellent sealer for epoxy paint (will not fill large pores of cinder
blocks), but cannot be used over an existing water-based paint coating. It may
also be used on damp (not wet) concrete. For best results, acid etch, rinse
with nonsudsing ammonia and pressure wash before application. The primer
is clear (consistency of water) with a pot life of 810 hours after mixing. One
gallon will cover about 200-300 ft2 with a 3- to 3.5-mil layer. One-year shelf life.
Sold in 2-gallon kit only. Weighs 20 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL
PT20
EACH 4+
$133.65 $120.29
HAZMAT AG
480 ELECTRICAL
Product
481 Timers/Power Center
482 ProSplice/Housing/Covers/
Cord Grips
483 Power Cable/Meters/Tester
ELECTRICAL 481
Timers/Power Center
REPEAT CYCLE TIMER

Here is a timer that can do it all, yet is easy to set. It is a repeat cycle timer
that will turn on and off at preset intervals (not time of day). Extremely useful
for automatic operation of valves, feeding devices, pumps, etc. It allows the
setting of timing ranges from 0.05 second to 100 hours! Set on and off periods
independently with two dials, 1% accuracy. 13/4 square with 8-wire quick plug.
Its double pole, double throw switch is rated at 5 amps, 230VAC. Input voltage
100240VAC, 50/60 Hz. Made in Japan.
MODEL EACH
T5
$117.75
7-DAY TIMER/SWITCH
This seven-day timer/switch offers features not found in standard timers. It has
a NEMA-rated lockable steel enclosure and up to 10 on/off events per day.
The minimum on or off time is 1 minute with 1-minute increments. Each day of
the week may be programmed separately. A manual override allows checking
of the run time without disturbing normal programming. This unit will switch
two independent loads up to 30 A each at 24/115 or 230V. Another timing
alternative offered by this unit is momentary pulse. Set up to 20 momentary
pulses/day. Each is on for 18 seconds only (on time is not adjustable).
A battery-controlled microprocessor ensures against memory failure
due to power outages. Weighs 4 lbs. Made in USA.
MODEL EACH
TR1
$196.82
DIAL TIMER
This 24-hour timer has two 3-prong outlets and controls any 115V/60 Hz
devices up to 15 amps. It also has 15-minute interval settings and a master
on/off control switch. Reclose the plastic packaging after plugging in devices
for a level of splash protection. UL-listed timer switch.
MODEL EACH
AT2415
$8.62
POWER CENTER
Timer or wave-maker
The Power Center is an easy-to-use, 24-hour timer that has 4 constantpower outlets and 4 timer-controlled outlets. The mechanical timer can set
the time-controlled outlets to a minimum of 15-minute intervals, making it
great for use with water pumps to create tidal-flow currents. Unit includes a
3 heavy-duty power cord and a 3-prong grounded plug. UL-listed. Measures
12.5 L x 10.5 W x 9.5 H, maximum 15 amps @ 115V/50 Hz.
MODEL EACH
1690
$28.95
482 ELECTRICAL
ProSplice/Housing/Covers/Cord Grips
PROSPLICE
Specifically designed for splicing underwater power cable, the ProSplice
features compressible grommets that provide a watertight closure around
each cable end. Each ProSplice includes grommets to fit our underwater
power cables listed to the right.
MODEL
SK10
EACH
SK10
4+
$23.85 21.34
POWER CORD SPLICE KIT
The heat-sealed kit is designed for underground use.

MODEL
SK8
EACH
HEAT-SEALED SPLICE KIT
SK8
$20.00
WEATHERPROOF HOUSING FOR EXTENSION CORDS

A must for every fish room!
This inexpensive, weatherproof housing safely keeps extension cords
protected from mud, surface water and rain. Easy to install, eliminates
shock hazard and power interruptions by keeping power cords connected.
Measures 81/2 L x 21/2 diameter. Fits round 3-wire cables listed.
MODEL
WPH14
EACH
WPH14A
FOR 3/8 O.D. CORD, 14 GAUGE
$28.15
WPH12
FOR 1/2 O.D. CORD, 12 GAUGE
28.15
WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLE COVER

Ever been shocked by a wet outlet outside? These weatherproof receptacle
covers should be part of your safety plan. Install them over duplex outlet or
GFCI unit for complete shielding from the elements. The clear dome depth
is 31/2 and accepts even the larger power cord plug styles. Made in USA.
MODEL EACH
RC2 $15.10
CABLE,CORD & TUBING GRIPS

These nonmetallic grips provide a liquid-tight,
strain-relief connection for cables, cords and
tubing. Manufactured from nylon 6/6, they
are suitable for industrial and agriculture
applications. Corrosion-resistant, lightweight
and nonconductive.

ACCOMMODATES
MODEL
DIA. OF CABLE
HOLE SIZE
CABLE GRIPS
These low-profile, power cable, strain-relief grips
have an extremely wide cable diameter range.
The unique internal design assures a liquid-tight
seal as well as superior pull-out resistance.
Tightening the nut by hand makes the grommet
constrict on the cord or cable, locking it firmly
in place. Fits cords 3/8 to 3/4 (1 to 2 cm),
MNPT connections.
EACH
L6410
1/4" .114.250" .492 $3.80
L6420
3/8" .181.312" .670
4.30
L6410
MODEL
EACH
L6430
1/2"
4.30
LC12
1/2
$5.10
L6440
3/4" .450.709" 1.068
6.50
LC34
3/4
5.40
L6450
1" .5901.000" 1.375
9.95
.170.470"
.875
LC12
ELECTRICAL 483
Power Cable/Meters/Tester
POWER CABLE, SUBMERSIBLE
This PVC cable is safe for wet-service and submersible applications. ULand CSA-listed; STW 600V grounding. Use 3-wire cable for single-phase
and 4-wire cable for three-phase power requirements. Made in USA.
MODEL
AMPS
O.D. (INCHES)
PER FT
MAX CABLE LENGTH
UC3-S
100+
UC1-S
14-GAUGE/3-WIRE 18
.528
$1.65 $1.40
UC3-S
12-GAUGE/3-WIRE 25
.609
1.80 1.62
UC4-S
12-GAUGE/4-WIRE 20
.664
1.95 1.76
UC102
10-GAUGE/3-WIRE 30
.652
2.60 2.34
UC103
10-GAUGE/4-WIRE 25
.713
2.60 2.34
UC4-S
UC102
115V
115V
230V
239V
GAUGE
6A
10A
6A
10A
14
65
39
260
156
12
104
62
416
248
10
166
99
664
396
UC103
UC1-S
CLAMP-ON MULTIMETER
This clamp-on multimeter measures AC current (max 600 A), AC/DC voltage and
resistance. It has a 1.25 (33-mm) circular jaw opening that will fit thick cables,
and its Data Hold feature freezes data in its large, four-digit LCD display.
Automatic shut-off conserves battery power. Includes test leads, 9V battery and
belt holster.
The line splitter allows use of a clamp type meter to measure AC current on a
3-wire 115V power cord up to 15 amps. Clamp on an ammeter for an easy and
safe measurement of current. Two clamp positions: x1 for direct readings,
x10 for actual reading multiplied by 10. Voltage check function. 51/2 x 2
and weighs 6 oz.
38387
MODEL
RANGE
ACCURACY
DC Voltage
600V (0.1 mV)
.5%
AC Voltage
600V (0.1 V)
1.5%
DC Current
10 A (1 A)
1.2%
AC Current
10 A (1 A)
1.8%
Resistance
2 m (0.1 )
.8%
38387
MULTIMETER
480172
LINE SPLITTER
EACH
$59.95
15.99
MINITEC DIGITAL MULTIMETER

2,000-count display on large LCD with full-function indication. Measures
AC/DC voltage, current and resistance. Has fuse protection (10 A) and overload
protection. Auto power off saves battery life. Includes protective rubber
holster, two 1.5V AAA batteries and test leads. 4.8 H x 2.4 W x 1.6 D,
weighs 9 oz. One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
MN25
$32.99
PHASE ROTATION TESTER

Use these for testing phase orientation of three-phase power sources. Five
LEDs: two indicate phase orientation (correct or incorrect) and whether each
of the three phases is live. 100660VAC, 5070 Hz test range. Complete with
alligator clips. Dimensions: 31/2 x 2 x 1. Weighs only 5 oz.
MODEL EACH
PRT2
$89.99
484 CLEANING
Product
485 Disinfectants/Cleaners
488 Leaf Trap/Vacuum Heads
486 Siphons/Vacuum
489 Extending Poles/Brushes/Pads
487 Vacuum System/Algae Removal/

Hose
490 Algae Pads/Srubber/Scrapers
491 Tongs/Portable Pump
CLEANING 485
Disinfectants/Cleaners
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE
SW HAZMAT AG
FW
CHEMICAL
Technical grade KMnO 4 (97% minimum potassium permanganate) is a strong oxidizer that works
by oxidizing organic and inorganic materials that are major consumers of oxygen (does not add
oxygen to the water). Sold in 5-lb (2.2 kg) plastic jars only. We cannot ship more than six jars per carton.
Ships Hazmat. Not FDA-approved.
MODEL
EACH 4+
PTP5
$43.35 $37.58
AQUATIC DISINFECTANT
FW
SW
TECH FAV
This is a highly effective disinfectant specifically formulated for use in

aquaculture facilities. Generally used for cleaning equipment and instruments,
but may also be used in footbaths. Ideal for controlling a wide variety of viral,
bacterial and fungal pathogens.
Mix at a rate of 1.3 ounces per gallon of water. One gallon of solution treats
135 sq.ft.; 10-lb container makes 123 gallons of solution. Solution remains
stable for seven days. EPA-registered (registration pending in California).
MODEL
VKS10
10-LB CONTAINER
EACH
4+
$91.52 $80.54
SANITIZING DOOR MAT

This rubber mat holds 1 gallon of liquid sanitizing solution. Ship weight 11.3 lbs.
MODEL
HALAMID AQUA
FW
EACH
RM2
18 X 18 (1 DEEP)
$76.85
RM3
32 X 39 (2 DEEP)
178.00
SW
Typically used as an antiseptic and odor control agent. It can also eradicate parasites and bacteria
when cleaning tanks and equipment. This product is stable in aqueous solutions for many months
when kept in the dark. It can inhibit nitrification and should not be used in systems with a biofilter
unless the biofilter is taken offline first. Remove with activated carbon before putting the biofilter
back online. FDA-approved for use on food fish.
MODEL
CHT55
55 LBS (25 KG)
EACH
4+
$460.32 $437.30/4+
Halamid is a registered trademark of Axcentive Sarl LLC.
OVADINE IODINE
FW
SW
This product is a buffered, FDA-registered fish egg disinfectant that works well when applied
to the egg surface of salmonids. It is effective against a wide variety of fungi, viruses and bacteria.
Sodium thiosulfate (ST1/ST1A) can be used to neutralize iodine disinfectants. Made in USA.
MODEL
SHIP WT
ID10 1 GALLON
11LBS
EACH
4+
$39.00 $35.49
Ovadine is a registered trademark of Syndel Laboratories Ltd.
AQUALIFE MULTIPURPOSE CLEANER

A high-quality cleaner designed for use in fish hatcheries, aquaculture facilities and fish and food
processing plants. Quickly loosens organic soiling, allowing easy removal of biofilm, grease, oils,
waste and more. Biodegradable, nonhazardous, phosphate-free and contains no volatile organic
compounds (VOCs). NSF-certified for use in food processing facilities. Super concentrateddilute
up to 20 times!
MODEL
AQU128
EACH
1 GALLON $25.00
486 CLEANING
Siphons/Vacuum
MANUAL SIPHON PUMP
FW
SW
A great way to safely transfer gasoline, diesel fuel, water, etc. Made of
high-impact plastic, this pump functions as a high-volume siphon or
regular lift pump.
Comes equipped with a 6' piece of 7/16" I.D. inlet hose and 3' of outlet. Pump is
only 9" long and 11/4" in diameter. Use it to start a siphon, leave it unattended
to empty the vessel, then use it again as a pump to remove the remainder.
Made in USA.
MODEL EACH
SP9 $52.95
GRAVEL VACUUM
The Python No Spill Clean 'N Fill system simplifies water changes and tank
maintenance. It connects to most water faucets for use with aquariums,
ponds, bioassay tanks and small recirculating systems. The unique faucet
pump enables the siphoning of water efficiently without spills. Unlike garden
hoses, the Python system uses UV-stabilized tubing, which eliminates the
possibility of adding hose-borne toxins to fish tanks. Each Python system is
completely assembled, ready to use and includes hose, 10" gravel tube,
hose connectors, faucet pump and faucet adapters. Made in USA.
MODEL
PY25
EACH
PY25
PYTHON SYSTEM, 25'
$35.50
PY50
PYTHON SYSTEM, 50'
59.00
PY75
PYTHON SYSTEM, 75'
83.24
PY100
PYTHON SYSTEM, 100'
104.00
PY10X
EXTENSION HOSE, 10'
10.95
PY20X
EXTENSION HOSE, 20'
17.50
PY13B PUMP
PY07F
MALE CONNECTOR
2.95
PY06F
FEMALE CONNECTOR
3.85
PY13C
FLOW SWITCH
4.15
PY13A
FAUCET ADAPTER, PLASTIC
2.95
PY69HD
FAUCET ADAPTER, BRASS
PY24
REPL. GRAVEL TUBE, 24"
My question was answered quickly and thoroughly. You

guys run a great operation. With your outstanding prices
and attentive customer service, Ill definitely be a
repeat customer.
5.50
Thanks so much.
Joshua Ramirez
4.00
11.75
SIPHONS
These gravel vacuums are great for cleaning out detritus from aquarium tanks.
They have a 6' x 1/4" I.D. hose, angled tube and easy grip handle.
MODEL
TUBE DIAMETER
GS1 1"
GS3
GS1
TUBE LENGTH
EACH
12" $5.88
GS2 15/8"
11"
6.95
GS3 17/8"
14"
8.95
GS4 17/8"
24"
12.55
CLEANING 487
Vacuum System/Algae Removal/Hose
VACUUM SYSTEM
The Muck-Vac vacuums muck, fish waste, etc., from ponds and fountains and
discharges the waste water to a garden area or lawn, making an excellent
fertilizer. Built with no moving parts, each system includes a Muck-Vac head
vacuum, extendable (3' to 6') telescopic pole, waste hose (81/2' long), garden
hose adapter and brush. Requires a hose pressure of 50 psi to operate.
MODEL EACH
After just one

pass with
the Vacuum
System!
MV25 $82.45
Before Cleaning
FLOATING AQUARIUM CLEANERS

Clean the inside of your aquarium without getting your hands wet!
MF41
These super-strong magnets are lined with a soft felt for the outside and a
cleaning material that won't scratch the inside. Mag-Floats scrape away
tough algae stains, stay together around corners and float if knocked apart.
MODEL
MF41
4" X 1"
USE ON
EACH
4+
GLASS
$14.75 13.28
31.55 28.40
MF32
3" X 2"
GLASS
130A
4" X 1"
ACRYLIC
16.15 14.45
360A
3" X 2"
ACRYLIC
32.65 29.21
MAGI-KLEAN PUMP AND ACCESSORY CLEANER

Safely removes lime/calcium deposits in 3 simple steps. Can be used
anywhere where deposits have formed, including pumps, skimmers,
heaters, filters and pipeworks. Removes even the toughest deposits simply
and efficiently. Suitable for decalcifying any piece of equipment that can be
removed from the aquarium. Includes three single-dose pouches; each
creates 1/2 gallon of soaking solution.
MODEL EACH
D10101 $9.95
POND HOSE
This pond hose can be used for cleaning fish ponds and siphoning water, etc.,
because it will not collapse. Hose cuffs fit snugly on a 11/2" barbed fitting and
swivel to prevent kinking. 11/2" diameter. Made in USA.
MODEL
HP526
HP525
EACH 4+
HP525
POND HOSE, RESIDENTIAL, 25'
$35.38 $32.55
HP535
POND HOSE, COMMERCIAL, 35'
65.00 59.80
HP524
REPLACEMENT CUFF
3.88
HP526
REPLACEMENT SWIVEL CUFF
5.95
488 CLEANING
Leaf Trap/Vacuum Heads

CLEAR LEAF TRAP
This heavy-duty, in-line leaf trap collects leaves and other debris when
vacuuming ponds. The clear plastic housing allows you to see debris
collected. Features a snap open/close lid and large handle. Traps include
a standard polyester bag (1/16" mesh) and 3' of flexible 11/2" hose. The
optional sand/silt bag (about 150 microns) is designed to collect fine
material. The canvas bag retains material down to 50 microns.20" long x
6" diameter. Ship weight 4 lbs. Fits standard 11/2" pond hose.
LFTRP1.5H
MODEL
LFTRP1.5H
LFTRRPSSBG
EACH
$60.92
CLEAR LEAF TRAP, 11/2"
LFRRPBG
STANDARD MESH BAG, 1/16"
9.25
LFTRRPSSBG
SAND/SILT FINE MESH BAG
12.50
PAESSILTBG
CANVAS BAG FOR LEAF TRAP
28.25
LEAF EATER
The Pond Leaf Eater removes leaves and other debris from ponds with
power provided by a garden hose! Swivel wheels for easy turning. Filter
bags slip on and off quickly. Standard bag (included) is for leaves and
detritus, sand/silt bag is a finer mesh bag for smaller particulates.
The Snap-Adapt handle fits our poles.
MODEL
SHIP WT
EACH
LFETR185
4 LBS
$31.99
POND LEAF EATER
BG185SILT SAND/SILT BAG
1 LB
12.10
LFETRWL
1 LB
6.11
REPLACEMENT WHEELS FOR LFETR185
LFETR185
LFETRWL
Replacement Wheels
COMMERCIAL VACUUM HEAD

This commercial-duty, chrome-plated, brass vacuum head is sure to
shorten your cleaning time for raceways, fish tanks and ponds. Overall unit
width is 12" with a suction width of 101/2". It features a "Balanced Design"
and a unique four-wheel suspension system using high-performance acetal
resin wheels on height-adjusting eccentrics. The nonmarking wheels and
the internal brush adjust to control the height and the amount of suction.
Use any suction tubing (pond hose works best) with a 11/2" I.D. and bolt it to
a handle measuring 11/4" O.D. Made in USA.
AV17R
AV17
MODEL
AV17
VACUUM HEAD
AV17R
REPLACEMENT WHEELS (SET OF 4)
EACH 4+
$226.00
18.35 17.25
VACUUM HEADS
Constructed of polyethylene with lead weights molded in, these flexible
vacuum heads are ideal for bottom cleaning of koi ponds, tanks and
raceways. The suction chamber converges the suction velocity equally from
both ends. The heads have adjustable wheels to control vacuum velocity.
Each includes a Snap-Adapt handle (metal on VAC14 and VAC22) to fit our
poles and 11/2" vacuum hose swivel connection.
MODEL
SHIP WT
EACH
VAC12
VACUUM HEAD, 12
5 LBS
$45.00
VAC14
VACUUM HEAD, 14"
7 LBS
76.95
VAC22
VACUUM HEAD, 22"
9 LBS
100.00
VACRPWL
REPLACEMENT WHEELS
1 LB
10.83
VAC12
CLEANING 489
Extending Poles/Brushes/Pads
EXTENDING POLES
BH75
Designed for use with pond and tank vacuums, scrub brushes and other
attachments with plastic locking bi-pins. Snap-Adapt PVC poles are
three-piece, 11/4" O.D. in size, so you can make a 2', 4', 6', 8' or 10' pole.
Telescoping aluminum pole is 8' with 11/4" O.D. Made in USA.
MODEL
BH75
TELESCOPING ALUMINUM
BH10
SNAP-ADAPT PVC
EACH
BH10
4+
$14.40 $12.96
20.45 18.41
BRUSH WITH NYLON BRISTLES

These curved, heavy-duty brushes are ideal for cleaning tanks, ponds and
raceways. Made of ABS plastic, they feature UV-resistant bristles and have
Snap-Adapt handles to fit our poles (see above).
SHIP WT
MODEL
(LBS) EACH
BRSH18ABS
18" BRUSH
$29.99
HEAVY-DUTY SCRUB PAD

This heavy-duty scrub pad is acrylic safe and mounted on a molded ABS back
for tough cleaning. Swivel-joint handle keeps the pad flat on the surface
regardless of the anglegreat for hard-to-reach spots. Perfect for
large tanks and public displays. Pad is 10" L x 41/2" W x 1" thick. Work with
Snap-Adapt poles.

MODEL
SCR-57
MULTIPURPOSE SCRUBBER
SHIP WT
(LBS)
2
EACH
$18.85

The worlds first aquaculture pump to deliver
a CONSTANT user-defined flow rate.
Pump motor speed self-adjusts to maintain
the constant flow rate setting, even as system
conditions change.
from 20140 gpm.
UL listed.

you money!
490 CLEANING
Algae Pads/Srubber/Scrapers
ALGAE PADS
These handheld algae pads are ideal for removing unsightly algae from
tanks, aquariums, etc. Material is easily washed and long lasting. White
algae pads will not scratch acrylic and plexiglass tanks. Blue algae pads
are very coarse and will scratch acrylic surfaces; however, they are ideal
for glass, polyethylene and hard surfaces.
AG4

SIZE
AG4A
USE ON GLASS (BLUE)

MODEL
EACH
USE ON ACRYLIC (WHITE)

MODEL
EACH
AG3
AG3A
4 X 6
AG4
3 X 3
24-PK
AG3C 54.00 AG3AC 54.00
4 X 6
24-PK
AG4C 108.00
3 X 3
NO. OF PADS
$2.50
$2.50
5.00 AG4A 5.00

AG4AC 108.00
ALGAE SCRUBBER
Perfect for cleaning algae from aquarium and tank walls. Handle is
approximately 15" long. For use with acrylic and glass aquariums.
MODEL
AG5B
EACH 4+
$6.95 $6.26
ALGAE SCRAPERS
Designed for removing tough algae from aquarium tanks, these algae scrapers
will not scratch glass or acrylic. Include three types of easily changed
replacement blades for all your cleaning needs: fabric-covered, plastic and
stainless steel.
MODEL
PR21
PR21
PSRS3
PR241
PR35E
PROSCRAPER, SHORT
EACH 4+
$10.00 $8.98
PR241
PROSCRAPER, 24"
15.00 13.50
PR35E
PROSCRAPER, 24"36"
25.00 22.50
PR24R3
REPL. PLASTIC BLADES, 3/PK
4.95 2.30
PSRS3
REPL. STEEL BLADES, 3/PK
5.85 5.27
CLEANING 491
Tongs/Portable Pump
AQUA TONGS
These powerful tongs feature a 4.5" squeezable grip for grabbing rocks,
corals and other decorations out of tanks. Built with stainless steel and
plastic components, so they will not rust. Keeps hands out of water to
reduce contamination.
MODEL
OAL
EACH
AF9502
4+
AF9502 22"
$18.95 $16.68
AF9500 34"
22.50 20.03
AF9500
RULE AQUACHARGE RECHARGEABLE PORTABLE PUMP

Portable, rechargeable water pump that's fully submersible and can be used
to pump out fresh or salt water. Runs on a safe, low- voltage battery. Pump has
a single ergonomic on/off control knob and includes rechargeable NiMH
battery, charging station, 12V charger adapter, removable filter and 8' hose.
8' not long enough? The AquaCharge also connects to standard garden hoses.
And with a 200-gallon-per-charge pump capacity, it handles almost any
job in a single pass. 7" W x 5.5" H x 3.25" D, weighs 4 pounds. One-year
limited warranty.
MODEL EACH
RP500 $91.38
Rule is a registered trademark of Rule Industries, Inc.
Installation at Sarasota Airport.
Backyard water garden.

492 LIGHTING
Product
493 Underwater/Transformer/Timers
494 Metal Halide/Light Meters
495 Induction Grow Lights
LIGHTING 493
Underwater/Transformer/Timers
LARGE UNDERWATER LIGHTS
These commercial-quality 115V, 250-W underwater lights are great for
ponds, small lakes and spotlighting fountains. Featuring a bright, tungsten
halogen bulb, they will operate in water as shallow as 6" deep. The lamp
is mounted in a stainless steel case and has a heavy cast brass grill that
acts as a rock guard; swivel stand allows for easy positioning. They are
UL-listed, thermally protected and include a clear lens and power cord.
Optional colored lens available. For use underwater only. 90-day warranty
on light fixtures, no warranty on bulbs. Lights are 5" high. Made in USA.
MODEL
SHIP WT (LBS)
UL2520
LIGHT WITH 20' CORD
UL2530
UL2550
EACH
$340.00
LIGHT WITH 30' CORD
350.00
LIGHT WITH 50' CORD
10
370.00
UL25B
BLUE LENS
0.6
27.25
UL25G
GREEN LENS
0.6
27.25
UL25R
RED LENS
0.6
27.25
UL25A
AMBER LENS
0.6
27.25
12015
REPL. GASKET
7.18
MULTI-LIGHT TRANSFORMER WITH PHOTOCELL AND TIMER

Enhance the beauty of any water garden with the Alpine multi-light
transformer with photocell and timer. Connect up to four Alpine lights,
or use with any other garden products that need transformers. Photocell and
timer will automatically activate when it gets dark. Adjustable timer for settings
of auto, 4, 6 or 8 hours. Lights will not work without transformer.
300WT
MODEL
EACH
60WT
60-WATT TRANSFORMER
$59.25
100WT
100-WATT TRANSFORMER
73.42
200WT
136.50
300WT
138.95
PL3
3-WAY SOCKET CONNECTOR, 7" CORD
11.29
PL4
14.99
PL6
22.55
PL325
5-SOCKET CABLE, 25', 14-GAUGE
32.99
PL350
10-SOCKET CABLE, 50', 14-GAUGE
59.95
COLOR-CHANGING SUPER BRIGHT LED LIGHTS

These pond lights include waterproof in-line controller, outdoor transformer and
33' power cord.
MODEL
EACH
LED144
144 SUPER BRIGHT, 8 W, PVC HOUSING, RED/WHITE/BLUE
$139.95
LED72
72 SUPER BRIGHT, 5 W, ALUMINUM HOUSING, RED/WHITE/GREEN
108.95
LED72
LED144
PHOTOCELL PROGRAMMABLE TIMER

This photocell timer is versatile in a wide range of applicationsuse it for your
lights, pumps or any electrical accessory. The timer range is from 1 to 9 hours
with dusk to dawn settings (it automatically turns on at dusk and off at dawn).
Handles up to 1,000 watts and/or 8.3 amps.
MODEL
1000WT
1,000-WATT PHOTOCELL & TIMER
EACH
$42.86
494 LIGHTING
Metal Halide/Light Meters
METAL HALIDE LAMPS

Recommended for reef systems
Metal halide lamps can be one of the most important factors in a successful
reef system. Higher Kelvin color temperatures closely replicate that of
sunlight (10,000K30,000K) and are generally recommended for reef systems.
As they drop in output by approximately 30% after 12 months, yet continue to
use the same amount of power, we recommend changing lamps at least every
12 months.
Double-Ended HQI Lamps

MODEL WATTS TEMP
M2510H 250
10,000K
BRAND
EACH 4+
$79.95 $71.96
USHIO
Mogul Base Lamps

M1710 175 10,000K USHIO
M17520 175
20,000K
M2565 250
6,500K IWASAKI
$82.50 $74.25
71.48 64.33
XM
81.80 77.71
M25010 250
10,000K
XM
81.95 73.76
M25020 250
20,000K
XM
98.50 88.65
M4065 400
6,500K IWASAKI
DOUBLE-ENDED
MOGUL
MOGUL
60.00 54.00
M4010 400 10,000K USHIO
104.45 94.01
PORTABLE LIGHT METER WITH WATERPROOF PROBE
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Quickly and accurately measure light levels at the bottom of your tank using the
waterproof sensor. Ranges: 01,999 lux, 2,00019,999 lux and 20,00050,000
lux. Easy-to-use meter has three buttons for manual range selection; accuracy
is 6% of reading 1 digit. Sensor is salt water compatible and measures a peak
wavelength of 560 nm. Meter has auto shut-off after about 5 minutes of
non-use and a 3 cord that connects the sensor to the meter. One 9V battery
(included) gives 150 hours of use.
MODEL EACH
SM700 $84
LIGHT METER
Light readings are displayed on an extra large LCD (1" high) with bar graph, low
battery and over-range indications. The color and cosine corrected sensor is
connected to the meter with a flexible 36" cable. Also features RS232 computer
output, max/min and external zero adjustment. Includes 9V battery, case and a
detachable sensor (not for submersible applications). Measures 8" x 23/4" x 11/4",
weighs 9 oz.
MODEL EACH
840020 $142
RANGE
0400,000 lux, 040,000 fc
RESOLUTION
.01 / 1 lux, .001 / 1 fc
5-YEAR WARRANTY
LIGHTING 495
Induction Grow Lights
INDUCTION GROW LIGHTS

Energy saving, full spectrum lighting ideal for aquaponics!
Introducing Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems new line of induction grow lights.
Induction lighting is an emerging technology that is replacing metal halide
and high pressure sodium lighting in aquaponics. Induction lighting offers
many benefits to crop production including a broad spectrum, greater canopy
penetration and lower operating temperatures.
Consumes up to 70% less power than traditional HID lamps
One lamp from vegetative thru flowering reduces plant stress
PAR rated spectrums: 90% UV 95% Carotenoid 80% R/FR/IR
98% specular reflectance for greater canopy penetration
Low operating temperatures reduce cooling costs
Longer lamp life (100,000 hour rated)
10 year lamp and driver warranty
PNR-400-PAR

Designed to work as an enhancement accessory to the induction lamps broad
spectrum phosphor blend. They are a low wattage addition to our induction
lamps spectrums and should be considered when the gardener is seeking
optimized quality, yield and reduced time to harvest.
Flowering enhancement accessory
Comes fully assembled No Tools Required for Easy Installation
5 Year Warranty
PNR-400-PON
LIGHTING CONVERSION REFERENCE

PNR-400-PAR (420W) REPLACES 1,000W METAL HALIDE OR 750W HP SODIUM LIGHTS
PNR-400-PAR-PON
Grow Lights

COVERAGE AREA
DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
MODEL
VOLTS
HZ WATTS L W
L W H (LBS)
EACH
PNR-100-PAR
100W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
100
24
24
19
141/2
63/4
12
PNR-200-PAR
200W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
200
36
36
261/2
141/2
63/4
17
$480.00
610.00
PNR-400-PAR
420W GROW LIGHT
120-277
50/60
420
48
48
41
141/2
63/4
24
795.00
PNR-400-PON
120-277
50/60
40
40
20
51/2
14
745.00
Combo Light Kit

COVERAGE AREA
DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
MODEL
VOLTS
HZ WATTS L W
L W H (LBS)
PNR-400-PAR-PON
420W LIGHT & 40W PONTOON
120-277
50/60
420+40
48
48
41
20
63/4
29
EACH
$1,510.00
496 REFERENCE
Product
497 Aquaculture/Fish Rearing/Disease 500 Fish Hatchery/Plankton Culture/

Ponds & Lakes
498 Aquaculture/Fish Culture/
Aquaponics
501 Aquarium Fish/Koi Healthcare/

Posters
REFERENCE 497
Aquaculture/Fish Rearing/Disease
AQUACULTURE AND BEHAVIOR
This important book summarizes the current
understanding of the behavioural biology of farmed
species and illustrates how this can be applied to
improve aquaculture practice. Informative and
engaging, Aquaculture and Behavior brings the
reader up-to-date with major issues pertaining to
aquaculture. Everyone from fish farmers to upper
level students will find this book a valuable and
practical resource. Felicity Huntingford, 2012.
MODEL EACH
REFB1
$81.00
AQUACULTURE PRODUCTION SYSTEMS

Published with the World Aquaculture Society, Aquaculture Production Systems
captures the huge diversity of production systems used in theproduction of
shellfish and finfishin one concise volume
thatallows the reader to better understand how
aquaculture depends upon and interacts with its
environment. The systems examined range from low
input methods to super-intensive systems. Divided
into five sections that each focus on a distinct family
of systems, Aquaculture Production Systems serves
as an excellent text to those just being introduced to
aquaculture as well as being a valuable reference to
well-established professionals seeking information
on production methods. James H. Tidwell, 2012.
MODEL EACH
REFB2
$99.95
AQUACULTURE MARKETING HANDBOOK

The Aquaculture Marketing Handbook provides the reader with a broad base
of information regarding aquaculture economics, markets, and marketing.
In addition, this volume also contains an extensive annotated bibliography
and webliography that provide descriptions to key
additional sources of information. Written by authors
with vast international aquaculture marketing
experience, the Aquaculture Marketing Handbook is an
important introduction to aquaculture marketing for
those interested in aquaculture and those new to the
professional field. The body of knowledge presented
in this book will also make it a valuable reference for
even the most experienced aquaculture professional.
Carol R. Engle, 2006.
MODEL EACH
REFB3
$142.95
AQUACULTURE & ENVIRONMENT

The second edition of this well-received book brings
together and discusses the available information on all
major environmental aspects of various aquaculture
systems, providing a valuable aid to the preparation of
environmental impact assessments of aquaculture
projects and showing how potential environmental
problems can be reduced or mitigated by sound
management. Aquaculture and the Environment, Second
Edition is essential reading for all personnel working
on fish farms and for those moving into the aquatic
farm business. 2nd Edition. Dr. T.V.R. Pillay, 2004.
MODEL EACH
REFB5
$154.95
PRACTICAL GENETICS FOR AQUACULTURE

Over recent years there have been major advances in
the application of molecular, biotechnological and genetic
techniques to a wide range of aquatic species. Until now,
many working in a hands-on capacity in the area of
aquaculture have not known what the benefits of this work
could be to them. This important new book redresses this
situation, providing clear details of the available scientific
information and the direct application of techniques under
simple and practical situations. C. Greg Lutz, 2001.
MODEL EACH
REFB6
$164.95
AQUACULTURE BIOSECURITY
Aquaculture Biosecurity: Prevention, Control,
and Eradication of Aquatic Animal Disease
provides valuable information that will
increase success in combating infectious
aquatic disease. Key representatives of
international, regional, and national
organizations presented their views on this
important issue as part of a special session
at the 2004 World Aquaculture Society
Annual Conference. The chapters of this book
cover a wealth of experience from the varied
perspectives of these experts on biosecurity,
policies, and measures to take the offensive
against the spread of diseases in aquatic
animals. A. David Scarfe, 2005.
MODEL EACH
REFB7
$166.95
AQUACULTURE PRINCIPLES PRACTICES
AQUACULTURE BIOTECHNOLOGY
Covering all aspects of subsistence and commercial

aquaculture as practiced across the globe, this fully
revised new edition from two leading world authorities
in the field is set in two parts: principles and practices.
Essential new facts and data have been included
throughout. This comprehensive work is an essential
purchase for all those studying aquaculture and is a
valuable source of reference for all personnel involved
in the aquaculture industry; including those working
in fish farms, research institutions, teaching posts in
universities and commercial establishments such as
aquaculture equipment and feed supply companies.
2nd Edition. Dr. T.V.R. Pillay, 2005.
This important booklooks at a broad spectrum of

biotech research efforts and their applications to
the aquaculture industry. Aquaculture Biotechnology
provides key reviews that look at the application of
genetic, cellular and molecular technologies to enable
fish farmers to produce a more abundant, resilient,
and healthier supply of seafood. Covers topics
ranging from broodstock improvement to fish
health and gene transfer. Garth L. Fletcher, 2012.
MODEL EACH
REFB8
$209.95
MODEL EACH
REFB4
$145.00
498 REFERENCE
Aquaculture/Fish Culture/Aquaponics
ECOLOGICAL AQUACULTURE
FRESHWATER PRAWN CULTURE
The aim of this important and thought-provoking

book is to stimulate discussion among aquacultures
modern scientific, education and extension
communities concerning the principles, practices
and policies needed to develop ecologically and
socially sustainable aquaculture systems worldwide.
Ecological Aquaculture provides fascinating and
valuable insights into primitive (and often
sustainable) culture systems, and ties these to
modern large-scale aquaculture systems. An
essential purchase for all aquaculture personnel
involved in commercial, practical and research
capacities. Barry Costa-Pierce, 2002.
A comprehensive review of the status of freshwater

prawn farming research, development and
commercial practice, this book is intended to
stimulate further advances in the knowledge and
understanding of this important field. Coverage
includes biology, hatchery and grow-out culture
systems, feeds and feeding, up-to-date information
on the status of freshwater prawn farming around
the world, post-harvest handling and processing,
markets, and economics and business
management. Michael New, 2000.
MODEL
REFB9
EACH
$239.95
AQUACULTURE ENGINEERING
Aquaculture engineering requires knowledge of
the many general aspects of engineering such
as material technology, building design and
construction, mechanical engineering and
environmental engineering. In this comprehensive
book, Odd-Ivar Lekang introduces these principles
and demonstrates how such technical knowledge
can be applied to aquaculture systems. Fish farmers
and other personnel involved in the aquaculture
industry, suppliers to the fish farming business and
designers and manufacturers will find this book an
invaluable resource. Odd-Ivar Lekang, 2007.
MODEL
REFB10
SALMONID FISHES
MODEL
EACH
$289.95
CULTURE OF COLD WATER-MARINE FISH

This book reviews the current and potential future
situation concerning the major exploited marine
fish species, such as cod, haddock, hake, wolf-fish,
halibut, turbot and sole. The editors of Culture of
Cold-Water Marine Fish have drawn together and
carefully edited chapters from a wide range of
international scientists. The contents list includes
detailed reviews of abiotic factors, microbial
interactions, prophylaxis and disease, live food and
first feeding technologies, brood stock and egg
production, functional development, weaning and
nursery, on-growing to market size, status and
perspectives for the species covered, stock
enhancement and sea ranching, and an analysis of the finances,
economics and markets for the fish species used in marine aquaculture.
Erlend Moskness, 2004.
MODEL
REFB12
EACH
REFB13 $340.00
AQUAPONIC FOOD PRODUCTION

Aquaponic Food Production is a comprehensive
book on aquaponics. Whether your interest is
hobby, home food production or a commercial
venture, this book provides valuable information
on planning, design and operation of an aquaponic
system. Color photos and diagrams accentuate
the text, providing a detailed look at aquaponic
systems and technology. Softcover, 218 pages.
Rebecca L. Nelson and John S. Pade, 2008.
MODEL
BE15
EACH
$49.95
EACH
$259.95
This important title encompasses features of genetic

processes in complexly organized population
systems of salmonids, one of the most commercially
valuable families of fish worldwide. Translated from
the original work in Russian, the authors have taken
the opportunity to update and revise the work, much
of it appearing in the English language for the first
time. Covering such important concepts as optimal
gene diversity and the unfavourable influence of
fishery and hatchery reproduction on the genetic
structure of salmon populations, the authors have
drawn together a huge wealth of information that will
form the cornerstone of much new work in the future.
Yuri P. Altukhov, 2000.
REFB11
MODEL
EACH
$289.95
AQUAPONICS CURRICULUM
Aquaponics, the combination of
aquaculture and hydroponics, provides
a unique opportunity to demonstrate
many facets of science, biology and
botany. Designed for grades 710.
The curriculum contains eight chapters:
Aquaponics Systems and Designs,
Water Quality, Plant Selection and Care.
Fish Nutrition and Health, Plant Nutrient
Requirements, Photosynthesis and
Light, Seed Germination/Planting and
Introduction to Fish Anatomy.
The Aquaponics Curriculum (BE12) includes an educator's guide and a student
manual. The educator's guide consists of lesson plans and outlines, time periods,
objectives, activities, required equipment, tests, answer keys and data forms.
The "Student's Manual" (BE13) contains each complete lesson, data forms
and test/review. Nelson and Pade, 2000.
MODEL
EACH
BE12
AQUAPONICS CURRICULUM
BE13
STUDENTS MANUAL
INTRODUCTION TO AQUAPONICS
The "Introduction to Aquaponics" DVD covers the history
of aquaponics, applications of aquaponics, necessary
equipment and system components, various system
designs using animated set-up sequences, plant and fish
selection and care, day-to-day operation, water quality
and the nitrogen cycle, environmental considerations
and references. Bonus features include greenhouses,
environmental control and concerns for commercial
operation. 2003.
MODEL
DVD1
EACH
$58.74
$68.87
27.00
REFERENCE 499
Aquaculture/Fish Rearing/Disease
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE
AQUACULTURE DESK REFERENCE
TECH FAV
Developed to be a practical guide to

intensive aquaculture for the practicing
aquaculturist, this book is the reference
text for the popular Cornell University &
Freshwater Institute's Short Course on
Recirculating Aquaculture Systems
(RAS). Contents include basic principles
behind biofilter systems, gas
conditioning equipment, solids capture,
waste treatment and management,
culture vessel design, pumps and fluid
mechanics, control and monitoring
systems, building standards, ventilation
and heating requirements, biosecurity
and engineering economics. Book lists
a website with programs to perform
most necessary engineering calculations. Michael B.
Timmons (Cornell University), James Ebeling (Freshwater
Institute, the Conservation Fund) and Fredrick W. Wheaton
(University of Maryland).
MODEL
A complete, water-resistant, soft cover

reference guide for the aquaculturist.
Includes many conversion and formula
tables, medication doses, feed contents and
recipes, fish shipping densities and oxygen
absorption charts, etc. Very useful and
complete. R. LeRoy Creswell. 1993,
222 pages.
MODEL EACH
WQB18
SMALL SCALE AQUACULTURE

Updated and expanded from the
earlier, best-selling Home
Aquaculture, this is an excellent
source for the hobbyist, now
including detailed information on
recirculating tank, cage culture,
aquaponic and small-scale
flow-through applications. Steven D.
Van Gorder, revised 2000. Softcover,
210 pages.
EACH
WQB109
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE
WQB109S
SPANISH EDITION
$135.71
135.71
MODEL EACH
AQUACULTURE SCIENCE CURRICULUM

The most comprehensive teaching package
Textbook
WQB25
Provides information on all aspects of aquaculture in an easy-to-read format.

Subjects include fish, aquatic plants, water quality, marketing, economics,
nutrition, career opportunities and much, much more. Each chapter ends
with a comprehensive review. Suitable for grades 8 and up. Rick Parker, 2002.
621 pages.
Teacher's Manual
Provides learning objectives and answers to text questions. 2002. 127 pages.
Lab Manual
Contains student exercises and activities ranging from culture of various
organisms to dissection and water quality testing. Step-by-step instructions
are included with each lab. 2002. 141 pages. Teacher's edition also available
(BE5, 39 pages).
MODEL
BE1
$46.87
$25.00
CONDITIONING, SPAWNING AND REARING OF FISH

WITH EMPHASIS ON MARINE CLOWNFISH
The title says it all! Contains
everything you need to know about
raising marine, brackish, or
freshwater tropical fish. A musthave book. Frank Hoff, 1996.
MODEL EACH
WQB33
$31.42
EACH
$139.00
TEXTBOOK
BE2
TEACHERS MANUAL
BE1
LAB MANUAL
BE2
TEACHERS LAB MANUAL
36.00
103.85
37.95
FISH DISEASE: DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT

Regarded as one of the most comprehensive
reference books available regarding fish
diagnostics. Chapters include "Methods for
Diagnosing Fish Disease," "Equipping a Fish Disease
Diagnostic Lab," "Postmortem Techniques,"
"Clinical Decision Making," "Treatment Guidelines,"
"Pharmacopoeia." Edward J. Noga, 2010 (second
edition). Hardcover, 536 full-color pages.
MODEL EACH
WQB90
BE1
BE2
BE4
$136.99
BE5
500 REFERENCE
Fish Hatchery/Plankton Culture/Ponds & Lakes
FISH HATCHERY MANAGEMENT
TECH FAV
This is a must-have book, covering a wide variety

of subjects, from setting up a hatchery through
feeding, hatchery operation, fish health, water
quality and transportation. Many useful charts.
US Fish & Wildlife Service, 1992. Softcover,
515 pages.
MODEL EACH
WQB28
$70.00
ALGAE: A PROBLEM SOLVER GUIDE

This book identifies the algae that
commonly bloom in aquariums.
Specific recommendations offer
ways to control the algae through
aquarium husbandry and use of
herbivores. Full of detailed
descriptions and colorful
photographs. Julian Sprung, 2002.
MODEL EACH
WQB99
$16.48
FUNDAMENTALS OF AQUACULTURE
PLANKTON CULTURE MANUAL
An excellent book on culturing microalgae,
rotifers, ciliates, Artemia and Daphnia.
This is a must-have book if you want to
raise your own fish food. Great for home
hobbyists to commercial fish farmers.
Frank Hoff and Terry W. Snell, 1989, 6th
edition, 2nd printing. 126 pages, 1.3 lbs.
MODEL EACH
WQB32
$30.87
An excellent step-by-step guide to

commercial aquaculture, general
enough for the beginner but
comprehensive enough for the
experienced aquaculturist. Covers a
wide range of topics, from site and
species selection to water management,
harvesting, even marketing. Over 280
photos. Contains study questions and
a reference section at the end of each
chapter. James W. Avault, Jr., Ph.D.,
1996. Softcover, 889 pages.
MODEL EACH
WQB29
$102.00
DESIGNED LAKES AND PONDS
AQUACULTURAL ENGINEERING
Too often, man-made lakes are not properly

designed, constructed or maintained, causing
extensive maintenance problems as time
passes. This book describes some limnological,
maintenance and safety issues that can make the
difference between a healthy lake and a dead one
and provides guidance for designing, constructing
and managing the limnology of man-made lakes
and ponds. Arlo W. Fast, 2010.
This book is sometimes referred to as

the "aquaculture bible." Very detailed
and informative. If you're serious about
aquaculture, you need this book. Frederick
W. Wheaton, 1977, reprint 1985. Hardcover,
728 pages.
MODEL EACH
WQB3
$114.29
MODEL EACH
WQB122
$26.95
FISH HEALTH MANAGEMENT DVD

Developed by the University of
Florida's Cooperative Extension
Service, working directly with
commercial fish producers
and veterinarians. Contains six
chapters. Each chapter lasts about
20 minutes and covers a distinct
aspect of fish health management.
MODEL EACH
DVD6
$50.00
REFERENCE 501
Aquarium Fish/Koi Healthcare/Posters

DR. BURGESSS ATLAS OF MARINE AQUARIUM FISHES
The essential reference guide for any marine fish hobbyist,
this book provides a wealth of information
on marine fish. Over 4,000
photographs are provided with
symbols below each picture providing
information on feeding habits, lighting
requirements, temperature, habits,
tank setup, etc. The book also has
sections on aquarium setup, disease
treatment and fish care. Extensive
care is given to scientific names and
family descriptions. 2000. Hardcover,
784 pages.
MODEL EACH
WQB103
$65
POCKET REFERENCE
A valuable pocket-sized reference book including
topics ranging from water friction tables to the
phone number of your favorite airline. A must for
everybody. Thomas J. Glover, 4th edition. Softcover,
480 pages.
KOI: THE LIVING JEWELS SERIES,

PARTS 17, DVD VERSION
This seven-part series takes an in-depth
look at various ponds. Reviews of their
filtration systems, magnificent koi and
design elements are included. The best
pond and koi DVD to date!
MODEL EACH
DVD38
$34.92
KOI HEALTH AND DISEASE

Every koi/goldfish hobbyist should have this
book. It talks about symptoms of diseases, how
to treat diseases and preventative measures
that can be taken to prevent the diseases from
recurring. It also covers topics on water
quality and chemical therapy.
MODEL EACH
WQB31
$30.87
MODEL EACH
WQB17
$12.76
HANDS ON HEALTHCARE FOR KOI

KOI POSTERS (SET OF 4)
This set of koi posters from Blackwater
Creek lets you show off your love of koi
four different ways.
"Circular Motion": From a painting by
acclaimed artist Keith Siddle. 24" x 18".
This intensive one-hour video shows how to maintain healthy koi and how to
both recognize and treat diseases. Discussions and demonstrations include
water testing, anesthetizing and treating koi, taking skin scrapes, microscope
use, correct netting techniques, parasite recognition and salt bathing. 2003.
MODEL EACH
DVD61
$32.15
Butterfly Koi: "Beauty in Motion."

24" x 36".
Feeding Frenzy: Hundreds of hungry koi
enjoy lunchtime. 24" x 18".
Koi ID: 24 different types of koi in full color. 24" x 26".
MODEL EACH
WH
$10.50
KOI IDENTIFICATION POSTERS

Learn the differences
between koi or just enjoy
their beauty with these
27" x 39" posters. 42
top-quality koi from
reputable dealers appear
on each poster and are
classified in English and
Kanji. Each koi photo
measures 51/2" long.
Sold as a set of 3.
MODEL EACH
KPS3
$45
Close-up view of
koi identification poster
502 INFORMATION RESOURCES
Product
503 Converstion Factors
513 Merchandise Return Policy
517 Price Match Promise
507 Abbreviations/Units
514 Order/Shipping/Repair
518 Product Index
508 Directory
515 Shipping Information
526 Tech Talk Index
511 Chemical Waiver Form
516 Terms and Conditions of Sale
527 Tech Profile Index
INFORMATION RESOURCES 503

INFORMATION
Factors
Aquaculture/FishConverstion
Culture/Aquaponics
VOLUME CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY
acre-feet
acre-feet
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
43,560
cu. feet
325,900
gallons
cubic yards
cubic meters 1,057
BY
TO OBTAIN
quarts (US liq.)

46,656
cubic inches
bushels
35.24
liters
cubic yards
0.7646
cubic meters
bushels
pecks
cubic yards
202
gallons (US liq.)
bushels
32
quarts (dry)
cubic yards
764.6
liters
cubic centimeters
3.53E-05
cu. feet
cups
236.588
cubic cm
cubic centimeters
0.06102374
cu. inches
gallons
3,785.412
cubic cm
cubic centimeters
2.64E-04
gallon (US liq.)
gallons
0.1337
cubic feet
cubic centimeters
0.002113
pint (US liq.)
gallons
231
cu. inches
cubic centimeters
0.001057
quart (US liq.)
gallons
0.004951
cu. yards
cubic feet
28,320
cu. cm
gallons
3.785
liters
cubic feet
1,728
cu. inches
gallons (liq. British imp.)
1.20095
gallons (US liq.)
cubic feet
0.02832
cu. meters
gallons (US)
0.83267
gallons (imp.)
cubic feet
0.03703704
cu. yards
liters
0.03531
cu. feet
cubic feet
7.48052
gallons (US liq.)
liters
61.02
cu. inches
cubic feet
28.32
liters
liters
0.2642
gallons (US liq.)
cubic feet
59.84
pints (US liq.)
liters
2.113
pints (US liq.)
cubic feet
29.92
quarts (US liq)
liters
1.057
quarts (US liq.)
cubic inches
16.39
cu. cm
ounces (fluid)
1.805
cu. inches
cubic inches
0.0005787
cu. feet
ounces (fluid)
0.02957
liters
cubic inches
1.64E-05
cu. meters
pecks (US)
0.25
bushels
cubic inches
2.14E-05
cubic yards
pints (US dry)
0.5506105
liters
cubic inches
0.004329
gallons
pints (US liquid)
0.4731765
liters
cubic inches
0.03463
pints (US liq.)
quarts (dry)
67.2
cu. inches
cubic inches
0.01732
quarts (US liq.)
quarts (liquid)
0.03342
cu. feet
cubic meters
35.31
cubic feet
quarts (liquid)
57.75
cu. inches
cubic meters
61,023
cubic inches
quarts (liquid)
0.9463
liters
cubic meters
1.307951
cubic yards
tablespoons (US)
14.79
milliliters
cubic meters
264.2
gallons (US liq.)
teaspoons (US)
4.93
milliliters
cubic meters
2,113
pints (US liq.)
PROPERTIES OF WATER
DENSITY OF FRESH WATER
COMPOSITION OF DRY AIR AT SEA LEVEL

DENSITY OF SEA WATER
DENSITY OF ICE
COMPONENT
Nitrogen
% BY VOLUME
% BY WEIGHT
78.084
75.5
20.946
23.2
TEMPERATURE LBS PER

(F)
CUBIC FOOT
TEMPERATURE LBS PER

(F)
CUBIC FOOT
TEMPERATURE LBS PER

(F)
CUBIC FOOT
32
62.410
30
64.250
-50
57.670
Argon
.934
1.33
40
62.418
40
64.200
-40
57.625
Carbon Dioxide
.035
.049
50
62.401
50
64.170
-30
57.600
60
62.358
60
64.100
-20
57.582
70
62.293
70
64.020
-10
57.541
Specific gravity (gas): 1.000
80
62.208
80
63.950
57.105
Density at 70F and 1 atm: .07492 lb/ft3
90
62.105
90
63.800
10
57.490
100
61.986
100
63.700
20
57.455
Oxygen
Molecular weight: 28.975 lbs/mol

Specific volume at 70F and 1 atm: 13.346 ft3/lb (.8333m3/kg)

Converstion Factors
LENGTH CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
inches
inches
0.03281
feet
inches
25.4
millimeters
miles (statute)
1,609
meters
0.3937
inches
inches
1,000
mils
miles (statute)
0.8684
miles (nautical)
0.02777778
1,760
yards
angstroms
3.94E-06
centimeters
centimeters
BY
0.00001578
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
miles
miles (statute)
1.609
kilometers
centimeters
393.7
mils
inches
yards
miles (statute)
centimeters
0.01094
yards
kilometers
3280.84
feet
millimeters
3.28E-03
feet
fathoms
1.828804
meter
kilometers
3.94E+04
inches
millimeters
0.03937
inches
fathoms
feet
kilometers
0.6214
miles
millimeters
39.37
mils
30.48 centimeters
kilometers
1.00E+06
millimeters
mils
0.0003048 kilometers
kilometers
1,094
yards
mils
0.001
inches
meters
feet
feet
feet
0.3048
meters
leagues
miles (approx.)
rods
5.029
feet
0.0001645
miles (naut.)
meters
3.281
feet
rods
16.5
feet
feet
0.0001894
miles (stat.)
meters
39.37
inches
spans
inches
feet
304.8 millimeters
feet
12,000
furlongs
0.125
2.54E-03 centimeters
meters
5.40E-04
miles (nautical)
yards
91.44 centimeters
6.21E-04
miles (statute)
yards
9.14E-04 kilometers
yards
yards
mils
meters
miles (US)
meters
1.094
0.9144
meters
furlongs
660
feet
miles (nautical)
6080.27
feet
yards
4.93E-04
miles (nautical)
inches
2.54
centimeters
miles (nautical)
1.853
kilometers
yards
5.68E-04
miles (statute)
inches
0.08333333
feet
miles (statute)
5280
feet
yards
inches
0.0254
meters
miles (statute)
6.34E+04
inches
914.4
millimeters
VELOCITY CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
centimeters/sec
1.969
feet/min
kilometers/hr
centimeters/sec
0.03281
feet/sec
centimeters/sec
0.036
kilometers/hr
centimeters/sec
0.01943
knots
centimeters/sec
0.6
meters/min
knots
centimeters/sec
0.02237
miles/hr
centimeters/sec
0.0003728
miles/min
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
54.68
feet/min
meters/sec
kilometers/hr
0.9113
feet/sec
meters/sec
3.6
kilometers/hr
kilometers/hr
0.5396
knots
meters/sec
0.06
kilometers/min
kilometers/hr
16.67
meters/min
meters/sec
2.237
miles/hr
kilometers/hr
0.6214
miles/hr
meters/sec
0.03728
miles/min
feet/hr
miles/hr
44.7
cm/sec
miles/hr
88
feet/min
feet/sec
knots
BY
6,080
1.8532 kilometers/hr
BY
TO OBTAIN
3.281
feet/sec
feet/min
0.508
cm/sec
knots
nautical miles/hr
miles/hr
1.467
feet/min
0.01667
feet/sec
knots
1.151
statute miles/hr
miles/hr
1.609
km/hr
feet/min
0.3048 meters/min
knots
2,027
yards/hr
miles/hr
0.02682
km/min
feet/min
0.01136
miles/hr
knots
1.689
feet/sec
miles/hr
0.8684
knots
feet/sec
30.48
cm/sec
meters/min
1.667
cm/sec
miles/hr
26.82
meters/min
feet/sec
1.097
km/hr
meters/min
3.281
feet/min
miles/hr
feet/sec
0.5921
knots
meters/min
0.05468
feet/sec
miles/min
2682
cm/sec
feet/sec
18.29 meters/min
meters/min
0.06
km/hr
miles/min
88
feet/sec
feet/sec
0.6818
meters/min
0.03238
knots
miles/min
1.609
km/min
feet/sec
0.01136 miles/min
meters/min
0.03728
miles/hr
miles/min
60
miles/hr
meters/sec
196.8
feet/min
kilometers/hr
27.78
miles/hr
cm/sec
0.01667 miles/min

Converstion Factors
PRESSURE CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
BY
TO OBTAIN
atmospheres 0.007348 tons/sq.inch
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
feet of water
0.0295
amospheres
inches of water
MULTIPLY
0.03613
lbs/sq.in.
atmospheres
atmospheres
76
cm of mercury
feet of water
0.8826
in. of mercury
kilograms/sq. cm
0.9678
atmospheres
33.9
ft of water
feet of water
0.03048
kg/sq. cm
kilograms/sq. cm
32.81
feet of water
atmospheres
29.92
in. of mercury
feet of water
304.8
kg/sq.meter
kilograms/sq. cm
28.96
inches of mercury
feet of water
62.43
lbs/sq.ft.
kilograms/sq. cm
2,048
lbs/sq.ft.
atmospheres
1.0333
kg/sq.cm
atmospheres
10,332
kg/sq.meter
feet of water
0.4335
lbs/sq.in
kilograms/sq. cm
14.22
lbs/sq.in.
14.7
lbs/sq. inch
grams/sq. cm
2.0481
lbs/sq. ft.
kilograms/sq. meter
9.68E-05
atmospheres
atmospheres
1.058
tons/sq.ft.
bars
0.9869 atmospheres
atmospheres
bars
bars
1,000,000 dynes/sq.cm
10,200
kg/sq. meter
inches of mercury
0.03342
atmospheres
kilograms/sq. meter
9.81E-05
bars
inches of mercury
1.133
feet of water
lbs/sq. ft.
4.73E-04
atmospheres
inches of mercury
0.03453
kg/sq.cm
lbs/sq. ft.
0.01602
feet of water
inches of mercury
345.3
kg/sq.meter
lbs/sq. ft.
0.01414
inches of mercury
bars
2,089 lbs/sq.ft.
inches of mercury
70.73
lbs/sq.ft.
lbs/sq. ft.
4.882
kg/sq meter
bars
14.5 lbs/sq.inch
inches of mercury
0.4912
lbs/sq.in.
lbs/sq. ft.
6.94E-03
lbs/sq.in.
atmospheres
centimeters of mercury 0.01316
atmospheres
inches of water
0.002458
atmospheres
lbs/sq. in.
0.06804
feet of water
inches of water
0.07355
inches of mercury
lbs/sq. in.
2.307
feet of water
centimeters of mercury
136
kg/sq. meter
inches of water
0.00254
kg/sq.cm
lbs/sq. in.
2.036
inches of mercury
centimeters of mercury
27.85
lbs/sq.ft.
inches of water
0.5781
ounces/sq.in.
lbs/sq. in.
703.1
kg/sq.meter
lbs/sq.inch
inches of water
5.204
lbs/sq.ft.
tons (short)/sq.ft.
9765
kg/sq.meter
AREA CONVERSION FACTORS

MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
hectares
square kilometers
247.1
acres
43,560
sq. ft.
square kilometers
1.08E+07
sq. ft.
acres
4,047
sq. meters
square kilometers
1.00E+06
sq. meters
acres
0.001562
sq. miles
square kilometers
0.3861
sq. miles
acres
square meters
10.76
sq. ft.
sq. ft.
square meters
1,550
sq. in.
acres
0.4047
acres
hectares
2.471
TO OBTAIN
hectares
107,639
square centimeters
1.08E-03
sq. ft.
square meters
3.86E-07
sq. miles
square centimeters
0.155
sq. in.
square meters
1.196
sq. yards
square centimeters
0.0001
sq. in.
square miles
640
acres
square feet
929
sq. cm
square miles
2.79E+07
sq. ft.
square feet
0.0929
sq. meters
square miles
2.59
sq. km
square feet
0.1111
sq. yards
square millimeters
1.55E-03
sq. in.
square inches
6.452
sq. cm
square yards
8,361
sq. cm
square inches
645.2
sq. millimeters
square yards
0.8361
sq. meters
PROPERTIES OF PURE OXYGEN

Molecular weight: 31.999 lbs/mol
One gallon liquid oxygen = 115 ft3 gas
One liter liquid oxygen = .86 m3 gas
1 lb liquid oxygen = 12.1 ft3 (gas)
1 lb liquid oxygen = 342 liters (gas)
1 cu. ft = 28.3 liters
Gas Phase
Specific volume at 70F and 1 atm: 12.08 ft3/lb (.7513 m3/kg)
Density at 70F and 1 atm: .0828 lb/ft3
Specific gravity: 1.1
Liquid Phase
Specific volume: .105 gal/lb (.877 l/kg)
Density: 9.52 lbs/gal (1.141 kg/l)

Converstion Factors
FLOWRATE CONVERSION FACTORS
MASS CONVERSION FACTORS
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
MULTIPLY
BY
TO OBTAIN
cubic feet/min
472
ml/sec
grams
carat
cubic feet/min
0.125
gallons/sec
grams
15.43
grains
cubic feet/min
28.31
liters/min
grams
0.03527396
ounces (avoirdupois)
cubic feet/min
1.699
m 3/hr
grams
0.03215075
ounces (troy)
cubic feet/min
0.1247
gallons/sec
grams
0.00220462
pounds
cubic feet/min
0.472
liters/sec
kilograms
cubic feet/min
62.43
lbs of water/min
kilograms
cubic feet/min
4.72E-04
m 3/s
kilograms
cubic feet/sec
0.646317
million gallons/day
milligrams
2.205
pounds
9.84E-04
tons (long)
1.10E-03
tons (short)
0.01543236
grains
cubic feet/sec
448.831
gallons/min
ounces
437.5
grains
cubic feet/sec
0.0283168
m 3/s
ounces
28.349523
grams
cubic meter/min
0.0166667
m 3/s
ounces
0.0625
pounds
cubic meters/day
264.172
gallons/day
ounces
0.9115
ounces (troy)
cubic meters/day
0.0002642
million gallons/day
ounces
2.79E-05
tons (long)
cubic meters/sec
35.3147
cu.ft./sec
ounces
2.84E-05
tons (metric)
cubic meters/sec
22.8245
million gallons/day
pounds
7,000
grains
cubic meters/sec
15,850.3
gallons/min
pounds
453.5924
grams
kilograms
gallons/day
4.38E-08
m 3/s
pounds
0.4536
gallons/hr
63.1
ml/min
pounds
16
ounces
gallons/hr
0.134
cu.ft./hr
pounds
14.5833
ounces (troy)
gallons/min
0.002228
cu.ft./sec
pounds
32.17
poundals
gallons/min
0.06308
liters/sec
pounds
1.21528
pounds (troy)
gallons/min
8.0208
cu.ft./hr
pounds
0.0005
tons (short)
gallons/min
0.227
m 3/hr
pounds (troy)
373.24177
grams
gallons/min
3.785
liters/min
tons (long)
1,016
kilograms
gallons/min
6.31E-05
m 3/s
tons (long)
2,240
pounds
liters/hour
2.78E-07
m 3/s
tons (long)
1.12
tons (short)
liters/min
1.67E-05
m 3/s
tons (metric)
2,205
pounds
liters/min
5.89E-04
cu.ft./sec
tons (short)
907.1848
kilograms
liters/min
4.40E-03
gallons/sec
tons (short)
32,000
ounces
liters/sec
22,824.5
gallons/day
tons (short)
2,000
pounds
liters/sec
0.0228
million gallons/day
tons (short)
0.89287
tons (long)
million gallons/day
1.54723
cu.ft./sec
tons (short)
0.90718
tons (metric)
million gallons/day
694.4
gallons/min
oz/min
29.57
ml/min
SATURATED VAPOR PRESSURE OF FRESH WATER
DENSITY OF AIR (1 ATM)
TEMPERATURE
(F)
LBS PER
SQUARE INCH
TEMPERATURE
(F)
LBS PER
SQUARE INCH
TEMPERATURE
(F)
LBS PER
CUBIC FOOT
TEMPERATURE
(F)
LBS PER
CUBIC FOOT
32
.089
70
.363
-10
.088
50
.078
40
.122
80
.507
.086
60
.076
50
.178
90
.698
10
.085
70
.075
60
.256
100
.950
20
.083
80
.074
30
.081
90
.072
40
.079
100
.071

Abbreviations/Units
A..................................................................................ampere(s)
ABS....................acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer
Abs...........................................................................absorbance
AES................................. [Pentair] Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.
....................................................Aeration Efficiency Standard
AES/B................... absolute efficiency standard for biofilters
amp(s)........................................................................ampere(s)
ANSI...........................American National Standards Institute
ARA..................................................................arachidonic acid
ASD....................................................average strand diameter
ATC..............................automatic temperature compensation
atm...................................................................... atmosphere(s)
AWG........................................................ American wire gauge
BNC.................................................. bayonet Neill-Concelman
BOD........................................... biochemical oxygen demand
BOD5.............................five-day biochemical oxygen demand
BP............................................................. barometric pressure
BTU............................................................ British thermal unit
CaCO3........................................................... calcium carbonate
cc..................................................................... cubic centimeter
CCD.......................................................charge-coupled device
CD................................................................... corona discharge
CE....................................... meets European safety standards
cfh......................................................cubic foot (feet) per hour
cfm.................................................cubic foot (feet) per minute
cm......................................................................... centimeter(s)
CNS...............................................Chinese national standards
CO2......................................................................carbon dioxide
COD...................................................chemical oxygen demand
conc..................................................................... concentration
CPVC......................................... chlorinated polyvinyl chloride
Cs.....................................................................................case(s)
CSA...................................... Canadian Standards Association
ct.....................................................................................carat(s)
cu.ft...................................................................cubic foot (feet)
cu.in......................................................................cubic inch(es)
cu.yd...................................................................... cubic yard(s)
D....................................................................................diameter
dB.................................................................................decibel(s)
DHA...........................................................docosahexanoic acid
Dia.................................................................................diameter
DI....................................................... deionized or deionization
DIN...............................................Deutsche Industrie Normen
DIY....................................................................... do-it-yourself
dKH...................................... degree(s) of carbonate hardness
DLS..............................................................double layer spiral
D.O..................................................................dissolved oxygen
DOT.......................................... Department of Transportation
dP............................ differential total dissolved gas pressure
D:S ratio...................................................distance to size ratio
dwt......................................................................... pennyweight
DWV............................................................... drain-waste-vent
EC...........................................................electrical conductivity
EDTA.....................................ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
EGB............................................... expanded granular biofilter
EMC...........................................electromagnetic compatibility
EPA..................................................... eicosapentanoic acid or
........................................... Environmental Protection Agency
EPDM.............................. ethylene propylene diene monomer
EVA.................................... ethylene-vinyl-acetate copolymer
fc............................................................................ foot-candles
FDA.......................................... Food and Drug Administration
FGHT..............................................female garden hose thread
FIPT..................................................female inside pipe thread
FLA..............................................................full load amperage
fl.oz.......................................................................fluid ounce(s)
FNPT.............................................female national pipe thread
FOB.......................................... free on board (shipping origin)
FOV..........................................................................field of view
fps............................................................foot (feet) per second
FPT................................................................female pipe taper
FRP............................................. fiberglass reinforced plastic
ft...................................................................................foot (feet)
ft2....................................................................square foot (feet)
ft3.......................................................................cubic foot (feet)
g......................................................................................gram(s)
gal................................................................................. gallon(s)
GFCI.............................. ground fault circuit interrupter = GFI
GH..................................................................general hardness
g/hr................................................................. gram(s) per hour
G.L.A.......................................................gamma-linolenic acid
GLP....................................................good laboratory practice
gn....................................................................................grain(s)
gpd...................................................................gallon(s) per day
gpm............................................................gallon(s) per minute
H........................................................................... height or high
HCFC.................................................hydrochlorofluorocarbon
HCl................................................................. hydrochloric acid
HDPE...............................................high-density polyethylene
HID...................................................... high intensity discharge
hp............................................................................ horsepower
HO.............................................................................high output
H2O..................................................................................... water
HPS........................................................high-pressure sodium
HQI....................................................... mercury-quartz-iodide
hr(s).................................................................................hour(s)
H2S.................................................................. hydrogen sulfide
HUFA......................................... highly unsaturated fatty acids
Hz..................................................... hertz = cycles per second
I/C......................................................... industrial/commercial
I.D..................................................................... inside diameter
in.....................................................................................inch(es)
in2.......................................................................square inch(es)
in3..........................................................................cubic inch(es)
I/O...........................................................................input/output
ISE......................................................... ion selective electrode
K..........................................................................degrees Kelvin
kcal........................................................................kilocalorie(s)
KCI..............................................................potassium chloride
kg............................................................................. kilogram(s)
KH............................................................. carbonate hardness
kPa......................................................................... kilopascal(s)
kW.............................................................................. kilowatt(s)
kWh.................................................................. kilowatt-hour(s)
L....................................................................... liter(s) or length
L.A........................................................................ linolenic acid
lb(s).............................................................................. pound(s)
LCD.......................................................... liquid crystal display
LDPE................................................. low-density polyethylene
LED............................................................ light-emitting diode
Lpm............................................................... liter(s) per minute
LSB......................................................... low-space bioreactor
lux.................................................. lumen(s) per square meter
m....................................................................................meter(s)
m2......................................................................square meter(s)
m3h......................................................cubic meter(s) per hour
mA.......................................................................milliampere(s)
Max.............................................................................maximum
MDM............................................ membrane diffusion method
meq................................................................ milliequivalent(s)
mg...........................................................................milligram(s)
MGHT................................................male garden hose thread
MH...........................................................................metal halide
milliamp(s)........................................................milliampere(s)
min.........................................................minute(s) or minimum
mL............................................................................. milliliter(s)
mm.........................................................................millimeter(s)
mmHg................................................millimeter(s) of mercury
MNPT............................................... male national pipe thread
mol.................................................................................. mole(s)
mps............................................................meter(s) per second
MPT................................................................... male pipe taper
N.................................................................................. newton(s)
NA.............................................................. numerical aperture
N.C................................................................... normally closed
NEMA...........National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFT.......................................................nutrient film technique
NiCad................................................................nickel cadmium
nm......................................................................... nanometer(s)
No....................................................................................number
N.O...................................................................... normally open
NPSH................................................ net positive suction head
NPT............................................................national pipe thread
NSF.............................................National Science Foundation
NST................................................... national standard thread
NTU..........................................nephelometric turbidity unit(s)
OAL...................................................................... overall length
O.D.................................................................. outside diameter
ODP.....................................................................open dripproof
ORP............................................ oxidation/reduction potential
oz....................................................................................ounce(s)
oz t.........................................................................troy ounce(s)
PAES..................................Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.
PB........................................................................... polybutylene
pc(s)................................................................................piece(s)
PC.......................................................................power compact
PE........................................................................... polyethylene
pH.................................................potenz (power) H (hydrogen)
pk(s).................................................................................pack(s)
pkg(s)........................................................................package(s)
PL stage.........................................................post-larval stage
P/No....................................................................... part number
PP.........................................................................polypropylene
ppb................................................................. part(s) per billion
ppm............................................................... part(s) per million
ppt.............................................................part(s) per thousand
psi..................................................... pound(s) per square inch
pt....................................................................................... pint(s)
PVC................................................................polyvinyl chloride
PVDF..................................................... polyvinylidene fluoride
qt.....................................................................................quart(s)
R&D................................................ research and development
RBC............................................. rotating biological contactor
Repl....................................................................... replacement
RH................................................................... relative humidity
R/O...................................................................reverse osmosis
rpm.....................................................revolution(s) per minute
SAE......................................... standard aeration efficiency or
............................................. Society of Automotive Engineers
SAN.......................................styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer
scfh................................... standard cubic foot (feet) per hour
scfm.............................. standard cubic foot (feet) per minute
sec...............................................................................second(s)
sq.ft................................................................square foot (feet)
sq.in...................................................................square inch(es)
SG.......................................................specific gravity = density
SOD.................................................. sediment oxygen demand
SPDT.................................................single pole, double throw
Spig....................................................................................spigot
SS........................................................................ stainless steel
STP............................................. standard temp and pressure
TAB......................................................... total aerobic bacteria
TAN.....................................................total ammonia-nitrogen
TCBS....................................... thiosulfate citrate bile sucrose
TDH..............................................................total dynamic head
TDS..........................................................total dissolved solids
TEFC............................................ totally enclosed, fan-cooled
Temp...................................................................... temperature
TGP..............................................total dissolved gas pressure
TSA................................................................ tryptone soy agar
tsp................................................................................ teaspoon
TSV..........................................................Taura syndrome virus
TXV............................................thermostatic expansion valve
UL.......................................... Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
USB............................................................ universal serial bus
UV............................................................................... ultraviolet
V.........................................................................................volt(s)
VA..............................................................................volt-amp(s)
VAC..................................................volt(s), alternating current
VCO..............................................voltage controlled oscillator
VDC..........................................................volt(s), direct current
VHO.................................................................. very high output
VOC.................................................volatile organic compound
W....................................................................... width or watt(s)
WP............................................................wound polypropylene
WSSV..............................................white spot syndrome virus
Wt......................................................................................weight
yd(s)................................................................................. yard(s)
YHV................................................................ yellow head virus
C.................................................degrees Celsius/Centigrade
F............................................................... degrees Fahrenheit
.......................................................................................inch(es)
...................................................................................micron(s)
S.................................................................... microsiemens(s)
Ws.......................................................... microwatt-second(s)
...................................................................................... ohm(s)
.....................................................................................phase(s)
................................................................................................ pi

Directory
DIRECTORY OF STATE AQUACULTURE COORDINATORS AND CONTACTS

This list and more national aquaculture information available on the NASAC website (nasac.net)
Alabama
John Gamble
Alabama Department of Agriculture and Industries
Marketing & Economics Division
PO Box 3336
Montgomery, AL 36109-0336
Phone: (334) 240-7245
Fax: (334) 240-7270
john.gamble@agi.alabama.gov
Rick Oates
Alabama Farmers Federation
Catfish, Forestry, and Wildlife Divisions
PO Box 11000
Montgomery, AL 36191-0001
Phone: (334) 613-4305
Fax: (334) 284-3957
roates@alfafarmers.org
Alaska
Cynthia Pring-Ham
Alaska Department of Fish and Game
Commercial Fisheries Division
1255 West 8th Street, PO Box 115526
Juneau, AK 99811-5526
Phone: (907) 465-6150
Fax: (907) 465-4168
cynthia.pring-ham@alaska.gov
Renee Romsland
Alaska Department of Natural Resources
Division of Mining, Land and Water
550 W 7th Avenue, Suite 900C
Anchorage, AK 99501-3577
Phone: (907) 269-8543
Fax: (907) 269-8913
renee.romsland@alaska.gov
American Samoa
Taalo Lauofo
Department of Agriculture
Pago Pago, American Samoa 96799
Arizona
Dr. Perry Durham

Animal Services Division
Arizona Department of Agriculture
1688 W Adams Street
Phoenix, AZ 85007
Phone: (602) 542-4293
Fax: (602) 542-4290
pdurham@azda.gov
Arkansas
Ted McNulty
Arkansas Department of Agriculture
Mail Slot 4912, 1200 North University Drive
Pine Bluff, AR 71601
Phone: (870) 575-8111
Fax: (870) 575-7672
tmcnulty@uaex.edu
California
Randy Lovell
California Department of Fish and Game
830 S Street
Sacramento, CA 95811
Phone: (916) 445-2008
rlovell@dfg.ca.gov
Kirsten Ramey
California Department of Fish and Game
619 Second Street
Eureka, CA 95501
Phone: (707) 445-5365
Fax: (707) 445-7883
kramey@dfg.ca.gov
Canada
Cindy Webster
Department of Fisheries and Oceans Canada
Bedford Institute of Oceanography
1 Challenger Drive
Dartmouth, NS B2Y 4A2
Phone: (902) 426-8384
Fax: (902) 426-2706
websterc@mar.dfo-mpo.gc.ca
Colorado
Scott Leach
Colorado Department of Agriculture
Division of Animal Industry
700 Kipling Street, Suite 4000
Lakewood, CO 80215-8000
Phone: (303) 239-4295
Fax: (303) 239-4164
scott.leach@state.co.us
Connecticut
David Carey
Connecticut Department of Agriculture
Bureau of Aquaculture & Laboratory
PO Box 97
Milford, CT 06460
Phone: (203) 874-0696
Fax: (203) 783-9976
davcarey@snet.net
Delaware
Dr. John Ewart

University of Delaware
Delaware Aquaculture Resource Center
700 Pilottown Road
Lewes, DE 19958
Phone: (302) 645-4060
Fax: (302) 645-4213
ewart@udel.edu
Florida
Kal Knickerboker
Florida Department of Agriculture
Division of Aquaculture
1203 Governors Square Boulevard, Suite 501
Tallahassee, FL 32301-2961
Phone: (850) 488-5471
Fax: (850) 410-0893
Kal.Knickerbocker@freshfromflorida.com
Georgia
Ted Will
Georgia Department of Natural Resources
Fisheries Management Section
2123 US Highway 278 SE
Social Circle, GA 30025-4711
Phone: (770) 918-6406
Fax: (770) 557-3030
ted.will@dnr.state.ga.us
Guam
Dr. John Brown

University of Guam
Mangilao, GU 96923
Phone: (671) 735-2145
Fax: (671) 734-6842
jbrown@uguam.uog.edu
Hawaii
Todd Low
Hawaii Department of Agriculture
Aquaculture and Livestock Support Services
99-941 Halawa Valley Street
Aiea, HI 96701-5602
Phone: (808) 483-7130
Fax: (808) 483-7110
todd.e.low@hawaii.gov
Idaho
Dr. Debra Lawrence

Idaho Department of Agriculture
Division of Animal Industries
PO Box 7249
Boise, ID 83707
Phone: (208) 332-8540
Fax: (208) 334-4062
debra.lawrence@agri.idaho.gov
Illinois
Delayne Reeves
Illinois Department of Agriculture
State Fairgrounds
PO Box 19281
Springfield, IL 62794-9281
Phone: (217) 524-9129
Fax: (217) 524-5960
delayne.reeves@illinois.gov
Indiana
Dr. Kwamena Quagrainie

Purdue University
Department of Agricultural Economics
403 W State Street
West Lafayette, IN 47906
Phone: (765) 494-4200
kquagrai@purdue.edu

Directory
Iowa
Michigan
Kansas
Minnesota
Allan Pattillo
Iowa State University
Department of Natural Resource Ecology and
Management
339 Science II
Ames, IA 50011-3221
Phone: (515) 294-8616
Fax: (515) 294-2995
pattillo@iastate.edu
Brett Houdyshell
Kansas Department of Wildlife, Parks & Tourism
Pratt Fish Hatchery
512 SE 25th Ave
Pratt, KS 67124
Phone: (620) 672-0749
Fax: (620) 672-0819
brett.houdyshell@ksoutdoors.com
Kentucky
Dr. Nancy Barr

Michigan Department of Agriculture and Rural
Development
Animal Industry Division
525 W. Allegan
Lansing, MI 48909
Phone: (517) 241-1475
Fax: (517) 373-6015
barrn@michigan.gov
Mississippi
New Mexico
Louisiana
Missouri
Chris Vonderweidt
Maine Department of Marine Resources
21 State House Station
Augusta, ME 04333-0021
Phone: (207) 624-6558
chris.vonderweidt@maine.gov
Maryland
Karl Roscher
Maryland Department of Natural Resources
Tawes State Office Building C-2, 580 Taylor Ave
Annapolis, MD 21401
Phone: (443) 534-4859
kroscher@dnr.state.md.us
Massachusetts
Sean Bowen
Massachusetts Department of Agricultural
Resources
251 Causeway Street Suite 500
Boston, MA 02114-2151
Phone: (617) 626-1724
Fax: (617) 626-1850
sean.bowen@state.ma.us
New Jersey
Joe Myers
New Jersey Department of Agriculture
Fish and Seafood Development
PO Box 330
Trenton, NJ 08625
Phone: (609) 984-2502
Fax: (609) 633-7229
joseph.myers@ag.state.nj.us
Angela Caporelli
Kentucky Department of Agriculture
100 Fair Oaks Lane 5th Floor
Frankfort, KY 40601
Phone: (502) 564-4983 ext 259
Fax: (502) 564-0303
angela.caporelli@ky.gov
Maine
Dr. Ken La Valley

University of New Hampshire
NH Sea Grant/UNH Cooperative Extension
219 Nesmith Hall, 131 Main Street
Durham, NH 03824
Phone: (603) 862-4343
Fax: (603) 862-0107
ken.LaValley@unh.edu
David Weinand
Minnesota Department of Agriculture
625 N Robert Street
St. Paul, MN 55155
Phone: (651) 201-6646
Fax: (651) 201-6114
David.Weinand@state.mn.us
Gene Robertson
Mississippi Department of Agriculture and
Commerce
PO Box 1609
Jackson, MS 39215-1609
Phone: (601) 359-1102
Fax: (601) 359-1175
gene@mdac.state.ms.us
Carrie Castille
Louisiana Department of Agriculture and Forestry
PO Box 631, 5825 Florida Boulevard
Baton Rouge, LA 70821-0631
Phone: (225) 922-1251
Fax: (225) 922-1253
ccastille@ldaf.state.la.us
New Hampshire
Bart Hawcroft
Missouri Department of Agriculture
PO Box 630, 1616 Missouri Boulevard
Jefferson City, MO 65012
Phone: (573) 526-6666
Fax: (573) 751-2868
bart.hawcroft@mda.mo.gov
Angie DeYoung
Montana Department of Agriculture
Agriculture Development Division
PO Box 200201
Helena, MT 59620-0201
Phone: (406) 444-2402
Fax: (406) 444-9442
adeyoung@mt.gov
Rich Haskins
Nevada Department of Wildlife
1100 Valley Road
Reno, NV 89512
Phone: (775) 688-1569
rhaskins@ndow.org
Ted Universal
New York State Aquaculture Association
5109 Booher Hill Road
Geneseo, NY 14454
Phone: (585) 243-3543
nysaquaculture@rochester.rr.com
North Carolina
North Dakota
Steve Martin
Nebraska Department of Agriculture
Ag Promotion and Development
PO Box 94947
Lincoln, NE 68509-4947
Phone: (402) 471-4876
Fax: (402) 471-2759
steve.martin@nebraska.gov
Nevada
New York
Debra Sloan
North Carolina Department of Agriculture
Agribusiness Development
208 Sugar Cove Road
Franklin, NC 28734
Phone: (828) 524-1264
Fax: (828) 524-1264
debrasloan@earthlink.net
Montana
Nebraska
Mike Sloane
New Mexico Department of Game & Fish
PO Box 25112
Santa Fe, NM 87504
Phone: (505) 476-8055
Fax: (505) 476-8131
msloane@state.nm.us
Greg Power
North Dakota Game and Fish Department
Fisheries Division
100 N Bismarck Expressway
Bismarck, ND 58501-5065
Phone: (701) 328-6323
gpower@nd.gov
Ohio
Dr. Laura Tiu

Ohio State University Piketon Research Center
1864 Shyville Road
Piketon, OH 45661-9749
Phone: (740) 289-2071
Fax: (740) 289-4591
tiu.2@osu.edu

Directory
Oklahoma
Dr. Debbie Cunningham

Oklahoma Department of Agriculture Food and
Forestry
Animal Industry Services
2800 N Lincoln Blvd
Oklahoma City, OK 73105
Phone: (405) 522-6136
Fax: (405) 522-0756
Debbie.Cunningham@ag.ok.gov
Oregon
Gary Roth
Oregon Department of Agriculture
Agriculture Development and Marketing Division
1207 NW Naito Parkway Suite 104
Portland, OR 97209-2832
Phone: (503) 872-6600
Fax: (503) 872-6601
groth@oda.state.or.us
Pennsylvania
Jennifer Reed-Harry
Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture
2301 North Cameron Street
Harrisburg, PA 17110
Phone: (717) 651-5920
jrharry@pennag.com
Puerto Rico
Walter Padilla-Pea
Puerto Rico Department of Agriculture
Fisheries Development Program
PO Box 10163
San Juan, PR 00908-1163
Phone: (787) 723-1808 / 724-4911
Fax: (787) 725-7884
wpadilla@da.gobierno.pr
Rhode Island
David Beutel
Coastal Resources Management Council
Stedman Government Center
4804 Tower Hill Road
Wakefield, RI 02879-1900
Phone: (401) 783-3370
Fax: (401) 783-3767
dbeutel@crmc.ri.gov
South Carolina
Vermont
South Dakota
Virgin Islands
Chad Truesdale
South Carolina Department of Agriculture
PO Box 11280
Columbia, SC 29211
Phone: (803) 734-2218
Fax: (803) 734-0325
ctruesd@scda.sc.gov
Sarah Caslin
South Dakota Department of Agriculture
Agricultural Development Division
523 E Capitol Avenue
Pierre, SD 57501-3182
Phone: (605) 773-5436
Fax: (605) 773-3481
sarah.caslin@state.sd.us
Thomas Jones
Vermont Fish and Wildlife Department
3902 Roxbury Road
Roxbury, VT 05669
Phone: (802) 485-7566
Fax: (802)-241-3295
tom.jones@state.vt.us
Arthur Peterson
Virgin Islands Department of Agriculture
Estate Lower Love
Kingshill, St. Croix VI 00850
Phone: (340) 778-0991
Fax: (340) 778-3101
Virginia
Will Sayler
South Dakota Department of Game, Fish and Parks
523 E Capitol Avenue
Pierre, SD 57501
Phone: (605) 773-4501
Fax: (605) 773-6245
will.sayler@state.sd.us
T. Robins Buck
Virginia Department of Agriculture and Consumer
Services
PO Box 1163
Richmond, VA 23218
Phone: (804) 371-6094
Fax: (804) 371-2945
robins.buck@vdacs.virginia.gov
Tennessee
Washington
Texas
West Virginia
Utah
Wisconsin
Debbie Stepp Ball

Tennessee Department of Agriculture
PO Box 40627
Nashville, TN 37204
Phone: (615) 837-5384
Fax: (615) 837-5194
debbie.ball@tn.gov
Joe Benavides
Texas Department of Agriculture
PO Box 12847
Austin, TX 78711
Phone: (512) 463-7401
Fax: (888) 223-5703
joe.benavides@texasagriculture.gov
Mark Martin
Utah Department of Agriculture and Food
Aquaculture
350 N Redwood Road, PO Box 146500
Salt Lake City, UT 84114
Phone: (801) 538-7046
Fax: (801) 538-7126
mmartin@utah.gov
Dan Swecker
Washington Fish Growers Association
10420 173rd Avenue SW
Rochester, WA 98579
Phone: (360) 273-5890
Fax: (360) 273-6577
dans@wfga.net
Rob Nichols
West Virginia Department of Agriculture
1900 Kanawha Boulevard East
Charleston, WV 25305
Phone: (304) 558-2226
Fax: (304) 558-3594
rnichols@ag.state.wv.us
Ron Johnson
Northern Aquaculture Demonstration Facility
PO Box 1194
Bayfield, WI 54814
Phone: (715) 779-3189
Fax: (715) 779-3189
ron.johnson@uwsp.edu
CHEMICAL WAIVER FORM 511
CHEMICAL WAIVER FORM

Customer Name
Pentair AES Account No.
DRUG AND CHEMICAL PURCHASES

The purchase and use of medications and chemicals by people within the aquaculture industry is a very sensitive issue. Federal and state agencies are concerned
over the potential misuse of these items and the potential for diversion of these products to producers of aquaculture species intended for human consumption. We
do not want to lose access to these valuable remedies and will do whatever we can to ensure that they will be used by all our customers and their employees only in
the safe treatment of parasites on and diseases of ornamental fish that cannot become part of the human food chain.
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems will provide chemicals and drugs only to customers that certify they will control the use of these chemicals and will provide Pentair
Aquatic Eco-Systems the signed agreement below. Copies of invoices will be kept on file at Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems.
CERTIFICATION
This is to certify that the antibiotics and/or other medications or restricted chemicals purchased by me or any of my employees will be used only to maintain the
health of ornamental fish. My employees and I are aware of the restrictions placed on the sale of these products and the reasons for those restrictions. Those
people responsible for the treatment of our ornamental fish will be instructed in their proper use. We will not divert these chemicals to any other use and will
establish and maintain written records
of our purchase and use of these items.
Signature
Date
Firm Name
Title
Address
Telephone
If you are a licensed chemical applicator, please include a current, dated copy of your certification.
PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS MUST POSSESS THIS COMPLETED FORM

BEFORE THE SALE OF ITEMS THAT REQUIRE THIS FORM.
Fax this completed form to: 407-886-6787
OR
Mail to: Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.
Waiver Department
2395 Apopka Blvd., Apopka, FL 32703
RETURN POLICY 513
MERCHANDISE RETURN POLICY

Merchandise may be returned in new and unused condition within 30 days of
receipt for a full refund (less shipping)special orders, custom and nonstocked items are not returnable. Call our Returns Department for a Return
Authorization Number and use the merchandise return form. Items returned
after 30 days but within 90 days will be subject to a 30% restocking fee, and
items are nonreturnable after 90 days, no exceptions.
You must call and receive an RA number to return merchandise within 30 days
from the date you received it. All items must be in new and unused condition.
Returned items cannot show evidence of use or wear, dirt or other blemishes
of any kind. Merchandise must be returned in its original packaging and MUST
include all supplied materials, instructions, warranty cards, original
accessories and hardware provided. Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems (PAES) will
not be able to process a full refund on any returned item that does not fit the
above requirements, and all refunds will be pending inspection upon arrival.
We suggest that the merchandise be securely packaged and insured for the full
retail value, as PAESis not responsible for lost or damaged packages. Return
shipping costs are the responsibility of the customer. For our international
customers returning merchandise, all shipping charges, custom duties and
taxes that the customers government may impose at the time of exporting and
any damage incurred while returning the merchandise is the responsibility of
the customer. We do not accept COD returns.
Please check your orders immediately upon delivery. If we send you something
by mistake we will reimburse you for shipping costs.
See our Limited Warranty.
Important
You must call for approval first to exchange or return drop shipped items.
Opened feeds and chemicals may not be returned.
CLOSEOUT ITEMS RETURN POLICY

PAES strives to avoid mistakes and unfortunate situations of customer
dissatisfaction. Before purchasing a closeout item, please contact one of our
many skilled technicians with any questions or concerns you may have about
the item or this returns policy. We do our best to ensure that all closeout items
are in working order before shipment; however, in the case where an item is not
working, there is a period during which that item may be returned.
Those who purchase closeout items will have a period of 24 hours from the
time of delivery to open the packaging and inspect the product to ensure the
product is not damaged and is in proper working condition. Damaged items
may be returned for a credit or exchange provided the buyer files a claim with
PAEScustomer service within the 24-hour time period after delivery. Customer
is responsible for all return shipping costs. After the 24-hour time period has
expired, we cannot honor any warranty for closeout items. On closeout goods
that have normal functionality at the time of delivery, all sales are final.
REPAIRS
Any item(s) sent in for repair will be charged an evaluation fee up front, due at
the time we issue the RA or payment must be sent in along with the item. If your
item is under warranty and has been purchased within the past 90 calendar
days, the evaluation fee will be waived. We will not process any repair
evaluation without the fee being paid up front. The evaluation fee will be
credited toward the repair fee if you elect to have the repairs done.
Any item sent in for a repair evaluation and left for more than 90 calendar days
will be considered abandoned and become the property of PAES. We will make
an attempt to contact you four times, once upon the initial evaluation, then at 30,
60 and 90 days.
If you have any questions about a product warranty or have an item that needs
repair, contact our Return representatives at 877-347-4783.
Damage Claims
Any damage shown at the time of delivery must be reported immediately to the
carrier and within 48 hours to a PAES sales representative. PAES will not
accept claims for damages and/or shortages after 10 days from delivery.
514 USEFUL INFORMATION

SOLUTIONS
Price Quotations
We know that our success is dependent upon yours. Anytime you have a product
question, please call us at 877-347-4788. We expend a lot of resources
maintaining a staff of 20+ aquatic specialists to assist you. Our goal is to provide
you with the right product the first time. Where else can you get help from a
team of specialists for free? If you need an in-depth system design or extensive
consulting, our technicians will be happy to provide you with a rate quote.
If you require a large quantity of any item or if you have OEM applications,
ask us for a special price quotation. We also welcome the opportunity to bid
on government and institutional purchases.
FIVE WAYS TO ORDER

1) Place Your Order by Calling
Toll Free: 877-347-4788
Se Habla Espaol
We will keep the form on file to expedite your shipment. These products are
designated by this symbol: CHEMICAL
To help us expedite your order, please have customer number and part
number(s) ready. We suggest that you organize your order on our order
form before calling.
Office Hours
MondayThursday: 8 AM7 PM Eastern Time
Friday: 8 AM5 PM
If you are unable to order during our office hours, our answering machine will
take your order. Just call either our regular office number, 407-886-3939 or
877-347-4788 (toll free). In-stock orders placed on Saturday will be shipped
the next business day.
2) Order online: PentairAES.com

3) Fax the Order Form:
407-886-6787
Fill out an order form or use your own purchase order form and fax it to us.
Our shopping cart and checkout system make online ordering easy.
4) Mail us: Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.

2395 Apopka Blvd.
Apopka, Florida 32703-7730
5) Email us: PAES.General@Pentair.com
Ask for a free Pentair AES catalog to be included with your order.
PAYMENT OPTIONS
Visa, MasterCard and American Express accepted, including credit gift cards.
Sales tax will be charged for shipments into the following states: AL, CA, CT,
FL, GA, IL, IN, MD, MA, MI, MO, NJ, NY, NC, OH, OK, PA, RI, SC, TN, TX, UT, VA,
WA, WI.
When shipping by motor freight, it is best to prepay your order and pay for the
shipping only at the time of delivery. Its called freight collect.
Orders may be paid for in advance by any method. Shipments from our
warehouse will immediately follow clearance of your payment.
If you would like to open an account, send in a credit application and allow at
least three weeks for processing (this applies to domestic orders only).
Purchase orders from schools, government agencies and institutions will
be accepted on Net 30-day terms.
Factory Direct shipments over $200 and paid for by credit card will be
charged at the time the order is placed. Freight will be billed later.
PRIVACY POLICY
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc., takes your privacy very seriously. We will
never sell or share your personal information with third parties (except by
court order).
Upon ordering, your contact information will be stored in our database so that
we may send you future catalogs. To be removed from our mailing list, please
call 877-347-4788 or email PAES.General@Pentair.com.
Although any searches on our website will be saved for research purposes,
they will not be linked to anyones personal information.
Chemical Purchases
Please fill out the Chemical Purchase Form (see p. 511) prior to placing an
order for FDA-controlled chemicals and fax it to us at 407-886-6787.
DOMESTIC SHIPPING INFORMATION

Domestic Shipping: Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is now offering ALL items
free ground shipping for orders over $50.00 (FEDEX, LTLs, and TLs). This
includes oversized and HAZMAT, Continental United States, Canada, Alaska,
Hawaii, Puerto Rico and US Virgin Islands. A flat rate of $7.99 will be applied to
any purchase under $50.00. This offer does not include Mexico, international or
priority (2 day, overnight) shipping. ALL international drop shipments and
orders for customer service/repair do not receive free shipping. Domestic drop
shipments are free. For phone orders & Tech Advice please call our specialists
at +1 407-886-3939 or toll free (877) 347-4788.
*Restrictions apply. Exceptions: orders for Faivre or Arvotech that have to be
drop shipped are excluded.
Delivery Information: Most orders received by 4 PM Eastern Time are shipped
the same day the order is received. For phone orders, in-stock conditions will
be indicated for each product. Estimated standard delivery times are shown on
the next page.
Rush Delivery: Delivery in 1 to 4 business days is available on most in-stock,
nonoversized items. Additional charges vary by product. Call 877-347-4788 or
visit PentairAES.com for details.
International Deliveries: Our International Sales Department can provide pro
forma invoices and complete export services. Freight quotes will be provided at
the time of your order. Please call the International Sales Department at
407-886-3939 or fax your order directly to them at 407-886-4884.
Physical Address: Only the US Postal Service (USPS) can deliver to Post Office
Box addresses. Also, some carriers do not regularly deliver to remote locations.
Factory Direct Shipping: You will be notified when your items are coming from
a source other than us. We currently do not provide online tracking for
drop-shipped packages, but we can provide an estimated delivery date upon
request. If the item is over $200 and you are paying with a credit card, we will
charge the credit card for the merchandise at the time the order is placed.
Freight, including any handling charges, will be billed later.
Minimum Order Charge: If the total price of your order is less than $50.00,
there will be a flat rate of $7.99 applied to your order.
Environmental Packing Material: We are very concerned about the
environment, so we reuse packing materials from our inbound freight,
including peanuts, paper, cardboard and polystyrene foam. Our own loose
fill material is starch-based, shredded cardboard or air-filled plastic, as
appropriate to reduce weight and environmental impact.
REPAIRS
Download the repair form at PentairAES.com. Any item(s) sent in for repair will
be charged an evaluation fee up front, due at the time we issue the RA or
payment must be sent in along with the item. If your item is under warranty
and has been purchased within the past 90 calendar days, the evaluation fee
will be waived. We will not process any repair evaluation without the fee being
paid up front. The evaluation fee will be credited toward the repair fee if you
elect to have the repairs done.
Any item sent in for a repair evaluation and left for more than 90 calendar days
will be considered abandoned and become the property of Pentair AES. We will
make an attempt to contact you four times, once upon the initial evaluation,
then at 30, 60 and 90 days. If you have any questions about a product warranty
or have an item that needs repair, contact our representatives at 877-347-4783.
DISCLAIMER
PRICES, FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE TO CUSTOMER.
ALL PRICES ARE IN U.S. CURRENCY. PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS, INC. (PAES) USES ITS BEST EFFORTS
TO ENSURE THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION SHOWN IN ITS CATALOG; HOWEVER, ERRORS DO OCCUR.
CUSTOMER SHOULD CHECK WITH A PAES REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PLACING AN ORDER TO ENSURE
CUSTOMER IS OBTAINING THE MOST ACCURATE AND UP TO DATE INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCT.
SHIPPING INFORMATION 515

DELIVERY OPTIONS AND ESTIMATED TIMES
General representation of shipping zones:
We offer many shipping choices to fit your needs, including United Parcel Service
(UPS), Federal Express (FedEx) and the United States Postal Service (USPS).
For shipments that exceed the maximum weight and size dimensions of these
carriers, we utilize several motor freight companies. All items are shipped FOB
shipping point.
The estimated delivery times for orders received by 4:00 PM EST (in-stock items
with credit approval) are shown in the table below. Our customer service staff
will assist you in choosing the right delivery option.
Zone 2
SHIPPING METHOD
WHEN IN-STOCK ITEMS WILL ARRIVE
Standard Ground Delivery
1 to 7 business days (Monday through Fridaydo not count

weekends). Not a guaranteed delivery service. Tracking available.
Maximum weight 150 lbs/carton.
3-Day Service
Guaranteed delivery within 3 business days. Tracking available.

2-Day Service
Guaranteed delivery within 2 business days. Tracking available.

Next Day Service
Available to most destinations. Guaranteed delivery by the end

of the following business day. Tracking available. Maximum
weight 150 lbs/carton.
USPS Express
Guaranteed delivery by the end of the following business day by

the US Postal Service (can be delivered to Post Office Boxes).
Tracking available.
USPS and Parcel Post (No COD)
Priority postal service. No guaranteed delivery date, no tracking

information. Used for Hawaii, Alaska, Puerto Rico and Guam
orders. Maximum weight 70 lbs/carton.
Motor Freight*
For most items, continental US delivery is within 7 to 10

business days (Monday through Friday, daytime hoursdo not
count weekends). The carrier will call and schedule the delivery.
Zone 3
Zone 4
Zone 5
Zone 6
Zone 7
Zone 8
Standard (Ground) shipping days can be estimated using the map shown below:
*Motor freight is used for boxes weighing more than 150 pounds and/or too big for standard Ground
delivery. The freight charge is prepaid by Pentair AES at time of shipment and added to your invoice.
I must tell you, I deal with a lot of suppliers of pond and koi equipment, and you are by far the most
prompt in shipping and customer service.
Stephen Scott
1 Day
2 Days
3 Days
4 Days
5 Days
6 Days
7+ Days
Hampstead, KY
516 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE

CUSTOMER ORDER ACCEPTANCE
All orders are subject to acceptance by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Inc. (PAES)
and are not accepted by or binding upon PAES unless a signed notice of such
acceptance is forwarded to the Purchaser in writing. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF
THE ORDER, INCLUDING THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, FROM PAES WILL
CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES. FURTHER,
THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND THE CONDITIONS STATED HEREIN SHALL
BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN ACCEPTED BY THE PURCHASER UNLESS PAES IS
NOTIFIED TO THE CONTRARY IN WRITING PRIOR TO SHIPMENT OF PRODUCT,
BUT NOT MORE THAN FIVE (5) DAYS AFTER THE RECEIPT BY THE PURCHASER
OF PAES CUSTOMER ORDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT.
GOVERNING LAW; SOLE JURISDICTION AND VENUE
If any action is brought to enforce this Contract or for damages or any other relief
wherein PAES is a party, Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the action shall
be instituted and maintained in Orange County, Florida, and shall be governed by the
laws of the state of Florida. The State Courts located in Orange County, Florida shall
have exclusive jurisdiction over the litigation with the venue of any litigation to be
exclusively in Orange County, Florida.
LIMITED GUARANTEE
All PAES products are only guaranteed to perform to CURRENT published or written
order specifications as they appear in this and attached documents. Purchasers
exclusive remedy for any failure to perform to such specifications is to return the
product for full credit, less shipping, if claim of dissatisfaction is received in writing
within thirty (30) days of shipment date or sixty (60) days in the case of overseas
shipments. No returns will be accepted without PAES prior written authorization.
PAES reserves the right to correct within a reasonable time, at its own cost,
any malfunctions reported by Purchaser in writing.
4. Damage due to unauthorized product modifications or repairs.

5. D
amage caused by negligence, or failure to properly maintain products.
6. Accidental damage, fire, acts of God, or other circumstances outside the control
of PAES.
SEVERABILITY
In the event a provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected.
FIELD INSTALLATION AND SERVICE
Field installation and use training are not included, unless otherwise agreed to in
writing by the PAES, for which a separate charge will be imposed. PAES assumes
no responsibility for damage to concealed lines, such as, but not limited to,
electrical, alarm, water and air conditioning lines.
SHIPPING DAMAGE/LOSSES
All products are shipped F.O.B. shipping point. In the event of shipping damage,
PAES must be notified, in writing, within FORTY EIGHT (48) hours of shipment
receipt. Purchaser must hold all products and packing materials intact, until further
disposition is provided by PAES in writing.
RETURN OF GOODS
All claims for the return of goods except for warranty related claims shall be
handled in accordance with PAES Merchandise Return Policy located on page
546 of this Catalog.
DELIVERY DELAY
PAES shall not be liable for any delay or failure in shipment of goods covered
hereunder because of acts of God, carrier delays, fire, strikes, war or due to causes
beyond PAES control.
LIABILITY LIMITED TO PURCHASERS COST OF PRODUCTS

PAES warranty herein shall only apply in the event PAES has received payment in
full for the products supplied. Purchasers exclusive remedy is limited to a refund
of the Purchase Price in the event the Purchaser has paid PAES the full Purchase
Price and the product sold is defective. PAES liability is expressly limited to an
amount not to exceed the invoiced price for the property which is the subject matter
of the warranty claim. PAES is not responsible for damage to any finished surfaces,
such as chips, cracks, etc., as a result of any installation process. PAES does not
warrant against deterioration and/or peeling of finished surfaces due to exposure
to sun, salt, the elements or abrasions including minor blemishes incurred in
manufacturing, shipping or installation. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, THAT EXTEND BEYOND THOSE INDICATED HEREIN AND ONLY AS
DESCRIBED ON THE FACE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR REFERENCED DOCUMENTS.
Except for the above warranties the Purchaser assumes all risks and liabilities
arising from any use of the goods proposed herein.
CANCELLATION CLAUSE
It is agreed by the Purchaser that any purchase order, after acceptance by PAES,
is not subject to cancellation or to any verbal agreement or conditions not stipulated
in writing on the purchase contract and specifically agreed to PAES in writing.
LIMITED WARRANTY
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. (PAES) warrants that its products shall, at the
time of delivery and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, except for filters,
be free from l defects in materials and workmanship; and, if any such product shall
prove to be defective in material or workmanship under normal intended usage and
maintenance during the warranty period, upon examination by PAES or its authorized
representative, then PAES shall repair or replace, at its sole option, such defective
products at its own expense; provided, however, that the Purchaser shall be required
to ship each such defective product, freight prepaid, to PAES designated facility.
The warranty on products and/or components not manufactured by PAES, is limited
to the warranty, if any, provided by the original manufacturer of said product or
component. PAES sole warranty in regard to any components or products that are
not manufactured by it shall be limited to the repair or replacement of the product,
as set forth herein, with the condition that the Purchaser first return such defective
item, freight prepaid, to PAES designated facility. After PAES has made an inspection
of the product, and has confirmed that there is a defect in the manufacture of the
product, a credit will be issued to Purchasers account. PAES HAS MADE NO
AFFIRMATION OF FACT AND HAS MADE NO PROMISE RELATING TO THE GOODS
BEING SOLD THAT HAS CREATED OR AMOUNTED TO AN EXPRESS WARRANTY
OR THAT THE GOODS CONFORM TO ANY AFFIRMATION OR PROMISE. PAES
DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS.
PAES SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
RESULTING FROM ANY PRODUCT DEFECT. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF.
COLLECTION AND ATTORNEYS FEES

In the event of any alleged dispute, breach or default of this Agreement necessitating
PAES to retain an attorney to represent it, the Purchaser agrees to pay the PAES
costs and expenses including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred in connection
with, related to or arising out of enforcement of any term or provision of this
Agreement, whether or not in connection with any legal or administrative proceedings,
plus pre- and post-judgment interest and costs incurred, through appeal, and such
shall be in addition to any other remedies or damages to which the PAES may be
entitled. Failure to pay these fees automatically voids any Warranty Provisions to
which the Purchaser would otherwise be entitled.
This Warranty does not extend to any Equipment that have been subjected to:
1. Damage caused by careless handling, improper repackaging, or shipping.
2. Damage due to misapplication, misuse, abuse or failure to properly
operate equipment.
3. Damage caused by improper installation or storage.
CANCELLATION PENALTY
A cancellation fee equal to thirty percent (30%) of the stipulated price for nonstocked or custom products which have already been manufactured will be
charged for any cancellations of non-stocked or custom products that have not
been shipped to the Purchaser. Non-stocked or custom products are defined
as goods that are made to order.
OVERDUE INVOICES
PAES RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD, AND PURCHASER AGREES TO PAY,
INTEREST AT THE RATE OF 18% PER ANNUM, FROM DATE OF SHIPMENT,
ON AMOUNTS INVOICED AND UNPAID IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
PAYMENT TERMS.
TAXES
In the event that sale of products herein is subject to any federal, state, municipal
or other tax now or hereafter enacted, the amount of any such taxes will be the
responsibility of the Purchaser and shall be in addition to the purchase price.
In those jurisdictions in which PAES does not collect and remit tax, Purchaser
is solely responsible for assessment and payment of any applicable use tax in
accordance with the regulations established by their local taxing authority.
PRICE MATCH PROMISE 517

PRICE MATCH PROMISE
HOW DOES THE PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS, INC.
(PAES)PRICE MATCH PROMISE WORK?
WILL PAES MATCH ANOTHER COMPANYS PRICE WHEN

COMBINED WITH AN INSTANT REBATE?
If you find a lower price on an identical item, contact us by calling 877-347-4788,

tell us about the lower price and we will match it. (Subject to verification by a
PAES Customer Service Technician.)
Yes, we will match another companys final price after deducting an

instant rebate.
WHICH ITEMS QUALIFY FOR THE PAES PRICE MATCH

PROMISE?
Almost everything we sell. The item must be identical, including model number,
components and US warranty. The item must be in stock, available for
purchase and ready-to-ship at the matched price from an authorized US
reseller (PAES reserves the right to verify the validity of the reseller).
Price Match Promise is not applicable to pool equipment.
ARE QUANTITIES LIMITED ON PRICE-MATCHED PRODUCTS

AT PAES?
Yes, we may limit the quantities of price-matched items sold to a customer.
WHICH ITEMS AND SERVICES DO NOT QUALIFY FOR THE

PAES PRICE MATCH PROMISE?
We do not price match items sold on auction sites or comparison-shopping
sites. We will not match prices on pool equipment, service plans, installation or
extended warranties. Taxes, typographical or ad errors, closeouts, clearance,
liquidation, free product offers, special orders, offers advertised at a specific
location and refurbished items are also excluded from this promise.
WILL PAES MATCH ANOTHER COMPANYS PRICE WHEN

COMBINED WITH A MAIL-IN REBATE, GIFT CHECK OR GIFT
CARD OR A FREE OR DISCOUNTED ITEM?
If another company offers a product that comes with a mail-in rebate, gift
check, gift card or an equivalent, we will only match the price you pay at the
point of purchase and will not take the mail-in rebate, gift check, gift card or
equivalent into account. If another company offers a product that comes with a
free or discounted item and Pentair AES does not carry the free or discounted
item, we will only match the price you pay at the point of purchase and will not
take the free or discounted item into account.
DO DELIVERY CHARGES QUALIFY FOR THE PAES PRICE

MATCH PROMISE?
Shipping charges are excluded from the Price Match Promise.
WILL PAES MATCH THEIR OWN PRICE IF PRICE HAS

LOWERED SINCE ITEM WAS PURCHASED?
Upon the customers request, PAES will refund the difference for an item
purchased from us if, within a period of 14 days after purchase, that same item
is subsequently sold at a lower price by PAES.
518 INDEX
12V 2-Way Ball Valves Brine Shrimp
12V 2-Way Ball Valves............................................ 414

3-Port Valve............................................................. 410
ABS Float Valve...................................................415

Acrylic Tubing..................................................... 426
Activated Carbon................................................ 478
Actuated Butterfly Valve.................................... 410
Adapters
Tubing.................................................................. 429
Brass .................................................................430
Aeration
Great Lakes............................................88, 101-102

Solar...................................................................... 92
Aerator(s)
AIRE-02................................................................. 58
Bait......................................................................... 53
Kasco..................................................................... 56
Paddle Wheel........................................................ 57
Pond....................................................................... 92
Surface.................................................................. 56
Vertical Pump....................................................... 54
Agitators.................................................................... 55
Air
Diffusers......................................................... 60-70
Dryer.................................................................... 182
Filling Kits........................................................... 331
Filters.................................................................... 42
Flow Indicator.....................................................408
Lifts...................................................................... 210
Nozzle.................................................................. 331
Pumps, outdoor.................................................... 49
Purge Valve......................................................... 410
AirSep Oxygen Concentrators........................... 78-80
Alarm(s)
Systems...............................................................282
Water Level.........................................................209
Alcohol Lamp..........................................................346
Algae
Bioreactor................................................... 396-397
Control.........................................................305, 309
Fix.........................................................................483
Food..................................................................... 390
Marine Paste....................................................... 399
Pads..................................................................... 490
Scrubber............................................................. 490
Scrapper.............................................................. 490
Wafers, Food....................................................... 373
Algaecide/Herbicide.......................................305-309
Alkalinity Test ......................................................... 262
Ammonia
Removers....................................................322-323
Test Kit ................................................................ 262
Ammonium Chloride.............................................. 317
Analytical Aqualab.......................................... 227-228
AngelFish Flake Food............................................ 372
Animal Tongs/Grabbers......................................... 475
Anti-Parasitic..........................................................487
Antibiotics................................................................485
AntiFungal Treatmeant..................................326, 485
Antiseptic.................................................................485
Aqua
Coat...................................................................... 321
Halamid Aqua.....................................................485
Tongs................................................................... 491
Aquaculture
Analysis Laboratory........................................... 261
Bacteria............................................................... 317
Books........................................................... 497-501
Curriculum.......................................................... 499
Desk Reference.......................................... 497-501
Management System......................................... 274
Reference Manuals.................................... 497-501
Test Kits....................................................... 254-265
Videos..........................................................500-501
Aqualab............................................................ 227-228
Aqualife Multipurpose Cleaner.............................485
Aquaponics
Accessories........................................................ 495
Backyard Systems............................................... 22
Botanicare Benches............................................ 35
Bucket Lid............................................................. 27
Calcium Carbonate Dust..................................... 38
Cleaning Kit.......................................................... 28
Curriculum.......................................................... 498
DVD...................................................................... 498
Fungicide............................................................... 38
Garden Dust.......................................................... 33
Grow Bags............................................................. 27
Grow Lights................................................... 29, 495
Houesplant Sticky Stakes................................... 33
Iron Supplement................................................... 38
Media............................................................... 30-32
Meters................................................................... 28
Mini Fish Farms............................................. 19, 23
Mondi Deluxe Mist n Spray................................. 33
Monitors................................................................ 28
Net Pots................................................................. 27
Nets....................................................................... 34
Ph Up/Down.......................................................... 38
Plant Yo-Yo............................................................ 37
Seedling Heat Mats.............................................. 33
Shade Cloth........................................................... 34
Snapture Tray Stands.......................................... 35
Stackable Gro Ups............................................... 25
Trays...................................................................... 36
Twist Ties.............................................................. 37
Vine Clip................................................................ 34
Workshop.............................................................. 26
Aquarium
Chillers................................................................ 301
Cleaners..............................................................487
Sealant................................................................432
Tubing.................................................................. 425
Aquatic
Disinfectant.................................................326, 485
Aquatic Habitats.....................................................9-16
Aquatox Food........................................................... 371
Aragamax Sand....................................................... 319
Aspirators.................................................................. 55
Assorted Brushes...........................................366-368
Atlas, Fish................................................................ 501
Auger Feeder...........................................................388
Autoclave................................................................. 352
Autoclave Tape........................................................ 352
Auto Dialer Alarm...................................................282
Baby Koi Starter Food Kit...................................... 377

Backyard Aquaponics Systems............................... 22
Bacteria
Bacta-Pur........................................................... 316
Concentrate........................................................ 317
Filters.................................................................. 391
In A Bag............................................................... 318
Pond..................................................................... 317
Bactericide.............................................................. 327
Bag(s)
Banding Tool ......................................................332

Filters................................................... 117-120, 324
Mesh.................................................................... 391
Pump Filter......................................................... 194
Shipping...............................................................332
Spat......................................................................439
Bait
Aerators................................................................ 54
Conditioner......................................................... 325
Ball Valves............................................... 410, 412 -414
Banding Tools..........................................................332
Barley Straw/Pellets.............................................. 315
Basket, Fish.............................................................439
Bead(s)
Filters...........................................................136-138
Floating............................................................... 124
Sinking................................................................. 124
Beaker Tongs...........................................................346
Beakers....................................................347-348, 350
Beef Heart Flake Food........................................... 372
Belt Feeder..............................................................384
Bench Scale.....................................................362, 364
Berkeley Pumps...................................................... 491
Binocular Microscope....................................340, 341
Bio
Balls..................................................................... 149
Barrels................................................................ 150
Fill........................................................................ 149
Media................................................................... 152
Reactor................................................................ 153
Strata................................................................... 149
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) Probe ........ 231
Biofilter(s)
Fluidized Media Bags......................................... 152

Startup Kit........................................................... 317
Bird
Netting................................................................. 473
Scaring Device.................................................... 473
Blackwater Koi Food...................................... 378-379
Blowers
Accessories.......................................................... 42
High Pressure...................................................... 45
Regenerative...................................................40, 43
Remote-drive........................................................ 46
Blue
Bonded Filter Pads.............................................115

Vail.................................................................311, 475
Bluelab
Cleaning Kits........................................................ 28
Guardian Monitor................................................. 28
Combo Meter........................................................ 28
Books............................................................... 497-501
Bottles.............................................................. 347-349
Bottom
Drains...................................................................419
Grab.....................................................................458
Sampling Dredge............................................... 457
Brass Adapters.......................................................430
Bright Dyes.............................................................. 462
Brine Shrimp
Dry Feed..............................................................393
Eggs.............................................................392-393
INDEX 519
Brine Shrimp Eggs

Flake Food.......................................................... 372
Hatcher................................................................ 394
Live Feed............................................................. 392
Net........................................................................ 392
Brush(es)
Assorted..............................................................368
Bottle...................................................................368
Carboy................................................................. 367
Corner.................................................................366
Deck.....................................................................366
Foam.................................................................... 367
Handle.................................................................366
Nylon Bristles.....................................................489
Pipette.................................................................368
Pond Filter.......................................................... 130
Spawning.............................................................330
Test Tube.............................................................368
Tubing..................................................................368
Utility...................................................................366
Bucket Lid.................................................................. 27
Bulbs for Microscopes...................................340, 341
Bulkhead
Fittings........................................................ 422-423
Hose Fitting........................................................ 420
Kits........................................................................419
Burets....................................................................... 357
Burner, Gas..............................................................346
Butterfly Valve..................................................410-412
C Ring Pliers and Fasteners..............................440

Cabinets, Compressor............................................. 94
Cable(s)
Grips....................................................................482
Saw...................................................................... 421
Ties.......................................................................440
Underwater Power.............................................483
Calcium
Calcium Carbonate Dust..................................... 38

Chloride...............................................................323
Reactors.............................................................. 147
Test Kit................................................................. 262
Calibration Solution........................................ 258-259
Canal/Lake Screens............................................... 420
Canister Filters....................................................... 126
Caps, Plumbing....................................................... 418
Carbon
Activated......................................................130, 323
Reef......................................................................323
Techno.........................................................130, 323
Carbon Dioxide Test Kit.......................................... 262
Cartridge Filters............................................. 497-501
Carboys.................................................................... 347
Cases, waterproof.................................................. 467
Castaway CDT Monitor........................................... 251
Catheter tubing...............................................330, 456
Cement.....................................................................432
Centrifugal Pumps......................................... 196-204
Check Valve...............................................................416
Chemical Filters..................................................... 127
Chemi-Pure............................................................. 190
Chillers
Air-Cooled...................................................296-300
Aqualogic.....................................296-300, 302-303
Aquarium............................................................. 301
Barrel Packages................................................303
Coil...............................................................298, 299
Cooling Elements...............................................300
Cooling Fans....................................................... 301
Delta Star.................................................... 297, 300
Teco...................................................................... 301
Trimline...............................................................299
Water-Cooled.....................................................300
Chloride Test Kit..................................................... 262
Cichlid Food..................................................... 373-374
Clamp(s)
Clamp-On Multimeter.......................................483
Plastic..........................................................100, 424
Screw...................................................................354
Stainless Steel, Hose.........................................430
Cleaner(s)
Accessories........................................................487
Multipurpose..............................................365, 485
Cleaning Kits............................................................. 28
Clear
Leaf Trap.............................................................488
PVC Fittings........................................................ 426
Clips, Seaveggie...................................................... 375
Cloth, Shade............................................................ 474
CO2
Meter....................................................................254
Regulator............................................................ 147
Color Enhancing Food.................................... 372-374
Color Tropical Marine Flake Food........................ 372
Colorants..........................................................311-312
Colorimeter............................................................. 256
Columns
Degassing........................................................... 155
Gas Control..................................................156-159
Gas Control Spec Chart..................................... 157
Commercial
Vacuum Head......................................................488
Filtration Packages............................................ 139
System Paks....................................................... 140
Compressors, Cabinets........................................... 94
Conductivity Calibration Solution......................... 259
Cone(s)
Bottom Tanks......................................................222
Imhoff.................................................................. 352
Worm Feeder...................................................... 375
Connector Fittings.................................................. 428
Control System, Feeder.........................381, 386-387
Controllers...................................................... 268-275
Copepods.................................................................402
Copper Test Kit........................................................ 262
Cord(s)
Electrical.............................................................482
Grips....................................................................482
Counters..................................................................343
Couplings, Flexible................................................. 418
Covers, Tank............................................................ 205
Culture
Tubes................................................................... 355
Vessels................................................................393
Cutters
PVC Pipe.............................................................. 421

Soft Tubing.......................................................... 421
D.O. Monitor............................................................. 277

Dechlorinators........................................................ 206
Defoamer, ProLine................................................. 207
Degassing Columns............................................... 155
Demand Feeder......................................................389
Dense Culture Food................................................ 379
Depth finder.............................................................456
Desert Rain Fountains
Decorative....................................................107-109
Floating............................................................... 106
De-Icing.............................................................102-103
Desiccant (Silica Gel)......................................209, 354
Design
Aquatic Habitats..................................................... 9
G-Hab Systems..................................................... 16
MEPS Mass Embryo Production System.......... 11
Multi-Rack.............................................................. 9
X-Hab Systems..................................................... 15
Z-Hab Duo Systems............................................. 12
Z-Hab Mini Systems............................................. 13
Z-Hab Systems..................................................... 14
Dewatering, Geotube Systems.............................. 210
Dial Calipers............................................................ 359
Diaphragm Metering Pumps................................. 207
Diffuser(s)
Aeration............................................................... 101
Air..................................................................... 60, 67
Bumpers............................................................... 61
Coarse Bubble...................................................... 70
Cylindrical............................................................. 68
EDI FLEXAIR......................................................... 70
Flat Ceramic................................................... 63-66
Generation II......................................................... 61
Hose....................................................................... 68
Manifold for Round Tanks................................. 219
Point Four........................................................ 63-67
Pure Oxygen......................................................... 62
Snap-cap............................................................... 70
Tubing...............................................................69-70
Universal Mount................................................... 62
Directional Feeder..................................................383
Disc Cultures, Microalgae..................................... 391
Disc Diffusers............................................................ 70
Discharge Hose.......................................................408
Dissecting Equipment............................................353
Dissecting Microscope........................................... 341
Dissolved Oxygen (D.O.)
Meters ......................................................... 229-235

Test Kit.........................................................262, 235
Door Mat, Sanitizing...............................................485
Dosing Pumps......................................................... 207
Draining Rack.......................................................... 367
Drains, Bottom.........................................................419
Dredges.................................................................... 457
Drill Bits...........................................................421, 430
Drip Emitter.......................................................83, 409
Dropper.................................................................... 355
Drum
Faucet..................................................................409
Filter.................................................... 132-135, 382
Dry Brine Shrimp....................................................393
Drying Rack............................................................. 367
Dyes, Tracer ........................................................... 462
Earthworm Fish Food............................................ 372

EcoSense.................................................232-238, 243
Eco-Trap....................................................................417
Eductors, mixing....................................................... 72
Egg(s)
Brine Shrimp......................................................393
520 INDEX
Egg Hatching Jar G-Hab
Hatching Jar........................................................333
Rotifers................................................................403
Egg Yolk Fish Food............................................. 372
Electric
Actuator Valve..................................................... 410

Immersion Heaters............................284-288, 290
In-Line Heaters..................................284, 291-292
Electrical
Phase Rotation Tester.......................................483

Power Strip......................................................... 481
Electrode Care Accessories.................................. 259
Eliminators, Tee........................................................ 69
EmperorUV Sterilizers....................................164-177
Epoxy
Concrete Sealer................................................. 479

Gel........................................................................ 479
Paint..................................................................... 479
Products.............................................................. 479
Expansion Plugs..................................................... 418
ExStick.....................................................................240
Extending Poles......................................................489
Eyewear.................................................................... 365
Faivre Fish Grader..........................................335-336

Fancy Guppy Food................................................... 373
Fathead Minnows....................................................404
Feed(s)..............................................................370-380
Feeder(s).................................................................. 375
Accessories........................................................386
Auger...................................................................388
Belt.......................................................................384
Controllers..........................................381, 386-387
Demand...............................................................389
Directional..........................................................383
Hoppers...............................................................389
Koi........................................................................384
Robotic.................................................................382
Solar....................................................................387
Vibratory......................................................385, 388
Fertilizer
Fish Rich................................................................ 35
Pond..................................................................... 310
FIAP
Grader.................................................................334
Parabolic Screen Filters................................... 131
Fiberglass
Tanks............................................................215-218
Troughs.......................................................... 36, 216
Field Meter............................................................... 255
File, Thread..............................................................437
Filter(s)
Air........................................................................... 42
Bacteria............................................................... 391
Bags......................................................119-120, 324
Bag................................................................ 117-120
Bead..............................................................136-138
Bioreactor....................................................153-154
Canister............................................................... 126
Cartridge......................................................127-129
Chemical............................................................. 127
Drum.............................................................132-135
Foam, Reticulated...................................... 115, 148
Material........................................................ 114-115
Mechanical.......................................................... 126
Pads......................................................................115
Parabolic Screen............................................... 131

Poly Bead............................................................ 126
Sand Style....................................................121-123
Sponge Style....................................................... 148
Sumps.................................................................. 213
Top Mount............................................................ 121
Filtration
Systems........................................................139-140
Finer-Shiner............................................................ 325
Fish
Bagging...............................................................332
Banding Tools.....................................................332
Cages................................................................... 441
Calmer.........................................................324, 326
Egg Disinfectant................................................. 326
Farm................................................................. 17-18
Farm Test Kits.................................................... 264
Grader.........................................................334-336
Harvester............................................................ 337
Live Koi................................................................ 401
Measuring board................................................456
Medications................................................. 327-328
Pond Coating...................................................... 478
Pump................................................................... 337
Scale Envelopes, All Weather........................... 469
Shipping Bags.....................................................332
Spawning.............................................................330
Tags......................................................................455
Traps.................................................................... 475
FisHaul-C................................................................. 325
Fitting(s)
45 Ell..................................................................434
90 Street Ell......................................................435
90 Ell..................................................................434
Adapter ...............................................................436
Bulkhead..................................................... 422-423
Bulkhead Hose................................................... 420
Cages...................................................................442
Cap.......................................................................434
Clear PVC............................................................ 426
Coupling..............................................................436
Crosses...............................................................433
Insert Adapter.....................................................433
Long Sweep.........................................................435
Male Adapter.......................................................436
Nipple..................................................................434
Plug......................................................................435
Poly Tubing Insert.............................................. 428
Quick Disconnect............................................... 431
Reducer Bushing........................................435-436
Reducer Coupling...............................................436
Reducing Tees....................................................433
T.T. Bushing.........................................................436
Tee........................................................................433
Union....................................................................435
Weighted Diffuser................................................ 69
Flake Food............................................................... 372
Flanges, Van Stone.................................................437
Flasks............................................................... 349-350
Flexible
Couplings............................................................ 418
Modular Piping...................................................430
PVC Pipe.............................................................. 424
Tubing.................................................................. 426
Float(s)
Net........................................................................ 451
Polyethylene....................................................... 451
Switches..............................................................209
Valves....................................................................415
Floating
Aquarium Cleaners............................................487
Beads................................................................... 124
Fish Grader.........................................................334
Fountains............................................................ 109
Pond De-icer....................................................... 102
Flow
Indicators............................................................408
Settler.......................................................... 142, 143
Switches..............................................................209
Flow Meter(s)
Manifolds............................................................... 81
Oxygen................................................................... 81
Paddle Wheel......................................................208
Foam Reticulated Filter................................. 115, 148
Food
Additives.............................................................. 395
Clips..................................................................... 375
Dry Brine Shrimp...............................................393
Freeze Dried....................................................... 375
Live Brine Shrimp.............................................. 392
Saki-Hikari Koi................................................. 377
Scale.........................................................................363
Foot Valve................................................................. 420
Fountains
Aerating................................................................111
Aqua Control........................................................112
Classic................................................................. 106
Custom................................................................ 107
Decorative....................................................108, 111
Kasco............................................................ 109-110
Lighting Kits........................................................ 106
Onshore............................................................... 107
Streamline.......................................................... 106
Freshwater
Algae, Live...........................................................403
Flakes.................................................................. 374
Invertabrates, Live.....................................403-404
Multi Test Kit............................................... 264-265
Fungicide................................................................... 38
Funnel.............................................................. 349-350
Galvanized
Steel Tanks.......................................................... 219

Traps.................................................................... 475
Garden
Dust........................................................................ 33
Hose.....................................................................406
Hose Accessories..............................................407
Gas
Control Column.................................................. 156

Control Column Spec Chart.............................. 157
Control Tower..................................................... 158
Control Tower Spec Chart................................. 159
Flow Indicator.....................................................408
Gasket Bolt Set........................................................437
Gate Valves...............................................409, 414-415
Gate Valve Replacement Parts...............................415
Gator Guard............................................................. 473
Generator(s), Ozone......................... 179-181, 184-185
Genesys Pumps.............................................. 223-224
G-Hab......................................................................... 16
INDEX 521
Glass Drill Bits Meters

Glass Drill Bits........................................................ 421
Globe Valves............................................................409
Gloves............................................................... 365, 471
Goggles.................................................................... 365
Grader, Fish .................................................. 334 - 336
Graduated
Beakers....................................................... 347, 348

Cylinders.............................................................350
Tanks...................................................................223
Grating......................................................................116
Great Lakes Aeration.......................... 86-91, 101-102
Greencure.................................................................. 38
Greenspan Aqualab........................................ 227-228
Grid pads, all weather............................................ 469
Grounding Probe.....................................................209
Grow
Bags....................................................................... 27
Lights............................................................. 29, 495
Pots........................................................................ 27
Media............................................................... 30-32
Handle, Hardwood..................................................366
Handling Box/Tray..........................................224, 332
Hangers, Pipe.......................................................... 424
Hanging Scales.......................................................360
Hardness Test Kit................................................... 262
Hatcher, Brine Shrimp........................................... 394
Hatching Jar....................................................333, 393
Hatching Kit............................................................. 394
Hauling Tanks.......................................................... 224
Heat
Exchangers.................................................284, 302
Heat/Cool Pumps....................................... 293-295
Mats....................................................................... 33
Heaters
Aqualogic.....................................................294, 295
Axial-Style...........................................................286
Bayonet-Style.....................................................285
Bottom-Style..............................................286, 287
Controllers................................. 284, 286, 289-290
De-Icing............................................................... 102
EasyPlug............................................................. 287
Electric Immersion............................284-288, 290
Heat Exchangers........................................284, 302
Heat/Cool Pumps....................................... 293-295
In-Line.................................................284, 291-292
L-Style..................................................................285
Over-the-Side Style................................... 286-287
Pond..................................................................... 102
Protector 1.......................................................... 287
Protector 2.......................................................... 287
SmartOne............................................................286
Stainless Steel....................................285-288, 291
Straight-Style.............................................284-288
Submersible.......................................284-288, 290
Titanium..............................................284-288, 291
HeavySet Tubing..................................................... 100
Herbicide(s)
Effectiveness Chart...........................................309
EPA-Registered...........................................305,308
Hess sampler.......................................................... 461
High Flow Spray Nozzles....................................... 160
High Pressure Water Nozzlet................................406
Holding System................................................... 18, 20
Hole Saw.................................................................. 421
Hopper for Feeder..................................................389
Horti-trellis............................................................... 34
Hose(s)
Adapters..............................................................407
Assessories................................................407-408
Clamps............................................... 408, 430, 458
Coupling..............................................................407
Discharge............................................................408
Fitting ............................................................... 420
Garden.................................................................406
Hanger System...................................................407
Hot Water............................................................406
Kink Protector....................................................407
Nozzle..................................................................406
Pond.....................................................................487
Suction Discharge..............................................408
Valves...................................................................409
Houesplant Sticky Stakes........................................ 33
Hydrocorn.................................................................. 31
Hydroponic
Grow Pots.............................................................. 27
Media............................................................... 30-32
Hydrostatic Pressure Chamber............................333
Imhoff Cone............................................................. 352

Immersion Heaters................................284-288, 290
In-Line Heat Exchangers.......................................284
Indicators, Flow......................................................408
Induction Grow Lights.............................................. 29
Injector, Venturi....................................................... 182
Inoculating Loop..................................................... 352
Insect Killing Soap.................................................... 33
Insert Fittings.......................................................... 428
Insulated Tanks...............................................223, 246
Invertabrate Diet.....................................................400
Iodine, Ovadine................................................326, 485
Iron Supplement, Plants.......................................... 38
Iron Test Kit............................................................. 263
Japanese Medaka...................................................404
Jars........................................................................... 351
Jet Spray Nozzle.....................................................406
Jumbo Krill.............................................................. 374
Kasco
De-icer................................................................. 103
Surface Aerators.................................................. 56
Kick nets.................................................................. 461
Kimwipes................................................................. 367
Kits, Water Quality Test.................................. 259-260
Knife Gate Valves....................................................415
Koi
Feed............................................................. 376-380
Feeder.................................................................384
Flake Food.................................................. 372, 374
Live....................................................................... 401
Show Bowls........................................................ 217
Spawning.............................................................330
Treats................................................................... 379
Lab
Cleaners.............................................................. 365
Complete System...............................................339
Equipment...................................................339-368
Tubing.................................................................. 426
Lake Screens........................................................... 420
LaMotte Colorimeter.............................................. 256
Lamp(s), Metal Halide............................................ 494
Larval Feed.............................................................. 370
Lead Weight............................................................. 427
Leaf Traps................................................................488
Light(s)
Grow..................................................................... 495
Induction............................................................... 29
Kit......................................................................... 106
LED...................................................................... 493
Meter.................................................................... 494
Pond..................................................................... 493
Pontoon................................................................. 29
Underwater......................................................... 493
Liners................................................................ 221, 225
Live
Copepods............................................................402
Fish Shipping Bags............................................332
Koi........................................................................ 401
Mysid Shrimp......................................................402
Organisms...................................................402-404
Rotifers ...............................................................402
Transport Container..........................................223
Live Feed
Additives.............................................................. 395
Brine Shrimp...................................................... 392
Dry Brine Shrimp...............................................393
Enrichments.......................................................400
Low Space Bioreactor............................................ 153
Lubricant, O-Ring...................................................432
Magnetic Drive Pumps.................... 189-190, 194-195
Manifold(s)
Diffuser for Round Tanks.................................. 219

Round..................................................................... 98
Valve .............................................................. 97, 409
Marine Flakes......................................................... 374
Mat, Spawning......................................................... 310
Matala Filtration Media.......................................... 310
Measuring......................................................................
Board, Fish..........................................................456
Tape, Stainless Steel.......................................... 457
Stick Microalgae................................................. 390
Mechanical Filter/UV Sterilizer......................311-312
Mechanical Float Valve...........................................415
Media
Aquaponics..................................................... 30-32
Biofilter................................................................ 152
Calcium Reactor................................................. 147
Desiccant............................................................ 183
Filtration............................................... 114-115, 152
Mixed.................................................................... 125
Sand Filter........................................................... 124
Medicated Koi/Goldfish Food................................ 379
Medication............................................................... 311
MEPS.......................................................................... 11
Mesh
Bags............................................................. 118, 391

Netting......................................................... 116, 473
Screen.................................................................440
Tubes, Plastic..................................................... 420
Meter(s)
Aquaponics........................................................... 28
522 INDEX
Meter CO Plumbing
2
CO2.......................................................................254
Combo................................................................... 28
Colorimeter......................................................... 256
Conductivity........................................................238
Field............................................................. 178, 255
Flow.....................................................................208
Hygrometer......................................................... 467
Light..................................................................... 494
Multimeter..........................................................483
Multiparameter.................................. 244-247, 249
Multiprobe...........................................................248
ORP......................................................................243
Oxygen................................................................. 276
pH................................................................. 236-237
Salinity................................................................. 241
TGP...............................................................252, 254
Turbidity............................................................... 257
Wind Speed.........................................................466
Methylene Blue....................................................... 314
Microalgae
Density Measuring Stick................................... 390

Disc Culture........................................................ 391
Grow Mass Packs............................................... 390
Microbiological Media............................................ 352
Microscope
Accessories................................................ 340-341
Cleaning Kit........................................................342
Optical Fluid........................................................342
Silde Mountng Medium......................................342
Slide Accessories.......................................343-345
Slides ..................................................................344
Video Eyepiece....................................................342
Microscopes.................................................... 340-341
Mini
Fish Farm........................................................ 19, 23

Fountain Pumps................................................. 187
MEPS..................................................................... 11
Miniature Stopcocks................................................. 83
Minnows, Mosquito Control................................... 475
Mister......................................................................... 33
Mixed Media............................................................. 315
Modular Piping........................................................430
Monitors........................................................... 268-274
Monitors, Aquaponics.............................................. 28
Monocular Scope.................................................... 341
Motorized Ball Valves............................................. 414
MultiCyclone Pre-Filter......................................... 141
Multiparameter Meters ......................... 244-247, 249
Multipurpose Cleaner............................................ 365
Multi-Rack Design.................................................9, 10
Mysid Shrimp..........................................................402
Needle Valve............................................................409
Neoprene Rubber Sheet........................................437
Net(s)
Aquarium.............................................................443
Bait....................................................................... 447
Big fish.................................................................446
Boxes...................................................................443
Brine Shrimp..............................................392, 444
Bucket..................................................................445
Cast...................................................................... 452
Dip........................................................................444
Fry........................................................................ 447
Harvest................................................................ 447
Koi........................................................................446
Mending Tools.................................................... 452

Monorail......................................................448, 449
Netting................................................................. 473
Nylon.................................................................... 452
Plankton..............................................................460
Pots........................................................................ 27
Predator.............................................................. 473
Seine....................................................................450
Stand....................................................................445
Telescopic...........................................................445
Nitrite Low Level Test Kit....................................... 263
Notebooks, All Weather.........................................468
NovAqua................................................................... 319
Nozzle(s)..........................................................160, 406
Nylon Screening......................................................117
Omni Ball Valve........................................................412

On-Board Handling Box......................................... 224
Open Channel UV.................................................... 160
Optical Fluid............................................................342
Organic
Fertilizer................................................................ 35
Insecticide............................................................. 33
O-Ring Lubricant....................................................432
ORP
Controllers.......................................................... 281
Meter....................................................................243
Osmosis Reversal................................................... 321
Ovaprim....................................................................485
Oxygen
Accessories.......................................................... 82
Concentrator....................................................... 179
Cone..................................................................74-75
Hose....................................................................... 82
Meter.................................................................... 276
Regulator......................................................82, 331
Tank Accessories............................................... 331
OxyGuard
Atlantic................................................................ 276
Commander........................................................ 274
Pacific.................................................................. 275
Polaris.........................................................233-234
Ozone
Cone..................................................................74-75
Generators................................... 179-181, 184-185
Tubing.................................................................. 181
Pads, Scrub..................................................... 489-490

Paint, Epoxy............................................................. 479
Paper, Waterproof................................................... 469
Parachute Skimmer...............................................454
Parafilm...................................................................354
Parasite-S................................................................ 326
Patching Tape.......................................................... 225
PCI Oxygen Concentrators...................................... 77
PVC Pipe Cutters.................................................... 421
Pen
All Weather......................................................... 469

Lab.......................................................................348
Peristaltic Pumps................................................... 207
Perlite......................................................................... 30
Petri Dish................................................................. 352
pH
Calibration Solutions......................................... 259
Meters ......................................................... 236-237

Solutions, Hydroponics....................................... 38
Test Kits...............................................236, 262-263
Phosclear.........................................................314, 323
Phosphate
Sponge................................................................. 324
Test Kit................................................................. 263
Photometer..............................................................248
Pinpoint Meters.......................235, 237-238, 242-243
Pipe(s)
Acrylic.................................................................. 426
Clamps................................................................ 424
Clear PVC............................................................ 426
Cutters................................................................. 421
Feeding System.................................................. 381
Flexible................................................................ 424
Flexible Modular................................................430
Flexible PVC........................................................ 424
Hangers............................................................... 424
Heat Dissipating................................................... 43
Modular...............................................................430
Repair.................................................................. 478
Supports.............................................................. 424
Thread Cutting Taps...........................................430
Tygon.................................................................... 426
Pipette..............................................................356-358
Accessories........................................................358
Plankton
Bioreactor................................................... 396-397
Collector.............................................................. 461
Fish Fry Food...................................................... 373
Flake Food.......................................................... 372
Feed ............................................................370, 372
Nets............................................................. 460-461
Plant
Labels.................................................................... 32
Twist Ties/Stabilizers.......................................... 37
Yo-Yo...................................................................... 37
Plastic
Clamps................................................................ 424
Mesh Tubes......................................................... 420
Needle Valve.......................................................409
Rubber Sheet......................................................437
Pliers................................................................440-441
Plug(s)
Expansion............................................................ 418
Hand-Tite............................................................ 418
Plumbing
Adapter....................................................... 433, 436

Bushing...............................................................436
Cap.......................................................................434
Coupling..............................................................436
Crosses...............................................................433
Ell.................................................................434-435
Flanges................................................................437
Gaskets/Blot Sets..............................................437
Long Sweep.........................................................435
Nipple..................................................................434
O-Ring.................................................................435
Plug......................................................................435
Reducer Bushing........................................435-436
Rubber Sheet......................................................437
Strap Wrench......................................................437
Tee ......................................................................433
Thread File..........................................................437
Union....................................................................435
INDEX 523
Pneumatic Actuator Valve Self-Priming Pumps

Pneumatic Actuator Valve...................................... 410
Point Four
LC......................................................................... 270
Pressurized Columns.......................................... 76
RIU....................................................................... 273
RIU3..................................................................... 271
TGP...............................................................252, 254
TS Transport System......................................... 272
Polaris......................................................................233
Polaris II...................................................................234
Pole, Extending.......................................................489
Poly
Bead Filter.......................................................... 126

Clips............................................................... 34, 474
Filter.................................................................... 326
Tape...................................................................... 225
Polyester Mesh
Bag...............................................................324, 391
Netting..................................................................116
Polyethylene
Floats................................................................... 451
Pond Liner........................................................... 225
Tanks........................................................... 213, 220
Pond
Clarifiers.............................................................306
Coatings.............................................................. 478
Feeder................................................................. 375
Filter Brushes.................................................... 130
Hose.....................................................................487
Leaf Eater............................................................488
Liners.................................................................. 225
Logs..................................................................... 313
Rid Ich.................................................................. 327
Salt....................................................................... 319
Test Kit................................................................. 259
Pontoon Light Accessory......................................... 29
Portable
Scale.............................................................361-362
Tanks................................................................... 217
Potassium Permanganate.............................326, 485
Power
Cable, Submersible...........................................483
Center.................................................................. 481
Powerheads........................................................ 187
Strip..................................................................... 481
Pre-Filter, MultiCyclone........................................ 141
Pressure Chamber.................................................333
Probe Cleaning Kit.................................................... 28
Process Monitor, YSI.............................................. 251
Programmable Timer............................................ 493
ProLine
Defoamer............................................................ 326
ProSplice.............................................................482
Super Salt Concentrate................................37, 319
Protein
Fractionators...................................................... 162
Skimmers.............................................................161
PTFE
Lubricant.............................................................432
Thread Sealant...................................................432
Pump(s)
12-Volt.................................................................... 52
Air......................................................................49-51
Berkeley.............................................................. 205
Centrifugal.................................................. 196-204
Constant Flow Technology.........................198-199
Diaphragm.................................................... 51, 207

Dosing.................................................................. 207
Economy.............................................................. 187
Filter Bags........................................................... 194
Fish...................................................................... 337
Fountain.............................................................. 187
Genesys...............................................................204
H3-Plus & L3-Plus Energy Efficient................ 202
Heat/Cool.................................................... 293-295
High-Efficiency................................................... 196
Magnetic Drive............................. 189-190, 194-195
Manual Siphon....................................................486
Peristaltic ........................................................... 207
Portable............................................................... 491
Powerhead.......................................................... 187
Propeller............................................................. 193
Rechargeable..................................................... 491
Self-Priming.......................................................206
Sequence.............................................................204
Silent.................................................................... 491
Sparus......................................................... 198-200
Submersible................................ 187-188, 191-193
Sweetwater..................................................196-197
Taurus.................................................................. 201
Titanium.............................................................. 191
Traps.................................................................... 197
Verus....................................................................203
Waterfall.............................................................. 190
Purigen Synthetic Absorber.................................. 324
PVC
Cement................................................................432
Clear Fittings...................................................... 426
Pipe Fittings................................................433-436
Pipe, Flexible...................................................... 424
Gate Valves.......................................................... 414
Hose.....................................................................408
Saddle..................................................................407
Swing Check Valves............................................416
Quarantine System................................................... 20
Quick
Caps..................................................................... 418
Disconnect Fittings............................................ 431
Radial Flow Settler..........................................142-143

Rain Suits................................................................. 470
Reactors, UV............................................................ 166
Reagent Refills........................................................ 264
Reducer Fittings.............................................428-429
Reef, Carbon............................................................323
Refractometer......................................................... 241
Regulators................................................. 82, 147, 331
Reinforced Clear Vinyl Tubing............................... 427
Replacement Parts, Gate Valves...........................415
Rescue Tape............................................................ 478
Reticulated Filter Foam................................. 115, 148
Reverse Osmosis............................................ 144-146
Rigid Clear Tubing...................................................408
Robot Feeding System...........................................382
Rockin Foam............................................................ 478
Rockwool................................................................... 31
Rotifer
Eggs.....................................................................403
Food.............................................................399-400
Instant..................................................................402
Live Cultures......................................................404
Live S-Type..........................................................402
Production Systems........................................... 398
Sieve..................................................................... 394
Rubber
Seal......................................................................423
Sheet....................................................................437
Stopper................................................................ 355
S. Parkle................................................................... 399
Sacrificial Anodes....................................................110
Safety Goggles........................................................ 365
SafeGUARD UV Systems.................................164-174
Saki-Hikari Koi Food............................................ 377
Salinity
Meters ................................................................. 242

Refractometers.................................................. 241
Titration Test Kit................................................. 263
Salt
Crystal Sea Marinemix...................................... 320

Instant Ocean...................................................... 320
Pond..................................................................... 319
ProLine Concentrate....................................37, 319
Reef Crystals Sea............................................... 320
Water Conditioner.............................................. 325
Saltwater
Algae, Live...........................................................403
Hose Nozzle........................................................406
Invertabrates, Live.....................................403-404
Test Kit......................................................... 264-265
Samplers
Line......................................................................458
Water................................................................... 457
Sampling kit............................................................458
Sand Filter(s)
Aragamax............................................................ 319
Media................................................................... 124
Pentair..........................................................121-123
Saw, Cable............................................................... 421
Scales...............................................................360-364
Scratch Removal Kit...............................................223
Screen(s)
Canal/Lake......................................................... 420
Filters.................................................................. 131
Nylon.....................................................................117
Plastic..................................................................440
Stainless Steel.....................................................116
Screw Clamp.....................................................83, 354
Scrub Pads...................................................... 489-490
Seal, Rubber............................................................423
Sealant
PTFE....................................................................432
PTFE Thread.......................................................432
Silicone .............................................................432
Seaming Tape..........................................................248
Secchi
Decal....................................................................455
Disks....................................................................455
Seedling
Heat Mats.............................................................. 33
Transplant Tray.................................................... 36
Seine Nets................................................................450
Selcon Concentrate................................................400
Self-Priming Pumps....................................... 199, 206
524 INDEX
Semi-Square Poly Tanks True Union
Semi-Square Poly Tanks........................................222

Sequence Pumps....................................................204
Shade Cloth....................................................... 34, 474
Shipping Bags.........................................................332
Shrimp Keeper........................................................ 325
SHURFlo Pump....................................................... 188
Sieve Sets................................................................. 462
Silicone
Aquarium Sealant..............................................432
Tubing Valve........................................................ 425
Simultaneous Start Timer..................................... 359
Single Union Ball valves......................................... 413
Sinking
Beads................................................................... 124
Koi Food............................................................... 378
Siphon
Aquarium.............................................................486
Hose.....................................................................486
Pump ..................................................................486
Skimmer(s)
Protein..................................................................161
Surface................................................................ 141
Slide(s)..............................................................344-345
Accessories........................................................343
Mounting Medium..............................................342
Smart UV Sterilizers........................................ 174-177
Sodium Thiosulfate................................................. 322
Solar Feeder............................................................387
Solenoid
Timer................................................................... 414
Valves................................................................... 414
Solids Removal........................................................417
Sondes...................................................................... 250
Spawning
Brushes...............................................................330
Mat........................................................................115
Material...............................................................330
Spawntex Spawning Mat........................................ 125
Spigot Valves...........................................................409
Spirulina Flake Food...................................... 372, 374
Sponge Filters......................................................... 148
Spray Nozzles..................................................160, 406
Sprayer....................................................................... 33
Squeegee.................................................................366
Stackable Gro Ups.................................................... 27
Stainless Steel
Compact Solenoid.............................................. 414

Hose Clamps..............................................408, 458
UV Sterilizers........................................169, 171-172
Water Nozzle.......................................................406
Standpipe Cover, Mesh........................................... 420
Starter Plugs............................................................. 32
Steel Tanks.............................................................. 219
Stereomicroscope..................................................340
Sterilizers, UV.................................................. 174-177
Stopwatch................................................................ 359
Storage Tanks..................................................213-214
Strainers.................................................................. 420
Strap Wrench..........................................................437
Submersible
Heaters................................................284-288, 290
Power Cable........................................................483
Pumps.......................................... 187-188, 191-193
Suction Discharge Hose.........................................408
Sulfide Test Kit........................................................ 263
Sunleaves Grow Bags............................................... 27
Support Stand.........................................................346
Supports Pipe.......................................................... 424
Surface Skimmers.................................................. 141
Surfactant................................................................ 310
Rescue................................................................. 478
Seaming.............................................................. 225
Techno Carbon................................................130, 323
Tee Eliminators....................................................... 418
Air Compressors.................................................. 97
Air Diffusers......................................................... 60
Alum Injection System....................................... 313
Centrifugal Pumps............................................. 197
Diffusers......................................................... 60-62
High-Efficiency Pumps...................................... 196
Low-Space Bioreactor Filter............................ 153
Oxygen Cones....................................................... 75
Pumps................................................................... 51
Regenerative Blowers....................... 40-41, 44, 46
Rotary Vane Compressor accessories.............. 96
Rotary Vane Compressors.................................. 95
SWX Bio-Media................................................... 152
Swing Check Valves.................................................416
Alarms.................................................................466
Scanners.............................................................466
Sweetwater
Switch
Float.....................................................................209
Flow.....................................................................209
Pressure............................................................... 46
Water Level......................................................... 210
Systems
Filtration.......................................................139-140
Fish Farm, Automated......................................... 17
Fish Farm II........................................................... 18
G-Hab Systems..................................................... 16
Holding System.............................................. 18, 20
MEPS Mass Embryo Production System............11
Mini Fish Farm...................................................19, 23
Multi-Rack.............................................................. 9
Quarantine and Holding...................................... 20
X-Hab Systems..................................................... 15
Z-Hab Duo Systems............................................. 12
Z-Hab Mini Systems............................................. 13
Z-Hab Systems..................................................... 14
Tagging.....................................................................455
Tank Fitting Kits.......................................................419
Tank(s)
Brush...................................................................489
Cone Bottom.......................................................222
Conical Bottom................................................... 215
Covers.................................................................. 221
Custom................................................................ 215
Fiberglass....................................................215-218
Fitting Kits...........................................................419
Flat Bottom......................................................... 219
Graduated........................................................... 215
Hauling........................................................ 223-224
Insulated..................................................... 223-224
Larval.................................................................. 217
Liners.................................................................. 221
Polyethylene............................................... 213, 220
Portable............................................................... 217
Rectangular................................................ 213, 218
Sealed.................................................................. 213
Semisquare.........................................................222
Steel..................................................................... 219
Storage................................................................ 214
Translucent......................................................... 214
Tape
Patching.............................................................. 225
Temperature
Test
Kit................................................................. 259, 265

Strip..................................................................... 260
Tube Stoppers..................................................... 355
Tubes................................................................... 355
Tube Rack............................................................354
Tester, Phase Rotation...........................................483
Tetra
Barb Food............................................................ 373

Feeds................................................................... 374
Thermometers
Dial....................................................................... 462
Digital..................................................................465
Floating...............................................................463
Heavy-duty..........................................................464
Laboratory..........................................................463
Min/Max...............................................................463
Pocket..........................................................462, 464
Pond/tank............................................................463
Sinking.................................................................463
Stainless Steel.................................................... 462
Stick-on...............................................................463
Underwater.........................................................465
Wireless..............................................................464
Thread
Cutting Taps........................................................430
File.......................................................................437
Three Hole Stopper................................................. 355
Timer(s)
Dial....................................................................... 481
Photocell Programmable................................. 493
Power Strip......................................................... 481
Repeat Cycle....................................................... 481
Simultaneous Start............................................ 359
Solenoid............................................................... 414
Switch.................................................................. 481
Titanium
Pumps................................................................. 191
Grounding Probes..............................................209
Tongs........................................................................ 491
Top Loading Scale................................................... 361
Total Dissolved Gas Pressure Monitoring..... 252, 254
Tranquil (Tranquilizer)............................................ 324
Transformers.......................................................... 493
Trap(s)
Fish......................................................................439
Galvanized........................................................... 475
Leaf......................................................................488
Minnow................................................................439
Pumps................................................................. 197
Trays, Aquaponics..................................................... 36
Tricide-Neo Bactericide......................................... 327
Triple Beam Balance.............................................. 361
Tropical Flake Food................................................ 372
Troughs.................................................................... 216
True Union
Ball Valve............................................................. 413

Swing Check Valve..............................................416
INDEX 525
Tubing Zinc
Tubing
Acrylic.................................................................. 426
Adapters.............................................................. 428
Aeration............................................................... 100
Aquarium............................................................. 425
Catheter...............................................................456
Cutters................................................................. 421
Fittings................................................................ 428
Flexible................................................................ 426
Insert Fittings..................................................... 428
Mesh.................................................................... 420
Polyethylene......................................................... 99
PTFE.................................................................... 181
Rigid Clear..........................................................408
Silicone................................................................ 425
Soft Tubing Cutters............................................ 421
Tygon....................................................................354
Valve............................................................. 409, 425
Valves, Roll Type................................................. 148
Vinyl.............................................................425, 427
Weights................................................................ 427
Turbidity Meter........................................................ 257
Tygon Tubing............................................................354
Type 21 Ball Valve....................................................412
Type 57 Butterfly Valve............................................412
Underwater
Epoxy Putty......................................................... 478

Lights................................................................... 493
Pipe Repair.......................................................... 478
Uniseal.....................................................................423
Universal Thread File.............................................437
UV
Lamps/Quartz Sleeves (Smart UV).................. 177

Meters................................................................. 178
Open-Channel.................................................... 164
Reactor................................................................ 166
Replacement Parts............................................ 177
Sterilizers.....................................................164-177
Vacuum
Gravel..................................................................486
Heads...................................................................488
Pond.....................................................................487
System.................................................................487
Valves
3-Port.................................................................. 410
Actuated Butterfly.............................................. 410
Air Purge............................................................. 410
Ball........................................................ 410, 412-414
Bleed...................................................................... 42
Brass..................................................................... 83
Brass Ball...........................................................409
Butterfly.......................................................410-412
Check.........................................42, 83, 98, 183, 416

Drip Emitter........................................................409
Drum Faucet.......................................................409
Float......................................................................415
Foot...................................................................... 420
Gate.......................................................409, 414-415
Globe....................................................................409
Hose.....................................................................409
Manifolds....................................................... 97, 409
Miniture Stopcocks............................................409
Needle.................................................................409
Plastic.................................................................... 83
Plastic Needle....................................................409
Pressure Relief.................................................... 42
PVC Gate............................................................. 414
Replacement Parts.............................................415
Silicone Tubing................................................... 425
Solenoid............................................................... 414
Spigot...................................................................409
Swing....................................................................416
Tubing..................................................................409
Tubing, Clamp Style............................................. 83
Tubing, Roll Type................................................ 148
Well Screens and Points....................................416
Van Stone Flanges..................................................437
Venturis.........................................................71-72, 182
Vertical Open Channel UV...............................164-165
Vials.......................................................................... 351
Vibratory Feeder.............................................385, 388
Video Eyepiece........................................................342
Vine Clip..................................................................... 34
Vinyl Tubing......................................................425, 427
Vital Sine.................................................................. 241
Vitamin
Complex.............................................................. 374
Premix................................................................. 395
Vortex Wave Chamber............................................ 141
Waders
Hip, Chest.................................................... 470-471

Lightweight......................................................... 470
Wading Rod.............................................................. 459
Warm Pack.............................................................. 331
Waste Removal.........................................................417
Water
Chillers........................................................296-303
Clarifiers............................................................. 314
Conditioner.................................321-322, 325, 327
Controllers and Monitors.......................... 269-273
Flow Indicator.....................................................408
Flow Meters........................................................ 459
Flow Probes........................................................ 459
Hose.....................................................................406
Level Alarm.........................................................209
Level Switches.................................................... 210
Nozzle..................................................................406
Water Quality
Controller.................................................... 268-275
Monitoring System..................................... 278-279
Test Kits....................................... 259-260, 264-265
Water Resistant Stopwatch................................... 359
Waterfall Pumps..................................................... 190
Waterproof Housing...............................................482
Waterweld Underwater Repair............................. 478
Wave Vortex Chamber............................................ 141
Weatherproof
Housing...............................................................482
Receptacle Cover...............................................482
Weed
Cutters.................................................................454
Rake.....................................................................454
Weighing Boats.......................................................364
Well Screens and Points.........................................416
Whitewater
Air Pumps............................................................. 50
Regenerative Blowers......................................... 43
Silent Pumps........................................................ 49
Wire Mesh................................................................ 441
Wire Rack.................................................................354
Wrench, Strap.........................................................437
X
Y
X-Hab.......................................................................... 15
YSI
5200A Monitor System............................... 278-279

5400 D.O. Monitor...............................................280
5500D Monitor and Control............................... 277
6500 Process Monitor....................................... 251
Castaway CDT Monitor...................................... 251
D.O. ..............................................................230-232
EcoSense ...................................232, 238, 240, 243
Multiparameter................................... 244-247 249
Multiprobe...........................................................248
pH/Temp...................................................... 236-237
Photometer.........................................................248
Pro1020................................................................ 245
Pro1030...............................................................244
Pro20...................................................................229
Pro2030...............................................................246
Pro30...................................................................239
Sondes................................................................. 250
YSI 550A Dissolved Oxygen Meter.................. 231
Zebrafish..................................................................404
Zeigler Koi Food......................................................380
Z-Hab.......................................................................... 14
Z-Hab Mini.................................................................. 13
Zinc............................................................................110
526 INDEX
Tech Talks
TECH TALK INDEX

TITLE TECH TALK # PAGE
TECH TALK #
PAGE
208V vs 230V Motors........................................................... 39...................... 47

Aeration Devices................................................................. 35...................... 47
Aeration Requirements for Bait Tanks............................. 50...................... 53
Aerator Selection................................................................. 4....................... 71
AES Numbers...................................................................... 84...................... 47
Airlift Notes......................................................................... 33.................... 210
Air Pump/Compressor Comparison................................ 64...................... 49
Algae Culture...................................................................... 20.................... 391
Alum Lake Treatments...................................................... 102................... 313
Ammonia Testing............................................................... 132................... 261
Aquaculture, Getting Started........................................... 107...................442
Artificial Seawater, Mixing................................................. 27.................... 319
Aspirators vs Agitators....................................................... 8....................... 54
Backup Blower Setup.......................................................... 3....................... 48
Bacteria Notes.................................................................... 25.................... 318
Bait Counts Per Pound....................................................... 85...................... 53
Barley Straw........................................................................ 37.................... 315
Biofilter Performance Standards.................................... 106................... 139
Biofilter Sizing..................................................................... 95.................... 150
Biological Filters, Pros and Cons.................................... 128................... 151
Biological Filtration Basics.............................................. 125................... 156
Blowers, Air Pumps or Compressors.............................. 82...................... 55
Cage Culture Suggestions................................................. 31....................444
Calculation of Pond and Tank Volume............................. 118................... 371
Carbon Vane Replacement................................................. 6....................... 96
Chiller Installation and Sizing........................................... 59.................... 298
Compost Tea....................................................................... 124..................... 25
De-Icing Lakes and Ponds................................................. 56.................... 102
Diffuser Cleaning................................................................ 53...................... 61
Diffuser Comparison Chart............................................... 62...................... 59
Diffuser Maintenance........................................................ 121..................... 89
Dissolved Oxygen in Aquaculture...................................... 1....................... 48
Dissolved Oxygen Meters and Probes.............................. 26....................230
Feeding, Hand or Automatic.............................................. 21.................... 392
Feeding Larval Fish and Shrimp....................................... 19.................... 390
Fish Food............................................................................. 17.................... 373
Fish Metabolism................................................................. 16....................289
Flow Meters......................................................................... 13...................... 81
Fluidized Bed Biofilters..................................................... 112................... 150
Friction Loss in Plumbing.................................................. 61.................... 211
Grading Fish........................................................................ 69....................335
Hauling Tanks...................................................................... 22.................... 325
TITLE TECH TALK # PAGE
TECH TALK #
PAGE
Heater Service Life............................................................. 55.................... 291

Heating Garden Ponds...................................................... 123...................289
How Does UV Sterilize Organisms................................... 135................... 167
Hydroponics vs Aquaponics............................................. 130..................... 28
Inlet Strainers.................................................................... 110................... 197
Iron Removal....................................................................... 46.................... 123
Lake Aeration...................................................................... 36...................... 84
Lake Aeration Diffusers..................................................... 94.................... 104
Lake Destratification System Evaluation........................ 101..................... 85
Liners, Repairing................................................................ 41.................... 221
Mechanical Filtration and Biofiltration............................ 99.................... 120
Motor Too Hot?.................................................................... 11...................... 44
Ozone Notes........................................................................ 71.................... 183
Ozone Sizing........................................................................ 72.................... 182
Oxygen vs Diffused Air........................................................ 7....................... 65
Pest Management.............................................................. 134..................... 24
pH Probe Care and Storage............................................... 30....................236
Pipe Sizing, Air..................................................................... 2....................... 84
Protein Skimmers............................................................... 72.....................161
Pump Sizing for Waterfalls................................................ 87.................... 190
Pure Oxygen vs Aeration.................................................... 80...................... 66
PVC, How to Glue................................................................ 15.................... 423
PVC PipeSchedule 40 vs 80............................................ 14.................... 429
Removing Carbon Dioxide................................................. 33.................... 163
Reverse Osmosis................................................................ 18.................... 146
Rotifer Culture.................................................................... 109................... 399
Salinity Measuring.............................................................. 28.................... 242
Sand Filter Media................................................................ 43.................... 124
Sand Filters......................................................................... 45.................... 122
Sponge Filters..................................................................... 29.................... 148
Supersaturation................................................................... 9..................... 252
System Flowrate................................................................. 44.................... 130
Tagging Fish........................................................................ 79....................455
Titration............................................................................... 131...................293
Venturis................................................................................ 63...................... 72
Water Flow in Bubble Plume Systems............................ 122................... 104
Water Pollution................................................................... 67....................243
Water Pump Efficiency....................................................... 75.................... 196
Water Pump Working Too Hard?....................................... 10....................299
Water Quality Guide............................................................ 47....................253
Why Watts?........................................................................... 5....................... 57
INDEX 527
Tech Profiles
PENTAIR AES TECHNICIAN PROFILE INDEX

TECHNICIAN NAME
PAGE
TECHNICIAN NAME
PAGE
Anderson, Sydney.............................................................................................. 98
Jones, Richard (Rick)........................................................................................ 67
Aneshansley, Edward......................................................................................116
Jory, Darryl...................................................................................................... 175
Arias, Ricardo...................................................................................................417
Karcher, Ryan..................................................................................................222
Beaulaton, Constance....................................................................................385
Kilmartin, Ryan................................................................................................161
Boothe, Brian...................................................................................................458
Lafayette, Gmerice..........................................................................................263
Borja, Fernando.............................................................................................. 100
Lang, Kurt........................................................................................................282
Busch, Rob....................................................................................................... 274
Losordo, Thomas............................................................................................389
Casasbuenas, Hernan....................................................................................336
McDaniel, Stewart........................................................................................... 211
Danaher, Jason................................................................................................375
Oh, Steve............................................................................................................. 68
Danner, Cullen.................................................................................................456
Pistrin, Marco.................................................................................................... 20
DeLong, Dennis............................................................................................... 316
Quinn, Kevin..................................................................................................... 451
DeWitt, Clarke................................................................................................... 90
Riddle, Kristin.................................................................................................... 53
Downing, Doug..................................................................................................53
Tran, Huy............................................................................................................. 47
Herbst, Eric......................................................................................................345
Trusso, Greg....................................................................................................... 58
Hincapie, Marcela...........................................................................................395
Walker, Abby..................................................................................................... 172
Hostetler, Dan.................................................................................................. 376
West, Genny.............................................................................................. 48
Janssen, Reymond.......................................................................................... 146
WEBSITE
PentairAES.com
SOCIAL MEDIA
PentairAES.com

WANTS TO CONNECT WITH YOU!
facebook.com/PentairAES
twitter.com/PentairAES
linkedin.com/company/aquatic-eco-systems-inc
pinterest.com/PentairAES
instagram.com/PentairAES
youtube.com/AquaticEcoTV
PENTAIR Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc
Change Service Requested.
2395 Apopka Blvd.

Apopka, FL 32703 USA
Presorted
Bound Printed Matter
US Postage Paid
Pentair
BIOFILTRATION
GAS BALANCING
DISINFECTION
OXYGENATION
EFFLUENT MANAGEMENT
SOLIDS REMOVAL
INFLUENT TREATMENT
MONITORING
WATER QUALITY & MOVEMENT
ORDERS AND ADVICE:

877.347.4788
SHOP ONLINE:
PentairAES.com
SAME DAY SHIPMENT ON MOST ORDERS ENTERED BY: 4PM EST MONDAY-FRIDAY
Phone lines are open 8AM-7PM EST Monday-Thursday 8AM-5PM EST Friday
10020017

PAES 2015 Master-Catalog PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PAES 2015 Master-Catalog PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2015

GLOBAL SOLUTIONS FOR THE

Table of Contents/How to Order/Symbol Legend

Feeds/Feeders/Live Feed/Live Organisms

For International Orders

Paint and Repair

Terms and Conditions of Sale

Mail your order to the

NOW ENJOY FREE SHIPPING!

Free shipping for orders over $50

*See page 514 for more details and restrictions.

Fresh Water or Salt Water

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

Call from 8:00 AM7:00 PM

Waiver Form Required

training center; at industry events from Dubai to Nicaragua and everywhere

WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE

Corporate offices in Sanford, NC

Operations and sales office in Suzhou City, China

Sales office in U.P, India

Operations and sales office in Apopka, FL

Operations and sales office in Brisbane, Australia

Sales office in Herentals, Belgium

Operations and sales office in Beverly, MA

Sales office in Dubai, United Arab Emirates

Sales office in Singapore

Operations and sales office in Vancouver, Canada

Sales office in Dandenong South, Australia

Sales office in Rome, Italy

Operations and sales office in Puerto Montt, Chile

Sales office in Milperra, Australia

Customers served worldwide

Which is why were here. Our mission is to offer symbiotic

TAP INTO SERIOUS POTENTIAL

YOUR SINGLE-SOURCE SOLUTION

A LEADER NEVER STANDS STILL

2011 was a momentous year for the evolution

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is your single

With 35 years of aquaculture leadership,

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is ideally and

MORE WAYS TO HELP YOU

STABILITY AND INNOVATION

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

Because Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems features the worlds

AQUATIC LIFE SUPPORT 5

DESIGN, BUILD AND CONSULT

STABILITY AND INNOVATION

Aquatic life support systems, whether for zoos

We collaborate with owners, curators,

Pentair is the global leader in the design,

Were driven by innovation and a deep knowledge

EXPERTISE ALWAYS BY YOUR SIDE

Our service model is flexible, allowing us to

Proud Manufacturer Of:

AQUATIC LIFE IS MORE THAN

Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788

6 LAKE AND POND MANAGEMENT

LAKE AND POND MANAGEMENT

NO MATTER THE SIZE,

STABILITY AND INNOVATION

Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems is the world

Whether you are looking to have a large reservoir